CHAPTER 28—HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE

SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL PROVISIONS

Part A—Definitions

        

Part B—Additional General Provisions

        

Part C—Cost of Higher Education

        

Part D—Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance

        

Part E—Lender and Institution Requirements Relating to Education Loans

        

SUBCHAPTER II—TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

        

Part A—Teacher Quality Partnership Grants

        

Part B—Enhancing Teacher Education

        

subpart 1—preparing teachers for digital age learners

        

subpart 2—honorable augustus f. hawkins centers of excellence

        

subpart 3—preparing general education teachers to more effectively educate students with disabilities

        

subpart 4—adjunct teacher corps

        

subpart 5—graduate fellowships to prepare faculty in high-need areas at colleges of education

        

Part C—General Provisions

        

SUBCHAPTER III—INSTITUTIONAL AID

        

Part A—Strengthening Institutions

        

Part B—Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities

        

Part C—Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B

        

Part D—Historically Black College and University Capital Financing

        

Part E—Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program

subpart 1—minority science and engineering improvement program

        

subpart 2—programs in stem fields

        

subpart 3—administrative and general provisions

        

Part F—Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities and Other Minority-Serving Institutions

        

Part G—General Provisions

        

SUBCHAPTER IV—STUDENT ASSISTANCE

Part A—Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher Education

        

subpart 1—federal pell grants

        

subpart 2—federal early outreach and student services programs

Division 1—Federal TRIO Programs

        

Division 2—Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Programs

        

Division 3—Academic Achievement Incentive Scholarships

        

Division 4—Model Program Community Partnership and Counseling Grants

        

Division 5—Public Information

        

Division 6—National Student Savings Demonstration Program

        

Division 7—Preeligibility Form

        

Division 8—Technical Assistance for Teachers and Counselors

        

subpart 3—federal supplemental educational opportunity grants

        

subpart 4—leveraging educational assistance partnership program

        

subpart 5—special programs for students whose families are engaged in migrant and seasonal farmwork

        

subpart 6—robert c. byrd honors scholarship program

        

subpart 7—child care access means parents in school

        

subpart 8—learning anytime anywhere partnerships

        

subpart 9—teach grants

        

subpart 10—scholarships for veteran's dependents

        

Part B—Federal Family Education Loan Program

        

Part C—Federal Work-Study Programs

        

Part D—William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program

        

Part E—Federal Perkins Loans

        

Part F—Need Analysis

        

Part G—General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance Programs

        

Part G–1—Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students

        

Part H—Program Integrity

subpart 1—state role

        

subpart 2—accrediting agency recognition

        

subpart 3—eligibility and certification procedures

        

Part I—Competitive Loan Auction Pilot Program

        

SUBCHAPTER V—DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Part A—Hispanic-Serving Institutions

        

Part B—Promoting Postbaccalaureate Opportunities for Hispanic Americans

        

Part C—General Provisions

        

SUBCHAPTER VI—INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Part A—International and Foreign Language Studies

        

Part B—Business and International Education Programs

        

Part C—Institute for International Public Policy

        

Part D—General Provisions

        

SUBCHAPTER VII—GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

        

Part A—Graduate Education Programs

subpart 1—jacob k. javits fellowship program

        

subpart 2—graduate assistance in areas of national need

        

subpart 3—thurgood marshall legal educational opportunity program

        

subpart 4—masters degree programs at historically black colleges and universities and predominantly black institutions

        

subpart 5—general provisions

        

Part B—Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education

        

Part C—Urban Community Service

        

Part D—Programs To Provide Students With Disabilities With a Quality Higher Education

        

subpart 1—demonstration projects to support postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators in educating students with disabilities

        

subpart 2—transition programs for students with intellectual disabilities into higher education

        

subpart 3—commission on accessible materials; programs to support improved access to materials

        

subpart 4—national technical assistance center; coordinating center

        

Part E—College Access Challenge Grant Program

        

SUBCHAPTER VIII—MISCELLANEOUS

        

SUBCHAPTER IX—ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

Part A—Project GRAD

        

Part B—Mathematics and Science Scholars Program

        

Part C—Business Workforce Partnerships for Job Skill Training in High-Growth Occupations or Industries

        

Part D—Capacity for Nursing Students and Faculty

        

Part E—American History for Freedom

        

Part F—Teach For America

        

Part G—Patsy T. Mink Fellowship Program

        

Part H—Improving College Enrollment By Secondary Schools

        

Part I—Early Childhood Education Professional Development and Career Task Force

        

Part J—Improving Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics Education With a Focus on Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian Students

        

Part K—Pilot Programs To Increase College Persistence and Success

        

Part L—Student Safety and Campus Emergency Management

        

Part M—Low Tuition

        

Part N—Cooperative Education

        

Part O—College Partnership Grants

        

Part P—Jobs to Careers

        

Part Q—Rural Development Grants for Rural-Serving Colleges and Universities

        

Part R—Campus-Based Digital Theft Prevention

        

Part S—Training for Realtime Writers

        

Part T—Centers of Excellence for Veteran Student Success

        

Part U—University Sustainability Programs

        

Part V—Modeling and Simulation Programs

        

Part W—Path to Success

        

Part X—School of Veterinary Medicine Competitive Grant Program

        

Part Y—Early Federal Pell Grant Commitment Demonstration Program

        

Part Z—Henry Kuualoha Giugni Kupuna Memorial Archives

        

Part AA—Masters and Postbaccalaureate Program

        

SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL PROVISIONS

Editorial Notes

Codification

Title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89–329, title I, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, and amended by Pub. L. 90–575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91–230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93–29, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 30; Pub. L. 93–380, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 93–644, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2291; Pub. L. 94–135, Nov. 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 713; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 95–43, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 96–49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–96, Oct. 31, 1979, 93 Stat. 729; Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97–300, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1322; Pub. L. 98–524, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2435; Pub. L. 99–386, Aug. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 821; Pub. L. 99–498, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1268; Pub. L. 100–418, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1107; Pub. L. 101–305, May 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 253; Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127; Pub. L. 102–54, June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 267; Pub. L. 102–325, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448; Pub. L. 103–208, Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457. Such title is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of the title's provisions by Pub. L. 105–244.

Part A—Definitions

§1001. General definition of institution of higher education

(a) Institution of higher education

For purposes of this chapter, other than subchapter IV, the term "institution of higher education" means an educational institution in any State that—

(1) admits as regular students only persons having a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education, or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate, or persons who meet the requirements of section 1091(d) of this title;

(2) is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond secondary education;

(3) provides an educational program for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree or provides not less than a 2-year program that is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree, or awards a degree that is acceptable for admission to a graduate or professional degree program, subject to review and approval by the Secretary;

(4) is a public or other nonprofit institution; and

(5) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association, or if not so accredited, is an institution that has been granted preaccreditation status by such an agency or association that has been recognized by the Secretary for the granting of preaccreditation status, and the Secretary has determined that there is satisfactory assurance that the institution will meet the accreditation standards of such an agency or association within a reasonable time.

(b) Additional institutions included

For purposes of this chapter, other than subchapter IV, the term "institution of higher education" also includes—

(1) any school that provides not less than a 1-year program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation and that meets the provision of paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of subsection (a); and

(2) a public or nonprofit private educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in subsection (a)(1), admits as regular students individuals—

(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located; or

(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution and a secondary school.

(c) List of accrediting agencies

For purposes of this section and section 1002 of this title, the Secretary shall publish a list of nationally recognized accrediting agencies or associations that the Secretary determines, pursuant to subpart 2 of part H of subchapter IV, to be reliable authority as to the quality of the education or training offered.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §101, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §101(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3083; Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(c)(3), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1101.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1141(a) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §101, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459, related to purposes of school, college, and university partnership grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §101, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1278, related to Congressional findings, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §101, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1373, stated Congressional findings with respect to continuing postsecondary education program and planning, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §101, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §201, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1035; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §101(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2083; Pub. L. 96–49, §2, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, authorized appropriations for the community service, continuing education, and lifelong learning program grant programs through fiscal year 1980, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2011—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 112–74 substituted "section 1091(d)" for "section 1091(d)(3)".

2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §101(a)(1)(A), inserted ", or persons who meet the requirements of section 1091(d)(3) of this title" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §101(a)(1)(B), inserted ", or awards a degree that is acceptable for admission to a graduate or professional degree program, subject to review and approval by the Secretary" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §101(a)(2), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "a public or nonprofit private educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in subsection (a)(1) of this section, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §701(b), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3137, as amended by Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §102(a), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 819, provided that: "Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Act [probably means "this title", see Tables for classification], and the amendments made by this title to the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), shall take effect on July 1, 2024, and shall apply with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under the Higher Education Act of 1965. The Secretary of Education shall have the authority to take such steps as are necessary before July 1, 2024, to provide for the orderly implementation on such date of the amendments to the Higher Education Act of 1965 made by this Act."

Effective Date of 2011 Amendment

Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(g), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1103, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a), (b), and (c) [amending this section and sections 1070a, 1087ss, and 1091 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1091 of this title] shall take effect on July 1, 2012."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–39, §3, July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act [see Tables for classification], the amendments made by this Act shall take effect as if enacted on the date of enactment of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315) [Aug. 14, 2008]."

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, §3, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3083, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act [see Tables for classification] or the amendments made by this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008]."

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §101(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3083, as amended by Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(a)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008]."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, §3, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act [see Tables for classification] or the amendments made by this Act, the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on October 1, 1998."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, §2, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 458, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) [see Tables for classification], the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on October 1, 1992."

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Pub. L. 100–50, §27, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 363, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [see Short Title of 1987 Amendment note below] shall take effect as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 [Pub. L. 99–498, see Short Title of 1986 Amendments note below]."

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Pub. L. 99–498, §2, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1277, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986]."

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1393, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1504, provided that:

"(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act and the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on October 1, 1980.

"(b)(1) The amendment made by section 301 of this Act to title III of the Act [enacting subchapter III of this chapter] shall take effect October 1, 1981.

"(2) The amendment made by section 404(c)(4) of this Act to section 415C(b)(4) of the Act [amending section 1070c–2 of this title] shall be effective October 1, 1979.

"(3) The amendment made by section 405 to subpart 4 of part A of title IV of the Act [amending subpart 4 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter generally] shall take effect October 1, 1981.

"(4) The amendments made by part B of title IV of this Act [enacting sections 1077a, 1078–2, 1083a, and 1087–1a of this title and amending sections 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1078–1, 1080, 1082, 1085, 1087–1, and 1087–2 of this title] shall take effect, except as otherwise provided therein, on January 1, 1981, and to the extent such amendments make changes in such part B which affect student loans, such changes shall apply to outstanding loans as well as to loans made after the amendments take effect, except that the amendments made by section 415(b) [amending sections 1077(a)(2)(B) and 1078(b)(1)(E) of this title] shall apply with respect to any loan to cover the cost of instruction for any period of instruction beginning on or after January 1, 1981, to any student borrower who has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [part B of subchapter IV of this chapter] on the date on which the borrower enters into the note or other written evidence of the loan.

"(5) The amendments made by part D of title IV of this Act [enacting sections 1087cc–1, 1087hh, and 1087ii of this title and amending sections 1087aa to 1087gg of this title] shall apply to loans made under part E of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087aa et seq.] on or after October 1, 1980.

"(6) The amendment made by section 701 of this Act adding section 731 of the Act [former section 1132d of this title] shall apply to loans made under section 731 on or after October 1, 1980."

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Pub. L. 94–482, title V, §532, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2241, provided that: "The provisions of this Act [see Tables for classification] and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 12, 1976] except—

"(1) as specifically otherwise provided; and

"(2) that each amendment made by this Act (not subject to clause (1) of this section) providing for authorization of appropriations shall take effect July 1, 1976."

Short Title of 2024 Amendment

Pub. L. 118–173, §1, Dec. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 2597, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1092 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Stop Campus Hazing Act'."

Pub. L. 118–145, §1, Dec. 11, 2024, 138 Stat. 1671, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1090 of this title] may be cited as the 'FAFSA Deadline Act'."

Short Title of 2022 Amendment

Pub. L. 117–200, §1, Oct. 11, 2022, 136 Stat. 2219, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1078–3 and 1087e of this title] may be cited as the 'Joint Consolidation Loan Separation Act'."

Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §101, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 819, provided that: "This division [amending sections 1070a, 1087kk, 1087ll, 1087ss, 1087uu–2, 1090, and 1092f of this title and sections 292d and 292r of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, repealing section 1070h of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1070a of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'FAFSA Simplification Act Technical Corrections Act'."

Short Title of 2021 Amendment

Pub. L. 117–49, §1, Oct. 13, 2021, 135 Stat. 402, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1070g–2 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1070g–2 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Consider Teachers Act of 2021'."

Short Title of 2020 Amendment

Pub. L. 116–270, §1, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3325, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1063d and 1063e of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1063d of this title] may be cited as the 'HBCU Propelling Agency Relationships Towards a New Era of Results for Students Act' or the 'HBCU PARTNERS Act'."

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §701(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3137, provided that: "This title [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'FAFSA Simplification Act'."

Pub. L. 116–251, §1, Dec. 22, 2020, 134 Stat. 1129, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1018, 1092, 1092b, and 1097 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1018 and 1097 of this title] may be cited as the 'Stop Student Debt Relief Scams Act of 2019'."

Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title III, §3501, Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 395, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle B (§§3501–3519) of title III of div. A of Pub. L. 116–136, amending section 6103 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 7861 of this title, section 6103 of Title 26, section 3163 of Title 29, Labor, and section 12501 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'COVID–19 Pandemic Education Relief Act of 2020'."

Short Title of 2019 Amendment

Pub. L. 116–91, §1, Dec. 19, 2019, 133 Stat. 1189, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1098h of this title, amending sections 1067q, 1070a, 1087, 1087e, 1091, and 1098e of this title and section 6103 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 6103 of Title 26] may be cited as the 'Fostering Undergraduate Talent by Unlocking Resources for Education Act' or the 'FUTURE Act'."

Short Title of 2015 Amendment

Pub. L. 114–105, §1, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2219, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1087aa, 1087cc–1, and 1087ff of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1087aa and 1226a of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Perkins Loan Program Extension Act of 2015'."

Short Title of 2013 Amendment

Pub. L. 113–28, §1, Aug. 9, 2013, 127 Stat. 506, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1087e of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1087e of this title] may be cited as the 'Bipartisan Student Loan Certainty Act of 2013'."

Short Title of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2001(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1071, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§2001–2213) of title II of Pub. L. 111–152, enacting section 1087i–2 of this title, amending sections 1002, 1067q, 1070a, 1070a–14, 1071, 1074, 1077a, 1078, 1078–2, 1078–3, 1078–8, 1085, 1087–1, 1087b, 1087d, 1087e, 1087f, 1087h, 1090, 1092f, 1098e, 1141, and 1161y of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1002, 1070a, 1087d, and 1087e of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'SAFRA Act'."

Short Title of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, §1(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3078, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Opportunity Act'."

Pub. L. 110–227, §1, May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 740, provided that: "This title [probably means this "Act", enacting section 1087i–1 of this title, amending sections 1070a–1, 1071, 1078, 1078–2, 1078–8, 1087a, and 1087f of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a–1, 1071, 1078, 1078–8, and 1089 of this title] may be cited as the 'Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008'."

Pub. L. 110–198, §1, Mar. 24, 2008, 122 Stat. 656, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Extension Act of 2008'."

Short Title of 2007 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–109, §1, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1085 of this title and enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Third Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'."

Pub. L. 110–84, §1(a), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 784, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1070g to 1070g–3, 1098e, 1098f, 1099d, 1099e, and 1141 of this title, amending sections 1070a, 1070a–13, 1077a, 1078, 1078–3, 1085, 1087–1, 1087e, 1087h, 1087dd, 1087ff, 1087oo to 1087tt, and 1087vv of this title, repealing section 1078–9 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1078, 1078–3, 1087oo, 1087ss, 1087tt, and 1087vv of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'College Cost Reduction and Access Act'."

Pub. L. 110–51, §1, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'."

Pub. L. 110–44, §1, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'First Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'."

Short Title of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–292, §1, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1340, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1085, 1087h, 1101a, and 1101c of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1085 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Third Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'."

Pub. L. 109–238, §1, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'."

Pub. L. 109–212, §1, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'."

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8001(a), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§8001–8024) of title VIII of Pub. L. 109–171, enacting sections 1070a–1 and 1092e of this title, amending sections 1002, 1071, 1074, 1075, 1077a, 1078 to 1078–3, 1078–6 to 1078–10, 1082, 1085, 1087, 1087–1, 1087e, 1087h, 1087j, 1087dd, 1087ll, 1087oo to 1087ss, 1087vv, 1088, 1091, 1091b, and 1095a of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1002, 1075, 1078, 1087–1, 1087oo to 1087qq, and 1087ss of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005'."

Short Title of 2005 Amendments

Pub. L. 109–150, §1, Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1087–1 of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1087–1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1078–10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2005'."

Pub. L. 109–67, §1, Sept. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2001, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1091b of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Grant Hurricane and Disaster Relief Act'."

Pub. L. 109–66, §1, Sept. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 1999, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1091b of this title] may be cited as the 'Pell Grant Hurricane and Disaster Relief Act'."

Short Title of 2004 Amendment

Pub. L. 108–409, §1, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2299, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1078–10, 1087–1, and 1087j of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1078–10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004'."

Short Title of 2000 Amendments

Pub. L. 106–420, §1, Nov. 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 1867, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1092d of this title, amending section 522 of Title 11, Bankruptcy, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092d of this title and section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure] may be cited as the 'College Scholarship Fraud Prevention Act of 2000'."

Pub. L. 106–386, div. B, title VI, §1601(a), Oct. 28, 2000, 114 Stat. 1537, provided that: "This section [amending sections 1092 and 1232g of this title and section 14071 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title and section 14071 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Campus Sex Crimes Prevention Act'."

Short Title of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, §1(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1581, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1998'."

Short Title of 1997 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–78, title VI, §609(a), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1522, provided in part that: "This section [amending sections 1078–3, 1087h, 1087oo to 1087qq, and 1087vv of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078–3 and 1087h of this title] may be cited as the 'Emergency Student Loan Consolidation Act of 1997'."

Short Title of 1996 Amendment

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §601], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-275, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1087–3, 1087–4, and 1132f–10 of this title, amending sections 1078–3, 1085, and 1087–2 of this title, repealing sections 1087–2, 1087–3, and 1132f to 1132f–9 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078–3 and 1087–2 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996'."

Short Title of 1994 Amendment

Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §360B(a), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3969, provided that: "This section [amending section 1092 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act'."

Short Title of 1993 Amendments

Pub. L. 103–208, §1(a), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993'."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4011(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 341, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§4011–4047) of title IV of Pub. L. 103–66, amending sections 1072, 1078, 1078–3, 1078–8, 1085, 1087–2, and 1087a to 1087h of this title, repealing section 1078–1 of this title, omitting sections 1087i and 1087j of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078, 1078–3, and 1078–8 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Reform Act of 1993'."

Short Title of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, §1(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1992'."

Short Title of 1991 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–26, §1(a), Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 123, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1211b of this title, amending sections 1078, 1078–1, 1085, 1087ss, 1088, 1091, 1091a, 1092, 1094, and 1141 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070, 1078–1, 1088, and 1091a of this title, amending provisions set out as a note under section 1092 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1088 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1991'."

Short Title of 1990 Amendments

Pub. L. 101–542, §1, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2381, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1085, 1092, 1094, and 1232g of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Right-To-Know and Campus Security Act'."

Pub. L. 101–542, title I, §101, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2381, provided that: "This title [amending section 1092 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Right-To-Know Act'."

Pub. L. 101–542, title II, §201, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2384, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1092, 1094, and 1232g of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1990'."

Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3001, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–25, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§3001–3008) of title III of Pub. L. 101–508, amending sections 1078, 1078–1, 1078–7, 1085, 1088, and 1091 of this title and sections 362, 541, and 1328 of Title 11, Bankruptcy, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078–7, 1085, and 1088 of this title and sections 362 and 1328 of Title 11, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078–1 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Default Prevention Initiative Act of 1990'."

Short Title of 1989 Amendment

Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2001, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§2001–2009) of title II of Pub. L. 101–239, enacting section 1078–7 of this title, amending sections 1077, 1078, 1078–1, 1078–6, 1082, 1085, 1087dd, 1087tt, 1088, 1092b, and 1094 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1077, 1078, 1078–1, and 1078–6 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Reconciliation Amendments of 1989'."

Short Title of 1987 Amendment

Pub. L. 100–50, §1(a), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1059a, 1087tt, 1087uu, 1087uu–1, and 1145d–1 of this title, amending sections 1057, 1058, 1062, 1063a to 1063c, 1065, 1066, 1067, 1069a, 1070a to 1070a–4, 1070a–6, 1070b–3, 1070c–4, 1070d–1b, 1070d–2, 1070e–1, 1070f, 1075, 1077, 1077a, 1078 to 1078–3, 1078–5, 1078–6, 1080a, 1081 to 1083, 1085, 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087d, 1087bb, 1087cc, 1087cc–1, 1087dd, 1087ee, 1087oo to 1087ss, 1087vv, 1088, 1089 to 1091, 1092 to 1092b, 1095, 1096, 1098, 1109 to 1109d, 1111, 1111b, 1111f, 1111g, 1122, 1132a, 1132a–1, 1132d, 1132d–2, 1132g–3, 1132i–1, 1134h to 1134j, 1141, 1145e, 1221e, and 1221e–1 of this title, section 4604 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and sections 2752, 2753, and 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2752 of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1011, 1071, 1087dd, 1087kk, 1091, 1121, 1145d, 1221–1, and 1221e–1 of this title and section 2753 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987'."

Short Title of 1986 Amendments

Pub. L. 99–498, §1, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1268, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1986'."

Pub. L. 99–320, §1, May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 491, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1078 and 1080a of this title and a provision set out as a note under section 1072 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Technical Corrections Act of 1986'."

Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16001(a), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 339, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1078–3, 1080a, and 1091a of this title, amending sections 1072, 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1082, 1083a, 1085, 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087cc, 1087cc–1, 1087dd, 1087gg, 1089, 1091, and 1094 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1072, 1078, and 1078–3 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Amendments of 1985'."

Short Title of 1983 Amendments

Pub. L. 98–95, §1, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1065a of this title, amending section 1069c of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1132a–1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 123 and 1069c of this title] may be cited as the 'Challenge Grant Amendments of 1983'."

Pub. L. 98–79, §1, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1071, 1077, 1077a, 1078, 1078–2, 1083a, 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087cc–1, and 1098 of this title, repealing section 1087–1a of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1077, 1077a, 1078, and 1087–1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1078, and 1089 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Consolidation and Technical Amendments Act of 1983'."

Short Title of 1982 Amendment

Pub. L. 97–301, §1, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1400, which provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1070a, 1083a, 1087–2, and 1087cc–1 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1070b–3, 1078, 1087bb, 1089, and 1221e–1 of this title and section 2752 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Technical Amendments Act of 1982'.", was repealed by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §408(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495, eff. with respect to any academic year beginning on or after July 1, 1988.

Short Title of 1981 Amendment

Pub. L. 97–35, title V, subtitle B, §531, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 450, provided that: "This subtitle [amending sections 1075, 1077, 1077a, 1078, 1078–1, 1078–2, 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087dd, 1089, 1096, and 1232 of this title, repealing section 1087–3a of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'Postsecondary Student Assistance Amendments of 1981'."

Short Title of 1980 Amendment

Pub. L. 96–374, §1, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 239a, 1001 to 1005, 1011 to 1015, 1016 to 1019, 1021, 1022, 1029, 1031 to 1034, 1041, 1042, 1047 to 1047j, 1051, 1057 to 1069c, 1070d–1a to 1070d–2, 1077a, 1078–2, 1083a, 1087–1a, 1087cc–1, 1087hh, 1087ii, 1088 to 1098, 1119b to 1119b–5, 1119c to 1119c–2, 1121 to 1127, 1130 to 1132, 1132a to 1132a–1, 1132b to 1132c, 1132d to 1132d–4, 1132e, 1132e–1, 1134d to 1134p, 1135 to 1135a–3, 1136 to 1136d, 1143, 1144a, 1145, 1146, 1221e–1b, 1221e–4, and 3063 to 3065 of this title, section 640c–2 of Title 25, Indians, and sections 2753 and 2756b of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1070 to 1070c–3, 1070d, 1070d–1, 1070e to 1077, 1078, 1078–1, 1079, 1080 to 1083, 1085 to 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087aa to 1087cc, 1087dd to 1087gg, 1101 to 1104, 1119 to 1119a–1, 1133 to 1134c, 1135c–1, 1141, 1142, 1221e, 1226a, 1226c, and 1232 of this title, section 326a of Title 7, Agriculture, section 640c–1 of Title 25, sections 714 and 792 of Title 29, Labor, and sections 2751, 2752, and 2756 of Title 42, repealing sections 511 to 513, 1070c–4, 1070d–3, 1087–4, 1134q to 1134s, 1142a, 1142b, 1145, 1145a, 1145c, 1172 to 1174, 1176, 1177, and 1221d of this title and section 2754 of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 236, 1001, 1119b, and 1221–1 of this title and section 301 of Title 7, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 236 of this title and section 301 of Title 7] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1980'."

Short Title of 1979 Amendment

Pub. L. 96–49, §1, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1087gg of this title, amending this section and sections 513, 1021, 1042, 1051, 1070a, 1070b, 1070c, 1070d, 1070d–2, 1070e–1, 1078, 1087–1, 1087aa, 1088, 1101, 1119, 1121, 1132a, 1132b, 1132c, 1132c–4, 1134, 1134e, 1134i, 1134n, 1134r–1, 1135, 1135a, 1136b, 1142b, 1221d, and 1221e of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1087–1, 1087gg, and 1088 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1070a of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1979'."

Short Title of 1978 Amendments

Pub. L. 95–566, §1, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2402, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1087–3a of this title, amending sections 1070a, 1070c–2, 1070d–1, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1088 and 1088f of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Middle Income Student Assistance Act'."

Pub. L. 95–336, §1, Aug. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 451, provided: "That this Act [amending section 1070e–1 of this title, sections 1001, 1002, and 1007 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, and former section 246 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1070e–1 of this title] may be cited as the 'Alcohol and Drug Abuse Education Amendments of 1978'."

Short Title of 1976 Amendments

Pub. L. 94–482, §1, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081, provided: "That this Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1976'."

Pub. L. 94–328, §1, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727, provided: "That this joint resolution [amending sections 1070a, 1074, 1078 and 1078a of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1226a of this title and section 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Emergency Technical Provisions Act of 1976'."

Short Title of 1972 Amendment

Pub. L. 92–318, §1, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235, provided: "That this Act [enacting chapter 36 (§1601 et seq.), chapter 37 (§1651 et seq.), chapter 38 (§1681 et seq.), and sections 241aa to 241ff, 887c, 887d, 900 to 900a–5, 1005a, 1021, 1031, 1042, 1070 to 1070e, 1070e–1, 1087–1, 1087–2, 1087aa to 1087ff, 1088d to 1088g, 1119a, 1132a to 1132e–1, 1134 to 1134s, 1135, 1135a, 1135b to 1135c, 1135c–1, 1142a, 1142b, 1144a, 1145a, 1211a, 1221a to 1221h, 1227 of this title, and section 326a of Title 7, Agriculture, and 2756a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending this section and sections 240, 241c, 241e, 331a, 332, 421, 441, 511, 513, 822, 823, 842, 843, 863, 880b–3a, 1003, 1011, 1021, 1022 to 1024, 1027, 1031, 1033, 1041, 1051 to 1056, 1061, 1068, 1070, 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1078a, 1080, 1083, 1084, 1087, 1087a, 1087c, 1088, 1088c, 1091, 1091a to 1091c, 1101, 1102, 1108 to 1111, 1115, 1116, 1118, 1119, 1119a, 1119b–2, 1121, 1129, 1133, 1133a, 1134j, 1136, 1136a, 1136b, 1141, 1176, 1231, 1231a, 1232a, 1232c, 1242, 1244, 1248, 1302, 1321 to 1323, 1341, 1352, 1371, 1391, and 1412 of this title, and sections 329, 331, 343, 349, 361, and 1626 of Title 7, sections 24, 84, 1464, and 1757 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, sections 203 and 213 of Title 29, Labor, and sections 2751, 2752, and 2754 of Title 42, repealing sections 1, 2, 426, 711 to 721, 731, 732, 746, 1021, 1031, 1032, 1060, 1118, 1119a, 1119b–2, and 1119c–4 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 241a, 241e, 241aa, 331a, 425, 821, 887d, 1005a, 1009, 1070, 1070e, 1074, 1075, 1087–2, 1087aa, 1091a, 1132a, 1132c–3, 1135c, 1231, and 1232 of this title, sections 301 and 326a of Title 7, and section 3501 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1972'."

Short Title of 1968 Amendment

Pub. L. 90–575, §1, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 451 to 455, 746, 1056, 1060, 1087, 1087a to 1087c, 1088 to 1088c, 1089, 1119a–1, 1129a, 1133 to 1133b, 1134 to 1134l, 1135, 1135a, 1135b, 1135c, 1136 to 1136b, 1145, 1146 to 1150 of this title, amending this section and sections 403, 421 to 425, 425 note, 426, 441 to 445, 462 to 464, 481 to 484, 511, 513, 562, 581, 584, 588, 591, 711, 713 to 718, 731, 732, 743, 751, 758, 961, 1005, 1006, 1021 to 1024, 1031, 1033, 1041, 1051, 1061, 1062, 1065 to 1068, 1071 to 1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1083 to 1086, 1091c, 1101, 1104, 1108 to 1111, 1113, 1114, 1115, 1118, 1119a, 1119b–2, 1121, 1124, 1125, 1141, 1142, 1143, 1144 and 1176 of this title, section 1464 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and sections 2741, 2751 to 2756, and 2809 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, repealing sections 733, 981 to 996 of this title, and section 2757 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 423 to 425, 445, 462 to 464, 588, 713, 716 to 718, 743, 751, 981, 1006, 1022, 1024, 1051, 1056, 1060, 1067, 1071, 1077, 1078, 1083, 1088b, and 1109 of this title, and sections 2751, 2753, 2754, and 2809 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1968'."

Short Title of 1966 Amendment

Pub. L. 89–752, §1, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1086 of this title, amending sections 403, 421, 425, 441, 443, 711–715, 731, 743, 744, 751, 1022, 1051, 1072, 1121, and 1124 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 403, 443, 1022, 1071, and 1124 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1966'."

Short Title

Pub. L. 89–329, §1, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, provided: "That this Act [enacting this chapter and section 2757 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending sections 403, 424, 425, 441, 443, 591, 711, 713 to 717, 731, and 751 of this title, and sections 2751 to 2756, and 2761 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Act of 1965'."

Pub. L. 89–329, title V, §509, as added by Pub. L. 90–35, §8, provided that title V of Pub. L. 89–329 could be cited as the "Education Professions Development Act", prior to the general amendment of title V of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 99–498, title V, §501(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495.

For short title of section 1092(f) of this title as the Jeanne Clery Campus Safety Act, see section 1092(f)(19) of this title.

Emergency Financial Aid Grants

Pub. L. 116–260, div. N, title II, §277, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1980, provided that:

"(a) In general.—In the case of a student receiving a qualified emergency financial aid grant—

"(1) such grant shall not be included in the gross income of such individual for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.], and

"(2) such grant shall not be treated as described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 25A(g)(2) of such Code [26 U.S.C. 25A(g)(2)].

"(b) Definitions.—For purposes of this subsection, the term 'qualified emergency financial aid grant' means—

"(1) any emergency financial aid grant awarded by an institution of higher education under section 3504 of the CARES Act [section 3504 of Pub. L. 116–136, set out below],

"(2) any emergency financial aid grant from an institution of higher education made with funds made available under section 18004 of the CARES Act [Pub. L. 116–136, 20 U.S.C. 3401 note], and

"(3) any other emergency financial aid grant made to a student from a Federal agency, a State, an Indian tribe, an institution of higher education, or a scholarship-granting organization (including a tribal organization, as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C.5304 [sic])) for the purpose of providing financial relief to students enrolled at institutions of higher education in response to a qualifying emergency (as defined in section 3502(a)(4) of the CARES Act [section 3502(a)(4) of Pub. L. 116–136, set out below]).

"(c) Limitation.—This section shall not apply to that portion of any amount received which represents payment for teaching, research, or other services required as a condition for receiving the qualified emergency financial aid grant.

"(d) Effective date.—This section shall apply to qualified emergency financial aid grants made after March 26, 2020."

Guidance to States

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(a)(3), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3138, provided that: "The Secretary of Education shall issue guidance for States on interpretation and implementation of the terminology and formula adjustments made to the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) under the amendments by this Act [probably means "this title", see Tables for classification], including the student aid index, formerly known as the expected family contribution, and the need analysis formulas."

Forgiveness of HBCU Capital Financing Loans

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §706, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3200, provided that:

"(a) Forgiveness.—Not later than 90 days after the effective date of this section [see Effective Date of 2020 Amendment note set out above], the Secretary of Education shall repay each institution of higher education's outstanding balance of principal, interest, fees, and costs on the disbursed loan amounts (as of such effective date) under each applicable closed loan agreement, including paying any reimbursement (including reimbursements of escrow and return of fees and deposits) relating to the applicable closed loan agreement that are usual and customary when the loan is paid off by the institution.

"(b) Applicable Closed Loan Agreement.—In this section, the term 'applicable closed loan agreement' means each of the following:

"(1) A closed loan agreement executed before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020] and made under part D of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066 et seq.).

"(2) A closed loan agreement executed before the date of enactment of this Act and made for deferment balances authorized under—

"(A) section 3512 of the CARES Act [Pub. L. 116–136] (20 U.S.C. 1001 note);

"(B) title III of division A of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law 116–94; 133 Stat. 2586) [see Tables for classification];

"(C) title III of division B of the Department of Defense and Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education Appropriations Act, 2019 and Continuing Appropriations Act, 2019 (Public Law 115–245; 132 Stat. 3097) [see Tables for classification]; or

"(D) title III of division H of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018 (Public Law 115–141; 132 Stat. 741) [see Tables for classification].

"(c) Authorization and Appropriation.—There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, out of any amounts in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out subsection (a).

"(d) Effective Date.—Notwithstanding section 701(b) [set out as a note above], this section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020]."

COVID–19 Pandemic Education Relief

Pub. L. 118–5, div. B, title IV, §271, June 3, 2023, 137 Stat. 33, provided that:

"(a) In General.—Sixty days after June 30, 2023, the waivers and modifications described in subsection (c) shall cease to be effective.

"(b) Prohibition.—Except as expressly authorized by an Act of Congress enacted after the date of enactment of this Act [June 3, 2023], the Secretary of Education may not use any authority to implement an extension of any executive action or rule specified in subsection (c).

"(c) Waivers and Modifications Described.—The waivers and modifications described in this subsection are the waivers and modifications of statutory and regulatory provisions relating to an extension of the suspension of payments on certain loans and waivers of interest on such loans under section 3513 of the CARES Act [Pub. L. 116–136] (20 U.S.C. 1001 note)—

"(1) described by the Department of Education in the Federal Register on October 12, 2022 (87 Fed. Reg. 61513 et seq.); and

"(2) most recently extended in the announcement by the Department of Education on November 22, 2022."

Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title III, §§3502–3510, 3512, 3513, 3517–3519, Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 395–399, 403, 404, 408, 409, as amended by Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title I, §101(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3082; Pub. L. 117–49, §4(a), (b), Oct. 13, 2021, 135 Stat. 404, 405; Pub. L. 117–103, div. HH, title I, §101, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 1112, provided that:

"SEC. 3502. DEFINITIONS.

"(a) Definitions.—In this subtitle [subtitle B (§§3501–3519) of title III of div. A of Pub. L. 116–136, see Short Title of 2020 Amendment note set out above]:

"(1) Coronavirus.—The term 'coronavirus' has the meaning given the term in section 506 of the Coronavirus Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law 116–123 [134 Stat. 155]).

"(2) Foreign institution.—The term 'foreign institution' means an institution of higher education located outside the United States that is described in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2) of section 102(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002(a)).

"(3) Institution of higher education.—The term 'institution of higher education' has the meaning of the term under section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002).

"(4) Qualifying emergency.—The term 'qualifying emergency' means—

"(A) a public health emergency related to the coronavirus declared by the Secretary of Health and Human Services pursuant to section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d);

"(B) an event related to the coronavirus for which the President declared a major disaster or an emergency under section 401 or 501, respectively, of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170 and 5191); or

"(C) a national emergency related to the coronavirus declared by the President under section 201 of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) [50 U.S.C. 1621].

"(5) Secretary.—The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Education.

"SEC. 3503. CAMPUS-BASED AID WAIVERS.

"(a) Waiver of Non-federal Share Requirement.—Notwithstanding sections 413C(a)(2) and 443(b)(5) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–2(a)(2) and 1087–53(b)(5)), with respect to funds made available for award years 2019–2020 and 2020–2021, the Secretary shall waive the requirement that a participating institution of higher education provide a non-Federal share to match Federal funds provided to the institution for the programs authorized pursuant to subpart 3 of part A and part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq. and 1087–51 et seq.) for all awards made under such programs during such award years, except nothing in this subsection shall affect the non-Federal share requirement under section 443(c)(3) that applies to private for-profit organizations.

"(b) Authority to Reallocate.—Notwithstanding sections 413D, 442, and 488 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–3, 1087–52, and 1095), during a period of a qualifying emergency, an institution may transfer up to 100 percent of the institution's unexpended allotment under section 442 of such Act to the institution's allotment under section 413D of such Act, but may not transfer any funds from the institution's unexpended allotment under section 413D of such Act to the institution's allotment under section 442 of such Act.

"SEC. 3504. USE OF SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS FOR EMERGENCY AID.

"(a) In General.—Notwithstanding section 413B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–1), an institution of higher education may reserve any amount of an institution's allocation under subpart 3 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.) for a fiscal year to award, in such fiscal year, emergency financial aid grants to assist undergraduate or graduate students for unexpected expenses and unmet financial need as the result of a qualifying emergency.

"(b) Determinations.—In determining eligibility for and awarding emergency financial aid grants under this section, an institution of higher education may—

"(1) waive the amount of need calculation under section 471 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk);

"(2) allow for a student affected by a qualifying emergency to receive funds in an amount that is not more than the maximum Federal Pell Grant for the applicable award year; and

"(3) utilize a contract with a scholarship-granting organization designated for the sole purpose of accepting applications from or disbursing funds to students enrolled in the institution of higher education, if such scholarship-granting organization disburses the full allocated amount provided to the institution of higher education to the recipients.

"(c) Special Rule.—Any emergency financial aid grants to students under this section shall not be treated as other financial assistance for the purposes of section 471 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk).

"SEC. 3505. FEDERAL WORK-STUDY DURING A QUALIFYING EMERGENCY.

"(a) In General.—In the event of a qualifying emergency, an institution of higher education participating in the program under part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–51 et seq.) may make payments under such part to affected work-study students, for the period of time (not to exceed one academic year) in which affected students were unable to fulfill the students' work-study obligation for all or part of such academic year due to such qualifying emergency, as follows:

"(1) Payments may be made under such part to affected work-study students in an amount equal to or less than the amount of wages such students would have been paid under such part had the students been able to complete the work obligation necessary to receive work study funds, as a one time grant or as multiple payments.

"(2) Payments shall not be made to any student who was not eligible for work study or was not completing the work obligation necessary to receive work study funds under such part prior to the occurrence of the qualifying emergency.

"(3) Any payments made to affected work-study students under this subsection shall meet the matching requirements of section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–53), unless such matching requirements are waived by the Secretary.

"(b) Definition of Affected Work-study Student.—In this section, the term 'affected work-study student' means a student enrolled at an eligible institution participating in the program under part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–51 et seq.) who—

"(1) received a work-study award under section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–53) for the academic year during which a qualifying emergency occurred;

"(2) earned Federal work-study wages from such eligible institution for such academic year; and

"(3) was prevented from fulfilling the student's work-study obligation for all or part of such academic year due to such qualifying emergency.

"SEC. 3506. ADJUSTMENT OF SUBSIDIZED LOAN USAGE LIMITS.

"Notwithstanding [former] section 455(q)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ([former] 20 U.S.C. 1087e(q)(3)), the Secretary shall exclude from a student's period of enrollment for purposes of loans made under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) any semester (or the equivalent) that the student does not complete due to a qualifying emergency, if the Secretary is able to administer such policy in a manner that limits complexity and the burden on the student.

"SEC. 3507. EXCLUSION FROM FEDERAL PELL GRANT DURATION LIMIT.

"The Secretary shall exclude from a student's Federal Pell Grant duration limit under section 401(c)(5) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (2 U.S.C. 1070a(c)(5)) [probably means 20 U.S.C. 1070a(c)(5)] any semester (or the equivalent) that the student does not complete due to a qualifying emergency if the Secretary is able to administer such policy in a manner that limits complexity and the burden on the student.

"SEC. 3508. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS AND FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN FLEXIBILITY.

"(a) Institutional Waiver.—

"(1) In general.—The Secretary shall waive the institutional requirement under section 484B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to the amount of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance received under part C of title IV of such Act [20 U.S.C. 1087–51 et seq.]) to be returned under such section if a recipient of assistance under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) withdraws from the institution of higher education during the payment period or period of enrollment as a result of a qualifying emergency.

"(2) Waivers.—The Secretary shall require each institution using a waiver relating to the withdrawal of recipients under this subsection to report the number of such recipients, the amount of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance received under part C of title IV of such Act) associated with each such recipient, and the total amount of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance received under part C of title IV of such Act) for which each institution has not returned assistance under title IV to the Secretary.

"(b) Student Waiver.—The Secretary shall waive the amounts that students are required to return under section 484B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to Federal Pell Grants or other grant assistance if the withdrawals on which the returns are based, are withdrawals by students who withdrew from the institution of higher education as a result of a qualifying emergency.

"(c) Canceling Loan Obligation.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), the Secretary shall cancel the borrower's obligation to repay the entire portion of a loan made under part D of title IV of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) associated with a payment period for a recipient of such loan who withdraws from the institution of higher education during the payment period as a result of a qualifying emergency.

"(d) Approved Leave of Absence.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), for purposes of receiving assistance under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), an institution of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying emergency, provide a student with an approved leave of absence that does not require the student to return at the same point in the academic program that the student began the leave of absence if the student returns within the same semester (or the equivalent).

"SEC. 3509. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS.

"Notwithstanding section 484 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091), in determining whether a student is maintaining satisfactory academic progress for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), an institution of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying emergency, exclude from the quantitative component of the calculation any attempted credits that were not completed by such student without requiring an appeal by such student.

"SEC. 3510. CONTINUING EDUCATION AT AFFECTED FOREIGN INSTITUTIONS.

"(a) In General.—Notwithstanding section 481(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)), with respect to a foreign institution, in the case of a public health emergency, major disaster or emergency, or national emergency declared by the applicable government authorities in the country in which the foreign institution is located, the Secretary may permit any part of an otherwise eligible program to be offered via distance education for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) until the end of the covered period applicable to the institution.

"(b) Eligibility.—An otherwise eligible program that is offered in whole or in part through distance education by a foreign institution between March 1, 2020, and the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020] shall be deemed eligible for the purposes of part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) until the end of the covered period applicable to the institution. An institution of higher education that uses the authority provided in the previous sentence shall report such use to the Secretary—

"(1) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June 30, 2020; and

"(2) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020 award year, not later than 30 days after such use.

"(c) Report.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter until all covered periods for foreign institutions carrying out a distance education program authorized under this section have ended, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each foreign institution that carried out a distance education program authorized under this section.

"(d) Written Arrangements.—

"(1) In general.—Notwithstanding section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002), until the end of the covered period applicable to a foreign institution, the Secretary may allow the foreign institution to enter into a written arrangement with an institution of higher education located in the United States that participates in the Federal Direct Loan Program under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) for the purpose of allowing a student of the foreign institution who is a borrower of a loan made under such part to take courses from the institution of higher education located in the United States.

"(2) Form of arrangements.—

"(A) Public or other nonprofit institutions.—A foreign institution that is a public or other nonprofit institution may enter into a written arrangement under paragraph (1) only with an institution of higher education described in section 101 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001).

"(B) Other institutions.—A foreign institution that is a graduate medical school, nursing school, or a veterinary school and that is not a public or other nonprofit institution may enter into a written arrangement under paragraph (1) with an institution of higher education described in section 101 or section 102 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002).

"(3) Report on use.—An institution of higher education that uses the authority described in paragraph (2) shall report such use to the Secretary—

"(A) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June 30, 2020; and

"(B) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020 award year, not later than 10 days after such use.

"(4) Report from the secretary.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter until all covered periods for foreign institutions that entered into written arrangements under paragraph (1) have ended, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies, for each such foreign institution—

"(A) the name of the foreign institution;

"(B) the name of the institution of higher education located in the United States that has entered into a written arrangement with such foreign institution; and

"(C) information regarding the nature of such written arrangement, including which coursework or program requirements are accomplished at each respective institution.

"(e) Definition of Covered Period.—

"(1) In general.—In this section, the term 'covered period', when used with respect to a foreign institution of higher education, means the period—

"(A) beginning on the first day of—

"(i) a qualifying emergency; or

"(ii) a public health emergency, major disaster or emergency, or national emergency declared by the applicable government authorities in the country in which the foreign institution is located; and

"(B) ending on the later of—

"(i) subject to paragraph (2), the last day of the payment period, for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), following the end of any qualifying emergency or any emergency or disaster described in subparagraph (A)(ii) applicable to the foreign institution; or

"(ii) June 30, 2023.

"(2) Special rule for certain payment periods.—For purposes of paragraph (1)(B)(i), if the following payment period for an award year ends before June 30 of such award year, the covered period shall be extended until June 30 of such award year.

"SEC. 3512. HBCU CAPITAL FINANCING.

"(a) Deferment Period.—

"(1) In general.—Notwithstanding any provision of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.), or any regulation promulgated under such title, the Secretary may grant a deferment, for the duration of a qualifying emergency, to an institution that has received a loan under part D of title III of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1066 et seq.).

"(2) Terms.—During the deferment period granted under this subsection—

"(A) the institution shall not be required to pay any periodic installment of principal or interest required under the loan agreement for such loan; and

"(B) the Secretary shall make principal and interest payments otherwise due under the loan agreement.

"(3) Closing.—At the closing of a loan deferred under this subsection, terms shall be set under which the institution shall be required to repay the Secretary for the payments of principal and interest made by the Secretary during the deferment, on a schedule that begins upon repayment to the lender in full on the loan agreement, except in no case shall repayment be required to begin before the date that is 1 full fiscal year after the date that is the end of the qualifying emergency.

"(b) Termination Date.—

"(1) In general.—The authority provided under this section to grant a loan deferment under subsection (a) shall terminate on the date on which the qualifying emergency is no longer in effect.

"(2) Duration.—Any provision of a loan agreement or insurance agreement modified by the authority under this section shall remain so modified for the duration of the period covered by the loan agreement or insurance agreement.

"(c) Report.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020], and every 180 days thereafter during the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each institution that received assistance under this section.

"(d) Funding.—There is hereby appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $62,000,000 to carry out this section.

"SEC. 3513. TEMPORARY RELIEF FOR FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN BORROWERS.

"(a) In General.—The Secretary shall suspend all payments due for loans made under part D and part B (that are held by the Department of Education) of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.; 1071 et seq.) through September 30, 2020.

"(b) No Accrual of Interest.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), interest shall not accrue on a loan described under subsection (a) for which payment was suspended for the period of the suspension.

"(c) Consideration of Payments.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), the Secretary shall deem each month for which a loan payment was suspended under this section as if the borrower of the loan had made a payment for the purpose of any loan forgiveness program or loan rehabilitation program authorized under part D or B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.; 1071 et seq.) for which the borrower would have otherwise qualified.

"(d) Reporting to Consumer Reporting Agencies.—During the period in which the Secretary suspends payments on a loan under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that, for the purpose of reporting information about the loan to a consumer reporting agency, any payment that has been suspended is treated as if it were a regularly scheduled payment made by a borrower.

"(e) Suspending Involuntary Collection.—During the period in which the Secretary suspends payments on a loan under subsection (a), the Secretary shall suspend all involuntary collection related to the loan, including—

"(1) a wage garnishment authorized under section 488A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1095a) or section 3720D of title 31, United States Code;

"(2) a reduction of tax refund by amount of debt authorized under section 3720A of title 31, United States Code, or section 6402(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

"(3) a reduction of any other Federal benefit payment by administrative offset authorized under section 3716 of title 31, United States Code (including a benefit payment due to an individual under the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] or any other provision described in subsection (c)(3)(A)(i) of such section); and

"(4) any other involuntary collection activity by the Secretary.

"(f) Waivers.—In carrying out this section, the Secretary may waive the application of—

"(1) subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code (commonly known as the 'Paperwork Reduction Act');

"(2) the master calendar requirements under section 482 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1089);

"(3) negotiated rulemaking under section 492 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098a); and

"(4) the requirement to publish the notices related to the system of records of the agency before implementation required under paragraphs (4) and (11) of section 552a(e) of title 5, United States Code (commonly known as the 'Privacy Act of 1974'), except that the notices shall be published not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020].

"(g) Notice to Borrowers and Transition Period.—To inform borrowers of the actions taken in accordance with this section and ensure an effective transition, the Secretary shall—

"(1) not later than 15 days after the date of enactment of this Act, notify borrowers—

"(A) of the actions taken in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) for whom payments have been suspended and interest waived;

"(B) of the actions taken in accordance with subsection (e) for whom collections have been suspended;

"(C) of the option to continue making payments toward principal; and

"(D) that the program under this section is a temporary program.

"(2) beginning on August 1, 2020, carry out a program to provide not less than 6 notices by postal mail, telephone, or electronic communication to borrowers indicating—

"(A) when the borrower's normal payment obligations will resume; and

"(B) that the borrower has the option to enroll in income-driven repayment, including a brief description of such options.

"SEC. 3517. WAIVER AUTHORITY AND REPORTING REQUIREMENT FOR INSTITUTIONAL AID.

"(a) Waiver Authority.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ([20] U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), unless enacted with specific reference to this section, for any institution of higher education that was receiving assistance under title III, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at the time of a qualifying emergency, the Secretary may, for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency—

"(1) waive—

"(A) the eligibility data requirements set forth in section 391(d) and 521(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1068(d); 1103(e));

"(B) the wait-out period set forth in section 313(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059(d));

"(C) the allotment requirements under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection [sic] 318(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(e)), and the reference to 'the academic year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year' under such section 318(e)(1);

"(D) the allotment requirements under subsections (b), (c), and (g) of section 324 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063), the reference to 'the end of the school year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year' under such section 324(a), and the reference to 'the academic year preceding such fiscal year' under such section 324(h);

"(E) subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section 326(f)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(f)(3)), and references to 'previous year' under such section 326(f)(3)(B);

"(F) subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section 723(f)(3) and subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section 724(f)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1136a(f)(3); 1136b(f)(3)), and references to 'previous academic year' under subparagraph (B) of such sections 723(f)(3) and 724(f)(3); and

"(G) the allotment restriction set forth in section 318(d)(4) and section 323(c)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(4); 1062(c)(2)); and

"(2) waive or modify any statutory or regulatory provision to ensure that institutions that were receiving assistance under title III, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at the time of a qualifying emergency are not adversely affected by any formula calculation for fiscal year 2020 and for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency, as necessary.

"(b) Use of Unexpended Funds.—Any funds paid to an institution under title III, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) and not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid to the institution during the 5-year period following the date on which the funds were first paid to the institution, may be carried over and expended during the succeeding 5-year period.

"(c) Report.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020], and every 180 days thereafter for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each institution that received a waiver or modification under this section.

"SEC. 3518. AUTHORIZED USES AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS FOR GRANTS.

"(a) In General.—The Secretary is authorized to modify the required and allowable uses of funds for grants awarded under part A or B of title III, chapter I or II of subpart 2 of part A of title IV, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 et seq.; 1060 et seq.; 1070a–11 et seq.; 1070a–21 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) to an institution of higher education or other grant recipient (not including individual recipients of Federal student financial assistance), at the request of an institution of higher education or other recipient of a grant (not including individual recipients of Federal student financial assistance) as a result of a qualifying emergency, for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency.

"(b) Matching Requirement Modifications.—Notwithstanding any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), the Secretary is authorized to modify any Federal share or other financial matching requirement for a grant awarded on a competitive basis or a grant awarded under part A or B of title III or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 et seq.; 1060 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at the request of an institution of higher education or other grant recipient as a result of a qualifying emergency, for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency.

"(c) Reports.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020], and every 180 days thereafter for the duration of the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each institution of higher education or other grant recipient that received a modification under this section.

"SEC. 3519. SERVICE OBLIGATIONS FOR TEACHERS.

"(a) Teach Grants.—Notwithstanding any provision of subpart 9 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g et seq.), the Secretary—

"(1) may modify the categories of extenuating circumstances under which a recipient of a grant under subpart 9 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g et seq.) who is unable to fulfill all or part of the recipient's service obligation may be excused from fulfilling that portion of the service obligation;

"(2) shall consider teaching service that, as a result of a qualifying emergency, is part-time or temporarily interrupted, to be full-time service and to fulfill the service obligations under section 420N of such Act; and

"(3) shall extend the service obligation window (as described in section 420N(b)(1)(A) of such Act) for a period of not more than 3 years, in addition to any extensions provided in accordance with subpart 9 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g et seq.), in the case of a grant recipient whose service obligation window begins during, or includes—

"(A) the qualifying emergency period; or

"(B) a period of recession or economic downturn related to the qualifying emergency period, as determined by the Secretary in consultation with the Secretary of Labor.

"(b) Teacher Loan Forgiveness.—Notwithstanding section 428J or 460 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078–10; 1087j), the Secretary shall waive the requirements under such sections that years of teaching service shall be consecutive if—

"(1) the teaching service of a borrower is temporarily interrupted due to a qualifying emergency; and

"(2) after the temporary interruption due to a qualifying emergency, the borrower resumes teaching service and completes a total of 5 years of qualifying teaching service under such sections, including qualifying teaching service performed before, during, and after such qualifying emergency.

"(c) Federal Perkins Loans.—Notwithstanding section 465 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ee), the Secretary shall waive the requirements of such section in regard to full-time service and shall consider an incomplete year of service of a borrower as fulfilling the requirement for a complete year of service under such section, if the service was interrupted due to a qualifying emergency."

[Pub. L. 117–49, §4(c), Oct. 13, 2021, 135 Stat. 405, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending section 3519 of Pub. L. 116–136, set out above] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the CARES Act (Public Law 116–136)."]

[Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title I, §101(a)(4)(D)(ii), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3083, which directed amendment of section 3510(d)(4) of Pub. L. 116–136, set out above, by substituting "identifies, for each such foreign institution—" and subpars. (A) to (C) for "identifies each foreign institution that entered into a written arrangement under subsection (a).", was executed by making the substitution for "identifies each foreign institution that entered into a written arrangement authorized under subsection (a)." to reflect the probable intent of Congress.]

[Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title I, §101(b), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3083, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending section 3510 of Pub. L. 116–136, set out above] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the CARES Act (Public Law 116–136)."]

Higher Education Extension

Pub. L. 109–81, Sept. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2048, as amended by Pub. L. 109–150, §2(a), Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884; Pub. L. 109–212, §2, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321; Pub. L. 109–238, §2, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507; Pub. L. 109–292, §2, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1340; Pub. L. 110–44, §2, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238; Pub. L. 110–51, §2, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263; Pub. L. 110–109, §2, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028; Pub. L. 110–198, §2, Mar. 24, 2008, 122 Stat. 656; Pub. L. 110–230, §1(a), May 13, 2008, 122 Stat. 877; Pub. L. 110–238, §1(a), May 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 1558; Pub. L. 110–256, §1(a), June 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2425; Pub. L. 110–300, §1(a), July 31, 2008, 122 Stat. 2998, provided that:

"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

"This Act may be cited as the 'Higher Education Extension Act of 2005'.

"SEC. 2. EXTENSION OF PROGRAMS.

"(a) Extension of Duration.—The authorization of appropriations for, and the duration of, each program authorized under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) shall be extended through August 15, 2008.

"(b) Performance of Required and Authorized Functions.—If the Secretary of Education, a State, an institution of higher education, a guaranty agency, a lender, or another person or entity—

"(1) is required, in or for fiscal year 2004, to carry out certain acts or make certain determinations or payments under a program under the Higher Education Act of 1965, such acts, determinations, or payments shall be required to be carried out, made, or continued during the period of the extension under this section; or

"(2) is permitted or authorized, in or for fiscal year 2004, to carry out certain acts or make certain determinations or payments under a program under the Higher Education Act of 1965, such acts, determinations, or payments are permitted or authorized to be carried out, made, or continued during the period of the extension under this section.

"(c) Extension at Current Levels.—The amount authorized to be appropriated for a program described in subsection (a) during the period of extension under this section shall be the amount authorized to be appropriated for such program for fiscal year 2004, or the amount appropriated for such program for such fiscal year, whichever is greater. Except as provided in any amendment to the Higher Education Act of 1965 enacted during fiscal year 2005 or 2006, the amount of any payment required or authorized under subsection (b) in or for the period of the extension under this section shall be determined in the same manner as the amount of the corresponding payment required or authorized in or for fiscal year 2004.

"(d) Advisory Committees and Other Entities Continued.—Any advisory committee, interagency organization, or other entity that was, during fiscal year 2004, authorized or required to perform any function under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), or in relation to programs under that Act, shall continue to exist and is authorized or required, respectively, to perform such function for the period of the extension under this section.

"(e) Additional Extension not Permitted.—Section 422 of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1226a) shall not apply to further extend the authorization of appropriations for any program described in subsection (a) on the basis of the extension of such program under this section.

"(f) Exception.—The programs described in subsection (a) for which the authorization of appropriations, or the duration of which, is extended by this section include provisions applicable to institutions in, and students in or from, the Freely Associated States, except that those provisions shall be applicable with respect to institutions in, and students in or from, the Federated States of Micronesia and the Republic of the Marshall Islands only to the extent specified in Public Law 108–188 [48 U.S.C. 1921 et seq.]."

[Pub. L. 110–300, §1(c), July 31, 2008, 122 Stat. 2998, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] shall take effect as if enacted on July 31, 2008."]

[Pub. L. 110–230, §1(c), May 13, 2008, 122 Stat. 877, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] shall take effect as if enacted on April 30, 2008."]

[Pub. L. 110–300, §1(b), July 31, 2008, 122 Stat. 2998, provided that: "Nothing in this section [enacting provisions set out above and amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or by the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–227) [see Short Title of 2008 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–256, §1(b), June 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2425, provided that: "Nothing in this section [amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or by the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–227) [see Short Title of 2008 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–238, §1(b), May 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 1558, provided that: "Nothing in this section [amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or by the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–227) [see Short Title of 2008 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–230, §1(b), May 13, 2008, 122 Stat. 877, provided that: "Nothing in this section [enacting provisions set out above and amending Pub. L. 109–81, set out above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] or by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–198, §3, Mar. 24, 2008, 122 Stat. 656, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2008 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] or by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–109, §3, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] or by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–51, §3, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 110–44, §3, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 109–292, §7, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1343, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (P.L. 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 109–238, §3, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

[Pub. L. 109–212, §3, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."]

Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 108–366, Oct. 25, 2004, 118 Stat. 1741.

Study of Opportunities for Participation in Athletics Programs

Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §805, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1807, which required the Comptroller General to conduct a study of the opportunities for participation in intercollegiate athletics and to submit a report on the study to committees of Congress, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IX, §931(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3456.

Stylistic Consistency

Pub. L. 103–208, §2(m), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2486, provided that: "The Act [Pub. L. 89–329, see Short Title note above] is amended so that the section designation and section heading of each section of the Act shall be in the form and typeface of the section designation and heading of this section [107 Stat. 2457]."

Terms Defined for Purposes of Titles XIII, XIV, and XV of Pub. L. 102–325

Pub. L. 102–325, §1(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448, as amended by Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §102(a)(6)(A), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1618, provided that: "Unless otherwise provided therein, terms used in titles XIII, XIV, and XV [enacting sections 1145h and 4426 of this title, sections 3301 to 3371 of Title 25, Indians, and sections 2401 to 2405 of Title 29, Labor, amending sections 1221e–1, 1232g, 3412, 4412, 4414, 4416, 4417, 4418, 4421, 4422, 4423, 4424, 4425, 5381, and 5411 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 4604 and 4609 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, former section 640c–1 and sections 1810, 1836, and 1852 of Title 25, and sections 295g–8 and 12576 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070, 1070a–11, 1070a–21, 1071, 1080, 1088, 1101, 1132a, 1134, 1221–1, 1221e, 1232g, 1452, and 9003 of this title, amending provisions set out as a note under section 1091a of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 362 of Title 11, Bankruptcy] shall have the same meaning given to such terms in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this section]."

General Provisions of 1972 Amendment

Pub. L. 92–318, §2, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, provided that:

"(a) As used in this Act [See Short Title of 1972 Amendment note above]—

"(1) the term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare [now Secretary of Education]; and

"(2) the term 'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Education [now Secretary of Education];

unless the context requires another meaning.

"(b) Unless otherwise specified, the redesignation of a section, subsection, or other designation by any amendment in this Act shall include the redesignation of any reference to such section, subsection, or other designation in any Act or regulation, however styled.

"(c)(1) Unless otherwise specified, each provision of this Act and each amendment made by this Act shall be effective after June 30, 1972, and with respect to appropriations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973, and succeeding fiscal years.

"(2) Unless otherwise specified, in any case where an amendment made by this Act is to become effective after a date set herein, it shall be effective with the beginning of the day which immediately follows the date after which such amendment is effective.

"(3) In any case where the effective date for an amendment made by this Act is expressly stated to be effective after June 30, 1971, such amendment shall be deemed to have been enacted on July 1, 1971."

Rulemaking Requirements; Publication in Federal Register

Pub. L. 90–575, title V, §505, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1063, provided for publication of rules and regulations in Federal Register, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91–230, title IV, §401(e)(2), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 173.

Presidential Recommendations by December 31, 1969, With Respect to Post-Secondary Education for All

Pub. L. 90–575, title V, §508, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1063, authorized the President, on or before Dec. 31, 1969, to submit to the Congress proposals relative to the feasibility of making available a post-secondary education to all young Americans who qualify and seek it.

Executive Documents

Ex. Ord. No. 13864. Improving Free Inquiry, Transparency, and Accountability at Colleges and Universities

Ex. Ord. No. 13864, Mar. 21, 2019, 84 F.R. 11401, provided:

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:

Section 1. Purpose. The purpose of this order is to enhance the quality of postsecondary education by making it more affordable, more transparent, and more accountable. Institutions of higher education (institutions) should be accountable both for student outcomes and for student life on campus.

In particular, my Administration seeks to promote free and open debate on college and university campuses. Free inquiry is an essential feature of our Nation's democracy, and it promotes learning, scientific discovery, and economic prosperity. We must encourage institutions to appropriately account for this bedrock principle in their administration of student life and to avoid creating environments that stifle competing perspectives, thereby potentially impeding beneficial research and undermining learning.

The financial burden of higher education on students and their families is also a national problem that needs immediate attention. Over the past 30 years, college tuition and fees have grown at more than twice the rate of the Consumer Price Index. Rising student loan debt, coupled with low repayment rates, threatens the financial health of both individuals and families as well as of Federal student loan programs. In addition, too many programs of study fail to prepare students for success in today's job market.

The Federal Government can take meaningful steps to address these problems. Selecting an institution and course of study are important decisions for prospective students and significantly affect long-term earnings. Institutions should be transparent about the average earnings and loan repayment rates of former students who received Federal student aid. Additionally, the Federal Government should make this information readily accessible to the public and to prospective students and their families, in particular.

This order will promote greater access to critical information regarding the prices and outcomes of postsecondary education, thereby furthering the goals of the National Council for the American Worker established by Executive Order 13845 of July 19, 2018 (Establishing the President's National Council for the American Worker) [former 29 U.S.C. 3101 note]. Increased information disclosure will help ensure that individuals make educational choices suited to their needs, interests, and circumstances. Access to this information will also increase institutional accountability and encourage institutions to take into account likely future earnings when establishing the cost of their educational programs.

Sec. 2. Policy. It is the policy of the Federal Government to:

(a) encourage institutions to foster environments that promote open, intellectually engaging, and diverse debate, including through compliance with the First Amendment for public institutions and compliance with stated institutional policies regarding freedom of speech for private institutions;

(b) help students (including workers seeking additional training) and their families understand, through better data and career counseling, that not all institutions, degrees, or fields of study provide similar returns on their investment, and consider that their educational decisions should account for the opportunity cost of enrolling in a program;

(c) align the incentives of institutions with those of students and taxpayers to ensure that institutions share the financial risk associated with Federal student loan programs;

(d) help borrowers avoid defaulting on their Federal student loans by educating them about risks, repayment obligations, and repayment options; and

(e) supplement efforts by States and institutions by disseminating information to assist students in completing their degrees faster and at lower cost.

Sec. 3. Improving Free Inquiry on Campus. (a) To advance the policy described in subsection 2(a) of this order, the heads of covered agencies shall, in coordination with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, take appropriate steps, in a manner consistent with applicable law, including the First Amendment, to ensure institutions that receive Federal research or education grants promote free inquiry, including through compliance with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, and policies.

(b) "Covered agencies" for purposes of this section are the Departments of Defense, the Interior, Agriculture, Commerce, Labor, Health and Human Services, Transportation, Energy, and Education; the Environmental Protection Agency; the National Science Foundation; and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.

(c) "Federal research or education grants" for purposes of this section include all funding provided by a covered agency directly to an institution but do not include funding associated with Federal student aid programs that cover tuition, fees, or stipends.

Sec. 4. Improving Transparency and Accountability on Campus. (a) To advance the policy described in subsections 2(b)–(e) of this order, the Secretary of Education (Secretary) shall, to the extent consistent with applicable law:

(i) make available, by January 1, 2020, through the Office of Federal Student Aid, a secure and confidential website and mobile application that informs Federal student loan borrowers of how much they owe, how much their monthly payment will be when they enter repayment, available repayment options, how long each repayment option will take, and how to enroll in the repayment option that best serves their needs;

(ii) expand and update annually the College Scorecard, or any successor, with the following program-level data for each certificate, degree, graduate, and professional program, for former students who received Federal student aid:

(A) estimated median earnings;

(B) median Stafford loan debt;

(C) median Graduate PLUS loan debt (if applicable);

(D) median Parent PLUS loan debt; and

(E) student loan default rate and repayment rate; and

(iii) expand and update annually the College Scorecard, or any successor, with the following institution-level data, providing the aggregate for all certificate, degree, graduate, and professional programs, for former students who received Federal student aid:

(A) student loan default rate and repayment rate;

(B) Graduate PLUS default rate and repayment rate; and

(C) Parent PLUS default rate and repayment rate.

(b) For the purpose of implementing subsection (a)(ii) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury shall, upon the request of the Secretary, provide in a timely manner appropriate statistical studies and compilations regarding program-level earnings, consistent with section 6108(b) of title 26, United States Code, other applicable laws, and available data regarding programs attended by former students who received Federal student aid.

Sec. 5. Reporting Requirements. (a) By January 1, 2020, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers, shall submit to the President, through the Assistant to the President for Domestic Policy and the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, a report identifying and analyzing policy options for sharing the risk associated with Federal student loan debt among the Federal Government, institutions, and other entities.

(b) By January 1, 2020, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall submit to the President, through the Assistant to the President for Domestic Policy and the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, policy recommendations for reforming the collections process for Federal student loans in default.

(c) Beginning July 1, 2019, the Secretary shall provide an annual update on the Secretary's progress in implementing the policies set forth in subsections 2(b)–(e) of this order to the National Council for the American Worker at meetings of the Council.

(d) Within 1 year of the date of this order [Mar. 21, 2019], the Secretary shall compile information about successful State and institutional efforts to promote students' timely and affordable completion of a postsecondary program of study. Based on that information, the Secretary shall publish a compilation of research results that addresses:

(i) how some States and institutions have better facilitated successful transfer of credits and degree completion by transfer students;

(ii) how States and institutions can increase access to dual enrollment programs; and

(iii) other strategies for increasing student success, especially among students at high risk of not completing a postsecondary program of study.

Sec. 6. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or

(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.

(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

Donald J. Trump.      

§1002. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of student assistance programs

(a) Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of student assistance programs

(1) Inclusion of additional institutions

Subject to paragraphs (2) through (4) of this subsection, the term "institution of higher education" for purposes of subchapter IV includes, in addition to the institutions covered by the definition in section 1001 of this title—

(A) a proprietary institution of higher education (as defined in subsection (b) of this section);

(B) a postsecondary vocational institution (as defined in subsection (c) of this section); and

(C) only for the purposes of part D of subchapter IV, an institution outside the United States that is comparable to an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001 of this title and that has been approved by the Secretary for the purpose of part D of subchapter IV, consistent with the requirements of section 1087b(d) of this title.

(2) Institutions outside the United States

(A) In general

For the purpose of qualifying as an institution under paragraph (1)(C), the Secretary shall establish criteria by regulation for the approval of institutions outside the United States and for the determination that such institutions are comparable to an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001 of this title (except that a graduate medical school, nursing school, or a veterinary school, located outside the United States shall not be required to meet the requirements of section 1001(a)(4) of this title). Such criteria shall include a requirement that a student attending such school outside the United States is ineligible for loans made under part D of subchapter IV unless—

(i) except as provided in subparagraph (B)(iii)(IV), in the case of a graduate medical school located outside the United States—

(I)(aa) at least 60 percent of those enrolled in, and at least 60 percent of the graduates of, the graduate medical school outside the United States were not persons described in section 1091(a)(5) of this title in the year preceding the year for which a student is seeking a loan under part D of subchapter IV; and

(bb) at least 75 percent of the individuals who were students or graduates of the graduate medical school outside the United States or Canada (both nationals of the United States and others) taking the examinations administered by the Educational Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates received a passing score in the year preceding the year for which a student is seeking a loan under part D of subchapter IV; or

(II) the institution—

(aa) has or had a clinical training program that was approved by a State as of January 1, 1992; and

(bb) continues to operate a clinical training program in at least one State that is approved by that State;

(ii) in the case of a veterinary school located outside the United States that does not meet the requirements of section 1001(a)(4) of this title, the institution's students complete their clinical training at an approved veterinary school located in the United States; or

(iii) in the case of a nursing school located outside of the United States—

(I) the nursing school has an agreement with a hospital, or accredited school of nursing (as such terms are defined in section 296 of title 42), located in the United States that requires the students of the nursing school to complete the students' clinical training at such hospital or accredited school of nursing;

(II) the nursing school has an agreement with an accredited school of nursing located in the United States providing that the students graduating from the nursing school located outside of the United States also receive a degree from the accredited school of nursing located in the United States;

(III) the nursing school certifies only Federal Direct Stafford Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title, Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(D) of this title, or Federal Direct PLUS Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(B) of this title for students attending the institution;

(IV) the nursing school reimburses the Secretary for the cost of any loan defaults for current and former students included in the calculation of the institution's cohort default rate during the previous fiscal year; and

(V) not less than 75 percent of the individuals who were students or graduates of the nursing school, and who took the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses in the year preceding the year for which the institution is certifying a Federal Direct Stafford Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(D) of this title, or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(B) of this title, received a passing score on such examination.

(B) Advisory panel

(i) In general

For the purpose of qualifying as an institution under paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection, the Secretary shall establish an advisory panel of medical experts that shall—

(I) evaluate the standards of accreditation applied to applicant foreign medical schools; and

(II) determine the comparability of those standards to standards for accreditation applied to United States medical schools.

(ii) Special rule

If the accreditation standards described in clause (i) are determined not to be comparable, the foreign medical school shall be required to meet the requirements of section 1001 of this title.

(iii) Report

(I) In general

Not later than 1 year after August 14, 2008, the advisory panel described in clause (i) shall submit a report to the Secretary and to the authorizing committees recommending eligibility criteria for participation in the loan programs under part D of subchapter IV for graduate medical schools that—

(aa) are located outside of the United States;

(bb) do not meet the requirements of subparagraph (A)(i); and

(cc) have a clinical training program approved by a State prior to January 1, 2008.

(II) Recommendations

In the report described in subclause (I), the advisory panel's eligibility criteria shall include recommendations regarding the appropriate levels of performance for graduate medical schools described in such subclause in the following areas:

(aa) Entrance requirements.

(bb) Retention and graduation rates.

(cc) Successful placement of students in United States medical residency programs.

(dd) Passage rate of students on the United States Medical Licensing Examination.

(ee) The extent to which State medical boards have assessed the quality of such school's program of instruction, including through on-site reviews.

(ff) The extent to which graduates of such schools would be unable to practice medicine in 1 or more States, based on the judgment of a State medical board.

(gg) Any areas recommended by the Comptroller General of the United States under section 1101 of the Higher Education Opportunity Act.

(hh) Any additional areas the Secretary may require.

(III) Minimum eligibility requirement

In the recommendations described in subclause (II), the criteria described in subparagraph (A)(i)(I)(bb) shall be a minimum eligibility requirement for a graduate medical school described in subclause (I) to participate in the loan programs under part D of subchapter IV.

(IV) Authority

The Secretary may—

(aa) not earlier than 180 days after the submission of the report described in subclause (I), issue proposed regulations establishing criteria for the eligibility of graduate medical schools described in such subclause to participate in the loan programs under part D of subchapter IV based on the recommendations of such report; and

(bb) not earlier than one year after the issuance of proposed regulations under item (aa), issue final regulations establishing such criteria for eligibility.

(C) Failure to release information

The failure of an institution outside the United States to provide, release, or authorize release to the Secretary of such information as may be required by subparagraph (A) shall render such institution ineligible for the purpose of part D of subchapter IV.

(D) Special rule

If, pursuant to this paragraph, an institution loses eligibility to participate in the programs under subchapter IV, then a student enrolled at such institution may, notwithstanding such loss of eligibility, continue to be eligible to receive a loan under part D of subchapter IV while attending such institution for the academic year succeeding the academic year in which such loss of eligibility occurred.

(3) Limitations based on course of study or enrollment

An institution shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if such institution—

(A) offers more than 50 percent of such institution's courses by correspondence (excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) ¹ of this title), unless the institution is an institution that meets the definition in section 2302(3)(C) of this title;

(B) enrolls 50 percent or more of the institution's students in correspondence courses (excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) ¹ of this title), unless the institution is an institution that meets the definition in such section, except that the Secretary, at the request of such institution, may waive the applicability of this subparagraph to such institution for good cause, as determined by the Secretary in the case of an institution of higher education that provides a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards an associate or baccalaureate degree, respectively;

(C) has a student enrollment in which more than 25 percent of the students are incarcerated, except that the Secretary may waive the limitation contained in this subparagraph for a nonprofit institution that provides a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree, or an associate's degree or a postsecondary diploma, respectively; or

(D) has a student enrollment in which more than 50 percent of the students do not have a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and does not provide a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree or an associate's degree, respectively, except that the Secretary may waive the limitation contained in this subparagraph if a nonprofit institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the institution exceeds such limitation because the institution serves, through contracts with Federal, State, or local government agencies, significant numbers of students who do not have a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent.

(4) Limitations based on management

An institution shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if—

(A) the institution, or an affiliate of the institution that has the power, by contract or ownership interest, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the institution, has filed for bankruptcy, except that this paragraph shall not apply to a nonprofit institution, the primary function of which is to provide health care educational services (or an affiliate of such an institution that has the power, by contract or ownership interest, to direct or cause the direction of the institution's management or policies) that files for bankruptcy under chapter 11 of title 11 between July 1, 1998, and December 1, 1998; or

(B) the institution, the institution's owner, or the institution's chief executive officer has been convicted of, or has pled nolo contendere or guilty to, a crime involving the acquisition, use, or expenditure of funds under subchapter IV, or has been judicially determined to have committed fraud involving funds under subchapter IV.

(5) Certification

The Secretary shall certify an institution's qualification as an institution of higher education in accordance with the requirements of subpart 3 of part H of subchapter IV.

(6) Loss of eligibility

An institution of higher education shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if such institution is removed from eligibility for funds under subchapter IV as a result of an action pursuant to part H of subchapter IV.

(b) Proprietary institution of higher education

(1) Principal criteria

For the purpose of this section, the term "proprietary institution of higher education" means a school that—

(A)(i) provides an eligible program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation; or

(ii)(I) provides a program leading to a baccalaureate degree in liberal arts, and has provided such a program since January 1, 2009; and

(II) is accredited by a recognized regional accrediting agency or association, and has continuously held such accreditation since October 1, 2007, or earlier;

(B) meets the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1001(a) of this title;

(C) does not meet the requirement of paragraph (4) of section 1001(a) of this title;

(D) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to part H of subchapter IV; and

(E) has been in existence for at least 2 years.

(2) Additional institutions

The term "proprietary institution of higher education" also includes a proprietary educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in section 1001(a)(1) of this title, admits as regular students individuals—

(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located; or

(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution and a secondary school.

(c) Postsecondary vocational institution

(1) Principal criteria

For the purpose of this section, the term "postsecondary vocational institution" means a school that—

(A) provides an eligible program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation;

(B) meets the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of section 1001(a) of this title; and

(C) has been in existence for at least 2 years.

(2) Additional institutions

The term "postsecondary vocational institution" also includes an educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in section 1001(a)(1) of this title, admits as regular students individuals—

(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located; or

(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution and a secondary school.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §102, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1586; amended Pub. L. 108–98, §1(a), Oct. 10, 2003, 117 Stat. 1174; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8002, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155; Pub. L. 109–270, §2(c)(1), Aug. 12, 2006, 120 Stat. 746; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §102(a)–(d)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3083–3085; Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2209(b)(1), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1077.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1101 of the Higher Education Opportunity Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iii)(II)(gg), is section 1101 of title XI of 110–315, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3490, which is not classified to the Code.

Section 1091(l) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(A), (B), was struck out and a new section 1091(l) was added by Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §485(a)(5), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3288. As so amended, section 1091(l) no longer contains a par. (4) or a definition of "telecommunications".

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1088(a) to (c) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §102, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459, related to partnership agreements required for grant eligibility, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §102, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1278, defined terms "continuing education", "adult learner", "eligible institution", and "qualified entity", prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §102, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1374, provided for establishment of Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §102, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(b)(1), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2083, 2086, defined the terms "community service program", "continuing education program", and "resource materials sharing programs", prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–152, §2209(b)(1)(A), substituted "part D" for "part B" wherever appearing before "subchapter IV".

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 111–152, §2209(b)(1)(B), inserted ", consistent with the requirements of section 1087b(d) of this title" before period at end.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–152, §2209(b)(1)(C)(i), substituted "made" for "made, insured, or guaranteed" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(iii)(III). Pub. L. 111–152, §2209(b)(1)(C)(ii)(I), substituted "only Federal Direct Stafford Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title, Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(D) of this title, or Federal Direct PLUS Loans under section 1087e(a)(2)(B) of this title" for "only Federal Stafford Loans under section 1078 of this title, unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans under section 1078–8 of this title, or Federal PLUS loans under section 1078–2 of this title".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(iii)(V). Pub. L. 111–152, §2209(b)(1)(C)(ii)(II), substituted "a Federal Direct Stafford Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(D) of this title, or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan under section 1087e(a)(2)(B) of this title" for "a Federal Stafford Loan under section 1078 of this title, an unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan under section 1078–8 of this title, or a Federal PLUS loan under section 1078–2 of this title".

2009—Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "under part B of subchapter IV" for "under part B".

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(a)(1)(A), inserted "nursing school," after "graduate medical school," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(a)(1)(B)(i), inserted "except as provided in subparagraph (B)(iii)(IV)," before "in the case" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i)(I)(bb). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(b), substituted "75" for "60".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i)(II). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(a)(1)(B)(ii), added subcl. (II) and struck out former subcl. (II) which read as follows: "the institution has a clinical training program that was approved by a State as of January 1, 1992; or".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(a)(1)(C), (D), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(a)(2), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(d)(1)(A)(i), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "provides an eligible program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(D) to (F). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(c), struck out "and" after semicolon in subpar. (D), substituted "; and" for period in subpar. (E), and struck out subpar. (F) which read as follows: "has at least 10 percent of the school's revenues from sources that are not derived from funds provided under subchapter IV, as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary."

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(d)(1)(A)(ii), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'proprietary institution of higher education' also includes a proprietary educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in paragraph (1) of section 1001(a) of this title, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §102(d)(1)(B), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'postsecondary vocational institution' also includes an educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in paragraph (1) of section 1001(a) of this title, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located."

2006—Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 109–270 substituted "2302(3)(C) of this title" for "2471(4)(C) of this title".

Pub. L. 109–171, §8002(1), inserted "(excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title)" after "courses by correspondence".

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109–171, §8002(2), inserted "(excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title)" after "correspondence courses".

2003—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 108–98 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) required the Secretary to establish criteria for approval of institutions outside the United States for purposes of par. (1)(C), including certain requirements for graduate medical or veterinary schools.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2209(b)(2), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078, provided that: "The amendments made by subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective on July 1, 2010, as if enacted as part of section 102(a)(1) of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315) and subject to section 102(e) of such Act as amended by section 101(a)(2) of Public Law 111–39 (20 U.S.C. 1002 note)."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §102(e), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3086, as amended by Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(a)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a)(1), (b), and (d) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010, except that, with respect to foreign nursing schools that were eligible to participate in part B of title IV [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.] as of the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008], the amendments made by subsection (a)(1)(D) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2012."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8001(c), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this subtitle [subtitle A (§§8001–8024) of title VIII of Pub. L. 109–171, see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title] or the amendments made by this subtitle, the amendments made by this subtitle shall be effective July 1, 2006."

Effective Date of 2003 Amendment

Pub. L. 108–98, §1(b), Oct. 10, 2003, 117 Stat. 1175, provided that: "This Act [amending this section] and the amendments made by this Act shall be effective as if enacted on October 1, 1998."

Construction

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §102(d)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3086, provided that: "Nothing in the amendment made by paragraph (1)(A)(i) to section 102(b)(1)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002(b)(1)(A)) shall be construed to negate or supercede any State laws governing proprietary institutions of higher education."

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1003. Additional definitions

In this chapter:

(1) Authorizing committees

The term "authorizing committees" means the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.

(2) Combination of institutions of higher education

The term "combination of institutions of higher education" means a group of institutions of higher education that have entered into a cooperative arrangement for the purpose of carrying out a common objective, or a public or private nonprofit agency, organization, or institution designated or created by a group of institutions of higher education for the purpose of carrying out a common objective on the group's behalf.

(3) Critical foreign language

Except as otherwise provided, the term "critical foreign language" means each of the languages contained in the list of critical languages designated by the Secretary in the Federal Register on August 2, 1985 (50 Fed. Reg. 31412; promulgated under the authority of section 212(d) of the Education for Economic Security Act (repealed by section 2303 of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988)), as updated by the Secretary from time to time and published in the Federal Register, except that in the implementation of this definition with respect to a specific title, the Secretary may set priorities according to the purposes of such title and the national security, economic competitiveness, and educational needs of the United States.

(4) Department

The term "Department" means the Department of Education.

(5) Diploma mill

The term "diploma mill" means an entity that—

(A)(i) offers, for a fee, degrees, diplomas, or certificates, that may be used to represent to the general public that the individual possessing such a degree, diploma, or certificate has completed a program of postsecondary education or training; and

(ii) requires such individual to complete little or no education or coursework to obtain such degree, diploma, or certificate; and

(B) lacks accreditation by an accrediting agency or association that is recognized as an accrediting agency or association of institutions of higher education (as such term is defined in section 1002 of this title) by—

(i) the Secretary pursuant to subpart 2 of part H of subchapter IV; or

(ii) a Federal agency, State government, or other organization or association that recognizes accrediting agencies or associations.

(6) Disability

The term "disability" has the same meaning given that term under section 12102(2) of title 42.

(7) Distance education

(A) In general

Except as otherwise provided, the term "distance education" means education that uses one or more of the technologies described in subparagraph (B)—

(i) to deliver instruction to students who are separated from the instructor; and

(ii) to support regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor, synchronously or asynchronously.

(B) Inclusions

For the purposes of subparagraph (A), the technologies used may include—

(i) the Internet;

(ii) one-way and two-way transmissions through open broadcast, closed circuit, cable, microwave, broadband lines, fiber optics, satellite, or wireless communications devices;

(iii) audio conferencing; or

(iv) video cassettes, DVDs, and CD–ROMs, if the cassettes, DVDs, or CD–ROMs are used in a course in conjunction with any of the technologies listed in clauses (i) through (iii).

(8) Early childhood education program

The term "early childhood education program" means—

(A) a Head Start program or an Early Head Start program carried out under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.), including a migrant or seasonal Head Start program, an Indian Head Start program, or a Head Start program or an Early Head Start program that also receives State funding;

(B) a State licensed or regulated child care program; or

(C) a program that—

(i) serves children from birth through age six that addresses the children's cognitive (including language, early literacy, and early mathematics), social, emotional, and physical development; and

(ii) is—

(I) a State prekindergarten program;

(II) a program authorized under section 619 [20 U.S.C. 1419] or part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.]; or

(III) a program operated by a local educational agency.

(9) Elementary school

The term "elementary school" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title.

(10) Gifted and talented

The term "gifted and talented" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title.

(11) Local educational agency

The term "local educational agency" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title.

(12) New borrower

The term "new borrower" when used with respect to any date means an individual who on that date has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV.

(13) Nonprofit

The term "nonprofit" as applied to a school, agency, organization, or institution means a school, agency, organization, or institution owned and operated by one or more nonprofit corporations or associations, no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.

(14) Poverty line

The term "poverty line" means the poverty line (as defined in section 9902(2) of title 42) applicable to a family of the size involved.

(15) School or department of divinity

The term "school or department of divinity" means an institution, or a department or a branch of an institution, the program of instruction of which is designed for the education of students—

(A) to prepare the students to become ministers of religion or to enter upon some other religious vocation (or to provide continuing training for any such vocation); or

(B) to prepare the students to teach theological subjects.

(16) Secondary school

The term "secondary school" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title.

(17) Secretary

The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Education.

(18) Service-learning

The term "service-learning" has the same meaning given that term under section 12511(23) ¹ of title 42.

(19) Special education teacher

The term "special education teacher" means teachers who teach children with disabilities as defined in section 602 of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.

(20) State educational agency

The term "State educational agency" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title.

(21) State; Freely Associated States

(A) State

The term "State" includes, in addition to the several States of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Freely Associated States.

(B) Freely Associated States

The term "Freely Associated States" means the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau.

(22) State higher education agency

The term "State higher education agency" means the officer or agency primarily responsible for the State supervision of higher education.

(23) Universal design

The term "universal design" has the meaning given the term in section 3002 of title 29.

(24) Universal design for learning

The term "universal design for learning" means a scientifically valid framework for guiding educational practice that—

(A) provides flexibility in the ways information is presented, in the ways students respond or demonstrate knowledge and skills, and in the ways students are engaged; and

(B) reduces barriers in instruction, provides appropriate accommodations, supports, and challenges, and maintains high achievement expectations for all students, including students with disabilities and students who are limited English proficient.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §103, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1589; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1076(g), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2091; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3086; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(1), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2177.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 212(d) of the Education for Economic Security Act, referred to in par. (3), is section 212(d) of title II of Pub. L. 98–377, Aug. 11, 1984, 98 Stat. 1282, which was classified to section 3972(d) of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 100–297, title II, §2303, Apr. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 324.

The Head Start Act, referred to in par. (8)(A), is subchapter B (§635 et seq.) of chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 499, which is classified generally to subchapter II (§9831 et seq.) of chapter 105 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9801 of Title 42 and Tables.

The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, referred to in par. (8)(C)(ii)(II), is title VI of Pub. L. 91–230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 175. Part C of the Act is classified generally to subchapter III (§1431 et seq.) of chapter 33 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1400 of this title and Tables.

Section 12511(23) of title 42, referred to in par. (18), was redesignated section 12511(40) by Pub. L. 111–13, title I, §1102(b)(1), Apr. 21, 2009, 123 Stat. 1467.

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1141(b) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §103, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(1), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, related to authority to make grants under the school, college, and university partnership grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §103, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1279, related to limitation on contract authority, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §103, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1375, related to duties of the Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §103, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 237; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(b)(2), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084, 2086; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(1), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 96–96, §1, Oct. 31, 1979, 93 Stat. 729, provided for the allotment of funds to States, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §104, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 460; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(2), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, related to grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §104, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1376, related to administrative provisions and powers of Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §104, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1220; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(b)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, described the allowable uses of States' allotments of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §105, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, related to peer review of applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §105, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, authorized appropriations, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §105, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1220; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §202, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(b)(4)–(10), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084–2086; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(3), (b)(1), (2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, 218, set out the requisite features of State plans, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1005a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §106, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 237; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, provided for special programs and projects relating to national and regional problems, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1006, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §106, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, authorized appropriations, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1006, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §107, formerly §106, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1221; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §203(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036, renumbered Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(c), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086, related to payment and method of payment of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Prior sections 1007 to 1010 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Section 1007, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §108, formerly §107, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1222, renumbered Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, related to disapproval of State plans, notice and hearing, findings of Commissioner of Education, and notification to State of noneligibility.

Section 1008, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §109, formerly §108, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1222, renumbered Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(d), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, provided for judicial review of actions of Commissioner of Education and scope of that review.

Section 1008a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §110, as added Pub. L. 93–29, title VIII, §803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, and amended Pub. L. 94–135, title II, §201, Nov. 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 726; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, provided for programs and projects relating to problems of the elderly.

Section 1008b, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §111, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(e), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, related to technical assistance and administration.

Section 1009, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §112, formerly §109, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1223; Pub. L. 91–230, title IV, §401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, renumbered §110, Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, renumbered §111, Pub. L. 93–29, title VIII, §803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59; Pub. L. 93–380, title VIII, §831, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 93–644, §9(a), Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2310, renumbered §112 and amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(e), (f)(1), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §7(a)(13), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, provided for creation of a National Advisory Council on Extension and Continuing Education.

Section 1010, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §113, formerly §110, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, renumbered §111, Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, renumbered §112, Pub. L. 93–29, title VIII, §803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, renumbered §113 and amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(e), (f)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086, directed that nothing in the section be held to modify any authority under the Smith-Lever Act, section 341 et seq. of Title 7, Agriculture.

Amendments

2015—Pars. (9) to (11), (16). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(1)(A)–(D), made technical amendments to references in original act which appear in text as references to section 7801 of this title.

Par. (20). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(1)(E), which directed technical amendment in par. (21) to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7801 of this title, was executed by making the amendment in par. (20), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. The reference did not appear in par. (21).

2008—Pub. L. 110–315, §103(a)(2), reordered pars. in alphabetical order based on headings of pars. and renumbered pars. as so reordered, resulting in pars. (1) to (22) being redesignated as (2), (4), (6), (9) to (13), (15) to (20), (22), (21), (1), (3), (7), (5), (8), and (14), respectively.

Pars. (17) to (24). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(a)(1), added pars. (17) to (24).

2002—Pars. (4) to (6), (10), (14). Pub. L. 107–110 substituted "7801" for "8801".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Change of Name

Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Eighteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2023.

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107–110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

Part B—Additional General Provisions

§1011. Antidiscrimination

(a) In general

Institutions of higher education receiving Federal financial assistance may not use such financial assistance, directly or indirectly, to undertake any study or project or fulfill the terms of any contract containing an express or implied provision that any person or persons of a particular race, religion, sex, or national origin be barred from performing such study, project, or contract, except that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit an institution from conducting objective studies or projects concerning the nature, effects, or prevention of discrimination, or to have the institution's curriculum restricted on the subject of discrimination.

(b) Limitations on statutory construction

Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to limit the rights or responsibilities of any individual under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 [42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.], the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], or any other law.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §111, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1590; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 101–336, July 26, 1990, 104 Stat. 327, which is classified principally to chapter 126 (§12101 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12101 of Title 42 and Tables.

The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 93–112, Sept. 26, 1973, 87 Stat. 355, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§701 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 701 of Title 29 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1142 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §121, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, stated congressional findings and purposes of articulation agreements grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §111, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1279, related to institutional development, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §111, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, stated Congressional findings with respect to education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §114, formerly §111, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, renumbered §112 and amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§102(a)(1), 131(d)(2)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, 260, renumbered §113, Pub. L. 93–29, title VIII, §803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, renumbered §114, Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(e), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, prohibited the giving of grants for programs relating to sectarian instruction or worship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "with" for "With".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1011a. Protection of student speech and association rights

(a) Protection of rights

(1) It is the sense of Congress that no student attending an institution of higher education on a full- or part-time basis should, on the basis of participation in protected speech or protected association, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination or official sanction under any education program, activity, or division of the institution directly or indirectly receiving financial assistance under this chapter, whether or not such program, activity, or division is sponsored or officially sanctioned by the institution.

(2) It is the sense of Congress that—

(A) the diversity of institutions and educational missions is one of the key strengths of American higher education;

(B) individual institutions of higher education have different missions and each institution should design its academic program in accordance with its educational goals;

(C) an institution of higher education should facilitate the free and open exchange of ideas;

(D) students should not be intimidated, harassed, discouraged from speaking out, or discriminated against;

(E) students should be treated equally and fairly; and

(F) nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to modify, change, or infringe upon any constitutionally protected religious liberty, freedom, expression, or association.

(b) Construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed—

(1) to discourage the imposition of an official sanction on a student that has willfully participated in the disruption or attempted disruption of a lecture, class, speech, presentation, or performance made or scheduled to be made under the auspices of the institution of higher education, provided that the imposition of such sanction is done objectively and fairly; or

(2) to prevent an institution of higher education from taking appropriate and effective action to prevent violations of State liquor laws, to discourage binge drinking and other alcohol abuse, to protect students from sexual harassment including assault and date rape, to prevent hazing, or to regulate unsanitary or unsafe conditions in any student residence.

(c) Definitions

For the purposes of this section:

(1) Official sanction

The term "official sanction"—

(A) means expulsion, suspension, probation, censure, condemnation, reprimand, or any other disciplinary, coercive, or adverse action taken by an institution of higher education or administrative unit of the institution; and

(B) includes an oral or written warning made by an official of an institution of higher education acting in the official capacity of the official.

(2) Protected association

The term "protected association" means the joining, assembling, and residing with others that is protected under the first and 14th amendments to the Constitution, or would be protected if the institution of higher education involved were subject to those amendments.

(3) Protected speech

The term "protected speech" means speech that is protected under the first and 14th amendments to the Constitution, or would be protected if the institution of higher education involved were subject to those amendments.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §112, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1591; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §104, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3090.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1011a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §122, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 462, authorized grants to States, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §104(1), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §104(2), inserted ", provided that the imposition of such sanction is done objectively and fairly" after "higher education".

§1011b. Territorial waiver authority

The Secretary is required to waive the eligibility criteria of any postsecondary education program administered by the Department where such criteria do not take into account the unique circumstances in Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Freely Associated States.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §113, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1591; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §105, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3090.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1144a of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011b, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §123, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 462, related to State applications for grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "Territorial waiver authority" for "Treatment of territories and territorial student assistance" in section catchline and struck out subsec. (a) designation and heading and subsec. (b). Text of former subsec. (b) read as follows: "Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an institution of higher education that is located in any of the Freely Associated States, rather than in another State, shall be eligible, if otherwise qualified, for assistance under division 1 of subpart 2 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter. This subsection shall cease to be effective on September 30, 2004."

§1011c. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity

(a) Establishment

There is established in the Department a National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity (in this section referred to as the "Committee") to assess the process of accreditation and the institutional eligibility and certification of institutions of higher education (as defined in section 1002 of this title) under subchapter IV.

(b) Membership

(1) In general

The Committee shall have 18 members, of which—

(A) six members shall be appointed by the Secretary;

(B) six members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, three of whom shall be appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader of the House of Representatives, and three of whom shall be appointed on the recommendation of the minority leader of the House of Representatives; and

(C) six members shall be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate, three of whom shall be appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader of the Senate, and three of whom shall be appointed on the recommendation of the minority leader of the Senate.

(2) Qualifications

Individuals shall be appointed as members of the Committee—

(A) on the basis of the individuals' experience, integrity, impartiality, and good judgment;

(B) from among individuals who are representatives of, or knowledgeable concerning, education and training beyond secondary education, representing all sectors and types of institutions of higher education (as defined in section 1002 of this title); and

(C) on the basis of the individuals' technical qualifications, professional standing, and demonstrated knowledge in the fields of accreditation and administration in higher education.

(3) Terms of members

Except as provided in paragraph (5), the term of office of each member of the Committee shall be for six years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the member's predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term.

(4) Vacancy

A vacancy on the Committee shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment was made not later than 90 days after the vacancy occurs. If a vacancy occurs in a position to be filled by the Secretary, the Secretary shall publish a Federal Register notice soliciting nominations for the position not later than 30 days after being notified of the vacancy.

(5) Initial terms

The terms of office for the initial members of the Committee shall be—

(A) three years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(A);

(B) four years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(B); and

(C) six years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(C).

(6) Chairperson

The members of the Committee shall select a chairperson from among the members.

(c) Functions

The Committee shall—

(1) advise the Secretary with respect to establishment and enforcement of the standards of accrediting agencies or associations under subpart 2 of part H of subchapter IV;

(2) advise the Secretary with respect to the recognition of a specific accrediting agency or association;

(3) advise the Secretary with respect to the preparation and publication of the list of nationally recognized accrediting agencies and associations;

(4) advise the Secretary with respect to the eligibility and certification process for institutions of higher education under subchapter IV, together with recommendations for improvements in such process;

(5) advise the Secretary with respect to the relationship between—

(A) accreditation of institutions of higher education and the certification and eligibility of such institutions; and

(B) State licensing responsibilities with respect to such institutions; and

(6) carry out such other advisory functions relating to accreditation and institutional eligibility as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.

(d) Meeting procedures

(1) Schedule

(A) Biannual meetings

The Committee shall meet not less often than twice each year, at the call of the Chairperson.

(B) Publication of date

The Committee shall submit the date and location of each meeting in advance to the Secretary, and the Secretary shall publish such information in the Federal Register not later than 30 days before the meeting.

(2) Agenda

(A) Establishment

The agenda for a meeting of the Committee shall be established by the Chairperson and shall be submitted to the members of the Committee upon notification of the meeting.

(B) Opportunity for public comment

The agenda shall include, at a minimum, opportunity for public comment during the Committee's deliberations.

(3) Secretary's designee

The Secretary shall designate an employee of the Department to serve as the Secretary's designee to the Committee, and the Chairperson shall invite the Secretary's designee to attend all meetings of the Committee.

(4) Chapter 10 of title 5

Chapter 10 of title 5 shall apply to the Committee, except that section 1013 of title 5 shall not apply.

(e) Report and notice

(1) Notice

The Secretary shall annually publish in the Federal Register—

(A) a list containing, for each member of the Committee—

(i) the member's name;

(ii) the date of the expiration of the member's term of office; and

(iii) the name of the individual described in subsection (b)(1) who appointed the member; and

(B) a solicitation of nominations for each expiring term of office on the Committee of a member appointed by the Secretary.

(2) Report

Not later than the last day of each fiscal year, the Committee shall make available an annual report to the Secretary, the authorizing committees, and the public. The annual report shall contain—

(A) a detailed summary of the agenda and activities of, and the findings and recommendations made by, the Committee during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the report is made;

(B) a list of the date and location of each meeting during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the report is made;

(C) a list of the members of the Committee; and

(D) a list of the functions of the Committee, including any additional functions established by the Secretary through regulation.

(f) Termination

The Committee shall terminate on September 30, 2021.¹

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §114, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1592; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §106(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3090; Pub. L. 113–174, §1, Sept. 26, 2014, 128 Stat. 1900; Pub. L. 114–113, div. H, title III, §309, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2638; Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, §308, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 552; Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, §308, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 750; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §306, Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3105; Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title III, §305, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2595; Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title III, §305, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1608; Pub. L. 117–286, §4(a)(146), Dec. 27, 2022, 136 Stat. 4322.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011c, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §124, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 463, related to local applications for grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2022—Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 117–286 substituted "Chapter 10 of title 5" for "Federal Advisory Committee Act" in heading and "Chapter 10 of title 5 shall apply to the Committee, except that section 1013 of title 5" for "The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall apply to the Committee, except that section 14 of such Act" in text.

2020—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 116–260 substituted "2021" for "2020".

2019—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 116–94 substituted "2020" for "2019".

2018—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 115–245 substituted "2019" for "2018".

Pub. L. 115–141 substituted "2018" for "2017".

2017—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 115–31 substituted "2017" for "2016".

2015—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 114–113 substituted "2016" for "2015".

2014—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 113–174 substituted "2015" for "2014".

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 amended section generally, revising provisions relating to the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity and extending its termination date from Sept. 30, 2004, to September 30, 2014.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §106(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3093, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 2009."

Termination of Committee

Pub. L. 118–47, div. D, title III, §305, Mar. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 692, provided that: "Section 114(f) of the HEA [Higher Education Act of 1965] (20 U.S.C. 1011c(f)) shall be applied by substituting '2024' for '2021'."

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:

Pub. L. 117–328, div. H, title III, §305, Dec. 29, 2022, 136 Stat. 4897.

Pub. L. 117–103, div. H, title III, §305, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 484.

Transition

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §106(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3093, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 114 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011c) (as in effect before, during, and after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008])—

"(1) the term of each member appointed to the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity before the date of enactment of this Act shall expire on the date of enactment of this Act;

"(2) no new members shall be appointed to the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on January 31, 2009; and

"(3) no meeting of the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity shall be convened during such period."

¹ See Termination of Committee note below.

§1011d. Student representation

The Secretary shall, in appointing individuals to any commission, committee, board, panel, or other body in connection with the administration of this chapter, include individuals who are, at the time of appointment, attending an institution of higher education.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §115, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145b of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011d, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §125, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 463, related to articulation agreements, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1011e. Financial responsibility of foreign students

Nothing in this chapter or any other Federal law shall be construed to prohibit any institution of higher education from requiring a student who is a foreign national (and not admitted to permanent residence in the United States) to guarantee the future payment of tuition and fees to such institution by—

(1) making advance payment of such tuition and fees;

(2) making deposits in an escrow account administered by such institution for such payments; or

(3) obtaining a bond or other insurance that such payments will be made.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §116, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145c of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011e, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §126, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to State administrative costs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1011f. Disclosures of foreign gifts

(a) Disclosure report

Whenever any institution is owned or controlled by a foreign source or receives a gift from or enters into a contract with a foreign source, the value of which is $250,000 or more, considered alone or in combination with all other gifts from or contracts with that foreign source within a calendar year, the institution shall file a disclosure report with the Secretary on January 31 or July 31, whichever is sooner.

(b) Contents of report

Each report to the Secretary required by this section shall contain the following:

(1) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign source other than a foreign government, the aggregate dollar amount of such gifts and contracts attributable to a particular country. The country to which a gift is attributable is the country of citizenship, or if unknown, the principal residence for a foreign source who is a natural person, and the country of incorporation, or if unknown, the principal place of business, for a foreign source which is a legal entity.

(2) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign government, the aggregate amount of such gifts and contracts received from each foreign government.

(3) In the case of an institution which is owned or controlled by a foreign source, the identity of the foreign source, the date on which the foreign source assumed ownership or control, and any changes in program or structure resulting from the change in ownership or control.

(c) Additional disclosures for restricted and conditional gifts

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b), whenever any institution receives a restricted or conditional gift or contract from a foreign source, the institution shall disclose the following:

(1) For such gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign source other than a foreign government, the amount, the date, and a description of such conditions or restrictions. The report shall also disclose the country of citizenship, or if unknown, the principal residence for a foreign source which is a natural person, and the country of incorporation, or if unknown, the principal place of business for a foreign source which is a legal entity.

(2) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign government, the amount, the date, a description of such conditions or restrictions, and the name of the foreign government.

(d) Relation to other reporting requirements

(1) State requirements

If an institution described under subsection (a) is within a State which has enacted requirements for public disclosure of gifts from or contracts with a foreign source that are substantially similar to the requirements of this section, a copy of the disclosure report filed with the State may be filed with the Secretary in lieu of a report required under subsection (a). The State in which the institution is located shall provide to the Secretary such assurances as the Secretary may require to establish that the institution has met the requirements for public disclosure under State law if the State report is filed.

(2) Use of other Federal reports

If an institution receives a gift from, or enters into a contract with, a foreign source, where any other department, agency, or bureau of the executive branch requires a report containing requirements substantially similar to those required under this section, a copy of the report may be filed with the Secretary in lieu of a report required under subsection (a).

(e) Public inspection

All disclosure reports required by this section shall be public records open to inspection and copying during business hours.

(f) Enforcement

(1) Court orders

Whenever it appears that an institution has failed to comply with the requirements of this section, including any rule or regulation promulgated under this section, a civil action may be brought by the Attorney General, at the request of the Secretary, in an appropriate district court of the United States, or the appropriate United States court of any territory or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to request such court to compel compliance with the requirements of this section.

(2) Costs

For knowing or willful failure to comply with the requirements of this section, including any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, an institution shall pay to the Treasury of the United States the full costs to the United States of obtaining compliance, including all associated costs of investigation and enforcement.

(g) Regulations

The Secretary may promulgate regulations to carry out this section.

(h) Definitions

For the purpose of this section—

(1) the term "contract" means any agreement for the acquisition by purchase, lease, or barter of property or services by the foreign source, for the direct benefit or use of either of the parties;

(2) the term "foreign source" means—

(A) a foreign government, including an agency of a foreign government;

(B) a legal entity, governmental or otherwise, created solely under the laws of a foreign state or states;

(C) an individual who is not a citizen or a national of the United States or a trust territory or protectorate thereof; and

(D) an agent, including a subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign legal entity, acting on behalf of a foreign source;

(3) the term "gift" means any gift of money or property;

(4) the term "institution" means any institution, public or private, or, if a multicampus institution, any single campus of such institution, in any State, that—

(A) is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond secondary school;

(B) provides a program for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree (or provides not less than a 2-year program which is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree) or more advanced degrees; and

(C) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association and to which institution Federal financial assistance is extended (directly or indirectly through another entity or person), or which institution receives support from the extension of Federal financial assistance to any of the institution's subunits; and

(5) the term "restricted or conditional gift or contract" means any endowment, gift, grant, contract, award, present, or property of any kind which includes provisions regarding—

(A) the employment, assignment, or termination of faculty;

(B) the establishment of departments, centers, research or lecture programs, or new faculty positions;

(C) the selection or admission of students; or

(D) the award of grants, loans, scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial aid restricted to students of a specified country, religion, sex, ethnic origin, or political opinion.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §117, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145d of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011f, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §127, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to priority grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1011g. Application of peer review process

All applications submitted under the provisions of this chapter which require peer review shall be read by a panel of readers composed of individuals selected by the Secretary, which shall include outside readers who are not employees of the Federal Government. The Secretary shall ensure that no individual assigned under this section to review any application has any conflict of interest with regard to that application which might impair the impartiality with which that individual conducts the review under this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §118, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1595.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145d–1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 1011g, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §128, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to reports and evaluation of programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1011h. Binge drinking on college campuses

(a) Short title

This section may be cited as the "Collegiate Initiative To Reduce Binge Drinking and Illegal Alcohol Consumption".

(b) Sense of Congress

It is the sense of Congress that, in an effort to change the culture of alcohol consumption on college campuses, all institutions of higher education should carry out the following:

(1) The president of the institution should appoint a task force consisting of school administrators, faculty, students, Greek system representatives, and others to conduct a full examination of student and academic life at the institution. The task force should make recommendations for a broad range of policy and program changes that would serve to reduce alcohol and other drug-related problems. The institution should provide resources to assist the task force in promoting the campus policies and proposed environmental changes that have been identified.

(2) The institution should provide maximum opportunities for students to live in an alcohol-free environment and to engage in stimulating, alcohol-free recreational and leisure activities.

(3) The institution should enforce a "zero tolerance" policy on the illegal consumption of alcohol by students at the institution.

(4) The institution should vigorously enforce the institution's code of disciplinary sanctions for those who violate campus alcohol policies. Students with alcohol or other drug-related problems should be referred for assistance, including on-campus counseling programs if appropriate.

(5) The institution should adopt a policy to discourage alcoholic beverage-related sponsorship of on-campus activities. It should adopt policies limiting the advertisement and promotion of alcoholic beverages on campus.

(6) The institution should work with the local community, including local businesses, in a "Town/Gown" alliance to encourage responsible policies toward alcohol consumption and to address illegal alcohol use by students.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §119, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1596.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1011h, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §129, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, authorized appropriations to carry out the articulation agreements grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1011i. Drug and alcohol abuse prevention

(a) Restriction on eligibility

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no institution of higher education shall be eligible to receive funds or any other form of financial assistance under any Federal program, including participation in any federally funded or guaranteed student loan program, unless the institution certifies to the Secretary that the institution has adopted and has implemented a program to prevent the use of illicit drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and employees that, at a minimum, includes—

(1) the annual distribution to each student and employee of—

(A) standards of conduct that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students and employees on the institution's property or as part of any of the institution's activities;

(B) a description of the applicable legal sanctions under local, State, or Federal law for the unlawful possession or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol;

(C) a description of the health-risks associated with the use of illicit drugs and the abuse of alcohol;

(D) a description of any drug or alcohol counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation or re-entry programs that are available to employees or students; and

(E) a clear statement that the institution will impose sanctions on students and employees (consistent with local, State, and Federal law), and a description of those sanctions, up to and including expulsion or termination of employment and referral for prosecution, for violations of the standards of conduct required by subparagraph (A); and

(2) a biennial review by the institution of the institution's program to—

(A) determine the program's effectiveness and implement changes to the program if the changes are needed;

(B) determine the number of drug and alcohol-related violations and fatalities that—

(i) occur on the institution's campus (as defined in section 1092(f)(6) of this title), or as part of any of the institution's activities; and

(ii) are reported to campus officials;

(C) determine the number and type of sanctions described in paragraph (1)(E) that are imposed by the institution as a result of drug and alcohol-related violations and fatalities on the institution's campus or as part of any of the institution's activities; and

(D) ensure that the sanctions required by paragraph (1)(E) are consistently enforced.

(b) Information availability

Each institution of higher education that provides the certification required by subsection (a) shall, upon request, make available to the Secretary and to the public a copy of each item required by subsection (a)(1) as well as the results of the biennial review required by subsection (a)(2).

(c) Regulations

(1) In general

The Secretary shall publish regulations to implement and enforce the provisions of this section, including regulations that provide for—

(A) the periodic review of a representative sample of programs required by subsection (a); and

(B) a range of responses and sanctions for institutions of higher education that fail to implement their programs or to consistently enforce their sanctions, including information and technical assistance, the development of a compliance agreement, and the termination of any form of Federal financial assistance.

(2) Rehabilitation program

The sanctions required by subsection (a)(1)(E) may include the completion of an appropriate rehabilitation program.

(d) Appeals

Upon determination by the Secretary to terminate financial assistance to any institution of higher education under this section, the institution may file an appeal with an administrative law judge before the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the date such institution is notified of the decision to terminate financial assistance under this section. Such judge shall hold a hearing with respect to such termination of assistance before the expiration of the 45-day period beginning on the date that such appeal is filed. Such judge may extend such 45-day period upon a motion by the institution concerned. The decision of the judge with respect to such termination shall be considered to be a final agency action.

(e) Alcohol and drug abuse prevention grants

(1) Program authority

The Secretary may make grants to institutions of higher education or consortia of such institutions, and enter into contracts with such institutions, consortia, and other organizations, to develop, implement, operate, improve, and disseminate programs of prevention, and education (including treatment-referral) to reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs and alcohol and the violence associated with such use. Such grants or contracts may also be used for the support of a higher education center for alcohol and drug abuse prevention that will provide training, technical assistance, evaluation, dissemination, and associated services and assistance to the higher education community as determined by the Secretary and institutions of higher education.

(2) Awards

Grants and contracts shall be awarded under paragraph (1) on a competitive basis.

(3) Applications

An institution of higher education, a consortium of such institutions, or another organization that desires to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require by regulation.

(4) Additional requirements

(A) Participation

In awarding grants and contracts under this subsection the Secretary shall make every effort to ensure—

(i) the equitable participation of private and public institutions of higher education (including community and junior colleges); and

(ii) the equitable geographic participation of such institutions.

(B) Consideration

In awarding grants and contracts under this subsection the Secretary shall give appropriate consideration to institutions of higher education with limited enrollment.

(5) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §120, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1596; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §107, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3093.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to subsecs. (a) to (d) of this section were contained in section 1145g of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(B) to (D). Pub. L. 110–315, §107(1), added subpars. (B) and (C) and redesignated former subpar. (B) as (D).

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §107(2), substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$5,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §107(3), struck out subsec. (f) which related to National Recognition Awards for outstanding alcohol and drug abuse prevention programs.

§1011j. Prior rights and obligations

(a) Authorization of appropriations

(1) Pre-1987 parts C and D of subchapter VII

There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and for each succeeding fiscal year to pay obligations incurred prior to 1987 under parts C and D of subchapter VII, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992.

(2) Post-1992 and pre-1998 part C of subchapter VII

There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and for each succeeding fiscal year to pay obligations incurred prior to October 7, 1998, under part C of subchapter VII, as such part was in effect during the period—

(A) after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992; and

(B) prior to October 7, 1998.

(b) Legal responsibilities

(1) Pre-1987 subchapter VII

All entities with continuing obligations incurred under parts A, B, C, and D of subchapter VII, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, shall be subject to the requirements of such part as in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992.

(2) Post-1992 and pre-1998 part C of subchapter VII

All entities with continuing obligations incurred under part C of subchapter VII, as such part was in effect during the period—

(A) after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992; and

(B) prior to October 7, 1998,

shall be subject to the requirements of such part as such part was in effect during such period.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §121, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1601; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §108, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3094.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Parts A, B, C, and D of subchapter VII, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), means parts A (§1132b et seq.), B (§1132c et seq.), C (§1132d et seq.), and D (§1132e et seq.) of subchapter VII of this chapter, as in effect before the effective date of Pub. L. 102–325. For effective date of Pub. L. 102–325, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §§703–707(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 738–753, amended subchapter VII of this chapter effective Oct. 1, 1992, by amending parts A to C generally, repealing part D, and redesignating former part E as D.

Part C of subchapter VII, as such part was in effect during the period after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 and prior to October 7, 1998, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2) and (b)(2), probably means part C (§1132d et seq.) of subchapter VII of this chapter, as in effect during the period after the effective date of Pub. L. 102–325 and before it was amended by Pub. L. 105–244. For effective date of Pub. L. 102–325, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. Pub. L. 105–244, title VII, §701, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1786, amended subchapter VII of this chapter generally, effective Oct. 1, 1998, omitting part C which related to loans for construction, reconstruction, and renovation of academic housing, and other educational facilities and adding a new part C (§1139 et seq.) relating to urban community service.

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1132a–1 of this title prior to the general amendment of subchapter VII of this chapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 121 of Pub. L. 89–329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to adult learning research and was classified to section 1016 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "2009 and for each succeeding fiscal year" for "1999 and for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years" in pars. (1) and (2).

§1011k. Recovery of payments

(a) Public benefit

Congress declares that, if a facility constructed with the aid of a grant under part A of subchapter VII as such part A was in effect prior to October 7, 1998, or part B of such subchapter as part B was in effect prior to July 23, 1992, is used as an academic facility for 20 years following completion of such construction, the public benefit accruing to the United States will equal in value the amount of the grant. The period of 20 years after completion of such construction shall therefore be deemed to be the period of Federal interest in such facility for the purposes of such subchapter as so in effect.

(b) Recovery upon cessation of public benefit

If, within 20 years after completion of construction of an academic facility which has been constructed, in part with a grant under part A of subchapter VII as such part A was in effect prior to October 7, 1998, or part B of subchapter VII as such part B was in effect prior to July 23, 1992—

(1) the applicant under such parts as so in effect (or the applicant's successor in title or possession) ceases or fails to be a public or nonprofit institution; or

(2) the facility ceases to be used as an academic facility, or the facility is used as a facility excluded from the term "academic facility" (as such term was defined under subchapter VII, as so in effect), unless the Secretary determines that there is good cause for releasing the institution from its obligation,

the United States shall be entitled to recover from such applicant (or successor) an amount which bears to the value of the facility at that time (or so much thereof as constituted an approved project or projects) the same ratio as the amount of Federal grant bore to the cost of the facility financed with the aid of such grant. The value shall be determined by agreement of the parties or by action brought in the United States district court for the district in which such facility is situated.

(c) Prohibition on use for religion

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b), no project assisted with funds under subchapter VII (as in effect prior to October 7, 1998) shall ever be used for religious worship or a sectarian activity or for a school or department of divinity.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §122, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1601.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Subchapter VII, referred to in text, was amended, effective Oct. 1, 1992, by Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §§703–707(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 738–753, by amending parts A to C generally, repealing part D, and redesignating former part E as D, and was further amended generally, effective Oct. 1, 1998, by Pub. L. 105–244, title VII, §701, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1786, by substituting provisions relating to graduate and post-secondary improvement programs for former provisions relating to construction, reconstruction, and renovation of academic facilities.

Prior Provisions

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1132i of this title prior to the general amendment of subchapter VII of this chapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

A prior section 122 of Pub. L. 89–329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, limited funds authorized to be appropriated and was classified to section 1016a of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

§1011l. Diploma mills

(a) Information to the public

The Secretary shall maintain information and resources on the Department's website to assist students, families, and employers in understanding what a diploma mill is and how to identify and avoid diploma mills.

(b) Collaboration

The Secretary shall continue to collaborate with the United States Postal Service, the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Justice (including the Federal Bureau of Investigation), the Internal Revenue Service, and the Office of Personnel Management to maximize Federal efforts to—

(1) prevent, identify, and prosecute diploma mills; and

(2) broadly disseminate to the public information about diploma mills, and resources to identify diploma mills.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §123, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §109, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3094.)

§1011m. Certification regarding the use of certain Federal funds

(a) Prohibition

No Federal funds received under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) by an institution of higher education or other postsecondary educational institution may be used to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any Federal action described in subsection (b).

(b) Applicability

The prohibition in subsection (a) applies with respect to the following Federal actions:

(1) The awarding of any Federal contract.

(2) The making of any Federal grant.

(3) The making of any Federal loan.

(4) The entering into of any Federal cooperative agreement.

(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

(c) Lobbying and earmarks

No Federal student aid funding under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) may be used to hire a registered lobbyist or pay any person or entity for securing an earmark.

(d) Certification

Each institution of higher education or other postsecondary educational institution receiving Federal funding under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), as a condition for receiving such funding, shall annually certify to the Secretary of Education that the requirements of subsections (a) through (c) have been met.

(e) Actions to implement and enforce

The Secretary of Education shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions of this section are implemented and enforced.

(Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §119, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3117.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Higher Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsecs. (a), (c), and (d), is Pub. L. 89–329, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, which is classified generally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was enacted as part of the Higher Education Opportunity Act, and not as part of the Higher Education Act of 1965 which comprises this chapter.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1012, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §112, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1282, related to establishment of off-campus program grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1012, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §112, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, provided for State allotments including percentage breakdown and cases of States not conducting comprehensive statewide planning, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1013, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §113, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1284, related to adult and continuing education staff development, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1013, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §113, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1378; amended Pub. L. 97–300, title I, §183, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 98–524, §4(c)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2488, related to comprehensive statewide planning with respect to education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1014, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §114, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to administration of programs by Secretary, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1014, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §114, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1379; amended Pub. L. 97–300, title I, §183, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 98–524, §4(c)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2488, related to information services, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Part C—Cost of Higher Education

§1015. Improvements in market information and public accountability in higher education

(a) Improved data collection

(1) Development of uniform methodology

The Secretary shall direct the Commissioner of Education Statistics to convene a series of forums to develop nationally consistent methodologies for reporting costs incurred by postsecondary institutions in providing postsecondary education.

(2) Redesign of data systems

On the basis of the methodologies developed pursuant to paragraph (1), the Secretary shall redesign relevant parts of the postsecondary education data systems to improve the usefulness and timeliness of the data collected by such systems.

(3) Information to institutions

The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall—

(A) develop a standard definition for the following data elements:

(i) tuition and fees for a full-time undergraduate student;

(ii) cost of attendance for a full-time undergraduate student, consistent with the provisions of section 1087ll of this title;

(iii) average amount of financial assistance received by an undergraduate student who attends an institution of higher education, including—

(I) each type of assistance or benefit described in section 1078(a)(2)(C)(ii) of this title;

(II) fellowships; and

(III) institutional and other assistance; and

(iv) number of students receiving financial assistance described in each of subclauses (I), (II), and (III) of clause (iii);

(B) not later than 90 days after October 7, 1998, report the definitions to each institution of higher education and within a reasonable period of time thereafter inform the authorizing committees of those definitions; and

(C) collect information regarding the data elements described in subparagraph (A) with respect to at least all institutions of higher education participating in programs under subchapter IV, beginning with the information from academic year 2000–2001 and annually thereafter.

(b) Data dissemination

The Secretary shall make available the data collected pursuant to subsection (a). Such data shall be available in a form that permits the review and comparison of the data submissions of individual institutions of higher education. Such data shall be presented in a form that is easily understandable and allows parents and students to make informed decisions based on the costs for typical full-time undergraduate students.

(c) Study

(1) In general

The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall conduct a national study of expenditures at institutions of higher education. Such study shall include information with respect to—

(A) the change in tuition and fees compared with the consumer price index and other appropriate measures of inflation;

(B) faculty salaries and benefits;

(C) administrative salaries, benefits and expenses;

(D) academic support services;

(E) research;

(F) operations and maintenance; and

(G) institutional expenditures for construction and technology and the potential cost of replacing instructional buildings and equipment.

(2) Evaluation

The study shall include an evaluation of—

(A) changes over time in the expenditures identified in paragraph (1);

(B) the relationship of the expenditures identified in paragraph (1) to college costs; and

(C) the extent to which increases in institutional financial aid and tuition discounting practices affect tuition increases, including the demographics of students receiving such discounts, the extent to which financial aid is provided to students with limited need in order to attract a student to a particular institution, and the extent to which Federal financial aid, including loan aid, has been used to offset the costs of such practices.

(3) Final report

The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall submit a report regarding the findings of the study required by paragraph (1) to the appropriate committees of Congress not later than September 30, 2002.

(4) Higher education market basket

The Bureau of Labor Statistics, in consultation with the Commissioner of Education Statistics, shall develop a higher education market basket that identifies the items that comprise the costs of higher education. The Bureau of Labor Statistics shall provide a report on the market basket to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives not later than September 30, 2002.

(5) Fines

In addition to actions authorized in section 1094(c) of this title, the Secretary may impose a fine in an amount not to exceed $25,000 on an institution of higher education for failing to provide the information described in paragraph (1) in a timely and accurate manner, or for failing to otherwise cooperate with the National Center for Education Statistics regarding efforts to obtain data on the cost of higher education under this section and pursuant to the program participation agreement entered into under section 1094 of this title.

(d) Promotion of the Department of Education Federal student financial aid website

The Secretary shall display a link to the Federal student financial aid website of the Department in a prominent place on the homepage of the Department's website.

(e) Enhanced student financial aid information

(1) Implementation

The Secretary shall continue to improve the usefulness and accessibility of the information provided by the Department on college planning and student financial aid.

(2) Dissemination

The Secretary shall continue to make the availability of the information on the Federal student financial aid website of the Department widely known, through a major media campaign and other forms of communication.

(3) Coordination

As a part of the efforts required under this subsection, the Secretary shall create one website accessible from the Department's website that fulfills the requirements under subsections (b), (f), and (g).

(f) Improved availability and coordination of information concerning student financial aid programs for military members and veterans

(1) Coordination

The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, shall create a searchable website that—

(A) contains information, in simple and understandable terms, about all Federal and State student financial assistance, readmission requirements under section 1091c of this title, and other student services, for which members of the Armed Forces (including members of the National Guard and Reserves), veterans, and the dependents of such members or veterans may be eligible; and

(B) is easily accessible through the website described in subsection (e)(3).

(2) Implementation

Not later than one year after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall make publicly available the Armed Forces information website described in paragraph (1).

(3) Dissemination

The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, shall make the availability of the Armed Forces information website described in paragraph (1) widely known to members of the Armed Forces (including members of the National Guard and Reserves), veterans, the dependents of such members or veterans, States, institutions of higher education, and the general public.

(4) Definition

In this subsection, the term "Federal and State student financial assistance" means any grant, loan, work assistance, tuition assistance, scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial aid for pursuing a postsecondary education that is—

(A) administered, sponsored, or supported by the Department of Education, the Department of Defense, the Department of Veterans Affairs, or a State; and

(B) available to members of the Armed Forces (including members of the National Guard and Reserves), veterans, or the dependents of such members or veterans.

(g) Promotion of availability of information concerning other student financial aid programs

(1) Definition

For purposes of this subsection, the term "nondepartmental student financial assistance program" means any grant, loan, scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial aid for students pursuing a postsecondary education that is—

(A) distributed directly to the student or to the student's account at an institution of higher education; and

(B) operated, sponsored, or supported by a Federal department or agency other than the Department of Education.

(2) Availability of other student financial aid information

The Secretary shall ensure that—

(A) not later than 90 days after the Secretary receives the information required under paragraph (3), the eligibility requirements, application procedures, financial terms and conditions, and other relevant information for each nondepartmental student financial assistance program are searchable and accessible through the Federal student financial aid website in a manner that is simple and understandable for students and the students' families; and

(B) the website displaying the information described in subparagraph (A) includes a link to the National Database on Financial Assistance for the Study of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics pursuant to paragraph (4), and the information on military benefits under subsection (f), once such Database and information are available.

(3) Nondepartmental student financial assistance programs

The Secretary shall request all Federal departments and agencies to provide the information described in paragraph (2)(A), and each Federal department or agency shall—

(A) promptly respond to surveys or other requests from the Secretary for the information described in such paragraph; and

(B) identify for the Secretary any nondepartmental student financial assistance program operated, sponsored, or supported by such Federal department or agency.

(4) National STEM Database

(A) In general

The Secretary shall establish and maintain, on the website described in subsection (e)(3), a National Database on Financial Assistance for the Study of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (in this paragraph referred to as the "STEM Database"). The STEM Database shall consist of information on scholarships, fellowships, and other programs of Federal, State, local, and, to the maximum extent practicable, private financial assistance available for the study of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics at the postsecondary and postbaccalaureate levels.

(B) Database contents

The information maintained on the STEM Database shall be displayed on the website in the following manner:

(i) Separate information

The STEM Database shall provide separate information for each of the fields of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics, and for postsecondary and postbaccalaureate programs of financial assistance.

(ii) Information on targeted assistance

The STEM Database shall provide specific information on any program of financial assistance that is targeted to individuals based on financial need, merit, or student characteristics.

(iii) Contact and website information

The STEM Database shall provide—

(I) standard contact information that an interested person may use to contact a sponsor of any program of financial assistance included in the STEM Database; and

(II) if such sponsor maintains a public website, a link to the website.

(iv) Search and match capabilities

The STEM Database shall—

(I) have a search capability that permits an individual to search for information on the basis of each category of the information provided through the STEM Database and on the basis of combinations of categories of the information provided, including—

(aa) whether the financial assistance is need- or merit-based; and

(bb) by relevant academic majors; and

(II) have a match capability that—

(aa) searches the STEM Database for all financial assistance opportunities for which an individual may be qualified to apply, based on the student characteristics provided by such individual; and

(bb) provides information to an individual for only those opportunities for which such individual is qualified, based on the student characteristics provided by such individual.

(v) Recommendation and disclaimer

The STEM Database shall provide, to the users of the STEM Database—

(I) a recommendation that students and families should carefully review all of the application requirements prior to applying for any aid or program of student financial assistance; and

(II) a disclaimer that the non-Federal programs of student financial assistance presented in the STEM Database are not provided or endorsed by the Department or the Federal Government.

(C) Compilation of financial assistance information

In carrying out this paragraph, the Secretary shall—

(i) consult with public and private sources of scholarships, fellowships, and other programs of student financial assistance; and

(ii) make easily available a process for such entities to provide regular and updated information about the scholarships, fellowships, or other programs of student financial assistance.

(D) Contract authorized

In carrying out the requirements of this paragraph, the Secretary is authorized to enter into a contract with a private entity with demonstrated expertise in creating and maintaining databases such as the one required under this paragraph, under which contract the entity shall furnish, and regularly update, all of the information required to be maintained on the STEM Database.

(5) Dissemination of information

The Secretary shall take such actions, on an ongoing basis, as may be necessary to disseminate information under this subsection and to encourage the use of the information by interested parties, including sending notices to secondary schools and institutions of higher education.

(h) No user fees for Department financial aid websites

No fee shall be charged to any individual to access—

(1) a database or website of the Department that provides information about higher education programs or student financial assistance, including the College Navigator website (or successor website) and the websites and databases described in this section and section 1015a of this title; or

(2) information about higher education programs or student financial assistance available through a database or website of the Department.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §131, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1602; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §§103(b)(1), 110, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3088, 3094; Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §131, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, authorized grants to eligible partnerships for education telecommunications activities, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §115, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, authorized appropriations for former part A of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §115, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1380, related to continuing education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §131, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, set out the Congressional findings with regard to the lifelong learning program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 131 of Pub. L. 89–329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, related to National Advisory Council on Continuing Education and was classified to section 1017 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(iii)(I). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "section 1078(a)(2)(C)(ii)" for "section 1078(a)(2)(C)(i)".

2008—Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(1), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives".

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §110(a), added subsecs. (d) and (e) and struck out former subsec. (d), which required the Secretary to survey student aid recipients on a regular cycle, but not less than once every 3 years.

Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §110(b), added subsecs. (f) and (g).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §110(c), added subsec. (h).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Change of Name

Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Student-Related Debt Study Required

Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §803, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1805, which required the Secretary of Education to conduct a study to analyze the distribution and increase in student-related debt, submit a report to congressional committees, and include certain information as part of the comparative information provided to families about the costs of higher education, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IX, §931(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3456.

§1015a. Transparency in college tuition for consumers

(a) Definitions

In this section:

(1) College Navigator website

The term "College Navigator website" means the College Navigator website operated by the Department and includes any successor website.

(2) Cost of attendance

The term "cost of attendance" means the average annual cost of tuition and fees, room and board, books, supplies, and transportation for an institution of higher education for a first-time, full-time undergraduate student enrolled in the institution.

(3) Net price

The term "net price" means the average yearly price actually charged to first-time, full-time undergraduate students receiving student aid at an institution of higher education after deducting such aid, which shall be determined by calculating the difference between—

(A) the institution's cost of attendance for the year for which the determination is made; and

(B) the quotient of—

(i) the total amount of need-based grant aid and merit-based grant aid, from Federal, State, and institutional sources, provided to such students enrolled in the institution for such year; and

(ii) the total number of such students receiving such need-based grant aid or merit-based grant aid for such year.

(4) Tuition and fees

The term "tuition and fees" means the average annual cost of tuition and fees for an institution of higher education for first-time, full-time undergraduate students enrolled in the institution.

(b) Calculations for public institutions

In making the calculations regarding cost of attendance, net price, and tuition and fees under this section with respect to a public institution of higher education, the Secretary shall calculate the cost of attendance, net price, and tuition and fees at such institution in the manner described in subsection (a), except that—

(1) the cost of attendance, net price, and tuition and fees shall be calculated for first-time, full-time undergraduate students enrolled in the institution who are residents of the State in which such institution is located; and

(2) in determining the net price, the average need-based grant aid and merit-based grant aid described in subsection (a)(3)(B) shall be calculated based on the average total amount of such aid received by first-time, full-time undergraduate students who are residents of the State in which such institution is located, divided by the total number of such resident students receiving such need-based grant aid or merit-based grant aid at such institution.

(c) College affordability and transparency lists

(1) Availability of lists

Beginning July 1, 2011, the Secretary shall make publicly available on the College Navigator website, in a manner that is sortable and searchable by State, the following:

(A) A list of the five percent of institutions in each category described in subsection (d) that have the highest tuition and fees for the most recent academic year for which data are available.

(B) A list of the five percent of institutions in each such category that have the highest net price for the most recent academic year for which data are available.

(C) A list of the five percent of institutions in each such category that have the largest increase, expressed as a percentage change, in tuition and fees over the most recent three academic years for which data are available, using the first academic year of the three-year period as the base year to compute such percentage change.

(D) A list of the five percent of institutions in each such category that have the largest increase, expressed as a percentage change, in net price over the most recent three academic years for which data are available, using the first academic year of the three-year period as the base year to compute such percentage change.

(E) A list of the ten percent of institutions in each such category that have the lowest tuition and fees for the most recent academic year for which data are available.

(F) A list of the ten percent of institutions in each such category that have the lowest net price for the most recent academic year for which data are available.

(2) Annual updates

The Secretary shall annually update the lists described in paragraph (1) on the College Navigator website.

(d) Categories of institutions

The lists described in subsection (c)(1) shall be compiled according to the following categories of institutions that participate in programs under subchapter IV:

(1) Four-year public institutions of higher education.

(2) Four-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher education.

(3) Four-year private, for-profit institutions of higher education.

(4) Two-year public institutions of higher education.

(5) Two-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher education.

(6) Two-year private, for-profit institutions of higher education.

(7) Less than two-year public institutions of higher education.

(8) Less than two-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher education.

(9) Less than two-year private, for-profit institutions of higher education.

(e) Reports by institutions

(1) Report to Secretary

If an institution of higher education is included on a list described in subparagraph (C) or (D) of subsection (c)(1), the institution shall submit to the Secretary a report containing the following information:

(A) A description of the major areas in the institution's budget with the greatest cost increases.

(B) An explanation of the cost increases described in subparagraph (A).

(C) A description of the steps the institution will take toward the goal of reducing costs in the areas described in subparagraph (A).

(D) In the case of an institution that is included on the same list under subparagraph (C) or (D) of subsection (c)(1) for two or more consecutive years, a description of the progress made on the steps described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph that were included in the institution's report for the previous year.

(E) If the determination of any cost increase described in subparagraph (A) is not within the exclusive control of the institution—

(i) an explanation of the extent to which the institution participates in determining such cost increase;

(ii) the identification of the agency or instrumentality of State government responsible for determining such cost increase; and

(iii) any other information the institution considers relevant to the report.

(2) Information to the public

The Secretary shall—

(A) issue an annual report that summarizes all of the reports by institutions required under paragraph (1) to the authorizing committees; and

(B) publish such report on the College Navigator website.

(f) Exemptions

(1) In general

An institution shall not be placed on a list described in subparagraph (C) or (D) of subsection (c)(1), and shall not be subject to the reporting required under subsection (e), if the dollar amount of the institution's increase in tuition and fees, or net price, as applicable, is less than $600 for the three-year period described in such subparagraph.

(2) Update

Beginning in 2014, and every three years thereafter, the Secretary shall update the dollar amount described in paragraph (1) based on annual increases in inflation, using the Consumer Price Index for each of the three most recent preceding years.

(g) State higher education spending chart

The Secretary shall annually report on the College Navigator website, in charts for each State, comparisons of—

(1) the percentage change in spending by such State per full-time equivalent student at all public institutions of higher education in such State, for each of the five most recent preceding academic years;

(2) the percentage change in tuition and fees for such students for all public institutions of higher education in such State for each of the five most recent preceding academic years; and

(3) the percentage change in the total amount of need-based aid and merit-based aid provided by such State to full-time students enrolled in the public institutions of higher education in the State for each of the five most recent preceding academic years.

(h) Net price calculator

(1) Development of net price calculator

Not later than one year after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall, in consultation with institutions of higher education and other appropriate experts, develop a net price calculator to help current and prospective students, families, and other consumers estimate the individual net price of an institution of higher education for a student. The calculator shall be developed in a manner that enables current and prospective students, families, and consumers to determine an estimate of a current or prospective student's individual net price at a particular institution.

(2) Calculation of individual net price

For purposes of this subsection, an individual net price of an institution of higher education shall be calculated in the same manner as the net price of such institution is calculated under subsection (a)(3), except that the cost of attendance and the amount of need-based and merit-based aid available shall be calculated for the individual student as much as practicable.

(3) Use of net price calculator by institutions

Not later than two years after the date on which the Secretary makes the calculator developed under paragraph (1) available to institutions of higher education, each institution of higher education that receives Federal funds under subchapter IV shall make publicly available on the institution's website a net price calculator to help current and prospective students, families, and other consumers estimate a student's individual net price at such institution of higher education. Such calculator may be a net price calculator developed—

(A) by the Department pursuant to paragraph (1); or

(B) by the institution of higher education, if the institution's calculator includes, at a minimum, the same data elements included in the calculator developed under paragraph (1).

(4) Disclaimer

Estimates of an individual net price determined using a net price calculator required under paragraph (3) shall be accompanied by a clear and conspicuous notice—

(A) stating that the estimate—

(i) does not represent a final determination, or actual award, of financial assistance;

(ii) shall not be binding on the Secretary, the institution of higher education, or the State; and

(iii) may change;

(B) stating that the student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090 of this title in order to be eligible for, and receive, an actual financial aid award that includes Federal grant, loan, or work-study assistance under subchapter IV; and

(C) including a link to the website of the Department that allows students to access the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090 of this title.

(i) Consumer information

(1) Availability of subchapter IV institution information

Not later than one year after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall make publicly available on the College Navigator website, in simple and understandable terms, the following information about each institution of higher education that participates in programs under subchapter IV, for the most recent academic year for which satisfactory data are available:

(A) A statement of the institution's mission.

(B) The total number of undergraduate students who applied to, were admitted by, and enrolled in the institution.

(C) For institutions that require SAT or ACT scores to be submitted, the reading, writing, mathematics, and combined scores on the SAT or ACT, as applicable, for the middle 50 percent range of the institution's freshman class.

(D) The number of first-time, full-time, and part-time students enrolled at the institution, at the undergraduate and (if applicable) graduate levels.

(E) The number of degree- or certificate-seeking undergraduate students enrolled at the institution who have transferred from another institution.

(F) The percentages of male and female undergraduate students enrolled at the institution.

(G) Of the first-time, full-time, degree- or certificate-seeking undergraduate students enrolled at the institution—

(i) the percentage of such students who are from the State in which the institution is located;

(ii) the percentage of such students who are from other States; and

(iii) the percentage of such students who are international students.

(H) The percentages of first-time, full-time, degree- or certificate-seeking students enrolled at the institution, disaggregated by race and ethnic background.

(I) The percentage of undergraduate students enrolled at the institution who are formally registered with the office of disability services of the institution (or the equivalent office) as students with disabilities, except that if such percentage is three percent or less, the institution shall report "three percent or less".

(J) The percentages of first-time, full-time, degree- or certificate-seeking undergraduate students enrolled at the institution who obtain a degree or certificate within—

(i) the normal time for completion of, or graduation from, the student's program;

(ii) 150 percent of the normal time for completion of, or graduation from, the student's program; and

(iii) 200 percent of the normal time for completion of, or graduation from, the student's program;

(K) The number of certificates, associate degrees, baccalaureate degrees, master's degrees, professional degrees, and doctoral degrees awarded by the institution.

(L) The undergraduate major areas of study at the institution with the highest number of degrees awarded.

(M) The student-faculty ratio, the number of full-time and part-time faculty, and the number of graduate assistants with primarily instructional responsibilities, at the institution.

(N)(i) The cost of attendance for first-time, full-time undergraduate students enrolled in the institution who live on campus;

(ii) the cost of attendance for first-time, full-time undergraduate students enrolled in the institution who live off campus; and

(iii) in the case of a public institution of higher education and notwithstanding subsection (b)(1), the costs described in clauses (i) and (ii), for—

(I) first-time, full-time students enrolled in the institution who are residents of the State in which the institution is located; and

(II) first-time, full-time students enrolled in the institution who are not residents of such State.

(O) The average annual grant amount (including Federal, State, and institutional aid) awarded to a first-time, full-time undergraduate student enrolled at the institution who receives financial aid.

(P) The average annual amount of Federal student loans provided through the institution to undergraduate students enrolled at the institution.

(Q) The total annual grant aid awarded to undergraduate students enrolled at the institution, from the Federal Government, a State, the institution, and other sources known by the institution.

(R) The percentage of first-time, full-time undergraduate students enrolled at the institution receiving Federal, State, and institutional grants, student loans, and any other type of student financial assistance known by the institution, provided publicly or through the institution, such as Federal work-study funds.

(S) The number of students enrolled at the institution receiving Federal Pell Grants.

(T) The institution's cohort default rate, as defined under section 1085(m) of this title.

(U) The information on campus safety required to be collected under section 1092(i) of this title.

(V) A link to the institution's website that provides, in an easily accessible manner, the following information:

(i) Student activities offered by the institution.

(ii) Services offered by the institution for individuals with disabilities.

(iii) Career and placement services offered by the institution to students during and after enrollment.

(iv) Policies of the institution related to transfer of credit from other institutions.

(W) A link to the appropriate section of the Bureau of Labor Statistics website that provides information on regional data on starting salaries in all major occupations.

(X) Information required to be submitted under paragraph (4) and a link to the institution pricing summary page described in paragraph (5).

(Y) In the case of an institution that was required to submit a report under subsection (e)(1), a link to such report.

(Z) The availability of alternative tuition plans, which may include guaranteed tuition plans.

(2) Annual updates

The Secretary shall annually update the information described in paragraph (1) on the College Navigator website.

(3) Consultation

The Secretary shall regularly consult with current and prospective college students, family members of such students, institutions of higher education, and other experts to improve the usefulness and relevance of the College Navigator website, with respect to the presentation of the consumer information collected in paragraph (1).

(4) Data collection

The Commissioner for Education Statistics shall continue to update and improve the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (referred to in this section as "IPEDS"), including the reporting of information by institutions and the timeliness of the data collected.

(5) Institution pricing summary page

(A) Availability of list of participating institutions

The Secretary shall make publicly available on the College Navigator website in a sortable and searchable format a list of all institutions of higher education that participate in programs under subchapter IV, which list shall, for each institution, include the following:

(i) The tuition and fees for each of the three most recent academic years for which data are available.

(ii) The net price for each of the three most recent available academic years for which data are available.

(iii)(I) During the period beginning July 1, 2010, and ending June 30, 2013, the net price for students receiving Federal student financial aid under subchapter IV, disaggregated by the income categories described in paragraph (6), for the most recent academic year for which data are available.

(II) Beginning July 1, 2013, the net price for students receiving Federal student financial aid under subchapter IV, disaggregated by the income categories described in paragraph (6), for each of the three most recent academic years for which data are available.

(iv) The average annual percentage change and average annual dollar change in such institution's tuition and fees for each of the three most recent academic years for which data are available.

(v) The average annual percentage change and average annual dollar change in such institution's net price for each of the three most recent preceding academic years for which data are available.

(vi) A link to the webpage on the College Navigator website that provides the information described in paragraph (1) for the institution.

(B) Annual updates

The Secretary shall annually update the lists described in subparagraph (A) on the College Navigator website.

(6) Income categories

(A) In general

For purposes of reporting the information required under this subsection, the following income categories shall apply for students who receive Federal student financial aid under subchapter IV:

(i) $0–30,000.

(ii) $30,001–48,000.

(iii) $48,001–75,000.

(iv) $75,001–110,000.

(v) $110,001 and more.

(B) Adjustment

The Secretary may adjust the income categories listed in subparagraph (A) using the Consumer Price Index if the Secretary determines such adjustment is necessary.

(j) Multi-year tuition calculator

(1) Development of multi-year tuition calculator

Not later than one year after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall, in consultation with institutions of higher education, financial planners, and other appropriate experts, develop a multi-year tuition calculator to help current and prospective students, families of such students, and other consumers estimate the amount of tuition an individual may pay to attend an institution of higher education in future years.

(2) Calculation of multi-year tuition

The multi-year tuition calculator described in paragraph (1) shall—

(A) allow an individual to select an institution of higher education for which the calculation shall be made;

(B) calculate an estimate of tuition and fees for each year of the normal duration of the program of study at such institution by—

(i) using the tuition and fees for such institution, as reported under subsection (i)(5)(A)(i), for the most recent academic year for which such data are reported; and

(ii) determining an estimated annual percentage change for each year for which the calculation is made, based on the annual percentage change in such institution's tuition and fees, as reported under subsection (i)(5)(A)(iv), for the most recent three-year period for which such data are reported;

(C) calculate an estimate of the total amount of tuition and fees to complete a program of study at such institution, based on the normal duration of such program, using the estimate calculated under subparagraph (B) for each year of the program of study;

(D) provide the individual with the option to replace the estimated annual percentage change described in subparagraph (B)(ii) with an alternative annual percentage change specified by the individual, and calculate an estimate of tuition and fees for each year and an estimate of the total amount of tuition and fees using the alternative percentage change;

(E) in the case of an institution that offers a multi-year tuition guarantee program, allow the individual to have the estimates of tuition and fees described in subparagraphs (B) and (C) calculated based on the provisions of such guarantee program for the tuition and fees charged to a student, or cohort of students, enrolled for the duration of the program of study; and

(F) include any other features or information determined to be appropriate by the Secretary.

(3) Availability and comparison

The multi-year tuition calculator described in paragraph (1) shall be available on the College Navigator website and shall allow current and prospective students, families of such students, and consumers to compare information and estimates under this subsection for multiple institutions of higher education.

(4) Disclaimer

Each calculation of estimated tuition and fees made using the multi-year tuition calculator described in paragraph (1) shall be accompanied by a clear and conspicuous notice—

(A) stating that the calculation—

(i) is only an estimate and not a guarantee of the actual amount the student may be charged;

(ii) is not binding on the Secretary, the institution of higher education, or the State; and

(iii) may change, subject to the availability of financial assistance, State appropriations, and other factors;

(B) stating that the student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090 of this title in order to be eligible for, and receive, an actual financial aid award that includes Federal grant, loan, or work-study assistance under subchapter IV; and

(C) including a link to the website of the Department that allows students to access the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090 of this title.

(k) Student aid recipient survey

(1) Survey required

The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner for Education Statistics, shall conduct, on a State-by-State basis, a survey of recipients of Federal student financial aid under subchapter IV—

(A) to identify the population of students receiving such Federal student financial aid;

(B) to describe the income distribution and other socioeconomic characteristics of recipients of such Federal student financial aid;

(C) to describe the combinations of aid from Federal, State, and private sources received by such recipients from all income categories;

(D) to describe the—

(i) debt burden of such loan recipients, and their capacity to repay their education debts; and

(ii) the impact of such debt burden on the recipients' course of study and post-graduation plans;

(E) to describe the impact of the cost of attendance of postsecondary education in the determination by students of what institution of higher education to attend; and

(F) to describe how the costs of textbooks and other instructional materials affect the costs of postsecondary education for students.

(2) Frequency

The survey shall be conducted on a regular cycle and not less often than once every four years.

(3) Survey design

The survey shall be representative of students from all types of institutions, including full-time and part-time students, undergraduate, graduate, and professional students, and current and former students.

(4) Dissemination

The Commissioner for Education Statistics shall disseminate to the public, in printed and electronic form, the information resulting from the survey.

(l) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §132, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §111, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3098.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1015a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §132, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, related to grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1015a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §132, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2087, set out scope of lifelong learning program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

§1015b. Textbook information

(a) Purpose and intent

The purpose of this section is to ensure that students have access to affordable course materials by decreasing costs to students and enhancing transparency and disclosure with respect to the selection, purchase, sale, and use of course materials. It is the intent of this section to encourage all of the involved parties, including faculty, students, administrators, institutions of higher education, bookstores, distributors, and publishers, to work together to identify ways to decrease the cost of college textbooks and supplemental materials for students while supporting the academic freedom of faculty members to select high quality course materials for students.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Bundle

The term "bundle" means one or more college textbooks or other supplemental materials that may be packaged together to be sold as course materials for one price.

(2) College textbook

The term "college textbook" means a textbook or a set of textbooks, used for, or in conjunction with, a course in postsecondary education at an institution of higher education.

(3) Course schedule

The term "course schedule" means a listing of the courses or classes offered by an institution of higher education for an academic period, as defined by the institution.

(4) Custom textbook

The term "custom textbook"—

(A) means a college textbook that is compiled by a publisher at the direction of a faculty member or other person or adopting entity in charge of selecting course materials at an institution of higher education; and

(B) may include, alone or in combination, items such as selections from original instructor materials, previously copyrighted publisher materials, copyrighted third-party works, and elements unique to a specific institution, such as commemorative editions.

(5) Institution of higher education

The term "institution of higher education" has the meaning given the term in section 1002 of this title.

(6) Integrated textbook

The term "integrated textbook" means a college textbook that is—

(A) combined with materials developed by a third party and that, by third-party contractual agreement, may not be offered by publishers separately from the college textbook with which the materials are combined; or

(B) combined with other materials that are so interrelated with the content of the college textbook that the separation of the college textbook from the other materials would render the college textbook unusable for its intended purpose.

(7) Publisher

The term "publisher" means a publisher of college textbooks or supplemental materials involved in or affecting interstate commerce.

(8) Substantial content

The term "substantial content" means parts of a college textbook such as new chapters, new material covering additional eras of time, new themes, or new subject matter.

(9) Supplemental material

The term "supplemental material" means educational material developed to accompany a college textbook that—

(A) may include printed materials, computer disks, website access, and electronically distributed materials; and

(B) is not being used as a component of an integrated textbook.

(c) Publisher requirements

(1) College textbook pricing information

When a publisher provides a faculty member or other person or adopting entity in charge of selecting course materials at an institution of higher education receiving Federal financial assistance with information regarding a college textbook or supplemental material, the publisher shall include, with any such information and in writing (which may include electronic communications), the following:

(A) The price at which the publisher would make the college textbook or supplemental material available to the bookstore on the campus of, or otherwise associated with, such institution of higher education and, if available, the price at which the publisher makes the college textbook or supplemental material available to the public.

(B) The copyright dates of the three previous editions of such college textbook, if any.

(C) A description of the substantial content revisions made between the current edition of the college textbook or supplemental material and the previous edition, if any.

(D)(i) Whether the college textbook or supplemental material is available in any other format, including paperback and unbound; and

(ii) for each other format of the college textbook or supplemental material, the price at which the publisher would make the college textbook or supplemental material in the other format available to the bookstore on the campus of, or otherwise associated with, such institution of higher education and, if available, the price at which the publisher makes such other format of the college textbook or supplemental material available to the public.

(2) Unbundling of college textbooks from supplemental materials

A publisher that sells a college textbook and any supplemental material accompanying such college textbook as a single bundle shall also make available the college textbook and each supplemental material as separate and unbundled items, each separately priced.

(3) Custom textbooks

To the maximum extent practicable, a publisher shall provide the information required under this subsection with respect to the development and provision of custom textbooks.

(d) Provision of ISBN college textbook information in course schedules

To the maximum extent practicable, each institution of higher education receiving Federal financial assistance shall—

(1) disclose, on the institution's Internet course schedule and in a manner of the institution's choosing, the International Standard Book Number and retail price information of required and recommended college textbooks and supplemental materials for each course listed in the institution's course schedule used for preregistration and registration purposes, except that—

(A) if the International Standard Book Number is not available for such college textbook or supplemental material, then the institution shall include in the Internet course schedule the author, title, publisher, and copyright date for such college textbook or supplemental material; and

(B) if the institution determines that the disclosure of the information described in this subsection is not practicable for a college textbook or supplemental material, then the institution shall so indicate by placing the designation "To Be Determined" in lieu of the information required under this subsection; and

(2) if applicable, include on the institution's written course schedule a notice that textbook information is available on the institution's Internet course schedule, and the Internet address for such schedule.

(e) Availability of information for college bookstores

An institution of higher education receiving Federal financial assistance shall make available to a college bookstore that is operated by, or in a contractual relationship or otherwise affiliated with, the institution, as soon as is practicable upon the request of such college bookstore, the most accurate information available regarding—

(1) the institution's course schedule for the subsequent academic period; and

(2) for each course or class offered by the institution for the subsequent academic period—

(A) the information required by subsection (d)(1) for each college textbook or supplemental material required or recommended for such course or class;

(B) the number of students enrolled in such course or class; and

(C) the maximum student enrollment for such course or class.

(f) Additional information

An institution disclosing the information required by subsection (d)(1) is encouraged to disseminate to students information regarding—

(1) available institutional programs for renting textbooks or for purchasing used textbooks;

(2) available institutional guaranteed textbook buy-back programs;

(3) available institutional alternative content delivery programs; or

(4) other available institutional cost-saving strategies.

(g) GAO report

Not later than July 1, 2013, the Comptroller General of the United States shall report to the authorizing committees on the implementation of this section by institutions of higher education, college bookstores, and publishers. The report shall particularly examine—

(1) the availability of college textbook information on course schedules;

(2) the provision of pricing information to faculty of institutions of higher education by publishers;

(3) the use of bundled and unbundled material in the college textbook marketplace, including the adoption of unbundled materials by faculty and the use of integrated textbooks by publishers; and

(4) the implementation of this section by institutions of higher education, including the costs and benefits to such institutions and to students.

(h) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to supercede the institutional autonomy or academic freedom of instructors involved in the selection of college textbooks, supplemental materials, and other classroom materials.

(i) No regulatory authority

The Secretary shall not promulgate regulations with respect to this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §133, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §112(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3107.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1015b, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §133, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, related to activities for which grants could be used, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1015b, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §133, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2087; amended Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(4), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, related to implementation of lifelong learning program by Assistant Secretary, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §112(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3110, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [enacting this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Establishment of Pilot Program for Course Material Rental

Pub. L. 110–315, title VIII, §803, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3449, provided that:

"(a) Pilot Grant Program.—From the amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (e), the Secretary of Education (referred to in this section as the 'Secretary') shall make grants on a competitive basis to not more than ten institutions of higher education to support pilot programs that expand the services of bookstores to provide the option for students to rent course materials in order to achieve savings for students.

"(b) Application.—An institution of higher education that desires to obtain a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and containing or accompanied by such information, agreements, and assurances as the Secretary may reasonably require.

"(c) Use of Funds.—The funds made available by a grant under this section may be used for—

"(1) purchase of course materials that the entity will make available by rent to students;

"(2) any equipment or software necessary for the conduct of a rental program;

"(3) hiring staff needed for the conduct of a rental program, with priority given to hiring enrolled undergraduate students; and

"(4) building or acquiring extra storage space dedicated to course materials for rent.

"(d) Evaluation and Report.—

"(1) Evaluations by recipients.—After a period of time to be determined by the Secretary, each institution of higher education that receives a grant under this section shall submit a report to the Secretary on the effectiveness of their rental programs in reducing textbook costs for students.

"(2) Report to congress.—Not later than September 30, 2010, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress on the effectiveness of the textbook rental pilot programs under this section, and identify the best practices developed in such pilot programs. Such report shall contain an estimate by the Secretary of the savings achieved by students who participate in such pilot programs.

"(e) Authorization of Appropriations.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2009 and 2010."

§1015c. Database of student information prohibited

(a) Prohibition

Except as described in subsection (b), nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize the development, implementation, or maintenance of a Federal database of personally identifiable information on individuals receiving assistance under this chapter, attending institutions receiving assistance under this chapter, or otherwise involved in any studies or other collections of data under this chapter, including a student unit record system, an education bar code system, or any other system that tracks individual students over time.

(b) Exception

The provisions of subsection (a) shall not apply to a system (or a successor system) that—

(1) is necessary for the operation of programs authorized by subchapter II, IV, or VII; and

(2) was in use by the Secretary, directly or through a contractor, as of the day before August 14, 2008.

(c) State databases

Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit a State or a consortium of States from developing, implementing, or maintaining State-developed databases that track individuals over time, including student unit record systems that contain information related to enrollment, attendance, graduation and retention rates, student financial assistance, and graduate employment outcomes.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §134, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §113, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3110.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1015c, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §134, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, defined "public broadcasting entity" for purposes of former part C of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Another prior section 1015c, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §134, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2089, related to annual reports by Assistant Secretary and content of these reports, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

§1015d. In-State tuition rates for members of qualifying Federal service

(a) Requirement

In the case of a member of a qualifying Federal service whose domicile or permanent duty station is in a State that receives assistance under this chapter, such State shall not charge such member (or the spouse or dependent child of such member) tuition for attendance at a public institution of higher education in the State at a rate that is greater than the rate charged for residents of the State.

(b) Continuation

If a member of a qualifying Federal service (or the spouse or dependent child of a member) pays tuition at a public institution of higher education in a State at a rate determined by subsection (a), the provisions of subsection (a) shall continue to apply to such member, spouse, or dependent while continuously enrolled at that institution, notwithstanding a subsequent change in the permanent duty station of the member to a location outside the State.

(c) Effective date

This section shall take effect at each public institution of higher education in a State that receives assistance under this chapter for the first period of enrollment at such institution that begins after July 1, 2009.

(d) Definitions

In this section, the term "member of a qualifying Federal service" means—

(1) a member of the armed forces (as defined in section 101 of title 10) who is on active duty for a period of more than 30 days (as defined in section 101 of title 10);

(2) a member of the Foreign Service (as defined in section 3903 of title 22) who is on active duty for a period of more than 30 days; or

(3) an officer or employee of an element of the intelligence community (as such term is defined in section 3003 of title 50) who serves in a position of employment in such element for a period of more than 30 days.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §135, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §114, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3111; amended Pub. L. 117–81, div. F, title LXII, §6206(a), Dec. 27, 2021, 135 Stat. 2392; Pub. L. 118–31, div. G, title III, §7316(a), Dec. 22, 2023, 137 Stat. 1032.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1015d, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §135, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title I, §101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, required grant recipients to submit reports, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2023—Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 118–31 added par. (3).

2021—Pub. L. 117–81, §6206(a)(1), substituted "qualifying Federal service" for "the armed forces on active duty, spouses, and dependent children" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 117–81, §6206(a)(2), substituted "member of a qualifying Federal service" for "member of the armed forces who is on active duty for a period of more than 30 days and".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 117–81, §6206(a)(3), substituted "member of a qualifying Federal service" for "member of the armed forces".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 117–81, §6206(a)(4), added subsec. (d) and struck out former subsec. (d). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "In this section, the terms 'armed forces' and 'active duty for a period of more than 30 days' have the meanings given those terms in section 101 of title 10."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2023 Amendment

Pub. L. 118–31, div. G, title III, §7316(b), Dec. 22, 2023, 137 Stat. 1033, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect at each public institution of higher education in a State that receives assistance under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) for the first period of enrollment at such institution that begins after July 1, 2024."

Effective Date of 2021 Amendment

Pub. L. 117–81, div. F, title LXII, §6206(b), Dec. 27, 2021, 135 Stat. 2392, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect at each public institution of higher education in a State that receives assistance under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) for the first period of enrollment at such institution that begins after July 1, 2024."

§1015e. State higher education information system pilot program

(a) Purpose

It is the purpose of this section to carry out a pilot program to assist not more than five States to develop State-level postsecondary student data systems to—

(1) improve the capacity of States and institutions of higher education to generate more comprehensive and comparable data, in order to develop better-informed educational policy at the State level and to evaluate the effectiveness of institutional performance while protecting the confidentiality of students' personally identifiable information; and

(2) identify how to best minimize the data-reporting burden placed on institutions of higher education, particularly smaller institutions, and to maximize and improve the information institutions receive from the data systems, in order to assist institutions in improving educational practice and postsecondary outcomes.

(b) Definition of eligible entity

In this section, the term "eligible entity" means—

(1) a State higher education system; or

(2) a consortium of State higher education systems, or a consortium of individual institutions of higher education, that is broadly representative of institutions in different sectors and geographic locations.

(c) Competitive grants

(1) Grants authorized

The Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to not more than five eligible entities to enable the eligible entities to—

(A) design, test, and implement systems of postsecondary student data that provide the maximum benefits to States, institutions of higher education, and State policymakers; and

(B) examine the costs and burdens involved in implementing a State-level postsecondary student data system.

(2) Duration

A grant awarded under this section shall be for a period of not more than three years.

(d) Application requirements

An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, including a description of—

(1) how the eligible entity will ensure that student privacy is protected and that individually identifiable information about students, the students' achievements, and the students' families remains confidential in accordance with section 1232g of this title (commonly known as the "Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974"); and

(2) how the activities funded by the grant will be supported after the three-year grant period.

(e) Use of funds

A grant awarded under this section shall be used to—

(1) design, develop, and implement the components of a comprehensive postsecondary student data system with the capacity to transmit student information within a State;

(2) improve the capacity of institutions of higher education to analyze and use student data;

(3) select and define common data elements, data quality, and other elements that will enable the data system to—

(A) serve the needs of institutions of higher education for institutional research and improvement;

(B) provide students and the students' families with useful information for decision-making about postsecondary education; and

(C) provide State policymakers with improved information to monitor and guide efforts to improve student outcomes and success in higher education;

(4) estimate costs and burdens at the institutional level for the reporting system for different types of institutions; and

(5) test the feasibility of protocols and standards for maintaining data privacy and data access.

(f) Evaluation; reports

Not later than six months after the end of the projects funded by grants awarded under this section, the Secretary shall—

(1) conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the pilot program authorized by this section; and

(2) report the Secretary's findings, as well as recommendations regarding the implementation of State-level postsecondary student data systems, to the authorizing committees.

(g) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §136, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §115, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3111; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "(commonly known as the 'Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974')" for "(Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1015f. State commitment to affordable college education

(a) Maintenance of effort required

A State shall provide—

(1) for public institutions of higher education in such State for any academic year beginning on or after July 1, 2008, an amount which is equal to or greater than the average amount provided for non-capital and non-direct research and development expenses or costs by such State to such institutions of higher education during the five most recent preceding academic years for which satisfactory data are available; and

(2) for private institutions of higher education in such State for any academic year beginning on or after July 1, 2008, an amount which is equal to or greater than the average amount provided for student financial aid for paying costs associated with postsecondary education by such State to such institutions during the five most recent preceding academic years for which satisfactory data are available.

(b) Adjustments for biennial appropriations

The Secretary shall take into consideration any adjustments to the calculations under subsection (a) that may be required to accurately reflect funding levels for postsecondary education in States with biennial appropriation cycles.

(c) Waiver

The Secretary shall waive the requirements of subsection (a), if the Secretary determines that such a waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforseen ¹ decline in the financial resources of a State or State educational agency, as appropriate.

(d) Violation of maintenance of effort

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary shall withhold from any State that violates subsection (a) and does not receive a waiver pursuant to subsection (c) any amount that would otherwise be available to the State under section 1141 of this title until such State has made significant efforts to correct such violation.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §137, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §116, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3113.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1016, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §121, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to adult learning research, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1016, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §116, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1381, provided for Federal discretionary grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1016a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §122, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, limited funds authorized to be appropriated, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

A prior section 1017, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §131, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(g)(1)(A), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275, related to National Advisory Council on Continuing Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1017, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §117, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1382; amended Pub. L. 99–386, title I, §103(a), Aug. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 821, related to establishment and administration of the National Advisory Council on Continuing Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "unforeseen".

Part D—Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance

§1018. Performance-Based Organization for delivery of Federal student financial assistance

(a) Establishment and purpose

(1) Establishment

There is established in the Department a Performance-Based Organization (hereafter referred to as the "PBO") which shall be a discrete management unit responsible for managing the administrative and oversight functions supporting the programs authorized under subchapter IV of this chapter, as specified in subsection (b).

(2) Purposes

The purposes of the PBO are—

(A) to improve service to students and other participants in the student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV, including making those programs more understandable to students and their parents;

(B) to reduce the costs of administering those programs;

(C) to increase the accountability of the officials responsible for administering the operational aspects of these programs;

(D) to provide greater flexibility in the management and administration of the Federal student financial assistance programs;

(E) to integrate the information systems supporting the Federal student financial assistance programs;

(F) to implement an open, common, integrated system for the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV; and

(G) to develop and maintain a student financial assistance system that contains complete, accurate, and timely data to ensure program integrity.

(b) General authority

(1) Authority of Secretary

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary shall maintain responsibility for the development and promulgation of policy and regulations relating to the programs of student financial assistance under subchapter IV. In the exercise of its functions, the PBO shall be subject to the direction of the Secretary. The Secretary shall—

(A) request the advice of, and work in cooperation with, the Chief Operating Officer in developing regulations, policies, administrative guidance, or procedures affecting the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV;

(B) request cost estimates from the Chief Operating Officer for system changes required by specific policies proposed by the Secretary; and

(C) assist the Chief Operating Officer in identifying goals for—

(i) the administration of the systems used to administer the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV; and

(ii) the updating of such systems to current technology.

(2) PBO functions

Subject to paragraph (1), the PBO shall be responsible for the administration of Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV, excluding the development of policy relating to such programs but including the following:

(A) The administrative, accounting, and financial management functions for the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV, including—

(i) the collection, processing, and transmission of data to students, institutions, lenders, State agencies, and other authorized parties;

(ii) the design and technical specifications for software development and procurement for systems supporting the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV;

(iii) all software and hardware acquisitions and all information technology contracts related to the administration and management of student financial assistance under subchapter IV;

(iv) all aspects of contracting for the information and financial systems supporting the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV;

(v) providing all customer service, training, and user support related to the administration of the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV; and

(vi) ensuring the integrity of the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV.

(B) Annual development of a budget for the activities and functions of the PBO, in consultation with the Secretary, and for consideration and inclusion in the Department's annual budget submission.

(C) Taking action to prevent and address the improper use of access devices, as described in section 1092b(d)(7) of this title, including by—

(i) detecting common patterns of improper use of any system that processes payments on Federal Direct Loans or other Department information technology systems;

(ii) maintaining a reporting system for contractors involved in the processing of payments on Federal Direct Loans in order to allow those contractors to alert the Secretary of potentially improper use of Department information technology systems;

(iii) proactively contacting Federal student loan borrowers whose Federal student loan accounts demonstrate a likelihood of improper use in order to warn those borrowers of suspicious activity or potential fraud regarding their Federal student loan accounts; and

(iv) providing clear and simple disclosures in communications with borrowers who are applying for or requesting assistance with Federal Direct Loan programs (including assistance or applications regarding income-driven repayment, forbearance, deferment, consolidation, rehabilitation, cancellation, and forgiveness) to ensure that borrowers are aware that the Department will never require borrowers to pay for such assistance or applications.

(3) Additional functions

The Secretary may allocate to the PBO such additional functions as the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer determine are necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the PBO.

(4) Independence

Subject to paragraph (1), in carrying out its functions, the PBO shall exercise independent control of its budget allocations and expenditures, personnel decisions and processes, procurements, and other administrative and management functions.

(5) Audits and review

The PBO shall be subject to the usual and customary Federal audit procedures and to review by the Inspector General of the Department.

(6) Changes

(A) In general

The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult concerning the effects of policy, market, or other changes on the ability of the PBO to achieve the goals and objectives established in the performance plan described in subsection (c).

(B) Revisions to agreement

The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer may revise the annual performance agreement described in subsection (d)(4) in light of policy, market, or other changes that occur after the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer enter into the agreement.

(c) Performance plan, report, and briefing

(1) Performance plan

(A) In general

Each year, the Secretary and Chief Operating Officer shall agree on, and make available to the public, a performance plan for the PBO for the succeeding 5 years that establishes measurable goals and objectives for the organization.

(B) Consultation

In developing the 5-year performance plan and any revision to the plan, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult with students, institutions of higher education, Congress, lenders, the Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance, and other interested parties not less than 30 days prior to the implementation of the performance plan or revision.

(C) Areas

The plan shall include a concise statement of the goals for a modernized system for the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV and identify action steps necessary to achieve such goals. The plan shall address the PBO's responsibilities in the following areas:

(i) Improving service

Improving service to students and other participants in student financial aid programs authorized under under ¹ subchapter IV, including making those programs more understandable to students and their parents.

(ii) Reducing costs

Reducing the costs of administering those programs.

(iii) Improvement and integration of support systems

Improving and integrating the systems that support those programs.

(iv) Delivery and information system

Developing open, common, and integrated systems for programs authorized under under ¹ subchapter IV.

(v) Other areas

Any other areas identified by the Secretary.

(2) Annual report

Each year, the Chief Operating Officer shall prepare and submit to Congress, through the Secretary, an annual report on the performance of the PBO, including an evaluation of the extent to which the PBO met the goals and objectives contained in the 5-year performance plan described in paragraph (1) for the preceding year. The annual report shall include the following:

(A) An independent financial audit of the expenditures of both the PBO and the programs administered by the PBO.

(B) Financial and performance requirements applicable to the PBO under the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 and the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993.

(C) The results achieved by the PBO during the year relative to the goals established in the organization's performance plan.

(D) The evaluation rating of the performance of the Chief Operating Officer and senior managers under subsections (d)(4) and (e)(2), including the amounts of bonus compensation awarded to these individuals.

(E) Recommendations for legislative and regulatory changes to improve service to students and their families, and to improve program efficiency and integrity.

(F) Other such information as the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe for performance based organizations.

(3) Consultation with stakeholders

The Chief Operating Officer, in preparing the report described in paragraph (2), shall establish appropriate means to consult with students, borrowers, institutions, lenders, guaranty agencies, secondary markets, and others involved in the delivery system of student aid under subchapter IV—

(A) regarding the degree of satisfaction with the delivery system; and

(B) to seek suggestions on means to improve the delivery system.

(4) Briefing on enforcement of student loan provisions

The Secretary shall, upon request, provide a briefing to the members of the authorizing committees on the steps the Department has taken to ensure—

(A) the integrity of the student loan programs; and

(B) that lenders and guaranty agencies are adhering to the requirements of subchapter IV.

(d) Chief Operating Officer

(1) Appointment

The management of the PBO shall be vested in a Chief Operating Officer who shall be appointed by the Secretary to a term of not less than 3 and not more than 5 years, and compensated without regard to chapters 33, 51, and 53 of title 5. The appointment shall be made on the basis of demonstrated management ability and expertise in information technology, including experience with financial systems, and without regard to political affiliation or activity.

(2) Reappointment

The Secretary may reappoint the Chief Operating Officer to subsequent terms of not less than 3 and not more than 5 years, so long as the performance of the Chief Operating Officer, as set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (4), is satisfactory.

(3) Removal

The Chief Operating Officer may be removed by—

(A) the President; or

(B) the Secretary, for misconduct or failure to meet performance goals set forth in the performance agreement in paragraph (4).

The President or Secretary shall communicate the reasons for any such removal to the authorizing committees.

(4) Performance agreement

(A) In general

Each year, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall enter into an annual performance agreement, that shall set forth measurable organization and individual goals for the Chief Operating Officer.

(B) Transmittal

The final agreement, and any revision to the final agreement, shall be transmitted to the authorizing committees, and made publicly available.

(5) Compensation

(A) In general

The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to be paid at an annual rate of basic pay not to exceed the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5, including any applicable locality-based comparability payment that may be authorized under section 5304(h)(2)(B) of such title. The compensation of the Chief Operating Officer shall be considered for purposes of section 207(c)(2)(A) of title 18 to be the equivalent of that described under clause (ii) of section 207(c)(2)(A) of such title.

(B) Bonus

In addition, the Chief Operating Officer may receive a bonus in an amount that does not exceed 50 percent of such annual rate of basic pay, based upon the Secretary's evaluation of the Chief Operating Officer's performance in relation to the goals set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (4).

(C) Payment

Payment of a bonus under subparagraph (B) may be made to the Chief Operating Officer only to the extent that such payment does not cause the Chief Operating Officer's total aggregate compensation in a calendar year to equal or exceed the amount of the President's salary under section 102 of title 3.

(e) Senior management

(1) Appointment

(A) In general

The Chief Operating Officer may appoint such senior managers as that officer determines necessary without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service.

(B) Compensation

The senior managers described in subparagraph (A) may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.

(2) Performance agreement

Each year, the Chief Operating Officer and each senior manager appointed under this subsection shall enter into an annual performance agreement that sets forth measurable organization and individual goals. The agreement shall be subject to review and renegotiation at the end of each term.

(3) Compensation

(A) In general

A senior manager appointed under this subsection may be paid at an annual rate of basic pay of not more than the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5, including any applicable locality-based comparability payment that may be authorized under section 5304(h)(2)(C) of such title. The compensation of a senior manager shall be considered for purposes of section 207(c)(2)(A) of title 18 to be the equivalent of that described under clause (ii) of section 207(c)(2)(A) of such title.

(B) Bonus

In addition, a senior manager may receive a bonus in an amount such that the manager's total annual compensation does not exceed 125 percent of the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service, including any applicable locality-based comparability payment, based upon the Chief Operating Officer's evaluation of the manager's performance in relation to the goals set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (2).

(4) Removal

A senior manager shall be removable by the Chief Operating Officer, or by the Secretary if the position of Chief Operating Officer is vacant.

(f) Student Loan Ombudsman

(1) Appointment

The Chief Operating Officer, in consultation with the Secretary, shall appoint a Student Loan Ombudsman to provide timely assistance to borrowers of loans made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV by performing the functions described in paragraph (3).

(2) Public information

The Chief Operating Officer shall disseminate information about the availability and functions of the Ombudsman to students, borrowers, and potential borrowers, as well as institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in those student loan programs.

(3) Functions of Ombudsman

The Ombudsman shall—

(A) in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, receive, review, and attempt to resolve informally complaints from borrowers of loans described in paragraph (1), including, as appropriate, attempts to resolve such complaints within the Department of Education and with institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in the loan programs described in paragraph (1); and

(B) compile and analyze data on borrower complaints and make appropriate recommendations.

(4) Report

Each year, the Ombudsman shall submit a report to the Chief Operating Officer, for inclusion in the annual report under subsection (c)(2), that describes the activities, and evaluates the effectiveness of the Ombudsman during the preceding year.

(g) Personnel flexibility

(1) Personnel ceilings

The PBO shall not be subject to any ceiling relating to the number or grade of employees.

(2) Administrative flexibility

The Chief Operating Officer shall work with the Office of Personnel Management to develop and implement personnel flexibilities in staffing, classification, and pay that meet the needs of the PBO, subject to compliance with title 5.

(3) Excepted service

The Chief Operating Officer may appoint, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, technical and professional employees to administer the functions of the PBO. These employees may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.

(h) Establishment of fair and equitable system for measuring staff performance

The PBO shall establish an annual performance management system, subject to compliance with title 5, and consistent with applicable provisions of law and regulations, which strengthens the effectiveness of the PBO by providing for establishing goals or objectives for individual, group, or organizational performance (or any combination thereof), consistent with the performance plan of the PBO and its performance planning procedures, including those established under the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, and communicating such goals or objectives to employees.

(i) Authorization of appropriations

The Secretary shall allocate from funds made available under section 1087h of this title such funds as are appropriate to the functions assumed by the PBO. In addition, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §141, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1604; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §§103(b)(2), 117, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3088, 3114; Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(5), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935; Pub. L. 116–251, §5, Dec. 22, 2020, 134 Stat. 1131.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(B), is Pub. L. 101–576, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and Tables.

The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, referred to in subsecs. (c)(2)(B) and (h), is Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, which enacted section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amended section 1105 of Title 31, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1101 and 1115 of Title 31. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of Title 31 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1018, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §141, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1514, set out purpose of former part D of this subchapter as being the development of student literacy corps programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Another prior section 1018, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §118, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1382, defined terms used in former part D of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 116–251 added subpar. (C).

2009—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §101(b)(5)(A), substituted "under subchapter IV" for "under this subchapter" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §101(b)(5)(B), substituted "authorizing committees" for "appropriate committees of Congress" in concluding provisions.

2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(1)(A), substituted "administrative and oversight" for "operational".

Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(1)(B), substituted "and administration" for "of the operational functions".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(A)(i), substituted "the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV" for "the information systems administered by the PBO, and other functions performed by the PBO".

Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(A)(ii), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "assist the Chief Operating Officer in identifying goals for the administration and modernization of the delivery system for student financial assistance under subchapter IV."

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(i), in introductory provisions, substituted "the administration of Federal" for "administration of the information and financial systems that support" and "subchapter IV" for "this subchapter".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(I), substituted "for the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV" for "of the delivery system for Federal student assistance" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(i), (ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(II), added cls. (i) and (ii) and struck out former cls. (i) and (ii) which read as follows:

"(i) the collection, processing and transmission of applicant data to students, institutions and authorized third parties, as provided for in section 1090 of this title;

"(ii) design and technical specifications for software development and systems supporting the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV;".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(III), substituted "administration" for "delivery".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(IV), inserted "the Federal" after "supporting", substituted "authorized under subchapter IV" for "under this subchapter", and struck out "and" after the semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(v). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(V), substituted "the administration of the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV; and" for "systems that support those programs."

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(ii)(VI), added cl. (vi).

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(2)(B)(iii), substituted "activities and functions" for "operations and services".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(A), substituted "Performance plan, report, and briefing" for "Performance plan and report" in heading.

Subsec. (c)(1)(C)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(B)(i), substituted "under subchapter IV" for "this subchapter".

Subsec. (c)(1)(C)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(B)(ii), struck out "information and delivery" after "integrating the".

Subsec. (c)(1)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(B)(i), (iii), substituted "Developing" for "Developing an", "systems" for "delivery and information system", and "under subchapter IV" for "this subchapter".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(C)(i), inserted "the" after "PBO and".

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(C)(ii), substituted "Officers" for "Officer".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(D), inserted "students," after "consult with" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(3)(E), added par. (4).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(4)(A), struck out after first sentence "The Secretary shall appoint the Chief Operating Officer within 6 months after October 7, 1998."

Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(2), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate".

Subsec. (d)(5)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(4)(B)(i), substituted "paragraph (4)" for "paragraph (2)".

Subsec. (d)(5)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(4)(B)(ii), struck out "this" before "subparagraph (B)".

Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(5)(A), substituted "to students, borrowers," for "to borrowers".

Subsec. (f)(3)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(5)(B), substituted "paragraph (1);" for "paragraph (1)(A);".

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(6), struck out "not more than 25" before "technical and professional employees".

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(7), substituted "effectiveness" for "organizational effectiveness".

Subsecs. (i), (j). Pub. L. 110–315, §117(8)–(10), redesignated subsec. (j) as (i), struck out ", including transition costs" before period at end, and struck out former subsec. (i). Text of former subsec. (i) read as follows: "The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer, not later than 180 days after October 7, 1998, shall report to Congress on the proposed budget and sources of funding for the operation of the PBO."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Pub. L. 116–251, §6, Dec. 22, 2020, 134 Stat. 1132, provided that: "This Act [see Short Title of 2020 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title], and the amendments made by this Act, shall take effect on the date that is 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 22, 2020]."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Study of Market Mechanisms in Federal Student Loan Programs

Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §801, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1803, which directed the Comptroller General and Secretary of Education, in consultation with a study group, to design and conduct a study to identify and evaluate means of establishing a market mechanism for the delivery of certain student loans made pursuant to title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) and to transmit a final report to congressional committees not later than May 15, 2001, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IX, §931(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3456.

¹ So in original.

§1018a. Procurement flexibility

(a) Procurement authority

Subject to the authority of the Secretary, the Chief Operating Officer of a PBO may exercise the authority of the Secretary to procure property and services in the performance of functions managed by the PBO. For the purposes of this section, the term "PBO" includes the Chief Operating Officer of the PBO and any employee of the PBO exercising procurement authority under the preceding sentence.

(b) In general

Except as provided in this section, the PBO shall abide by all applicable Federal procurement laws and regulations when procuring property and services. The PBO shall—

(1) enter into contracts to carry out the functions set forth in section 1018(b)(2) of this title;

(2) obtain the services of experts and consultants without regard to section 3109 of title 5 and set pay in accordance with such section; and

(3) through the Chief Operating Officer—

(A) to the maximum extent practicable, utilize procurement systems that streamline operations, improve internal controls, and enhance management; and

(B) assess the efficiency of such systems and assess such systems' ability to meet PBO requirements.

(c) Service contracts

(1) Performance-based servicing contracts

The Chief Operating Officer shall, to the extent practicable, maximize the use of performance-based servicing contracts, consistent with guidelines for such contracts published by the Office of Federal Procurement Policy, to achieve cost savings and improve service.

(2) Fee for service arrangements

The Chief Operating Officer shall, when appropriate and consistent with the purposes of the PBO, acquire services related to the functions set forth in section 1018(b)(2) of this title from any entity that has the capability and capacity to meet the requirements set by the PBO. The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to pay fees that are equivalent to those paid by other entities to an organization that provides services that meet the requirements of the PBO, as determined by the Chief Operating Officer.

(d) Two-phase source-selection procedures

(1) In general

The PBO may use a two-phase process for selecting a source for a procurement of property or services.

(2) First phase

The procedures for the first phase of the process for a procurement are as follows:

(A) Publication of notice

The contracting officer for the procurement shall publish a notice of the procurement in accordance with section 1708 of title 41 and subsections (e), (f), and (g) of section 637 of title 15, except that the notice shall include only the following:

(i) A general description of the scope or purpose of the procurement that provides sufficient information on the scope or purpose for sources to make informed business decisions regarding whether to participate in the procurement.

(ii) A description of the basis on which potential sources are to be selected to submit offers in the second phase.

(iii) A description of the information that is to be required under subparagraph (B).

(iv) Any additional information that the contracting officer determines appropriate.

(B) Information submitted by offerors

Each offeror for the procurement shall submit basic information, such as information on the offeror's qualifications, the proposed conceptual approach, costs likely to be associated with the proposed conceptual approach, and past performance of the offeror, together with any additional information that is requested by the contracting officer.

(C) Selection for second phase

The contracting officer shall select the offerors that are to be eligible to participate in the second phase of the process. The contracting officer shall limit the number of the selected offerors to the number of sources that the contracting officer determines is appropriate and in the best interests of the Federal Government.

(3) Second phase

(A) In general

The contracting officer shall conduct the second phase of the source selection process in accordance with sections 3306(a) to (e) and 3308, chapter 37, and section 4702 of title 41.

(B) Eligible participants

Only the sources selected in the first phase of the process shall be eligible to participate in the second phase.

(C) Single or multiple procurements

The second phase may include a single procurement or multiple procurements within the scope, or for the purpose, described in the notice pursuant to paragraph (2)(A).

(4) Procedures considered competitive

The procedures used for selecting a source for a procurement under this subsection shall be considered competitive procedures for all purposes.

(e) Use of simplified procedures for commercial products and commercial services

Whenever the PBO anticipates that commercial products or commercial services will be offered for a procurement, the PBO may use (consistent with the special rules for commercial products and commercial services) the special simplified procedures for the procurement without regard to any dollar limitation otherwise applicable to the use of those procedures.

(f) Flexible wait periods and deadlines for submission of offers of noncommercial products and services

(1) Authority

In carrying out a procurement, the PBO may—

(A) apply a shorter waiting period for the issuance of a solicitation after the publication of a notice under section 1708 of title 41 than is required under subsection (a)(3)(A) of such section; and

(B) notwithstanding subsection (a)(3) of such section, establish any deadline for the submission of bids or proposals that affords potential offerors a reasonable opportunity to respond to the solicitation.

(2) Inapplicability to commercial products and services

Paragraph (1) does not apply to a procurement of a commercial product or a commercial service.

(3) Consistency with applicable international agreements

If an international agreement is applicable to the procurement, any exercise of authority under paragraph (1) shall be consistent with the international agreement.

(g) Modular contracting

(1) In general

The PBO may satisfy the requirements of the PBO for a system incrementally by carrying out successive procurements of modules of the system. In doing so, the PBO may use procedures authorized under this subsection to procure any such module after the first module.

(2) Utility requirement

A module may not be procured for a system under this subsection unless the module is useful independently of the other modules or useful in combination with another module previously procured for the system.

(3) Conditions for use of authority

The PBO may use procedures authorized under paragraph (4) for the procurement of an additional module for a system if—

(A) competitive procedures were used for awarding the contract for the procurement of the first module for the system; and

(B) the solicitation for the first module included—

(i) a general description of the entire system that was sufficient to provide potential offerors with reasonable notice of the general scope of future modules;

(ii) other information sufficient for potential offerors to make informed business judgments regarding whether to submit offers for the contract for the first module; and

(iii) a statement that procedures authorized under this subsection could be used for awarding subsequent contracts for the procurement of additional modules for the system.

(4) Procedures

If the procurement of the first module for a system meets the requirements set forth in paragraph (3), the PBO may award a contract for the procurement of an additional module for the system using any of the following procedures:

(A) Single-source basis

Award of the contract on a single-source basis to a contractor who was awarded a contract for a module previously procured for the system under competitive procedures or procedures authorized under subparagraph (B).

(B) Adequate competition

Award of the contract on the basis of offers made by—

(i) a contractor who was awarded a contract for a module previously procured for the system after having been selected for award of the contract under this subparagraph or other competitive procedures; and

(ii) at least one other offeror that submitted an offer for a module previously procured for the system and is expected, on the basis of the offer for the previously procured module, to submit a competitive offer for the additional module.

(C) Other

Award of the contract under any other procedure authorized by law.

(5) Notice requirement

(A) Publication

Not less than 30 days before issuing a solicitation for offers for a contract for a module for a system under procedures authorized under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (4), the PBO shall publish in the Commerce Business Daily a notice of the intent to use such procedures to enter into the contract.

(B) Exception

Publication of a notice is not required under this paragraph with respect to a use of procedures authorized under paragraph (4) if the contractor referred to in that subparagraph (who is to be solicited to submit an offer) has previously provided a module for the system under a contract that contained cost, schedule, and performance goals and the contractor met those goals.

(C) Content of notice

A notice published under subparagraph (A) with respect to a use of procedures described in paragraph (4) shall contain the information required under section 1708(c) of title 41, other than paragraph (4) of such section, and shall invite the submission of any assertion that the use of the procedures for the procurement involved is not in the best interest of the Federal Government together with information supporting the assertion.

(6) Documentation

The basis for an award of a contract under this subsection shall be documented. However, a justification pursuant to section 3304(e) of title 41 or section 637(h) of title 15 is not required.

(7) Simplified source-selection procedures

The PBO may award a contract under any other simplified procedures prescribed by the PBO for the selection of sources for the procurement of modules for a system, after the first module, that are not to be procured under a contract awarded on a single-source basis.

(h) Use of simplified procedures for small business set-asides for services other than commercial services

(1) Authority

The PBO may use special simplified procedures for a procurement of services that are not commercial services if—

(A) the procurement is in an amount not greater than $1,000,000;

(B) the procurement is conducted as a small business set-aside pursuant to section 644(a) of title 15; and

(C) the price charged for supplies associated with the services procured are items of supply expected to be less than 20 percent of the total contract price.

(2) Inapplicability to certain procurements

The authority set forth in paragraph (1) may not be used for—

(A) an award of a contract on a single-source basis; or

(B) a contract for construction.

(i) Guidance for use of authority

(1) Issuance by PBO

The Chief Operating Officer of the PBO, in consultation with the Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy, shall issue guidance for the use by PBO personnel of the authority provided in this section.

(2) Guidance from OFPP

As part of the consultation required under paragraph (1), the Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy shall provide the PBO with guidance that is designed to ensure, to the maximum extent practicable, that the authority under this section is exercised by the PBO in a manner that is consistent with the exercise of the authority by the heads of the other performance-based organizations.

(3) Compliance with OFPP guidance

The head of the PBO shall ensure that the procurements of the PBO under this section are carried out in a manner that is consistent with the guidance provided for the PBO under paragraph (2).

(j) Limitation on multiagency contracting

No department or agency of the Federal Government may purchase property or services under contracts entered into or administered by a PBO under this section unless the purchase is approved in advance by the senior procurement official of that department or agency who is responsible for purchasing by the department or agency.

(k) Laws not affected

Nothing in this section shall be construed to waive laws for the enforcement of civil rights or for the establishment and enforcement of labor standards that are applicable to contracts of the Federal Government.

(l) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Commercial product

The term "commercial product" has the meaning given the term in section 103 of title 41.

(2) Commercial service

The term "commercial service" has the meaning given the term in section 103a of title 41.

(3) Competitive procedures

The term "competitive procedures" has the meaning given the term in section 152 of title 41.

(4) Single-source basis

The term "single-source basis", with respect to an award of a contract, means that the contract is awarded to a source after soliciting an offer or offers from, and negotiating with, only such source (although such source is not the only source in the marketplace capable of meeting the need) because such source is the most advantageous source for purposes of the award.

(5) Special rules for commercial products and commercial services

The term "special rules for commercial products and commercial services" means the regulations set forth in the Federal Acquisition Regulation pursuant to sections 1901 and 3305(a) of title 41.

(6) Special simplified procedures

The term "special simplified procedures" means the procedures applicable to purchases of property and services for amounts not greater than the simplified acquisition threshold that are set forth in the Federal Acquisition Regulation pursuant to sections 1901(a)(1) and 3305(a)(1) of title 41.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §142, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1611; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §118, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3116; Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title VIII, §836(g)(2), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 1872.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

In subsec. (d)(2)(A), "section 1708 of title 41" substituted for "section 18 of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 416)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

In subsec. (d)(3)(A), "sections 3306(a) to (e) and 3308, chapter 37, and section 4702 of title 41" substituted for "sections 303A and 303B of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253a and 253b)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

In subsec. (f)(1)(A), "section 1708 of title 41" substituted for "section 18 of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 416)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

In subsec. (g)(5)(C), "section 1708(c) of title 41" substituted for "section 18(b) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 416(b))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

In subsec. (g)(6), "section 3304(e) of title 41" substituted for "section 303(f) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(f))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1018a, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §142, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515, related to grants for literacy corps programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Amendments

2018—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(A), in heading, substituted "commercial products and commercial services" for "commercial items" and, in text, substituted "that commercial products or commercial services will be offered for a procurement, the PBO may use (consistent with the special rules for commercial products and commercial services) the special simplified procedures for the procurement without regard to" for "that commercial items will be offered for a procurement, the PBO may use (consistent with the special rules for commercial items) the special simplified procedures for the procurement without regard to—", struck out par. (1) designation, substituted period for "; and", and struck out par. (2). Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "the expiration of the authority to use special simplified procedures under section 4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (110 Stat. 654; 10 U.S.C. 2304 note)."

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(B)(i), substituted "products and services" for "items" in heading.

Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(B)(ii), (iii), substituted "products and services" for "items" in heading and "a commercial product or a commercial service" for "a commercial item" in text.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(C)(i), substituted "services" for "items" in heading.

Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(C)(ii), substituted "commercial services" for "commercial items" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (l)(1), (2). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(D)(ii), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former par. (1) which defined "commercial item". Former par. (2) redesignated (3).

Subsec. (l)(3). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(D)(i), (iii), redesignated par. (2) as (3) and substituted "in section 152 of title 41." for "in section 309(b) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 259(b))." Former par. (3) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (l)(4). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(D)(i), redesignated par. (3) as (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (l)(5). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(D)(i), (iv), redesignated par. (4) as (5) and substituted, in heading, "commercial products and commercial services" for "commercial items" and, in text, "commercial products and commercial services" for "commercial items" and "pursuant to sections 1901 and 3305(a) of title 41." for "pursuant to section 303(g)(1) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g)(1)) and section 31 of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 427)." Former par. (5) redesignated (6).

Subsec. (l)(6). Pub. L. 115–232, §836(g)(2)(D)(i), (v), redesignated par. (5) as (6) and substituted "pursuant to sections 1901(a)(1) and 3305(a)(1) of title 41." for "pursuant to section 303(g)(1)(B) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g)(1)(A)) and section 31(a)(1) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 427(a)(1))."

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(1)(A), struck out "for information systems supporting the programs authorized under subchapter IV" after "enter into contracts" and "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(1)(B), (C), substituted "; and" for period at end of par. (2) and added par. (3).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(2), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Chief Operating Officer shall, when appropriate and consistent with the purposes of the PBO, acquire services related to the subchapter IV delivery system from any entity that has the capability and capacity to meet the requirements for the system. The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to pay fees that are equivalent to those paid by other entities to an organization that provides an information system or service that meets the requirements of the PBO, as determined by the Chief Operating Officer."

Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(3), struck out "on Federal Government contracts" after "performance of the offeror".

Subsec. (g)(4)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(4)(A), substituted "Single-source basis" for "Sole source" in heading and "single-source" for "sole-source" in text.

Subsec. (g)(7). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(4)(B), substituted "single-source" for "sole-source".

Subsec. (h)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(5), substituted "single-source" for "sole-source".

Subsec. (l)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §118(6), added par. (3) and struck out former par. (3). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'sole-source basis', with respect to an award of a contract, means that the contract is awarded to a source after soliciting an offer or offers from, and negotiating with, only that source."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 115–232 effective Jan. 1, 2020, subject to a savings provision, see section 836(h) of Pub. L. 115–232, set out as an Effective Date of 2018 Amendment; Savings Provision note under section 453b of Title 6, Domestic Security.

§1018b. Administrative simplification of student aid delivery

(a) In general

In order to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the student aid delivery system, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall encourage and participate in the establishment of voluntary consensus standards and requirements for the electronic transmission of information necessary for the administration of programs under subchapter IV.

(b) Participation in standard setting organizations

(1) The Chief Operating Officer shall participate in the activities of standard setting organizations in carrying out the provisions of this section.

(2) The Chief Operating Officer shall encourage higher education groups seeking to develop common forms, standards, and procedures in support of the delivery of Federal student financial assistance to conduct these activities within a standard setting organization.

(3) The Chief Operating Officer may pay necessary dues and fees associated with participating in standard setting organizations pursuant to this subsection.

(c) Adoption of voluntary consensus standards

Except with respect to the common financial reporting form under section 1090(a) of this title, the Secretary shall consider adopting voluntary consensus standards agreed to by the organization described in subsection (b) for transactions required under subchapter IV, and common data elements for such transactions, to enable information to be exchanged electronically between systems administered by the Department and among participants in the Federal student aid delivery system.

(d) Use of clearinghouses

Nothing in this section shall restrict the ability of participating institutions and lenders from using a clearinghouse or servicer to comply with the standards for the exchange of information established under this section.

(e) Data security

Any entity that maintains or transmits information under a transaction covered by this section shall maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards—

(1) to ensure the integrity and confidentiality of the information; and

(2) to protect against any reasonably anticipated security threats, or unauthorized uses or disclosures of the information.

(f) Definitions

(1) Clearinghouse

The term "clearinghouse" means a public or private entity that processes or facilitates the processing of nonstandard data elements into data elements conforming to standards adopted under this section.

(2) Standard setting organization

The term "standard setting organization" means an organization that—

(A) is accredited by the American National Standards Institute;

(B) develops standards for information transactions, data elements, or any other standard that is necessary to, or will facilitate, the implementation of this section; and

(C) is open to the participation of the various entities engaged in the delivery of Federal student financial assistance.

(3) Voluntary consensus standard

The term "voluntary consensus standard" means a standard developed or used by a standard setting organization described in paragraph (2).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §143, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1615.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

Prior sections 1018b to 1018f were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325.

Section 1018b, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §143, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515, related to use of funds.

Section 1018c, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §144, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515; Pub. L. 101–610, title II, §221(a), (b), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3180, related to applications.

Section 1018d, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §145, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516, related to technical assistance and coordination contracts.

Section 1018e, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §146, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516; Pub. L. 101–305, §5, May 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 258; Pub. L. 101–610, title II, §221(c), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3180, related to authorization of appropriations.

Section 1018f, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §147, as added Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516, defined "public community agency", "institution of higher education" and "Secretary".

Part E—Lender and Institution Requirements Relating to Education Loans

§1019. Definitions

In this part:

(1) Agent

The term "agent" means an officer or employee of a covered institution or an institution-affiliated organization.

(2) Covered institution

The term "covered institution" means any institution of higher education, as such term is defined in section 1002 of this title, that receives any Federal funding or assistance.

(3) Education loan

The term "education loan" (except when used as part of the term "private education loan") means—

(A) any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of subchapter IV;

(B) any loan made under part D of subchapter IV; or

(C) a private education loan.

(4) Eligible lender

The term "eligible lender" has the meaning given such term in section 1085(d) of this title.

(5) Institution-affiliated organization

The term "institution-affiliated organization"—

(A) means any organization that—

(i) is directly or indirectly related to a covered institution; and

(ii) is engaged in the practice of recommending, promoting, or endorsing education loans for students attending such covered institution or the families of such students;

(B) may include an alumni organization, athletic organization, foundation, or social, academic, or professional organization, of a covered institution; and

(C) notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), does not include any lender with respect to any education loan secured, made, or extended by such lender.

(6) Lender

The term "lender" (except when used as part of the terms "eligible lender" and "private educational lender")—

(A) means—

(i) in the case of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of subchapter IV, an eligible lender;

(ii) in the case of any loan issued or provided to a student under part D of subchapter IV, the Secretary; and

(iii) in the case of a private education loan, a private educational lender as defined in section 1650 of title 15; and

(B) includes any other person engaged in the business of securing, making, or extending education loans on behalf of the lender.

(7) Officer

The term "officer" includes a director or trustee of a covered institution or institution-affiliated organization, if such individual is treated as an employee of such covered institution or institution-affiliated organization, respectively.

(8) Preferred lender arrangement

The term "preferred lender arrangement"—

(A) means an arrangement or agreement between a lender and a covered institution or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution—

(i) under which a lender provides or otherwise issues education loans to the students attending such covered institution or the families of such students; and

(ii) that relates to such covered institution or such institution-affiliated organization recommending, promoting, or endorsing the education loan products of the lender; and

(B) does not include—

(i) arrangements or agreements with respect to loans under part D of subchapter IV; or

(ii) arrangements or agreements with respect to loans that originate through the auction pilot program under section 1099d(b) of this title.

(9) Private education loan

The term "private education loan" has the meaning given the term in section 1650 of title 15.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §151, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §120, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3117.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1019, Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §119, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383, authorized appropriations for education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1019a. Responsibilities of covered institutions, institution-affiliated organizations, and lenders

(a) Responsibilities of covered institutions and institution-affiliated organizations

(1) Disclosures by covered institutions and institution-affiliated organizations

(A) Preferred lender arrangement disclosures

In addition to the disclosures required by subsections (a)(27) and (h) of section 1094 of this title (if applicable), a covered institution, or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that participates in a preferred lender arrangement shall disclose—

(i) on such covered institution's or institution-affiliated organization's website and in all informational materials described in subparagraph (C) that describe or discuss education loans—

(I) the maximum amount of Federal grant and loan aid under subchapter IV available to students, in an easy to understand format;

(II) the information required to be disclosed pursuant to section 1019b(a)(2)(A)(i) of this title, for each type of loan described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title that is offered pursuant to a preferred lender arrangement of the institution or organization to students of the institution or the families of such students; and

(III) a statement that such institution is required to process the documents required to obtain a loan under part B of subchapter IV from any eligible lender the student selects; and

(ii) on such covered institution's or institution-affiliated organization's website and in all informational materials described in subparagraph (C) that describe or discuss private education loans—

(I) in the case of a covered institution, the information that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(11) of title 15, for each type of private education loan offered pursuant to a preferred lender arrangement of the institution to students of the institution or the families of such students; and

(II) in the case of an institution-affiliated organization of a covered institution, the information the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(1) of title 15, for each type of private education loan offered pursuant to a preferred lender arrangement of the organization to students of such institution or the families of such students.

(B) Private education loan disclosures

A covered institution, or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that provides information regarding a private education loan from a lender to a prospective borrower shall—

(i) provide the prospective borrower with the information the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(1) of title 15 for such loan;

(ii) inform the prospective borrower that—

(I) the prospective borrower may qualify for loans or other assistance under subchapter IV; and

(II) the terms and conditions of loans made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV may be more favorable than the provisions of private education loans; and

(iii) ensure that information regarding private education loans is presented in such a manner as to be distinct from information regarding loans that are made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV.

(C) Informational materials

The informational materials described in this subparagraph are publications, mailings, or electronic messages or materials that—

(i) are distributed to prospective or current students of a covered institution and families of such students; and

(ii) describe or discuss the financial aid opportunities available to students at an institution of higher education.

(2) Use of institution name

A covered institution, or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that enters into a preferred lender arrangement with a lender regarding private education loans shall not agree to the lender's use of the name, emblem, mascot, or logo of such institution or organization, or other words, pictures, or symbols readily identified with such institution or organization, in the marketing of private education loans to students attending such institution in any way that implies that the loan is offered or made by such institution or organization instead of the lender.

(3) Use of lender name

A covered institution, or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that enters into a preferred lender arrangement with a lender regarding private education loans shall ensure that the name of the lender is displayed in all information and documentation related to such loans.

(b) Lender responsibilities

(1) Disclosures by lenders

(A) Disclosures to borrowers

(i) Federal education loans

For each education loan that is made, insured, or guaranteed under part B or D of subchapter IV (other than a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan), at or prior to the time the lender disburses such loan, the lender shall provide the prospective borrower or borrower, in writing (including through electronic means), with the disclosures described in subsections (a) and (c) of section 1083 of this title.

(ii) Private education loans

For each of a lender's private education loans, the lender shall comply with the disclosure requirements under section 1638(e) of title 15.

(B) Disclosures to the Secretary

(i) In general

Each lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of subchapter IV shall, on an annual basis, report to the Secretary—

(I) any reasonable expenses paid or provided under section 1085(d)(5)(D) of this title or paragraph (3)(B) or (7) of section 1094(e) of this title to any agent of a covered institution who—

(aa) is employed in the financial aid office of a covered institution; or

(bb) otherwise has responsibilities with respect to education loans or other financial aid of the institution; and

(II) any similar expenses paid or provided to any agent of an institution-affiliated organization who is involved in the practice of recommending, promoting, or endorsing education loans.

(ii) Contents of reports

Each report described in clause (i) shall include—

(I) the amount for each specific instance in which the lender provided such expenses;

(II) the name of any agent described in clause (i) to whom the expenses were paid or provided;

(III) the dates of the activity for which the expenses were paid or provided; and

(IV) a brief description of the activity for which the expenses were paid or provided.

(iii) Report to Congress

The Secretary shall summarize the information received from the lenders under this subparagraph in a report and transmit such report annually to the authorizing committees.

(2) Certification by lenders

Not later than 18 months after August 14, 2008—

(A) in addition to any other disclosure required under Federal law, each lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of subchapter IV that participates in one or more preferred lender arrangements shall annually certify the lender's compliance with the requirements of this chapter; and

(B) if an audit of a lender is required pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(U)(iii) of this title, the lender's compliance with the requirements under this section shall be reported on and attested to annually by the auditor of such lender.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §152, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §120, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3119.)

§1019b. Loan information to be disclosed and model disclosure form for covered institutions, institution-affiliated organizations, and lenders participating in preferred lender arrangements

(a) Duties of the Secretary

(1) Determination of minimum disclosures

(A) In general

Not later than 18 months after August 14, 2008, the Secretary, in coordination with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall determine the minimum information that lenders, covered institutions, and institution-affiliated organizations of such covered institutions participating in preferred lender arrangements shall make available regarding education loans described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title that are offered to students and the families of such students.

(B) Consultation and content of minimum disclosures

In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall—

(i) consult with students, the families of such students, representatives of covered institutions (including financial aid administrators, admission officers, and business officers), representatives of institution-affiliated organizations, secondary school guidance counselors, lenders, loan servicers, and guaranty agencies;

(ii) include, in the minimum information under subparagraph (A) that is required to be made available, the information that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(1) of title 15, modified as necessary to apply to such loans; and

(iii) consider the merits of requiring each covered institution, and each institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, with a preferred lender arrangement to provide to prospective borrowers and the families of such borrowers the following information for each type of education loan offered pursuant to such preferred lender arrangement:

(I) The interest rate and terms and conditions of the loan for the next award year, including loan forgiveness and deferment.

(II) Information on any charges, such as origination and Federal default fees, that are payable on the loan, and whether those charges will be—

(aa) collected by the lender at or prior to the disbursal of the loan, including whether the charges will be deducted from the proceeds of the loan or paid separately by the borrower; or

(bb) paid in whole or in part by the lender.

(III) The annual and aggregate maximum amounts that may be borrowed.

(IV) The average amount borrowed from the lender by students who graduated from such institution in the preceding year with certificates, undergraduate degrees, graduate degrees, and professional degrees, as applicable, and who obtained loans of such type from the lender for the preceding year.

(V) The amount the borrower may pay in interest, based on a standard repayment plan and the average amount borrowed from the lender by students who graduated from such institution in the preceding year and who obtained loans of such type from the lender for the preceding year, for—

(aa) borrowers of loans made under section 1078 of this title;

(bb) borrowers of loans made under section 1078–2 or 1078–8 of this title, who pay the interest while in school; and

(cc) borrowers of loans made under section 1078–2 or 1078–8 of this title, who do not pay the interest while in school.

(VI) The consequences for the borrower of defaulting on a loan, including limitations on the discharge of an education loan in bankruptcy.

(VII) Contact information for the lender.

(VIII) Other information suggested by the persons and entities with whom the Secretary has consulted under clause (i).

(2) Required disclosures

After making the determinations under paragraph (1), the Secretary, in coordination with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and after consultation with the public, shall—

(A)(i) provide that the information determined under paragraph (1) shall be disclosed by covered institutions, and institution-affiliated organizations of such covered institutions, with preferred lender arrangements to prospective borrowers and the families of such borrowers regarding the education loans described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title that are offered pursuant to such preferred lender arrangements; and

(ii) make clear that such covered institutions and institution-affiliated organizations may provide the required information on a form designed by the institution or organization instead of the model disclosure form described in subparagraph (B);

(B) develop a model disclosure form that may be used by covered institutions, institution-affiliated organizations, and preferred lenders that includes all of the information required under subparagraph (A)(i) in a format that—

(i) is easily usable by students, families, institutions, institution-affiliated organizations, lenders, loan servicers, and guaranty agencies; and

(ii) is similar in format to the form developed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under paragraphs (1) and (5)(A) of section 1638(e) ¹ of title 15, in order to permit students and the families of students to easily compare private education loans and education loans described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title; and

(C) update such model disclosure form periodically, as necessary.

(b) Duties of lenders

Each lender that has a preferred lender arrangement with a covered institution, or an institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, with respect to education loans described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title shall annually, by a date determined by the Secretary, provide to such covered institution or such institution-affiliated organization, and to the Secretary, the information the Secretary requires pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) for each type of education loan described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title that the lender plans to offer pursuant to such preferred lender arrangement to students attending such covered institution, or to the families of such students, for the next award year.

(c) Duties of covered institutions and institution-affiliated organizations

(1) Providing information to students and families

(A) In general

Each covered institution, and each institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that has a preferred lender arrangement shall provide the following information to students attending such institution, or the families of such students, as applicable:

(i) The information the Secretary requires pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(A)(i), for each type of education loan described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title offered pursuant to a preferred lender arrangement to students of such institution or the families of such students.

(ii)(I) In the case of a covered institution, the information that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(11) of title 15 to the covered institution, for each type of private education loan offered pursuant to such preferred lender arrangement to students of such institution or the families of such students.

(II) In the case of an institution-affiliated organization, the information the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requires to be disclosed under section 1638(e)(1) of title 15, for each type of private education loan offered pursuant to such preferred lender arrangement to students of the institution with which such organization is affiliated or the families of such students.

(B) Timely provision of information

The information described in subparagraph (A) shall be provided in a manner that allows for the students or the families to take such information into account before selecting a lender or applying for an education loan.

(2) Annual report

Each covered institution, and each institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that has a preferred lender arrangement, shall—

(A) prepare and submit to the Secretary an annual report, by a date determined by the Secretary, that includes, for each lender that has a preferred lender arrangement with such covered institution or organization—

(i) the information described in clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (1)(A); and

(ii) a detailed explanation of why such covered institution or institution-affiliated organization entered into a preferred lender arrangement with the lender, including why the terms, conditions, and provisions of each type of education loan provided pursuant to the preferred lender arrangement are beneficial for students attending such institution, or the families of such students, as applicable; and

(B) ensure that the report required under subparagraph (A) is made available to the public and provided to students attending or planning to attend such covered institution and the families of such students.

(3) Code of conduct

(A) In general

Each covered institution, and each institution-affiliated organization of such covered institution, that has a preferred lender arrangement, shall comply with the code of conduct requirements of subparagraphs (A) through (C) of section 1094(a)(25) of this title.

(B) Applicable code of conduct

For purposes of subparagraph (A), an institution-affiliated organization of a covered institution shall—

(i) comply with the code of conduct developed and published by such covered institution under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 1094(a)(25) of this title;

(ii) if such institution-affiliated organization has a website, publish such code of conduct prominently on the website; and

(iii) administer and enforce such code of conduct by, at a minimum, requiring that all of such organization's agents with responsibilities with respect to education loans be annually informed of the provisions of such code of conduct.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §153, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §120, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3122; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(6), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1638(e) of title 15, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(B)(ii), was in the original "section 128(e)", and was translated as meaning section 128(e) of Pub. L. 90–321, which is classified to section 1638(e) of title 15, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(iii)(V). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "borrowers of loans made under" for "borrowers who take out loans under" wherever appearing.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1019c. Loan information to be disclosed and model disclosure form for institutions participating in the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program

(a) Provision of disclosures to institutions by the Secretary

Not later than 180 days after the development of the model disclosure form under section 1019b(a)(2)(B) of this title, the Secretary shall provide each institution of higher education participating in the William D. Ford Direct Loan Program under part D of subchapter IV with a completed model disclosure form including the same information for Federal Direct Stafford Loans, Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, and Federal Direct PLUS loans made to, or on behalf of, students attending each such institution as is required on such form for loans described in section 1019(3)(A) of this title.

(b) Duties of institutions

(1) In general

Each institution of higher education participating in the William D. Ford Direct Loan Program under part D of subchapter IV shall—

(A) make the information the Secretary provides to the institution under subsection (a) available to students attending or planning to attend the institution, or the families of such students, as applicable; and

(B) if the institution provides information regarding a private education loan to a prospective borrower, concurrently provide such borrower with the information the Secretary provides to the institution under subsection (a).

(2) Choice of forms

In providing the information required under paragraph (1), an institution of higher education may use a comparable form designed by the institution instead of the model disclosure form developed under section 1019b(a)(2)(B) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §154, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §120, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3125.)

§1019d. Self-certification form for private education loans

(a) In general

The Secretary, in consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall develop the self-certification form for private education loans that shall be used to satisfy the requirements of section 1638(e)(3) of title 15. Such form shall—

(1) be developed in a standardized format;

(2) be made available to the applicant by the relevant institution of higher education, in written or electronic form, upon request of the applicant;

(3) contain only disclosures that—

(A) the applicant may qualify for Federal student financial assistance through a program under subchapter IV of this chapter, or State or institutional student financial assistance, in place of, or in addition to, a private education loan;

(B) the applicant is encouraged to discuss the availability of Federal, State, and institutional student financial assistance with financial aid officials at the applicant's institution of higher education;

(C) a private education loan may affect the applicant's eligibility for free or low-cost Federal, State or institutional student financial assistance; and

(D) the information that the applicant is required to provide on the form is available from officials at the financial aid office of the institution of higher education;

(4) include a place to provide information on—

(A) the applicant's cost of attendance at the institution of higher education, as determined by the institution under part F of subchapter IV;

(B) the applicant's estimated financial assistance, including amounts of financial assistance used to replace the student aid index, as determined by the institution, in accordance with subchapter IV, for students who have completed the Free Application for Federal Student Aid; and

(C) the difference between the amounts under subparagraphs (A) and (B), as applicable; and

(5) include a place for the applicant's signature, in written or electronic form.

(b) Limit on liability

Nothing in this section shall be construed to create a private right of action against an institution of higher education with respect to the form developed under subsection (a).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title I, §155, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title X, §1021(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3487; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title I, §101(b)(7), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1935; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 116–260 substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

2009—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 111–39 added par. (4) and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: "include a place to provide information on—

"(A) the applicant's cost of attendance at the institution of higher education, as determined by the institution under Part F of subchapter IV;

"(B) the applicant's expected family contribution, as determined under Part F of subchapter IV, as applicable, for students who have completed the free application for Federal student aid;

"(C) the applicant's estimated financial assistance, as determined by the institution, in accordance with subchapter IV, as applicable;

"(D) the difference between the amounts under subparagraphs (A) and (C), as applicable; and

"(E) the sum of the amounts under subparagraphs (B) and (D), as applicable; and".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

SUBCHAPTER II—TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(1), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, added heading and struck out former heading which read as follows: "TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT GRANTS FOR STATES AND PARTNERSHIPS".

Prior Provisions

A prior title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89–329, title II, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, and amended by Pub. L. 89–752, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 90–575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91–230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 96–49; Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351. Title II was extensively revised by Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383, and was set out in this subchapter as having been added by Pub. L. 96–374, and amended, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

§1021. Definitions

In this subchapter:

(1) Arts and sciences

The term "arts and sciences" means—

(A) when referring to an organizational unit of an institution of higher education, any academic unit that offers one or more academic majors in disciplines or content areas corresponding to the academic subject matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and

(B) when referring to a specific academic subject area, the disciplines or content areas in which academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences organizational unit.

(2) Children from low-income families

The term "children from low-income families" means children described in section 6333(c)(1)(A) of this title.

(3) Core academic subjects

The term "core academic subjects" means English, reading or language arts, mathematics, science, foreign languages, civics and government, economics, arts, history, and geography.

(4) Early childhood educator

The term "early childhood educator" means an individual with primary responsibility for the education of children in an early childhood education program.

(5) Educational service agency

The term "educational service agency" has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title.

(6) Eligible partnership

Except as otherwise provided in section 1034 of this title, the term "eligible partnership" means an entity that—

(A) shall include—

(i) a high-need local educational agency;

(ii)(I) a high-need school or a consortium of high-need schools served by the high-need local educational agency; or

(II) as applicable, a high-need early childhood education program;

(iii) a partner institution;

(iv) a school, department, or program of education within such partner institution, which may include an existing teacher professional development program with proven outcomes within a four-year institution of higher education that provides intensive and sustained collaboration between faculty and local educational agencies consistent with the requirements of this subchapter; and

(v) a school or department of arts and sciences within such partner institution; and

(B) may include any of the following:

(i) The Governor of the State.

(ii) The State educational agency.

(iii) The State board of education.

(iv) The State agency for higher education.

(v) A business.

(vi) A public or private nonprofit educational organization.

(vii) An educational service agency.

(viii) A teacher organization.

(ix) A high-performing local educational agency, or a consortium of such local educational agencies, that can serve as a resource to the partnership.

(x) A charter school (as defined in section 7221i of this title).

(xi) A school or department within the partner institution that focuses on psychology and human development.

(xii) A school or department within the partner institution with comparable expertise in the disciplines of teaching, learning, and child and adolescent development.

(xiii) An entity operating a program that provides alternative routes to State certification of teachers.

(7) Essential components of reading instruction

The term "essential components of reading instruction" has the meaning given the term in section 6368 of this title as such section was in effect on the day before December 10, 2015.

(8) Exemplary teacher

The term "exemplary teacher" has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title as such section was in effect on the day before December 10, 2015.

(9) High-need early childhood education program

The term "high-need early childhood education program" means an early childhood education program serving children from low-income families that is located within the geographic area served by a high-need local educational agency.

(10) High-need local educational agency

The term "high-need local educational agency" means a local educational agency—

(A)(i) for which not less than 20 percent of the children served by the agency are children from low-income families;

(ii) that serves not fewer than 10,000 children from low-income families;

(iii) that meets the eligibility requirements for funding under the Small, Rural School Achievement Program under section 7345(b) of this title; or

(iv) that meets the eligibility requirements for funding under the Rural and Low-Income School Program under section 7351(b) of this title; and

(B)(i) for which there is a high percentage of teachers not teaching in the academic subject areas or grade levels in which the teachers were trained to teach; or

(ii) for which there is a high teacher turnover rate or a high percentage of teachers with emergency, provisional, or temporary certification or licensure.

(11) High-need school

(A) In general

The term "high-need school" means a school that, based on the most recent data available, meets one or both of the following:

(i) The school is in the highest quartile of schools in a ranking of all schools served by a local educational agency, ranked in descending order by percentage of students from low-income families enrolled in such schools, as determined by the local educational agency based on one of the following measures of poverty:

(I) The percentage of students aged 5 through 17 in poverty counted in the most recent census data approved by the Secretary.

(II) The percentage of students eligible for a free or reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act [42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.].

(III) The percentage of students in families receiving assistance under the State program funded under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.].

(IV) The percentage of students eligible to receive medical assistance under the Medicaid program.

(V) A composite of two or more of the measures described in subclauses (I) through (IV).

(ii) In the case of—

(I) an elementary school, the school serves students not less than 60 percent of whom are eligible for a free or reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act; or

(II) any other school that is not an elementary school, the other school serves students not less than 45 percent of whom are eligible for a free or reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act.

(B) Special rule

(i) Designation by the Secretary

The Secretary may, upon approval of an application submitted by an eligible partnership seeking a grant under this subchapter, designate a school that does not qualify as a high-need school under subparagraph (A) as a high-need school for the purpose of this subchapter. The Secretary shall base the approval of an application for designation of a school under this clause on a consideration of the information required under clause (ii), and may also take into account other information submitted by the eligible partnership.

(ii) Application requirements

An application for designation of a school under clause (i) shall include—

(I) the number and percentage of students attending such school who are—

(aa) aged 5 through 17 in poverty counted in the most recent census data approved by the Secretary;

(bb) eligible for a free or reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act;

(cc) in families receiving assistance under the State program funded under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act; or

(dd) eligible to receive medical assistance under the Medicaid program;

(II) information about the student academic achievement of students at such school; and

(III) for a secondary school, the graduation rate for such school.

(12) Highly competent

The term "highly competent", when used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an educator—

(A) with specialized education and training in development and education of young children from birth until entry into kindergarten;

(B) with—

(i) a baccalaureate degree in an academic major in the arts and sciences; or

(ii) an associate's degree in a related educational area; and

(C) who has demonstrated a high level of knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the relevant areas associated with quality early childhood education.

(13) Repealed. Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(1)(A), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2161

(14) Induction program

The term "induction program" means a formalized program for new teachers during not less than the teachers' first two years of teaching that is designed to provide support for, and improve the professional performance and advance the retention in the teaching field of, beginning teachers. Such program shall promote effective teaching skills and shall include the following components:

(A) High-quality teacher mentoring.

(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration with teachers in the same department or field, including mentor teachers, as well as time for information-sharing among teachers, principals, administrators, other appropriate instructional staff, and participating faculty in the partner institution.

(C) The application of empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research on instructional practices.

(D) Opportunities for new teachers to draw directly on the expertise of teacher mentors, faculty, and researchers to support the integration of empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research with practice.

(E) The development of skills in instructional and behavioral interventions derived from empirically-based practice and, where applicable, scientifically valid research.

(F) Faculty who—

(i) model the integration of research and practice in the classroom; and

(ii) assist new teachers with the effective use and integration of technology in the classroom.

(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among exemplary teachers, faculty, researchers, and other staff who prepare new teachers with respect to the learning process and the assessment of learning.

(H) Assistance with the understanding of data, particularly student achievement data, and the applicability of such data in classroom instruction.

(I) Regular and structured observation and evaluation of new teachers by multiple evaluators, using valid and reliable measures of teaching skills.

(15) Limited English proficient

The term "limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term "English learner" in section 7801 of this title.

(16) Parent

The term "parent" has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title.

(17) Partner institution

The term "partner institution" means an institution of higher education, which may include a two-year institution of higher education offering a dual program with a four-year institution of higher education, participating in an eligible partnership that has a teacher preparation program—

(A) whose graduates exhibit strong performance on State-determined qualifying assessments for new teachers through—

(i) demonstrating that 80 percent or more of the graduates of the program who intend to enter the field of teaching have passed all of the applicable State qualification assessments for new teachers, which shall include an assessment of each prospective teacher's subject matter knowledge in the content area in which the teacher intends to teach; or

(ii) being ranked among the highest-performing teacher preparation programs in the State as determined by the State—

(I) using criteria consistent with the requirements for the State report card under section 1022d(b) of this title before the first publication of such report card; and

(II) using the State report card on teacher preparation required under section 1022d(b) of this title, after the first publication of such report card and for every year thereafter; and

(B) that requires—

(i) each student in the program to meet high academic standards or demonstrate a record of success, as determined by the institution (including prior to entering and being accepted into a program), and participate in intensive clinical experience;

(ii) each student in the program preparing to become a teacher who meets the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title; and

(iii) each student in the program preparing to become an early childhood educator to meet degree requirements, as established by the State, and become highly competent.

(18) Principles of scientific research

The term "principles of scientific research" means principles of research that—

(A) apply rigorous, systematic, and objective methodology to obtain reliable and valid knowledge relevant to education activities and programs;

(B) present findings and make claims that are appropriate to, and supported by, the methods that have been employed; and

(C) include, appropriate to the research being conducted—

(i) use of systematic, empirical methods that draw on observation or experiment;

(ii) use of data analyses that are adequate to support the general findings;

(iii) reliance on measurements or observational methods that provide reliable and generalizable findings;

(iv) strong claims of causal relationships, only with research designs that eliminate plausible competing explanations for observed results, such as, but not limited to, random-assignment experiments;

(v) presentation of studies and methods in sufficient detail and clarity to allow for replication or, at a minimum, to offer the opportunity to build systematically on the findings of the research;

(vi) acceptance by a peer-reviewed journal or critique by a panel of independent experts through a comparably rigorous, objective, and scientific review; and

(vii) consistency of findings across multiple studies or sites to support the generality of results and conclusions.

(19) Professional development

The term "professional development" has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title.

(20) Scientifically valid research

The term "scientifically valid research" includes applied research, basic research, and field-initiated research in which the rationale, design, and interpretation are soundly developed in accordance with principles of scientific research.

(21) Teacher mentoring

The term "teacher mentoring" means the mentoring of new or prospective teachers through a program that—

(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of teacher mentors who will provide role model relationships for mentees, which criteria shall be developed by the eligible partnership and based on measures of teacher effectiveness;

(B) provides high-quality training for such mentors, including instructional strategies for literacy instruction and classroom management (including approaches that improve the schoolwide climate for learning, which may include positive behavioral interventions and supports);

(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities for mentors and mentees to observe each other's teaching methods in classroom settings during the day in a high-need school in the high-need local educational agency in the eligible partnership;

(D) provides paid release time for mentors, as applicable;

(E) provides mentoring to each mentee by a colleague who teaches in the same field, grade, or subject as the mentee;

(F) promotes empirically-based practice of, and scientifically valid research on, where applicable—

(i) teaching and learning;

(ii) assessment of student learning;

(iii) the development of teaching skills through the use of instructional and behavioral interventions; and

(iv) the improvement of the mentees' capacity to measurably advance student learning; and

(G) includes—

(i) common planning time or regularly scheduled collaboration for the mentor and mentee; and

(ii) joint professional development opportunities.

(22) Teaching residency program

The term "teaching residency program" means a school-based teacher preparation program in which a prospective teacher—

(A) for one academic year, teaches alongside a mentor teacher, who is the teacher of record;

(B) receives concurrent instruction during the year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner institution, which courses may be taught by local educational agency personnel or residency program faculty, in the teaching of the content area in which the teacher will become certified or licensed;

(C) acquires effective teaching skills; and

(D) prior to completion of the program—

(i) attains full State certification or licensure and, with respect to special education teachers, meets the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title; and

(ii) acquires a master's degree not later than 18 months after beginning the program.

(23) Teaching skills

The term "teaching skills" means skills that enable a teacher to—

(A) increase student learning, achievement, and the ability to apply knowledge;

(B) effectively convey and explain academic subject matter;

(C) effectively teach higher-order analytical, evaluation, problem-solving, and communication skills;

(D) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines of teaching and learning that—

(i) are based on empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research, where applicable, related to teaching and learning;

(ii) are specific to academic subject matter; and

(iii) focus on the identification of students' specific learning needs, particularly students with disabilities, students who are limited English proficient, students who are gifted and talented, and students with low literacy levels, and the tailoring of academic instruction to such needs;

(E) conduct an ongoing assessment of student learning, which may include the use of formative assessments, performance-based assessments, project-based assessments, or portfolio assessments, that measures higher-order thinking skills (including application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation);

(F) effectively manage a classroom, including the ability to implement positive behavioral interventions and support strategies;

(G) communicate and work with parents, and involve parents in their children's education; and

(H) use, in the case of an early childhood educator, age-appropriate and developmentally appropriate strategies and practices for children in early childhood education programs.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §200 as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3126; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title II, §201(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1936; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §§9214(c)(1), 9215(oo)(2), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2161, 2178.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 6368 of this title as such section was in effect on the day before December 10, 2015, referred to in par. (7), means section 6368 of this title prior to being omitted in the general amendment of part B of subchapter I of chapter 70 of this title by Pub. L. 114–95, title I, §1201, Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 1879.

Section 7801 of this title as such section was in effect on the day before December 10, 2015, referred to in par. (8), means section 7801 of this title prior to amendment by Pub. L. 114–95, title VIII, §§8001(a)(1), (b)(2), (3), 8002, Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2088, 2089.

The Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, referred to in par. (11)(A)(i)(II), (ii), (B)(ii)(I)(bb), is act June 4, 1946, ch. 281, 60 Stat. 230, which is classified generally to chapter 13 (§1751 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1751 of Title 42 and Tables.

The Social Security Act, referred to in par. (11)(A)(i)(III), (B)(ii)(I)(cc), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Part A of title IV of the Act is classified generally to part A (§601 et seq.) of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §201, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1623; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to purposes and definitions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §201, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383; amended Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §201(b), (c), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6241, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1520; Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 467, related to congressional statement of purpose and authorization of appropriations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §201, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §106, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2089; Pub. L. 96–49, §3(a), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, provided for college library programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §201, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §211, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, authorized appropriations of $50,000,000 for each fiscal year ending June 30, 1966, 1967, and 1968, and $25,000,000; $75,000,000; $90,000,000; and $18,000,000 for fiscal years ending June 30, 1969, 1970, 1971, and 1972, for library resources grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238.

Amendments

2015—Par. (3). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(A), substituted "The term 'core academic subjects' means English, reading or language arts, mathematics, science, foreign languages, civics and government, economics, arts, history, and geography" for "The term 'core academic subjects' has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title".

Par. (5). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(B), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7801 of this title.

Par. (6)(B)(x). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(C), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7221i of this title.

Par. (7). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(D), added par. (7) and struck out former par. (7). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'essential components of reading instruction' has the meaning given the term in section 6368 of this title."

Par. (8). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(E), added par. (8) and struck out former par. (8). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'exemplary teacher' has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title."

Par. (10)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(F)(i), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7345(b) of this title.

Par. (10)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(F)(ii), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7351(b) of this title.

Par. (13). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(1)(A), struck out par. (13). Text read as follows: "The term 'highly qualified' has the meaning given such term in section 7801 of this title and, with respect to special education teachers, in section 1401 of this title."

Par. (15). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(G), substituted "The term 'limited English proficient' has the meaning given the term 'English learner' in section 7801 of this title." for "The term 'limited English proficient' has the meaning given the term in section 7801 of this title."

Par. (16). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(H), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7801 of this title.

Par. (17)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(1)(B), substituted "who meets the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "to become highly qualified".

Par. (19). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(2)(I), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7801 of this title.

Par. (22)(D)(i). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(1)(C), substituted ", with respect to special education teachers, meets the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "becomes highly qualified".

2009—Par. (22)(D). Pub. L. 111–39 added subpar. (D) and struck out former subpar (D) which read as follows: "prior to completion of the program, earns a master's degree, attains full State teacher certification or licensure, and becomes highly qualified."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Part A—Teacher Quality Partnership Grants

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior part A, consisted of sections 1021 to 1030, related to teacher quality enhancement grants for States and partnerships, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

§1022. Purposes

The purposes of this part are to—

(1) improve student achievement;

(2) improve the quality of prospective and new teachers by improving the preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional development activities for new teachers;

(3) hold teacher preparation programs at institutions of higher education accountable for preparing teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title; and

(4) recruit highly qualified individuals, including minorities and individuals from other occupations, into the teaching force.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §201, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(2), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2161.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1022, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §202, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1624; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to award of State grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, Sec. 201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1022, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §202, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1384; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, required each institution of higher education receiving grants under this subchapter to annually notify designated State agency of its activities under this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1022, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §202, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224; Pub. L. 89–752, §9, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §214(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§111(b)(2)(A), 112(a), (b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, 240, related to the basic grants for the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 201 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1021 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 201 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1021 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 201 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1021 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92–318.

Amendments

2015—Par. (3). Pub. L. 114–95 substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "highly qualified teachers".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1022a. Partnership grants

(a) Program authorized

From amounts made available under section 1022h of this title, the Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships, to enable the eligible partnerships to carry out the activities described in subsection (c).

(b) Application

Each eligible partnership desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require. Each such application shall contain—

(1) a needs assessment of the partners in the eligible partnership with respect to the preparation, ongoing training, professional development, and retention of general education and special education teachers, principals, and, as applicable, early childhood educators;

(2) a description of the extent to which the program to be carried out with grant funds, as described in subsection (c), will prepare prospective and new teachers with strong teaching skills;

(3) a description of how such program will prepare prospective and new teachers to understand and use research and data to modify and improve classroom instruction;

(4) a description of—

(A) how the eligible partnership will coordinate strategies and activities assisted under the grant with other teacher preparation or professional development programs, including programs funded under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.] and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.], and through the National Science Foundation; and

(B) how the activities of the partnership will be consistent with State, local, and other education reform activities that promote teacher quality and student academic achievement;

(5) an assessment that describes the resources available to the eligible partnership, including—

(A) the integration of funds from other related sources;

(B) the intended use of the grant funds; and

(C) the commitment of the resources of the partnership to the activities assisted under this section, including financial support, faculty participation, and time commitments, and to the continuation of the activities when the grant ends;

(6) a description of—

(A) how the eligible partnership will meet the purposes of this part;

(B) how the partnership will carry out the activities required under subsection (d) or (e), based on the needs identified in paragraph (1), with the goal of improving student academic achievement;

(C) if the partnership chooses to use funds under this section for a project or activities under subsection (f) or (g), how the partnership will carry out such project or required activities based on the needs identified in paragraph (1), with the goal of improving student academic achievement;

(D) the partnership's evaluation plan under section 1022c(a) of this title;

(E) how the partnership will align the teacher preparation program under subsection (c) with the—

(i) State early learning standards for early childhood education programs, as appropriate, and with the relevant domains of early childhood development; and

(ii) challenging State academic standards under section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)], established by the State in which the partnership is located;

(F) how the partnership will prepare general education teachers to teach students with disabilities, including training related to participation as a member of individualized education program teams, as defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(B)];

(G) how the partnership will prepare general education and special education teachers to teach students who are limited English proficient;

(H) how faculty at the partner institution will work, during the term of the grant, with teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14)(C)], in the classrooms of high-need schools served by the high-need local educational agency in the partnership to—

(i) provide high-quality professional development activities to strengthen the content knowledge and teaching skills of elementary school and secondary school teachers; and

(ii) train other classroom teachers to implement literacy programs that incorporate the essential components of reading instruction;

(I) how the partnership will design, implement, or enhance a year-long and rigorous teaching preservice clinical program component;

(J) how the partnership will support in-service professional development strategies and activities; and

(K) how the partnership will collect, analyze, and use data on the retention of all teachers and early childhood educators in schools and early childhood education programs located in the geographic area served by the partnership to evaluate the effectiveness of the partnership's teacher and educator support system; and

(7) with respect to the induction program required as part of the activities carried out under this section—

(A) a demonstration that the schools and departments within the institution of higher education that are part of the induction program will effectively prepare teachers, including providing content expertise and expertise in teaching, as appropriate;

(B) a demonstration of the eligible partnership's capability and commitment to, and the accessibility to and involvement of faculty in, the use of empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research on teaching and learning;

(C) a description of how the teacher preparation program will design and implement an induction program to support, through not less than the first two years of teaching, all new teachers who are prepared by the teacher preparation program in the partnership and who teach in the high-need local educational agency in the partnership, and, to the extent practicable, all new teachers who teach in such high-need local educational agency, in the further development of the new teachers' teaching skills, including the use of mentors who are trained and compensated by such program for the mentors' work with new teachers; and

(D) a description of how faculty involved in the induction program will be able to substantially participate in an early childhood education program or an elementary school or secondary school classroom setting, as applicable, including release time and receiving workload credit for such participation.

(c) Use of grant funds

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section—

(1) shall use grant funds to carry out a program for the preparation of teachers under subsection (d), a teaching residency program under subsection (e), or a combination of such programs; and

(2) may use grant funds to carry out a leadership development program under subsection (f).

(d) Partnership grants for the preparation of teachers

An eligible partnership that receives a grant to carry out a program for the preparation of teachers shall carry out an effective pre-baccalaureate teacher preparation program or a 5th year initial licensing program that includes all of the following:

(1) Reforms

(A) In general

Implementing reforms, described in subparagraph (B), within each teacher preparation program and, as applicable, each preparation program for early childhood education programs, of the eligible partnership that is assisted under this section, to hold each program accountable for—

(i) preparing—

(I) new or prospective teachers to meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14)(C)] (including teachers in rural school districts, special educators, and teachers of students who are limited English proficient);

(II) such teachers and, as applicable, early childhood educators, to understand empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research related to teaching and learning and the applicability of such practice and research, including through the effective use of technology, instructional techniques, and strategies consistent with the principles of universal design for learning, and through positive behavioral interventions and support strategies to improve student achievement; and

(III) as applicable, early childhood educators to be highly competent; and

(ii) promoting strong teaching skills and, as applicable, techniques for early childhood educators to improve children's cognitive, social, emotional, and physical development.

(B) Required reforms

The reforms described in subparagraph (A) shall include—

(i) implementing teacher preparation program curriculum changes that improve, evaluate, and assess how well all prospective and new teachers develop teaching skills;

(ii) using empirically-based practice and scientifically valid research, where applicable, about teaching and learning so that all prospective teachers and, as applicable, early childhood educators—

(I) understand and can implement research-based teaching practices in classroom instruction;

(II) have knowledge of student learning methods;

(III) possess skills to analyze student academic achievement data and other measures of student learning, and use such data and measures to improve classroom instruction;

(IV) possess teaching skills and an understanding of effective instructional strategies across all applicable content areas that enable general education and special education teachers and early childhood educators to—

(aa) meet the specific learning needs of all students, including students with disabilities, students who are limited English proficient, students who are gifted and talented, students with low literacy levels and, as applicable, children in early childhood education programs; and

(bb) differentiate instruction for such students;

(V) can effectively participate as a member of the individualized education program team, as defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(B)]; and

(VI) can successfully employ effective strategies for reading instruction using the essential components of reading instruction;

(iii) ensuring collaboration with departments, programs, or units of a partner institution outside of the teacher preparation program in all academic content areas to ensure that prospective teachers receive training in both teaching and relevant content areas in order to meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14)(C)], which may include training in multiple subjects to teach multiple grade levels as may be needed for individuals preparing to teach in rural communities and for individuals preparing to teach students with disabilities;

(iv) developing and implementing an induction program;

(v) developing admissions goals and priorities aligned with the hiring objectives of the high-need local educational agency in the eligible partnership; and

(vi) implementing program and curriculum changes, as applicable, to ensure that prospective teachers have the requisite content knowledge, preparation, and degree to teach Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate courses successfully.

(2) Clinical experience and interaction

Developing and improving a sustained and high-quality preservice clinical education program to further develop the teaching skills of all prospective teachers and, as applicable, early childhood educators, involved in the program. Such program shall do the following:

(A) Incorporate year-long opportunities for enrichment, including—

(i) clinical learning in classrooms in high-need schools served by the high-need local educational agency in the eligible partnership, and identified by the eligible partnership; and

(ii) closely supervised interaction between prospective teachers and faculty, experienced teachers, principals, other administrators, and school leaders at early childhood education programs (as applicable), elementary schools, or secondary schools, and providing support for such interaction.

(B) Integrate pedagogy and classroom practice and promote effective teaching skills in academic content areas.

(C) Provide high-quality teacher mentoring.

(D) Be offered over the course of a program of teacher preparation.

(E) Be tightly aligned with course work (and may be developed as a fifth year of a teacher preparation program).

(F) Where feasible, allow prospective teachers to learn to teach in the same local educational agency in which the teachers will work, learning the instructional initiatives and curriculum of that local educational agency.

(G) As applicable, provide training and experience to enhance the teaching skills of prospective teachers to better prepare such teachers to meet the unique needs of teaching in rural or urban communities.

(H) Provide support and training for individuals participating in an activity for prospective or new teachers described in this paragraph or paragraph (1) or (3), and for individuals who serve as mentors for such teachers, based on each individual's experience. Such support may include—

(i) with respect to a prospective teacher or a mentor, release time for such individual's participation;

(ii) with respect to a faculty member, receiving course workload credit and compensation for time teaching in the eligible partnership's activities; and

(iii) with respect to a mentor, a stipend, which may include bonus, differential, incentive, or performance pay, based on the mentor's extra skills and responsibilities.

(3) Induction programs for new teachers

Creating an induction program for new teachers or, in the case of an early childhood education program, providing mentoring or coaching for new early childhood educators.

(4) Support and training for participants in early childhood education programs

In the case of an eligible partnership focusing on early childhood educator preparation, implementing initiatives that increase compensation for early childhood educators who attain associate or baccalaureate degrees in early childhood education.

(5) Teacher recruitment

Developing and implementing effective mechanisms (which may include alternative routes to State certification of teachers) to ensure that the eligible partnership is able to recruit qualified individuals to become teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14)(C)] through the activities of the eligible partnership, which may include an emphasis on recruiting into the teaching profession—

(A) individuals from under ¹ represented populations;

(B) individuals to teach in rural communities and teacher shortage areas, including mathematics, science, special education, and the instruction of limited English proficient students; and

(C) mid-career professionals from other occupations, former military personnel, and recent college graduates with a record of academic distinction.

(6) Literacy training

Strengthening the literacy teaching skills of prospective and, as applicable, new elementary school and secondary school teachers—

(A) to implement literacy programs that incorporate the essential components of reading instruction;

(B) to use screening, diagnostic, formative, and summative assessments to determine students' literacy levels, difficulties, and growth in order to improve classroom instruction and improve student reading and writing skills;

(C) to provide individualized, intensive, and targeted literacy instruction for students with deficiencies in literacy skills; and

(D) to integrate literacy skills in the classroom across subject areas.

(e) Partnership grants for the establishment of teaching residency programs

(1) In general

An eligible partnership receiving a grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program shall carry out a program that includes all of the following activities:

(A) Supporting a teaching residency program described in paragraph (2) for high-need subjects and areas, as determined by the needs of the high-need local educational agency in the partnership.

(B) Placing graduates of the teaching residency program in cohorts that facilitate professional collaboration, both among graduates of the teaching residency program and between such graduates and mentor teachers in the receiving school.

(C) Ensuring that teaching residents who participate in the teaching residency program receive—

(i) effective preservice preparation as described in paragraph (2);

(ii) teacher mentoring;

(iii) support required through the induction program as the teaching residents enter the classroom as new teachers; and

(iv) the preparation described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (d)(2).

(2) Teaching residency programs

(A) Establishment and design

A teaching residency program under this paragraph shall be a program based upon models of successful teaching residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare teachers for success in the high-need schools in the eligible partnership, and shall be designed to include the following characteristics of successful programs:

(i) The integration of pedagogy, classroom practice, and teacher mentoring.

(ii) Engagement of teaching residents in rigorous graduate-level course work leading to a master's degree while undertaking a guided teaching apprenticeship.

(iii) Experience and learning opportunities alongside a trained and experienced mentor teacher—

(I) whose teaching shall complement the residency program so that classroom clinical practice is tightly aligned with coursework;

(II) who shall have extra responsibilities as a teacher leader of the teaching residency program, as a mentor for residents, and as a teacher coach during the induction program for new teachers, and for establishing, within the program, a learning community in which all individuals are expected to continually improve their capacity to advance student learning; and

(III) who may be relieved from teaching duties as a result of such additional responsibilities.

(iv) The establishment of clear criteria for the selection of mentor teachers based on measures of teacher effectiveness and the appropriate subject area knowledge. Evaluation of teacher effectiveness shall be based on, but not limited to, observations of the following:

(I) Planning and preparation, including demonstrated knowledge of content, pedagogy, and assessment, including the use of formative and diagnostic assessments to improve student learning.

(II) Appropriate instruction that engages students with different learning styles.

(III) Collaboration with colleagues to improve instruction.

(IV) Analysis of gains in student learning, based on multiple measures that are valid and reliable and that, when feasible, may include valid, reliable, and objective measures of the influence of teachers on the rate of student academic progress.

(V) In the case of mentor candidates who will be mentoring new or prospective literacy and mathematics coaches or instructors, appropriate skills in the essential components of reading instruction, teacher training in literacy instructional strategies across core subject areas, and teacher training in mathematics instructional strategies, as appropriate.

(v) Grouping of teaching residents in cohorts to facilitate professional collaboration among such residents.

(vi) The development of admissions goals and priorities—

(I) that are aligned with the hiring objectives of the local educational agency partnering with the program, as well as the instructional initiatives and curriculum of such agency, in exchange for a commitment by such agency to hire qualified graduates from the teaching residency program; and

(II) which may include consideration of applicants who reflect the communities in which they will teach as well as consideration of individuals from underrepresented populations in the teaching profession.

(vii) Support for residents, once the teaching residents are hired as teachers of record, through an induction program, professional development, and networking opportunities to support the residents through not less than the residents' first two years of teaching.

(B) Selection of individuals as teacher residents

(i) Eligible individual

In order to be eligible to be a teacher resident in a teaching residency program under this paragraph, an individual shall—

(I) be a recent graduate of a four-year institution of higher education or a mid-career professional from outside the field of education possessing strong content knowledge or a record of professional accomplishment; and

(II) submit an application to the teaching residency program.

(ii) Selection criteria

An eligible partnership carrying out a teaching residency program under this subsection shall establish criteria for the selection of eligible individuals to participate in the teaching residency program based on the following characteristics:

(I) Strong content knowledge or record of accomplishment in the field or subject area to be taught.

(II) Strong verbal and written communication skills, which may be demonstrated by performance on appropriate tests.

(III) Other attributes linked to effective teaching, which may be determined by interviews or performance assessments, as specified by the eligible partnership.

(C) Stipends or salaries; applications; agreements; repayments

(i) Stipends or salaries

A teaching residency program under this subsection shall provide a one-year living stipend or salary to teaching residents during the teaching residency program.

(ii) Applications for stipends or salaries

Each teacher residency candidate desiring a stipend or salary during the period of residency shall submit an application to the eligible partnership at such time, and containing such information and assurances, as the eligible partnership may require.

(iii) Agreements to serve

Each application submitted under clause (ii) shall contain or be accompanied by an agreement that the applicant will—

(I) serve as a full-time teacher for a total of not less than three academic years immediately after successfully completing the teaching residency program;

(II) fulfill the requirement under subclause (I) by teaching in a high-need school served by the high-need local educational agency in the eligible partnership and teach a subject or area that is designated as high need by the partnership;

(III) provide to the eligible partnership a certificate, from the chief administrative officer of the local educational agency in which the resident is employed, of the employment required in subclauses (I) and (II) at the beginning of, and upon completion of, each year or partial year of service;

(IV) meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14)(C)], when the applicant begins to fulfill the service obligation under this clause; and

(V) comply with the requirements set by the eligible partnership under clause (iv) if the applicant is unable or unwilling to complete the service obligation required by this clause.

(iv) Repayments

(I) In general

A grantee carrying out a teaching residency program under this paragraph shall require a recipient of a stipend or salary under clause (i) who does not complete, or who notifies the partnership that the recipient intends not to complete, the service obligation required by clause (iii) to repay such stipend or salary to the eligible partnership, together with interest, at a rate specified by the partnership in the agreement, and in accordance with such other terms and conditions specified by the eligible partnership, as necessary.

(II) Other terms and conditions

Any other terms and conditions specified by the eligible partnership may include reasonable provisions for pro-rata repayment of the stipend or salary described in clause (i) or for deferral of a teaching resident's service obligation required by clause (iii), on grounds of health, incapacitation, inability to secure employment in a school served by the eligible partnership, being called to active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States, or other extraordinary circumstances.

(III) Use of repayments

An eligible partnership shall use any repayment received under this clause to carry out additional activities that are consistent with the purposes of this subsection.

(f) Partnership grants for the development of leadership programs

(1) In general

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section may carry out an effective school leadership program, which may be carried out in partnership with a local educational agency located in a rural area and that shall include all of the following activities:

(A) Preparing individuals enrolled or preparing to enroll in school leadership programs for careers as superintendents, principals, early childhood education program directors, or other school leaders (including individuals preparing to work in local educational agencies located in rural areas who may perform multiple duties in addition to the role of a school leader).

(B) Promoting strong leadership skills and, as applicable, techniques for school leaders to effectively—

(i) create and maintain a data-driven, professional learning community within the leader's school;

(ii) provide a climate conducive to the professional development of teachers, with a focus on improving student academic achievement and the development of effective instructional leadership skills;

(iii) understand the teaching and assessment skills needed to support successful classroom instruction and to use data to evaluate teacher instruction and drive teacher and student learning;

(iv) manage resources and school time to improve student academic achievement and ensure the school environment is safe;

(v) engage and involve parents, community members, the local educational agency, businesses, and other community leaders, to leverage additional resources to improve student academic achievement; and

(vi) understand how students learn and develop in order to increase academic achievement for all students.

(C) Ensuring that individuals who participate in the school leadership program receive—

(i) effective preservice preparation as described in subparagraph (D);

(ii) mentoring; and

(iii) if applicable, full State certification or licensure to become a school leader.

(D) Developing and improving a sustained and high-quality preservice clinical education program to further develop the leadership skills of all prospective school leaders involved in the program. Such clinical education program shall do the following:

(i) Incorporate year-long opportunities for enrichment, including—

(I) clinical learning in high-need schools served by the high-need local educational agency or a local educational agency located in a rural area in the eligible partnership and identified by the eligible partnership; and

(II) closely supervised interaction between prospective school leaders and faculty, new and experienced teachers, and new and experienced school leaders, in such high-need schools.

(ii) Integrate pedagogy and practice and promote effective leadership skills, meeting the unique needs of urban, rural, or geographically isolated communities, as applicable.

(iii) Provide for mentoring of new school leaders.

(E) Creating an induction program for new school leaders.

(F) Developing and implementing effective mechanisms to ensure that the eligible partnership is able to recruit qualified individuals to become school leaders through the activities of the eligible partnership, which may include an emphasis on recruiting into school leadership professions—

(i) individuals from underrepresented populations;

(ii) individuals to serve as superintendents, principals, or other school administrators in rural and geographically isolated communities and school leader shortage areas; and

(iii) mid-career professionals from other occupations, former military personnel, and recent college graduates with a record of academic distinction.

(2) Selection of individuals for the leadership program

In order to be eligible for the school leadership program under this subsection, an individual shall be enrolled in or preparing to enroll in an institution of higher education, and shall—

(A) be a—

(i) recent graduate of an institution of higher education;

(ii) mid-career professional from outside the field of education with strong content knowledge or a record of professional accomplishment;

(iii) current teacher who is interested in becoming a school leader; or

(iv) school leader who is interested in becoming a superintendent; and

(B) submit an application to the leadership program.

(g) Partnership with digital education content developer

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section may use grant funds provided to carry out the activities described in subsection (d) or (e), or both, to partner with a television public broadcast station, as defined in section 397(6) of title 47, or another entity that develops digital educational content, for the purpose of improving the quality of pre-baccalaureate teacher preparation programs or to enhance the quality of preservice training for prospective teachers.

(h) Evaluation and reporting

The Secretary shall—

(1) evaluate the programs assisted under this section; and

(2) make publicly available a report detailing the Secretary's evaluation of each such program.

(i) Consultation

(1) In general

Members of an eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section shall engage in regular consultation throughout the development and implementation of programs and activities carried out under this section.

(2) Regular communication

To ensure timely and meaningful consultation as described in paragraph (1), regular communication shall occur among all members of the eligible partnership, including the high-need local educational agency. Such communication shall continue throughout the implementation of the grant and the assessment of programs and activities under this section.

(3) Written consent

The Secretary may approve changes in grant activities of a grant under this section only if the eligible partnership submits to the Secretary a written consent to such changes signed by all members of the eligible partnership.

(j) Construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit an eligible partnership from using grant funds to coordinate with the activities of eligible partnerships in other States or on a regional basis through Governors, State boards of education, State educational agencies, State agencies responsible for early childhood education, local educational agencies, or State agencies for higher education.

(k) Supplement, not supplant

Funds made available under this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out activities under this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §202, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title II, §201(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1936; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §§9214(c)(3), 9215(oo)(3), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2161, 2179.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(A), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27, which is classified generally to chapter 70 (§6301 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(A), is title VI of Pub. L. 91–230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 175, which is classified generally to chapter 33 (§1400 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1400 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

Prior section 202 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1022 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

A prior section 202 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1022 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 202 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1022 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b)(6)(E)(ii). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(3), substituted "challenging State academic standards under section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965," for "student academic achievement standards and academic content standards under section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965,".

Subsec. (b)(6)(H). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(3)(A), substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act," for "highly qualified teachers" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(3)(B)(i)(I), substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (including teachers in rural school districts, special educators, and teachers of students who are limited English proficient)" for "be highly qualified (including teachers in rural school districts who may teach multiple subjects, special educators, and teachers of students who are limited English proficient who may teach multiple subjects)".

Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(3)(B)(i)(II), substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, which may include training in multiple subjects to teach multiple grade levels as may be needed for individuals preparing to teach in rural communities and for individuals preparing to teach students with disabilities" for "become highly qualified, which may include training in multiple subjects to teach multiple grade levels as may be needed for individuals preparing to teach in rural communities and for individuals preparing to teach students with disabilities as described in section 602(10)(D) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act".

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(3)(B)(ii), substituted "become teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act" for "become highly qualified teachers" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(2)(C)(iii)(IV). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(3)(C), added subcl. (IV) and struck out former subcl. (IV) which read as follows: "meet the requirements to be a highly qualified teacher, as defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, or section 602 of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, when the applicant begins to fulfill the service obligation under this clause; and".

2009—Subsec. (b)(6)(E)(ii). Pub. L. 111–39, §201(2)(A), substituted "section 1111(b)(1)" for "section 1111(b)(2)".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §201(2)(B), struck out "pre-baccalaureate" before "preparation".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–39, §201(2)(C), substituted "the preparation" for "pre-baccalaureate preparation" in heading, added introductory provisions, and struck out former introductory provisions which read as follows: "An eligible partnership that receives a grant to carry out an effective program for the pre-baccalaureate preparation of teachers shall carry out a program that includes all of the following:".

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §201(2)(D), in subpar. (A)(ii), substituted "leading to" for "to earn" and, in subpar. (C), struck out "one-year" before "teaching residency program" in cls. (i) and (iii)(I).

Subsec. (i)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §201(2)(E), substituted "consent to" for "consent of".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should be followed by a hyphen.

§1022b. Administrative provisions

(a) Duration; number of awards; payments

(1) Duration

A grant awarded under this part shall be awarded for a period of five years.

(2) Number of awards

An eligible partnership may not receive more than one grant during a five-year period. Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit an individual member, that can demonstrate need, of an eligible partnership that receives a grant under this subchapter from entering into another eligible partnership consisting of new members and receiving a grant with such other eligible partnership before the five-year period described in the preceding sentence applicable to the eligible partnership with which the individual member has first partnered has expired.

(b) Peer review

(1) Panel

The Secretary shall provide the applications submitted under this part to a peer review panel for evaluation. With respect to each application, the peer review panel shall initially recommend the application for funding or for disapproval.

(2) Priority

The Secretary, in funding applications under this part, shall give priority—

(A) to eligible partnerships that include an institution of higher education whose teacher preparation program has a rigorous selection process to ensure the highest quality of students entering such program; and

(B)(i) to applications from broad-based eligible partnerships that involve businesses and community organizations; or

(ii) to eligible partnerships so that the awards promote an equitable geographic distribution of grants among rural and urban areas.

(3) Secretarial selection

The Secretary shall determine, based on the peer review process, which applications shall receive funding and the amounts of the grants. In determining grant amounts, the Secretary shall take into account the total amount of funds available for all grants under this part and the types of activities proposed to be carried out by the eligible partnership.

(c) Matching requirements

(1) In general

Each eligible partnership receiving a grant under this part shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of the grant, which may be provided in cash or in-kind, to carry out the activities supported by the grant.

(2) Waiver

The Secretary may waive all or part of the matching requirement described in paragraph (1) for any fiscal year for an eligible partnership if the Secretary determines that applying the matching requirement to the eligible partnership would result in serious hardship or an inability to carry out the authorized activities described in this part.

(d) Limitation on administrative expenses

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this part may use not more than two percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3145.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 203 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1023 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 203 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1023 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 203 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1023 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

§1022c. Accountability and evaluation

(a) Eligible partnership evaluation

Each eligible partnership submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish, and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes strong and measurable performance objectives. The plan shall include objectives and measures for increasing—

(1) achievement for all prospective and new teachers, as measured by the eligible partnership;

(2) teacher retention in the first three years of a teacher's career;

(3) improvement in the pass rates and scaled scores for initial State certification or licensure of teachers; and

(4)(A) the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, hired by the high-need local educational agency participating in the eligible partnership;

(B) the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, hired by the high-need local educational agency who are members of underrepresented groups;

(C) the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, hired by the high-need local educational agency who teach high-need academic subject areas (such as reading, mathematics, science, and foreign language, including less commonly taught languages and critical foreign languages);

(D) the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, hired by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-need areas (including special education, language instruction educational programs for limited English proficient students, and early childhood education);

(E) the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, hired by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-need schools, disaggregated by the elementary school and secondary school levels;

(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood education program classes in the geographic area served by the eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who are highly competent; and

(G) as applicable, the percentage of teachers trained—

(i) to integrate technology effectively into curricula and instruction, including technology consistent with the principles of universal design for learning; and

(ii) to use technology effectively to collect, manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and learning for the purpose of improving student academic achievement.

(b) Information

An eligible partnership receiving a grant under this part shall ensure that teachers, principals, school superintendents, faculty, and leadership at institutions of higher education located in the geographic areas served by the eligible partnership are provided information, including through electronic means, about the activities carried out with funds under this part.

(c) Revised application

If the Secretary determines that an eligible partnership receiving a grant under this part is not making substantial progress in meeting the purposes, goals, objectives, and measures of the grant, as appropriate, by the end of the third year of a grant under this part, then the Secretary—

(1) shall cancel the grant; and

(2) may use any funds returned or available because of such cancellation under paragraph (1) to—

(A) increase other grant awards under this part; or

(B) award new grants to other eligible partnerships under this part.

(d) Evaluation and dissemination

The Secretary shall evaluate the activities funded under this part and report the findings regarding the evaluation of such activities to the authorizing committees. The Secretary shall broadly disseminate—

(1) successful practices developed by eligible partnerships under this part; and

(2) information regarding such practices that were found to be ineffective.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §204, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3146; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(4), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2162.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 204 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1024 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 204 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1024 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a)(4)(A) to (E). Pub. L. 114–95 substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title," for "highly qualified teachers".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1022d. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers

(a) Institutional and program report cards on the quality of teacher preparation

(1) Report card

Each institution of higher education that conducts a traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program and that enrolls students receiving Federal assistance under this chapter shall report annually to the State and the general public, in a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, the following:

(A) Goals and assurances

(i) For the most recent year for which the information is available for the institution—

(I) whether the goals set under section 1022e of this title have been met; and

(II) a description of the activities the institution implemented to achieve such goals.

(ii) A description of the steps the institution is taking to improve its performance in meeting the annual goals set under section 1022e of this title.

(iii) A description of the activities the institution has implemented to meet the assurances provided under section 1022e of this title.

(B) Pass rates and scaled scores

For the most recent year for which the information is available for those students who took the assessments used for teacher certification or licensure by the State in which the program is located and are enrolled in the traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program, and for those who have taken such assessments and have completed the traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program during the two-year period preceding such year, for each of such assessments—

(i) the percentage of students who have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical coursework and taken the assessment who pass such assessment;

(ii) the percentage of all students who passed such assessment;

(iii) the percentage of students who have taken such assessment who enrolled in and completed the traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program, as applicable;

(iv) the average scaled score for all students who took such assessment;

(v) a comparison of the program's pass rates with the average pass rates for programs in the State; and

(vi) a comparison of the program's average scaled scores with the average scaled scores for programs in the State.

(C) Program information

A description of—

(i) the criteria for admission into the program;

(ii) the number of students in the program (disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and gender);

(iii) the average number of hours of supervised clinical experience required for those in the program;

(iv) the number of full-time equivalent faculty and students in the supervised clinical experience; and

(v) the total number of students who have been certified or licensed as teachers, disaggregated by subject and area of certification or licensure.

(D) Statement

In States that require approval or accreditation of teacher preparation programs, a statement of whether the institution's program is so approved or accredited, and by whom.

(E) Designation as low-performing

Whether the program has been designated as low-performing by the State under section 1022f(a) of this title.

(F) Use of technology

A description of the activities, including activities consistent with the principles of universal design for learning, that prepare teachers to integrate technology effectively into curricula and instruction, and to use technology effectively to collect, manage, and analyze data in order to improve teaching and learning for the purpose of increasing student academic achievement.

(G) Teacher training

A description of the activities that prepare general education and special education teachers to teach students with disabilities effectively, including training related to participation as a member of individualized education program teams, as defined in section 1414(d)(1)(B) of this title, and to effectively teach students who are limited English proficient.

(2) Report

Each eligible partnership receiving a grant under section 1022a of this title shall report annually on the progress of the eligible partnership toward meeting the purposes of this part and the objectives and measures described in section 1022c(a) of this title.

(3) Fines

The Secretary may impose a fine not to exceed $27,500 on an institution of higher education for failure to provide the information described in this subsection in a timely or accurate manner.

(4) Special rule

In the case of an institution of higher education that conducts a traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program and has fewer than 10 scores reported on any single initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during an academic year, the institution shall collect and publish information, as required under paragraph (1)(B), with respect to an average pass rate and scaled score on each State certification or licensure assessment taken over a three-year period.

(b) State report card on the quality of teacher preparation

(1) In general

Each State that receives funds under this chapter shall provide to the Secretary, and make widely available to the general public, in a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, an annual State report card on the quality of teacher preparation in the State, both for traditional teacher preparation programs and for alternative routes to State certification or licensure programs, which shall include not less than the following:

(A) A description of the reliability and validity of the teacher certification and licensure assessments, and any other certification and licensure requirements, used by the State.

(B) The standards and criteria that prospective teachers must meet to attain initial teacher certification or licensure and to be certified or licensed to teach particular academic subjects, areas, or grades within the State.

(C) A description of how the assessments and requirements described in subparagraph (A) are aligned with the challenging State academic standards required under section 6311(b)(1) of this title and, as applicable, State early learning standards for early childhood education programs.

(D) For each of the assessments used by the State for teacher certification or licensure—

(i) for each institution of higher education located in the State and each entity located in the State, including those that offer an alternative route for teacher certification or licensure, the percentage of students at such institution or entity who have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical coursework and taken the assessment who pass such assessment;

(ii) the percentage of all such students at all such institutions and entities who have taken the assessment who pass such assessment;

(iii) the percentage of students who have taken the assessment who enrolled in and completed a teacher preparation program; and

(iv) the average scaled score of individuals participating in such a program, or who have completed such a program during the two-year period preceding the first year for which the annual State report card is provided, who took each such assessment.

(E) A description of alternative routes to teacher certification or licensure in the State (including any such routes operated by entities that are not institutions of higher education), if any, including, for each of the assessments used by the State for teacher certification or licensure—

(i) the percentage of individuals participating in such routes, or who have completed such routes during the two-year period preceding the date for which the determination is made, who passed each such assessment; and

(ii) the average scaled score of individuals participating in such routes, or who have completed such routes during the two-year period preceding the first year for which the annual State report card is provided, who took each such assessment.

(F) A description of the State's criteria for assessing the performance of teacher preparation programs within institutions of higher education in the State. Such criteria shall include indicators of the academic content knowledge and teaching skills of students enrolled in such programs.

(G) For each teacher preparation program in the State—

(i) the criteria for admission into the program;

(ii) the number of students in the program, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and gender (except that such disaggregation shall not be required in a case in which the number of students in a category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual student);

(iii) the average number of hours of supervised clinical experience required for those in the program; and

(iv) the number of full-time equivalent faculty, adjunct faculty, and students in supervised clinical experience.

(H) For the State as a whole, and for each teacher preparation program in the State, the number of teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported separately by—

(i) area of certification or licensure;

(ii) academic major; and

(iii) subject area for which the teacher has been prepared to teach.

(I) A description of the extent to which teacher preparation programs are addressing shortages of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, by area of certification or licensure, subject, and specialty, in the State's public schools.

(J) The extent to which teacher preparation programs prepare teachers, including general education and special education teachers, to teach students with disabilities effectively, including training related to participation as a member of individualized education program teams, as defined in section 1414(d)(1)(B) of this title.

(K) A description of the activities that prepare teachers to—

(i) integrate technology effectively into curricula and instruction, including activities consistent with the principles of universal design for learning; and

(ii) use technology effectively to collect, manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and learning for the purpose of increasing student academic achievement.

(L) The extent to which teacher preparation programs prepare teachers, including general education and special education teachers, to effectively teach students who are limited English proficient.

(2) Prohibition against creating a national list

The Secretary shall not create a national list or ranking of States, institutions, or schools using the scaled scores provided under this subsection.

(c) Data quality

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations to ensure the reliability, validity, integrity, and accuracy of the data submitted pursuant to this section.

(d) Report of the Secretary on the quality of teacher preparation

(1) Report card

The Secretary shall annually provide to the authorizing committees, and publish and make widely available, a report card on teacher qualifications and preparation in the United States, including all the information reported in subparagraphs (A) through (L) of subsection (b)(1). Such report shall identify States for which eligible partnerships received a grant under this part.

(2) Report to Congress

The Secretary shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing committees that contains the following:

(A) A comparison of States' efforts to improve the quality of the current and future teaching force.

(B) A comparison of eligible partnerships' efforts to improve the quality of the current and future teaching force.

(C) The national mean and median scaled scores and pass rate on any standardized test that is used in more than one State for teacher certification or licensure.

(3) Special rule

In the case of a teacher preparation program with fewer than ten scores reported on any single initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during an academic year, the Secretary shall collect and publish, and make publicly available, information with respect to an average pass rate and scaled score on each State certification or licensure assessment taken over a three-year period.

(e) Coordination

The Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall coordinate the information collected and published under this part among States for individuals who took State teacher certification or licensure assessments in a State other than the State in which the individual received the individual's most recent degree.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §205, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3147; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §§9214(c)(5), 9215(oo)(4), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2163, 2179.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 205 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1025 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 205 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1025 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(4), substituted "are aligned with the challenging State academic standards required under section 6311(b)(1) of this title" for "are aligned with the State's challenging academic content standards required under section 6311(b)(1) of this title".

Subsec. (b)(1)(I). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(5), substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "highly qualified teachers".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1022e. Teacher development

(a) Annual goals

Each institution of higher education that conducts a traditional teacher preparation program (including programs that offer any ongoing professional development programs) or alternative routes to State certification or licensure program, and that enrolls students receiving Federal assistance under this chapter, shall set annual quantifiable goals for increasing the number of prospective teachers trained in teacher shortage areas designated by the Secretary or by the State educational agency, including mathematics, science, special education, and instruction of limited English proficient students.

(b) Assurances

Each institution described in subsection (a) shall provide assurances to the Secretary that—

(1) training provided to prospective teachers responds to the identified needs of the local educational agencies or States where the institution's graduates are likely to teach, based on past hiring and recruitment trends;

(2) training provided to prospective teachers is closely linked with the needs of schools and the instructional decisions new teachers face in the classroom;

(3) prospective special education teachers receive course work in core academic subjects and receive training in providing instruction in core academic subjects;

(4) general education teachers receive training in providing instruction to diverse populations, including children with disabilities, limited English proficient students, and children from low-income families; and

(5) prospective teachers receive training on how to effectively teach in urban and rural schools, as applicable.

(c) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an institution to create a new teacher preparation area of concentration or degree program or adopt a specific curriculum in complying with this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §206, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3152.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 206 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1026 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 206 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1026 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

§1022f. State functions

(a) State assessment

In order to receive funds under this chapter, a State shall conduct an assessment to identify low-performing teacher preparation programs in the State and to assist such programs through the provision of technical assistance. Each such State shall provide the Secretary with an annual list of low-performing teacher preparation programs and an identification of those programs at risk of being placed on such list, as applicable. Such assessment shall be described in the report under section 1022d(b) of this title. Levels of performance shall be determined solely by the State and may include criteria based on information collected pursuant to this part, including progress in meeting the goals of—

(1) increasing the percentage of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, in the State, including increasing professional development opportunities;

(2) improving student academic achievement for elementary and secondary students; and

(3) raising the standards for entry into the teaching profession.

(b) Termination of eligibility

Any teacher preparation program from which the State has withdrawn the State's approval, or terminated the State's financial support, due to the low performance of the program based upon the State assessment described in subsection (a)—

(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional development activities awarded by the Department;

(2) may not be permitted to accept or enroll any student who receives aid under subchapter IV in the institution's teacher preparation program;

(3) shall provide transitional support, including remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled at the institution at the time of termination of financial support or withdrawal of approval; and

(4) shall be reinstated upon demonstration of improved performance, as determined by the State.

(c) Negotiated rulemaking

If the Secretary develops any regulations implementing subsection (b)(2), the Secretary shall submit such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher education, and educational and student organizations.

(d) Application of the requirements

The requirements of this section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs and alternative routes to State certification and licensure programs.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §207, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3152; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(6), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2163.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 207 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1027 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 207 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1027 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 114–95 substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title," for "highly qualified teachers".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1022g. General provisions

(a) Methods

In complying with sections 1022d and 1022e of this title, the Secretary shall ensure that States and institutions of higher education use fair and equitable methods in reporting and that the reporting methods do not reveal personally identifiable information.

(b) Special rule

For each State that does not use content assessments as a means of ensuring that all teachers teaching in core academic subjects within the State meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, in accordance with the State plan submitted or revised under section 6311 of this title, and that each person employed as a special education teacher in the State who teaches elementary school or secondary school meets the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, the Secretary shall—

(1) to the extent practicable, collect data comparable to the data required under this part from States, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or other entities that administer such assessments to teachers or prospective teachers; and

(2) notwithstanding any other provision of this part, use such data to carry out requirements of this part related to assessments, pass rates, and scaled scores.

(c) Release of information to teacher preparation programs

(1) In general

For the purpose of improving teacher preparation programs, a State that receives funds under this chapter, or that participates as a member of a partnership, consortium, or other entity that receives such funds, shall provide to a teacher preparation program, upon the request of the teacher preparation program, any and all pertinent education-related information that—

(A) may enable the teacher preparation program to evaluate the effectiveness of the program's graduates or the program itself; and

(B) is possessed, controlled, or accessible by the State.

(2) Content of information

The information described in paragraph (1)—

(A) shall include an identification of specific individuals who graduated from the teacher preparation program to enable the teacher preparation program to evaluate the information provided to the program from the State with the program's own data about the specific courses taken by, and field experiences of, the individual graduates; and

(B) may include—

(i) kindergarten through grade 12 academic achievement and demographic data, without revealing personally identifiable information about an individual student, for students who have been taught by graduates of the teacher preparation program; and

(ii) teacher effectiveness evaluations for teachers who graduated from the teacher preparation program.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §208, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3153; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(7), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2163.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 208 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1028 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

Another prior section 208 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1028 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–95, in introductory provisions, substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification," for "are highly qualified, as required under section 6319 of this title," and "meets the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "is highly qualified by the deadline, as required under section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1022h. Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the two succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §209, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 209 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1029 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315.

A prior section 1023, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1625; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to partnership grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1023, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, required Secretary to ensure that programs under this subchapter were administered by appropriate library experts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1023, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §203, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1225; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §212(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§111(b)(2)(B), 112(b)(2), 113(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, 240, provided for supplemental grants in the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1024, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §204, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1627; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to teacher recruitment grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1024, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §204, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §§212(b), (c), 213(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(2)(C), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, provided for special purpose grants in the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1025, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §205, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1628; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to administrative provisions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1025, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §205, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226; Pub. L. 91–230, title IV, §401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, created the Advisory Council on College Library Resources, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1026, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §206, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1630; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to accountability and evaluation, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1026, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §206, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226, related to the accreditation of educational institutions, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1027, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §207, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1632; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to accountability for programs that prepare teachers, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1027, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §207, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(d)(2)(B), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 260, prohibited grants for library resources to be used for sectarian instruction or religious worship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1028, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §208, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1634; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to State functions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1028, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §208, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227, required that institutions inform State agencies of their activities under the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1029, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §209, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1635; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to general provisions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1029, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §211, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1384; amended Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §202, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, related to college library technology and cooperation grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

A prior section 1030, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §210, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title II, §201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1635; amended Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, related to authorization of appropriations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3133.

Another prior section 1030, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §213, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §203, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289, which defined "full-time equivalent students", was omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 467.

Part B—Enhancing Teacher Education

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior part B, consisting of sections 1041 to 1044, related to preparing tomorrow's teachers to use technology, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.

§1031. Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §230, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §221, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §204(b)(1), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 469, authorized grants in accordance with former sections 1032 and 1033 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §221, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, contained the grant authority for training and research programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §221, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §215, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(a)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, authorized appropriations of $15,000,000 for each fiscal year ending June 30, 1966, 1967, and 1968, and $11,800,000; $28,000,000; $38,000,000; and $12,000,000 for fiscal years ending June 30, 1969, 1970, 1971, and 1972, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239.

subpart 1—preparing teachers for digital age learners

§1032. Program authorized

(a) Program authority

The Secretary is authorized to award grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with, eligible consortia to pay the Federal share of the costs of projects to—

(1) assist in the graduation of teacher candidates who are prepared to use modern information, communication, and learning tools to—

(A) improve student learning, assessment, and learning management; and

(B) help students develop learning skills to succeed in higher education and to enter the workforce;

(2) strengthen and develop partnerships among the stakeholders in teacher preparation to transform teacher education and ensure technology-rich teaching and learning environments throughout a teacher candidate's preservice education, including clinical experiences; and

(3) assess the effectiveness of departments, schools, and colleges of education at institutions of higher education in preparing teacher candidates for successful implementation of technology-rich teaching and learning environments, including environments consistent with the principles of universal design for learning, that enable kindergarten through grade 12 students to develop learning skills to succeed in higher education and to enter the workforce.

(b) Amount and duration

A grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this subpart—

(1) shall be for not more than $2,000,000;

(2) shall be for a three-year period; and

(3) may be renewed for one additional year.

(c) Non-Federal share requirement

The Federal share of the cost of any project funded under this subpart shall not exceed 75 percent. The non-Federal share of the cost of such project may be provided in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including services.

(d) Definition of eligible consortium

In this subpart, the term "eligible consortium" means a consortium of members that includes the following:

(1) Not less than one institution of higher education that awards baccalaureate or masters degrees and prepares teachers for initial entry into teaching.

(2) Not less than one State educational agency or local educational agency.

(3) A department, school, or college of education at an institution of higher education.

(4) A department, school, or college of arts and sciences at an institution of higher education.

(5) Not less than one entity with the capacity to contribute to the technology-related reform of teacher preparation programs, which may be a professional association, foundation, museum, library, for-profit business, public or private nonprofit organization, community-based organization, or other entity.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §231, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title II, §201(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1936.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1032, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §222, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 469, related to library education and human resource development, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1032, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §222, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227, defined the term "librarianship", prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239.

A prior section 231 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1041 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 231 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1041 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 231 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1041 of this title, prior to the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–482.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "assist in the graduation of" for "serve graduate" in introductory provisions.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1032a. Uses of funds

(a) In general

An eligible consortium that receives a grant or enters into a contract or cooperative agreement under this subpart shall use funds made available under this subpart to carry out a project that—

(1) develops long-term partnerships among members of the consortium that are focused on effective teaching with modern digital tools and content that substantially connect preservice preparation of teacher candidates with high-need schools; or

(2) transforms the way departments, schools, and colleges of education teach classroom technology integration, including the principles of universal design, to teacher candidates.

(b) Uses of funds for partnership grants

In carrying out a project under subsection (a)(1), an eligible consortium shall—

(1) provide teacher candidates, early in their preparation, with field experiences with technology in educational settings;

(2) build the skills of teacher candidates to support technology-rich instruction, assessment and learning management in content areas, technology literacy, an understanding of the principles of universal design, and the development of other skills for entering the workforce;

(3) provide professional development in the use of technology for teachers, administrators, and content specialists who participate in field placement;

(4) provide professional development of technology pedagogical skills for faculty of departments, schools, and colleges of education and arts and sciences;

(5) implement strategies for the mentoring of teacher candidates by members of the consortium with respect to technology implementation;

(6) evaluate teacher candidates during the first years of teaching to fully assess outcomes of the project;

(7) build collaborative learning communities for technology integration within the consortium to sustain meaningful applications of technology in the classroom during teacher preparation and early career practice; and

(8) evaluate the effectiveness of the project.

(c) Uses of funds for transformation grants

In carrying out a project under subsection (a)(2), an eligible consortium shall—

(1) redesign curriculum to require collaboration between the department, school, or college of education faculty and the department, school, or college of arts and sciences faculty who teach content or methods courses for training teacher candidates;

(2) collaborate between the department, school, or college of education faculty and the department, school, or college of arts and science faculty and academic content specialists at the local educational agency to educate preservice teachers who can integrate technology and pedagogical skills in content areas;

(3) collaborate between the department, school, or college of education faculty and the department, school, or college of arts and sciences faculty who teach courses to preservice teachers to—

(A) develop and implement a plan for preservice teachers and continuing educators that demonstrates effective instructional strategies and application of such strategies in the use of digital tools to transform the teaching and learning process; and

(B) better reach underrepresented preservice teacher populations with programs that connect such preservice teacher populations with applications of technology;

(4) collaborate among faculty and students to create and disseminate case studies of technology applications in classroom settings with a goal of improving student academic achievement in high-need schools;

(5) provide additional technology resources for preservice teachers to plan and implement technology applications in classroom settings that provide evidence of student learning; and

(6) bring together expertise from departments, schools, or colleges of education, arts and science faculty, and academic content specialists at the local educational agency to share and disseminate technology applications in the classroom through teacher preparation and into early career practice.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §232, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3155.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 232 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1042 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 232 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1042 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 232 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1042 of this title, prior to the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–482.

§1032b. Application requirements

To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this subpart, an eligible consortium shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include the following:

(1) A description of the project to be carried out with the grant, including how the project will—

(A) develop a long-term partnership focused on effective teaching with modern digital tools and content that substantially connects preservice preparation of teacher candidates with high-need schools; or

(B) transform the way departments, schools, and colleges of education teach classroom technology integration, including the principles of universal design, to teacher candidates.

(2) A demonstration of—

(A) the commitment, including the financial commitment, of each of the members of the consortium for the proposed project; and

(B) the support of the leadership of each organization that is a member of the consortium for the proposed project.

(3) A description of how each member of the consortium will participate in the project.

(4) A description of how the State educational agency or local educational agency will incorporate the project into the agency's technology plan, if such a plan already exists.

(5) A description of how the project will be continued after Federal funds are no longer available under this subpart for the project.

(6) A description of how the project will incorporate—

(A) State teacher technology standards; and

(B) State student technology standards.

(7) A plan for the evaluation of the project, which shall include benchmarks to monitor progress toward specific project objectives.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §233, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3157.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 233 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1043 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

§1032c. Evaluation

Not less than ten percent of the funds awarded to an eligible consortium to carry out a project under this subpart shall be used to evaluate the effectiveness of such project.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §234, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3157.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 234 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1044 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

subpart 2—honorable augustus f. hawkins centers of excellence

§1033. Definitions

In this subpart:

(1) Eligible institution

The term "eligible institution" means—

(A) an institution of higher education that has a teacher preparation program that is a qualified teacher preparation program and that is—

(i) a part B institution (as defined in section 1061 of this title);

(ii) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section 1101a of this title);

(iii) a Tribal College or University (as defined in section 1059c of this title);

(iv) an Alaska Native-serving institution (as defined in section 1059d(b) of this title);

(v) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in section 1059d(b) of this title);

(vi) a Predominantly Black Institution (as defined in section 1059e of this title);

(vii) an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 1059g(b) of this title); or

(viii) a Native American-serving, nontribal institution (as defined in section 1059f of this title);

(B) a consortium of institutions described in subparagraph (A); or

(C) an institution described in subparagraph (A), or a consortium described in subparagraph (B), in partnership with any other institution of higher education, but only if the center of excellence established under section 1033a of this title is located at an institution described in subparagraph (A).

(2) Scientifically based reading research

The term "scientifically based reading research"—

(A) means research that applies rigorous, systemic, and objective procedures to obtain valid knowledge relevant to reading development, reading instruction, and reading difficulties; and

(B) includes research that—

(i) employs systemic, empirical methods that draw on observation or experiment;

(ii) involves rigorous data analyses that are adequate to test the stated hypotheses and justify the general conclusions drawn;

(iii) relies on measurements or observational methods that provide valid data across evaluators and observers and across multiple measurements and observations; and

(iv) has been accepted by a peer-reviewed journal or approved by a panel of independent experts through a comparably rigorous, objective, and scientific review.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §241, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3158; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(5), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2179.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1033, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §223, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §205, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, authorized Secretary to make grants and enter into contracts for research and development projects, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1033, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §222, formerly §223, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §216, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037, renumbered and amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(3)(B)–(D), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, 240, related to grants for training in librarianship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 241 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1047 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208.

Another prior section 241 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1047 of this title, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2015—Par. (2). Pub. L. 114–95 added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'scientifically based reading research' has the meaning given such term in section 6368 of this title."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

§1033a. Augustus F. Hawkins centers of excellence

(a) Program authorized

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part, the Secretary is authorized to award competitive grants to eligible institutions to establish centers of excellence.

(b) Use of funds

Grants provided by the Secretary under this subpart shall be used to ensure that current and future teachers meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, by carrying out one or more of the following activities:

(1) Implementing reforms within teacher preparation programs to ensure that such programs are preparing teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, are able to understand scientifically valid research, and are able to use advanced technology effectively in the classroom, including use of instructional techniques to improve student academic achievement, by—

(A) retraining or recruiting faculty; and

(B) designing (or redesigning) teacher preparation programs that—

(i) prepare teachers to serve in low-performing schools and close student achievement gaps, and that are based on rigorous academic content, scientifically valid research (including scientifically based reading research and mathematics research, as it becomes available), and challenging State academic content standards and student academic achievement standards; and

(ii) promote strong teaching skills.

(2) Providing sustained and high-quality preservice clinical experience, including the mentoring of prospective teachers by exemplary teachers, substantially increasing interaction between faculty at institutions of higher education and new and experienced teachers, principals, and other administrators at elementary schools or secondary schools, and providing support, including preparation time, for such interaction.

(3) Developing and implementing initiatives to promote retention of teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, and highly qualified principals, including minority teachers and principals, including programs that provide—

(A) teacher or principal mentoring from exemplary teachers or principals, respectively; or

(B) induction and support for teachers and principals during their first three years of employment as teachers or principals, respectively.

(4) Awarding scholarships based on financial need to help students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other expenses of completing a teacher preparation program, not to exceed the cost of attendance.

(5) Disseminating information on effective practices for teacher preparation and successful teacher certification and licensure assessment preparation strategies.

(6) Activities authorized under section 1022a of this title.

(c) Application

Any eligible institution desiring a grant under this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such a time, in such a manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require.

(d) Minimum grant amount

The minimum amount of each grant under this subpart shall be $500,000.

(e) Limitation on administrative expenses

An eligible institution that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more than two percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.

(f) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this subpart.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §242, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3158; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(8), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2163.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 242 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1047a of this title, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(8)(A), substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title," for "are highly qualified" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(8)(B), substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title," for "are highly qualified," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(8)(C), substituted "teachers who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title, and highly qualified principals" for "highly qualified teachers and principals" in introductory provisions.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

subpart 3—preparing general education teachers to more effectively educate students with disabilities

§1034. Teach to reach grants

(a) Authorization of program

(1) In general

The Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the preparation of general education teacher candidates to ensure that such teacher candidates possess the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively instruct students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

(2) Duration of grants

A grant under this section shall be awarded for a period of not more than five years.

(3) Non-Federal share

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section shall provide not less than 25 percent of the cost of the activities carried out with such grant from non-Federal sources, which may be provided in cash or in kind.

(b) Definition of eligible partnership

In this section, the term "eligible partnership" means a partnership that—

(1) shall include—

(A) one or more departments or programs at an institution of higher education—

(i) that prepare elementary or secondary general education teachers;

(ii) that have a program of study that leads to an undergraduate degree, a master's degree, or completion of a postbaccalaureate program required for teacher certification; and

(iii) the graduates of which meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title;

(B) a department or program of special education at an institution of higher education;

(C) a department or program at an institution of higher education that provides degrees in core academic subjects; and

(D) a high-need local educational agency; and

(2) may include a department or program of mathematics, earth or physical science, foreign language, or another department at the institution that has a role in preparing teachers.

(c) Activities

An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section—

(1) shall use the grant funds to—

(A) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation program by integrating special education strategies into the general education curriculum and academic content;

(B) provide teacher candidates participating in the program under subparagraph (A) with skills related to—

(i) response to intervention, positive behavioral interventions and supports, differentiated instruction, and data driven instruction;

(ii) universal design for learning;

(iii) determining and utilizing accommodations for instruction and assessments;

(iv) collaborating with special educators, related services providers, and parents, including participation in individualized education program development and implementation; and

(v) appropriately utilizing technology and assistive technology for students with disabilities; and

(C) provide extensive clinical experience for participants described in subparagraph (B) with mentoring and induction support throughout the program that continues during the first two years of full-time teaching; and

(2) may use grant funds to develop and administer alternate assessments of students with disabilities.

(d) Application

An eligible partnership seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include—

(1) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the existing teacher preparation program at the institution of higher education and needs related to preparing general education teacher candidates to instruct students with disabilities; and

(2) an assessment of the existing personnel needs for general education teachers who instruct students with disabilities, performed by the local educational agency in which most graduates of the teacher preparation program are likely to teach after completion of the program under subsection (c)(1).

(e) Peer review

The Secretary shall convene a peer review committee to review applications for grants under this section and to make recommendations to the Secretary regarding the selection of grantees. Members of the peer review committee shall be recognized experts in the fields of special education, teacher preparation, and general education and shall not be in a position to benefit financially from any grants awarded under this section.

(f) Evaluations

(1) By the partnership

(A) In general

An eligible partnership receiving a grant under this section shall conduct an evaluation at the end of the grant period to determine—

(i) the effectiveness of the general education teachers who completed a program under subsection (c)(1) with respect to instruction of students with disabilities in general education classrooms; and

(ii) the systemic impact of the activities carried out by such grant on how each institution of higher education that is a member of the partnership prepares teachers for instruction in elementary schools and secondary schools.

(B) Report to the Secretary

Each eligible partnership performing an evaluation under subparagraph (A) shall report the findings of such evaluation to the Secretary.

(2) Report by the Secretary

Not later than 180 days after the last day of the grant period under this section, the Secretary shall make available to Congress and the public the findings of the evaluations submitted under paragraph (1), and information on best practices related to effective instruction of students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §251, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3159; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(9), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2163.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §224, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, required Secretary to consult with appropriate library and information science professional bodies in determining critical needs and priorities under former sections 1032 and 1033 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §224, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385, authorized special purpose grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §204(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289.

Another prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §223, formerly §224, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1228, Pub. L. 91–230, title IV, §401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, and renumbered Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §111(b)(3)(D), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 240, related to grants for research and demonstration projects, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 251 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1047j of this title, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 114–95 substituted "meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "are highly qualified".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

subpart 4—adjunct teacher corps

§1035. Adjunct teacher corps

(a) Purpose

The purpose of this section is to create opportunities for professionals and other individuals with subject matter expertise in mathematics, science, or critical foreign languages to provide such subject matter expertise to secondary school students on an adjunct basis.

(b) Program authorized

The Secretary is authorized to award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to identify, recruit, and train qualified individuals with subject matter expertise in mathematics, science, or critical foreign languages to serve as adjunct content specialists.

(c) Duration of grants

The Secretary may award grants under this section for a period of not more than five years.

(d) Eligible entity

In this section, the term "eligible entity" means—

(1) a local educational agency; or

(2) a partnership consisting of a local educational agency, serving as a fiscal agent, and a public or private educational organization or business.

(e) Uses of funds

An eligible entity that receives a grant under this section is authorized to use such grant to carry out one or both of the following activities:

(1) To develop the capacity of the eligible entity to identify, recruit, and train individuals with subject matter expertise in mathematics, science, or critical foreign languages who are not employed in the elementary and secondary education system (including individuals in business and government, and individuals who would participate through distance-learning arrangements) to become adjunct content specialists.

(2) To provide preservice training and on-going professional development to adjunct content specialists.

(f) Applications

(1) Application required

An eligible entity that desires a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.

(2) Contents

An application submitted under paragraph (1) shall include—

(A) a description of—

(i) the need for, and expected benefits of using, adjunct content specialists in the schools served by the local educational agency, which may include information on the difficulty the local educational agency faces in recruiting qualified faculty in mathematics, science, and critical foreign language courses;

(ii) measurable objectives for the activities supported by the grant, including the number of adjunct content specialists the eligible entity intends to place in schools and classrooms, and the gains in academic achievement expected as a result of the addition of such specialists;

(iii) how the eligible entity will establish criteria for and recruit the most qualified individuals and public or private organizations and businesses to participate in the activities supported by the grant;

(iv) how the eligible entity will provide preservice training and on-going professional development to adjunct content specialists to ensure that such specialists have the capacity to serve effectively;

(v) how the eligible entity will use funds received under this section, including how the eligible entity will evaluate the success of the activities supported by the grant; and

(vi) how the eligible entity will support and continue the activities supported by the grant after the grant has expired, including how such entity will seek support from other sources, such as State and local government and the private sector; and

(B) an assurance that the use of adjunct content specialists will not result in the displacement or transfer of currently employed teachers nor a reduction in the number of overall teachers in the district.

(g) Priorities

In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that demonstrate in the application for such a grant a plan to—

(1) serve the schools served by the local educational agency that have a large number or percentage of students performing below grade level in mathematics, science, or critical foreign language courses;

(2) serve local educational agencies that have a large number or percentage of students from low-income families; and

(3) recruit and train individuals to serve as adjunct content specialists in schools that have an insufficient number of teachers in mathematics, science, or critical foreign languages.

(h) Matching requirement

Each eligible entity that receives a grant under this section shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of such grant (in cash or in kind) to carry out the activities supported by such grant.

(i) Performance report

Each eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall prepare and submit to the Secretary a final report on the results of the activities supported by such grant, which shall contain such information as the Secretary may require, including any improvements in student academic achievement as a result of the use of adjunct content specialists.

(j) Evaluation

The Secretary shall evaluate the activities supported by grants under this section, including the impact of such activities on student academic achievement, and shall report the results of such evaluation to the authorizing committees.

(k) Definition

In this section, the term "adjunct content specialist" means an individual who—

(1) meets the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title;

(2) has demonstrated expertise in mathematics, science, or a critical foreign language, as determined by the local educational agency; and

(3) is not the primary provider of instructional services to a student, unless the adjunct content specialist is under the direct supervision of a teacher who meets the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §255, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3161; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(10), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2164.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (k)(1). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(10)(A), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: "meets the requirements of section 7801(23)(B)(ii) of this title;".

Subsec. (k)(3). Pub. L. 114–95, §9214(c)(10)(B), substituted "teacher who meets the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" for "teacher who meets the requirements of section 7801(23) of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

subpart 5—graduate fellowships to prepare faculty in high-need areas at colleges of education

§1036. Graduate fellowships to prepare faculty in high-need areas at colleges of education

(a) Grants by Secretary

The Secretary shall make grants to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make graduate fellowship awards to qualified individuals in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(b) Eligible institutions

In this section, the term "eligible institution" means an institution of higher education, or a consortium of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study leading to a doctoral degree.

(c) Applications

An eligible institution that desires a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(d) Types of fellowships supported

(1) In general

An eligible institution that receives a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to provide graduate fellowships to individuals who are preparing for the professorate in order to prepare individuals to become elementary school and secondary school mathematics and science teachers, special education teachers, and teachers who provide instruction for limited English proficient students, who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title.

(2) Types of study

A graduate fellowship provided under this section shall support an individual in pursuing postbaccalaureate study, which leads to a doctoral degree and may include a master's degree as part of such study, related to teacher preparation and pedagogy in one of the following areas:

(A) Science, technology, engineering, or mathematics, if the individual has completed a master's degree in mathematics or science and is pursuing a doctoral degree in mathematics, science, or education.

(B) Special education.

(C) The instruction of limited English proficient students, including postbaccalaureate study in language instruction educational programs.

(e) Fellowship terms and conditions

(1) Selection of fellows

The Secretary shall ensure that an eligible institution that receives a grant under this section—

(A) shall provide graduate fellowship awards to individuals who plan to pursue a career in instruction at an institution of higher education that has a teacher preparation program; and

(B) may not provide a graduate fellowship to an otherwise eligible individual—

(i) during periods in which such individual is enrolled at an institution of higher education unless such individual is maintaining satisfactory academic progress in, and devoting full-time study or research to, the pursuit of the degree for which the fellowship support was provided; or

(ii) if the individual is engaged in gainful employment, other than part-time employment related to teaching, research, or a similar activity determined by the institution to be consistent with and supportive of the individuals's ¹ progress toward the degree for which the fellowship support was provided.

(2) Amount of fellowship awards

(A) In general

An eligible institution that receives a grant under this section shall award stipends to individuals who are provided graduate fellowships under this section.

(B) Awards based on need

A stipend provided under this section shall be in an amount equal to the level of support provided by the National Science Foundation graduate fellowships, except that such stipend shall be adjusted as necessary so as not to exceed the fellowship recipient's demonstrated need, as determined by the institution of higher education where the fellowship recipient is enrolled.

(3) Service requirement

(A) Teaching required

Each individual who receives a graduate fellowship under this section and earns a doctoral degree shall teach for one year at an institution of higher education that has a teacher preparation program for each year of fellowship support received under this section.

(B) Institutional obligation

Each eligible institution that receives a grant under this section shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that the institution has inquired of and determined the decision of each individual who has received a graduate fellowship to, within three years of receiving a doctoral degree, begin employment at an institution of higher education that has a teacher preparation program, as required by this section.

(C) Agreement required

Prior to receiving an initial graduate fellowship award, and upon the annual renewal of the graduate fellowship award, an individual selected to receive a graduate fellowship under this section shall sign an agreement with the Secretary agreeing to pursue a career in instruction at an institution of higher education that has a teacher preparation program in accordance with subparagraph (A).

(D) Failure to comply

If an individual who receives a graduate fellowship award under this section fails to comply with the agreement signed pursuant to subparagraph (C), the sum of the amounts of any graduate fellowship award received by such recipient shall, upon a determination of such a failure, be treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D of subchapter IV, and shall be subject to repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from the date of the fellowship award, in accordance with terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in regulations under this subpart.

(E) Modified service requirement

The Secretary may waive or modify the service requirement of this paragraph in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary with respect to the criteria to determine the circumstances under which compliance with such service requirement is inequitable or represents a substantial hardship. The Secretary may waive the service requirement if compliance by the fellowship recipient is determined to be inequitable or represent a substantial hardship—

(i) because the individual is permanently and totally disabled at the time of the waiver request; or

(ii) based on documentation presented to the Secretary of substantial economic or personal hardship.

(f) Institutional support for fellows

An eligible institution that receives a grant under this section may reserve not more than ten percent of the grant amount for academic and career transition support for graduate fellowship recipients and for meeting the institutional obligation described in subsection (e)(3)(B).

(g) Restriction on use of funds

An eligible institution that receives a grant under this section may not use grant funds for general operational overhead of the institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §258, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3163; amended Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(c)(11), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2164.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 114–95 struck out "highly qualified" after "become" and inserted ", who meet the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the qualifications described in section 1412(a)(14)(C) of this title" before period at end.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "individual's".

Part C—General Provisions

§1041. Limitations

(a) Federal control prohibited

Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize any Federal control over any aspect of any private, religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is treated as a private school or home school under State law. This section shall not be construed to prohibit private, religious, or home schools from participation in programs or services under this subchapter.

(b) No change in State control encouraged or required

Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to encourage or require any change in a State's treatment of any private, religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is treated as a private school or home school under State law.

(c) National system of teacher certification or licensure prohibited

Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize the Secretary to establish or support any national system of teacher certification or licensure.

(d) Rule of construction

Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to alter or otherwise affect the rights, remedies, and procedures afforded to the employees of local educational agencies under Federal, State, or local laws (including applicable regulations or court orders) or under the terms of collective bargaining agreements, memoranda of understanding, or other agreements between such employees and their employers.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §261, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3166.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §221, as added Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, set out purpose and program authority for teacher preparation programs to enable teachers to use advanced technology in the classroom, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.

Another prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §231, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386; amended Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §§204(b)(2), 206, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, authorized grants to institutions with major research libraries, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §231, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, set out the Congressional statement of findings and purpose for the research library resources strengthening program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §231, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1228; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §§217, 218, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §114(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 240, authorized appropriations for assistance to Library of Congress for acquisition of Library material, prior to the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090.

A prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §222, as added Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2081, related to eligibility to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under sections 1041 to 1044 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.

Another prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §232, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 471, required Secretary to endeavor to achieve broad and equitable geographical distribution of grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §232, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090; amended Pub. L. 96–49, §3(b), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, which authorized appropriations through fiscal year 1980, was omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Another prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §232, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §115(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241, which required an evaluation and report to Congressional committees by the Librarian of the Congress, was omitted in the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090.

A prior section 1043, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §223, as added Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2082, related to use of funds, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.

Another prior section 1043, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §233, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, related to eligibility for assistance under research library resources strengthening program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

A prior section 1044, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §224, as added Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2083, related to authorization of appropriations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–315, title II, §201(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3154.

Another prior section 1044, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §234, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, related to regional balance in allocation of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Prior sections 1045 and 1046 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Section 1045, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §235, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, set out limitations on grants as regards sectarian or religious use.

Section 1046, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §236, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, required consultations by grantees with State agencies.

A prior section 1047, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §241, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title II, §207, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title II, §201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 471; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(3), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, authorized Secretary to make grants to and enter into contracts with eligible institutions, library organizations or agencies to assist in strengthening library and information science programs and libraries in historically black colleges and universities and other minority-serving institutions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-312.

Another prior section 1047 and prior sections 1047a to 1047j were omitted in the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Section 1047, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §241, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386, stated congressional declaration of purpose.

Section 1047a, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §242, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, established National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047b, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §243, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, related to functions of National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047c, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §244, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, related to board of directors of National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047d, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §245, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to director and staff of National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047e, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §246, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to nonprofit nature of National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047f, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §247, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to authority of National Periodical System Corporation.

Section 1047g, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §248, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, related to congressional approval of design for national periodical system.

Section 1047h, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §249, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, related to effect of former part D of this subchapter on copyright law.

Section 1047i, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §250, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, defined terms used in former part D of this subchapter.

Section 1047j, Pub. L. 89–329, title II, §251, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1390, authorized appropriations to carry out former part D of this subchapter.

SUBCHAPTER III—INSTITUTIONAL AID

Editorial Notes

Codification

Title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89–329, title III, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229, and amended by Pub. L. 89–752, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 90–575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91–230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93–380, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 96–49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357; Pub. L. 98–95, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708; Pub. L. 98–312, June 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 233. Such title is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1290, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of title III by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1051. Findings and purpose

(a) Findings

The Congress finds that—

(1) there are a significant number of institutions of higher education serving high percentages of minority students and students from low-income backgrounds, that face problems that threaten their ability to survive;

(2) the problems relate to the management and fiscal operations of certain institutions of higher education, as well as to an inability to engage in long-range planning and development activities, including endowment building;

(3) in order to be competitive and provide a high-quality education for all, institutions of higher education should improve their technological capacity and make effective use of technology;

(4) the subchapter III program prior to 1985 did not always meet the specific development needs of historically Black colleges and universities and other institutions with large concentrations of minority, low-income students;

(5) the solution of the problems of these institutions would enable them to become viable, fiscally stable and independent, thriving institutions of higher education;

(6) providing assistance to eligible institutions will enhance the role of such institutions in providing access and quality education to low-income and minority students;

(7) these institutions play an important role in the American system of higher education, and there is a strong national interest in assisting them in solving their problems and in stabilizing their management and fiscal operations, and in becoming financially independent; and

(8) there is a particular national interest in aiding those institutions of higher education that have historically served students who have been denied access to postsecondary education because of race or national origin and whose participation in the American system of higher education is in the Nation's interest so that equality of access and quality of postsecondary education opportunities may be enhanced for all students.

(b) Purpose

It is the purpose of this subchapter to assist such institutions in equalizing educational opportunity through a program of Federal assistance.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §301, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1290; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §301, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(4), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §302, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1637.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1051, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §301, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1390, stated Congressional findings and purposes for program of providing Federal assistance to institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1051, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §301, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229; Pub. L. 89–752, §10, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 90–575, title II, §§221, 222, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1038; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §111, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091; Pub. L. 96–49, §4, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, related to a program of special assistance to strengthen the academic quality of developing institutions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Prior sections 1052 to 1056 were omitted in the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96–374.

Section 1052, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §302, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241; Pub. L. 93–380, title VIII, §832, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §112, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, related to eligibility for special assistance.

Section 1053, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §303, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1230; Pub. L. 91–230, title IV, §401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), title III, §301(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 242, 326, provided for the establishment of an Advisory Council on Developing Institutions.

Section 1054, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §304, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1230; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 243, authorized the Commissioner of Education to make grants and awards.

Section 1055, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §305, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1231; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 244, related to assistance to developing institutions under other programs.

Section 1056, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §306, as added Pub L. 90–575, title II, §223(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1038; amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 245, prohibited the use of funds for religious activities.

Amendments

1998—Pars. (3) to (8). Pub. L. 105–244 added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3) to (7) as (4) to (8), respectively.

1993—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103–208 struck out the comma after "planning".

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §301(1), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "many institutions of higher education in this era of declining enrollments and scarce resources face problems which threaten their ability to survive;".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §301(2), struck out "recruitment activities," after "long-range planning,".

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §301(3), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "providing a minimum level of assistance to all categories of eligible institutions will assure the continued participation of the institutions in the program established in this subchapter and enhance their role in providing access and quality education to low-income and minority students;".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Pub. L. 103–208, §5, Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2488, provided that:

"(a) In general.—Except as otherwise provided therein or in subsection (b) of this section, the amendments made by section 2 of this Act [see Tables for classification] shall be effective as if such amendments were included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 (Public Law 102–325), except that section 492 of the Act [section 1098a of this title] shall not apply to the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification].

"(b) Exceptions.—

"(1) Effective on October 1, 1993.—The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after October 1, 1993: (b)(29), (j)(28), (j)(36), and (j)(40) [amending sections 1070d–34, 1134e, 1134j, and 1134q of this title].

"(2) Effective on date of enactment.—The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (b)(2), (b)(7), (b)(28), (c)(3), (c)(5), (c)(13)(B), (c)(13)(C), (c)(18), (c)(30), (c)(62) [amending sections 1070a, 1070a–11, 1070d–33, 1075, 1077a, 1078, 1078–1, and 1085 of this title].

"(3) Effective 30 days after enactment.—The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (c)(19), (c)(20), (c)(21), (c)(59) [amending sections 1078 and 1085 of this title].

"(4) Effective 60 days after enactment.—The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (c)(31) and (c)(53) [amending sections 1078–1 and 1083 of this title].

"(5) Effective on April 1, 1994.—The amendments made by section 2(c)(43)(B) of this Act [amending section 1078–8 of this title] shall be effective on and after April 1, 1994.

"(6) Effective on July 1, 1994.—The amendments made by the following subsection[s] of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after July 1, 1994: (b)(25), (c)(2), (c)(13)(A), (c)(29) [amending sections 1070b–2, 1075, 1078, and 1078–1 of this title].

"(7) Cohort default data examinations.—The amendment made by section 2(c)(60)(A) [amending section 1085 of this title] shall be effective on and after October 1, 1994.

"(8) Cohort default rate determinations.—The amendments made to subsection[s] (a)(3) and (m)(1)(B) of section 435 of this [the] Act [section 1085(a)(3) and (m)(1)(B) of this title] shall apply with respect to the determination (and appeals from determinations) of cohort default rates for fiscal year 1989 and any succeeding fiscal year."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1308, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [enacting this subchapter] shall take effect July 1, 1987."

Part A—Strengthening Institutions

§1057. Program purpose

(a) General authorization

The Secretary shall carry out a program, in accordance with this part, to improve the academic quality, institutional management, and fiscal stability of eligible institutions, in order to increase their self-sufficiency and strengthen their capacity to make a substantial contribution to the higher education resources of the Nation.

(b) Grants awarded; special consideration

(1) From the sums available for this part under section 1068h(a)(1) of this title, the Secretary may award grants to any eligible institution with an application approved under section 1068 of this title in order to assist such an institution to plan, develop, or implement activities that promise to strengthen the institution.

(2) Special consideration shall be given to any eligible institution—

(A) which has endowment funds (other than any endowment fund built under section 1065 of this title as in effect on September 30, 1986, and under part B) the market value of which, per full-time equivalent student, is less than the average current market value of the endowment funds, per full-time equivalent student (other than any endowment fund built under section 1065 of this title as in effect on September 30, 1986, and under part B) at similar institutions; or

(B) which has expenditures per full-time equivalent student for library materials which is less than the average of the expenditures for library materials per full-time equivalent student by other similarly situated institutions.

(3) Special consideration shall be given to applications which propose, pursuant to the institution's plan, to engage in—

(A) faculty development;

(B) funds and administrative management;

(C) development and improvement of academic programs;

(D) acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management and academic programs;

(E) joint use of facilities such as libraries and laboratories; and

(F) student services, including services that will assist in the education of special populations.

(c) Authorized activities

Grants awarded under this section shall be used for 1 or more of the following activities:

(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes.

(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other instructional facilities, including the integration of computer technology into institutional facilities to create smart buildings.

(3) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the field of instruction of the faculty.

(4) Development and improvement of academic programs.

(5) Purchase of library books, periodicals, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program material.

(6) Tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success, including innovative, customized, instruction courses designed to help retain students and move the students rapidly into core courses and through program completion, which may include remedial education and English language instruction.

(7) Education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' families.

(8) Funds management, administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management.

(9) Joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries.

(10) Establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector.

(11) Establishing or improving an endowment fund.

(12) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or other distance education technologies, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.

(13) Other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to subsection (b) and section 1068 of this title that—

(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of the program assisted under this part; and

(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application.

(d) Endowment fund

(1) In general

An eligible institution may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this part to establish or increase an endowment fund at such institution.

(2) Matching requirement

In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with paragraph (1), the eligible institution shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds used in accordance with paragraph (1), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund.

(3) Comparability

The provisions of part C, regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to funds used under paragraph (1).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §311, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1291; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(c)(1), 303(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1638; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §301, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3166.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1057, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §311, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1391, enumerated purposes and established grant authority for program to strengthen eligible institutions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §301(1)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1068 of this title.

Subsec. (b)(3)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §301(1)(B), inserted ", including services that will assist in the education of special populations" before period at end.

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 110–315, §301(2)(A), inserted ", including innovative, customized, instruction courses designed to help retain students and move the students rapidly into core courses and through program completion, which may include remedial education and English language instruction" before period at end.

Subsec. (c)(7) to (13). Pub. L. 110–315, §301(2)(B)–(E), added par. (7), redesignated former pars. (7) to (12) as pars. (8) to (13), respectively, in par. (12), substituted "distance education technologies" for "distance learning academic instruction capabilities" and, in introductory provisions of par. (13), substituted "subsection (b) and section 1068 of this title" for "subsection (c)".

1998—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(1), substituted "section 1068h(a)(1)" for "section 1069f(a)(1)".

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §303(a), added subsecs. (c) and (d).

1987—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "section 1069f(a)(1) of this title" for "section 1069d(a)(1) of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1058. Definitions; eligibility

(a) Educational and general expenditures

For the purpose of this part, the term "educational and general expenditures" means the total amount expended by an institution of higher education for instruction, research, public service, academic support (including library expenditures), student services, institutional support, scholarships and fellowships, operation and maintenance expenditures for the physical plant, and any mandatory transfers which the institution is required to pay by law.

(b) Eligible institution

For the purpose of this part, the term "eligible institution" means—

(1) an institution of higher education—

(A) which has an enrollment of needy students as required by subsection (d);

(B) except as provided in section 1068a(b) of this title, the average educational and general expenditures of which are low, per full-time equivalent undergraduate student, in comparison with the average educational and general expenditures per full-time equivalent undergraduate student of institutions that offer similar instruction;

(C) which is—

(i) legally authorized to provide, and provides within the State, an educational program for which such institution awards a bachelor's degree;

(ii) a junior or community college; or

(iii) the College of the Marshall Islands, the College of Micronesia/Federated States of Micronesia, and Palau Community College;

(D) which is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be reliable authority as to the quality of training offered or which is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation;

(E) which meets such other requirements as the Secretary may prescribe; and

(F) located in a State; and

(2) any branch of any institution of higher education described under paragraph (1) which by itself satisfies the requirements contained in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of such paragraph.

For purposes of the determination of whether an institution is an eligible institution under this paragraph,¹ the factor described under paragraph (1)(A) shall be given twice the weight of the factor described under paragraph (1)(B).

(c) Endowment fund

For the purpose of this part, the term "endowment fund" means a fund that—

(1) is established by State law, by an institution of higher education, or by a foundation that is exempt from Federal income taxation;

(2) is maintained for the purpose of generating income for the support of the institution; and

(3) does not include real estate.

(d) Enrollment of needy students

Except as provided in section 1059e(b) of this title, for the purpose of this part, the term "enrollment of needy students" means an enrollment at an institution of higher education or a junior or community college which includes—

(1) at least 50 percent of the degree students so enrolled who are receiving need-based assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is being made (other than loans for which an interest subsidy is paid pursuant to section 1078 of this title), or

(2) a substantial percentage of students receiving Pell Grants in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which determination is being made, in comparison with the percentage of students receiving Pell Grants at all such institutions in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, unless the requirement of this paragraph is waived under section 1068a(a) of this title.

(e) Full-time equivalent students

For the purpose of this part, the term "full-time equivalent students" means the sum of the number of students enrolled full time at an institution, plus the full-time equivalent of the number of students enrolled part time (determined on the basis of the quotient of the sum of the credit hours of all part-time students divided by 12) at such institution.

(f) Junior or community college

For the purpose of this part, the term "junior or community college" means an institution of higher education—

(1) that admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located and who have the ability to benefit from the training offered by the institution;

(2) that does not provide an educational program for which it awards a bachelor's degree (or an equivalent degree); and

(3) that—

(A) provides an educational program of not less than 2 years that is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree, or

(B) offers a 2-year program in engineering, mathematics, or the physical or biological sciences, designed to prepare a student to work as a technician or at the semiprofessional level in engineering, scientific, or other technological fields requiring the understanding and application of basic engineering, scientific, or mathematical principles of knowledge.

(g) Low-income individual

For the purpose of this part, the term "low-income individual" means an individual from a family whose taxable income for the preceding year did not exceed 150 percent of an amount equal to the poverty level determined by using criteria of poverty established by the Bureau of the Census.

(h) Historically black college or university

For the purposes of this section, no historically black college or university which is eligible for and receives funds under part B of this subchapter is eligible for or may receive funds under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §312, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1292; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(2)–(6), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 100–369, §10(a), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(5), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §353, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3966; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(c)(2), 303(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1639; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §§302, 305(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3167, 3173.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1058, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §312, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1391, defined terms used in this subchapter, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §302(1), substituted "subsection (d)" for "subsection (c) of this section".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §305(b), substituted "Except as provided in section 1059e(b) of this title, for the purpose" for "For the purpose" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §302(2), substituted "paragraph" for "subdivision".

Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §302(3), (4), added subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h).

1998—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(2)(A), substituted "section 1068a(b)" for "section 1067(b)".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §303(b)(2), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(2)(B), substituted "section 1068a(a)" for "section 1067(a)".

Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §303(b)(1), redesignated subsecs. (c) to (f) as (d) to (g), respectively.

1994—Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103–382, §353(1), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "(C)(i) which is legally authorized to provide, and provides within the State, an educational program for which it awards a bachelor's degree, or (ii) which is a junior or community college;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 103–382, §353(2), (3), added subpar. (F).

1993—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–208 inserted "the" after "such institutions in".

1992—Subsec. (b)(1), (2). Pub. L. 102–325, §302(a)(1), (2), inserted "and" at end of subpar. (D), struck out subpar. (E), redesignated subpar. (F) as (E) and inserted "and" at end, and substituted period for semicolon at end of par. (2). Prior to amendment, subpar. (E) of par. (1) read as follows: "except as provided in section 1067(b) of this title which has, during the 5 academic years preceding the academic year for which it seeks assistance under this part—

"(i) met the requirement of either subparagraph (C)(i) or (C)(ii), or of both such subparagraphs (simultaneously or consecutively); and

"(ii) met the requirement of subparagraph (D); and".

Subsec. (b)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 102–325, §302(a)(3), struck out pars. (3) to (5) which read as follows:

"(3) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of which at least 20 percent are Mexican American, Puerto Rican, Cuban, or other Hispanic students, or combination thereof, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1);

"(4) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of at least 60 percent American Indian, or in the case of Alaska natives, an enrollment of at least 5 percent, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1); and

"(5) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of which at least 5 percent are Native Hawaiian, Asian American, American Samoan, Micronesian, Guamian (Chamorro), and Northern Marianian, or any combination thereof, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1)."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §302(b), substituted "second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, unless the requirement" for "second preceding fiscal year, unless the requirement".

1988—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100–369 added subsec. (f).

1987—Subsec. (b)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(2)(A), inserted "which" before "is" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(2)(B), inserted "which" before "has".

Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(2)(C), inserted "which" before "meets".

Subsec. (b)(3), (5). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(3), (4), substituted "subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D)" for "subparagraphs (A) and (B)".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(5), inserted "in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is being made" after "chapter 34 of title 42".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(6), substituted "fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which determination is being made" for "preceding fiscal year" and "second preceding fiscal year" for "such fiscal year".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "subsection,".

§1059. Duration of grant

(a) Award period

The Secretary may award a grant to an eligible institution under this part for 5 years.

(b) Limitations

In awarding grants under this part the Secretary shall give priority to applicants who are not already receiving a grant under this part, except that for the purpose of this subsection a grant under subsection (c) and a grant under section 1068c(a)(1) of this title shall not be considered a grant under this part.

(c) Planning grants

Notwithstanding subsection (a), the Secretary may award a grant to an eligible institution under this part for a period of one year for the purpose of preparation of plans and applications for a grant under this part.

(d) Wait-out-period

Each eligible institution that received a grant under this part for a 5-year period shall not be eligible to receive an additional grant under this part until 2 years after the date on which the 5-year grant period terminates.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §313, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(6), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(c)(3), 303(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1637, 1639.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1059, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §313, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1392, provided for duration of grants under this part, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §303(c)(1), inserted "subsection (c) and a grant under" after "this subsection a grant under".

Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(3), substituted "section 1068c(a)(1)" for "section 1069(a)(1)".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §303(c)(2), added subsec. (d).

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208 inserted before period at end ", except that for the purpose of this subsection a grant under section 1069(a)(1) of this title shall not be considered a grant under this part".

1992—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 102–325 amended subsecs. (a) and (b) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions which related: in subsec. (a), to the awarding of grants for not to exceed 3, 4, or 5 years; and in subsec. (b), to waiting periods for awarding of subsequent grants.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1059a. Applications

Each eligible institution desiring to receive assistance under this part shall submit an application in accordance with the requirements of section 1068 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §314, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §303(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1639.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1059a, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §314, as added Pub. L. 100–50, §2(b), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336, related to application review process, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–244, §3, title III, §303(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, 1639, effective Oct. 1, 1998.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1059b. Goals for financial management and academic program

(a) Goals

Any application for a grant under this part shall describe measurable goals for the institution's financial management and academic programs, and include a plan of how the applicant intends to achieve those goals.

(b) Continuation requirements

Any continuation application shall demonstrate the progress made toward achievement of the goals described pursuant to subsection (a).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §315, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(d)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472.)

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1059c. American Indian tribally controlled colleges and universities

(a) Program authorized

The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Tribal Colleges and Universities to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Indian students.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Indian

The term "Indian" has the meaning given the term in section 2 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 [25 U.S.C. 1801].

(2) Indian tribe

The term "Indian tribe" has the meaning given the term in section 2 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 [25 U.S.C. 1801].

(3) Tribal College or University

The term "Tribal College or University" means an institution that—

(A) qualifies for funding under the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) or the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640a note); ¹ or

(B) is cited in section 532 of the Equity in Educational Land-Grant Status Act of 1994 (7 U.S.C. 301 note).

(4) Institution of higher education

The term "institution of higher education" means an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001(a) of this title, except that paragraph (2) of such section shall not apply.

(c) Authorized activities

(1) In general

Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Tribal Colleges or Universities to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Indian students.

(2) Examples of authorized activities

The activities described in paragraph (1) may include—

(A) purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(B) construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services, and the acquisition of real property adjacent to the campus of the institution on which to construct such facilities;

(C) support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction or in tribal governance or tribal public policy;

(D) academic instruction in disciplines in which Indians are underrepresented and instruction in tribal governance or tribal public policy;

(E) purchase of library books, periodicals, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program material;

(F) tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success;

(G) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' families;

(H) funds management, administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;

(I) joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries;

(J) establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector;

(K) establishing or enhancing a program of teacher education designed to qualify students to teach in elementary schools or secondary schools, with a particular emphasis on teaching Indian children and youth, that shall include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher certification;

(L) establishing community outreach programs that encourage Indian elementary school and secondary school students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education;

(M) developing or improving facilities for Internet use or other distance education technologies; and

(N) other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to subsection (d) that—

(i) contribute to carrying out the activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (M); and

(ii) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application.

(3) Endowment fund

(A) In general

A Tribal College or University may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this section to establish or increase an endowment fund at the institution.

(B) Matching requirement

In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with subparagraph (A), the Tribal College or University shall provide matching funds, in an amount equal to the Federal funds used in accordance with subparagraph (A), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund.

(C) Comparability

The provisions of part C regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this paragraph, shall apply to funds used under subparagraph (A).

(d) Application, plan, and allocation

(1) Institutional eligibility

To be eligible to receive assistance under this section, a Tribal College or University shall be an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title.

(2) Application

(A) In general

A Tribal College or University desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(B) Streamlined process

The Secretary shall establish application requirements in such a manner as to simplify and streamline the process for applying for grants under this section.

(3) Awards and allocations to institutions

(A) Construction grants

(i) In general

Of the amount appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve 30 percent for the purpose of awarding one-year grants of not less than $1,000,000 to address construction, maintenance, and renovation needs at eligible institutions.

(ii) Preference

In providing grants under clause (i) for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible institutions that have not received an award under this section for a previous fiscal year.

(B) Allotment of remaining funds

(i) In general

Except as provided in clause (ii), the Secretary shall distribute the remaining funds appropriated for any fiscal year to each eligible institution as follows:

(I) 60 percent of the remaining appropriated funds shall be distributed among the eligible Tribal Colleges and Universities on a pro rata basis, based on the respective Indian student counts (as defined in section 2(a) of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(a)) ² of the Tribal Colleges and Universities.

(II) The remaining 40 percent shall be distributed in equal shares to the eligible Tribal Colleges and Universities.

(ii) Minimum grant

The amount distributed to a Tribal College or University under clause (i) shall not be less than $500,000.

(4) Special rules

(A) Concurrent funding

No Tribal College or University that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under any other provision of this part, part B, or part A of subchapter V.

(B) Exemption

Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §316, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(d)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 473; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(7), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §303(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1639; Pub. L. 106–211, §1(a), (b)(1), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §303, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3167; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1936.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (b)(3)(A), is Pub. L. 95–471, Oct. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 1325, which is classified principally to chapter 20 (§1801 et seq.) of Title 25, Indians. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1801 of Title 25 and Tables.

The Navajo Community College Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(3)(A), is Pub. L. 92–189, Dec. 15, 1971, 85 Stat. 646, which was classified to section 640a et seq. of Title 25, Indians, and was omitted from the Code as being of special and not general application.

Section 532 of the Equity in Educational Land-Grant Status Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (b)(3)(B), is section 532 of Pub. L. 103–382, which is set out in a note under section 301 of Title 7, Agriculture.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–39, §301(1)(A), substituted "Tribal" for "Indian Tribal".

Subsec. (b)(1), (2). Pub. L. 111–39, §301(1)(B)(i), (ii), substituted "the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978" for "the Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978".

Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §301(1)(B)(iii), substituted "the Navajo Community College Act" for "the Navajo Community College Assistance Act of 1978".

2008—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(1), added par. (3) and struck out former par. (3). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'Tribal College or University' has the meaning give the term 'tribally controlled college or university' in section 1801 of title 25, and includes an institution listed in the Equity in Educational Land Grant Status Act of 1994.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(2)(A), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services;".

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(2)(B), inserted "or in tribal governance or tribal public policy" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(2)(C), inserted "and instruction in tribal governance or tribal public policy" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (c)(2)(G) to (N). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(2)(D)–(H), added subpars. (G) and (M), redesignated former subpars. (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), and (L) as subpars. (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), and (N), respectively, and in subpar. (N)(i) substituted "subparagraphs (A) through (M)" for "subparagraphs (A) through (K)".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §303(3), added subsec. (d) and struck out former subsec. (d) which related to the application process for assistance under this section.

2000—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 106–211, §1(a), inserted after first sentence "The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section."

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 106–211, §1(b)(1), added par. (3) and struck out heading and text of former par. (3). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this part, no Tribal College or University that is eligible for and receives funds under this section may concurrently receive other funds under this part or part B of this subchapter."

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text consisted of subsecs. (a) to (e) authorizing grants and related assistance to Hispanic-serving institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Hispanic and other low-income students.

1993—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "(2) Examples of authorized activities.—Such programs may include—" for "Such programs may include—".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–211, §1(c), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 331, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [amending this section and section 1059d of this title] shall be effective on the date of the enactment of this Act [May 26, 2000]."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. Probably should be followed by a third closing parenthesis.

§1059d. Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions

(a) Program authorized

The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Alaska Native-serving institutions and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Alaska Natives and Native Hawaiians.

(b) Definitions

For the purpose of this section—

(1) the term "Alaska Native" has the meaning given the term in section 7546 of this title;

(2) the term "Alaska Native-serving institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and

(B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is at least 20 percent Alaska Native students;

(3) the term "Native Hawaiian" has the meaning given the term in section 7517 of this title; and

(4) the term "Native Hawaiian-serving institution" means an institution of higher education which—

(A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and

(B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is at least 10 percent Native Hawaiian students.

(c) Authorized activities

(1) Types of activities authorized

Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Alaska Native-serving institutions and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Alaska Natives or Native Hawaiians.

(2) Examples of authorized activities

Such programs may include—

(A) purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(B) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities;

(C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction;

(D) curriculum development and academic instruction;

(E) purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials;

(F) funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;

(G) joint use of facilities such as laboratories and libraries;

(H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student support services; and

(I) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' families.

(d) Application process

(1) Institutional eligibility

Each Alaska Native-serving institution and Native Hawaiian-serving institution desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit to the Secretary such enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the institution is an Alaska Native-serving institution or a Native Hawaiian-serving institution as defined in subsection (b), along with such other information and data as the Secretary may by regulation require.

(2) Applications

Any institution which is determined by the Secretary to be an Alaska Native-serving institution or a Native Hawaiian-serving institution may submit an application for assistance under this section to the Secretary. The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section. Such application shall include—

(A) a 5-year plan for improving the assistance provided by the Alaska Native-serving institution or the Native Hawaiian-serving institution to Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian students; and

(B) such other information and assurance as the Secretary may require.

(3) Special rules

(A) Eligibility

No Alaskan Native-serving institution or Native Hawaiian-serving institution that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under other provisions of this part or part B.

(B) Exemption

Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section.

(C) Distribution

In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent possible and consistent with the competitive process under which such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all eligible institutions.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §317, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §303(f), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1641; amended Pub. L. 106–211, §1(a), (b)(2), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 107–110, title VII, §702(a), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 1946; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §304, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3169; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(6), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2179.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(6)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7546 of this title.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(6)(B), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7517 of this title.

2008—Subsec. (c)(2)(I). Pub. L. 110–315 added subpar. (I).

2002—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 107–110, §702(a)(1), substituted "section 7546" for "section 7938".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 107–110, §702(a)(2), substituted "section 7517" for "section 7912".

2000—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 106–211, §1(a), inserted after first sentence "The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section."

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 106–211, §1(b)(2), added par. (3).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–211, §1(b)(2), struck out heading and text of subsec. (e). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this section, no Alaska Native-serving institution or Native Hawaiian-serving institution which is eligible for and receives funds under this section may concurrently receive other funds under this part or part B of this subchapter."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107–110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1059e. Predominantly Black Institutions

(a) Purpose

It is the purpose of this section to assist Predominantly Black Institutions in expanding educational opportunity through a program of Federal assistance.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Eligible institution

The term "eligible institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) has an enrollment of needy undergraduate students;

(B) has an average educational and general expenditure that is low, per full-time equivalent undergraduate student, in comparison with the average educational and general expenditure per full-time equivalent undergraduate student of institutions that offer similar instruction, except that the Secretary may apply the waiver requirements described in section 1068a(b) of this title to this subparagraph in the same manner as the Secretary applies the waiver requirements to section 1058(b)(1)(B) of this title;

(C) has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is not less than 40 percent Black American students;

(D) is legally authorized to provide, and provides, within the State an educational program for which the institution of higher education awards a baccalaureate degree or, in the case of a junior or community college, an associate's degree;

(E) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of training offered or is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation; and

(F) is not receiving assistance under—

(i) part B;

(ii) part A of subchapter V; or

(iii) an annual authorization of appropriations under the Act of March 2, 1867 (14 Stat. 438; 20 U.S.C. 123).

(2) Enrollment of needy students

The term "enrollment of needy students" means the enrollment at an eligible institution with respect to which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students enrolled in an academic program leading to a degree—

(A) in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, were Federal Pell Grant recipients for such year;

(B) come from families that receive benefits under a means-tested Federal benefit program;

(C) attended a public or nonprofit private secondary school that—

(i) is in the school district of a local educational agency that was eligible for assistance under part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6311 et seq.] for any year during which the student attended such secondary school; and

(ii) for the purpose of this paragraph and for such year of attendance, was determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations and after consultation with the State educational agency of the State in which the school is located) to be a school in which the enrollment of children meeting a measure of poverty under section 1113(a)(5) of such Act [20 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5)] exceeds 30 percent of the total enrollment of such school; or

(D) are first-generation college students and a majority of such first-generation college students are low-income individuals.

(3) First-generation college student

The term "first-generation college student" has the meaning given the term in section 1070a–11(h) of this title.

(4) Low-income individual

The term "low-income individual" has the meaning given such term in section 1070a–11(h) of this title.

(5) Means-tested Federal benefit program

The term "means-tested Federal benefit program" means a program of the Federal Government, other than a program under subchapter IV, in which eligibility for the program's benefits, or the amount of such benefits, are determined on the basis of income or resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit.

(6) Predominantly Black Institution

The term "Predominantly Black Institution" means an institution of higher education, as defined in section 1001(a) of this title—

(A) that is an eligible institution with not less than 1,000 undergraduate students;

(B) at which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students enrolled at the eligible institution are low-income individuals or first-generation college students; and

(C) at which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students are enrolled in an educational program leading to a bachelor's or associate's degree that the eligible institution is licensed to award by the State in which the eligible institution is located.

(7) State

The term "State" means each of the 50 States and the District of Columbia.

(c) Grant authority

(1) In general

The Secretary is authorized to award grants, from allotments under subsection (e), to Predominantly Black Institutions to enable the Predominantly Black Institutions to carry out the authorized activities described in subsection (d).

(2) Priority

In awarding grants under this section the Secretary shall give priority to Predominantly Black Institutions with large numbers or percentages of students described in subsections ¹ (b)(1)(A) or (b)(1)(C). The level of priority given to Predominantly Black Institutions with large numbers or percentages of students described in subsection (b)(1)(A) shall be twice the level of priority given to Predominantly Black Institutions with large numbers or percentages of students described in subsection (b)(1)(C).

(d) Authorized activities

(1) Required activities

Grant funds provided under this section shall be used—

(A) to assist the Predominantly Black Institution to plan, develop, undertake, and implement programs to enhance the institution's capacity to serve more low- and middle-income Black American students;

(B) to expand higher education opportunities for students eligible to participate in programs under subchapter IV by encouraging college preparation and student persistence in secondary school and postsecondary education; and

(C) to strengthen the financial ability of the Predominantly Black Institution to serve the academic needs of the students described in subparagraphs (A) and (B).

(2) Additional activities

Grant funds provided under this section shall be used for one or more of the following activities:

(A) The activities described in paragraphs (1) through (12) of section 1057(c) of this title.

(B) Academic instruction in disciplines in which Black Americans are underrepresented.

(C) Establishing or enhancing a program of teacher education designed to qualify students to teach in a public elementary school or secondary school in the State that shall include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher certification or licensure.

(D) Establishing community outreach programs that will encourage elementary school and secondary school students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education.

(E) Other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to subsection (f) that—

(i) contribute to carrying out the purpose of this section; and

(ii) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and approval of an application submitted under subsection (f).

(3) Endowment fund

(A) In general

A Predominantly Black Institution may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this section to establish or increase an endowment fund at the institution.

(B) Matching requirement

In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with subparagraph (A), a Predominantly Black Institution shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds used in accordance with subparagraph (A), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund.

(C) Comparability

The provisions of part C, regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to funds used under subparagraph (A).

(4) Limitation

Not more than 50 percent of the grant funds provided to a Predominantly Black Institution under this section may be available for the purpose of constructing or maintaining a classroom, library, laboratory, or other instructional facility.

(e) Allotments to Predominantly Black Institutions

(1) Federal Pell Grant basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black Institution having an application approved under subsection (f) a sum that bears the same ratio to one-half of that amount as the number of Federal Pell Grant recipients in attendance at such institution at the end of the academic year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year, bears to the total number of Federal Pell Grant recipients at all such institutions at the end of such academic year.

(2) Graduates basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black Institution having an application approved under subsection (f) a sum that bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the number of graduates for such academic year at such institution, bears to the total number of graduates for such academic year at all such institutions.

(3) Graduates seeking a higher degree basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black Institution having an application approved under subsection (f) a sum that bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the percentage of graduates from such institution who are admitted to and in attendance at, not later than two years after graduation with an associate's degree or a baccalaureate degree, a baccalaureate degree-granting institution or a graduate or professional school in a degree program in disciplines in which Black American students are underrepresented, bears to the percentage of such graduates for all such institutions.

(4) Minimum allotment

(A) In general

Notwithstanding paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), the amount allotted to each Predominantly Black Institution under this section may not be less than $250,000.

(B) Insufficient amount

If the amounts appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year are not sufficient to pay the minimum allotment provided under subparagraph (A) for the fiscal year, then the amount of such minimum allotment shall be ratably reduced. If additional sums become available for such fiscal year, such reduced allotment shall be increased on the same basis as the allotment was reduced until the amount allotted equals the minimum allotment required under subparagraph (A).

(5) Reallotment

The amount of a Predominantly Black Institution's allotment under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) for any fiscal year that the Secretary determines will not be needed for such institution for the period for which such allotment is available, shall be available for reallotment to other Predominantly Black Institutions in proportion to the original allotments to such other institutions under this section for such fiscal year. The Secretary shall reallot such amounts from time to time, on such date and during such period as the Secretary determines appropriate.

(f) Applications

Each Predominantly Black Institution desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(g) Application review process

Section 1068b of this title shall not apply to applications under this section.

(h) Duration and carryover

Any grant funds paid to a Predominantly Black Institution under this section that are not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid within ten years following the date on which the grant was awarded, shall be repaid to the Treasury.

(i) Special rule on eligibility

No Predominantly Black Institution that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under any other provision of this part, part B, or part A of subchapter V.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §318, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §305(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3169; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Act of March 2, 1867, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(F)(iii), is act Mar. 2, 1867, ch. 162, 14 Stat. 438. Provisions relating to authorization of appropriations are contained in section 8 of the Act, which is classified to section 123 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(C)(i), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27. Part A of title I of the Act is classified generally to part A (§6311 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 70 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 111–39 added subpar. (F) and struck out former subpar. (F) which read as follows: "is not receiving assistance under part B or part A of subchapter V."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "subsection".

§1059f. Native American-serving, nontribal institutions

(a) Program authorized

The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Native American-serving, nontribal institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Native Americans and low-income individuals.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Native American

The term "Native American" means an individual who is of a tribe, people, or culture that is indigenous to the United States.

(2) Native American-serving, nontribal institution

The term "Native American-serving, nontribal institution" means an institution of higher education, as defined in section 1001(a) of this title, that, at the time of application—

(A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title;

(B) has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is not less than 10 percent Native American students; and

(C) is not a Tribal College or University (as defined in section 1059c of this title).

(c) Authorized activities

(1) Types of activities authorized

Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Native American-serving, nontribal institutions to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Native Americans and low-income individuals.

(2) Examples of authorized activities

Such programs may include—

(A) the purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(B) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities;

(C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist faculty in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction;

(D) curriculum development and academic instruction;

(E) the purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials;

(F) funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;

(G) the joint use of facilities such as laboratories and libraries;

(H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student support services; and

(I) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial and economic literacy of students or the students' families.

(d) Application process

(1) Institutional eligibility

A Native American-serving, nontribal institution desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit to the Secretary such enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the institution is a Native American-serving, nontribal institution, along with such other information and data as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(2) Applications

(A) Authority to submit applications

Any institution that is determined by the Secretary to be a Native American-serving, nontribal institution may submit an application for assistance under this section to the Secretary.

(B) Simplified and streamlined format

The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, continue to prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for applications under this section that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section.

(C) Content

An application submitted under subparagraph (A) shall include—

(i) a five-year plan for improving the assistance provided by the Native American-serving, nontribal institution to Native Americans and low-income individuals; and

(ii) such other information and assurances as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(3) Special rules

(A) Eligibility

No Native American-serving, nontribal institution that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under any other provision of this part, part B, or part A of subchapter V.

(B) Exemption

Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section.

(C) Distribution

In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent possible and consistent with the competitive process under which such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all eligible institutions.

(D) Minimum grant amount

The minimum amount of a grant under this section shall be $200,000.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §319, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §306, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3173.)

§1059g. Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions

(a) Program authorized

The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Asian Americans and Native American Pacific Islanders and low-income individuals.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Asian American

The term "Asian American" has the meaning given the term "Asian" in the Office of Management and Budget's Standards for Maintaining, Collecting, and Presenting Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity as published on October 30, 1997 (62 Fed. Reg. 58789).

(2) Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution

The term "Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and

(B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is not less than 10 percent students who are Asian American or Native American Pacific Islander.

(3) Native American Pacific Islander

The term "Native American Pacific Islander" means any descendant of the aboriginal people of any island in the Pacific Ocean that is a territory or possession of the United States.

(c) Authorized activities

(1) Types of activities authorized

Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Asian Americans and Native American Pacific Islanders and low-income individuals.

(2) Examples of authorized activities

Such programs may include—

(A) purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(B) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities;

(C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction;

(D) curriculum development and academic instruction;

(E) purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials;

(F) funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;

(G) joint use of facilities such as laboratories and libraries;

(H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student support services;

(I) establishing community outreach programs that will encourage elementary school and secondary school students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education;

(J) establishing or improving an endowment fund;

(K) academic instruction in disciplines in which Asian Americans and Native American Pacific Islanders are underrepresented;

(L) conducting research and data collection for Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander populations and subpopulations;

(M) establishing partnerships with community-based organizations serving Asian Americans and Native American Pacific Islanders; and

(N) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial and economic literacy of students or the students' families.

(d) Application process

(1) Institutional eligibility

Each Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit to the Secretary such enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the institution is an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution as defined in subsection (b), along with such other information and data as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(2) Applications

Any institution that is determined by the Secretary to be an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution may submit an application for assistance under this section to the Secretary. Such application shall include—

(A) a five-year plan for improving the assistance provided by the Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution to Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander students and low-income individuals; and

(B) such other information and assurances as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(3) Special rules

(A) Eligibility

No Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under any other provision of this part, part B, or subchapter V.

(B) Exemption

Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section.

(C) Distribution

In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall—

(i) to the extent possible and consistent with the competitive process under which such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all eligible institutions; and

(ii) give priority consideration to institutions for which not less than 10 percent of such institution's Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander students are low-income individuals.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §320, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §307, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3175.)

Part B—Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities

§1060. Findings and purposes

The Congress finds that—

(1) the historically Black colleges and universities have contributed significantly to the effort to attain equal opportunity through postsecondary education for Black, low-income, and educationally disadvantaged Americans;

(2) States and the Federal Government have discriminated in the allocation of land and financial resources to support Black public institutions under the Morrill Act of 1862 [7 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] and its progeny, and against public and private Black colleges and universities in the award of Federal grants and contracts, and the distribution of Federal resources under this chapter and other Federal programs which benefit institutions of higher education;

(3) the current state of Black colleges and universities is partly attributable to the discriminatory action of the States and the Federal Government and this discriminatory action requires the remedy of enhancement of Black postsecondary institutions to ensure their continuation and participation in fulfilling the Federal mission of equality of educational opportunity; and

(4) financial assistance to establish or strengthen the physical plants, financial management, academic resources, and endowments of the historically Black colleges and universities are appropriate methods to enhance these institutions and facilitate a decrease in reliance on governmental financial support and to encourage reliance on endowments and private sources.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §321, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Morrill Act of 1862, referred to in par. (2), is act July 2, 1862, ch. 130, 12 Stat. 503, also known as the First Morrill Act, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§301 et seq.) of chapter 13 of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 301 of Title 7 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1060, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §321, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1393, set out purpose and grant authority for program of aiding institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1060, Pub. L. 90–575, title V, §504, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1062, related to eligibility for student assistance because of conviction of crimes involving force, disruption, or seizure of property of educational institution; refusal to obey regulations or orders and disruption of administration of institution; other misconduct, disciplinary proceedings, and freedom of expression; and description of programs covered by such disqualification, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §139B(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 282.

Executive Documents

Executive Order No. 12320

Ex. Ord. No. 12320, Sept. 15, 1981, 46 F.R. 46107, which provided for the development of a Federal program to achieve a significant increase in the participation by historically Black colleges and universities in Federally sponsored programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12677, Apr. 28, 1989, 54 F.R. 18869, formerly set out below.

Executive Order No. 12677

Ex. Ord. No. 12677, Apr. 28, 1989, 54 F.R. 18869, which provided for the development of a Federal program to achieve a significant increase in the participation by historically Black colleges and universities in Federally sponsored programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12876, §13, Nov. 1, 1993, 58 F.R. 58735, formerly set out below.

Executive Order No. 12876

Ex. Ord. No. 12876, Nov. 1, 1993, 58 F.R. 58735, which established in the Department of Education the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, a Presidential advisory committee, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13256, §11, Feb. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 6825, formerly set out below.

Executive Order No. 13256

Ex. Ord. No. 13256, Feb. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 6823, which established in the Office of the Secretary of Education the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, a Presidential advisory committee, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13532, §4(g), Feb. 26, 2010, 75 F.R. 9752, set out below.

Executive Order No. 13532

Ex. Ord. No. 13532, Feb. 26, 2010, 75 F.R. 9749, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13569, §4, Apr. 5, 2011, 76 F.R. 19891, which established the White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities and the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13779, §4, Feb. 28, 2017, 82 F.R. 12501, formerly set out below.

Executive Order No. 13779

Ex. Ord. No. 13779, Feb. 28, 2017, 82 F.R. 12499, which established the White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities and the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 14041, §4(a), Sept. 3, 2021, 86 F.R. 50446, set out below.

Ex. Ord. No. 14041. White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity Through Historically Black Colleges and Universities

Ex. Ord. No. 14041, Sept. 3, 2021, 86 F.R. 50443, provided:

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order to advance equity in economic and educational opportunities for all Americans, including Black Americans, strengthen the capacity of Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) to provide the highest-quality education, increase opportunities for these institutions to participate in and benefit from Federal programs, and ensure that HBCUs can continue to be engines of opportunity, it is hereby ordered as follows:

Section 1. Policy. HBCUs have a proud history and legacy of achievement. In the face of discrimination against Black Americans by many institutions of higher education, HBCUs created pathways to opportunity and educational excellence for Black students throughout our Nation. That legacy continues. Today, more than 100 HBCUs, located in 19 States, the District of Columbia, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, serve nearly 300,000 students annually. HBCUs vary in size and academic focus and serve a range of diverse students and communities in urban, rural, and suburban settings.

HBCUs play a vital role in providing educational opportunities, scholarly growth, and a sense of community for students. HBCU graduates are barrier-breaking public servants, scientists, artists, lawyers, engineers, educators, business owners, and leaders. For generations, HBCUs have been advancing intergenerational economic mobility for Black families and communities, developing vital academic research, and making our country more prosperous and equitable. HBCUs are proven means of advancement for people of all ethnic, racial, and economic backgrounds, especially Black Americans. HBCUs produce nearly 20 percent of all Black college graduates and 25 percent of Black graduates who earn degrees in the disciplines of science, technology, engineering, and math.

HBCUs' successes have come despite many systemic barriers to accessing resources and opportunities. For example, compared to other higher education institutions, on average HBCUs educate a greater percentage of lower-income, Pell-grant eligible students, while receiving less revenue from tuition and possessing much smaller endowments. Disparities in resources and opportunities for HBCUs and their students remain, and the COVID–19 pandemic has highlighted continuing and new challenges. These challenges include addressing the need for enhanced physical and digital infrastructure in HBCU communities and ensuring equitable funding for HBCUs as compared to other institutions of higher education. The Federal Government must promote a variety of modern solutions for HBCUs, recognizing that HBCUs are not a monolith, and that the opportunities and challenges relevant to HBCUs are as diverse as the institutions themselves and the communities they serve.

It is the policy of my Administration to advance educational equity, excellence, and economic opportunity in partnership with HBCUs, and to ensure that these vital institutions of higher learning have the resources and support to continue to thrive for generations to come.

Sec. 2. White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity through Historically Black Colleges and Universities. (a) In furtherance of the policy set out in section 1 of this order, there is established in the Department of Education (Department), the White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity through Historically Black Colleges and Universities (Initiative), led by an Executive Director designated by the President and appointed consistent with applicable law. The Executive Director shall manage the day-to-day operations of the Initiative, in consultation with the Assistant to the President and Director of the White House Office of Public Engagement as appropriate, and coordinate with senior officials across the Executive Office of the President, who shall lend their expertise and advice to the Initiative.

(b) The Initiative, in coordination with senior officials across the Executive Office of the President, shall provide advice to the President on advancing equity, excellence, and opportunity at HBCUs and for the communities they principally serve by coordinating a Government-wide policymaking effort to eliminate barriers HBCUs face in providing the highest-quality education to a growing number of students. The Initiative's recommendations shall include advice on advancing policies, programs, and initiatives that further the policy set out in section 1 of this order.

(i) To support implementation of this Government-wide approach to breaking down systemic barriers for HBCU participation in Federal Government programs, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and the Assistant to the President for Domestic Policy shall coordinate closely with the Secretary of Education (Secretary), the Assistant to the President and Director of the White House Office of Public Engagement, the Executive Director, and the Chair of the President's Board of Advisors on HBCUs (as established in section 3 of this order) to ensure that the needs and voices of HBCUs, their faculty, staff, students, alumni, and the communities they principally serve are considered in the efforts of my Administration to advance educational equity, excellence, and opportunity.

(ii) The Initiative shall also perform the following specific functions:

(A) supporting implementation of the HBCU Propelling Agency Relationships Towards a New Era of Results for Students Act (Public Law 116–270) (PARTNERS Act) [20 U.S.C. 1063d, 1063e];

(B) working closely with the Executive Office of the President on key Administration priorities related to advancing educational equity, excellence, and economic opportunity through HBCUs, in partnership with HBCU leaders, representatives, students, and alumni;

(C) working to break down barriers and expand pathways for HBCUs to access Federal funding and programs, particularly in areas of research and development, innovation, and financial and other support to students;

(D) strengthening the capacity of HBCUs to participate in Federal programs, access Federal resources, including grants and procurement opportunities, and partner with Federal agencies;

(E) advancing and coordinating efforts to ensure that HBCUs can respond to and recover from the COVID–19 pandemic and thoroughly support students' holistic recovery, from academic engagement to social and emotional wellbeing;

(F) developing new and expanding pre-existing national networks of individuals, organizations, and communities to share and implement administrative and programmatic best practices related to advancing educational equity, excellence, and opportunity at HBCUs;

(G) fostering sustainable public-private and philanthropic partnerships as well as private-sector initiatives to promote centers of academic research and program excellence at HBCUs;

(H) strengthening capacity to improve the availability, dissemination, and quality of information about HBCUs and HBCU students for the American public;

(I) partnering with private entities, elementary and secondary education providers, and other stakeholders to build a pipeline for students that may be interested in attending HBCUs, facilitate HBCU modernization, address college affordability, and promote degree attainment;

(J) addressing efforts to promote student success and retention, including college affordability, degree attainment, campus modernization and infrastructure improvements, and the development of a student recognition program for high-achieving HBCU students;

(K) encouraging the development of highly qualified, diverse, culturally responsive educators and administrators reflective of a variety of communities and backgrounds in order to ensure that students have access to educators and administrators who celebrate, cultivate, and comprehend the lived experiences of HBCU students and effectively meet their learning, social, and emotional needs;

(L) establishing clear plans to strengthen Federal recruitment activities at HBCUs to build accessible and equitable pathways into Federal service and talent programs;

(M) meeting regularly with HBCU students, leaders, and representatives to address matters related to the Initiative's mission and functions; and

(N) hosting the National HBCU Week Conference, for HBCU executive leaders, faculty, students, alumni, supporters, and other stakeholders to share information, innovative educational tools and resources, student success models, and ideas for Federal engagement.

(c) The head of each "applicable agency," as defined in section 3(1) of the PARTNERS Act [20 U.S.C. 1063d note], shall submit to the Secretary, the Executive Director, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, the Committee on Education and Labor [now Committee on Education and the Workforce] of the House of Representatives, and the President's Board of Advisors on HBCUs (as established in section 3 of this order) an Agency Plan, not later than February 1 of each year, describing efforts to strengthen the capacity of HBCUs to participate or be eligible to participate in the programs and initiatives under the jurisdiction of such applicable agency. The Agency Plans shall meet the requirements established in section 4(d) of the PARTNERS Act [20 U.S.C. 1063d(d)].

(i) In addition, the Agency Plan shall specifically address any changes to agency policies and practices that the agency deems necessary or appropriate to ensure that barriers to participation are addressed and removed. Each Agency Plan shall include details on grant and contract funding provided to HBCUs and, where the agency deems necessary or appropriate, describe plans to address disparities in furtherance of the objectives of this order.

(ii) The Executive Director shall monitor and evaluate each agency's progress towards the goals established in its Agency Plan and shall coordinate with each agency to ensure that its Agency Plan includes measurable and action-oriented goals.

(d) There is established an Interagency Working Group, which shall be chaired by the Executive Director and composed of liaisons and representatives designated by the heads of each applicable agency as defined in the PARTNERS Act to help advance and coordinate the work required by this order. Additional members of the Interagency Working Group shall include senior officials from the Office of the Vice President, the White House Domestic Policy Council, the White House Gender Policy Council, the Office of Management and Budget, the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, the White House Office of Public Engagement, and representatives of other components of the Executive Office of the President, as the Executive Director, in consultation with the Secretary and the Assistant to the President and Director of the White House Office of Public Engagement, considers appropriate. The Interagency Working Group shall collaborate regarding resources and opportunities available across the Federal Government to increase educational equity and opportunities for HBCUs. The Executive Director may establish subgroups of the Interagency Working Group.

(e) The Department shall provide funding and administrative support for the Initiative and the Interagency Working Group, to the extent permitted by law and within existing appropriations. To the extent permitted by law, including the Economy Act (31 U.S.C. 1535), and subject to the availability of appropriations, other agencies and offices represented on the Interagency Working Group may detail personnel to the Initiative, to assist the Department in meeting the objectives of this order.

(f) To advance shared priorities and policies that advance equity and economic opportunity for underserved communities, the Initiative shall collaborate and coordinate with other White House Initiatives related to equity and economic opportunity.

(g) On an annual basis, the Executive Director shall report to the President through the Secretary, with the support and consultation of the Assistant to the President and Director of the White House Office of Public Engagement as appropriate, on the Initiative's progress in carrying out its mission and function under this order.

Sec. 3. President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities. (a) There is established in the Department the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (Board). The Board shall fulfill the mission and functions established in section 5(c) of the PARTNERS Act [20 U.S.C. 1063e(c)]. The Board shall include sitting HBCU presidents as well as leaders from a variety of sectors, including education, philanthropy, business, finance, entrepreneurship, innovation, science and technology, and private foundations.

(b) The President shall designate one member of the Board to serve as its Chair, and may designate another member of the Board to serve as Vice Chair. The Department shall provide funding and administrative support for the Board to the extent permitted by law and within existing appropriations.

(c) The Board shall be composed of not more than 21 members appointed by the President. The Secretary of Education and Executive Director of the Initiative or their designees shall serve as ex officio members.

(d) Insofar as the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended ([former] 5 U.S.C. App.) [see 5 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.], may apply to the Board, any functions of the President under that Act, except that of reporting to the Congress, shall be performed by the Chair, in accordance with guidelines issued by the Administrator of General Services.

(e) Members of the Board shall serve without compensation, but may receive travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law for persons serving intermittently in the Government service (5 U.S.C. 5701–5707).

Sec. 4. Administrative Provisions. (a) This order supersedes Executive Order 13779 of February 28, 2017 (White House Initiative To Promote Excellence and Innovation at Historically Black Colleges and Universities) [formerly set out above], which is hereby revoked. To the extent that there are other Executive Orders that may conflict with or overlap with the provisions in this order, the provisions in this order supersede those prior Executive Orders on these subjects.

(b) As used in this order, the terms "Historically Black Colleges and Universities" and "HBCUs" shall mean those institutions listed in 34 C.F.R. 608.2.

(c) The heads of executive departments and agencies shall assist and provide information to the Initiative and Board established in this order, consistent with applicable law, as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Initiative and the Board.

(d) Each executive department and agency shall bear its own expenses of participating in the Initiative established in this order.

Sec. 5. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or

(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.

(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

J.R. Biden, Jr.      

Extension of Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities

Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (established by Ex. Ord. No. 14041) extended until Sept. 30, 2025, by Ex. Ord. No. 14109, Sept. 29, 2023, 88 F.R. 68447, set out as a note under section 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Previous extensions of term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities as established by various Executive Orders were contained in the following prior Executive Orders:

Established by Ex. Ord. No. 14041:

Ex. Ord. No. 14048, Sept. 30, 2021, 86 F.R. 55465, extended term until Sept. 30, 2023.

Established by Ex. Ord. No. 13779:

Ex. Ord. No. 13889, Sept. 27, 2019, 84 F.R. 52743, extended term until Sept. 30, 2021.

Ex. Ord. No. 13811, Sept. 29, 2017, 82 F.R. 46363, extended term until Sept. 30, 2019.

Established by Ex. Ord. No. 13532:

Ex. Ord. No. 13708, Sept. 30, 2015, 80 F.R. 60271, extended term until Sept. 30, 2017.

Ex. Ord. No. 13652, Sept. 30, 2013, 78 F.R. 61817, extended term until Sept. 30, 2015.

Ex. Ord. No. 13591, Nov. 23, 2011, 76 F.R. 74623, extended term until Sept. 30, 2013.

Established by Ex. Ord. No. 13256:

Ex. Ord. No. 13511, Sept. 29, 2009, 74 F.R. 50909, extended term until Sept. 30, 2011.

Ex. Ord. No. 13446, Sept. 28, 2007, 72 F.R. 56175, extended term until Sept. 30, 2009.

Ex. Ord. No. 13385, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57989, extended term until Sept. 30, 2007.

Ex. Ord. No. 13316, Sept. 17, 2003, 68 F.R. 55255, extended term until Sept. 30, 2005.

Established by Ex. Ord. No. 12876:

Ex. Ord. No. 13225, Sept. 28, 2001, 66 F.R. 50291, extended term until Sept. 30, 2003.

Ex. Ord. No. 13138, Sept. 30, 1999, 64 F.R. 53879, extended term until Sept. 30, 2001.

Ex. Ord. No. 13062, §1(e), Sept. 29, 1997, 62 F.R. 51755, extended term until Sept. 30, 1999.

Ex. Ord. No. 12974, Sept. 29, 1995, 60 F.R. 51875, extended term until Sept. 30, 1997.

Determinations Regarding President's Board of Advisors

Memorandum of the President of the United States, Aug. 17, 1990, 55 F.R. 46491, provided:

Memorandum for the Secretary of Education

By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 208 of title 18 of the United States Code and section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of Education my authority to make determinations under subsection (b) of section 208 of title 18, United States Code, for the members of the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, established pursuant to Executive Order 12677 of April 28, 1989 [formerly set out above].

This memorandum shall be published in the Federal Register.

George Bush.      

§1061. Definitions

For the purpose of this part:

(1) The term "graduate" means an individual who has attended an institution for at least three semesters and fulfilled academic requirements for undergraduate studies in not more than 5 consecutive school years.

(2) The term "part B institution" means any historically Black college or university that was established prior to 1964, whose principal mission was, and is, the education of Black Americans, and that is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of training offered or is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation,,¹ except that any branch campus of a southern institution of higher education that prior to September 30, 1986, received a grant as an institution with special needs under section 1060 of this title and was formally recognized by the National Center for Education Statistics as a Historically Black College or University but was determined not to be a part B institution on or after October 17, 1986, shall, from July 18, 1988, be considered a part B institution.

(3) The term "Pell Grant recipient" means a recipient of financial aid under subpart 1 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter.

(4) The term "professional and academic areas in which Blacks are underrepresented" shall be determined by the Secretary, in consultation with the Commissioner for Education Statistics and the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics, on the basis of the most recent available satisfactory data, as professional and academic areas in which the percentage of Black Americans who have been educated, trained, and employed is less than the percentage of Blacks in the general population.

(5) The term "school year" means the period of 12 months beginning July 1 of any calendar year and ending June 30 of the following calendar year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §322, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294; amended Pub. L. 100–369, §10(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 838; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §308, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3177.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1061, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §322, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1393, defined terms used in this part, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1061, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §401, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §101(a), (b)(1), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017; Pub. L. 91–95, §4, Oct. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 143; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(a)(1)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247, related to statement of purpose and authorization of appropriations for educational opportunity grants, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Amendments

2008—Par. (4). Pub. L. 110–315 inserted ", in consultation with the Commissioner for Education Statistics" before "and the Commissioner".

1988—Par. (2). Pub. L. 100–369 inserted ",, except that any branch campus of a southern institution of higher education that prior to September 30, 1986, received a grant as an institution with special needs under section 1060 of this title and was formally recognized by the National Center for Education Statistics as a Historically Black College or University but was determined not to be a part B institution on or after October 17, 1986, shall, from July 18, 1988, be considered a part B institution" after "accreditation".

¹ So in original.

§1062. Grants to institutions

(a) General authorization; uses of funds

From amounts available under section 1068h(a)(2) of this title for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall make grants (under section 1063 of this title) to institutions which have applications approved by the Secretary (under section 1063a of this title) for any of the following uses:

(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes.

(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.

(3) Support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in their field of instruction.

(4) Academic instruction in disciplines in which Black Americans are underrepresented.

(5) Purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program materials.

(6) Tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success.

(7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management.

(8) Joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries.

(9) Establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector.

(10) Establishing or enhancing a program of teacher education designed to qualify students to teach in a public elementary or secondary school in the State that shall include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher certification.

(11) Establishing community outreach programs which will encourage elementary and secondary students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education.

(12) Acquisition of real property in connection with the construction, renovation, or addition to or improvement of campus facilities.

(13) Education or financial information designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' families, especially with regard to student indebtedness and student assistance programs under subchapter IV.

(14) Services necessary for the implementation of projects or activities that are described in the grant application and that are approved, in advance, by the Secretary, except that not more than two percent of the grant amount may be used for this purpose.

(15) Other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to section 1063a of this title that—

(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of this part; and

(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application.

(b) Endowment fund

(1) In general

An institution may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this part to establish or increase an endowment fund at the institution.

(2) Matching requirement

In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with paragraph (1), the eligible institution shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds used in accordance with paragraph (1), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund.

(3) Comparability

The provisions of part C regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to funds used under paragraph (1).

(c) Limitations

(1) No grant may be made under this chapter for any educational program, activity, or service related to sectarian instruction or religious worship, or provided by a school or department of divinity. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "school or department of divinity" means an institution whose program is specifically for the education of students to prepare them to become ministers of religion or to enter upon some other religious vocation, or to prepare them to teach theological subjects.

(2) Not more than 50 percent of the allotment of any institution may be available for the purpose of constructing or maintaining a classroom, library, laboratory, or other instructional facility.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §323, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1295; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(7), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 100–369, §10(b), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 838; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §303(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 474, 475; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(8), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §304(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1642; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §309, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3177; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1062, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §323, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395, provided for duration of grants to institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1062, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §102, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to determination of amount of grant and establishment of basic criteria or schedules, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "for any fiscal year," for "in any fiscal year" in introductory provisions.

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §309(1), substituted "section 1068h(a)(2)" for "section 1069f(a)(2)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(12) to (15). Pub. L. 110–315, §309(2), (3), added pars. (12) to (14) and redesignated former par. (12) as (15).

1998—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(a)(1), (2), added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(a)(3), struck out par. (3) which read as follows: "The Secretary shall not award a grant under this part for telecommunications technology equipment, facilities or services, if such equipment, facilities or services are available pursuant to section 396(k) of title 47."

1993—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103–208 realigned margin.

1992—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(a)(1), inserted ", including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services" after "facilities".

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(a)(2), inserted ", including telecommunications program materials" after "materials".

Subsec. (a)(9) to (12). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(a)(3), added pars. (9) to (12).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(b), added par. (3).

1988—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100–369, §10(b)(1), inserted ", and faculty development" after "exchanges".

Subsec. (a)(7), (8). Pub. L. 100–369, §10(b)(2), added pars. (7) and (8).

1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "section 1069f(a)(2) of this title" for "section 1069d(a)(2) of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1063. Allotments to institutions

(a) Allotment; Pell Grant basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-half that amount as the number of Pell Grant recipients in attendance at such institution at the end of the school year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year bears to the total number of Pell Grant recipients at all part B institutions.

(b) Allotment; graduates basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-fourth that amount as the number of graduates for such school year at such institution bears to the total number of graduates for such school year at all part B institutions.

(c) Allotment; graduate and professional student basis

From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the percentage of graduates per institution, who are admitted to and in attendance at, within 5 years of graduation with a baccalaureate degree, a graduate or professional school in a degree program in disciplines in which Blacks are underrepresented, bears to the percentage of such graduates per institution for all part B institutions.

(d) Minimum allotment

(1) Notwithstanding subsections (a) through (c), and subject to subsection (h), if the amount of an award under this section for a part B institution, based on the data provided by the part B institution and the formula under subsections (a) through (c), would be—

(A) an amount that is greater than $250,000 but less than $500,000, the Secretary shall award the part B institution an allotment in the amount of $500,000; and

(B) an amount that is equal to or less than $250,000, the Secretary shall award the part B institution an allotment in the amount of $250,000.

(2) If the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1068h(a)(2)(A) of this title for any fiscal year is not sufficient to pay the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1) to all part B institutions, the amount of such minimum allotments shall be ratably reduced. If additional sums become available for such fiscal year, such reduced allocations shall be increased on the same basis as the basis on which they were reduced (until the amount allotted equals the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1)).

(e) Reallotment

The amount of any part B institution's allotment under subsection (a), (b), (c), or (d) for any fiscal year which the Secretary determines will not be required for such institution for the period such allotment is available shall be available for reallotment from time to time on such date during such period as the Secretary may determine to other part B institutions in proportion to the original allotment to such other institutions under this section for such fiscal year.

(f) Special merger rule

(1) The Secretary shall permit any eligible institution for a grant under part B in any fiscal year prior to the fiscal year 1986 to apply for a grant under this part if the eligible institution has merged with another institution of higher education which is not so eligible or has merged with an eligible institution.

(2) The Secretary may establish such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the requirement of paragraph (1) of this subsection.

(g) Special rule for certain District of Columbia eligible institutions

In any fiscal year that the Secretary determines that Howard University or the University of the District of Columbia will receive an allotment under subsections (b) and (c) of this section which is not in excess of amounts received by Howard University under the Act of March 2, 1867 (14 Stat. 438; 20 U.S.C. 123), relating to annual authorization of appropriations for Howard University, or by the University of the District of Columbia under the District of Columbia Home Rule Act (87 Stat. 774) for such fiscal year, then Howard University and the University of the District of Columbia, as the case may be, shall be ineligible to receive an allotment under this section.

(h) Conditions for allotments

(1) Student requirements for allotment

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a part B institution that would otherwise be eligible for funds under this part shall not receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year, including the minimum allotment under subsection (d), if the part B institution, in the academic year preceding such fiscal year—

(A) did not have any enrolled students who were Pell Grant recipients;

(B) did not graduate any students; or

(C) where appropriate, did not have any students who, within 5 years of graduation from the part B institution, were admitted to and in attendance at a graduate or professional school in a degree program in disciplines in which Blacks are underrepresented.

(2) Data requirements for allotments

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a part B institution shall not receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year, including the minimum allotment under subsection (d), unless the institution provides the Secretary with the data required by the Secretary and for purposes of the formula described in subsections (a) through (c), including—

(A) the number of Pell Grant recipients enrolled in the part B institution in the academic year preceding such fiscal year;

(B) the number of students who earned an associate or baccalaureate degree from the part B institution in the academic year preceding such fiscal year; and

(C) where appropriate, the percentage of students who, within 5 years of graduation from the part B institution, were admitted to and in attendance at a graduate or professional school in a degree program in disciplines in which Blacks are underrepresented in the academic year preceding such fiscal year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §324, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1296; amended Pub. L. 99–509, title VII, §7007, Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1950; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §303(c), (d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475; Pub. L. 105–33, title XI, §11717(b), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 786; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §310, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3177; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Act of March 2, 1867, referred to in subsec. (g), is act Mar. 2, 1867, ch. 162, 14 Stat. 438. Provisions relating to authorization of appropriations are contained in section 8 of the Act, which is classified to section 123 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

The District of Columbia Home Rule Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 93–198, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 774. For classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1063, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §324, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395, related to Federal share of grants to institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1063, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §403, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1233, related to duration of grant and eligibility for payments, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–39 designated existing provisions as par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, of par. (1), and added par. (2).

2008—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §310(a), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the amount allotted to each part B institution under this section shall not be less than $500,000.

"(2) If the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1069f(a)(2)(A) of this title for any fiscal year is not sufficient to pay the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1) of this subsection to all part B institutions, the amount of such minimum allotments shall be ratably reduced. If additional sums become available for such fiscal year, such reduced allocation shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced (until the amount allotted equals the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1))."

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §310(b), added subsec. (h).

1997—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–33 substituted "District of Columbia Home Rule Act" for "District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act".

1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(c), inserted ", within 5 years of graduation with a baccalaureate degree," after "in attendance at".

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(d), substituted "$500,000" for "$350,000".

1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–509, §7007(4), amended subsec. generally, substituting "percentage of graduates per institution" for "number of graduates" and "percentage of such graduates per institution" for "number of such graduates".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–509, §7007(1), (2), added subsec. (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–509, §7007(1), (3), redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e), and substituted "subsection (a), (b), (c), or (d)" for "subsection (a), (b), or (c)". Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).

Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 99–509, §7007(1), redesignated subsecs. (e) and (f) as (f) and (g), respectively.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–33 effective Oct. 1, 1997, except as otherwise provided in title XI of Pub. L. 105–33, see section 11721 of Pub. L. 105–33, set out as a note under section 4246 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1063a. Applications

(a) Contents

No part B institution shall be entitled to its allotment of Federal funds for any grant under section 1063 of this title for any period unless that institution meets the requirements of subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) ¹ of section 1058(b)(1) of this title and submits an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall—

(1) provide that the payments under this chapter will be used for the purposes set forth in section 1062 of this title; and

(2) provide for making an annual report to the Secretary and provide for—

(A) conducting, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a financial and compliance audit of an eligible institution, with regard to any funds obtained by it under this subchapter at least once every 2 years and covering the period since the most recent audit, conducted by a qualified, independent organization or person in accordance with standards established by the Comptroller General for the audit of governmental organizations, programs, and functions, and as prescribed in regulations of the Secretary, the results of which shall be submitted to the Secretary; or

(B) with regard to an eligible institution which is audited under chapter 75 of title 31 deeming such audit to satisfy the requirements of subparagraph (A) for the period covered by such audit.

(b) Approval

The Secretary shall approve any application which meets the requirements of subsection (a) and shall not disapprove any application submitted under this part, or any modification thereof, without first affording such institution reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing.

(c) Goals for financial management and academic programs

Any application for a grant under this part shall describe measurable goals for the institution's financial management and academic programs and include a plan of how the applicant intends to achieve those goals.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §325, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1296; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(8), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §303(e), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1058(b)(1)(E) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was repealed and section 1058(b)(1)(F) was redesignated section 1058(b)(1)(E) by Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(a)(1)(B), (C), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472.

Amendments

1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325 added subsec. (c).

1987—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "section 1062 of this title" for "section 1061 of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1063b. Professional or graduate institutions

(a) General authorization

(1) Subject to the availability of funds appropriated to carry out this section, the Secretary shall award program grants to each of the postgraduate institutions listed in subsection (e) that is determined by the Secretary to be making a substantial contribution to the legal, medical, dental, veterinary, or other graduate education opportunities in mathematics, engineering, or the physical or natural sciences for Black Americans.

(2) No grant in excess of $1,000,000 may be made under this section unless the postgraduate institution provides assurances that 50 percent of the cost of the purposes for which the grant is made will be paid from non-Federal sources, except that no institution shall be required to match any portion of the first $1,000,000 of the institution's award from the Secretary. After funds are made available to each eligible institution under the funding rules described in subsection (f), the Secretary shall distribute, on a pro rata basis, any amounts which were not so made available (by reason of the failure of an institution to comply with the matching requirements of this paragraph) among the institutions that have complied with such matching requirement.

(b) Duration

Grants shall be made for a period not to exceed 5 years. Any funds awarded for such five-year grant period that are obligated during such five-year period may be expended during the 10-year period beginning on the first day of such five-year period.

(c) Uses of funds

A grant under this section may be used for—

(1) purchase, rental or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(2) construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services;

(3) purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program materials;

(4) scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance for needy graduate and professional students to permit the enrollment of the students in and completion of the doctoral degree in medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, law, and the doctorate degree in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, or other scientific disciplines in which African Americans are underrepresented;

(5) establishing or improving a development office to strengthen and increase contributions from alumni and the private sector;

(6) assisting in the establishment or maintenance of an institutional endowment to facilitate financial independence pursuant to section 1065 of this title;

(7) funds and administrative management, and the acquisition of equipment, including software, for use in strengthening funds management and management information systems;

(8) acquisition of real property that is adjacent to the campus in connection with the construction, renovation, or addition to or improvement of campus facilities;

(9) education or financial information designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' families, especially with regard to student indebtedness and student assistance programs under subchapter IV;

(10) services necessary for the implementation of projects or activities that are described in the grant application and that are approved, in advance, by the Secretary, except that not more than two percent of the grant amount may be used for this purpose;

(11) tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success; and

(12) other activities proposed in the application submitted under subsection (d) that—

(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of this part; and

(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application.

(d) Application

Any institution eligible for a grant under this section shall submit an application which—

(1) demonstrates how the grant funds will be used to improve graduate educational opportunities for Black and low-income students, and lead to greater financial independence; and

(2) provides, in the case of applications for grants in excess of $1,000,000, the assurances required by subsection (a)(2) and specifies the manner in which the eligible institution is going to pay the non-Federal share of the cost of the application.

(e) Eligibility

(1) In general

Independent professional or graduate institutions and programs eligible for grants under subsection (a) are the following:

(A) Morehouse School of Medicine;

(B) Meharry Medical School;

(C) Charles R. Drew Postgraduate Medical School;

(D) Clark-Atlanta University;

(E) Tuskegee University School of Veterinary Medicine and other qualified graduate programs;

(F) Xavier University School of Pharmacy and other qualified graduate programs;

(G) Southern University School of Law and other qualified graduate programs;

(H) Texas Southern University School of Law and School of Pharmacy and other qualified graduate programs;

(I) Florida A&M University School of Pharmaceutical Sciences and other qualified graduate programs;

(J) North Carolina Central University School of Law and other qualified graduate programs;

(K) Morgan State University qualified graduate program;

(L) Hampton University qualified graduate program;

(M) Alabama A&M qualified graduate program;

(N) North Carolina A&T State University qualified graduate program;

(O) University of Maryland Eastern Shore qualified graduate program;

(P) Jackson State University qualified graduate program;

(Q) Norfolk State University qualified graduate programs;

(R) Tennessee State University qualified graduate programs;

(S) Alabama State University qualified graduate programs;

(T) Prairie View A&M University qualified graduate programs;

(U) Delaware State University qualified graduate programs;

(V) Langston University qualified graduate programs;

(W) Bowie State University qualified graduate programs; and

(X) University of the District of Columbia David A. Clarke School of Law.

(2) Qualified graduate program

(A) For the purposes of this section, the term "qualified graduate program" means a graduate or professional program that provides a program of instruction in law or in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, psychometrics, or other scientific discipline in which African Americans are underrepresented and has students enrolled in such program at the time of application for a grant under this section.

(B) Notwithstanding the enrollment requirement contained in subparagraph (A), an institution may use an amount equal to not more than 10 percent of the institution's grant under this section for the development of a new qualified graduate program.

(3) Special rule

Institutions that were awarded grants under this section prior to October 1, 2008, shall continue to receive such grants, subject to the availability of appropriated funds, regardless of the eligibility of the institutions described in subparagraphs (S) through (X) of paragraph (1).

(4) One grant per institution

The Secretary shall not award more than 1 grant under this section in any fiscal year to any institution of higher education.

(5) Institutional choice

The president or chancellor of the institution may decide which graduate or professional school or qualified graduate program will receive funds under the grant in any 1 fiscal year, if the allocation of funds among the schools or programs is delineated in the application for funds submitted to the Secretary under this section.

(f) Funding rule

Subject to subsection (g), of the amount appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year—

(1) the first $56,900,000 (or any lesser amount appropriated) shall be available only for the purposes of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (A) through (R) of subsection (e)(1);

(2) any amount in excess of $56,900,000, but not in excess of $62,900,000, shall be available for the purpose of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (S) through (X) of subsection (e)(1); and

(3) any amount in excess of $62,900,000, shall be made available to each of the institutions or programs identified in subparagraphs (A) through (X) ¹ pursuant to a formula developed by the Secretary that uses the following elements:

(A) The ability of the institution to match Federal funds with non-Federal funds.

(B) The number of students enrolled in the programs for which the eligible institution received funding under this section in the previous year.

(C) The average cost of education per student, for all full-time graduate or professional students (or the equivalent) enrolled in the eligible professional or graduate school, or for doctoral students enrolled in the qualified graduate programs.

(D) The number of students in the previous year who received their first professional or doctoral degree from the programs for which the eligible institution received funding under this section in the previous year.

(E) The contribution, on a percent basis, of the programs for which the institution is eligible to receive funds under this section to the total number of African Americans receiving graduate or professional degrees in the professions or disciplines related to the programs for the previous year.

(g) Hold harmless rule

Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (f), no institution or qualified program identified in subsection (e)(1) that received a grant for fiscal year 2008 and that is eligible to receive a grant in a subsequent fiscal year shall receive a grant amount in any such subsequent fiscal year that is less than the grant amount received for fiscal year 2008, unless the amount appropriated is not sufficient to provide such grant amounts to all such institutions and programs, or the institution cannot provide sufficient matching funds to meet the requirements of this section.

(h) Interaction with other grant programs

No institution that is eligible for and receives an award under section 1102a, 1136a, or 1136b of this title for a fiscal year shall be eligible to apply for a grant, or receive grant funds, under this section for the same fiscal year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §326, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1297; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(9), (10), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §303(f)(1), (g), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475, 476; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(9), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 104–141, §2, May 6, 1996, 110 Stat. 1328; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §304(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1643; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §311, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3178.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(a), inserted at end "Any funds awarded for such five-year grant period that are obligated during such five-year period may be expended during the 10-year period beginning on the first day of such five-year period."

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(b)(1), substituted "establishing or improving" for "establish or improve".

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(b)(2), substituted "assisting" for "assist" and struck out "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (c)(8) to (12). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(b)(3), (4), added pars. (8) to (12).

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(c)(1)(A), inserted a colon after "the following" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(1)(S) to (X). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(c)(1)(B)–(D), added subpars. (S) to (X).

Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(c)(3), inserted "in law or" after "instruction" and substituted "mathematics, psychometrics, or" for "mathematics, or".

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(c)(2), substituted "2008" for "1998" and "subparagraphs (S) through (X)" for "subparagraphs (Q) and (R)".

Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(c)(4), struck out "or university system" after "higher education".

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(d)(1), substituted "$56,900,000" for "$26,600,000" and "through (R)" for "through (P)".

Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(d)(2), substituted "$56,900,000, but not in excess of $62,900,000" for "$26,600,000, but not in excess of $28,600,000" and "subparagraphs (S) through (X)" for "subparagraphs (Q) and (R)".

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(d)(3), in introductory provisions, substituted "$62,900,000" for "$28,600,000" and "through (X)" for "through (R)".

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(e), substituted "2008" for "1998" in two places.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §311(f), added subsec. (h).

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(1)(A)(i), inserted "in mathematics, engineering, or the physical or natural sciences" after "graduate education opportunities".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "$1,000,000 may" for "$500,000 may" and ", except that no institution shall be required to match any portion of the first $1,000,000 of the institution's award from the Secretary. After funds are made available to each eligible institution under the funding rules described in subsection (f), the Secretary shall distribute, on a pro rata basis, any amounts which were not so made available (by reason of the failure of an institution to comply with the matching requirements of this paragraph) among the institutions that have complied with such matching requirement." for "except that the Morehouse School of Medicine shall receive at least $3,000,000."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(2), added pars. (1) to (7) and struck out former pars. (1) to (3) which read as follows:

"(1) any of the purposes enumerated under section 1062 of this title;

"(2) to establish or improve a development office to strengthen and increase contributions from alumni and the private sector; and

"(3) to assist in the establishment or maintenance of an institutional endowment to facilitate financial independence pursuant to section 1065 of this title."

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(1)(B), substituted "$1,000,000" for "$500,000".

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(A)(i), substituted "are the following" for "include—" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(1)(E) to (J). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(A)(ii), inserted "and other qualified graduate programs" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (e)(1)(P). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(A)(iv)(I), inserted "University" after "State".

Subsec. (e)(1)(Q), (R). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(A)(iii), (iv)(II), (III), added subpars. (Q) and (R).

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(B), added par. (2) and struck out heading and text of former par. (2). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this section, the term 'qualified graduate program' means a graduate or professional program that—

"(A) provides a program of instruction in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, or other scientific discipline in which African Americans are underrepresented; and

"(B) has students enrolled in such program at the time of application for a grant under this section."

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(B), added par. (3) and struck out heading and text of former par. (3). Text read as follows: "Graduate institutions that were awarded grants under this section prior to October 1, 1992 shall continue to receive such grant payments, regardless of the eligibility of the graduate institutions described in subparagraphs (F) through (P), until such grant period has expired or September 30, 1993, whichever is later."

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(3)(C), added par. (5).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(4)(A), substituted "Subject to subsection (g), of the amount appropriated" for "Of the amount appropriated" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(4)(B), substituted "$26,600,000" for "$12,000,000" and "(A) through (P)" for "(A) through (E)".

Subsec. (f)(2), (3). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(4)(C), added pars. (2) and (3) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "any amount appropriated in excess of $12,000,000 shall be available—

"(A) for the purposes of making grants, in equal amounts not to exceed $500,000, to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (F) through (P) of subsection (e)(1) of this section; and

"(B) secondly for the purposes of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (A) through (P) of subsection (e)(1) of this section."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §304(b)(5), added subsec. (g).

1996—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–141 struck out at end "No more than two 5-year grants (for a period of not more than 10 years) may be made to any one undergraduate or postgraduate institution."

1993—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 103–208 redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "has been accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association or has been approved by a nationally recognized approving agency; and".

1992—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(f)(1), substituted "Eligibility" for "Eligible professional or graduate institutions" in heading and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Independent professional or graduate institutions eligible for grants under subsection (a) of this section include—

"(1) Morehouse School of Medicine;

"(2) Meharry Medical School;

"(3) Charles R. Drew Postgraduate Medical School;

"(4) Atlanta University; and

"(5) Tuskegee Institute School of Veterinary Medicine."

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §303(g), added subsec. (f).

1987—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(9), inserted "except that the Morehouse School of Medicine shall receive at least $3,000,000".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(10), made technical amendment to reference to section 1065 of this title to correct reference to corresponding section of original act.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Congressional Findings

Pub. L. 104–141, §1, May 6, 1996, 110 Stat. 1328, provided that: "The Congress finds the following:

"(1) The Historically Black Graduate Professional Schools identified under section 326 of the Higher Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1063b] may receive grant funds if the Secretary of Education determines that such institutions make a substantial contribution to the legal, medical, dental, veterinary, or other graduate opportunity for African Americans.

"(2) The health professions schools which participate under section 326 train 50 percent of the Nation's African American physicians, 50 percent of the Nation's African American dentists, 50 percent of the Nation's African American pharmacists, and 75 percent of the Nation's African American veterinarians.

"(3) A majority of the graduates of these schools practice in poor urban and rural areas of the country providing care to many disadvantaged Americans.

"(4) The survival of these schools will contribute to the improved health status of disadvantaged persons, and of all Americans."

¹ So in original. Probably should be "subparagraphs (A) to (X) of subsection (e)(1)".

§1063c. Reporting and audit requirements

(a) Recordkeeping

Each recipient of a grant under this part shall keep such records as the Secretary shall prescribe, including records which fully disclose—

(1) the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such assistance;

(2) the cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which such assistance is given or used;

(3) the amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources; and

(4) such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.

(b) Use of unexpended funds

Any funds paid to an institution and not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid during the five-year period following the date of the initial grant award, may be carried over and expended during the succeeding five-year period, if such funds were obligated for a purpose for which the funds were paid during the five-year period following the date of the initial grant award.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §327, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(11), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §312, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3180.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Any funds paid to an institution and not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid within 10 years following the date of the initial grant awarded to an institution under part B of this subchapter shall be repaid to the Treasury of the United States."

1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "part" for "chapter" in introductory text.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1063d. Strengthening HBCUs through Federal agency plans

(a) Designating applicable agencies

The Secretary, in consultation with the Executive Director, shall—

(1) identify each Federal agency with which an HBCU—

(A) has entered into a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement; or

(B) is eligible to participate in the programs and initiatives under the jurisdiction of such Federal agency; and

(2) designate each Federal agency so identified as an applicable agency.

(b) Submitting agency plans

Not later than February 1 of each year, the head of each applicable agency shall submit to the Secretary, the Executive Director, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, and the President's Board of Advisors an annual Agency Plan describing efforts to strengthen the capacity of HBCUs to participate or be eligible to participate in the programs and initiatives under the jurisdiction of such applicable agency as described in subsection (a)(1)(B).

(c) Further requirements for submission and accessibility

The Executive Director shall make all annual Agency Plan submissions publicly available online in a user-friendly format.

(d) Agency plan content

Where appropriate, each Agency Plan shall include—

(1) a description of how the applicable agency intends to increase the capacity of HBCUs to compete effectively for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements;

(2) an identification of Federal programs and initiatives under the jurisdiction of the applicable agency in which HBCUs are underrepresented;

(3) an outline of proposed efforts to improve HBCUs' participation in such programs and initiatives;

(4) a description of any progress made towards advancing or achieving goals and efforts from previous Agency Plans submitted under this section by such applicable agency;

(5) a description of how the applicable agency plans to encourage public-sector, private-sector, and community involvement to improve the capacity of HBCUs to compete effectively for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements, and to participate in programs and initiatives under the jurisdiction of such agency;

(6) an identification of programs and initiatives not listed in a previous Agency Plan in which an HBCU may participate;

(7) any other information the applicable agency determines is relevant to promoting opportunities to fund, partner, contract, or otherwise interact with HBCUs; and

(8) any additional criteria established by the Secretary or the White House Initiative.

(e) Agency engagement

To help fulfill the objectives of the Agency Plans, the head of each applicable agency—

(1) shall provide, as appropriate, technical assistance and information to the Executive Director to enhance communication with HBCUs concerning the applicable agency's—

(A) programs and initiatives described in subsection (d)(2); and

(B) the preparation of applications or proposals for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements; and

(2) shall appoint a senior official to report directly to the agency head on the applicable agency's progress under this section.

(Pub. L. 116–270, §4, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3327.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

This section was enacted as part of the HBCU Propelling Agency Relationships Towards a New Era of Results for Students Act or the HBCU PARTNERS Act, and not as part of the Higher Education Act of 1965 which comprises this chapter.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Change of Name

Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Eighteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2023.

Findings and Purposes

Pub. L. 116–270, §2, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3325, provided that:

"(a) Findings.—Congress finds the following:

"(1) As many colleges and universities across the country kept their doors closed to African American applicants, historically Black colleges and universities (referred to in this section as 'HBCUs') played a central role in ensuring that African Americans could attain an excellent education.

"(2) Today, HBCUs continue to play a critical role in ensuring that African Americans, and those of all races, can access high-quality educational opportunities.

"(3) HBCUs enroll nearly 300,000 students, an estimated 70 percent of whom come from low-income backgrounds and 80 percent of whom are African American.

"(4) According to the National Association For Equal Opportunity In Higher Education (referred to in this section as 'NAFEO'), HBCUs make up just 3 percent of American institutions of higher education but serve more than a fifth of African American college students.

"(5) According to the Thurgood Marshall College Fund (referred to in this section as 'TMCF'), approximately 9 percent of all African American college students attend HBCUs.

"(6) A March 2017 report from the Education Trust concluded that HBCUs have higher completion rates for African American students than other institutions serving similar student populations.

"(7) According to TMCF, 40 percent of African American Members of Congress, 50 percent of African American lawyers, and 80 percent of African American judges are graduates of HBCUs.

"(8) According to NAFEO, HBCUs graduate approximately 50 percent of African American public school teaching professionals.

"(9) According to the United Negro College Fund (referred to in this section as 'UNCF'), African American graduates of HBCUs are almost twice as likely as African Americans who graduated from other institutions to report that their university prepared them well for life.

"(10) According to a study commissioned by UNCF, in 2014, HBCUs generated a total direct economic impact of $14,800,000,000 and created more than 134,000 jobs.

"(11) According to a 2019 report produced by the American Council on Education and UNCF, despite efforts to counter a historical legacy of inequitable funding and notable investments by the Federal Government and many State governments, resource inequities continue to plague HBCUs.

"(b) Purposes.—The purposes of this Act are—

"(1) to strengthen the capacity and competitiveness of HBCUs to fulfill their principal mission of equalizing educational opportunity, as described in section 301(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1051(b));

"(2) to align HBCUs with the educational and economic competitiveness priorities of the United States;

"(3) to provide students enrolled at HBCUs with the highest quality educational and economic opportunities;

"(4) to bolster and facilitate productive interactions between HBCUs and Federal agencies; and

"(5) to encourage HBCU participation in and benefit from Federal programs, grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements."

Definitions

Pub. L. 116–270, §3, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3326, provided that: "In this Act [see Short Title of 2020 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title]:

"(1) Applicable agency.—The term 'applicable agency' means—

"(A) the Department of Agriculture;

"(B) the Department of Commerce;

"(C) the Department of Defense;

"(D) the Department of Education;

"(E) the Department of Energy;

"(F) the Department of Health and Human Services;

"(G) the Department of Homeland Security;

"(H) the Department of Housing and Urban Development;

"(I) the Department of the Interior;

"(J) the Department of Justice;

"(K) the Department of Labor;

"(L) the Department of State;

"(M) the Department of Transportation;

"(N) the Department of Treasury;

"(O) the Department of Veterans Affairs;

"(P) the National Aeronautics and Space Administration;

"(Q) the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration;

"(R) the National Science Foundation;

"(S) the Small Business Administration; and

"(T) any other Federal agency designated as an applicable agency under section 4 [enacting this section].

"(2) Executive director.—The term 'Executive Director' means—

"(A) the Executive Director of the White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, as designated by the President; or

"(B) if no such Executive Director is designated, such person as the President may designate to lead the White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities.

"(3) HBCU.—The term 'HBCU' means a historically Black college or university.

"(4) Historically black college or university.—The term 'historically Black college or university' has the meaning given the term 'part B institution' under section 322 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1061).

"(5) President's board of advisors.—The term 'President's Board of Advisors' means the President's Board of Advisors on historically Black colleges and universities.

"(6) Secretary.—Except as otherwise provided, the term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Education.

"(7) White house initiative.—The term 'White House Initiative' means the White House Initiative on historically Black colleges and universities."

§1063e. President's Board of Advisors on HBCUs

(a) Administration

(1) In general

There is established the President's Board of Advisors on historically Black colleges and universities in the Department of Education or, if the President so elects, within the Executive Office of the President.

(2) Funding from ED ¹

Except as provided in paragraph (3), the Secretary shall provide funding and administrative support for the President's Board of Advisors, subject to the availability of appropriations.

(3) Funding from the Executive Office of the President

If the President elects to locate the President's Board of Advisors within the Executive Office of the President, the Executive Office of the President shall provide funding and administrative support for the President's Board of Advisors, subject to the availability of appropriations.

(b) Membership

(1) In general

The President shall appoint not more than 23 members to the President's Board of Advisors, and the Secretary and Executive Director or their designees shall serve as ex officio members.

(2) Chair

(A) Designation

The President shall designate one member of the President's Board of Advisors to serve as its Chair, who shall help direct the Board's work in coordination with the Secretary and in consultation with the Executive Director.

(B) Consultation

The Chair shall also consult with the Executive Director regarding the time and location of meetings of the President's Board of Advisors, which shall take place not less frequently than once every 6 months.

(C) Performance

Insofar as the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) ² may apply to the President's Board of Advisors, any functions of the President under such Act, except for those of reporting to the Congress, shall be performed by the Chair, in accordance with guidelines issued by the Administrator of General Services.

(3) Compensation

Members of the President's Board of Advisors shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law.

(c) Mission and functions

The President's Board of Advisors shall advise the President, through the White House Initiative, on all matters pertaining to strengthening the educational capacity of HBCUs, which shall include the following:

(1) Improving the identity, visibility, distinctive capabilities, and overall competitiveness of HBCUs.

(2) Engaging the philanthropic, business, government, military, homeland-security, and education communities in a national dialogue regarding new HBCU programs and initiatives.

(3) Improving the ability of HBCUs to remain fiscally secure institutions that can assist the Nation in achieving its educational goals and in advancing the interests of all Americans.

(4) Elevating the public awareness of, and fostering appreciation of, HBCUs.

(5) Encouraging public-private investments in HBCUs.

(6) Improving government-wide strategic planning related to HBCU competitiveness to align Federal resources and provide the context for decisions about HBCU partnerships, investments, performance goals, priorities, human capital development, and budget planning.

(d) Report

The President's Board of Advisors shall report annually to the President on the Board's progress in carrying out its duties under this section.

(Pub. L. 116–270, §5, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3328.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(C), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, which was set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and was substantially repealed and restated in chapter 10 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 5 by Pub. L. 117–286, §§3(a), 7, Dec. 27, 2022, 136 Stat. 4197, 4361. For disposition of sections of the Act into chapter 10 of Title 5, see Disposition Table preceding section 101 of Title 5.

Codification

This section was enacted as part of the HBCU Propelling Agency Relationships Towards a New Era of Results for Students Act or the HBCU PARTNERS Act, and not as part of the Higher Education Act of 1965 which comprises this chapter.

¹ So in original.

² See References in Text note below.

Part C—Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B

§1064. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §304(a)(2), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 476

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §331, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298, related to establishment of challenge grant program.

A prior section 1064, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §331, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §516(c)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 447, established a challenge grant program, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1064, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1233, related to time and manner of making application for grant, selection of recipients and conditions precedent to award, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1065. Endowment challenge grants

(a) Purpose; definitions

(1) The purpose of this section is to establish a program to provide matching grants to eligible institutions in order to establish or increase endowment funds at such institutions, to provide additional incentives to promote fund raising activities by such institutions, and to foster increased independence and self-sufficiency at such institutions.

(2) For the purpose of this section:

(A) The term "endowment fund" means a fund established by State law, by an institution of higher education, or by a foundation which is exempt from taxation and is maintained for the purpose of generating income for the support of the institution, but which shall not include real estate.

(B) The term "endowment fund corpus" means an amount equal to the grant or grants awarded under this section plus an amount equal to such grant or grants provided by the institution.

(C) The term "endowment fund income" means an amount equal to the total value of the endowment fund established under this section minus the endowment fund corpus.

(D)(i) The term "eligible institution" means an institution that is an—

(I) eligible institution under part A or would be considered to be such an institution if section 1058(b)(1)(C) of this title referred to a postgraduate degree rather than a bachelor's degree;

(II) institution eligible for assistance under part B or would be considered to be such an institution if section 1063 of this title referred to a postgraduate degree rather than a baccalaureate degree; or

(III) institution of higher education that makes a substantial contribution to postgraduate medical educational opportunities for minorities and the economically disadvantaged.

(ii) The Secretary may waive the requirements of subclauses (I) and (II) of clause (i) with respect to a postgraduate degree in the case of any institution otherwise eligible under clause (i) for an endowment challenge grant upon determining that the institution makes a substantial contribution to medical education opportunities for minorities and the economically disadvantaged.

(b) Grants authorized

(1) From sums available for this section under section 1068h of this title, the Secretary is authorized to award endowment challenge grants to eligible institutions to establish or increase an endowment fund at such institution. Such grants shall be made only to eligible institutions described in paragraph (4) whose applications have been approved pursuant to subsection (g).

(2)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), no institution shall receive a grant under this section, unless such institution has deposited in its endowment fund established under this section an amount equal to the amount of such grant. The source of funds for this institutional match shall not include Federal funds or funds from an existing endowment fund.

(B) The Secretary may make a grant under this part to an eligible institution in any fiscal year if the institution—

(i) applies for a grant in an amount not exceeding $1,000,000; and

(ii) has deposited in the eligible institution's endowment fund established under this section an amount which is equal to ½ of the amount of such grant.

(C) An eligible institution of higher education that is awarded a grant under subparagraph (B) shall not be eligible to receive an additional grant under subparagraph (B) until 10 years after the date on which the grant period terminates.

(3) The period of a grant under this section shall be not more than 20 years. During the grant period, an institution may not withdraw or expend any of the endowment fund corpus. After the termination of the grant period, an institution may use the endowment fund corpus plus any endowment fund income for any educational purpose.

(4)(A) An institution of higher education is eligible to receive a grant under this section if it is an eligible institution as described in subsection (a)(2)(D) of this section.

(B) No institution shall be ineligible for an endowment challenge grant under this section for a fiscal year by reason of the previous receipt of such a grant but no institution shall be eligible to receive such a grant for more than 2 fiscal years out of any period of 5 consecutive fiscal years.

(5) An endowment challenge grant awarded under this section to an eligible institution shall be in an amount which is not less than $100,000 in any fiscal year.

(6)(A) An eligible institution may designate a foundation, which was established for the purpose of raising money for the institution, as the recipient of the grant awarded under this section.

(B) The Secretary shall not award a grant to a foundation on behalf of an institution unless—

(i) the institution assures the Secretary that the foundation is legally authorized to receive the endowment fund corpus and is legally authorized to administer the fund in accordance with this section and any implementing regulation;

(ii) the foundation agrees to administer the fund in accordance with the requirements of this section and any implementing regulation; and

(iii) the institution agrees to be liable for any violation by the foundation of the provisions of this section and any implementing regulation, including any monetary liability that may arise as a result of such violation.

(c) Grant agreement; endowment fund provisions

(1) An institution awarded a grant under this section shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary containing satisfactory assurances that it will (A) immediately comply with the matching requirements of subsection (b)(2), (B) establish an endowment fund independent of any other such fund of the institution, (C) invest the endowment fund corpus, and (D) meet the other requirements of this section.

(2)(A) An institution shall invest the endowment fund corpus and endowment fund income in low-risk securities in which a regulated insurance company may invest under the law of the State in which the institution is located such as a federally insured bank savings account or comparable interest-bearing account, certificate of deposit, money market fund, mutual fund, or obligations of the United States.

(B) The institution, in investing the endowment fund established under this section, shall exercise the judgment and care, under the circumstances then prevailing, which a person of prudence, discretion, and intelligence would exercise in the management of such person's own affairs.

(3)(A) An institution may withdraw and expend the endowment fund income to defray any expenses necessary to the operation of such college, including expenses of operations and maintenance, administration, academic and support personnel, construction and renovation, community and student services programs, and technical assistance.

(B)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), an institution may not spend more than 50 percent of the total aggregate endowment fund income earned prior to the time of expenditure.

(ii) The Secretary may permit an institution to spend more than 50 percent of the endowment fund income notwithstanding clause (i) if the institution demonstrates such an expenditure is necessary because of (I) a financial emergency, such as a pending insolvency or temporary liquidity problem; (II) a life-threatening situation occasioned by a natural disaster or arson; or (III) any other unusual occurrence or exigent circumstance.

(d) Repayment provisions

(1) If at any time an institution withdraws part of the endowment fund corpus, the institution shall repay to the Secretary an amount equal to 50 percent of the withdrawn amount, which represents the Federal share, plus income earned thereon. The Secretary may use such repaid funds to make additional challenge grants, or to increase existing endowment grants, to other eligible institutions.

(2) If an institution expends more of the endowment fund income than is permitted under subsection (c), the institution shall repay the Secretary an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount improperly expended (representing the Federal share thereof). The Secretary may use such repaid fund to make additional challenge grants, or to increase existing challenge grants, to other eligible institutions.

(e) Audit information

An institution receiving a grant under this section shall provide to the Secretary (or a designee thereof) such information (or access thereto) as may be necessary to audit or examine expenditures made from the endowment fund corpus or income in order to determine compliance with this section.

(f) Selection criteria

In selecting eligible institutions for grants under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall—

(1) give priority to an applicant that is receiving assistance under part A or part B or has received a grant under part A of this subchapter or part B of this subchapter within the 5 fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the applicant is applying for a grant under this section;

(2) give priority to an applicant with a greater need for such a grant, based on the current market value of the applicant's existing endowment in relation to the number of full-time equivalent students enrolled at such institution; and

(3) consider—

(A) the effort made by the applicant to build or maintain its existing endowment fund; and

(B) the degree to which an applicant proposes to match the grant with nongovernmental funds.

(g) Application

Any institution which is eligible for assistance under this section may submit to the Secretary a grant application at such time, in such form, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe, including a description of the long- and short-term plans for raising and using the funds under this part. Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this section and consistent with the requirement of subsection (f), the Secretary may approve an application for a grant if an institution, in its application, provides adequate assurances that it will comply with the requirements of this section.

(h) Termination and recovery provisions

(1) After notice and an opportunity for a hearing, the Secretary may terminate and recover a grant awarded under this section if the grantee institution—

(A) expends portions of the endowment fund corpus or expends more than the permissible amount of the endowment funds income as prescribed in subsection (c)(3);

(B) fails to invest the endowment fund in accordance with the investment standards set forth in subsection (c)(2); or

(C) fails to properly account to the Secretary concerning the investment and expenditures of the endowment funds.

(2) If the Secretary terminates a grant under paragraph (1), the grantee shall return to the Secretary an amount equal to the sum of each original grant under this section plus income earned thereon. The Secretary may use such repaid funds to make additional endowment grants, or to increase existing challenge grants, to other eligible institutions under this part.

(i) Technical assistance

The Secretary, directly or by grant or contract, may provide technical assistance to eligible institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, and maintain a grant, under this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §331, formerly §332, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1299; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(12), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336; renumbered §331 and amended Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §304(a)(3), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 476; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(a)(8), (10), (11), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, 2458; Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §305, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1646; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §313, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3180.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 331 of Pub. L. 89–329, title III, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298, related to establishment of challenge grant program, was classified to section 1064 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, §304(a)(2).

A prior section 1065, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §332, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1396, related to applications for challenge grants, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1065, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §405, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §101(b)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to allotment and reallotment of funds among the States, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

A prior section 1065a, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §333, as added Pub. L. 98–95, §2, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708, established program of matching grants to increase endowments at eligible institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §313(a)(1), substituted "$1,000,000" for "$500,000".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §313(a)(2), substituted "$100,000" for "$50,000".

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 110–315, §313(b), added subsec. (i).

1998—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §305(1), substituted "section 1068h" for "section 1069f".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 105–244, §305(2), added subpars. (B) and (C) and struck out former subpars. (B) and (C) which authorized Secretary to make grants under this part to eligible institutions in amounts which varied depending on amount appropriated in each fiscal year to carry out this part and limited rights of institutions to reapply for grants when amount appropriated was below specified amounts.

1993—Subsecs. (a)(2)(D), (b)(2)(B), (C), (5). Pub. L. 103–208 realigned margins and in subsec. (b)(5) substituted "An endowment" for "an endowment".

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(1)(A), struck out "of higher education" after "eligible institutions".

Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(1)(B), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(2), inserted "endowment" before "challenge grants" and struck out "of higher education" after "eligible institutions".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(3), amended subpars. (B) and (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpars. (B) and (C) read as follows:

"(B) In any fiscal year in which the appropriations for this part exceeds $10,000,000, the Secretary may make a grant under this part to an eligible institution of higher education if such institution—

"(i) has deposited in its endowment fund established under this section an amount which is equal to one-half of the amount of such grant; and

"(ii) applies for a grant in an amount exceeding $1,000,000.

"(C) An eligible institution of higher education that is awarded a grant under this section shall not be eligible to reapply for a grant under this section during the 10 years immediately following the period that it received such grant."

Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(4), substituted "subsection (a)(2)(D) of this section" for "section 1064(a)(1) of this title".

Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(5), substituted "an endowment challenge grant" for "a challenge grant".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(6), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "Except as provided in paragraph (2)(B), a challenge grant under this section to an eligible institution year shall—

"(A) not be less than $50,000 for any fiscal year; and

"(B) not be more than (i) $250,000 for fiscal year 1987; or (ii) $500,000 for fiscal year 1988 or any succeeding fiscal year."

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(7), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "give priority to an applicant which is a recipient of a grant made under part A or B of this subchapter (or section 1069a of this title) during the academic year in which the applicant is applying for a grant under this section;".

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–325, §304(b)(8), inserted ", including a description of the long- and short-term plans for raising and using the funds under this part" before period at end of first sentence.

1987—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 100–50 inserted "(or section 1069a of this title)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Part D—Historically Black College and University Capital Financing

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, redesignated part B of subchapter VII of this chapter as part D of subchapter III of this chapter.

Prior Provisions

A prior part D, consisting of sections 1066 to 1069, 1069b to 1069d, and 1069f, was redesignated part F (§1068 et seq.) of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.

§1066. Findings

The Congress finds that—

(1) a significant part of the Federal mission in education has been to attain equal opportunity in higher education for low-income, educationally disadvantaged Americans and African Americans;

(2) the Nation's historically Black colleges and universities have played a prominent role in American history and have an unparalleled record of fostering the development of African American youth by recognizing their potential, enhancing their academic and technical skills, and honing their social and political skills through higher education;

(3) the academic and residential facilities on the campuses of all historically Black colleges and universities have suffered from neglect, deferred maintenance and are in need of capital improvements in order to provide appropriate settings for learning and social development through higher education;

(4) due to their small enrollments, limited endowments and other financial factors normally considered by lenders in construction financing, historically Black colleges and universities often lack access to the sources of funding necessary to undertake the necessary capital improvements through borrowing and bond financing;

(5) despite their track record of long-standing and remarkable institutional longevity and viability, historically Black colleges and universities often lack the financial resources necessary to gain access to traditional sources of capital financing such as bank loans and bond financing; and

(6) Federal assistance to facilitate low-cost capital basis for historically Black colleges and universities will enable such colleges and universities to continue and expand their educational mission and enhance their significant role in American higher education.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §341, formerly title VII, §721, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 741; renumbered title III, §341, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §351, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1302, and amended, which related to applications for assistance under this subchapter, was renumbered section 391 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068 of this title.

Another prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §341, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1396, related to applications for assistance, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §101(b)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to allocation of allotted funds to institutions, filing dates for application, criteria for making allocations, additional allocations and payments, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Part effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1066a. Definitions

For the purposes of this part:

(1) The term "eligible institution" means a "part B institution" as that term is defined in section 1061(2) of this title.

(2) The term "loan" means a loan made to an eligible institution under the provisions of this part and pursuant to an agreement with the Secretary.

(3) The term "qualified bond" means any obligation issued by the designated bonding authority at the direction of the Secretary, the net proceeds of which are loaned to an eligible institution for the purposes described in section 1066b(b) of this title.

(4) The term "funding" means any payment under this part from the Secretary to the eligible institution or its assignee in fulfillment of the insurance obligations of the Secretary pursuant to an agreement under section 1066b of this title.

(5) The term "capital project" means, subject to section 1066c(b) of this title, the repair, renovation, or, in exceptional circumstances, the construction or acquisition, of—

(A) any classroom facility, library, laboratory facility, dormitory (including dining facilities) or other facility customarily used by colleges and universities for instructional or research purposes or for housing students, faculty, and staff;

(B) a facility for the administration of an educational program, or a student center or student union, except that not more than 5 percent of the loan proceeds provided under this part may be used for the facility, center or union if the facility, center or union is owned, leased, managed, or operated by a private business, that, in return for such use, makes a payment to the eligible institution;

(C) instructional equipment, technology, research instrumentation, and any capital equipment or fixture related to facilities described in subparagraph (A);

(D) a maintenance, storage, or utility facility that is essential to the operation of a facility, a library, a dormitory, equipment, instrumentation, a fixture, real property or an interest therein, described in this paragraph;

(E) a facility designed to provide primarily outpatient health care for students or faculty;

(F) physical infrastructure essential to support the projects authorized under this paragraph, including roads, sewer and drainage systems, and water, power, lighting, telecommunications, and other utilities;

(G) any other facility, equipment or fixture which is essential to the maintaining of accreditation of the member institution by an accrediting agency or association recognized by the Secretary under subpart 2 of part H of subchapter IV; and

(H) any real property or interest therein underlying facilities described in subparagraph (A) or (G).

(6) The term "interest" includes accredited value or any other payment constituting interest on an obligation.

(7) The term "outstanding", when used with respect to bonds, shall not include bonds the payment of which shall have been provided for by the irrevocable deposit in trust of obligations maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as will ensure the availability of sufficient moneys to make payments on such bonds.

(8) The term "designated bonding authority" means the private, for-profit corporation selected by the Secretary pursuant to section 1066d(1) of this title for the purpose of issuing taxable capital project construction bonds in furtherance of the purposes of this part.

(9) The term "Advisory Board" means the Advisory Board established by section 1066f of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §342, formerly title VII, §722, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 742; renumbered title III, §342, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(3), (4), (c)(4), 306(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1646; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §§314(a), 320(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3180, 3187.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–1 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 342 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1067 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Par. (5). Pub. L. 110–315, §320(1)(A), inserted a comma after "1066c(b) of this title" in introductory provisions.

Par. (5)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §320(1)(B), substituted "equipment, technology," for "equipment technology,,".

Par. (5)(G). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(a)(1), substituted "by an accrediting agency or association recognized by the Secretary under subpart 2 of part H of subchapter IV" for "by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association".

Par. (8). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(a)(2), inserted "capital project" after "issuing taxable".

1998—Par. (3). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(4)(A), substituted "section 1066b(b)" for "section 1132c–2(b)".

Par. (4). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(4)(B), substituted "section 1066b" for "section 1132c–2".

Par. (5). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(4)(C), substituted "section 1066c(b)" for "section 1132c–3(b)" in introductory provisions.

Par. (5)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(a)(2), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Par. (5)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(a)(1), (3), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C) and inserted "technology," after "instructional equipment". Former subpar. (C) redesignated (G).

Par. (5)(D) to (F). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(a)(4), added subpars. (D) to (F). Former subpar. (D) redesignated (H).

Par. (5)(G). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (C) as (G).

Par. (5)(H). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(a)(1), (5), redesignated subpar. (D) as (H) and substituted "(G)" for "(C)".

Par. (8). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(4)(D), substituted "section 1066d(1)" for "section 1132c–4(1)".

Par. (9). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(4)(E), substituted "section 1066f" for "section 1132c–6".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1066b. Federal insurance for bonds

(a) General rule

Subject to the limitations in section 1066c of this title, the Secretary is authorized to enter into insurance agreements to provide financial insurance to guarantee the full payment of principal and interest on qualified bonds upon the conditions set forth in subsections (b), (c) and (d).

(b) Responsibilities of designated bonding authority

The Secretary may not enter into an insurance agreement described in subsection (a) unless the Secretary designates a qualified bonding authority in accordance with sections 1066d(1) and 1066e ¹ of this title and the designated bonding authority agrees in such agreement to—

(1) use the proceeds of the qualified bonds, less costs of issuance not to exceed 2 percent of the principal amount thereof, to make loans to eligible institutions or for deposit into an escrow account for repayment of the bonds;

(2) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that not less than 95 percent of the proceeds of the loan will be used—

(A) to finance the repair, renovation, and, in exceptional cases, construction or acquisition, of a capital project; or

(B) to refinance an obligation the proceeds of which were used to finance the repair, renovation, and, in exceptional cases, construction or acquisition, of a capital project;

(3)(A) charge such interest on loans, and provide for such a schedule of repayments of loans, as will, upon the timely repayment of the loans, provide adequate and timely funds for the payment of principal and interest on the bonds; and

(B) require that any payment on a loan expected to be necessary to make a payment of principal and interest on the bonds be due not less than 60 days prior to the date of the payment on the bonds for which such loan payment is expected to be needed;

(4) prior to the making of any loan, provide for a credit review of the institution receiving the loan and assure the Secretary that, on the basis of such credit review, it is reasonable to anticipate that the institution receiving the loan will be able to repay the loan in a timely manner pursuant to the terms thereof;

(5) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that, if a delinquency on such loan results in a funding under the insurance agreement, the institution obligated on such loan shall repay the Secretary, upon terms to be determined by the Secretary, for such funding;

(6) assign any loans to the Secretary, upon the demand of the Secretary, if a delinquency on such loan has required a funding under the insurance agreement;

(7) in the event of a delinquency on a loan, engage in such collection efforts as the Secretary shall require for a period of not less than 45 days prior to requesting a funding under the insurance agreement;

(8) establish an escrow account—

(A) into which each eligible institution shall deposit 5 percent of the proceeds of any loan made under this part, with each eligible institution required to maintain in the escrow account an amount equal to 5 percent of the outstanding principal of all loans made to such institution under this part; and

(B) the balance of which—

(i) shall be available to the Secretary to pay principal and interest on the bonds in the event of delinquency in loan repayment; and

(ii) shall be used to return to an eligible institution an amount equal to any remaining portion of such institution's 5 percent deposit of loan proceeds within 120 days following scheduled repayment of such institution's loan;

(9) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that, if a delinquency on such loan results in amounts being withdrawn from the escrow account to pay principal and interest on bonds, subsequent payments on such loan shall be available to replenish such escrow account;

(10) comply with the limitations set forth in section 1066c of this title;

(11) make loans only to eligible institutions under this part in accordance with conditions prescribed by the Secretary to ensure that loans are fairly allocated among as many eligible institutions as possible, consistent with making loans of amounts that will permit capital projects of sufficient size and scope to significantly contribute to the educational program of the eligible institutions; and

(12) limit loan collateralization, with respect to any loan made under this part, to 100 percent of the loan amount, except as otherwise required by the Secretary.

(c) Additional agreement provisions

Any insurance agreement described in subsection (a) of this section shall provide as follows:

(1) The payment of principal and interest on bonds shall be insured by the Secretary until such time as such bonds have been retired or canceled.

(2) The Federal liability for delinquencies and default for bonds guaranteed under this part shall only become effective upon the exhaustion of all the funds held in the escrow account described in subsection (b)(8).

(3) The Secretary shall create a letter of credit authorizing the Department of the Treasury to disburse funds to the designated bonding authority or its assignee.

(4) The letter of credit shall be drawn upon in the amount determined by paragraph (5) of this subsection upon the certification of the designated bonding authority to the Secretary or the Secretary's designee that there is a delinquency on 1 or more loans and there are insufficient funds available from loan repayments and the escrow account to make a scheduled payment of principal and interest on the bonds.

(5) Upon receipt by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee of the certification described in paragraph (4) of this subsection, the designated bonding authority may draw a funding under the letter of credit in an amount equal to—

(A) the amount required to make the next scheduled payment of principal and interest on the bonds, less

(B) the amount available to the designated bonding authority from loan repayments and the escrow account.

(6) All funds provided under the letter of credit shall be paid to the designated bonding authority within 2 business days following receipt of the certification described in paragraph (4).

(d) Full faith and credit provisions

Subject to subsection (c)(1) the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all funds which may be required to be paid under the provisions of this section.

(e) Sale of qualified bonds

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a qualified bond guaranteed under this part may be sold to any party that offers terms that the Secretary determines are in the best interest of the eligible institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §343, formerly title VII, §723, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 743; amended Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §360C, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3972; renumbered title III, §343, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(3), (4), (c)(5), 306(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1646; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §§314(b), 320(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3181, 3187.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1066e of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was repealed by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §306(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–2 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 343 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1068 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(8)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(b)(1)(B), inserted "within 120 days" after "loan proceeds".

Pub. L. 110–315, §314(b)(1)(A), which directed the substitution of "5" for "10", could not be executed because "10" did not appear subsequent to amendment by Pub. L. 105–244, §306(b)(1). See 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(b)(2)–(4), added par. (12).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §320(2), inserted heading.

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(5)(A), substituted "section 1066c" for "section 1132c–3".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(5)(B)(i), substituted "sections 1066d(1) and 1066e" for "sections 1132c–4(1) and 1132c–5" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(b)(1), substituted "5 percent" for "10 percent" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(10). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(5)(B)(ii), substituted "section 1066c" for "section 1132c–3".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(5)(B)(iii), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to subsection (c)(1) of this section.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(b)(2), added subsec. (e).

1994—Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 103–382, §360C(1)(A), inserted before semicolon ", with each eligible institution required to maintain in the escrow account an amount equal to 10 percent of the outstanding principal of all loans made to such institution under this part".

Subsec. (b)(8)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 103–382, §360C(1)(B), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "when all bonds under this part are retired or canceled, shall be divided among the eligible institutions making deposits into such account on the basis of the amount of each such institution's deposit;".

Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 103–382, §360C(2), substituted "conditions" for "regulations".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1066c. Limitations on Federal insurance for bonds issued by designated bonding authority

(a) Limit on amount

At no time shall the aggregate principal amount of outstanding bonds insured under this part together with any accrued unpaid interest thereon exceed $1,100,000,000, of which—

(1) not more than $733,333,333 shall be used for loans to eligible institutions that are private historically Black colleges and universities; and

(2) not more than $366,666,667 shall be used for loans to eligible institutions which are historically Black public colleges and universities.

For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), Lincoln University of Pennsylvania is an historically Black public institution. No institution of higher education that has received assistance under section 123 of this title shall be eligible to receive assistance under this part.

(b) Limitation on credit authority

The authority of the Secretary to issue letters of credit and insurance under this part is effective only to the extent provided in advance by appropriations Acts.

(c) Religious activity prohibition

No loan may be made under this part for any educational program, activity or service related to sectarian instruction or religious worship or provided by a school or department of divinity or to an institution in which a substantial portion of its functions is subsumed in a religious mission.

(d) Discrimination prohibition

No loan may be made to an institution under this part if the institution discriminates on account of race, color, religion, national origin, sex (to the extent provided in title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 [20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.]), or disabling condition; except that the prohibition with respect to religion shall not apply to an institution which is controlled by or which is closely identified with the tenets of a particular religious organization if the application of this section would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §344, formerly title VII, §724, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 745; renumbered title III, §344, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §314(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3181.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Education Amendments of 1972, referred to in subsec. (d), is Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235. Title IX of the Act, known as the Patsy Takemoto Mink Equal Opportunity in Education Act, is classified principally to chapter 38 (§1681 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of title IX to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1681 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–3 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 344 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1069 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(c)(1), substituted "$1,100,000,000" for "$375,000,000" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(c)(2), substituted "$733,333,333" for "$250,000,000".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(c)(3), substituted "$366,666,667" for "$125,000,000".

§1066d. Authority of Secretary

In the performance of, and with respect to, the functions vested in the Secretary by this part, the Secretary—

(1) shall, within 120 days of August 14, 2008, publish in the Federal Register a notice and request for proposals for any private for-profit organization or entity wishing to serve as the designated bonding authority under this part, which notice shall—

(A) specify the time and manner for submission of proposals; and

(B) specify any information, qualifications, criteria, or standards the Secretary determines to be necessary to evaluate the financial capacity and administrative capability of any applicant to carry out the responsibilities of the designated bonding authority under this part;

(2) shall ensure that—

(A) the selection process for the designated bonding authority is conducted on a competitive basis; and

(B) the evaluation and selection process is transparent;

(3) shall—

(A) review the performance of the designated bonding authority after the third year of the insurance agreement; and

(B) following the review described in subparagraph (A), implement a revised competitive selection process, if determined necessary by the Secretary in consultation with the Advisory Board established pursuant to section 1066f of this title;

(4) shall require that the first loans for capital projects authorized under section 1066b of this title be made no later than March 31, 1994;

(5) may sue and be sued in any court of record of a State having general jurisdiction or in any district court of the United States, and such district courts shall have jurisdiction of civil actions arising under this part without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this part without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this section by or against the Secretary shall survive notwithstanding any change in the person occupying the office of the Secretary or any vacancy in such office;

(6)(A) may foreclose on any property and bid for and purchase at any foreclosure, or any other sale, any property in connection with which the Secretary has been assigned a loan pursuant to this part; and

(B) in the event of such an acquisition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law relating to the acquisition, handling, or disposal of real property by the United States, complete, administer, remodel and convert, dispose of, lease, and otherwise deal with, such property, except that—

(i) such action shall not preclude any other action by the Secretary to recover any deficiency in the amount of a loan assigned to the Secretary; and

(ii) any such acquisition of real property shall not deprive any State or political subdivision thereof of its civil or criminal jurisdiction in and over such property or impair the civil rights under the State or local laws of the inhabitants on such property;

(7) may sell, exchange, or lease real or personal property and securities or obligations;

(8) may include in any contract such other covenants, conditions, or provisions necessary to ensure that the purposes of this part will be achieved;

(9) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide technical assistance to eligible institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under this part; and

(10) not later than 120 days after August 14, 2008, shall submit to the authorizing committees a report on the progress of the Department in implementing the recommendations made by the Government Accountability Office in October 2006 for improving the Historically Black College and Universities Capital Financing Program.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §345, formerly title VII, §725, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 745; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(j)(16), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2481; renumbered title III, §345, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(3), (4), (c)(6), 306(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1647; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §314(d), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3181.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–4 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 345 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1069a of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Par. (1). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(d)(1), substituted "August 14, 2008," for "July 23, 1992," in introductory provisions.

Pars. (2) to (9). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(d)(2), (3), added pars. (2) and (3) and redesignated former pars. (2) to (7) as (4) to (9), respectively.

Par. (10). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(d)(4)–(6), added par. (10).

1998—Par. (2). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(6), substituted "section 1066b" for "section 1132c–2".

Par. (7). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(c), added par. (7).

1993—Pars. (2) to (6). Pub. L. 103–208 added par. (2) and redesignated former pars. (2) to (5) as (3) to (6), respectively.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1066e. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §306(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §346, formerly title VII, §726, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 746; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(j)(17), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2481; renumbered title III, §346, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, prohibited institution receiving a loan under this part from receiving grant under former part A of subchapter VII of this chapter.

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–5 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1066f. HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board

(a) Establishment and purpose

There is established within the Department of Education, the Historically Black College and Universities Capital Financing Advisory Board (hereinafter in this part referred to as the "Advisory Board") which shall provide advice and counsel to the Secretary and the designated bonding authority as to the most effective and efficient means of implementing construction financing on African American college campuses, and advise the Congress of the United States regarding the progress made in implementing this part. The Advisory Board shall meet with the Secretary at least twice each year to advise him as to the capital needs of historically Black colleges and universities, how those needs can be met through the program authorized by this part, and what additional steps might be taken to improve the operation and implementation of the construction financing program.

(b) Board membership

(1) Composition

The Advisory Board shall be appointed by the Secretary and shall be composed of 11 members as follows:

(A) The Secretary or the Secretary's designee.

(B) Three members who are presidents of private historically Black colleges or universities.

(C) Three members who are presidents of public historically Black colleges or universities.

(D) The president of the United Negro College Fund, Inc., or the president's designee.

(E) The president of the National Association for Equal Opportunity in Higher Education, or the designee of the Association.

(F) The executive director of the White House Initiative on historically Black colleges and universities.

(G) The president of the Thurgood Marshall College Fund, or the designee of the president.

(2) Terms

The term of office of each member appointed under paragraphs (1)(B) and (1)(C) shall be 3 years, except that—

(A) of the members first appointed pursuant to paragraphs (1)(B) and (1)(C), 2 shall be appointed for terms of 1 year, and 3 shall be appointed for terms of 2 years;

(B) members appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of a term of a member shall be appointed to serve the remainder of that term; and

(C) a member may continue to serve after the expiration of a term until a successor is appointed.

(c) Additional recommendations from Advisory Board

(1) In general

In addition to the responsibilities of the Advisory Board described in subsection (a), the Advisory Board shall advise the Secretary and the authorizing committees regarding—

(A) the fiscal status and strategic financial condition of not less than ten historically Black colleges and universities that have—

(i) obtained construction financing through the program under this part and seek additional financing or refinancing under such program; or

(ii) applied for construction financing through the program under this part but have not received financing under such program; and

(B) the feasibility of reducing borrowing costs associated with the program under this part, including reducing interest rates.

(2) Report

Not later than six months after August 14, 2008, the Advisory Board shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing committees regarding the historically Black colleges and universities described in paragraph (1)(A) that includes administrative and legislative recommendations for addressing the issues related to construction financing facing such historically Black colleges and universities.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §347, formerly title VII, §727, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 746; renumbered title III, §347, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(3), (4), 306(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1647; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §314(e), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3182.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–6 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 347 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1069c of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(e)(1)(A), substituted "11 members" for "9 members" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(e)(1)(B), substituted "Three members" for "Two members".

Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(e)(1)(C), added subpar. (G).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §314(e)(2), added subsec. (c).

1998—Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(e)(1)(A), inserted ", or the president's designee." after "Fund, Inc."

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(e)(1)(B), inserted ", or the designee of the Association" before the period.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §306(e)(2), struck out heading and text of subsec. (c). Text read as follows: "There are authorized to be appropriated $50,000 for fiscal year 1993 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years to carry out this section."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Termination of Advisory Boards

Advisory boards established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a board established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such board is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a board established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See sections 1001(2) and 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

§1066g. Minority business enterprise utilization

In the performance of and with respect to the Secretary's effectuation of his responsibilities under section 1066d(1) of this title and to the maximum extent feasible in the implementation of the purposes of this part, minority business persons, including bond underwriters and credit enhancers, bond counsel, marketers, accountants, advisors, construction contractors, and managers should be utilized.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §348, formerly title VII, §728, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title VII, §704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 747; renumbered title III, §348, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(3), (4), (c)(7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1132c–7 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

1998—Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(7), substituted "section 1066d(1)" for "section 1132c–4(1)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Part E—Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program

subpart 1—minority science and engineering improvement program

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(5), 307(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1648, redesignated subpart 1 (§1135b et seq.) of part B of subchapter X of this chapter as subpart 1 of part E of subchapter III of this chapter and inserted "and engineering" before "improvement program" in heading.

§1067. Findings

Congress makes the following findings:

(1) It is incumbent on the Federal Government to support the technological and economic competitiveness of the United States by improving and expanding the scientific and technological capacity of the United States. More and better prepared scientists, engineers, and technical experts are needed to improve and expand such capacity.

(2) As the Nation's population becomes more diverse, it is important that the educational and training needs of all Americans are met. Underrepresentation of minorities in science and technological fields diminishes our Nation's competitiveness by impairing the quantity of well prepared scientists, engineers, and technical experts in these fields.

(3) Despite significant limitations in resources, minority institutions provide an important educational opportunity for minority students, particularly in science and engineering fields. Aid to minority institutions is a good way to address the underrepresentation of minorities in science and technological fields.

(4) There is a strong Federal interest in improving science and engineering programs at minority institutions as such programs lag behind in program offerings and in student enrollment compared to such programs at other institutions of higher education.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §350, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §307(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §352, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1304, and amended, which related to waiver authority and reporting requirement, was renumbered section 392 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068a of this title.

Another prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §342, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1398, set waiver authority and reporting requirements for this part, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §407, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§101(b)(2), 103, 104, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, 1018, related to agreements with institutions, required provisions and use of funds as additional Federal capital contribution for student loan fund, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067a. Purpose; authority

(a) Congressional declaration of purpose

It is the purpose of this subpart to continue the authority of the Department to operate the Minority Institutions Science Improvement Program created under section 1862(a)(1) of title 42 and transferred to the Department by section 3444(a)(1) of this title.

(b) Grant authority

The Secretary shall, in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, carry out a program of making grants to institutions of higher education that are designed to effect long-range improvement in science and engineering education at predominantly minority institutions and to increase the participation of underrepresented ethnic minorities, particularly minority women, in scientific and technological careers.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §351, formerly title X, §1021, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1561; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title X, §1002(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 780; renumbered title III, §351, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(5), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135b of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 351 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 391 and is classified to section 1068 of this title.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–39 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 3444(a)(1) of this title.

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325 inserted ", particularly minority women," after "ethnic minorities".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067b. Grant recipient selection

(a) Establishment of criteria

Grants under this subpart shall be awarded on the basis of criteria established by the Secretary by regulations.

(b) Priorities to be given in criteria

In establishing criteria under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to applicants which have not previously received funding from the Minority Institutions Science Improvement Program and to previous grantees with a proven record of success, as well as to applications that contribute to achieving balance among projects with respect to geographic region, academic discipline, and project type.

(c) Required criteria

In establishing criteria under subsection (a), the Secretary may consider the following selection criteria in making grants:

(1) plan of operation;

(2) quality of key personnel;

(3) budget and cost effectiveness;

(4) evaluation plan;

(5) adequacy of resources;

(6) identification of need for the project;

(7) potential institutional impact of the project;

(8) institutional commitment to the project;

(9) expected outcomes; and

(10) scientific and educational value of the proposed project.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §352, formerly title X, §1022, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1561; renumbered title III, §352, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135b–1 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 352 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 392 and is classified to section 1068a of this title.

§1067c. Use of funds

(a) Types of grants

Funds appropriated to carry out this subpart may be made available as—

(1) institutional grants (as defined in section 1067k(6) of this title);

(2) cooperative grants (as defined in section 1067k(7) of this title);

(3) design projects (as defined in section 1067k(8) of this title); or

(4) special projects (as defined in section 1067k(9) of this title).

(b) Authorized uses for each type of grant

(1) The authorized uses of funds made available as institutional grants include (but are not limited to)—

(A) faculty development programs; or

(B) development of curriculum materials.

(2) The authorized uses of funds made available as cooperative grants include (but are not limited to)—

(A) assisting institutions in sharing facilities and personnel;

(B) disseminating information about established programs in science and engineering;

(C) supporting cooperative efforts to strengthen the institutions' science and engineering programs; or

(D) carrying out a combination of any of the activities in subparagraphs (A) through (C).

(3) The authorized uses of funds made available as design projects include (but are not limited to)—

(A) developing planning, management, and evaluation systems; or

(B) developing plans for initiating scientific research and for improving institutions' capabilities for such activities.

Funds used for design project grants may not be used to pay more than 50 percent of the salaries during any academic year of faculty members involved in the project.

(4) The authorized uses of funds made available as special projects include (but are not limited to)—

(A) advanced science seminars;

(B) science faculty workshops and conferences;

(C) faculty training to develop specific science research or education skills;

(D) research in science education;

(E) programs for visiting scientists;

(F) preparation of films or audio-visual materials in science;

(G) development of learning experiences in science beyond those normally available to minority undergraduate students;

(H) development of pre-college enrichment activities in science; or

(I) any other activities designed to address specific barriers to the entry of minorities into science.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §353, formerly title X, §1023, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1562; renumbered title III, §353, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), (c)(8), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135b–2 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 353 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 393 and is classified to section 1068b of this title.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(8)(A), substituted "section 1067k(6)" for "section 1135d–5(6)".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(8)(B), substituted "section 1067k(7)" for "section 1135d–5(7)".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(8)(C), substituted "section 1067k(8)" for "section 1135d–5(8)".

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(8)(D), substituted "section 1067k(9)" for "section 1135d–5(9)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067d. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §302, July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, formerly title X, §1024, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1562; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title X, §1002(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 780; renumbered title III, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, required Secretary to submit to President and Congress a report by Jan. 1, 1996, summarizing and evaluating Federal programs to increase minority participation and representation in scientific fields.

Section was formerly classified to section 1135b–3 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as an Effective Date of 2009 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 2—programs in stem fields

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior subpart 2, consisting of sections 1067g to 1067l, was redesignated subpart 3 of this part by Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3182.

§1067e. YES partnerships grant program

(a) Grant program authorized

Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall make grants to eligible partnerships (as described in subsection (f)) to support the engagement of underrepresented minority youth and youth who are low-income individuals (as such term is defined in section 1058 of this title) in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics through outreach and hands-on, experiential-based learning projects that encourage students in kindergarten through grade 12 who are underrepresented minority youth or low-income individuals to pursue careers in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics.

(b) Minimum grant amount

A grant awarded to a partnership under this subpart shall be for an amount that is not less than $500,000.

(c) Duration

A grant awarded under this subpart shall be for a period of five years.

(d) Non-Federal matching share required

A partnership receiving a grant under this subpart shall provide, from non-Federal sources, in cash or in-kind, an amount equal to 50 percent of the costs of the project supported by such grant.

(e) Distribution of grants

In awarding grants under this subpart, the Secretary shall ensure that, to the maximum extent practicable, the projects funded under this subpart are located in diverse geographic regions of the United States.

(f) Eligible partnerships

Notwithstanding the general eligibility provision in section 1067g of this title, eligibility to receive grants under this subpart is limited to partnerships described in paragraph (5) of such section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §355, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3182; amended Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(6), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 355 of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1069a of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "section 1058 of this title" for "section 302".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067e–1. Promotion of entry into STEM fields

(a) Authority to contract, subject to appropriations

The Secretary is authorized to enter into a contract with a firm with a demonstrated record of success in advertising to implement a campaign to expand the population of qualified individuals in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics fields (referred to in this section as "STEM fields") by encouraging young Americans to enter such fields.

(b) Design of campaign

The campaign under this section shall be designed to enhance the image of education and professions in the STEM fields and promote participation in the STEM fields, and may include—

(1) monitoring trends in youths' attitudes toward pursuing education and professions in the STEM fields and their propensity toward entering the STEM fields;

(2) determining what factors contribute to encouraging and discouraging Americans from pursuing study in STEM fields and entering the STEM fields professionally;

(3) determining what specific factors limit the participation of groups currently underrepresented in STEM fields, including Latinos, African-Americans, and women; and

(4) drawing from the market research performed under this section and implementing an advertising campaign to encourage young Americans to take up studies in STEM fields, beginning at an early age.

(c) Required components

The campaign under this section shall—

(1) include components that focus tailored messages on appropriate age groups, starting with elementary school students; and

(2) link participation in the STEM fields to the concept of service to one's country, so that young people will be encouraged to enter the STEM fields in order fulfill the obligation to be of service to their country.

(d) Priority

The campaign under this section shall hold as a high priority making specific appeals to Hispanic Americans, African Americans, Native Americans, students with disabilities, and women, who are currently underrepresented in the STEM fields, in order to increase their numbers in the STEM fields, and shall tailor recruitment efforts to each specific group.

(e) Use of variety of media

The campaign under this section shall make use of a variety of media, with an emphasis on television advertising, to reach its intended audience.

(f) Teaching

The campaign under this section shall include a narrowly focused effort to attract current professionals in the STEM fields, through advertising in mediums likely to reach that specific group, into teaching in a STEM field in elementary schools and secondary schools.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §356, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3183.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 356 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 395 and is classified to section 1068d of this title.

§1067e–2. Evaluation and accountability plan

The Secretary shall develop an evaluation and accountability plan for projects funded under this subpart. Such plan shall include, if the Secretary determines that it is practical, an objective measure of the impact of such projects, such as a measure of whether underrepresented minority student enrollment in courses related to science, technology, engineering, and mathematics increases at the secondary and postsecondary levels.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §357, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3184.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 357 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 396 and is classified to section 1068e of this title.

subpart 3—administrative and general provisions

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3182, redesignated subpart 2 (§1067 et seq.) of this part as subpart 3 of this part.

Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, redesignated subpart 3 (§1135d et seq.) of part B of subchapter X of this chapter as subpart 2 of this part.

§1067g. Eligibility for grants

Eligibility to receive grants under this part is limited to—

(1) public and private nonprofit institutions of higher education that—

(A) award baccalaureate degrees; and

(B) are minority institutions;

(2) public or private nonprofit institutions of higher education that—

(A) award associate degrees; and

(B) are minority institutions that—

(i) have a curriculum that includes science or engineering subjects; and

(ii) enter into a partnership with public or private nonprofit institutions of higher education that award baccalaureate degrees in science and engineering;

(3) nonprofit science-oriented organizations, professional scientific societies, and institutions of higher education that award baccalaureate degrees, that—

(A) provide a needed service to a group of minority institutions; or

(B) provide in-service training for project directors, scientists, and engineers from minority institutions;

(4) consortia of organizations, that provide needed services to one or more minority institutions, the membership of which may include—

(A) public and private nonprofit institutions of higher education which have a curriculum in science or engineering;

(B) institutions of higher education that have a graduate or professional program in science or engineering;

(C) research laboratories of, or under contract with, the Department of Energy, the Department of Defense, or the National Institutes of Health;

(D) relevant offices of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Science Foundation, and National Institute of Standards and Technology;

(E) quasi-governmental entities that have a significant scientific or engineering mission; or

(F) institutions of higher education that have State-sponsored centers for research in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics; or

(5) only with respect to grants under subpart 2, partnerships of organizations, the membership of which shall include—

(A) at least one institution of higher education eligible for assistance under this subchapter or subchapter V;

(B) at least one high-need local educational agency (as defined in section 1021 of this title); and

(C) at least two community organizations or entities, such as businesses, professional associations, community-based organizations, philanthropic organizations, or State agencies.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §361, formerly title X, §1041, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1564; renumbered title III, §361, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(5), (7), (b), (c)(9), 307(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1648; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §315(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3184.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Par. (3)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(1), struck out "or" at end.

Par. (4)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(2)(A), substituted "public and private nonprofit institutions of higher education" for "institutions of higher education".

Par. (4)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(2)(B), inserted ", the Department of Defense, or the National Institutes of Health" before the semicolon.

Par. (4)(D). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(2)(C), added subpar. (D) and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows: "private organizations that have science or engineering facilities; or".

Par. (4)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(2)(D), (E), added subpar. (F).

Par. (5). Pub. L. 110–315, §315(b)(3), added par. (5).

1998—Pub. L. 105–244, §307(b), amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Eligibility to receive grants under this part is limited to—

"(1) public and private nonprofit institutions that are minority institutions (as defined in section 1067k(3) of this title); and

"(2) nonprofit science-oriented organizations, professional scientific societies, and all nonprofit, accredited colleges and universities which provide a needed service to a group of eligible minority institutions or which provide in-service training for project directors, scientists, and engineers from eligible minority institutions."

Par. (1). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(9), substituted "section 1067k(3)" for "section 1135d–5(3)".

Pub. L. 105–244, §301(b)(1), inserted "and" after the semicolon.

Par. (2). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(b)(2), substituted a period for "; and".

Par. (3). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(b)(3), struck out par. (3) which read as follows: "for the purposes of section 1135c–1 of this title, public and private nonprofit institutions that have at least 10 percent minority enrollment."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067h. Grant application

(a) Submission and contents of applications

An eligible applicant (as determined under section 1067g of this title) that desires to receive a grant under this part shall submit to the Secretary an application therefor at such time or times, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation. Such application shall set forth—

(1) a program of activities for carrying out one or more of the purposes described in section 1067a(b) of this title in such detail as will enable the Secretary to determine the degree to which such program will accomplish such purpose or purposes; and

(2) such other policies, procedures, and assurances as the Secretary may require by regulation.

(b) Approval based on likelihood of progress

The Secretary shall approve an application only if the Secretary determines that the application sets forth a program of activities which are likely to make substantial progress toward achieving the purposes of this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §362, formerly title X, §1042, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1564; renumbered title III, §362, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), (c)(10), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d–1 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §301(c)(10), substituted "section 1067g" for "section 1135d" in introductory provisions and "section 1067a(b)" for "section 1135b(b)" in par. (1).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067i. Cross program and cross agency cooperation

The Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Programs shall cooperate and consult with other programs within the Department and within Federal, State, and private agencies which carry out programs to improve the quality of science, mathematics, and engineering education.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §363, formerly title X, §1043, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1564; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title X, §1002(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 780; renumbered title III, §363, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d–2 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 inserted "and consult" after "cooperate".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067j. Administrative provisions

(a) Technical staff

The Secretary shall appoint, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, not less than 2 technical employees with appropriate scientific and educational background to administer the programs under this part who may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.

(b) Procedures for grant review

The Secretary shall establish procedures for reviewing and evaluating grants and contracts made or entered into under such programs. Procedures for reviewing grant applications, based on the peer review system, or contracts for financial assistance under this subchapter may not be subject to any review outside of officials responsible for the administration of the Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Programs.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §364, formerly title X, §1044, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1564; renumbered title III, §364, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d–3 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1067k. Definitions

For the purpose of this part—

(1) The term "accredited" means currently certified by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or making satisfactory progress toward achieving accreditation.

(2) The term "minority" means American Indian, Alaskan Native, Black (not of Hispanic origin), Hispanic (including persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, and Central or South American origin), Pacific Islander or other ethnic group underrepresented in science and engineering.

(3) The term "minority institution" means an institution of higher education whose enrollment of a single minority or a combination of minorities (as defined in paragraph (2)) exceeds 50 percent of the total enrollment. The Secretary shall verify this information from the data on enrollments in the higher education general information surveys (HEGIS) furnished by the institution to the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education.

(4) The term "science" means, for the purpose of this program, the biological, engineering, mathematical, physical, behavioral, and social sciences, and history and philosophy of science; also included are interdisciplinary fields which are comprised of overlapping areas among two or more sciences.

(5) The term "underrepresented in science and engineering" means a minority group whose number of scientists and engineers per 10,000 population of that group is substantially below the comparable figure for scientists and engineers who are white and not of Hispanic origin.

(6) The term "institutional grant" means a grant that supports the implementation of a comprehensive science improvement plan, which may include any combination of activities for improving the preparation of minority students for careers in science.

(7) The term "cooperative grant" means a grant that assists groups of nonprofit accredited colleges and universities to work together to conduct a science improvement program.

(8) The term "design projects" means projects that assist minority institutions that do not have their own appropriate resources or personnel to plan and develop long-range science improvement programs.

(9) The term "special projects" means—

(A) a special project grant to a minority institution which supports activities that—

(i) improve the quality of training in science and engineering at minority institutions; or

(ii) enhance the minority institutions' general scientific research capabilities; or

(B) a special project grant to any eligible applicant which supports activities that—

(i) provide a needed service to a group of eligible minority institutions; or

(ii) provide in-service training for project directors, scientists, and engineers from eligible minority institutions.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §365, formerly title X, §1046, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1566; renumbered title III, §365, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(5), (7), 307(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1648; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §320(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3187.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d–5 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Par. (9)(A). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "supports" for "support" in introductory provisions.

1998—Par. (4). Pub. L. 105–244, §307(c), inserted "behavioral," after "physical,".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1067l. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(8), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §366, formerly title X, §1047, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title X, §1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1567; amended Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6221, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1518; Pub. L. 102–325, title X, §1002(f), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 780; renumbered title III, §366, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, authorized appropriations to carry out Fund for Improvement of Postsecondary Education program.

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1135d–6 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Part F—Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities and Other Minority-Serving Institutions

Editorial Notes

Codification

Part F of title III of Pub. L. 89–329, comprising this part, was originally added as part J of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 110–84, title VIII, §802, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 817, and was classified to part I (§1099e) of subchapter IV of this chapter. Part J of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 was subsequently redesignated part F of title III of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §316(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185, and transferred to this part.

Prior Provisions

A prior part F [§1068 et seq.] of this subchapter was redesignated part G by Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §316(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185.

§1067q. Investment in historically Black colleges and universities and other minority-serving institutions

(a) Eligible institution

An institution of higher education is eligible to receive funds from the amounts made available under this section if such institution is—

(1) a part B institution (as defined in section 1061 of this title);

(2) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section 1101a of this title);

(3) a Tribal College or University (as defined in section 1059c of this title);

(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution or a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in section 1059d(b) of this title);

(5) a Predominantly Black Institution (as defined in subsection (c));

(6) an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution (as defined in subsection (c)); or

(7) a Native American-serving nontribal institution (as defined in subsection (c)).

(b) New investment of funds

(1) In general

(A) Provision of funds

There shall be available to the Secretary to carry out this section, from funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $255,000,000 for fiscal year 2020 and each fiscal year thereafter.

(B) Availability

Funds made available under subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year shall remain available for the next succeeding fiscal year.

(2) Allocation and allotment

(A) In general

Of the amounts made available under paragraph (1) for each fiscal year—

(i) $100,000,000 shall be available for allocation under subparagraph (B);

(ii) $100,000,000 shall be available for allocation under subparagraph (C); and

(iii) $55,000,000 shall be available for allocation under subparagraph (D).

(B) HSI STEM and articulation programs

The amount made available for allocation under this subparagraph by subparagraph (A)(i) for any fiscal year shall be available for Hispanic-serving Institutions ¹ for activities described in section 1101b of this title, with a priority given to applications that propose—

(i) to increase the number of Hispanic and other low income students attaining degrees in the fields of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics; and

(ii) to develop model transfer and articulation agreements between 2-year Hispanic-serving institutions and 4-year institutions in such fields.

(C) Allocation and allotment HBCUs and PBIs

From the amount made available for allocation under this subparagraph by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any fiscal year—

(i) 85 percent shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(1) and shall be made available as grants under section 1062 of this title and allotted among such institutions under section 1063 of this title, treating such amount, plus the amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out part B of this subchapter, as the amount appropriated to carry out part B of this subchapter for purposes of allotments under section 1063 of this title, for use by such institutions with a priority for—

(I) activities described in paragraphs (1), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of section 1062(a) of this title; and

(II) other activities, consistent with the institution's comprehensive plan and designed to increase the institution's capacity to prepare students for careers in the physical or natural sciences, mathematics, computer science or information technology or sciences, engineering, language instruction in the less-commonly taught languages or international affairs, or nursing or allied health professions; and

(ii) 15 percent shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(5) and shall be available for a competitive grant program to award 25 grants of $600,000 annually for programs in any of the following areas:

(I) science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (STEM);

(II) health education;

(III) internationalization or globalization;

(IV) teacher preparation; or

(V) improving educational outcomes of African American males.

(D) Allocation and allotment to other minority-serving institutions

From the amount made available for allocation under this subparagraph by subparagraph (A)(iii) for any fiscal year—

(i) $30,000,000 for such fiscal year shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(3) and shall be made available as grants under section 1059c of this title, treating such $30,000,000 as part of the amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out such section, and using such $30,000,000 for purposes described in subsection (c) of such section;

(ii) $15,000,000 for such fiscal year shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(4) and shall be made available as grants under section 1059d of this title, treating such $15,000,000 as part of the amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out such section and using such $15,000,000 for purposes described in subsection (c) of such section;

(iii) $5,000,000 for such fiscal year shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(6) for activities described in section 1057(c) of this title; and

(iv) $5,000,000 for such fiscal year shall be available to eligible institutions described in subsection (a)(7)—

(I) to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Native Americans, which may include—

(aa) the purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes;

(bb) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities;

(cc) support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, and faculty fellowships to assist faculty in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction;

(dd) curriculum development and academic instruction;

(ee) the purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials;

(ff) funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;

(gg) the joint use of facilities such as laboratories and libraries; and

(hh) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student support services; and

(II) to which the Secretary, to the extent possible and consistent with a competitive process under which such grants are awarded, allocates funds under this clause to ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all such eligible institutions.

(c) Definitions

(1) Asian American

The term "Asian American" has the meaning given the term "Asian" in the Office of Management and Budget's Standards for Maintaining, Collecting, and Presenting Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity as published on October 30, 1997 (62 Fed. Reg. 58789).

(2) Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution

The term "Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and

(B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is at least 10 percent Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander students.

(3) Enrollment of needy students

The term "enrollment of needy students" means the enrollment at an institution of higher education with respect to which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students enrolled in an academic program leading to a degree—

(A) in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, were Federal Pell Grant recipients for such year;

(B) come from families that receive benefits under a means-tested Federal benefit program (as defined in paragraph (5));

(C) attended a public or nonprofit private secondary school—

(i) that is in the school district of a local educational agency that was eligible for assistance under part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6311 et seq.] for any year during which the student attended such secondary school; and

(ii) which for the purpose of this paragraph and for that year was determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations and after consultation with the State educational agency of the State in which the school is located) to be a school in which the enrollment of children counted under a measure of poverty described in section 1113(a)(5) of such Act [20 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5)] exceeds 30 percent of the total enrollment of such school; or

(D) are first-generation college students (as that term is defined in section 1070a–11(h) of this title), and a majority of such first-generation college students are low-income individuals.

(4) Low-income individual

The term "low-income individual" has the meaning given such term in section 1070a–11(h) of this title.

(5) Means-tested Federal benefit program

The term "means-tested Federal benefit program" means a program of the Federal Government, other than a program under subchapter IV, in which eligibility for the programs' benefits or the amount of such benefits are determined on the basis of income or resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit.

(6) Native American

The term "Native American" means an individual who is of a tribe, people, or culture that is indigenous to the United States.

(7) Native American Pacific Islander

The term "Native American Pacific Islander" means any descendant of the aboriginal people of any island in the Pacific Ocean that is a territory or possession of the United States.

(8) Native American-serving nontribal institution

The term "Native American-serving nontribal institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) at the time of application—

(i) has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is not less than 10 percent Native American students; and

(ii) is not a Tribal College or University (as defined in section 1059c of this title); and

(B) submits to the Secretary such enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the institution is described in subparagraph (A), along with such other information and data as the Secretary may by regulation require.

(9) Predominantly Black institution

The term "Predominantly Black institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(A) has an enrollment of needy students as defined by paragraph (3);

(B) has an average educational and general expenditure which is low, per full-time equivalent undergraduate student in comparison with the average educational and general expenditure per full-time equivalent undergraduate student of institutions of higher education that offer similar instruction, except that the Secretary may apply the waiver requirements described in section 1068a(b) of this title to this subparagraph in the same manner as the Secretary applies the waiver requirements to section 1058(b)(1)(B) of this title;

(C) has an enrollment of undergraduate students—

(i) that is at least 40 percent Black American students;

(ii) that is at least 1,000 undergraduate students;

(iii) of which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students enrolled at the institution are low-income individuals or first-generation college students (as that term is defined in section 1070a–11(h) of this title); and

(iv) of which not less than 50 percent of the undergraduate students are enrolled in an educational program leading to a bachelor's or associate's degree that the institution is licensed to award by the State in which the institution is located;

(D) is legally authorized to provide, and provides within the State, an educational program for which the institution of higher education awards a bachelor's degree, or in the case of a junior or community college, an associate's degree;

(E) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of training offered, or is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation; and

(F) is not receiving assistance under—

(i) part B;

(ii) part A of subchapter V; or

(iii) an annual authorization of appropriations under the Act of March 2, 1867 (14 Stat. 438; 20 U.S.C. 123).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §371, formerly title IV, §499A, as added Pub. L. 110–84, title VIII, §802, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 817; renumbered title III, §371, and amended Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §316(a)(3), (b), (c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(7), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1937; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2103, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1074; Pub. L. 116–91, §2, Dec. 19, 2019, 133 Stat. 1189.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (c)(3)(C)(i), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27. Part A of title I of the Act is classified generally to part A (§6311 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 70 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

The Act of March 2, 1867, referred to in subsec. (c)(9)(F)(iii), is act Mar. 2, 1867, ch. 162, 14 Stat. 438. Provisions relating to authorization of appropriations are contained in section 8 of the Act, which is classified to section 123 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1099e of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 110–315.

Amendments

2019—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 116–91 substituted "for fiscal year 2020 and each fiscal year thereafter." for "for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2019. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2019."

2010—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–152 substituted "through 2019. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2019." for "and 2009. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2009."

2009—Subsec. (c)(3)(D), (4), (9)(C)(iii). Pub. L. 111–39, §301(7)(A)–(C)(i), substituted "1070a–11(h)" for "1070a–11(g)".

Subsec. (c)(9)(F). Pub. L. 111–39, §301(7)(C)(ii), amended subpar. (F) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (F) read as follows: "is not receiving assistance under part B of this subchapter."

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §316(c), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "There shall be available to the Secretary to carry out this section, from funds not otherwise appropriated, $255,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2008 and 2009. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2009."

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §316(b)(1), substituted "this subchapter" for "subchapter III" in two places.

Subsec. (c)(9)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §316(b)(2), substituted "this subchapter" for "subchapter III".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as an Effective Date of 2007 Amendment note under section 1070a of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.

Part G—General Provisions

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §316(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185, redesignated part F (§1068 et seq.) of this subchapter as part G of this subchapter.

§1068. Applications for assistance

(a) Applications

(1) Applications required

Any institution which is eligible for assistance under this subchapter shall submit to the Secretary an application for assistance at such time, in such form, and containing such information, as may be necessary to enable the Secretary to evaluate the institution's need for the assistance. Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this subchapter, the Secretary may approve an application for assistance under this subchapter only if the Secretary determines that—

(A) the application meets the requirements of subsection (b);

(B) the applicant is eligible for assistance in accordance with the part of this subchapter under which the assistance is sought; and

(C) the applicant's performance goals are sufficiently rigorous as to meet the purposes of this subchapter and the performance objectives and indicators for this subchapter established by the Secretary pursuant to the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993 and the amendments made by such Act.

(2) Preliminary applications

In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary may develop a preliminary application for use by eligible institutions applying under part A prior to the submission of the principal application.

(b) Contents

An institution, in its application for a grant, shall—

(1) set forth, or describe how the institution (other than an institution applying under part C, D or E) will develop, a comprehensive development plan to strengthen the institution's academic quality and institutional management, and otherwise provide for institutional self-sufficiency and growth (including measurable objectives for the institution and the Secretary to use in monitoring the effectiveness of activities under this subchapter);

(2) set forth policies and procedures to ensure that Federal funds made available under this subchapter for any fiscal year will be used to supplement and, to the extent practical, increase the funds that would otherwise be made available for the purposes of section 1057(b) or 1062 of this title, and in no case supplant those funds;

(3) set forth policies and procedures for evaluating the effectiveness in accomplishing the purpose of the activities for which a grant is sought under this subchapter;

(4) provide for such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to ensure proper disbursement of and accounting for funds made available to the applicant under this subchapter;

(5) provide (A) for making such reports, in such form and containing such information, as the Secretary may require to carry out the functions under this subchapter, including not less than one report annually setting forth the institution's progress toward achieving the objectives for which the funds were awarded, and (B) for keeping such records and affording such access thereto, as the Secretary may find necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports;

(6) provide that the institution will comply with the limitations set forth in section 1068e of this title, except that for purposes of section 1059c of this title, paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1068e of this title shall not apply;

(7) describe in a comprehensive manner any proposed project for which funds are sought under the application and include—

(A) a description of the various components of the proposed project, including the estimated time required to complete each such component;

(B) in the case of any development project which consists of several components (as described by the applicant pursuant to subparagraph (A)), a statement identifying those components which, if separately funded, would be sound investments of Federal funds and those components which would be sound investments of Federal funds only if funded under this subchapter in conjunction with other parts of the development project (as specified by the applicant);

(C) an evaluation by the applicant of the priority given any proposed project for which funds are sought in relation to any other projects for which funds are sought by the applicant under this subchapter, and a similar evaluation regarding priorities among the components of any single proposed project (as described by the applicant pursuant to subparagraph (A));

(D) a detailed budget showing the manner in which funds for any proposed project would be spent by the applicant; and

(E) a detailed description of any activity which involves the expenditure of more than $25,000, as identified in the budget referred to in subparagraph (D); and

(8) include such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Priority criteria publication required

The Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register, pursuant to chapter 5 of title 5, all policies and procedures required to exercise the authority set forth in subsection (a). No other criteria, policies, or procedures shall apply.

(d) Eligibility data

The Secretary shall use the most recent and relevant data concerning the number and percentage of students receiving need-based assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter in making eligibility determinations under section 1058 of this title and shall advance the base-year forward following each annual grant cycle.

(e) Technical assistance

The Secretary, directly or by grant or contract, may provide technical assistance to eligible institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, and maintain a grant, under this subchapter.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §391, formerly §351, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1302; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(13), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §305(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 478; renumbered §391 and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(2), (c)(11), 308(a)–(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1648, 1649; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §§317, 320(4), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185, 3188.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), is Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, which enacted section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amended section 1105 of Title 31, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1101 and 1115 of Title 31. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of Title 31 and Tables.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1066 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1068, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §353, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1305, which related to application review process, was renumbered section 393 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068b of this title.

Another prior section 1068, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §343, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1398, related to application review process and provided for reader panels, recommendation of such panels, and notification to institutions, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1068, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §408, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1235; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §105(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1018; Pub. L. 91–230, title VIII, §801, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 190; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(a)(1)(B), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247, related to programs for identifying qualified low-income students and preparing them for post secondary education, grants or contracts for planning, developing or carrying out programs, "Talent Search" program, "Upward Bound" program, "Special Services for Disadvantaged Students" program, nature of programs, waiver of matching requirement in the "Upward Bound" program and authorization of appropriations, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(7)(E). Pub. L. 110–315, §320(4), substituted "subparagraph (D)" for "subparagraph (E)".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §317, added subsec. (e).

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(a), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Any institution which is eligible for assistance under this subchapter shall submit to the Secretary an application for assistance at such time, in such form, and containing such information, as may be necessary to enable the Secretary to evaluate its need for assistance. Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this subchapter, the Secretary may approve an application for a grant under this subchapter if the application meets the requirements of subsection (b) of this section and shows that the applicant is eligible for assistance in accordance with the part of this subchapter under which the assistance is sought."

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(b), inserted ", D or E" after "part C".

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §§301(c)(11), 308(c), substituted "section 1068e" for "section 1069c" and inserted ", except that for purposes of section 1059c of this title, paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1068e of this title shall not apply" before semicolon.

1992—Subsec. (b)(7)(D) to (F). Pub. L. 102–325 redesignated subpars. (E) and (F) as (D) and (E), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows: "information explaining the manner in which the proposed project will assist the applicant to prepare for the critical financial problems that all institutions of higher education will face during the subsequent decade as a result of declining enrollment, and other problems;".

1987—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "section 1069c of this title" for "section 1069b of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1068a. Waiver authority and reporting requirement

(a) Waiver requirements; need-based assistance students

The Secretary may waive the requirements set forth in section 1058(b)(1)(A) of this title in the case of an institution—

(1) which is extensively subsidized by the State in which it is located and charges low or no tuition;

(2) which serves a substantial number of low-income students as a percentage of its total student population;

(3) which is contributing substantially to increasing higher education opportunities for educationally disadvantaged, underrepresented, or minority students, who are low-income individuals;

(4) which is substantially increasing higher educational opportunities for individuals in rural or other isolated areas which are unserved by postsecondary institutions;

(5) located on or near an Indian reservation or a substantial population of Indians, if the Secretary determines that the waiver will substantially increase higher education opportunities appropriate to the needs of American Indians;

(6) that is a tribally controlled college or university as defined in section 1801 of title 25; or

(7) wherever located, if the Secretary determines that the waiver will substantially increase higher education opportunities appropriate to the needs of Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian Americans, or Pacific Islanders, including Native Hawaiians.

(b) Waiver determinations; expenditures

(1) The Secretary may waive the requirements set forth in section 1058(b)(1)(B) of this title if the Secretary determines, based on persuasive evidence submitted by the institution, that the institution's failure to meet that criterion is due to factors which, when used in the determination of compliance with such criterion, distort such determination, and that the institution's designation as an eligible institution under part A is otherwise consistent with the purposes of such parts.¹

(2) The Secretary shall submit to the Congress every other year a report concerning the institutions which, although not satisfying the criterion contained in section 1058(b)(1)(B) of this title, have been determined to be eligible institutions under part A which enroll significant numbers of Black American, Hispanic, Native American, Asian American, or Native Hawaiian students under part A, as the case may be. Such report shall—

(A) identify the factors referred to in paragraph (1) which were considered by the Secretary as factors that distorted the determination of compliance with subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 1058(b)(1) of this title; and

(B) contain a list of each institution determined to be an eligible institution under part A including a statement of the reasons for each such determination.

(3) The Secretary may waive the requirement set forth in section 1058(b)(1)(E) ² of this title in the case of an institution located on or near an Indian reservation or a substantial population of Indians, if the Secretary determines that the waiver will substantially increase higher education opportunities appropriate to the needs of American Indians.

(c) Waiver authority with respect to institutions located in an area affected by a Gulf hurricane disaster

(1) Waiver authority

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless enacted with specific reference to this section, for any affected institution that was receiving assistance under this subchapter at the time of a Gulf hurricane disaster, the Secretary shall, for each of the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 (and may, for each of the fiscal years 2012 and 2013)—

(A) waive—

(i) the eligibility data requirements set forth in section 1068(d) of this title;

(ii) the wait-out period set forth in section 1059(d) of this title;

(iii) the allotment requirements under section 1063 of this title; and

(iv) the use of the funding formula developed pursuant to section 1063b(f)(3) of this title;

(B) waive or modify any statutory or regulatory provision to ensure that affected institutions that were receiving assistance under this subchapter at the time of a Gulf hurricane disaster are not adversely affected by any formula calculation for fiscal year 2009 or for any of the four succeeding fiscal years, as necessary; and

(C) make available to each affected institution an amount that is not less than the amount made available to such institution under this subchapter for fiscal year 2006, except that for any fiscal year for which the funds appropriated for payments under this subchapter are less than the appropriated level for fiscal year 2006, the amount made available to such institutions shall be ratably reduced among the institutions receiving funds under this subchapter.

(2) Definitions

In this subsection:

(A) Affected institution

The term "affected institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(i) is—

(I) a part A institution (which term shall have the meaning given the term "eligible institution" under section 1058(b) of this title); or

(II) a part B institution, as such term is defined in section 1061(2) of this title, or as identified in section 1063b(e) of this title;

(ii) is located in an area affected by a Gulf hurricane disaster; and

(iii) is able to demonstrate that, as a result of the impact of a Gulf hurricane disaster, the institution—

(I) incurred physical damage;

(II) has pursued collateral source compensation from insurance, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, and the Small Business Administration, as appropriate; and

(III) was not able to fully reopen in existing facilities or to fully reopen to the pre-hurricane enrollment levels during the 30-day period beginning on August 29, 2005.

(B) Area affected by a Gulf hurricane disaster; Gulf hurricane disaster

The terms "area affected by a Gulf hurricane disaster" and "Gulf hurricane disaster" have the meanings given such terms in section 209 of the Higher Education Hurricane Relief Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–148, 119 Stat. 2809).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §392, formerly §352, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1304; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(14), (15), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336; Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §305(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 478; renumbered §392 and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(2), 308(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1649; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §§318, 320(5), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3185, 3188; Pub. L. 111–39, title III, §301(8), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1058(b)(1)(E) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), was repealed and section 1058(b)(1)(F) was redesignated section 1058(b)(1)(E) by Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §302(a)(1)(B), (C), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472.

Section 209 of the Higher Education Hurricane Relief Act of 2005, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(B), is section 209 of title IV of div. B of Pub. L. 109–148, Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2808, which is not classified to the Code.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1067 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 111–39 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1801 of title 25.

2008—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §320(5), substituted "eligible institutions under part A" for "eligible institutions under part A institutions" in introductory provisions. See Codification note above.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §318, added subsec. (c).

1998—Subsec. (a)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 105–244 struck out "or" at end of par. (5), added par. (6), and redesignated former par. (6) as (7).

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325 substituted "Secretary may waive" for "Secretary shall waive".

1987—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(14), substituted "low-income" for "low- and middle-income".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(15), added par. (3).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Termination of Reporting Requirements

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which the last item on page 79 identifies a reporting provision which, as subsequently amended, is contained in subsec. (b)(2) of this section), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "part."

² See References in Text note below.

§1068b. Application review process

(a) Review panel

(1) All applications submitted under this subchapter by institutions of higher education shall be read by a panel of readers composed of individuals selected by the Secretary. The Secretary shall assure that no individual assigned under this section to review any application has any conflict of interest with regard to the application which might impair the impartiality with which the individual conducts the review under this section.

(2) The Secretary shall take care to assure that representatives of historically and predominantly Black colleges, Hispanic institutions, Tribal Colleges and Universities, and institutions with substantial numbers of Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian Americans, and Native American Pacific Islanders (including Native Hawaiians) are included as readers.

(3) All readers selected by the Secretary shall receive thorough instruction from the Secretary regarding the evaluation process for applications submitted under this subchapter and consistent with the provisions of this subchapter, including—

(A) explanations and examples of the types of activities referred to in section 1057(b) of this title that should receive special consideration for grants awarded under part A and of the types of activities referred to in section 1062 of this title that should receive special consideration for grants awarded under part B;

(B) an enumeration of the factors to be used to determine the quality of applications submitted under this subchapter; and

(C) an enumeration of the factors to be used to determine whether a grant should be awarded for a project under this subchapter, the amount of any such grant, and the duration of any such grant.

(b) Recommendations of panel

In awarding grants under this subchapter, the Secretary shall take into consideration the recommendations of the panel made under subsection (a).

(c) Notification

Not later than June 30 of each year, the Secretary shall notify each institution of higher education making an application under this subchapter of—

(1) the scores given the applicant by the panel pursuant to this section;

(2) the recommendations of the panel with respect to such application; and

(3) the reasons for the decision of the Secretary in awarding or refusing to award a grant under this subchapter, and any modifications, if any, in the recommendations of the panel made by the Secretary.

(d) Exclusion

The provisions of this section shall not apply to applications submitted under part D.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §393, formerly §353, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1305; renumbered §393 and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(2), 308(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1649.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1068 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(e)(1), substituted "Tribal Colleges and Universities" for "Native American colleges and universities".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(e)(2), added subsec. (d).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1068c. Cooperative arrangements

(a) General authority

The Secretary may make grants to encourage cooperative arrangements—

(1) with funds available to carry out part A, between institutions eligible for assistance under part A and between such institutions and institutions not receiving assistance under this subchapter; or

(2) with funds available to carry out part B, between institutions eligible for assistance under part B and institutions not receiving assistance under this subchapter;

for the activities described in section 1057(b) of this title or section 1062 of this title, as the case may be, so that the resources of the cooperating institutions might be combined and shared to achieve the purposes of such parts and avoid costly duplicative efforts and to enhance the development of part A and part B eligible institutions.

(b) Priority

The Secretary shall give priority to grants for the purposes described under subsection (a) whenever the Secretary determines that the cooperative arrangement is geographically and economically sound or will benefit the applicant institution.

(c) Duration

Grants to institutions having a cooperative arrangement may be made under this section for a period as determined under section 1059 of this title or section 1062 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §394, formerly §354, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1305; renumbered §394, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1069 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1068d. Assistance to institutions under other programs

(a) Assistance eligibility

Each institution which the Secretary determines to be an institution eligible under part A or an institution eligible under part B may be eligible for waivers in accordance with subsection (b).

(b) Waiver applicability

(1) Subject to, and in accordance with, regulations promulgated for the purpose of this section, in the case of any application by an institution referred to in subsection (a) for assistance under any programs specified in paragraph (2), the Secretary is authorized, if such application is otherwise approvable, to waive any requirement for a non-Federal share of the cost of the program or project, or, to the extent not inconsistent with other law, to give, or require to be given, priority consideration of the application in relation to applications from other institutions.

(2) The provisions of this section shall apply to any program authorized by part D or subchapter IV of this chapter.

(c) Limitation

The Secretary shall not waive, under subsection (b), the non-Federal share requirement for any program for applications which, if approved, would require the expenditure of more than 10 percent of the appropriations for the program for any fiscal year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §395, formerly §356, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1306; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §305(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 478; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VII, §709(d)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-314; renumbered §395 and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(2), 308(f), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1649.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1069b of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(f), substituted "part D or subchapter IV of this chapter" for "subchapter IV, VII, or VIII of this chapter".

1996—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104–208 struck out "II," after "authorized by subchapter".

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325 substituted "may be eligible" for "shall be eligible".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1068e. Limitations

The funds appropriated under section 1068h of this title may not be used—

(1) for a school or department of divinity or any religious worship or sectarian activity;

(2) for an activity that is inconsistent with a State plan for desegregation of higher education applicable to such institution;

(3) for an activity that is inconsistent with a State plan of higher education applicable to such institution; or

(4) for purposes other than the purposes set forth in the approved application under which the funds were made available to the institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §396, formerly §357, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307; renumbered §396, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §320(6), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3188.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1069c of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "1068h of this title" for "1069f of this title" in introductory provisions.

§1068f. Penalties

Whoever, being an officer, director, agent, or employee of, or connected in any capacity with, any recipient of Federal financial assistance or grant pursuant to this subchapter embezzles, willfully misapplies, steals, or obtains by fraud any of the funds which are the subject of such grant or assistance, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §397, formerly §358, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307; renumbered §397, Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1069d of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1068g. Continuation awards

The Secretary shall make continuation awards under this subchapter for the second and succeeding years of a grant only after determining that the recipient is making satisfactory progress in carrying out the grant.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §398, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §308(g), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1649.)

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1068h. Authorization of appropriations

(a) Authorizations

(1) Part A

(A) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out part A (other than sections 1059c through 1059g of this title), $135,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1059c of this title, $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(C) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1059d of this title, $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(D) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1059e of this title, $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(E) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1059f of this title, $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(F) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1059g of this title, $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(2) Part B

(A) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out part B (other than section 1063b of this title), $375,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1063b of this title, $125,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(3) Part C

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out part C, $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(4) Part D

(A) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out part D (other than section 1066d(9) of this title, but including section 1066f of this title), $185,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 1066d(9) of this title such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(5) Part E

(A) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1 of part E, $12,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 2 of part E, such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(b) Use of multiple year awards

In the event of a multiple year award to any institution under this subchapter, the Secretary shall make funds available for such award from funds appropriated for this subchapter for the fiscal year in which such funds are to be used by the recipient.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §399, formerly §360, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title III, §305(e)–(g), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 479; renumbered §399, and amended Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §§301(a)(2), 308(h), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1649; Pub. L. 110–315, title III, §319, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3186.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 1069f of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1069, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §354, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1305, which related to cooperative arrangements, was renumbered section 394 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068c of this title.

Another prior section 1069, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §344, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1399, provided for a program of grants to encourage cooperative arrangements between institutions, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1069, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §409, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1236, related to definition of academic year, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247.

A prior section 1069a, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §355, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1306; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §2(a)(16), (17), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336, related to special payments rules, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, §2, title III, §305(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 458, 478, effective Oct. 1, 1992.

Another prior section 1069a, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §345, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1399, related to assistance to institutions under other programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1069b, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §356, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1306, and amended, which related to assistance to institutions under other programs, was renumbered section 395 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068d of this title.

Another prior section 1069b, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §346, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1400, limited activities for which funds appropriated to carry out this subchapter could be expended, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1069c, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §357, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307, which related to limitations on use of funds, was renumbered section 396 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068e of this title.

Another prior section 1069c, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §347, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1400, and Pub. L. 98–95, §3, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 711; Pub. L. 98–312, §1, June 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 233, authorized appropriations to carry out parts A to C of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1069d, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §358, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307, which related to penalties, was renumbered section 397 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068f of this title.

A prior section 1069e, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §359, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307, required application for challenge grant, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, §2, title III, §305(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 458, 478, effective Oct. 1, 1992.

A prior section 1069f, Pub. L. 89–329, title III, §360, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title III, §301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1307, and amended, which authorized appropriations, was renumbered section 399 of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 105–244, title III, §301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to this section.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) related to authorizations for parts A to E for fiscal year 1999 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

1998—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(1)(A), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(1)(B), redesignated cl. (i) as entire subpar., substituted "$10,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1993", and struck out cl. (ii) which read as follows: "No funds are authorized to be appropriated pursuant to clause (i) for any fiscal year unless the amount appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1)(A) for such fiscal year equals or exceeds $80,000,000."

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(1)(C), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(2)(A), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(2)(B), substituted "$35,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$20,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(3), substituted "$10,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$50,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

Subsec. (a)(4), (5). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(4), added pars. (4) and (5).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(5), struck out heading and text of subsec. (c). Text read as follows: "If the amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) of this section for part A of this subchapter for any fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1986, equals or exceeds the amount appropriated for such part for fiscal year 1986, the Secretary shall, for such fiscal year—

"(1) allocate 25 percent of the excess (above the amount appropriated for part A of this subchapter for fiscal year 1986) among eligible institutions at which at least 60 percent of the students are African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, or Pacific Islanders, or any combination thereof; and

"(2) allocate 75 percent of such excess among other eligible institutions."

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(5), struck out heading and text of subsec. (d). Text read as follows: "In any fiscal year in which the sums appropriated for part A of this subchapter are insufficient to make the reservations required by subsection (c) of this section, the Secretary shall ratably reduce the amount of the reservation."

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §308(h)(5), struck out heading and text of subsec. (e). Text read as follows: "In any fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1992, the Secretary shall award at least 25 percent of the amount appropriated pursuant to the authority of paragraph (3) of subsection (a) of this section in each fiscal year to historically black colleges and universities that meet the requirements of part C of this subchapter, unless there are an insufficient number of quality applications or an insufficient number of applications due to the provisions in subsection (b)(2)(C) or subsection (b)(4)(B) of section 1065 of this title."

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §305(e), amended subsec. (a) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year 1987 and the four succeeding fiscal years.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §305(f), substituted "1986, the Secretary shall, for such fiscal year—" for "1986—" in introductory provisions, added pars. (1) and (2), and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which read as follows:

"(1) the Secretary shall, for such fiscal year, make available for use for the purposes of part A of this subchapter to institutions that are junior or community colleges not less than $51,400,000; and

"(2) the Secretary shall, for such fiscal year—

"(A) allocate 25 percent of the excess (above the amount appropriated for part A of this subchapter for fiscal year 1986) among eligible institutions with the highest percentages of students who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, or Pacific Islanders, or any combination thereof; and

"(B) allocate 75 percent of such excess among other eligible institutions."

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §305(g), added subsec. (e).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

SUBCHAPTER IV—STUDENT ASSISTANCE

Part A—Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher Education

Editorial Notes

Codification

Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this part, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1232, and amended by Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93–380, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 94–328, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 95–43, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 95–336, Aug. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 451; Pub. L. 95–566, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2402; Pub. L. 96–49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97–300, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1322; Pub. L. 97–301, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1400; Pub. L. 98–558, Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2878; Pub. L. 99–145, Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 583. Such part is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1308, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of part A by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1070. Statement of purpose; program authorization

(a) Purpose

It is the purpose of this part, to assist in making available the benefits of postsecondary education to eligible students (defined in accordance with section 1091 of this title) in institutions of higher education by—

(1) providing Federal Pell Grants to all eligible students;

(2) providing supplemental educational opportunity grants to those students who demonstrate financial need;

(3) providing for payments to the States to assist them in making financial aid available to such students;

(4) providing for special programs and projects designed (A) to identify and encourage qualified youths with financial or cultural need with a potential for postsecondary education, (B) to prepare students from low-income families for postsecondary education, and (C) to provide remedial (including remedial language study) and other services to students; and

(5) providing assistance to institutions of higher education.

(b) Secretary required to carry out purposes

The Secretary shall, in accordance with subparts 1 through 9 of this part, carry out programs to achieve the purposes of this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §400, formerly §401, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1308; renumbered §400, Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(3), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §401(g)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1652; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §401, as added and amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), title X, §1001(c)(1), (2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247, 381; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §125, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2096; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §401, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1401, 1503, stated purpose of program of grants to students in attendance at institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "1 through 9" for "1 through 8".

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "basic educational opportunity grants".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students

Pub. L. 108–76, §§1–5, Aug. 18, 2003, 117 Stat. 904, formerly set out in a note under this section, was transferred to part G–1 (§1098aa et seq.) of this subchapter. Pub. L. 108–76, §6, Aug. 18, 2003, 117 Stat. 908, as amended by Pub. L. 109–78, §1, Sept. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2043, formerly set out in the same note under this section, which provided for termination of Pub. L. 108–76 on Sept. 30, 2007, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–93, §2, Sept. 30, 2007, 121 Stat. 999.

Pub. L. 107–122, Jan. 15, 2002, 115 Stat. 2386, known as the Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students Act of 2001, authorized the Secretary of Education to waive or modify statutory or regulatory provisions applicable to the student financial aid programs under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) as deemed necessary because of a national emergency, provided sense of Congress as to tuition refunds from institutions of postsecondary education, and provided that the Act ceased to be effective Sept. 30, 2003.

Community Scholarship Mobilization

Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, part C, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1810, known as the Community Scholarship Mobilization Act, which established regional, State and community program centers to foster development of local entities in high poverty areas that promote higher education goals for low-income students with academic support and scholarship assistance for postsecondary education, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IX, §931(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3456.

Community School Partnerships

Pub. L. 103–382, title V, part B, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 4045, which provided for grants to establish community centers giving academic support and postsecondary scholarships to poor students, was repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(f) [title VIII, §301(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–337, 2681-410.

Study of Federal Benefit Coordination

Pub. L. 102–325, title XIV, §1405, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 818, directed Secretary of Education to conduct a study to evaluate the coordination of Federal student financial assistance programs under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) with other programs funded in whole or in part with Federal funds, with Secretary to prepare and submit to appropriate committees of Congress a report on the study not later than 3 years after July 23, 1992, together with such recommendations as the Secretary deemed appropriate, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(b)(2), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3128.

Olympic Scholarships

Pub. L. 102–325, title XV, §1543, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 836, as amended by Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §836, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1820; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §319], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-49; Pub. L. 107–116, title III, §305(a), Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2208; Pub. L. 110–315, title IX, §934, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3460, provided that:

"(a) Scholarships Authorized.—

"(1) In general.—The Secretary of Education is authorized to provide financial assistance to the United States Olympic Education Center or the United States Olympic Training Center to enable such centers to provide financial assistance to athletes who are training at such centers and are pursuing postsecondary education at institutions of higher education (as such term is defined in section 481(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1088(a)]).

"(2) Award determination.—The amount of the financial assistance provided to an athlete described in paragraph (1) shall be determined in accordance with criteria, and in amounts, specified in the application of the center under subsection (c). Such assistance shall not exceed the athlete's cost of attendance as determined under section 472 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ll).

"(3) Information on distribution of assistance.—Each center providing such assistance shall annually report to the Secretary such information as the Secretary may reasonably require on the distribution of such assistance among athletes and institutions of higher education. The Secretary shall compile such reports and submit them to the Committees on Education and the Workforce and Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and Appropriations of the Senate.

"(b) Eligibility.—The Secretary of Education shall ensure that financial assistance provided under this part [part E (§1543) of Pub. L. 102–325] is available to both full-time and part-time students who are athletes at centers described in subsection (a).

"(c) Application.—Each center desiring financial assistance under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary of Education at such time, in such manner and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.

"(d) Authorization of Appropriations.—There are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years to carry out this section.

"(e) Designation.—Scholarships awarded under this section shall be known as 'B.J. Stupak Olympic Scholarships'."

[Pub. L. 107–116, title III, §305(b), Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2208, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending section 1543 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out above] shall apply with respect to any funds appropriated pursuant to section 1543(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 [section 1543(d) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out above], including funds appropriated pursuant to that section in fiscal years 2000 and 2001, that are available for financial assistance under section 1543 on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 10, 2002]."]

Persian Gulf Conflict Higher Education Assistance

Pub. L. 102–26, §§4–6, Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 125–127, provided that:

"SEC. 4. OPERATION DESERT SHIELD/DESERT STORM WAIVER AUTHORITY.

"(a) Purpose.—It is the purpose of this section to ensure that—

"(1) the men and women serving on active duty in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm who are borrowers of Stafford Loans or Perkins Loans are not placed in a worse position financially in relation to those loans because of such service;

"(2) the administrative requirements placed on all borrowers of student loans made in accordance with title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.] who are engaged in such military service are minimized to the extent possible without impairing the integrity of the student loan programs, in order to ease the burden on such borrowers, and to avoid inadvertent, technical defaults; and

"(3) the future eligibility of such an individual for Pell Grants is not reduced by the amount of such assistance awarded for a period of instruction that such individual was unable to complete, or for which the individual did not receive academic credit, because he or she was called up for such service.

"(b) Waiver Requirement.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless enacted with specific reference to this section, the Secretary of Education shall waive or modify any statutory or regulatory provision applicable to the student financial aid programs under title IV of the Act that the Secretary deems necessary to achieve the purposes stated in subsection (a), including—

"(1) the length of, and eligibility requirements for, the military deferments authorized under sections 427(a)(2)(C)(ii), 428(b)(1)(M)(ii), and 464(c)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1077(a)(2)(C)(ii), 1078(b)(1)(M)(ii), 1087dd(c)(2)(A)(ii)], in order to enable the borrower of a Stafford Loan or a Perkins Loan who is or was serving on active duty in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm to obtain a military deferment, under which interest shall accrue and shall, if otherwise payable by the Secretary, be paid by the Secretary of Education, for the duration of such service;

"(2) administrative requirements placed on all borrowers of student loans made in accordance with title IV of the Act who are or were engaged in such military service;

"(3) the number of years for which individuals who are engaged in such military service may be eligible for Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070a et seq.];

"(4) the point at which the borrower of a Stafford Loan who is or was engaged in such military service is required to resume repayment of principal and interest on such loan after the borrower completes a period of deferment under section 427(a)(2)(C)(ii) or 428(b)(1)(M)(ii) of the Act;

"(5) the point at which the borrower of a Stafford Loan who is or was engaged in such military service is required to resume repayment of principal and interest on such loan after the borrower completes a single period of deferment under section 427(a)(2)(C)(i) or 428(b)(1)(M)(i) of the Act subsequent to such service; and

"(6) the modification of the terms 'annual adjusted family income' and 'available income,' as used in the determination of need for student financial assistance under title IV of the Act for such individual (and the determination of such need for his or her spouse and dependents, if applicable), to mean the sums received in the first calendar year of the award year for which such determination is made, in order to reflect more accurately the financial condition of such individual and his or her family.

"(c) Notice of Waiver.—Notwithstanding section 431 [now 437] of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232) and section 553 of title 5, United States Code, the Secretary shall, by notice in the Federal Register, publish the waivers or modifications of statutory and regulatory provisions the Secretary deems necessary to achieve the purposes of this section. Such notice shall include the terms and conditions to be applied in lieu of such statutory and regulatory provisions. The Secretary is not required to exercise the waiver or modification authority under this section on a case-by-case basis.

"(d) Definitions.—For purposes of this Act [probably should be "section"]—

"(1) Individuals 'serving on active duty in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm' shall include—

"(A) any Reserve of an Armed Force called to active duty under section 672(a) [now 12301(a)], 672(g) [now 12301(g)], 673 [now 12302], 673b [now 12304], 674 [now 12306], or 688 of title 10, United States Code, for service in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm, regardless of the location at which such active duty service is performed; and

"(B) for purposes of waivers of administrative requirements under subsection (b)(2) only, any other member of an Armed Force on active duty in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm, who has been assigned to a duty station at a location other than the location at which such member is normally assigned.

"(2) The term 'active duty' has the meaning given such term in section 101(22) of title 10, United States Code [now 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1)], except that such term does not include active duty for training or attendance at a service school.

"SEC. 5. TUITION REFUNDS OR CREDITS.

"(a) Sense of Congress.—It is the sense of the Congress that all institutions offering postsecondary education should provide a full refund to any member or Reserve of an Armed Force on active duty service in connection with Operation Desert Shield or Operation Desert Storm for that portion of a period of instruction such individual was unable to complete, or for which such individual did not receive academic credit, because he or she was called up for such service. For purposes of this section, a full refund includes a refund of required tuition and fees, or a credit in a comparable amount against future tuition and fees.

"(b) Encouragement and Report.—The Secretary of Education shall encourage institutions to provide such refunds or credits, and shall report to the appropriate committees of Congress on the actions taken in accordance with this subsection as well as information he receives regarding any institutions that are not providing such refunds or credits.

"SEC. 6. TERMINATION OF AUTHORITY.

"The provisions of sections 4 and 5 shall cease to be effective on September 30, 1997."

Pub. L. 102–25, title III, part E (§§371–376), Apr. 6, 1991, 105 Stat. 93, provided that:

"SEC. 371. SHORT TITLE

"This part may be cited as the 'Persian Gulf Conflict Higher Education Assistance Act'.

"SEC. 372. [Superseded by section 4 of Pub. L. 102–26, set out above.]

"SEC. 373. [Superseded by section 5 of Pub. L. 102–26, set out above.]

"SEC. 374. [Amended section 294d of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.]

"SEC. 375. [Superseded by section 6 of Pub. L. 102–26, set out above.]

"SEC. 376. COORDINATION WITH OTHER LAW

"If the Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1991 [Pub. L. 102–26, see Short Title of 1991 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title] is enacted, the provisions of sections 4, 5, and 6 of that Act shall supersede sections 372, 373, and 375."

subpart 1—federal pell grants

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §401(g)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1652, amended subpart heading generally.

§1070a. Federal Pell Grants: amount and determinations; applications

(a) Purpose; definitions

(1) Purpose

The purpose of this subpart is to provide a Federal Pell Grant to low-income students.

(2) Definitions

In this section—

(A) the term "adjusted gross income" means—

(i) in the case of a dependent student, the adjusted gross income (as defined in section 62 of title 26) of the student's parents in the second tax year preceding the academic year; and

(ii) in the case of an independent student, the adjusted gross income (as defined in section 62 of title 26) of the student (and the student's spouse, if applicable) in the second tax year preceding the academic year;

(B) the term "family size" has the meaning given the term in section 1087vv(k) of this title;

(C) the term "poverty line" means the poverty line (as determined under the poverty guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by the Department of Health and Human Services under the authority of section 9902(2) of title 42) applicable to the student's family size and applicable to the second tax year preceding the academic year;

(D) the term "single parent" means—

(i) a parent of a dependent student who was a head of household (as defined in section 2(b) of title 26) or a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a) of title 26) or was an eligible individual for purposes of the credit under section 32 of such title, in the second tax year preceding the academic year; or

(ii) an independent student who is a parent and was a head of household (as defined in section 2(b) of title 26) or a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a) of title 26) or was an eligible individual for purposes of the credit under section 32 of such title, in the second tax year preceding the academic year;

(E) the term "total maximum Federal Pell Grant" means the total maximum Federal Pell Grant award per student for any academic year described under subsection (b)(5); and

(F) the term "minimum Federal Pell Grant" means the minimum amount of a Federal Pell Grant that shall be awarded to a student for any academic year in which that student is attending full time, which shall be equal to 10 percent of the total maximum Federal Pell Grant for such academic year.

(b) Amount and distribution of grants

(1) Determination of amount of a Federal Pell Grant

Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the amount of a Federal Pell Grant for a student shall be determined in accordance with the following:

(A) A student shall be eligible for a total maximum Federal Pell Grant for an academic year in which the student is enrolled in an eligible program full time—

(i) if the student (and the student's spouse, if applicable), or, in the case of a dependent student, the dependent student's parents (or single parent), is not required to file a Federal income tax return in the second year preceding the academic year;

(ii) if the student or, in the case of a dependent student, the dependent student's parent, is a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is greater than zero and equal to or less than 225 percent of the poverty line; or

(iii) if the student or, in the case of a dependent student, the dependent student's parent, is not a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is greater than zero and equal to or less than 175 percent of the poverty line.

(B) A student who is not eligible for a total maximum Federal Pell Grant under subparagraph (A) for an academic year, shall be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant for an academic year in which the student is enrolled in an eligible program full time if such student's student aid index in such award year is less than the total maximum Federal Pell Grant for that award year. The amount of the Federal Pell Grant for a student eligible under this subparagraph shall be—

(i) the total maximum Federal Pell Grant as calculated under paragraph (5)(A) for that year, less

(ii) an amount equal to the amount determined to be the student aid index with respect to that student for that year, except that a student aid index of less than zero shall be considered to be zero for the purposes of this clause,

rounded to the nearest $5, except that a student eligible for less than the minimum Federal Pell Grant as defined in section (a)(2)(F) ¹ shall not be eligible for an award.

(C) A student who is not eligible for a Federal Pell Grant under subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be eligible for the minimum Federal Pell Grant for an academic year in which the student is enrolled in an eligible program full time—

(i) in the case of a dependent student—

(I) if the student's parent is a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is equal to or less than 325 percent of the poverty line; or

(II) if the student's parent is not a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is equal to or less than 275 percent of the poverty line; or

(ii) in the case of an independent student—

(I) if the student is a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is equal to or less than 400 percent of the poverty line;

(II) if the student is a parent and is not a single parent, and the adjusted gross income is equal to or less than 350 percent of the poverty line; or

(III) if the student is not a parent, and the adjusted gross income is equal to or less than 275 percent of the poverty line.

(D) A student eligible for the total maximum Federal Pell Grant under subparagraph (A) who has (or whose spouse or parent, as applicable based on whose information is used under such subparagraph, has) foreign income that would, if added to adjusted gross income, result in the student no longer being eligible for such total maximum Federal Pell Grant, shall not be provided a Federal Pell Grant until the student aid administrator evaluates the student's FAFSA and makes a determination regarding whether it is appropriate to make an adjustment under section 1087tt(b)(1)(B)(v) of this title to account for such foreign income when determining the student's eligibility for such total maximum Federal Pell Grant.

(E) With respect to a student who is not eligible for the total maximum Federal Pell Grant under subparagraph (A) or a minimum Federal Pell Grant under subparagraph (C), the Secretary shall subtract from the student or parents' adjusted gross income, as applicable based on whose income is used for the Federal Pell Grant calculation, the sum of the following for the individual whose income is so used, and consider such difference the adjusted gross income for purposes of determining the student's eligibility for such Federal Pell Grant award under such subparagraph:

(i) If the applicant, or, if applicable, the parents or spouse of the applicant, elects to report receiving college grant and scholarship aid included in gross income on a Federal tax return described in section 1087vv(e)(2) of this title, the amount of such aid.

(ii) Income earned from work under part C of this subchapter.

(2) Less than full-time enrollment

In any case where a student is enrolled in an eligible program of an institution of higher education on less than a full-time basis (including a student who attends an institution of higher education on less than a half-time basis) during any academic year, the amount of the Federal Pell Grant to which that student is entitled shall be reduced in direct proportion to the degree to which that student is not so enrolled on a full-time basis, rounded to the nearest whole percentage point, as provided in a schedule of reductions published by the Secretary computed in accordance with this subpart. Such schedule of reductions shall be published in the Federal Register in accordance with section 1089 of this title. Such reduced Federal Pell Grant for a student enrolled on a less than full-time basis shall also apply proportionally to students who are otherwise eligible to receive the minimum Federal Pell Grant, if enrolled full-time.

(3) Award may not exceed cost of attendance

No Federal Pell Grant under this subpart shall exceed the cost of attendance (as defined in section 1087ll of this title) at the institution at which that student is in attendance. If, with respect to any student, it is determined that the amount of a Federal Pell Grant for that student exceeds the cost of attendance for that year, the amount of the Federal Pell Grant shall be reduced until the Federal Pell Grant does not exceed the cost of attendance at such institution.

(4) Study abroad

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, the Secretary shall allow the amount of the Federal Pell Grant to be exceeded for students participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit by the institution at which the student is enrolled when the reasonable costs of such program are greater than the cost of attendance at the student's home institution, except that the amount of such Federal Pell Grant in any fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum amount of a Federal Pell Grant for which a student is eligible under paragraph (1) or (2) during such award year. If the preceding sentence applies, the financial aid administrator at the home institution may use the cost of the study abroad program, rather than the home institution's cost, to determine the cost of attendance of the student.

(5) Total maximum Federal Pell Grant

(A) In general

For award year 2024–2025, and each subsequent award year, the total maximum Federal Pell Grant award per student shall be equal to the sum of—

(i) $1,060; and

(ii) the amount specified as the maximum Federal Pell Grant in the last enacted appropriation Act applicable to that award year.

(B) Rounding

The total maximum Federal Pell Grant for any award year shall be rounded to the nearest $5.

(6) Funds by fiscal year

(A) In general

To carry out this section—

(i) there are authorized to be appropriated and are appropriated (in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this section and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated) such sums as are necessary to carry out paragraph (5)(A)(i) for fiscal year 2024 and each subsequent fiscal year; and

(ii) such sums as may be necessary are authorized to be appropriated to carry out paragraph (5)(A)(ii) for each of the fiscal years 2024 through 2034.

(B) Availability of funds

The amounts made available by subparagraph (A) for any fiscal year shall be available beginning on October 1 of that fiscal year, and shall remain available through September 30 of the succeeding fiscal year.

(7) Appropriation

(A) In general

In addition to any funds appropriated under paragraph (6) and any funds made available for this section under any appropriations Act, there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated (out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated) to carry out this section—

(i) $1,170,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;

(ii) $3,170,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;

(iii) $2,170,000,000 for fiscal year 2026; and

(iv) $1,236,000,000 for fiscal year 2027 and each succeeding fiscal year.

(B) No effect on previous appropriations

The amendments made to this section by the FAFSA Simplification Act shall not—

(i) increase or decrease the amounts that have been appropriated or are available to carry out this section for fiscal year 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, or 2024 as of the day before the effective date of such Act; or

(ii) extend the period of availability for obligation that applied to any such amount, as of the day before such effective date.

(C) Availability of funds

The amounts made available by this paragraph for any fiscal year shall be available beginning on October 1 of that fiscal year, and shall remain available through September 30 of the succeeding fiscal year.

(8) Method of distribution

(A) In general

For each fiscal year through fiscal year 2034, the Secretary shall pay to each eligible institution such sums as may be necessary to pay each eligible student for each academic year during which that student is in attendance at an institution of higher education as an undergraduate, a Federal Pell Grant in the amount for which that student is eligible.

(B) Alternative disbursement

Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to prohibit the Secretary from paying directly to students, in advance of the beginning of the academic term, an amount for which they are eligible, in the cases where an eligible institution does not participate in the disbursement system under subparagraph (A).

(9) Additional payment periods in same award year

(A) Effective in the 2017–2018 award year and thereafter, the Secretary shall award an eligible student not more than one and one-half Federal Pell Grants during a single award year to permit such student to work toward completion of an eligible program if, during that single award year, the student has received a Federal Pell Grant for an award year and is enrolled in an eligible program for one or more additional payment periods during the same award year that are not otherwise fully covered by the student's Federal Pell Grant.

(B) In the case of a student receiving more than one Federal Pell Grant in a single award year under subparagraph (A), the total amount of Federal Pell Grants awarded to such student for the award year may exceed the total maximum Federal Pell Grant available for an award year.

(C) Any period of study covered by a Federal Pell Grant awarded under subparagraph (A) shall be included in determining a student's duration limit under subsection (d)(5).

(D) In any case where an eligible student is receiving a Federal Pell Grant for a payment period that spans 2 award years, the Secretary shall allow the eligible institution in which the student is enrolled to determine the award year to which the additional period shall be assigned, as it determines is most beneficial to students.

(c) Special rule

(1) In general

A student described in paragraph (2) shall be eligible for the total maximum Federal Pell Grant.

(2) Applicability

Paragraph (1) shall apply to any dependent or independent student—

(A) whose parent or guardian was—

(i) an individual who, on or after September 11, 2001, died in the line of duty while serving on active duty as a member of the Armed Forces; or

(ii) actively serving as a public safety officer and died in the line of duty while performing as a public safety officer; and

(B) who is less than 33 years of age.

(3) Information

Notwithstanding any other provision of law—

(A) the Secretary shall establish the necessary data-sharing agreements with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs and the Secretary of Defense, as applicable, to provide the information necessary to determine which students meet the requirements of paragraph (2)(A)(i); and

(B) the financial aid administrator shall verify with the student that the student is eligible for the adjustment and notify the Secretary of the adjustment of the student's eligibility.

(4) Treatment of Pell amount

Notwithstanding section 1212 of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (34 U.S.C. 10302), in the case of a student who receives an increased Federal Pell Grant amount under this section, the total amount of such Federal Pell Grant, including the increase under this subsection, shall not be considered in calculating that student's educational assistance benefits under the Public Safety Officers' Benefits program under subpart 2 of part L of title I of such Act.

(5) Prevention of double benefits

No eligible student described in paragraph (2) may concurrently receive a grant under both this subsection and subsection (b).

(6) Terms and conditions

The Secretary shall award grants under this subsection in the same manner and with the same terms and conditions, including the length of the period of eligibility, as the Secretary awards Federal Pell Grants under subsection (b), except that—

(A) the award rules and determination of need applicable to the calculation of Federal Pell Grants under subsection (b)(1) shall not apply to grants made under this subsection; and

(B) the maximum period determined under subsection (d)(5) shall be determined by including all grants made under this section received by the eligible student and all grants so received under subpart 10 before the effective date of this subsection.

(7) Definition of public safety officer

For purposes of this subsection, the term "public safety officer" means—

(A) a public safety officer, as defined in section 1204 of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (34 U.S.C. 10284); or

(B) a fire police officer, defined as an individual who—

(i) is serving in accordance with State or local law as an officially recognized or designated member of a legally organized public safety agency;

(ii) is not a law enforcement officer, a firefighter, a chaplain, or a member of a rescue squad or ambulance crew; and

(iii) provides scene security or directs traffic—

(I) in response to any fire drill, fire call, or other fire, rescue, or police emergency; or

(II) at a planned special event.

(d) Period of eligibility for grants

(1) In general

The period during which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants shall be the period required for the completion of the first undergraduate baccalaureate course of study being pursued by that student at the institution at which the student is in attendance, except that any period during which the student is enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study, as described in paragraph (2), shall not be counted for the purpose of this paragraph.

(2) Noncredit or remedial courses; study abroad

Nothing in this section shall exclude from eligibility courses of study which are noncredit or remedial in nature (including courses in English language instruction) which are determined by the institution to be necessary to help the student be prepared for the pursuit of a first undergraduate baccalaureate degree or certificate or, in the case of courses in English language instruction, to be necessary to enable the student to use already existing knowledge, training, or skills. Nothing in this section shall exclude from eligibility programs of study abroad that are approved for credit by the home institution at which the student is enrolled.

(3) No concurrent payments

No student is entitled to receive Pell Grant payments concurrently from more than one institution or from both the Secretary and an institution.

(4) Postbaccalaureate program

Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary may allow, on a case-by-case basis, a student to receive a Federal Pell Grant if the student—

(A) is carrying at least one-half the normal full-time work load for the course of study the student is pursuing, as determined by the institution of higher education; and

(B) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a postbaccalaureate program that does not lead to a graduate degree, and in courses required by a State in order for the student to receive a professional certification or licensing credential that is required for employment as a teacher in an elementary school or secondary school in that State,

except that this paragraph shall not apply to a student who is enrolled in an institution of higher education that offers a baccalaureate degree in education.

(5) Maximum period

(A) In general

Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the period during which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants shall not exceed 12 semesters, or the equivalent of 12 semesters, as determined by the Secretary by regulation. Such regulations shall provide, with respect to a student who received a Federal Pell Grant for a term but was enrolled at a fraction of full time, that only that same fraction of such semester or equivalent shall count towards such duration limits.

(B) Exception

(i) In general

Any Federal Pell Grant that a student received during a period described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause (ii) shall not count towards the student's duration limits under this paragraph.

(ii) Applicable periods

Clause (i) shall apply with respect to any Federal Pell Grant awarded to a student to enroll in an eligible program at an institution—

(I) during a period of a student's attendance at an institution—

(aa) at which the student was unable to complete a course of study due to the closing of the institution; or

(bb) for which the student was falsely certified as eligible for Federal aid under this subchapter; or

(II) during a period—

(aa) for which the student received a loan under this subchapter; and

(bb) for which the loan described in item (aa) is discharged under—

(AA) section 1087(c)(1) of this title or section 1087dd(g)(1) of this title;

(BB) section 1082(a)(6) of this title; or

(CC) section 1087e(h) of this title due to the student's successful assertion of a defense to repayment of the loan, including defenses provided to any applicable groups of students.

(e) Applications for grants

(1) Deadlines

The Secretary shall from time to time set dates by which students shall file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid under section 1090 of this title.

(2) Application

Each student desiring a Federal Pell Grant for any year shall file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid containing the information necessary to enable the Secretary to carry out the functions and responsibilities of this subpart.

(f) Distribution of grants to students

Payments under this section shall be made in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary for such purpose, in such manner as will best accomplish the purpose of this section. Any disbursement allowed to be made by crediting the student's account shall be limited to tuition and fees, and food and housing if that food and housing is institutionally owned or operated. The student may elect to have the institution provide other such goods and services by crediting the student's account.

(g) Insufficient appropriations

If, for any fiscal year, the funds appropriated for payments under this subpart are insufficient to satisfy fully all entitlements, as calculated under subsections (b) and (c) (but at the maximum grant level specified in such appropriation), the Secretary shall promptly transmit a notice of such insufficiency to each House of the Congress, and identify in such notice the additional amount that would be required to be appropriated to satisfy fully all entitlements (as so calculated at such maximum grant level).

(h) Use of excess funds

(1) 15 percent or less

If, at the end of a fiscal year, the funds available for making payments under this subpart exceed the amount necessary to make the payments required under this subpart to eligible students by 15 percent or less, then all of the excess funds shall remain available for making payments under this subpart during the next succeeding fiscal year.

(2) More than 15 percent

If, at the end of a fiscal year, the funds available for making payments under this subpart exceed the amount necessary to make the payments required under this subpart to eligible students by more than 15 percent, then all of such funds shall remain available for making such payments but payments may be made under this paragraph only with respect to entitlements for that fiscal year.

(i) Treatment of institutions and students under other laws

Any institution of higher education which enters into an agreement with the Secretary to disburse to students attending that institution the amounts those students are eligible to receive under this subpart shall not be deemed, by virtue of such agreement, a contractor maintaining a system of records to accomplish a function of the Secretary. Recipients of Pell Grants shall not be considered to be individual grantees for purposes of chapter 81 of title 41.

(j) Institutional ineligibility based on default rates

(1) In general

No institution of higher education shall be an eligible institution for purposes of this subpart if such institution of higher education is ineligible to participate in a loan program under part B or D as a result of a final default rate determination made by the Secretary under part B or D after the final publication of cohort default rates for fiscal year 1996 or a succeeding fiscal year.

(2) Sanctions subject to appeal opportunity

No institution may be subject to the terms of this subsection unless the institution has had the opportunity to appeal the institution's default rate determination under regulations issued by the Secretary for the loan program authorized under part B or D, as applicable. This subsection shall not apply to an institution that was not participating in the loan program authorized under part B or D on October 7, 1998, unless the institution subsequently participates in the loan programs.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §401, formerly §411, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1309; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(a), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 337; renumbered §401 and amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§401(a)–(h), 402(a)(3), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 479–482; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(1)–(5), (k)(1), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2458, 2485; Pub. L. 103–322, title II, §20411(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1828; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §401(a)–(f), (g)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1650–1652; Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §§101(a), 102, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 784; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(3), title IV, §401(a)(1), (b), (c)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3088, 3188, 3189; Pub. L. 111–5, div. A, title VIII, §806, Feb. 17, 2009, 123 Stat. 190; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(2), (3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2101(a), (b)(1), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1071, 1073; Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VIII, §1860(a), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 169; Pub. L. 112–25, title V, §501, Aug. 2, 2011, 125 Stat. 266; Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(a), (f), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1100, 1103; Pub. L. 113–235, div. G, title III, §309(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2506; Pub. L. 114–113, div. H, title III, §313(2), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2639; Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, §310, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 552; Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, §310, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 750; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §311, Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106; Pub. L. 116–91, §7, Dec. 19, 2019, 133 Stat. 1196; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §703, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3191; Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §§102(b)(1), 103(c)(1), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 819, 820; Pub. L. 118–40, div. B, §101(b), (c), Mar. 1, 2024, 138 Stat. 18.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The FAFSA Simplification Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(7)(B), is title VII of Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3137. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. The effective date of the Act is July 1, 2024, except as otherwise provided, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as an Effective Date of 2020 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

The Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, referred to in subsec. (c)(4), is Pub. L. 90–351, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat.197. Subpart 2 of part L of title I of the Act is classified generally to part B (§10301 et seq.) of subchapter XI of chapter 101 of Title 34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1968 Act note set out under section 10101 of Title 34 and Tables.

The effective date of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (c)(6)(B), probably means the effective date of section 103(c) of div. R of Pub. L. 117–103, which added subsec. (c)(6) of this section. See Effective Date of 2022 Amendment note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 248; amended Pub. L. 94–328, §2(f), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §121(a), (b)(1), (c)–(i), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091–2093; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(5), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 95–566, §2, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2402; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(1), (2)(A), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §402, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1401, 1503; Pub. L. 97–301, §8(a), Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1402, related to basic educational opportunity grants, amount and determinations, and applications, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 401 of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 400 by section 402(a)(3) of Pub. L. 102–325 and is classified to section 1070 of this title.

Another prior section 401 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, as added and amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), title X, §1001(c)(1), (2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247, 381; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §125, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2096; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §401, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1401, 1503, which stated purpose of program of grants to students in attendance at institutions of higher education, was classified to section 1070 of this title, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2024—Subsec. (b)(7)(A). Pub. L. 118–40, §101(b), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "In addition to any funds appropriated under paragraph (6) and any funds made available for this section under any appropriations Act, there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated (out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated) to carry out this section, $1,170,000,000 for fiscal year 2023 and each subsequent award year."

Subsec. (b)(7)(B)(i). Pub. L. 118–40, §101(c), substituted "2023, or 2024" for "or 2023".

2022—Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 117–103, §102(b)(1)(A), substituted "award year 2024–2025" for "award year 2023–2024".

Subsec. (b)(6)(A)(i). Pub. L. 117–103, §102(b)(1)(B)(i), substituted "fiscal year 2024" for "fiscal year 2023".

Subsec. (b)(6)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 117–103, §102(b)(1)(B)(ii), substituted "fiscal years 2024 through 2034" for "fiscal years 2023 through 2033".

Subsec. (b)(7)(B)(i). Pub. L. 117–103, §102(b)(1)(C), substituted "2022, or 2023" for "or 2022".

Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 117–103, §102(b)(1)(D), substituted "fiscal year 2034" for "fiscal year 2033".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 117–103, §103(c)(1)(A), redesignated subpars. (B) and (C) as (A) and (B), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "who is eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant according to subsection (b)(1) for the award year for which the determination is made;".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 117–103, §103(c)(1)(B), substituted "(2)(A)(i)" for "(2)(B)(i)".

Subsec. (c)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 117–103, §103(c)(1)(C), (D), added pars. (5) and (6) and redesignated former par. (5) as (7).

2020—Pub. L. 116–260 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to amount of and determinations and applications for Federal Pell Grants.

2019—Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(X). Pub. L. 116–91, §7(1), substituted "$1,455,000,000" for "$1,430,000,000".

Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(XI). Pub. L. 116–91, §7(2), substituted "$1,170,000,000" for "$1,145,000,000".

2018—Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(VIII). Pub. L. 115–141 substituted "$1,334,000,000" for "$1,382,000,000".

Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(IX). Pub. L. 115–245 substituted "$1,370,000,000" for "$1,409,000,000".

2017—Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(VII). Pub. L. 115–31, §310(b), substituted "$1,320,000,000" for "$1,574,000,000".

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 115–31, §310(a), added par. (8).

2015—Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 114–113 struck out "except that a student eligible only under 1091(d)(1)(A) of this title who first enrolls in an eligible program of study on or after July 1, 2015 shall not be eligible for the amount of the increase calculated under paragraph (7)(B)" after "year".

2014—Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 113–235 inserted "except that a student eligible only under 1091(d)(1)(A) of this title who first enrolls in an eligible program of study on or after July 1, 2015 shall not be eligible for the amount of the increase calculated under paragraph (7)(B)" after "year".

2011—Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(1), substituted "paragraph (7)(B)" for "paragraph (8)(B)".

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(a)(1), substituted period at end for ", except that a student who is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant in an amount that is equal to or greater than five percent of such Federal Pell Grant amount but less than ten percent of such Federal Pell Grant amount shall be awarded a Federal Pell grant in the amount of ten percent of such Federal Pell Grant amount."

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(4), redesignated par. (6) as (5).

Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(2), struck out par. (5) which read as follows:

"(A) The Secretary shall award a student not more than two Federal Pell Grants during a single award year to permit such student to accelerate the student's progress toward a degree or certificate if the student is enrolled—

"(i) on at least a half-time basis for a period of more than one academic year, or more than two semesters or an equivalent period of time, during a single award year; and

"(ii) in a program of instruction at an institution of higher education for which the institution awards an associate or baccalaureate degree or a certificate.

"(B) In the case of a student receiving more than one Federal Pell Grant in a single award year under subparagraph (A), the total amount of Federal Pell Grants awarded to such student for the award year may exceed the maximum basic grant level specified in the appropriate appropriations Act for such award year."

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(4), redesignated par. (7) as (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(4), redesignated par. (8) as (7). Former par. (7) redesignated (6).

Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(f), amended cl. (iv) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (iv) authorized appropriations for fiscal years 2011 to 2021 and succeeding fiscal years.

Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(II). Pub. L. 112–25, §501(1), substituted "$13,183,000,000" for "$3,183,000,000".

Subsec. (b)(7)(A)(iv)(III). Pub. L. 112–25, §501(2), substituted "$7,000,000,000" for "$0".

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(4), redesignated par. (8) as (7).

Subsec. (b)(8)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(3)(A), amended cl. (iv) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (iv) read as follows: "to carry out this section, $13,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2011."

Subsec. (b)(8)(C)(i)(I), (ii)(I). Pub. L. 112–10, §1860(a)(3)(B), substituted "clause (iv)(II)" for "clause (v)(II)".

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(a)(2), substituted "12" for "18" in two places and struck out at end "The provisions of this paragraph shall apply only to a student who receives a Federal Pell Grant for the first time on or after July 1, 2008."

2010—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(1), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) established grant amounts for academic years 2009–2010 to 2014–2015.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(b)(1)(A), substituted "maximum amount of a Federal Pell Grant award determined under paragraph (2)(A)" for "maximum basic grant level specified in the appropriate appropriation Act" and substituted "such Federal Pell Grant amount" for "such level" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(b)(1)(B), substituted "the maximum amount of a Federal Pell Grant award determined under paragraph (2)(A), for which a student is eligible during such award year" for "the grant level specified in the appropriate Appropriation Act for this subpart for such year".

Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(A)(i), struck out ", to carry out subparagraph (B) of this paragraph" after "are appropriated" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(8)(A)(iii) to (x). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(A)(ii), added cls. (iii) and (iv) and struck out former cls. (iii) to (x), which appropriated additional funds for fiscal years 2010 to 2017.

Subsec. (b)(8)(B). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(B)(i), substituted "clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (A)" for "subparagraph (A)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(8)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(B)(ii), substituted ", 2011–2012, and 2012–2013" for "and 2011–2012".

Subsec. (b)(8)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(B)(iii), added cl. (iii) and struck out former cl. (iii) which read as follows: "$1,090 for award year 2012–2013."

Subsec. (b)(8)(C). Pub. L. 111–152, §2101(a)(2)(C), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall only award an increased amount of a Federal Pell Grant under this section for any award year pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to students who qualify for a Federal Pell Grant award under the maximum grant award enacted in the annual appropriation Act for such award year without regard to the provisions of this paragraph."

2009—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(2)(A), substituted "manner," for "manner,,".

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(2)(B), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to this section.

Subsec. (b)(8)(A)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 111–5, which directed amendment of par. (9)(A) by substituting "$2,733,000,000" for "$2,090,000,000" in cl. (ii) and "$3,861,000,000" for "$3,030,000,000" in cl. (iii), was executed by making the substitutions in par. (8)(A) to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (b)(8)(A)(vi), (viii). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(2)(C), which directed amendment of par. (9)(A) by substituting "$258,000,000" for "$105,000,000" in cl. (vi) and "$4,452,000,000" for "$4,400,000,000" in cl. (viii) effective Aug. 14, 2008, was executed by making the substitutions in par. (8)(A). Subsec. (b)(8) would have been subsec. (b)(9) on Aug. 14, 2008, but for the probable intent execution of the amendment by Pub. L. 110–84, §101(a)(2). See 2007 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(3), struck out par. (4) which attributed expected family contribution of zero to certain eligible students whose parent or guardian died as a result of performing military service in Iraq or Afghanistan after Sept. 11, 2001. See section 1070h of this title.

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(B), which directed amendment of subsec. (b) by designating the pars. following par. (2), in the order in which such pars. appear, as pars. (3) through (8), was a technical correction to sequence of amendments by Pub. L. 110–84 and required no change in text. See 2007 Amendment notes below.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(A), amended subpar. (A) generally, substituting Pell Grant amounts for academic years 2009 to 2015 for amounts for academic years 1999 to 2004.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(C), substituted "ten percent of the maximum basic grant level specified in the appropriate appropriation Act for such academic year, except that a student who is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant in an amount that is equal to or greater than five percent of such level but less than ten percent of such level shall be awarded a Federal Pell grant in the amount of ten percent of such level" for "$400, except that a student who is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant that is equal to or greater than $200 but less than $400 shall be awarded a Federal Pell Grant of $400".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(D), added par. (5) and struck out former par. (5) which read: "The Secretary may allow, on a case-by-case basis, a student to receive 2 Pell grants during a single award year, if—

"(i) the student is enrolled full-time in an associate or baccalaureate degree program of study that is 2 years or longer at an eligible institution that is computed in credit hours; and

"(ii) the student completes course work toward completion of an associate or baccalaureate degree that exceeds the requirements for a full academic year as defined by the institution.

"(B) The Secretary shall promulgate regulations implementing this paragraph."

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(E), inserted before period at end "or who is subject to an involuntary civil commitment upon completion of a period of incarceration for a forcible or nonforcible sexual offense (as determined in accordance with the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reporting Program)".

Subsec. (b)(8)(D). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(F)(i), amended subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (D) read as follows:

"(D) Formula otherwise unaffected.—Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to alter the requirements of this section, or authorize the imposition of additional requirements, for the determination and allocation of Federal Pell Grants under this section."

Subsec. (b)(8)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(a)(1)(F)(ii), amended subpar. (F) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (F) read as follows:

"(F) Use of fiscal year funds for award years.—The amounts made available by subparagraph (A) for any fiscal year shall be available and remain available for use under subparagraph (B) for the award year that begins in such fiscal year."

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(b), added par. (5).

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(3), substituted "to the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the authorizing committees" for "to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives".

Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §401(c)(1), added par. (4).

2007—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–84, §102(a), substituted "fiscal year 2017" for "fiscal year 2004".

Subsec. (b)(3) to (7). Pub. L. 110–84, §101(a), redesignated pars. (4) to (8) as (3) to (7), respectively, and struck out former par. (3) which related to the amount of a student's basic grant for any academic year for which an appropriation Act provided a maximum basic grant of more than $2,700.

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 110–84, §101(a)(2), which directed redesignation of par. (9) as (8), was executed by redesignating the par. (9) enacted by Pub. L. 110–84, §102(b), as (8) to reflect the probable intent of Congress. See below. Former par. (8) redesignated (7).

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 110–84, §102(b), added par. (9).

1998—Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(A), substituted "Federal Pell" for "Basic educational opportunity" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant".

Pub. L. 105–244, §401(a), substituted "For each fiscal year through fiscal year 2004, the Secretary shall" for "The Secretary shall, during the period beginning July 1, 1972, and ending September 30, 1998," and inserted "until such time as the Secretary determines and publishes in the Federal Register with an opportunity for comment, an alternative payment system that provides payments to institutions in an accurate and timely manner," after "pay eligible students".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(B), substituted "Grants made" for "Basic grants made".

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(b), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "The amount of the basic grant for a student eligible under this part shall be—

"(i) $3,700 for academic year 1993–1994,

"(ii) $3,900 for academic year 1994–1995,

"(iii) $4,100 for academic year 1995–1996,

"(iv) $4,300 for academic year 1996–1997, and

"(v) $4,500 for academic year 1997–1998,

less an amount equal to the amount determined to be the expected family contribution with respect to that student for that year."

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(c), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows:

"(3)(A) For any academic year for which an appropriation Act provides a maximum basic grant in an amount in excess of $2,400, the amount of a student's basic grant shall equal $2,400 plus—

"(i) one-half of the amount by which such maximum basic grant exceeds $2,400; plus

"(ii) the lesser of—

"(I) the remaining one-half of such excess; or

"(II) the sum of the student's tuition and the student's allowance determined under subparagraph (B), if applicable.

"(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii)(II), a student's allowance is $750 if the student has dependent care expenses (as defined in section 1087ll(8) of this title) or disability related expenses (as defined in section 1087ll(9) of this title)."

Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(d), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), redesignated former subpars. (A) and (B) as cls. (i) and (ii), respectively, and added subpar. (B).

Subsec. (b)(7), (8). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(D), substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "basic grants".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant" in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 105–244, §401(e), added par. (4).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(D), substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "basic grants".

Subsecs. (d)(2), (f)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(3)(C), substituted "Federal Pell Grant" for "basic grant".

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(4), substituted "Education and the Workforce" for "Education and Labor".

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(f), added subsec. (j).

1994—Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 103–322 amended par. (8) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (8) read as follows:

"(8)(A) No basic grant shall be awarded to an incarcerated student under this subpart that exceeds the sum of the amount of tuition and fees normally assessed by the institution of higher education for the course of study such student is pursuing plus an allowance (determined in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary) for books and supplies associated with such course of study, except that no basic grant shall be awarded to any incarcerated student serving under sentence of death or any life sentence without eligibility for parole or release.

"(B) Basic grants under this subpart shall only be awarded to incarcerated individuals in a State if such grants are used to supplement and not supplant the level of postsecondary education assistance provided by such State to incarcerated individuals in fiscal year 1988."

1993—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(1), inserted before period at end of second sentence ", except that this sentence shall not be construed to limit the authority of the Secretary to place an institution on a reimbursement system of payment".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(1), amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(2)(A). See 1992 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(2)–(4), substituted "single award year" for "single 12-month period" in introductory provisions, "an associate or baccalaureate" for "a baccalaureate" in subpar. (A), and "an associate or baccalaureate" for "a bachelor's" in subpar. (B).

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(5), substituted "subtitle D of title V" for "part D of title V".

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(a), substituted "September 30, 1998" for "September 30, 1992" and "subsection (b)" for "paragraph (2)".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(b), substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "Pell Grants".

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(c), struck out "(A) as determined under paragraph (2), will meet 60 percent of a student's cost of attendance (as defined in section 1070a–6 of this title); and (B)" after "basic grant that" and substituted "family and student" for "parental or independent student", "subparts 3 and 4" for "subparts 2 and 3", and "will meet at least 75 percent" for "will meet 75 percent".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(i) to (v). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(1), added cls. (i) to (v) and struck out former cls. (i) to (v) which read as follows:

"(i) $2,300 for academic year 1987–1988,

"(ii) $2,500 for academic year 1988–1989,

"(iii) $2,700 for academic year 1989–1990,

"(iv) $2,900 for academic year 1990–1991, and

"(v) $3,100 for academic year 1991–1992,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(2)(A), as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(1), inserted "(including a student who attends an institution of higher education on less than a half-time basis)" in first sentence after "full-time basis" the first time appearing.

Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(2)(B), inserted ", computed in accordance with this subpart" before period at end of first sentence.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(3), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: "The amount of a basic grant to which a student is entitled under this subpart for any academic year shall not exceed 60 percent of the cost of attendance (as defined in section 1070a–6 of this title) at the institution at which the student is in attendance for that year."

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(4), substituted "section 1087ll" for "section 1070a–6".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(5), substituted "$400, except that a student who is eligible for a basic grant that is equal to or greater than $200 but less than $400 shall be awarded a basic grant of $400" for "$200".

Subsec. (b)(6) to (8). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(d)(6), added pars. (6) to (8) and struck out former pars. (6) and (7) which limited or prohibited basic grants from funds appropriated for fiscal years prior to 1992 to students attending on a less than half-time basis.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(e)(1), substituted "any period during which the student is enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as defined in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the purpose of this paragraph." for "—

"(A) such period may not exceed the full-time equivalent of—

"(i) 5 academic years in the case of an undergraduate degree or certificate program normally requiring 4 years or less;

"(ii) 6 academic years in the case of an undergraduate degree or certificate program normally requiring more than 4 years;

"(B) any period during which the student is enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as defined in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the purpose of subparagraph (A); and

"(C) an institution of higher education at which the student is in attendance may waive subparagraph (A) for undue hardship based on—

"(i) the death of a relative of the student;

"(ii) the personal injury or illness of the student; or

"(iii) special circumstances as determined by the institution."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(e)(2), inserted at end "Nothing in this section shall exclude from eligibility programs of study abroad that are approved for credit by the home institution at which the student is enrolled."

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(f)(1), substituted ", as a part of its regular output document, the expected family contribution" for "an estimate of the eligibility index" in introductory provisions and "expected family contribution" for "eligibility index" in subpars. (A), (B), and (D).

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(f)(2), substituted "expected family contribution" for "eligibility index".

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(g), struck out "Adjustments for" before "insufficient appropriations" in heading and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) If, for any fiscal year, the funds appropriated for payments under this subpart are insufficient to satisfy fully all entitlements, as calculated under subsection (b) of this section, the amount paid with respect to each entitlement shall be—

"(A) the full amount for any student whose expected family contribution is $200 or less, or

"(B) a percentage of that entitlement, as determined in accordance with a schedule of reductions established by the Secretary for this purpose, for any student whose expected family contribution is more than $200.

"(2) Any schedule established by the Secretary for the purpose of paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection shall contain a single linear reduction formula in which the percentage reduction increases uniformly as the entitlement decreases, and shall provide that if an entitlement is reduced to less than $100, no payment shall be made."

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 102–325, §401(h), substituted "Treatment of institutions and students under other laws" for "Noncontractor status of institutions" in heading and inserted at end of text "Recipients of Pell Grants shall not be considered to be individual grantees for purposes of part D of title V of Public Law 100–690."

1987—Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "paragraph (1)(B)" for "paragraph (1)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2024 Amendment

Pub. L. 118–40, div. B, §101(d), Mar. 1, 2024, 138 Stat. 18, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1087oo of this title] shall take effect and apply as if included in the FAFSA Simplification Act [title VII of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260] and in accordance with section 701(b) of such Act, as amended by section 102(a) of the FAFSA Simplification Act Technical Corrections Act (division R of Public Law 117–103) (including the authorization provided under section 102(c)(1)(A) of such Act [set out in a note below])."

Effective Date of 2022 Amendment

Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §103(d), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 821, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a), (b), and (c) [amending this section and sections 1087ll and 1087uu–2 of this title and repealing section 1070h of this title] shall take effect as if included in the FAFSA Simplification Act (title VII of division FF of Public Law 116–260 [see Tables for classification]) and subject to the effective date of section 701(b) of such Act [20 U.S.C. 1001 note], as amended by this division (including the authorization provided under section 102(c)(1)(A) [see On-Time Effective Date Permitted note below])."

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2011 Amendment

Amendment by section 309(a) of Pub. L. 112–74 effective July 1, 2012, see section 309(g) of Pub. L. 112–74, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VIII, §1860(b), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 170, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a)(2) [amending this section] shall be effective with respect to the 2011–2012 award year and succeeding award years."

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2101(c), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1073, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and sections 1070a–14, 1085, 1090, 1092f, and 1161y of this title] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §401(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3189, provided that:

"(A) In general.—Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2009.

"(B) Special rule.—The amendments made by subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug 14, 2008]."

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §401(c)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3190, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2009."

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–84, §1(c), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 784, provided that: "Except as otherwise expressly provided, the amendments made by this Act [enacting subpart 9 of this part and sections 1098e, 1098f, 1099d, 1099e, and 1141 of this title, amending this section and sections 1070a–13, 1077a, 1078, 1078–3, 1085, 1087–1, 1087e, 1087h, 1087dd, 1087ff, 1087oo to 1087tt, and 1087vv of this title, repealing section 1078–9 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] shall be effective on October 1, 2007."

Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §101(b), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 784, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be effective with respect to determinations of Federal Pell Grant amounts for award years beginning on or after July 1, 2007."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Pub. L. 103–322, title II, §20411(b), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1828, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to periods of enrollment beginning on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 13, 1994]."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 2(b)(1), (3)–(5), (k)(1) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, and amendment by section 2(b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(a), (b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §410, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510, provided that: "The changes made in part A of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.] by the amendments made by this part [part A (§§401–410) of title IV of Pub. L. 102–325, see Tables for classification] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [July 23, 1992], except—

"(1) as otherwise provided in such part A;

"(2) that the changes made in section 411 [this section], relating to Pell Grants, shall apply to the awarding of Pell Grants for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1993; and

"(3) that the changes in section 413C(a)(2) [20 U.S.C. 1070b–2(a)(2)], relating to the Federal share for the supplemental educational opportunity grant program, shall apply to funds provided for such program for the award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993."

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 2 of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(b)(3), (4), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1353, provided that:

"(3) Section 411(c) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070a(c)] as amended by this section shall apply only to individuals who receive a Pell Grant for the first time for a period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987.

"(4) Section 411(f) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070a(f)] as amended by this section shall apply to the awarding of Pell Grants for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987."

On-Time Effective Date Permitted

Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §102(c), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 819, provided that:

"(1) In general.—Notwithstanding section 701(b) of the FAFSA Simplification Act (title VII of division FF of Public Law 116–260 [see Tables for classification]) [20 U.S.C. 1001 note], as amended by this division, the Secretary of Education—

"(A) may implement on or after July 1, 2023, but not later than, July 1, 2024, the amendments made by—

"(i) section 702(b) of the FAFSA Simplification Act [amending sections 1087ll and 1087mm of this title] regarding cost of attendance;

"(ii) section 702(i) of such Act [amending section 1087tt of this title] regarding discretion of student financial aid administrators;

"(iii) section 702(l) of such Act [enacting section 1087uu–2 of this title and amending section 1087vv of this title] regarding special rules for independent students and definitions; and

"(iv) section 703 of such Act [amending this section] regarding only the period of eligibility for grants under subsection (d) of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1070a(d)], as amended by the FAFSA Simplification Act; and

"(B) shall specify in a designation on what date and for which award years the implementation of amendments described in subparagraph (A) are effective on or after July 1, 2023, and prior to July 1, 2024, and shall publish any designation under this paragraph in the Federal Register not less than 60 days before implementation.

"(2) Student aid index as expected family contribution.—For purposes of implementing the amendments described in paragraph (1)(A) before July 1, 2024, the term 'student aid index' as it appears in such amendments to the Higher Education Act of 1965 shall mean 'expected family contribution', as calculated under part F of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1087kk et seq.], as in effect on the date of the implementation."

Study of Pell Grant Eligibility for Less Than Half-Time Students

Pub. L. 99–498, title XIII, §1306, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1582, directed Secretary to conduct a study and report to Congress not later than Sept. 30, 1988, on the number of less than half-time students who would be eligible for Pell grants by reason of having an expected family contribution of $0 and of $0–$200 for the appropriate academic years, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(a), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3127.

Maximum Pell Grants

Provisions limiting the maximum Pell grant that a student may receive were contained in the following appropriation acts:

Pub. L. 118–47, div. D, title III, Mar. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 687.

Pub. L. 117–328, div. H, title III, Dec. 29, 2022, 136 Stat. 4893.

Pub. L. 117–103, div. H, title III, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 480.

Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title III, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1603.

Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title III, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2591.

Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3101.

Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 746.

Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 549.

Pub. L. 114–113, div. H, title III, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2635.

Pub. L. 113–235, div. G, title III, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2501.

Pub. L. 113–76, div. H, title III, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 396.

Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1097.

Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VIII, §1839(b), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 165.

Pub. L. 111–242, §218, as added Pub. L. 112–4, par. (2), Mar. 2, 2011, 125 Stat. 11.

Pub. L. 111–242, §164(b), as added Pub. L. 111–322, title I, §1(a)(2), Dec. 22, 2010, 124 Stat. 3521.

Pub. L. 111–117, div. D, title III, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3267.

Pub. L. 111–8, div. F, title III, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 789.

Pub. L. 111–5, div. A, title VIII, Feb. 17, 2009, 123 Stat. 183.

Pub. L. 110–161, div. G, title III, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2195.

Pub. L. 109–289, div. B, title II, §20633(b), as added by Pub. L. 110–5, §2, Feb. 15, 2007, 121 Stat. 36.

Pub. L. 109–149, title III, Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2868.

Pub. L. 108–447, div. F, title III, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3148.

Pub. L. 108–199, div. E, title III, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 261.

Pub. L. 108–7, div. G, title III, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 330.

Pub. L. 107–116, title III, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2205.

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-37.

Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(4) [title III], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A-251.

Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(f) [title III], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–337, 2681-369.

Pub. L. 105–78, title III, Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1501.

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title III], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-257.

Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101(d) [title III], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–211, 1321-232; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327.

Pub. L. 104–99, title I, §119, Jan. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 30, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101(d) [title V, §518], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–211, 1321-248; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327.

Pub. L. 103–333, title III, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2564.

Pub. L. 103–112, title III, Oct. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 1104.

Pub. L. 102–394, title III, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1816.

Pub. L. 102–170, title III, Nov. 26, 1991, 105 Stat. 1131.

Pub. L. 101–517, title III, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2212.

Pub. L. 101–166, title III, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1182.

Pub. L. 100–436, title III, Sept. 20, 1988, 102 Stat. 1704.

Pub. L. 100–202, §101(h) [title III], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–256, 1329-279.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "subsection (a)(2)(F)".

§1070a–1. Omitted

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §401A, as added Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8003, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155; amended Pub. L. 110–227, §10(a), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 748; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §402(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3190, which authorized the Secretary to make academic competitiveness grants to eligible students, was omitted from the Code upon the expiration of Secretary's authority to make such grants at the end of award year 2010–2011.

A prior section 1070a–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1312; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(b)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 337; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837, related to family contribution schedule for Pell Grants and data elements, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §401(i), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482.

§§1070a–2 to 1070a–6. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §401(i), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482

Section 1070a–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1313; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(b)(2), (c)–(f)(1), (4), (5), (g), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 337, 338; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(g)(1)(B), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275, related to eligibility determination for dependent students.

Section 1070a–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1316; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(b)(3), (c)(1), (f)(2), (4), (5), (g), (h)(2), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 337, 338; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(g)(1)(C), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275, related to eligibility determination for independent students with dependents other than a spouse.

Section 1070a–4, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1319; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(b)(4), (c)(1), (f)(3), (4), (g), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 337, 338; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(g)(1)(D), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275, related to eligibility determination for single independent students or for married independent students without other dependents.

Section 1070a–5, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411E, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1322, related to regulations and updated tables.

Section 1070a–6, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §411F, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1323; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §3(h)(1), (i)–(m), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 338, 339; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(a), (c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 836, 837; Pub. L. 101–610, title I, §185(1), (2), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3167, related to definitions and determinations.

subpart 2—federal early outreach and student services programs

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(2), (4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482, added subpart 2 and redesignated former subpart 2 comprising sections 1070b to 1070b–3 of this title as subpart 3.

Division 1—Federal TRIO Programs

§1070a–11. Program authority; authorization of appropriations

(a) Grants and contracts authorized

The Secretary shall, in accordance with the provisions of this division, carry out a program of making grants and contracts designed to identify qualified individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, to prepare them for a program of postsecondary education, to provide support services for such students who are pursuing programs of postsecondary education, to motivate and prepare students for doctoral programs, and to train individuals serving or preparing for service in programs and projects so designed.

(b) Recipients, duration, and size

(1) Recipients

For the purposes described in subsection (a), the Secretary is authorized, without regard to section 6101 of title 41, to make grants to, and contracts with, institutions of higher education, public and private agencies and organizations, including community-based organizations with experience in serving disadvantaged youth, combinations of such institutions, agencies and organizations, and, as appropriate to the purposes of the program, secondary schools, for planning, developing, or carrying out one or more of the services assisted under this division.

(2) Duration

Grants or contracts made under this division shall be awarded for a period of 5 years, except that—

(A) in order to synchronize the awarding of grants for programs under this division, the Secretary may, under such terms as are consistent with the purposes of this division, provide a one-time, limited extension of the length of such an award;

(B) grants made under section 1070a–17 of this title shall be awarded for a period of 2 years; and

(C) grants under section 1070a–18 of this title shall be awarded for a period determined by the Secretary.

(3) Minimum grants

Unless the institution or agency requests a smaller amount, an individual grant authorized under this division shall be awarded in an amount that is not less than $200,000, except that an individual grant authorized under section 1070a–17 of this title shall be awarded in an amount that is not less than $170,000.

(c) Procedures for awarding grants and contracts

(1) Application requirements

An eligible entity that desires to receive a grant or contract under this division shall submit an application to the Secretary in such manner and form, and containing such information and assurances, as the Secretary may reasonably require.

(2) Considerations

(A) Prior experience

In making grants under this division, the Secretary shall consider each applicant's prior experience of high quality service delivery, as determined under subsection (f), under the particular program for which funds are sought. The level of consideration given the factor of prior experience shall not vary from the level of consideration given such factor during fiscal years 1994 through 1997, except that grants made under section 1070a–18 of this title shall not be given prior experience consideration.

(B) Participant need

In making grants under this division, the Secretary shall consider the number, percentages, and needs of eligible participants in the area, institution of higher education, or secondary school to be served to aid such participants in preparing for, enrolling in, or succeeding in postsecondary education, as appropriate to the particular program for which the eligible entity is applying.

(3) Order of awards; program fraud

(A) Except with respect to grants made under sections 1070a–17 and 1070a–18 of this title and as provided in subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall award grants and contracts under this division in the order of the scores received by the application for such grant or contract in the peer review process required under paragraph (4) and adjusted for prior experience in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection.

(B) The Secretary shall not provide assistance to a program otherwise eligible for assistance under this division, if the Secretary has determined that such program has involved the fraudulent use of funds under this division.

(4) Peer review process

(A) The Secretary shall ensure that, to the extent practicable, members of groups underrepresented in higher education, including African Americans, Hispanics, Native Americans, Alaska Natives, Asian Americans, and Native American Pacific Islanders (including Native Hawaiians), are represented as readers of applications submitted under this division. The Secretary shall also ensure that persons from urban and rural backgrounds are represented as readers.

(B) The Secretary shall ensure that each application submitted under this division is read by at least three readers who are not employees of the Federal Government (other than as readers of applications).

(5) Number of applications for grants and contracts

The Secretary shall not limit the number of applications submitted by an entity under any program authorized under this division if the additional applications describe programs serving different populations or different campuses.

(6) Coordination with other programs for disadvantaged students

The Secretary shall encourage coordination of programs assisted under this division with other programs for disadvantaged students operated by the sponsoring institution or agency, regardless of the funding source of such programs. The Secretary shall not limit an entity's eligibility to receive funds under this division because such entity sponsors a program similar to the program to be assisted under this division, regardless of the funding source of such program. The Secretary shall permit the Director of a program receiving funds under this division to administer one or more additional programs for disadvantaged students operated by the sponsoring institution or agency, regardless of the funding sources of such programs. The Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for funds under the programs authorized by this division to identify and make available services under such program, including mentoring, tutoring, and other services provided by such program, to foster care youth (including youth in foster care and youth who have left foster care after reaching age 13) or to homeless children and youths as defined in section 11434a of title 42.

(7) Application status

The Secretary shall inform each entity operating programs under this division regarding the status of their application for continued funding at least 8 months prior to the expiration of the grant or contract. The Secretary, in the case of an entity that is continuing to operate a successful program under this division, shall ensure that the start-up date for a new grant or contract for such program immediately follows the termination of the preceding grant or contract so that no interruption of funding occurs for such successful reapplicants. The Secretary shall inform each entity requesting assistance under this division for a new program regarding the status of their application at least 8 months prior to the proposed startup date of such program.

(8) Review and notification by the Secretary

(A) Guidance

Not later than 180 days after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall issue nonregulatory guidance regarding the rights and responsibilities of applicants with respect to the application and evaluation process for programs and projects assisted under this division, including applicant access to peer review comments. The guidance shall describe the procedures for the submission, processing, and scoring of applications for grants under this division, including—

(i) the responsibility of applicants to submit materials in a timely manner and in accordance with the processes established by the Secretary under the authority of the General Education Provisions Act [20 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.];

(ii) steps the Secretary will take to ensure that the materials submitted by applicants are processed in a proper and timely manner;

(iii) steps the Secretary will take to ensure that prior experience points for high quality service delivery are awarded in an accurate and transparent manner;

(iv) steps the Secretary will take to ensure the quality and integrity of the peer review process, including assurances that peer reviewers will consider applications for grants under this division in a thorough and complete manner consistent with applicable Federal law; and

(v) steps the Secretary will take to ensure that the final score of an application, including prior experience points for high quality service delivery and points awarded through the peer review process, is determined in an accurate and transparent manner.

(B) Updated guidance

Not later than 45 days before the date of the commencement of each competition for a grant under this division that is held after the expiration of the 180-day period described in subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall update and publish the guidance described in such subparagraph.

(C) Review

(i) In general

With respect to any competition for a grant under this division, an applicant may request a review by the Secretary if the applicant—

(I) has evidence of a specific technical, administrative, or scoring error made by the Department, an agent of the Department, or a peer reviewer, with respect to the scoring or processing of a submitted application; and

(II) has otherwise met all of the requirements for submission of the application.

(ii) Technical or administrative error

In the case of evidence of a technical or administrative error listed in clause (i)(I), the Secretary shall review such evidence and provide a timely response to the applicant. If the Secretary determines that a technical or administrative error was made by the Department or an agent of the Department, the application of the applicant shall be reconsidered in the peer review process for the applicable grant competition.

(iii) Scoring error

In the case of evidence of a scoring error listed in clause (i)(I), when the error relates to either prior experience points for high quality service delivery or to the final score of an application, the Secretary shall—

(I) review such evidence and provide a timely response to the applicant; and

(II) if the Secretary determines that a scoring error was made by the Department or a peer reviewer, adjust the prior experience points or final score of the application appropriately and quickly, so as not to interfere with the timely awarding of grants for the applicable grant competition.

(iv) Error in peer review process

(I) Referral to secondary review

In the case of a peer review process error listed in clause (i)(I), if the Secretary determines that points were withheld for criteria not required in Federal statute, regulation, or guidance governing a program assisted under this division or the application for a grant for such program, or determines that information pertaining to selection criteria was wrongly determined to be missing from an application by a peer reviewer, then the Secretary shall refer the application to a secondary review panel.

(II) Timely review; replacement score

The secondary review panel described in subclause (I) shall conduct a secondary review in a timely fashion, and the score resulting from the secondary review shall replace the score from the initial peer review.

(III) Composition of secondary review panel

The secondary review panel shall be composed of reviewers each of whom—

(aa) did not review the application in the original peer review;

(bb) is a member of the cohort of peer reviewers for the grant program that is the subject of such secondary review; and

(cc) to extent practicable, has conducted peer reviews in not less than two previous competitions for the grant program that is the subject of such secondary review.

(IV) Final score

The final peer review score of an application subject to a secondary review under this clause shall be adjusted appropriately and quickly using the score awarded by the secondary review panel, so as not to interfere with the timely awarding of grants for the applicable grant competition.

(V) Qualification for secondary review

To qualify for a secondary review under this clause, an applicant shall have evidence of a scoring error and demonstrate that—

(aa) points were withheld for criteria not required in statute, regulation, or guidance governing the Federal TRIO programs or the application for a grant for such programs; or

(bb) information pertaining to selection criteria was wrongly determined to be missing from the application.

(v) Finality

(I) In general

A determination by the Secretary under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) shall not be reviewable by any officer or employee of the Department.

(II) Scoring

The score awarded by a secondary review panel under clause (iv) shall not be reviewable by any officer or employee of the Department other than the Secretary.

(vi) Funding of applications with certain adjusted scores

To the extent feasible based on the availability of appropriations, the Secretary shall fund applications with scores that are adjusted upward under clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) to equal or exceed the minimum cut off score for the applicable grant competition.

(d) Outreach

(1) In general

The Secretary shall conduct outreach activities to ensure that entities eligible for assistance under this division submit applications proposing programs that serve geographic areas and eligible populations which have been underserved by the programs assisted under this division.

(2) Notice

In carrying out the provisions of paragraph (1), the Secretary shall notify the entities described in subsection (b) of the availability of assistance under this subsection not less than 120 days prior to the deadline for submission of applications under this division and shall consult national, State, and regional organizations about candidates for notification.

(3) Technical assistance

The Secretary shall provide technical training to applicants for projects and programs authorized under this division. The Secretary shall give priority to serving programs and projects that serve geographic areas and eligible populations which have been underserved by the programs assisted under this division. Technical training activities shall include the provision of information on authorizing legislation, goals and objectives of the program, required activities, eligibility requirements, the application process and application deadlines, and assistance in the development of program proposals and the completion of program applications. Such training shall be furnished at conferences, seminars, and workshops to be conducted at not less than 10 sites throughout the United States to ensure that all areas of the United States with large concentrations of eligible participants are served.

(4) Special rule

The Secretary may contract with eligible entities to conduct the outreach activities described in this subsection.

(e) Documentation of status as a low-income individual

(1) Except in the case of an independent student, as defined in section 1087vv(d) of this title, documentation of an individual's status pursuant to subsection (h)(4) shall be made by providing the Secretary with—

(A) a signed statement from the individual's parent or legal guardian;

(B) verification from another governmental source;

(C) a signed financial aid application; or

(D) a signed United States or Puerto Rico income tax return.

(2) In the case of an independent student, as defined in section 1087vv(d) of this title, documentation of an individual's status pursuant to subsection (h)(4) shall be made by providing the Secretary with—

(A) a signed statement from the individual;

(B) verification from another governmental source;

(C) a signed financial aid application; or

(D) a signed United States or Puerto Rico income tax return.

(3) Notwithstanding this subsection and subsection (h)(4), individuals who are foster care youth (including youth in foster care and youth who have left foster care after reaching age 13), or homeless children and youths as defined in section 11434a of title 42, shall be eligible to participate in programs under sections 1070a–12, 1070a–13, 1070a–14, and 1070a–16 of this title.

(f) Outcome criteria

(1) Use for prior experience determination

For competitions for grants under this division that begin on or after January 1, 2009, the Secretary shall determine an eligible entity's prior experience of high quality service delivery, as required under subsection (c)(2), based on the outcome criteria described in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) Disaggregation of relevant data

The outcome criteria under this subsection shall be disaggregated by low-income students, first generation college students, and individuals with disabilities, in the schools and institutions of higher education served by the program to be evaluated.

(3) Contents of outcome criteria

The outcome criteria under this subsection shall measure, annually and for longer periods, the quality and effectiveness of programs authorized under this division and shall include the following:

(A) For programs authorized under section 1070a–12 of this title, the extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives established in the entity's application for such program regarding—

(i) the delivery of service to a total number of students served by the program;

(ii) the continued secondary school enrollment of such students;

(iii) the graduation of such students from secondary school with a regular secondary school diploma in the standard number of years;

(iv) the completion by such students of a rigorous secondary school program of study that will make such students eligible for programs such as the Academic Competitiveness Grants Program;

(v) the enrollment of such students in an institution of higher education; and

(vi) to the extent practicable, the postsecondary education completion of such students.

(B) For programs authorized under section 1070a–13 of this title, the extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives for such program regarding—

(i) the delivery of service to a total number of students served by the program, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for the period;

(ii) such students' school performance, as measured by the grade point average, or its equivalent;

(iii) such students' academic performance, as measured by standardized tests, including tests required by the students' State;

(iv) the retention in, and graduation from, secondary school of such students;

(v) the completion by such students of a rigorous secondary school program of study that will make such students eligible for programs such as the Academic Competitiveness Grants Program;

(vi) the enrollment of such students in an institution of higher education; and

(vii) to the extent practicable, the postsecondary education completion of such students.

(C) For programs authorized under section 1070a–14 of this title—

(i) the extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding the retention in postsecondary education of the students served by the program;

(ii)(I) in the case of an entity that is an institution of higher education offering a baccalaureate degree, the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding the percentage of such students' completion of the degree programs in which such students were enrolled; or

(II) in the case of an entity that is an institution of higher education that does not offer a baccalaureate degree, the extent to which such students met or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding—

(aa) the completion of a degree or certificate by such students; and

(bb) the transfer of such students to institutions of higher education that offer baccalaureate degrees;

(iii) the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding the delivery of service to a total number of students, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for the period; and

(iv) the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding the students served under the program who remain in good academic standing.

(D) For programs authorized under section 1070a–15 of this title, the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives for such program regarding—

(i) the delivery of service to a total number of students served by the program, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for the period;

(ii) the provision of appropriate scholarly and research activities for the students served by the program;

(iii) the acceptance and enrollment of such students in graduate programs; and

(iv) the continued enrollment of such students in graduate study and the attainment of doctoral degrees by former program participants.

(E) For programs authorized under section 1070a–16 of this title, the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives for such program regarding—

(i) the enrollment of students without a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, who were served by the program, in programs leading to such diploma or equivalent;

(ii) the enrollment of secondary school graduates who were served by the program in programs of postsecondary education;

(iii) the delivery of service to a total number of students served by the program, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for the period; and

(iv) the provision of assistance to students served by the program in completing financial aid applications and college admission applications.

(4) Measurement of progress

In order to determine the extent to which each outcome criterion described in paragraph (2) or (3) is met or exceeded, the Secretary shall compare the agreed upon target for the criterion, as established in the eligible entity's application approved by the Secretary, with the results for the criterion, measured as of the last day of the applicable time period for the determination for the outcome criterion.

(g) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of making grants and contracts under this division, there are authorized to be appropriated $900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years. Of the amount appropriated under this division, the Secretary may use no more than ½ of 1 percent of such amount to obtain additional qualified readers and additional staff to review applications, to increase the level of oversight monitoring, to support impact studies, program assessments and reviews, and to provide technical assistance to potential applicants and current grantees. In expending these funds, the Secretary shall give priority to the additional administrative requirements provided in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, to outreach activities, and to obtaining additional readers.

(h) Definitions

For the purpose of this division:

(1) Different campus

The term "different campus" means a site of an institution of higher education that—

(A) is geographically apart from the main campus of the institution;

(B) is permanent in nature; and

(C) offers courses in educational programs leading to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational credential.

(2) Different population

The term "different population" means a group of individuals that an eligible entity desires to serve through an application for a grant under this division, and that—

(A) is separate and distinct from any other population that the entity has applied for a grant under this division to serve; or

(B) while sharing some of the same needs as another population that the eligible entity has applied for a grant under this division to serve, has distinct needs for specialized services.

(3) First generation college student

The term "first generation college student" means—

(A) an individual both of whose parents did not complete a baccalaureate degree; or

(B) in the case of any individual who regularly resided with and received support from only one parent, an individual whose only such parent did not complete a baccalaureate degree.

(4) Low-income individual

The term "low-income individual" means an individual from a family whose taxable income for the preceding year did not exceed 150 percent of an amount equal to the poverty level determined by using criteria of poverty established by the Bureau of the Census.

(5) Veteran eligibility

No veteran shall be deemed ineligible to participate in any program under this division by reason of such individual's age who—

(A) served on active duty for a period of more than 180 days and was discharged or released therefrom under conditions other than dishonorable;

(B) served on active duty and was discharged or released therefrom because of a service connected disability;

(C) was a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces called to active duty for a period of more than 30 days; or

(D) was a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces who served on active duty in support of a contingency operation (as that term is defined in section 101(a)(13) of title 10) on or after September 11, 2001.

(6) Waiver

The Secretary may waive the service requirements in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5) if the Secretary determines the application of the service requirements to a veteran will defeat the purpose of a program under this division.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(6)–(9), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2458; Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §102(b)(1), title IV, §402(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1622, 1652; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3191; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The General Education Provisions Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(8)(A)(i), is title IV of Pub. L. 90–247, Jan. 2, 1968, 81 Stat. 814, which is classified generally to chapter 31 (§1221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1221 of this title and Tables.

The Higher Education Amendments of 1992, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 102–325, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1992 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables.

Codification

In subsec. (b)(1), "section 6101 of title 41" substituted for "section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 5)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(4)(A), substituted "organizations, including" for "organizations including".

Subsec. (c)(8)(C)(iv)(I). Pub. L. 111–39, §401(a)(4)(B), inserted "to be" after "determined".

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(1)(A), inserted "including community-based organizations with experience in serving disadvantaged youth" after "private agencies and organizations" and substituted ", as appropriate to the purposes of the program" for "in exceptional circumstances".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(1)(B)(i), substituted "5 years" for "4 years" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(1)(B)(ii), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment subpar. (A) read as follows: "the Secretary shall award such grants or contracts for 5 years to applicants whose peer review scores were in the highest 10 percent of scores of all applicants receiving grants or contracts in each program competition for the same award year;".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(1)(C), added par. (3) and struck out former par. (3). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Unless the institution or agency requests a smaller amount, individual grants under this division shall be no less than—

"(A) $170,000 for programs authorized by sections 1070a–14 and 1070a–17 of this title;

"(B) $180,000 for programs authorized by sections 1070a–12 and 1070a–16 of this title; and

"(C) $190,000 for programs authorized by sections 1070a–13 and 1070a–15 of this title."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(2)(A), inserted par. heading, designated former par. heading as subpar. (A) heading and existing provisions as subpar. (A), substituted "high quality service delivery, as determined under subsection (f)," for "service delivery", and added subpar. (B).

Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(2)(B), substituted "shall not" for "is not required to".

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(2)(C), substituted "different campuses" for "campuses".

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(2)(D), inserted at end "The Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for funds under the programs authorized by this division to identify and make available services under such program, including mentoring, tutoring, and other services provided by such program, to foster care youth (including youth in foster care and youth who have left foster care after reaching age 13) or to homeless children and youths as defined in section 11434a of title 42."

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(2)(E), added par. (8).

Subsec. (e)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(3)(A), substituted "subsection (h)(4)" for "subsection (g)(2)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(3)(B), added par. (3).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(5), added subsec. (f). Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(6), substituted "$900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$700,000,000 for fiscal year 1999, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years" and struck out last sentence which read as follows: "The Secretary shall report to Congress by October 1, 1994, on the use of these funds."

Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(4), redesignated subsec. (f) as (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated (h).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(7)(A), (B), added pars. (1) and (2) and redesignated former pars. (1) to (4) as (3) to (6), respectively.

Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(4), redesignated subsec. (g) as (h).

Subsec. (h)(5)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(7)(C)(i), struck out ", any part of which occurred after January 31, 1955," after "more than 180 days" and "or" after semicolon.

Subsec. (h)(5)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(7)(C)(ii), struck out "after January 31, 1955," after "active duty" and substituted a semicolon for period at end.

Subsec. (h)(5)(C), (D). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(7)(C)(iii), added subpars. (C) and (D).

Subsec. (h)(6). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(a)(7)(D), substituted "subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)" for "subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (3)".

1998—Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(a)(1), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(a)(2), amended heading and text of par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "In any year in which the appropriations authorized under this division exceed the prior year appropriation as adjusted for inflation, the Secretary shall use 80 percent of the amount appropriated above the current services level to bring each award up to the minimum grant level or the amount requested by the institution or agency, whichever is less. The minimum grant level (A) for programs authorized under section 1070a–14 or 1070a–17 of this title, shall not be less than $170,000 for fiscal year 1993; (B) for programs authorized under section 1070a–12 or 1070a–16 of this title shall not be less than $180,000 for fiscal year 1994; and (C) for programs authorized under section 1070a–13 or 1070a–15 of this title shall not be less than $190,000 for fiscal year 1995."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(a)(3), amended subsec. (c) generally, revising and restating former pars. (1) to (6), relating to procedures for awarding grants and contracts, as pars. (1) to (7).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §102(b)(1), substituted "section 1011g" for "section 1145d–1".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(a)(4), substituted "$700,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$650,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(a)(5), added par. (4).

1993—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(6), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "Grants or contracts made under this division shall be awarded for a period of 4 years, except that the Secretary shall award such grants or contracts for 5 years to applicants whose peer review scores were in the highest 10 percent of scores of all applicants receiving grants or contracts in each program competition for the same award year."

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(7), inserted before period at end of second sentence ", except that in the case of the programs authorized in sections 1070a–15 and 1070a–17 of this title, the level of consideration given to prior experience shall be the same as the level of consideration given this factor in the other programs authorized in this division".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(8), inserted "with respect to grants made under section 1070a–17 of this title, and" after "Except".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(9), amended subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) read as follows: "Documentation of an individual's status pursuant to subsection (g)(2) of this section shall be made—

"(1) in the case of an individual who is eighteen years of age or younger or a dependent student by providing the Secretary with a signed statement from the parent or legal guardian, verification from another governmental source, a signed financial aid application, or a signed United States or Puerto Rican income tax return; and

"(2) in the case of an individual who is age 18 or older or who is an independent student, by providing the Secretary with a signed statement from the individual, verification from another governmental source, a signed financial aid form, or a signed United States or Puerto Rican income tax return."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 2(b)(6), (8), (9) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, and amendment by section 2(b)(7) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(a), (b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208 set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Advanced Placement Fee Payment Program

Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §810, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1808, which authorized grants to States to enable States to reimburse low-income individuals to cover part or all of the cost of advanced placement test fees, required dissemination of information regarding availability of payments, set forth requirements for approval of applications and funding rules, authorized regulations, required annual report, defined terms, and authorized appropriations, was repealed by Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1011(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 1986.

Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 102–325, title XV, §1545, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 837, which was repealed by Pub. L. 107–110, title X, §1011(1), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 1986.

References to Subpart 2, 3, or 4 of This Part Deemed To Refer to Subpart 3, 4, or 2 of This Part

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 505, provided that: "Reference in any provision of law (other than the Act [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.]) to subpart 2, 3, or 4 of part A of title IV of the Act shall, after the date of enactment of this Act [July 23, 1992], be deemed to refer to subpart 3 [20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.], 4 [20 U.S.C. 1070c et seq.], or 2 [20 U.S.C. 1070a–11 et seq.] of such part, respectively."

§1070a–12. Talent search

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall carry out a program to be known as talent search which shall be designed—

(1) to identify qualified youths with potential for education at the postsecondary level and to encourage such youths to complete secondary school and to undertake a program of postsecondary education;

(2) to publicize the availability of, and facilitate the application for, student financial assistance available to persons who pursue a program of postsecondary education; and

(3) to encourage persons who have not completed programs of education at the secondary or postsecondary level to enter or reenter, and complete such programs.

(b) Required services

Any project assisted under this section shall provide—

(1) connections to high quality academic tutoring services, to enable students to complete secondary or postsecondary courses;

(2) advice and assistance in secondary course selection and, if applicable, initial postsecondary course selection;

(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance examinations and completing college admission applications;

(4)(A) information on the full range of Federal student financial aid programs and benefits (including Federal Pell Grant awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public and private scholarships; and

(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090(a) of this title;

(5) guidance on and assistance in—

(A) secondary school reentry;

(B) alternative education programs for secondary school dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular secondary school diploma;

(C) entry into general educational development (GED) programs; or

(D) postsecondary education; and

(6) connections to education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' parents, including financial planning for postsecondary education.

(c) Permissible services

Any project assisted under this section may provide services such as—

(1) academic tutoring, which may include instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, science, and other subjects;

(2) personal and career counseling or activities;

(3) information and activities designed to acquaint youth with the range of career options available to the youth;

(4) exposure to the campuses of institutions of higher education, as well as cultural events, academic programs, and other sites or activities not usually available to disadvantaged youth;

(5) workshops and counseling for families of students served;

(6) mentoring programs involving elementary or secondary school teachers or counselors, faculty members at institutions of higher education, students, or any combination of such persons; and

(7) programs and activities as described in subsection (b) or paragraphs (1) through (6) of this subsection that are specially designed for students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students.

(d) Requirements for approval of applications

In approving applications for projects under this section for any fiscal year the Secretary shall—

(1) require an assurance that not less than two-thirds of the individuals participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals who are first generation college students;

(2) require that such participants be persons who either have completed 5 years of elementary education or are at least 11 years of age but not more than 27 years of age, unless the imposition of any such limitation with respect to any person would defeat the purposes of this section or the purposes of section 1070a–16 of this title;

(3) require an assurance that individuals participating in the project proposed in the application do not have access to services from another project funded under this section or under section 1070a–16 of this title; and

(4) require an assurance that the project will be located in a setting accessible to the persons proposed to be served by the project.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 486; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1654; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3198.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(b)(1)(A), inserted ", and facilitate the application for," after "the availability of".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(b)(1)(B), substituted "to enter or reenter, and complete" for ", but who have the ability to complete such programs, to reenter".

Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(b)(3), added subsecs. (b) and (c) and struck out former subsec. (b) which related to permissible services. Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(b)(2), (4), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d) and substituted "projects under this section" for "talent search projects under this division" in introductory provisions.

1998—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(b)(1), added par. (4) and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: "guidance on secondary school reentry or entry to general educational development (GED) programs or other alternative education programs for secondary school dropouts;".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(b)(2), inserted before semicolon ", or activities designed to acquaint individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds with careers in which the individuals are particularly underrepresented".

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(b)(3), substituted "families" for "parents".

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(b)(4), inserted "or counselors" after "teachers".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070a–13. Upward bound

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall carry out a program to be known as upward bound which shall be designed to generate skills and motivation necessary for success in education beyond secondary school.

(b) Required services

Any project assisted under this section shall provide—

(1) academic tutoring to enable students to complete secondary or postsecondary courses, which may include instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, science, and other subjects;

(2) advice and assistance in secondary and postsecondary course selection;

(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance examinations and completing college admission applications;

(4)(A) information on the full range of Federal student financial aid programs and benefits (including Federal Pell Grant awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public and private scholarships; and

(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090(a) of this title;

(5) guidance on and assistance in—

(A) secondary school reentry;

(B) alternative education programs for secondary school dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular secondary school diploma;

(C) entry into general educational development (GED) programs; or

(D) postsecondary education; and

(6) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the students' parents, including financial planning for postsecondary education.

(c) Additional required services for multiple-year grant recipients

Any project assisted under this section which has received funding for two or more years shall include, as part of the core curriculum in the next and succeeding years, instruction in mathematics through precalculus, laboratory science, foreign language, composition, and literature.

(d) Permissible services

Any project assisted under this section may provide such services as—

(1) exposure to cultural events, academic programs, and other activities not usually available to disadvantaged youth;

(2) information, activities, and instruction designed to acquaint youth participating in the project with the range of career options available to the youth;

(3) on-campus residential programs;

(4) mentoring programs involving elementary school or secondary school teachers or counselors, faculty members at institutions of higher education, students, or any combination of such persons;

(5) work-study positions where youth participating in the project are exposed to careers requiring a postsecondary degree;

(6) special services, including mathematics and science preparation, to enable veterans to make the transition to postsecondary education; and

(7) programs and activities as described in subsection (b), subsection (c), or paragraphs (1) through (6) of this subsection that are specially designed for students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students.

(e) Requirements for approval of applications

In approving applications for projects under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall—

(1) require an assurance that not less than two-thirds of the youths participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals who are first generation college students;

(2) require an assurance that the remaining youths participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals, first generation college students, or students who have a high risk for academic failure;

(3) require that there be a determination by the institution, with respect to each participant in such project that the participant has a need for academic support in order to pursue successfully a program of education beyond secondary school;

(4) require that such participants be persons who have completed 8 years of elementary education and are at least 13 years of age but not more than 19 years of age, unless the imposition of any such limitation would defeat the purposes of this section; and

(5) require an assurance that no student will be denied participation in a project assisted under this section because the student will enter the project after the 9th grade.

(f) Maximum stipends

Youths participating in a project proposed to be carried out under any application may be paid stipends not in excess of $60 per month during the summer school recess, for a period not to exceed three months, except that youth participating in a work-study position under subsection (d)(5) may be paid a stipend of $300 per month during the summer school recess, for a period not to exceed three months. Youths participating in a project proposed to be carried out under any application may be paid stipends not in excess of $40 per month during the remaining period of the year.

(g) Additional funds

(1) Authorization and appropriation

There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated to the Secretary, from funds not otherwise appropriated, $57,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2011 to carry out paragraph (2), except that any amounts that remain unexpended for such purpose for each of such fiscal years may be available for technical assistance and administration costs for the Upward Bound program. The authority to award grants under this subsection shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2011.

(2) Use of funds

The amounts made available by paragraph (1) shall be available to provide assistance to all Upward Bound projects that did not receive assistance in fiscal year 2007 and that have a grant score above 70. Such assistance shall be made available in the form of 4-year grants.

(h) Absolute priority prohibited in Upward Bound Program

Upon enactment of this subsection and except as otherwise expressly provided by amendment to this section, the Secretary shall not continue, implement, or enforce the absolute priority for the Upward Bound Program published by the Department of Education in the Federal Register on September 22, 2006 (71 Fed. Reg. 55447 et seq.). This subsection shall not be applied retroactively. In implementing this subsection, the Department shall allow the programs and participants chosen in the grant cycle to which the priority applies to continue their grants and participation without a further recompetition. The entities shall not be required to apply the absolute priority conditions or restrictions to future participants.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 487; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(10), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1654; Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §103, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 786; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3199.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(1), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which related to permissible services.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(2), substituted "Additional required services for multiple-year grant recipients" for "Required services" in heading and "project assisted under this section" for "upward bound project assisted under this division" in text.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(4), added subsec. (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(3), (5)(A), redesignated subsec. (d) as (e) and substituted "projects under this section" for "upward bound projects under this division" in introductory provisions. Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(5)(B), substituted "low-income individuals, first generation college students, or students who have a high risk for academic failure;" for "either low-income individuals or first generation college students;".

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(5)(C)–(E), added par. (5).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(3), (6), redesignated subsec. (e) as (f) and substituted "during the summer school recess, for a period not to exceed three months" for "during June, July, and August" in two places, and "subsection (d)(5)" for "subsection (b)(10)". Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(3), redesignated subsec. (f) as (g).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(c)(7), added subsec. (h).

2007—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–84 added subsec. (f).

1998—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(1)(A), substituted "counseling and workshops" for "personal counseling".

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(1)(B), inserted "or counselors" after "teachers" and struck out "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(10), (11). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(1)(D), added pars. (10) and (11). Former par. (10) redesignated (12).

Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(1)(E), substituted "(11)" for "(9)".

Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(1)(C), redesignated par. (10) as (12).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(c)(2), substituted "except that youth participating in a work-study position under subsection (b)(10) may be paid a stipend of $300 per month during June, July, and August. Youths participating in a project proposed to be carried out under any application may be paid stipends not in excess of $40 per month during the remaining period of the year." for "and not in excess of $40 per month during the remaining period of the year."

1993—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "foreign" for "and foreign".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070a–14. Student support services

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall carry out a program to be known as student support services which shall be designed—

(1) to increase college retention and graduation rates for eligible students;

(2) to increase the transfer rates of eligible students from 2-year to 4-year institutions;

(3) to foster an institutional climate supportive of the success of students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students; and

(4) to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, including—

(A) basic personal income, household money management, and financial planning skills; and

(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.

(b) Required services

A project assisted under this section shall provide—

(1) academic tutoring, directly or through other services provided by the institution, to enable students to complete postsecondary courses, which may include instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, science, and other subjects;

(2) advice and assistance in postsecondary course selection;

(3)(A) information on both the full range of Federal student financial aid programs and benefits (including Federal Pell Grant awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public and private scholarships; and

(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid described in section 1090(a) of this title;

(4) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, including financial planning for postsecondary education;

(5) activities designed to assist students participating in the project in applying for admission to, and obtaining financial assistance for enrollment in, graduate and professional programs; and

(6) activities designed to assist students enrolled in two-year institutions of higher education in applying for admission to, and obtaining financial assistance for enrollment in, a four-year program of postsecondary education.

(c) Permissible services

A project assisted under this section may provide services such as—

(1) individualized counseling for personal, career, and academic matters provided by assigned counselors;

(2) information, activities, and instruction designed to acquaint students participating in the project with the range of career options available to the students;

(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not usually available to disadvantaged students;

(4) mentoring programs involving faculty or upper class students, or a combination thereof;

(5) securing temporary housing during breaks in the academic year for—

(A) students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42) or were formerly homeless children and youths; and

(B) students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system; and

(6) programs and activities as described in subsection (b) or paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subsection that are specially designed for students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students.

(d) Special rule

(1) Use for student aid

A recipient of a grant that undertakes any of the permissible services identified in subsection (c) may, in addition, use such funds to provide grant aid to students. A grant provided under this paragraph shall not exceed the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 1070a(b)(2)(A) of this title, for which a student is eligible, or be less than the minimum Federal Pell Grant amount described in section 1070a(b)(4) of this title, for the current academic year. In making grants to students under this subsection, an institution shall ensure that adequate consultation takes place between the student support service program office and the institution's financial aid office.

(2) Eligible students

For purposes of receiving grant aid under this subsection, eligible students shall be current participants in the student support services program offered by the institution and be—

(A) students who are in their first 2 years of postsecondary education and who are receiving Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A; or

(B) students who have completed their first 2 years of postsecondary education and who are receiving Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 if the institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that—

(i) these students are at high risk of dropping out; and

(ii) it will first meet the needs of all its eligible first- and second-year students for services under this paragraph.

(3) Determination of need

A grant provided to a student under paragraph (1) shall not be considered in determining that student's need for grant or work assistance under this subchapter, except that in no case shall the total amount of student financial assistance awarded to a student under this subchapter exceed that student's cost of attendance, as defined in section 1087ll of this title.

(4) Matching required

A recipient of a grant who uses such funds for the purpose described in paragraph (1) shall match the funds used for such purpose, in cash, from non-Federal funds, in an amount that is not less than 33 percent of the total amount of funds used for that purpose. This paragraph shall not apply to any grant recipient that is an institution of higher education eligible to receive funds under part A or B of subchapter III or subchapter V.

(5) Reservation

In no event may a recipient use more than 20 percent of the funds received under this section for grant aid.

(6) Supplement, not supplant

Funds received by a grant recipient that are used under this subsection shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, non-Federal funds expended for student support services programs.

(e) Requirements for approval of applications

In approving applications for projects under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall—

(1) require an assurance that not less than two-thirds of the persons participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application—

(A) be individuals with disabilities; or

(B) be low-income individuals who are first generation college students;

(2) require an assurance that the remaining students participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals, first generation college students, or individuals with disabilities;

(3) require an assurance that not less than one-third of the individuals with disabilities participating in the project be low-income individuals;

(4) require that there be a determination by the institution, with respect to each participant in such project, that the participant has a need for academic support in order to pursue successfully a program of education beyond secondary school;

(5) require that such participants be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the institution which is the recipient of the grant or contract; and

(6) consider, in addition to such other criteria as the Secretary may prescribe, the institution's effort, and where applicable past history, in—

(A) providing sufficient financial assistance to meet the full financial need of each student in the project; and

(B) maintaining the loan burden of each such student at a manageable level.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402D, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 488; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(11), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1655; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §317(a)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-48; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(d), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3201; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2101(b)(2), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1073.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 111–152 substituted "exceed the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 1070a(b)(2)(A) of this title, for which a student is eligible, or be less than the minimum Federal Pell Grant amount described in section 1070a(b)(4) of this title, for" for "exceed the maximum appropriated Pell Grant or, be less than the minimum appropriated Pell Grant, for".

2008—Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(d)(1), added pars. (3) and (4) and struck out former par. (3) which read as follows: "to foster an institutional climate supportive of the success of low-income and first generation college students and individuals with disabilities."

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(d)(3), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which related to permissible services.

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(d)(2), (3), added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(d)(4), substituted "subsection (c)" for "subsection (b)".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(d)(2), (5), redesignated subsec. (d) as (e) and substituted "projects under this section" for "student support services projects under this division" in introductory provisions.

2000—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 106–554 added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).

1998—Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 105–244 amended par. (6) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (6) read as follows: "require an assurance from the institution which is the recipient of the grant or contract that each student enrolled in the project will be offered sufficient financial assistance to meet that student's full financial need."

1993—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–208 struck out "either" after "application".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–152 effective July 1, 2010, see section 2101(c) of Pub. L. 111–152, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §317(b)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-49, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to student support services grants awarded on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 21, 2000]."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070a–15. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall carry out a program to be known as the "Ronald E. McNair Postbaccalaureate Achievement Program" that shall be designed to provide disadvantaged college students with effective preparation for doctoral study.

(b) Required services

A project assisted under this section shall provide—

(1) opportunities for research or other scholarly activities at the institution or at graduate centers designed to provide students with effective preparation for doctoral study;

(2) summer internships;

(3) seminars and other educational activities designed to prepare students for doctoral study;

(4) tutoring;

(5) academic counseling; and

(6) activities designed to assist students participating in the project in securing admission to and financial assistance for enrollment in graduate programs.

(c) Permissible services

A project assisted under this section may provide services such as—

(1) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, including financial planning for postsecondary education;

(2) mentoring programs involving faculty members at institutions of higher education, students, or any combination of such persons; and

(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not usually available to disadvantaged students.

(d) Requirements

In approving applications for projects assisted under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall require—

(1) an assurance that not less than two-thirds of the individuals participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals who are first generation college students;

(2) an assurance that the remaining persons participating in the project proposed to be carried out be from a group that is underrepresented in graduate education, including—

(A) Alaska Natives, as defined in section 7546 of this title;

(B) Native Hawaiians, as defined in section 7517 of this title; and

(C) Native American Pacific Islanders, as defined in section 1059g of this title;

(3) an assurance that participants be enrolled in a degree program at an eligible institution having an agreement with the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of section 1094 of this title; and

(4) an assurance that participants in summer research internships have completed their sophomore year in postsecondary education.

(e) Award considerations

In addition to such other selection criteria as may be prescribed by regulations, the Secretary shall consider in making awards to institutions under this section—

(1) the quality of research and other scholarly activities in which students will be involved;

(2) the level of faculty involvement in the project and the description of the research in which students will be involved; and

(3) the institution's plan for identifying and recruiting participants including students enrolled in projects authorized under this section.

(f) Maximum stipends

Students participating in research under a project under this section may receive an award that—

(1) shall include a stipend not to exceed $2,800 per annum; and

(2) may include, in addition, the costs of summer tuition, summer room and board, and transportation to summer programs.

(g) Funding

From amounts appropriated pursuant to the authority of section 1070a–11(g) of this title, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, allocate funds for projects authorized by this section in an amount which is not less than $11,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2009 through 2014.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402E, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 489; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1655; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(e), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3203; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(5), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(7), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2179.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(7)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7546 of this title.

Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(7)(B), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7517 of this title.

2009—Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 111–39 struck out period before semicolon at end.

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(1)(A), (B), inserted "Required" before "services" in heading and, in introductory provisions, substituted "A project assisted under this section shall provide—" for "A postbaccalaureate achievement project assisted under this section may provide services such as—".

Subsec. (b)(5) to (8). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(1)(C)–(E), inserted "and" after the semicolon in par. (5), substituted a period for the semicolon in par. (6), and struck out pars. (7) and (8) which read as follows:

"(7) mentoring programs involving faculty members at institutions of higher education, students, or any combination of such persons; and

"(8) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not usually available to disadvantaged students."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(3), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(2), (4)(A), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d) and struck out "postbaccalaureate achievement" after "applications for" in introductory provisions. Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(4)(B), inserted ", including—" and added subpars. (A) to (C) before semicolon.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(2), redesignated subsec. (d) as (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(2), (5), redesignated subsec. (e) as (f) and substituted "project under this section" for "postbaccalaureate achievement project" in introductory provisions. Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(e)(2), (6), redesignated subsec. (f) as (g) and substituted "section 1070a–11(g)" for "section 1070a–11(f)" and "2009 through 2014" for "1993 through 1997".

1998—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "$2,800" for "$2,400".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070a–16. Educational opportunity centers

(a) Program authority; services provided

The Secretary shall carry out a program to be known as educational opportunity centers which shall be designed—

(1) to provide information with respect to financial and academic assistance available for individuals desiring to pursue a program of postsecondary education;

(2) to provide assistance to such persons in applying for admission to institutions at which a program of postsecondary education is offered, including preparing necessary applications for use by admissions and financial aid officers; and

(3) to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, including—

(A) basic personal income, household money management, and financial planning skills; and

(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.

(b) Permissible services

An educational opportunity center assisted under this section may provide services such as—

(1) public information campaigns designed to inform the community regarding opportunities for postsecondary education and training;

(2) academic advice and assistance in course selection;

(3) assistance in completing college admission and financial aid applications;

(4) assistance in preparing for college entrance examinations;

(5) education or counseling services designed to improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of students;

(6) guidance on secondary school reentry or entry to a general educational development (GED) program or other alternative education programs for secondary school dropouts;

(7) individualized personal, career, and academic counseling;

(8) tutorial services;

(9) career workshops and counseling;

(10) mentoring programs involving elementary or secondary school teachers, faculty members at institutions of higher education, students, or any combination of such persons; and

(11) programs and activities as described in paragraphs (1) through (10) that are specially designed for students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students.

(c) Requirements for approval of applications

In approving applications for educational opportunity centers under this section for any fiscal year the Secretary shall—

(1) require an assurance that not less than two-thirds of the persons participating in the project proposed to be carried out under any application be low-income individuals who are first generation college students;

(2) require that such participants be persons who are at least nineteen years of age, unless the imposition of such limitation with respect to any person would defeat the purposes of this section or the purposes of section 1070a–12 of this title; and

(3) require an assurance that individuals participating in the project proposed in the application do not have access to services from another project funded under this section or under section 1070a–12 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402F, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 490; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(f), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3203.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(1), added par. (3).

Subsec. (b)(5), (6). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(A), (B), added par. (5) and redesignated former par. (5) as (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (7).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(C), added par. (7) and struck out former par. (7) which read as follows: "personal counseling;".

Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(A), redesignated former par. (6) as (7). Former par. (7) redesignated (8).

Subsec. (b)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(A), redesignated pars. (7) to (9) as (8) to (10), respectively. Former par. (10) redesignated (11).

Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(D), added par. (11) and struck out former par. (11) which read as follows: "programs and activities as described in paragraphs (1) through (9) which are specially designed for students of limited English proficiency."

Pub. L. 110–315, §403(f)(2)(A), redesignated par. (10) as (11).

§1070a–17. Staff development activities

(a) Secretary's authority

For the purpose of improving the operation of the programs and projects authorized by this division, the Secretary is authorized to make grants to institutions of higher education and other public and private nonprofit institutions and organizations to provide training for staff and leadership personnel employed in, participating in, or preparing for employment in, such programs and projects.

(b) Contents of training programs

Such training shall include conferences, internships, seminars, workshops, and the publication of manuals designed to improve the operation of such programs and projects and shall be carried out in the various regions of the Nation in order to ensure that the training opportunities are appropriate to meet the needs in the local areas being served by such programs and projects. Such training shall be offered annually for new directors of projects funded under this division as well as annually on the following topics and other topics chosen by the Secretary:

(1) Legislative and regulatory requirements for the operation of programs funded under this division.

(2) Assisting students in receiving adequate financial aid from programs assisted under this subchapter and other programs.

(3) The design and operation of model programs for projects funded under this division.

(4) The use of appropriate educational technology in the operation of projects assisted under this division.

(5) Strategies for recruiting and serving hard to reach populations, including students who are limited English proficient, students from groups that are traditionally underrepresented in postsecondary education, students with disabilities, students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in section 11434a of title 42), students who are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care system, or other disconnected students.

(c) Consultation

Grants for the purposes of this section shall be made only after consultation with regional and State professional associations of persons having special knowledge with respect to the needs and problems of such programs and projects.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402G, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 491; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(f), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1655; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(g), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3204.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–315 added par. (5).

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(f)(1), inserted "participating in," after "leadership personnel employed in,".

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §402(f)(2), added par. (4).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070a–18. Reports, evaluations, and grants for project improvement and dissemination

(a) Reports to the authorizing committees

(1) In general

The Secretary shall submit annually, to the authorizing committees, a report that documents the performance of all programs funded under this division. Such report shall—

(A) be submitted not later than 12 months after the eligible entities receiving funds under this division are required to report their performance to the Secretary;

(B) focus on the programs' performance on the relevant outcome criteria determined under section 1070a–11(f)(4) of this title;

(C) aggregate individual project performance data on the outcome criteria in order to provide national performance data for each program;

(D) include, when appropriate, descriptive data, multi-year data, and multi-cohort data; and

(E) include comparable data on the performance nationally of low-income students, first-generation students, and students with disabilities.

(2) Information

The Secretary shall provide, with each report submitted under paragraph (1), information on the impact of the secondary review process described in section 1070a–11(c)(8)(C)(iv) of this title, including the number and type of secondary reviews, the disposition of the secondary reviews, the effect on timing of awards, and any other information the Secretary determines is necessary.

(b) Evaluations

(1) In general

(A) Authorization of grants and contracts

For the purpose of improving the effectiveness of the programs and projects assisted under this division, the Secretary shall make grants to, or enter into contracts with, institutions of higher education and other public and private institutions and organizations to rigorously evaluate the effectiveness of the programs and projects assisted under this division, including a rigorous evaluation of the programs and projects assisted under section 1070a–13 of this title. The evaluation of the programs and projects assisted under section 1070a–13 of this title shall be implemented not later than June 30, 2010.

(B) Content of upward bound evaluation

The evaluation of the programs and projects assisted under section 1070a–13 of this title that is described in subparagraph (A) shall examine the characteristics of the students who benefit most from the Upward Bound program under section 1070a–13 of this title and the characteristics of the programs and projects that most benefit students.

(C) Implementation

Each evaluation described in this paragraph shall be implemented in accordance with the requirements of this section.

(2) Practices

(A) In general

The evaluations described in paragraph (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or project practices that are effective in—

(i) enhancing the access of low-income individuals and first-generation college students to postsecondary education;

(ii) the preparation of such individuals and students for postsecondary education; and

(iii) fostering the success of the individuals and students in postsecondary education.

(B) Primary purpose

Any evaluation conducted under this division shall have as the evaluation's primary purpose the identification of particular practices that further the achievement of the outcome criteria determined under section 1070a–11(f)(4) of this title.

(C) Dissemination and use of evaluation findings

The Secretary shall disseminate to eligible entities and make available to the public the practices identified under subparagraph (B). The practices may be used by eligible entities that receive assistance under this division after the dissemination.

(3) Special rule related to evaluation participation

The Secretary shall not require an eligible entity, as a condition for receiving, or that receives, assistance under any program or project under this division to participate in an evaluation under this section that—

(A) requires the eligible entity to recruit additional students beyond those the program or project would normally recruit; or

(B) results in the denial of services for an eligible student under the program or project.

(4) Consideration

When designing an evaluation under this subsection, the Secretary shall continue to consider—

(A) the burden placed on the program participants or the eligible entity; and

(B) whether the evaluation meets generally accepted standards of institutional review boards.

(c) Grants

The Secretary may award grants to institutions of higher education or other private and public institutions and organizations, that are carrying out a program or project assisted under this division prior to October 7, 1998, to enable the institutions and organizations to expand and leverage the success of such programs or projects by working in partnership with other institutions, community-based organizations, or combinations of such institutions and organizations, that are not receiving assistance under this division and are serving low-income students and first generation college students, in order to—

(1) disseminate and replicate best practices of programs or projects assisted under this division; and

(2) provide technical assistance regarding programs and projects assisted under this division.

(d) Results

In order to improve overall program or project effectiveness, the results of evaluations and grants described in this section shall be disseminated by the Secretary to similar programs or projects assisted under this subpart, as well as other individuals concerned with postsecondary access for and retention of low-income individuals and first-generation college students.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §402H, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 491; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §402(g), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1655; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §403(h), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3204.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315, §403(h)(1), substituted "Reports, evaluations, and grants for project improvement and dissemination" for "Evaluations and grants for project improvement and dissemination partnership projects" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(h)(3), added subsec. (a). Former subsec. (a) redesignated (b).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(h)(2), (4), redesignated subsec. (a) as (b), added pars. (1) to (4), and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which read as follows:

"(1) In general.—For the purpose of improving the effectiveness of the programs and projects assisted under this division, the Secretary may make grants to or enter into contracts with institutions of higher education and other public and private institutions and organizations to evaluate the effectiveness of the programs and projects assisted under this division.

"(2) Practices.—The evaluations described in paragraph (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or project practices that are particularly effective in enhancing the access of low-income individuals and first-generation college students to postsecondary education, the preparation of the individuals and students for postsecondary education, and the success of the individuals and students in postsecondary education. Such evaluations shall also investigate the effectiveness of alternative and innovative methods within Federal TRIO programs of increasing access to, and retention of, students in postsecondary education."

Former subsec. (b) redesignated (c).

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §403(h)(2), redesignated subsecs. (b) and (c) as (c) and (d), respectively.

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 amended section generally, revising and restating former subsecs. (a) to (c) relating to evaluation for project improvement.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Division 2—Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Programs

Editorial Notes

Codification

Chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this division, was originally added to Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 492, and amended by Pub. L. 103–208, Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 103–382, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3518; Pub. L. 104–193, Aug. 22, 1996, 110 Stat. 2105. Chapter 2 is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1656, without reference to those intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of chapter 2 by Pub. L. 105–244.

§1070a–21. Early intervention and college awareness program authorized

(a) Program authorized

The Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the requirements of this division, to establish a program that encourages eligible entities to provide support, and maintain a commitment, to eligible low-income students, including students with disabilities, to assist the students in obtaining a secondary school diploma (or its recognized equivalent) and to prepare for and succeed in postsecondary education, by providing—

(1) financial assistance, academic support, additional counseling, mentoring, outreach, and supportive services to secondary school students, including students with disabilities, to reduce—

(A) the risk of such students dropping out of school; or

(B) the need for remedial education for such students at the postsecondary level; and

(2) information to students and their families about the advantages of obtaining a postsecondary education and, college financing options for the students and their families.

(b) Awards

(1) In general

From funds appropriated under section 1070a–28 of this title for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall make awards to eligible entities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c) to enable the entities to carry out the program authorized under subsection (a).

(2) Award period

The Secretary may award a grant under this division to an eligible entity described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c) for—

(A) six years; or

(B) in the case of an eligible entity that applies for a grant under this division for seven years to enable the eligible entity to provide services to a student through the student's first year of attendance at an institution of higher education, seven years.

(3) Priority

In making awards to eligible entities described in subsection (c)(1), the Secretary shall—

(A) give priority to eligible entities that—

(i) on the day before August 14, 2008, carried out successful educational opportunity programs under this division (as this division was in effect on such day); and

(ii) have a prior, demonstrated commitment to early intervention leading to college access through collaboration and replication of successful strategies; and

(B) ensure that students served under this division on the day before August 14, 2008, continue to receive assistance through the completion of secondary school.

(c) "Eligible entity" defined

For the purposes of this division, the term "eligible entity" means—

(1) a State; or

(2) a partnership—

(A) consisting of—

(i) one or more local educational agencies; and

(ii) one or more degree granting institutions of higher education; and

(B) which may include not less than two other community organizations or entities, such as businesses, professional organizations, State agencies, institutions or agencies sponsoring programs authorized under subpart 4, or other public or private agencies or organizations.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404A, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1656; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3206.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–21, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 492; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(12), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, authorized establishment of early intervention program, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(a)(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the requirements of this division, to establish a program that—

"(1) encourages eligible entities to provide or maintain a guarantee to eligible low-income students who obtain a secondary school diploma (or its recognized equivalent), of the financial assistance necessary to permit the students to attend an institution of higher education; and

"(2) supports eligible entities in providing—

"(A) additional counseling, mentoring, academic support, outreach, and supportive services to elementary school, middle school, and secondary school students who are at risk of dropping out of school; and

"(B) information to students and their parents about the advantages of obtaining a postsecondary education and the college financing options for the students and their parents."

Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(a)(2), added pars. (2) and (3) and struck out former par. (2) which related to priority in making awards to eligible entities.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(a)(3), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "a partnership consisting of—

"(A) one or more local educational agencies acting on behalf of—

"(i) one or more elementary schools or secondary schools; and

"(ii) the secondary schools that students from the schools described in clause (i) would normally attend;

"(B) one or more degree granting institutions of higher education; and

"(C) at least two community organizations or entities, such as businesses, professional associations, community-based organizations, philanthropic organizations, State agencies, institutions or agencies sponsoring programs authorized under subpart 4 of this part, or other public or private agencies or organizations."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Division effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Evaluation of Tuition Guaranty Programs

Pub. L. 102–325, title XIV, §1407, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 819, directed Secretary of Education to conduct study of effectiveness of programs for disadvantaged children that promise the child financial resources needed to pursue postsecondary education in exchange for child's commitment to achieve satisfactory elementary and secondary education, and to submit reports regarding study by June 30, 1996, and by Jan. 1, 1997, to committees of Congress, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(b)(2), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3128.

§1070a–22. Requirements

(a) Funding rules

In awarding grants from the amount appropriated under section 1070a–28 of this title for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall make available—

(1) to eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title, not less than 33 percent of such amount;

(2) to eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title, not less than 33 percent of such amount; and

(3) to eligible entities described in paragraph (1) or (2) of section 1070a–21(c) of this title, the remainder of such amount taking into consideration the number, quality, and promise of the applications for the grants, and, to the extent practicable—

(A) the geographic distribution of such grant awards; and

(B) the distribution of such grant awards between urban and rural applicants.

(b) Coordination

Each eligible entity shall ensure that the activities assisted under this division are, to the extent practicable, coordinated with, and complement and enhance—

(1) services under this division provided by other eligible entities serving the same school district or State; and

(2) related services under other Federal or non-Federal programs.

(c) Designation of fiscal agent

An eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title shall designate an institution of higher education or a local educational agency as the fiscal agent for the eligible entity.

(d) Cohort approach

(1) In general

The Secretary shall require that eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title—

(A) provide services under this division to at least one grade level of students, beginning not later than 7th grade, in a participating school that has a 7th grade and in which at least 50 percent of the students enrolled are eligible for free or reduced-price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act [42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.] (or, if an eligible entity determines that it would promote the effectiveness of a program, an entire grade level of students, beginning not later than the 7th grade, who reside in public housing as defined in section 1437a(b)(1) of title 42);

(B) ensure that the services are provided through the 12th grade to students in the participating grade level and provide the option of continued services through the student's first year of attendance at an institution of higher education to the extent the provision of such services was described in the eligible entity's application for assistance under this division; and

(C) provide services under this division to students who have received services under a previous GEAR UP grant award but have not yet completed the 12th grade.

(2) Coordination requirement

In order for the Secretary to require the cohort approach described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, where applicable, ensure that the cohort approach is done in coordination and collaboration with existing early intervention programs and does not duplicate the services already provided to a school or community.

(e) Supplement, not supplant

Grant funds awarded under this division shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out activities assisted under this division.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404B, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1657; amended Pub. L. 106–78, title VII, §752(b)(8), Oct. 22, 1999, 113 Stat. 1169; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3207.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(A), is act June 4, 1946, ch. 281, 60 Stat. 230, which is classified generally to chapter 13 (§1751 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1751 of Title 42 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–22, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 492; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(13), (14), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, related to State eligibility and State plan, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to funding rules.

Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(2), (3), redesignated subsecs. (c) and (d) as (b) and (c), respectively, and struck out former subsec. (b). Text read as follows: "Each eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title, and each eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title that conducts a scholarship component under section 1070a–25 of this title, shall use not less than 25 percent and not more than 50 percent of grant funds received under this division for the early intervention component of an eligible entity's program under this division, except that the Secretary may waive the 50 percent limitation if the eligible entity demonstrates that the eligible entity has another means of providing the students with financial assistance that is described in the plan submitted under section 1070a–23 of this title."

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(3), redesignated subsec. (g) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).

Subsec. (d)(1)(B), (C). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(4), inserted "and provide the option of continued services through the student's first year of attendance at an institution of higher education to the extent the provision of such services was described in the eligible entity's application for assistance under this division" after "grade level" in par. (B) and added par. (C).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(2), (5), added subsec. (e) and struck out former subsec. (e). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "An eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title shall have a full-time program coordinator or a part-time program coordinator, whose primary responsibility is a project under section 1070a–23 of this title."

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(2), struck out subsec. (f). Text read as follows: "An eligible entity described in 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title shall ensure that the activities assisted under this division will not displace an employee or eliminate a position at a school assisted under this division, including a partial displacement such as a reduction in hours, wages or employment benefits."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(b)(3), redesignated subsec. (g) as (d).

1999—Subsec. (g)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–78 substituted "Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act" for "National School Lunch Act".

§1070a–23. Applications

(a) Application required for eligibility

(1) In general

In order for an eligible entity to qualify for a grant under this division, the eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary an application for carrying out the program under this division.

(2) Contents

Each application submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in such form, contain or be accompanied by such information or assurances, and be submitted at such time as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall, at a minimum—

(A) describe the activities for which assistance under this division is sought, including how the eligible entity will carry out the required activities described in section 1070a–24(a) of this title;

(B) describe, in the case of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title that chooses to provide scholarships, or an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title, how the eligible entity will meet the requirements of section 1070a–25 of this title;

(C) describe, in the case of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title that requests a reduced match percentage under subsection (b)(2), how such reduction will assist the entity to provide the scholarships described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii);

(D) provide assurances that adequate administrative and support staff will be responsible for coordinating the activities described in section 1070a–24 of this title;

(E) provide assurances that activities assisted under this division will not displace an employee or eliminate a position at a school assisted under this division, including a partial displacement such as a reduction in hours, wages, or employment benefits;

(F) describe, in the case of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title that chooses to use a cohort approach, or an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title, how the eligible entity will define the cohorts of the students served by the eligible entity pursuant to section 1070a–22(d) of this title, and how the eligible entity will serve the cohorts through grade 12, including—

(i) how vacancies in the program under this division will be filled; and

(ii) how the eligible entity will serve students attending different secondary schools;

(G) describe how the eligible entity will coordinate programs under this division with other existing Federal, State, or local programs to avoid duplication and maximize the number of students served;

(H) provide such additional assurances as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements of this division;

(I) provide information about the activities that will be carried out by the eligible entity to support systemic changes from which future cohorts of students will benefit; and

(J) describe the sources of matching funds that will enable the eligible entity to meet the matching requirement described in subsection (b).

(b) Matching requirement

(1) In general

The Secretary shall not approve an application submitted under subsection (a) unless such application—

(A) provides that the eligible entity will provide, from State, local, institutional, or private funds, not less than 50 percent of the cost of the program, which matching funds may be provided in cash or in kind and may be accrued over the full duration of the grant award period, except that the eligible entity shall make substantial progress towards meeting the matching requirement in each year of the grant award period;

(B) specifies the methods by which matching funds will be paid; and

(C) includes provisions designed to ensure that funds provided under this division shall supplement and not supplant funds expended for existing programs.

(2) Special rule

Notwithstanding the matching requirement described in paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary may by regulation modify the percentage requirement described in paragraph (1)(A) for eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title. The Secretary may approve an eligible entity's request for a reduced match percentage—

(A) at the time of application—

(i) if the eligible entity demonstrates significant economic hardship that precludes the eligible entity from meeting the matching requirement; or

(ii) if the eligible entity is described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title and requests that contributions to the eligible entity's scholarship fund established under section 1070a–25 of this title be matched on a two to one basis; or

(B) in response to a petition by an eligible entity subsequent to a grant award under this section if the eligible entity demonstrates that the matching funds described in its application are no longer available and the eligible entity has exhausted all revenues for replacing such matching funds.

(c) Methods for complying with matching requirement

An eligible entity may count toward the matching requirement described in subsection (b)(1)(A)—

(1) the amount of the financial assistance obligated to students from State, local, institutional, or private funds under this division, including pre-existing non-Federal financial assistance programs, including—

(A) the amount contributed to a student scholarship fund established under section 1070a–25 of this title; and

(B) the amount of the costs of administering the scholarship program under section 1070a–25 of this title;

(2) the amount of tuition, fees, room or board waived or reduced for recipients of financial assistance under this division;

(3) the amount expended on documented, targeted, long-term mentoring and counseling provided by volunteers or paid staff of nonschool organizations, including businesses, religious organizations, community groups, postsecondary educational institutions, nonprofit and philanthropic organizations, and other organizations; and

(4) other resources recognized by the Secretary, including equipment and supplies, cash contributions from non-Federal sources, transportation expenses, in-kind or discounted program services, indirect costs, and facility usage.

(d) Peer review panels

The Secretary shall convene peer review panels to assist in making determinations regarding the awarding of grants under this division.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404C, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1658; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3208.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–23, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 493; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(15)–(17), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 104–193, title I, §110(h)(1), Aug. 22, 1996, 110 Stat. 2172, related to early intervention, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244. See section 1070a–24 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(1), substituted "Applications" for "Eligible entity plans" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(2)(A), substituted "Application" for "Plan" in heading.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(2)(B), substituted "an application" for "a plan" and struck out at end "Such plan shall provide for the conduct of a scholarship component if required or undertaken pursuant to section 1070a–25 of this title and an early intervention component required pursuant to section 1070a–24 of this title."

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(2)(C), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in such form, contain or be accompanied by such information or assurances, and be submitted at such time as the Secretary may require by regulation. Each such plan shall—

"(A) describe the activities for which assistance under this division is sought; and

"(B) provide such additional assurances as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements of this division."

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(3)(A), substituted "an application" for "a plan" and "such application" for "such plan" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(3)(B), which directed insertion of "and may be accrued over the full duration of the grant award period, except that the eligible entity shall make substantial progress towards meeting the matching requirement in each year of the grant award period" after "in cash or in-kind", was executed by making the insertion after "in cash or in kind" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(3)(C), inserted at end "The Secretary may approve an eligible entity's request for a reduced match percentage—" and subpars. (A) and (B).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(4)(A), substituted "obligated to students from State, local, institutional, or private funds under this division, including pre-existing non-Federal financial assistance programs, including—" and subpars. (A) and (B) for "paid to students from State, local, institutional, or private funds under this division;".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(c)(4)(B)–(D), added par. (4).

§1070a–24. Activities

(a) Required activities

Each eligible entity receiving a grant under this division shall provide comprehensive mentoring, outreach, and supportive services to students participating in the programs under this division. Such activities shall include the following:

(1) Providing information regarding financial aid for postsecondary education to participating students in the cohort described in section 1070a–22(d)(1)(A) of this title or to priority students described in subsection (d).

(2) Encouraging student enrollment in rigorous and challenging curricula and coursework, in order to reduce the need for remedial coursework at the postsecondary level.

(3) Improving the number of participating students who—

(A) obtain a secondary school diploma; and

(B) complete applications for and enroll in a program of postsecondary education.

(4) In the case of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title, providing for the scholarships described in section 1070a–25 of this title.

(b) Permissible activities for States and partnerships

An eligible entity that receives a grant under this division may use grant funds to carry out one or more of the following activities:

(1) Providing tutors and mentors, who may include adults or former participants of a program under this division, for eligible students.

(2) Conducting outreach activities to recruit priority students described in subsection (d) to participate in program activities.

(3) Providing supportive services to eligible students.

(4) Supporting the development or implementation of rigorous academic curricula, which may include college preparatory, Advanced Placement, or International Baccalaureate programs, and providing participating students access to rigorous core academic courses that reflect challenging State academic standards.

(5) Supporting dual or concurrent enrollment programs between the secondary school and institution of higher education partners of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title, and other activities that support participating students in—

(A) meeting challenging State academic standards;

(B) successfully applying for postsecondary education;

(C) successfully applying for student financial aid; and

(D) developing graduation and career plans.

(6) Providing special programs or tutoring in science, technology, engineering, or mathematics.

(7) In the case of an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title, providing support for scholarships described in section 1070a–25 of this title.

(8) Introducing eligible students to institutions of higher education, through trips and school-based sessions.

(9) Providing an intensive extended school day, school year, or summer program that offers—

(A) additional academic classes; or

(B) assistance with college admission applications.

(10) Providing other activities designed to ensure secondary school completion and postsecondary education enrollment of at-risk children, such as—

(A) the identification of at-risk children;

(B) after-school and summer tutoring;

(C) assistance to at-risk children in obtaining summer jobs;

(D) academic counseling;

(E) financial literacy and economic literacy education or counseling;

(F) volunteer and parent involvement;

(G) encouraging former or current participants of a program under this division to serve as peer counselors;

(H) skills assessments;

(I) personal and family counseling, and home visits;

(J) staff development; and

(K) programs and activities described in this subsection that are specially designed for students who are limited English proficient.

(11) Enabling eligible students to enroll in Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate courses, or college entrance examination preparation courses.

(12) Providing services to eligible students in the participating cohort described in section 1070a–22(d)(1)(A) of this title, through the first year of attendance at an institution of higher education.

(13) Fostering and improving parent and family involvement in elementary and secondary education by promoting the advantages of a college education, and emphasizing academic admission requirements and the need to take college preparation courses, through parent engagement and leadership activities.

(14) Disseminating information that promotes the importance of higher education, explains college preparation and admission requirements, and raises awareness of the resources and services provided by the eligible entities to eligible students, their families, and communities.

(15) In the event that matching funds described in the application are no longer available, engaging entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title in a collaborative manner to provide matching resources and participate in other activities authorized under this section.

(c) Additional permissible activities for States

In addition to the required activities described in subsection (a) and the permissible activities described in subsection (b), an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title receiving funds under this division may use grant funds to carry out one or more of the following activities:

(1) Providing technical assistance to—

(A) secondary schools that are located within the State; or

(B) partnerships described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title that are located within the State.

(2) Providing professional development opportunities to individuals working with eligible cohorts of students described in section 1070a–22(d)(1)(A) of this title.

(3) Providing administrative support to help build the capacity of eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title to compete for and manage grants awarded under this division.

(4) Providing strategies and activities that align efforts in the State to prepare eligible students to attend and succeed in postsecondary education, which may include the development of graduation and career plans.

(5) Disseminating information on the use of scientifically valid research and best practices to improve services for eligible students.

(6)(A) Disseminating information on effective coursework and support services that assist students in obtaining the goals described in subparagraph (B)(ii).

(B) Identifying and disseminating information on best practices with respect to—

(i) increasing parental involvement; and

(ii) preparing students, including students with disabilities and students who are limited English proficient, to succeed academically in, and prepare financially for, postsecondary education.

(7) Working to align State academic standards and curricula with the expectations of postsecondary institutions and employers.

(8) Developing alternatives to traditional secondary school that give students a head start on attaining a recognized postsecondary credential (including an industry-recognized certificate, an apprenticeship, or an associate's or a bachelor's degree), including school designs that give students early exposure to college-level courses and experiences and allow students to earn transferable college credits or an associate's degree at the same time as a secondary school diploma.

(9) Creating community college programs for drop-outs that are personalized drop-out recovery programs that allow drop-outs to complete a regular secondary school diploma and begin college-level work.

(d) Priority students

For eligible entities not using a cohort approach, the eligible entity shall treat as a priority student any student in secondary school who is—

(1) eligible to be counted under section 6333(c) of this title;

(2) eligible for assistance under a State program funded under part A or E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 670 et seq.);

(3) eligible for assistance under subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.); or

(4) otherwise considered by the eligible entity to be a disconnected student.

(e) Allowable providers

In the case of eligible entities described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title, the activities required by this section may be provided by service providers such as community-based organizations, schools, institutions of higher education, public and private agencies, nonprofit and philanthropic organizations, businesses, institutions and agencies sponsoring programs authorized under subpart 4, and other organizations the State determines appropriate.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404D, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1659; amended Pub. L. 106–78, title VII, §752(b)(8), Oct. 22, 1999, 113 Stat. 1169; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(d), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3210.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(2), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Parts A and E of title IV of the Act are classified generally to parts A (§601 et seq.) and E (§670 et seq.) of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.

The McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is Pub. L. 100–77, July 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 482. Subtitle B of title VII of the Act is classified generally to part B (§11431 et seq.) of subchapter VI of chapter 119 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 11301 of Title 42 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–24, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404D, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 495; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(18), (19), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, related to scholarship component, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244. See section 1070a–25 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section consisted of subsecs. (a) to (d) providing for services, use of funds, priority students, and allowable providers relating to early intervention.

1999—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 106–78 substituted "Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act" for "National School Lunch Act".

§1070a–25. Scholarship component

(a) In general

(1) States

In order to receive a grant under this division, an eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title shall establish or maintain a financial assistance program that awards scholarships to students in accordance with the requirements of this section. The Secretary shall encourage the eligible entity to ensure that a scholarship provided pursuant to this section is available to an eligible student for use at any institution of higher education.

(2) Partnerships

An eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(2) of this title may award scholarships to eligible students in accordance with the requirements of this section.

(b) Limitation

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), each eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title that receives a grant under this division shall use not less than 25 percent and not more than 50 percent of the grant funds for activities described in section 1070a–24 of this title (except for the activity described in subsection (a)(4) of such section), with the remainder of such funds to be used for a scholarship program under this section in accordance with such subsection.

(2) Exception

Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary may allow an eligible entity to use more than 50 percent of grant funds received under this division for such activities, if the eligible entity demonstrates that the eligible entity has another means of providing the students with the financial assistance described in this section and describes such means in the application submitted under section 1070a–23 of this title.

(c) Notification of eligibility

Each eligible entity providing scholarships under this section shall provide information on the eligibility requirements for the scholarships to all participating students upon the students' entry into the programs assisted under this division.

(d) Grant amounts

The maximum amount of a scholarship that an eligible student shall be eligible to receive under this section shall be established by the eligible entity. The minimum amount of the scholarship for each fiscal year shall not be less than the minimum Federal Pell Grant award under section 1070a of this title for such award year.

(e) Portability of assistance

(1) In general

Each eligible entity described in section 1070a–21(c)(1) of this title that receives a grant under this division shall hold in reserve, for the students served by such grant as described in section 1070a–22(d)(1)(A) or 1070a–24(d) of this title, an amount that is not less than the minimum scholarship amount described in subsection (d), multiplied by the number of students the eligible entity estimates will meet the requirements of paragraph (2).

(2) Requirement for portability

Funds held in reserve under paragraph (1) shall be made available to an eligible student when the eligible student has—

(A) completed a secondary school diploma, its recognized equivalent, or another recognized alternative standard for individuals with disabilities; and

(B) enrolled in an institution of higher education.

(3) Qualified educational expenses

Funds available to an eligible student under this subsection may be used for—

(A) tuition, fees, books, supplies, and equipment required for the enrollment or attendance of the eligible student at an institution of higher education; and

(B) in the case of an eligible student with special needs, expenses for special needs services that are incurred in connection with such enrollment or attendance.

(4) Return of funds

(A) Redistribution

(i) In general

Funds held in reserve under paragraph (1) that are not used by an eligible student within six years of the student's scheduled completion of secondary school may be redistributed by the eligible entity to other eligible students.

(ii) Return of excess to the Secretary

If, after meeting the requirements of paragraph (1) and, if applicable, redistributing excess funds in accordance with clause (i) of this subparagraph, an eligible entity has funds held in reserve under paragraph (1) that remain available, the eligible entity shall return such remaining reserved funds to the Secretary for distribution to other grantees under this division in accordance with the funding rules described in section 1070a–22(a) of this title.

(B) Nonparticipating entity

Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), in the case of an eligible entity that does not receive assistance under this subpart for six fiscal years, the eligible entity shall return any funds held in reserve under paragraph (1) that are not awarded or obligated to eligible students to the Secretary for distribution to other grantees under this division.

(f) Relation to other assistance

Scholarships provided under this section shall not be considered for the purpose of awarding Federal grant assistance under this subchapter, except that in no case shall the total amount of student financial assistance awarded to a student under this subchapter exceed such student's total cost of attendance.

(g) Eligible students

A student eligible for assistance under this section is a student who—

(1) is less than 22 years old at time of first scholarship award under this section;

(2) receives a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent on or after January 1, 1993;

(3) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a program of undergraduate instruction at an institution of higher education that is located within the State's boundaries, except that, at the State's option, an eligible entity may offer scholarship program portability for recipients who attend institutions of higher education outside such State; and

(4) who participated in the activities required under section 1070a–24(a) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404E, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1661; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(e), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3213.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–25, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404E, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 495; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(20), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, related to distribution of funds, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Amendments

2008—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(3), added subsecs. (b) and (c). Former subsecs. (b) and (c) redesignated (d) and (f), respectively.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(4), substituted "the minimum Federal Pell Grant award under section 1070a of this title for such award year" for "the lesser of—

"(1) 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for an in-State student, in a 4-year program of instruction, at public institutions of higher education in such State, as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary; or

"(2) the maximum Federal Pell Grant funded under section 1070a of this title for such fiscal year".

Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(2), redesignated subsec. (b) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (g).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(1), (5), added subsec. (e) and struck out former subsec. (e). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall ensure that each eligible entity places a priority on awarding scholarships to students who will receive a Federal Pell Grant for the academic year for which the scholarship is awarded under this section."

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(1), (2), redesignated subsec. (c) as (f) and struck out former subsec. (f). Text read as follows: "An eligible entity may consider students who have successfully participated in programs funded under division 1 of this subpart to have met the requirements of subsection (d)(4) of this section."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(2), redesignated subsec. (d) as (g).

Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §404(e)(6), substituted "activities required under section 1070a–24(a) of this title" for "early intervention component required under section 1070a–24 of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(i), as added by Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(c), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1940, provided that:

"(1) In general.—The amendments made by subsection (e) [amending this section] shall apply to grants made under chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–21 et seq.) on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008], except that a recipient of a grant under such chapter that is made prior to such date may elect to apply the requirements contained in the amendments made by subsection (e) to that grant if the grant recipient informs the Secretary of the election.

"(2) Special rule.—A grant recipient may make the election described in paragraph (1) only if the election does not decrease the amount of the scholarship promised to an individual student under the grant."

§1070a–26. 21st Century Scholar Certificates

(a) In general

An eligible entity that receives a grant under this division shall provide certificates, to be known as 21st Century Scholar Certificates, to all students served by the eligible entity who are participating in a program under this division.

(b) Information required

A 21st Century Scholar Certificate shall be personalized for each student and indicate the amount of Federal financial aid for college and the estimated amount of any scholarship provided under section 1070a–25 of this title, if applicable, that a student may be eligible to receive.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404F, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1662; amended Pub. L. 106–78, title VII, §752(b)(8), Oct. 22, 1999, 113 Stat. 1169; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(f), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3214.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–26, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404F, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 496; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(21), (22), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, related to evaluation and report, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244. See section 1070a–27 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 added subsecs. (a) and (b) and struck out former subsecs. (a) and (b), which related to the provision of 21st Century Scholar Certificates and required that such Certificates be personalized for each student.

1999—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 106–78 substituted "Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act" for "National School Lunch Act".

§1070a–27. Evaluation and report

(a) Evaluation

Each eligible entity receiving a grant under this division shall biennially evaluate the activities assisted under this division in accordance with the standards described in subsection (b) and shall submit to the Secretary a copy of such evaluation. The evaluation shall permit service providers to track eligible student progress during the period such students are participating in the activities and shall be consistent with the standards developed by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (b).

(b) Evaluation standards

The Secretary shall prescribe standards for the evaluation described in subsection (a). Such standards shall—

(1) provide for input from eligible entities and service providers; and

(2) ensure that data protocols and procedures are consistent and uniform.

(c) Federal evaluation

In order to evaluate and improve the impact of the activities assisted under this division, the Secretary shall, from not more than 0.75 percent of the funds appropriated under section 1070a–28 of this title for a fiscal year, award one or more grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to or with public and private institutions and organizations, to enable the institutions and organizations to evaluate the effectiveness of the program and, as appropriate, disseminate the results of the evaluation. Such evaluation shall include a separate analysis of—

(1) the implementation of the scholarship component described in section 1070a–25 of this title; and

(2) the use of methods for complying with matching requirements described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1070a–23(c) of this title.

(d) Report

The Secretary shall biennially report to Congress regarding the activities assisted under this division and the evaluations conducted pursuant to this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404G, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1662; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(g), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070a–27, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404G, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 496; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(23), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §354, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3967, authorized appropriations for grants under this division, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244. See section 1070a–28 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315 inserted at end "Such evaluation shall include a separate analysis of—" and pars. (1) and (2).

§1070a–28. Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this division $400,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §404H, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §403, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1663; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §404(h), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "$400,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$200,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

Division 3—[Repealed]

Editorial Notes

Codification

Chapter 3 of subpart 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, which comprised this division, was originally added to Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 497. Chapter 3, which related to academic achievement incentive scholarships, was set out as having been added by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1663, without reference to Pub. L. 102–325 because of the extensive revision of chapter 3 by Pub. L. 105–244.

§§1070a–31 to 1070a–35. Repealed. Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §405, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215

Section 1070a–31, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406A, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1663, authorized scholarships to students who graduate from secondary school after May 1, 2000.

A prior section 1070a–31, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 497, authorized award of Presidential Access Scholarships, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070a–32, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406B, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1663, related to scholarship program requirements.

A prior section 1070a–32, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 497, related to scholarship program requirements, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070a–33, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406C, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664, related to eligibility of scholars.

A prior section 1070a–33, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 497, related to eligibility of scholars, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070a–34, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406D, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664, related to student requirements.

A prior section 1070a–34, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406D, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 498, related to eligible early intervention programs, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070a–35, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §407E [406E], as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §404, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664, authorized appropriations for fiscal year 1999 and the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

A prior section 1070a–35, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406E, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 498, related to student eligibility, prior to the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Prior sections 1070a–36 and 1070a–37 were omitted in the general amendment of this division by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070a–36, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406F, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 499, related to early intervention scholarship agreement.

Section 1070a–37, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §406G, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 499, authorized appropriations to carry out this division.

Division 4—Model Program Community Partnership and Counseling Grants

§§1070a–41 to 1070a–43. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §405, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664

Section 1070a–41, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §408A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 500, authorized grants to develop model programs.

Section 1070a–42, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §408B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 500, related to collection and dissemination of information about programs.

Section 1070a–43, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §408C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 501, authorized appropriations to carry out this division.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Division 5—Public Information

§§1070a–51 to 1070a–53. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §405, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664

Section 1070a–51, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §409A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 501; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(24), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459, authorized contract to establish and maintain database and information line.

Section 1070a–52, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §409B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 501, related to early awareness information program.

Section 1070a–53, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §409C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 502, authorized appropriations to carry out this division.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Division 6—National Student Savings Demonstration Program

§1070a–61. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §405, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §410A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 502, related to national student savings demonstration program.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Division 7—Preeligibility Form

§1070a–71. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §405, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §410B, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 503, related to information on eligibility for assistance.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Division 8—Technical Assistance for Teachers and Counselors

§1070a–81. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §405, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §410C, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(4), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 504, related to technical assistance grants.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 3—federal supplemental educational opportunity grants

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§402(a)(2), 403(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482, 505, redesignated subpart 2 as 3 and inserted "Federal" before "Supplemental" in heading and redesignated former subpart 3 as 4.

§1070b. Purpose; appropriations authorized

(a) Purpose of subpart

It is the purpose of this subpart to provide, through institutions of higher education, supplemental grants to assist in making available the benefits of postsecondary education to qualified students who demonstrate financial need in accordance with the provisions of part F of this subchapter.

(b) Authorization of appropriations

(1) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to make payments to institutions of higher education which have made agreements with the Secretary in accordance with section 1070b–2(a) of this title, for use by such institutions for payments to undergraduate students of supplemental grants awarded to them under this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(2) Sums appropriated pursuant to this subsection for any fiscal year shall be available for payments to institutions until the end of the second fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year for which such sums were appropriated.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1328; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §403(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 505; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §406(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1664.; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §406(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070b, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413A, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 251; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §122(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(3), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §403(a), (b), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1404, 1405, 1503, related to program of supplemental educational opportunity grants purpose, authorization of appropriations, and initial year payment provisions, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$675,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

1998—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "1999" for "1993".

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325 amended subsec. (b) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions authorizing appropriation of $490,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 and such sums as necessary for 4 succeeding fiscal years.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070b–1. Amount and duration of grants

(a) Amount of grant

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (3), from the funds received by it for such purpose under this subpart, an institution which awards a supplemental grant to a student for an academic year under this subpart shall, for each year, pay to that student an amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the amount determined by the institution, in accordance with the provisions of part F of this subchapter, to be needed by that student to enable the student to pursue a course of study at the institution or in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the institution at which the student is enrolled, or (B) $4,000.

(2) If the amount determined under paragraph (1) with respect to a student for any academic year is less than $100, no payment shall be made to that student for that year. For a student enrolled for less than a full academic year, the minimum payment required shall be reduced proportionately.

(3) For students participating in study abroad programs, the institution shall consider all reasonable costs associated with such study abroad when determining student eligibility. The amount of grant to be awarded in such cases may exceed the maximum amount of $4,000 by as much as $400 if reasonable study abroad costs exceed the cost of attendance at the home institution.

(b) Period for receipt of grants; continuing eligibility

(1) The period during which a student may receive supplemental grants shall be the period required for the completion of the first undergraduate baccalaureate course of study being pursued by that student.

(2) A supplemental grant awarded under this subpart shall entitle the student (to whom it is awarded) to payments pursuant to such grant only if the student meets the requirements of section 1091 of this title, except as provided in section 1070b–2(c) of this title.

(c) Distribution of grant during academic year

Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit an institution from making payments of varying amounts from a supplemental grant to a student during an academic year to cover costs for a period which are not applicable to other periods of such academic year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1328; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §403(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 505.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070b–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413B, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 252; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §403(c), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1405, related to amount and duration of supplemental educational opportunity grants, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(c)(1), substituted "Except as provided in paragraph (3), from" for "From" in introductory provisions and inserted "or in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the institution at which the student is enrolled" after "course of study at the institution" in subpar. (A).

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(c)(2), added par. (3).

§1070b–2. Agreements with institutions; selection of recipients

(a) Institutional eligibility

Assistance may be made available under this subpart only to an institution which—

(1) has, in accordance with section 1094 of this title, an agreement with the Secretary applicable to this subpart;

(2) agrees that the Federal share of awards under this subpart will not exceed 75 percent of such awards, except that the Federal share may be exceeded if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a larger Federal share is required to further the purpose of this subpart; and

(3) agrees that the non-Federal share of awards made under this subpart shall be made from the institution's own resources, including—

(A) institutional grants and scholarships;

(B) tuition or fee waivers;

(C) State scholarships; and

(D) foundation or other charitable organization funds.

(b) Eligibility for selection

Awards may be made under this subpart only to a student who—

(1) is an eligible student under section 1091 of this title; and

(2) makes application at a time and in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Secretary and that institution.

(c) Selection of individuals and determination of amount of awards

(1) From among individuals who are eligible for supplemental grants for each fiscal year, the institution shall, in accordance with the agreement under section 1094 of this title, and within the amount allocated to the institution for that purpose for that year under section 1070b–3 of this title, select individuals who are to be awarded such grants and determine, in accordance with section 1070b–1 of this title, the amounts to be paid to them.

(2)(A) In carrying out paragraph (1) of this subsection, each institution of higher education shall, in the agreement made under section 1094 of this title, assure that the selection procedures—

(i) will be designed to award supplemental grants under this subpart, first, to students with exceptional need, and

(ii) will give a priority for supplemental grants under this subpart to students who receive Pell Grants and meet the requirements of section 1091 of this title.

(B) For the purpose of subparagraph (A), the term "students with exceptional need" means students with the lowest student aid indexes at the institution.

(d) Use of funds for less-than-full-time students

If the institution's allocation under this subpart is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are independent students or attending the institution on less than a full-time basis, then a reasonable proportion of the allocation shall be made available to such students.

(e) Use and transfer of funds for administrative expenses

An agreement entered into pursuant to this section shall provide that funds granted to an institution of higher education may be used only to make payments to students participating in a grant program authorized under this subpart, except that an institution may use a portion of the sums allocated to it under this subpart to meet administrative expenses in accordance with section 1096 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1329; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §403(d)–(f), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 506; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(25), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §406(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1665; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(2), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070b–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413C, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 253; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §122(b), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §403(d), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1405, related to selection of recipients of supplemental educational opportunity grants and agreements with institutions, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–260 substituted "student aid indexes" for "expected family contributions".

1998—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244 amended heading and text of subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "If the institution's allocation under this subpart is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are independent students or attending the institution less than full time and if the total financial need of all such students attending the institution exceeds 5 percent of the total financial need of all students attending such institution, then at least 5 percent of such allotment shall be made available to such students."

1993—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "and" for ", a reasonable proportion of the institution's allocation shall be made available to such students, except that" and "5 percent of the total financial need" for "5 percent of the need".

1992—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(d), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "agrees that the Federal share of awards under this subpart will not exceed—

"(A) 95 percent of such awards in fiscal year 1989,

"(B) 90 percent of such awards in fiscal year 1990, and

"(C) 85 percent of such awards in fiscal year 1991,

except that the Federal share may be exceeded if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a larger Federal share is required to further the purpose of this subpart; and".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(e), inserted "who are independent students or" after "demonstrated by students" and inserted before period at end ", except that if the total financial need of all such students attending the institution exceeds 5 percent of the need of all students attending such institution, then at least 5 percent of such allotment shall be made available to such students".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(f), struck out before period at end ", and may transfer such funds in accordance with the provisions of section 1095 of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after July 1, 1994, see section 5(b)(6) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes in subsec. (a)(2) of this section, relating to Federal share for supplemental educational opportunity grant program, applicable to funds provided for such program for award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993, see section 410 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 2 of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(b)(5), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1353, provided that: "Section 413C(c)(2) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1070b–2(c)(2)] as amended by this section shall apply to the awarding of grants under subpart 2 of part A of title IV of the Act [this subpart] for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987."

§1070b–3. Allocation of funds

(a) Allocation based on previous allocation

(1) From the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1070b(b) of this title for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall first allocate to each eligible institution an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount such institution received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year).

(2)(A) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this subpart after fiscal year 1999 but is not a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greater of—

(i) $5,000; or

(ii) 90 percent of the amount received and used under this subpart for the first year it participated in the program.

(B) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this subpart after fiscal year 1999 and is a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greatest of—

(i) $5,000;

(ii) an amount equal to (I) 90 percent of the amount received and used under this subpart in the second preceding fiscal year by eligible institutions offering comparable programs of instruction, divided by (II) the number of students enrolled at such comparable institutions in such fiscal year, multiplied by (III) the number of students enrolled at the applicant institution in such fiscal year; or

(iii) 90 percent of the institution's allocation under this part for the preceding fiscal year.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which—

(i) was a first-time participant in the program in fiscal year 2000 or any subsequent fiscal year, and

(ii) received a larger amount under this subsection in the second year of participation,

an amount equal to 90 percent of the amount it received under this subsection in its second year of participation.

(3)(A) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) of this subsection, then the amount of the allocation to each such institution shall be ratably reduced.

(B) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is more than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) but less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (2), then—

(i) the Secretary shall allot the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1), and

(ii) the amount of the allocation to each institution under paragraph (2) shall be ratably reduced.

(C) If additional amounts are appropriated for any such fiscal year, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced (until the amount allocated equals the amount required to be allocated under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection).

(4)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Secretary may allocate an amount equal to not more than 10 percent of the amount by which the amount appropriated in any fiscal year to carry out this part exceeds $700,000,000 among eligible institutions described in subparagraph (B).

(B) In order to receive an allocation pursuant to subparagraph (A) an institution shall be an eligible institution from which 50 percent or more of the Pell Grant recipients attending such eligible institution graduate from or transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

(b) Allocation of excess based on fair share

(1) From the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1070b(b) of this title for each year (after making the allocations required by subsection (a)), the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which has an excess eligible amount an amount which bears the same ratio to such remainder as such excess eligible amount bears to the sum of the excess eligible amounts of all such eligible institutions (having such excess eligible amounts).

(2) For any eligible institution, the excess eligible amount is the amount, if any, by which—

(A)(i) the amount of that institution's need (as determined under subsection (c)), divided by (ii) the sum of the need of all institutions (as so determined), multiplied by (iii) the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1070b(b) of this title of the fiscal year; exceeds

(B) the amount required to be allocated to that institution under subsection (a).

(c) Determination of institution's need

(1) The amount of an institution's need is equal to—

(A) the sum of the need of the institution's eligible undergraduate students; minus

(B) the sum of grant aid received by students under subparts 1 and 3 ¹ of this part.

(2) To determine the need of an institution's eligible undergraduate students, the Secretary shall—

(A) establish various income categories for dependent and independent undergraduate students;

(B) establish a student aid index for each income category of dependent and independent undergraduate students, determined on the basis of the average student aid index (computed in accordance with part F of this subchapter) of a representative sample within each income category for the second preceding fiscal year;

(C) compute 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students;

(D) multiply the number of eligible dependent students in each income category by 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C), minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less than zero;

(E) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (D) for each income category of dependent students;

(F) multiply the number of eligible independent students in each income category by 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C), minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less than zero;

(G) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (F) for each income category of independent students; and

(H) add the amounts determined under subparagraphs (E) and (G).

(3)(A) For purposes of paragraph (2), the term "average cost of attendance" means the average of the attendance costs for undergraduate students, which shall include (i) tuition and fees determined in accordance with subparagraph (B), (ii) standard living expenses determined in accordance with subparagraph (C), and (iii) books and supplies determined in accordance with subparagraph (D).

(B) The average undergraduate tuition and fees described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be computed on the basis of information reported by the institution to the Secretary, which shall include (i) total revenue received by the institution from undergraduate tuition and fees for the second year preceding the year for which it is applying for an allocation, and (ii) the institution's enrollment for such second preceding year.

(C) The standard living expense described in subparagraph (A)(ii) is equal to 150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college for a single independent student.

(D) The allowance for books and supplies described in subparagraph (A)(iii) is equal to $600.

(d) Reallocation of excess allocations

(1) If an institution returns to the Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this section for any fiscal year the Secretary shall, in accordance with regulations, reallocate such excess to other institutions.

(2) If under paragraph (1) of this subsection an institution returns more than 10 percent of its allocation, the institution's allocation for the next fiscal year shall be reduced by the amount returned. The Secretary may waive this paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary to the interest of the program.

(e) Filing deadlines

The Secretary shall, from time to time, set dates before which institutions must file applications for allocations under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1330; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §4, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 340; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §403(g), (h), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 506; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(26), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §406(c)(1), (2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1665; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §406(b), (c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), (3), (4), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199, 3200.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Subpart 3 of this part, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(B), was redesignated subpart 4 by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(2), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482, and former subpart 2 [this subpart] was redesignated as subpart 3.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070b–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413D, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 254; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §403(e), (f), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1405, 1406, 1503, related to apportionment and allocation of funds for supplemental educational opportunity grants, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(4), substituted "average student aid index" for "average expected family contribution".

Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(2)(D), (F). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §406(c), substituted "such institution received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year)" for "such institution received and used under this subpart for fiscal year 1985".

Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 110–315, §406(b), substituted "$600" for "$450".

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(1)(A), which directed substitution of "received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year)" for "received and used under this part for fiscal year 1985", could not be executed because the phrase "received and used under this part for fiscal year 1985" did not appear in text.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A), (B). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(1)(B)(i), substituted "1999" for "1985" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(1)(B)(ii), substituted "2000" for "1986".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(2)(A), (D), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (b). Text read as follows: "From one-quarter of the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1070b(b) of this title for any fiscal year (after making the allocations required by subsection (a) of this section), the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution an amount which bears the same ratio to such one-quarter as the amount the eligible institution receives for such fiscal year under subsection (a) of this section bears to the amount all such institutions receive under such subsection (a) of this section."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(2)(D), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (b).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(2)(B), substituted "the remainder" for "three-quarters of the remainder".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(2)(C), substituted "subsection (c)" for "subsection (d)".

Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §406(c)(2)(D), redesignated subsecs. (e) and (f) as (d) and (e), respectively. Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).

1993—Subsec. (d)(3)(C). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college" for "three-fourths in the Pell Grant family size offset".

1992—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(g), added par. (4).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §403(h), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

1987—Subsec. (d)(2)(D). Pub. L. 100–50, §4(a)(1), added subpar. (D) and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows: "multiply the number of eligible dependent students in each income category by the lesser of—

"(i) 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

"(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the expected family contribution determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less than zero;".

Subsec. (d)(2)(F). Pub. L. 100–50, §4(a)(2), added subpar. (F) and struck out former subpar. (F) which read as follows: "multiply the number of eligible independent students in each income category by the lesser of—

"(i) 75 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

"(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the expected family contribution determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction for any income category shall not be less than zero;".

Subsec. (d)(3)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §4(b)(1), struck out "and for graduate and professional students" after "undergraduate students".

Subsec. (d)(3)(B). Pub. L. 100–50, §4(b)(2), struck out "and graduate and professional" after "average undergraduate" and struck out "and graduate" after "from undergraduate".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §406(c)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1665, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to allocations of amounts appropriated pursuant to section 413A(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1070b(b)] for fiscal year 2000 or any succeeding fiscal year."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 401(b)(6) of Pub. L. 99–498, as added by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(a)(2), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that: "The changes made in section 413D of the Act [this section] shall apply with respect to the allocation of funds for the academic year 1988–1989 and succeeding academic years."

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1070b–4. Carryover and carryback authority

(a) Carryover authority

Of the sums made available to an eligible institution under this subpart for a fiscal year, not more than 10 percent may, at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out the program under this subpart.

(b) Carryback authority

(1) In general

Of the sums made available to an eligible institution under this subpart for a fiscal year, not more than 10 percent may, at the discretion of the institution, be used by the institution for expenditure for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the sums were appropriated.

(2) Use of carried-back funds

An eligible institution may make grants to students after the end of the academic year, but prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year, from such succeeding fiscal year's appropriations.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §413E, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §406(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1665.)

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 4—leveraging educational assistance partnership program

Editorial Notes

Codification

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(a)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666, amended heading generally.

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(1), (2), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482, redesignated former subpart 3 as 4 and repealed former subpart 4, comprising sections 1070d to 1070d–1d, which authorized special programs for students from disadvantaged backgrounds.

§1070c. Purpose; appropriations authorized

(a) Purpose of subpart

It is the purpose of this subpart to make incentive grants available to States to assist States in—

(1) providing grants to—

(A) eligible students attending institutions of higher education or participating in programs of study abroad that are approved for credit by institutions of higher education at which such students are enrolled; and

(B) eligible students for campus-based community service work-study; and

(2) carrying out the activities described in section 1070c–3a of this title.

(b) Authorization of appropriations; availability

(1) In general

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart $200,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(2) Reservation

For any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under paragraph (1) exceeds $30,000,000, the excess amount shall be available to carry out section 1070c–3a of this title.

(3) Availability

Sums appropriated pursuant to the authority of paragraph (1) for any fiscal year shall remain available for payments to States under this subpart until the end of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year for which such sums were appropriated.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1332; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §404(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 506; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(b), (c)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666, 1667; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §316(1)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-47; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §407(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070c, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415A, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 255; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §123(a), (c)(1), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(b)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 218; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(4), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §404(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1406, related to purpose and authorization of appropriations for grants to States for State student incentives, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–315 added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which related to appropriations and reservation of funding for section 1070c–3a of this title for fiscal year 1999 and the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

2000—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 106–554, which directed amendment of section 415 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 in section 415A(a)(2) by substituting "section 1070c–3a of this title" for "section 1070c–4 of this title", was executed by making the substitution in subsec. (a)(2) of this section, which is section 415A of the Higher Education Act of 1965, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §407(c)(1), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "It is the purpose of this subpart to make incentive grants available to States to assist States in providing grants to—

"(1) eligible students attending institutions of higher education or participating in programs of study abroad that are approved for credit by institutions of higher education at which such students are enrolled; and

"(2) eligible students for campus-based community service work-study."

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §407(b)(1), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 105–244, §407(b)(2), (3), added par. (2) and redesignated former par. (2) as (3).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:

"(a) Purpose of Subpart.—It is the purpose of this subpart to make incentive grants available to the States to assist them in providing grants to eligible students attending institutions of higher education and grants to eligible students for campus-based community service work learning study.

"(b) Authorization of Appropriations; Availability.—(1) There are authorized to be appropriated $85,000,000 for fiscal year 1987, and such sums as may be necessary for the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

"(2) Sums appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) for any fiscal year shall remain available for payments to States under this subpart until the end of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year for which such sums were appropriated."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070c–1. Allotment among States

(a) Allotment based on number of eligible students in attendance

(1) From the sums appropriated pursuant to section 1070c(b)(1) of this title and not reserved under section 1070c(b)(2) of this title for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to such sums as the number of students who are deemed eligible in such State for participation in the grant program authorized by this subpart bears to the total number of such students in all the States, except that no State shall receive less than the State received for fiscal year 1979.

(2) For the purpose of this subsection, the number of students who are deemed eligible in a State for participation in the grant program authorized by this subpart, and the number of such students in all the States, shall be determined for the most recent year for which satisfactory data are available.

(b) Reallotment

The amount of any State's allotment under subsection (a) for any fiscal year which the Secretary determines will not be required for such fiscal year for the leveraging educational assistance partnership program of that State shall be available for reallotment from time to time, on such dates during such year as the Secretary may fix, to other States in proportion to the original allotments to such States under such part for such year, but with such proportionate amount for any of such States being reduced to the extent it exceeds the sum the Secretary estimates such State needs and will be able to use for such year for carrying out the State plan. The total of such reductions shall be similarly reallotted among the States whose proportionate amounts were not so reduced. Any amount reallotted to a State under this part during a year from funds appropriated pursuant to section 1070c(b)(1) of this title shall be deemed part of its allotment under subsection (a) for such year.

(c) Allotments subject to continuing compliance

The Secretary shall make payments for continuing incentive grants only to States which continue to meet the requirements of section 1070c–2(b) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1333; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(a)(2)(A), (c)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666, 1667.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070c–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415B, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 256; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §123(c)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §404(b), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1407, 1503, related to allotment among States of amounts for grants to States for State student incentives, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §407(c)(2), inserted "and not reserved under section 1070c(b)(2) of this title" after "1070c(b)(1) of this title".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §407(a)(2)(A), substituted "leveraging educational assistance partnership" for "State student grant incentive".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1070c–2. Applications for leveraging educational assistance partnership programs

(a) Submission and contents of applications

A State which desires to obtain a payment under this subpart for any fiscal year shall submit annually an application therefor through the State agency administering its program under this subpart as of July 1, 1985, unless the Governor of that State so designates, in writing, a different agency to administer the program. The application shall contain such information as may be required by, or pursuant to, regulation for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to make the determinations required under this subpart.

(b) Payment of Federal share of grants made by qualified program

From a State's allotment under this subpart for any fiscal year the Secretary is authorized to make payments to such State for paying up to 50 percent of the amount of student grants pursuant to a State program which—

(1) is administered by a single State agency;

(2) provides that such grants will be in amounts not to exceed the lesser of $12,500 or the student's cost of attendance per academic year (A) for attendance on a full-time basis at an institution of higher education, and (B) for campus-based community service work learning study jobs;

(3) provides that—

(A) not more than 20 percent of the allotment to the State for each fiscal year may be used for the purpose described in paragraph (2)(B);

(B) grants for the campus-based community work learning study jobs may be made only to students who are otherwise eligible for assistance under this subpart; and

(C) grants for such jobs be made in accordance with the provisions of section 1087–53(b)(1) of this title;

(4) provides for the selection of recipients of such grants or of such State work-study jobs on the basis of substantial financial need determined annually on the basis of criteria established by the State and approved by the Secretary, except that for the purpose of collecting data to make such determination of financial need, no student or parent shall be charged a fee that is payable to an entity other than such State;

(5) provides that, effective with respect to any academic year beginning on or after October 1, 1978, all nonprofit institutions of higher education in the State are eligible to participate in the State program, except in any State in which participation of nonprofit institutions of higher education is in violation of the constitution of the State or in any State in which participation of nonprofit institutions of higher education is in violation of a statute of the State which was enacted prior to October 1, 1978;

(6) provides for the payment of the non-Federal portion of such grants or of such work-study jobs from funds supplied by such State which represent an additional expenditure for such year by such State for grants or work-study jobs for students attending institutions of higher education over the amount expended by such State for such grants or work-study jobs, if any, during the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which such State initially received funds under this subpart;

(7) provides that if the State's allocation under this subpart is based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are independent students or attending the institution less than full time, a reasonable proportion of the State's allocation shall be made available to such students;

(8) provides for State expenditures under such program of an amount not less than the average annual aggregate expenditures for the preceding three fiscal years or the average annual expenditure per full-time equivalent student for such years;

(9) provides (A) for such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure proper disbursement of and accounting for Federal funds paid to the State agency under this subpart, and (B) for the making of such reports, in such form and containing such information, as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Secretary to perform his functions under this subpart;

(10) for any academic year beginning after June 30, 1987, provides the non-Federal share of the amount of student grants or work-study jobs under this subpart through State funds for the program under this subpart; and

(11) provides notification to eligible students that such grants are—

(A) Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership Grants; and

(B) funded by the Federal Government, the State, and, where applicable, other contributing partners.

(c) Reservation and disbursement of allotments and reallotments

Upon his approval of any application for a payment under this subpart, the Secretary shall reserve from the applicable allotment (including any applicable reallotment) available therefor, the amount of such payment, which (subject to the limits of such allotment or reallotment) shall be equal to the Federal share of the cost of the students' incentive grants or work-study jobs covered by such application. The Secretary shall pay such reserved amount, in advance or by way of reimbursement, and in such installments as the Secretary may determine. The Secretary may amend the reservation of any amount under this section, either upon approval of an amendment of the application or upon revision of the estimated cost of the student grants or work-study jobs with respect to which such reservation was made. If the Secretary approves an upward revision of such estimated cost, the Secretary may reserve the Federal share of the added cost only from the applicable allotment (or reallotment) available at the time of such approval.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1333; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §404(b)–(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 507; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(27), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(a)(2)(B), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §407(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3215.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070c–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415C, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 256; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §123(b), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(6), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 95–566, §3, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2403; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §404(c), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (2), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1407, 1503, related to payment of grants to States for State student incentives, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §407(b)(1), substituted "not to exceed the lesser of $12,500 or the student's cost of attendance per academic year" for "not in excess of $5,000 per academic year".

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 110–315, §407(b)(2), struck out "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(10). Pub. L. 110–315, §407(b)(3), struck out "a direct appropriation of" before "State funds" and substituted "; and" for period at end.

Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 110–315, §407(b)(4), added par. (11).

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "leveraging educational assistance partnership" for "State student incentive grant" in section catchline.

1993—Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted a semicolon for period at end.

1992—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §404(b), substituted "$5,000" for "$2,500".

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §404(c), inserted before semicolon at end ", except that for the purpose of collecting data to make such determination of financial need, no student or parent shall be charged a fee that is payable to an entity other than such State".

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 102–325, §404(d), amended par. (7) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (7) read as follows: "provides that, if the institution's allocation under this subpart is based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students attending the institution less than full time, a reasonable proportion of the institution's allocation shall be made available to such students;".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070c–3. Administration of State programs; judicial review

(a) Disapproval of applications; suspension of eligibility

(1) The Secretary shall not finally disapprove any application for a State program submitted under section 1070c–2 of this title, or any modification thereof, without first affording the State agency submitting the program reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing.

(2) Whenever the Secretary, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to the State agency administering a State program approved under this subpart, finds—

(A) that the State program has been so changed that it no longer complies with the provisions of this subpart, or

(B) that in the administration of the program there is a failure to comply substantially with any such provisions,

the Secretary shall notify such State agency that the State will not be regarded as eligible to participate in the program under this subpart until he is satisfied that there is no longer any such failure to comply.

(b) Review of decisions

(1) If any State is dissatisfied with the Secretary's final action with respect to the approval of its State program submitted under this subpart or with his final action under subsection (a), such State may appeal to the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such State is located. The summons and notice of appeal may be served at any place in the United States. The Commissioner shall forthwith certify and file in the court the transcript of the proceedings and the record on which he based his action.

(2) The findings of fact by the Secretary, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive; but the court, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Secretary to take further evidence, and the Secretary may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify his previous action, and shall certify to the court the transcript and record of further proceedings. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.

(3) The court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Secretary or to set it aside, in whole or in part. The judgment of the court shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in title 28, section 1254.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1335.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070c–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415D, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 257; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (2), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to administration of State programs and judicial review, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1070c–3a. Grants for access and persistence

(a) Purpose

It is the purpose of this section to expand college access and increase college persistence by making allotments to States to enable the States to—

(1) expand and enhance partnerships with institutions of higher education, early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs, private corporations, philanthropic organizations, and other interested parties, including community-based organizations, in order to—

(A) carry out activities under this section; and

(B) provide coordination and cohesion among Federal, State, and local governmental and private efforts that provide financial assistance to help low-income students attend an institution of higher education;

(2) provide need-based grants for access and persistence to eligible low-income students;

(3) provide early notification to low-income students of the students' eligibility for financial aid; and

(4) encourage increased participation in early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs.

(b) Allotments to States

(1) In general

(A) Authorization

From sums reserved under section 1070c(b)(2) of this title for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall make an allotment to each State that submits an application for an allotment in accordance with subsection (c) to enable the State to pay the Federal share, as described in paragraph (2), of the cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d).

(B) Determination of allotment

In making allotments under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall consider the following:

(i) Continuation of award

Except as provided in clause (ii), if a State continues to meet the specifications established in such State's application under subsection (c), the Secretary shall make an allotment to such State that is not less than the allotment made to such State for the previous fiscal year.

(ii) Special continuation and transition rule

If a State that applied for and received an allotment under this section for fiscal year 2010 pursuant to subsection (j) meets the specifications established in the State's application under subsection (c) for fiscal year 2011, then the Secretary shall make an allotment to such State for fiscal year 2011 that is not less than the allotment made pursuant to subsection (j) to such State for fiscal year 2010 under this section (as this section was in effect on the day before August 14, 2008).

(iii) Priority

The Secretary shall give priority in making allotments to States that meet the requirements described in paragraph (2)(B)(ii).

(2) Federal share

(A) In general

The Federal share of the cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d) for any fiscal year shall not exceed 66.66 percent.

(B) Different percentages

The Federal share under this section shall be determined in accordance with the following:

(i) The Federal share of the cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d) shall be 57 percent if a State applies for an allotment under this section in partnership with any number of degree-granting institutions of higher education in the State whose combined full-time enrollment represents less than a majority of all students attending institutions of higher education in the State, and—

(I) philanthropic organizations that are located in, or that provide funding in, the State; or

(II) private corporations that are located in, or that do business in, the State.

(ii) The Federal share of the cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d) shall be 66.66 percent if a State applies for an allotment under this section in partnership with any number of degree-granting institutions of higher education in the State whose combined full-time enrollment represents a majority of all students attending institutions of higher education in the State, and—

(I) philanthropic organizations that are located in, or that provide funding in, the State; or

(II) private corporations that are located in, or that do business in, the State.

(C) Non-Federal share

(i) In general

The non-Federal share under this section may be provided in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated.

(ii) In-kind contribution

For the purpose of calculating the non-Federal share under this subparagraph, an in-kind contribution is a non-cash contribution that—

(I) has monetary value, such as the provision of—

(aa) room and board; or

(bb) transportation passes; and

(II) helps a student meet the cost of attendance at an institution of higher education.

(iii) Effect on need analysis

For the purpose of calculating a student's need in accordance with part F, an in-kind contribution described in clause (ii) shall not be considered an asset or income of the student or the student's parent.

(c) Application for allotment

(1) In general

(A) Submission

A State that desires to receive an allotment under this section on behalf of a partnership described in paragraph (3) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.

(B) Content

An application submitted under subparagraph (A) shall include the following:

(i) A description of the State's plan for using the allotted funds.

(ii) An assurance that the State will provide matching funds, in cash or in kind, from State, institutional, philanthropic, or private funds, of not less than 33.33 percent of the cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d). The State shall specify the methods by which matching funds will be paid. A State that uses non-Federal funds to create or expand partnerships with entities described in subsection (a)(1), in which such entities match State funds for student scholarships, may apply such matching funds from such entities toward fulfilling the State's matching obligation under this clause.

(iii) An assurance that the State will use funds provided under this section to supplement, and not supplant, Federal and State funds available for carrying out the activities under this subchapter.

(iv) An assurance that early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs exist within the State or that there is a plan to make such programs widely available.

(v) A description of the organizational structure that the State has in place to administer the activities under subsection (d), including a description of how the State will compile information on degree completion of students receiving grants under this section.

(vi) A description of the steps the State will take to ensure that students who receive grants under this section persist to degree completion.

(vii) An assurance that the State has a method in place, such as acceptance of the automatic zero student aid index determination described in section 1087ss(c) ¹ of this title, to identify eligible low-income students and award State grant aid to such students.

(viii) An assurance that the State will provide notification to eligible low-income students that grants under this section are—

(I) Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership Grants; and

(II) funded by the Federal Government and the State, and, where applicable, other contributing partners.

(2) State agency

The State agency that submits an application for a State under section 1070c–2(a) of this title shall be the same State agency that submits an application under paragraph (1) for such State.

(3) Partnership

In applying for an allotment under this section, the State agency shall apply for the allotment in partnership with—

(A) not less than one public and one private degree-granting institution of higher education that are located in the State, if applicable;

(B) new or existing early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs located in the State; and

(C) not less than one—

(i) philanthropic organization located in, or that provides funding in, the State; or

(ii) private corporation located in, or that does business in, the State.

(4) Roles of partners

(A) State agency

A State agency that is in a partnership receiving an allotment under this section—

(i) shall—

(I) serve as the primary administrative unit for the partnership;

(II) provide or coordinate non-Federal share funds, and coordinate activities among partners;

(III) encourage each institution of higher education in the State to participate in the partnership;

(IV) make determinations and early notifications of assistance as described under subsection (d)(2); and

(V) annually report to the Secretary on the partnership's progress in meeting the purpose of this section; and

(ii) may provide early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs.

(B) Degree-granting institutions of higher education

A degree-granting institution of higher education that is in a partnership receiving an allotment under this section—

(i) shall—

(I) recruit and admit participating qualified students and provide such additional institutional grant aid to participating students as agreed to with the State agency;

(II) provide support services to students who receive grants for access and persistence under this section and are enrolled at such institution; and

(III) assist the State in the identification of eligible students and the dissemination of early notifications of assistance as agreed to with the State agency; and

(ii) may provide funding for early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs or provide such services directly.

(C) Programs

An early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach program that is in a partnership receiving an allotment under this section shall provide direct services, support, and information to participating students.

(D) Philanthropic organization or private corporation

A philanthropic organization or private corporation that is in a partnership receiving an allotment under this section shall provide funds for grants for access and persistence for participating students, or provide funds or support for early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs.

(d) Authorized activities

(1) In general

(A) Establishment of partnership

Each State receiving an allotment under this section shall use the funds to establish a partnership to award grants for access and persistence to eligible low-income students in order to increase the amount of financial assistance such students receive under this subpart for undergraduate education expenses.

(B) Amount of grants

The amount of a grant for access and persistence awarded by a State to a student under this section shall be not less than—

(i) the average undergraduate tuition and mandatory fees at the public institutions of higher education in the State where the student resides that are of the same type of institution as the institution of higher education the student attends; minus

(ii) other Federal and State aid the student receives.

(C) Special rules

(i) Partnership institutions

A State receiving an allotment under this section may restrict the use of grants for access and persistence under this section by awarding the grants only to students attending institutions of higher education that are participating in the partnership.

(ii) Out-of-State institutions

If a State provides grants through another program under this subpart to students attending institutions of higher education located in another State, grants awarded under this section may be used at institutions of higher education located in another State.

(2) Early notification

(A) In general

Each State receiving an allotment under this section shall annually notify low-income students in grades seven through 12 in the State, and their families, of their potential eligibility for student financial assistance, including an access and persistence grant, to attend an institution of higher education.

(B) Content of notice

The notice under subparagraph (A)—

(i) shall include—

(I) information about early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs available to the student;

(II) information that a student's eligibility for a grant for access and persistence is enhanced through participation in an early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach program;

(III) an explanation that student and family eligibility for, and participation in, other Federal means-tested programs may indicate eligibility for a grant for access and persistence and other student aid programs;

(IV) a nonbinding estimate of the total amount of financial aid that a low-income student with a similar income level may expect to receive, including an estimate of the amount of a grant for access and persistence and an estimate of the amount of grants, loans, and all other available types of aid from the major Federal and State financial aid programs;

(V) an explanation that in order to be eligible for a grant for access and persistence, at a minimum, a student shall—

(aa) meet the requirement under paragraph (3);

(bb) graduate from secondary school; and

(cc) enroll at an institution of higher education—

(AA) that is a partner in the partnership; or

(BB) with respect to which attendance is permitted under subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii);

(VI) information on any additional requirements (such as a student pledge detailing student responsibilities) that the State may impose for receipt of a grant for access and persistence under this section; and

(VII) instructions on how to apply for a grant for access and persistence and an explanation that a student is required to file a Free Application for Federal Student Aid authorized under section 1090(a) of this title to be eligible for such grant and assistance from other Federal and State financial aid programs; and

(ii) may include a disclaimer that grant awards for access and persistence are contingent on—

(I) a determination of the student's financial eligibility at the time of the student's enrollment at an institution of higher education that is a partner in the partnership or qualifies under subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii);

(II) annual Federal and State spending for higher education; and

(III) other aid received by the student at the time of the student's enrollment at such institution of higher education.

(3) Eligibility

In determining which students are eligible to receive grants for access and persistence, the State shall ensure that each such student complies with the following subparagraph (A) or (B):

(A) Meets not less than two of the following criteria, with priority given to students meeting all of the following criteria:

(i) Has a student aid index equal to zero, as determined under part F, or a comparable alternative based upon the State's approved criteria in section 1070c–2(b)(4) of this title.

(ii) Qualifies for the State's maximum undergraduate award, as authorized under section 1070c–2(b) of this title.

(iii) Is participating in, or has participated in, a Federal, State, institutional, or community early information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach program, as recognized by the State agency administering activities under this section.

(B) Is receiving, or has received, a grant for access and persistence under this section, in accordance with paragraph (5).

(4) Grant award

Once a student, including those students who have received early notification under paragraph (2) from the State, applies for admission to an institution that is a partner in the partnership, files a Free Application for Federal Student Aid and any related State form, and is determined eligible by the State under paragraph (3), the State shall—

(A) issue the student a preliminary award certificate for a grant for access and persistence with estimated award amounts; and

(B) inform the student that payment of the grant for access and persistence award amounts is subject to certification of enrollment and award eligibility by the institution of higher education.

(5) Duration of award

An eligible student who receives a grant for access and persistence under this section shall receive such grant award for each year of such student's undergraduate education in which the student remains eligible for assistance under this subchapter, including pursuant to section 1091(c) of this title, and remains financially eligible as determined by the State, except that the State may impose reasonable time limits to degree completion.

(e) Administrative cost allowance

A State that receives an allotment under this section may reserve not more than two percent of the funds made available annually through the allotment for State administrative functions required to carry out this section.

(f) Statutory and regulatory relief for institutions of higher education

The Secretary may grant, upon the request of an institution of higher education that is in a partnership described in subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) and that receives an allotment under this section, a waiver for such institution from statutory or regulatory requirements that inhibit the ability of the institution to successfully and efficiently participate in the activities of the partnership.

(g) Applicability rule

The provisions of this subpart that are not inconsistent with this section shall apply to the program authorized by this section.

(h) Maintenance of effort requirement

Each State receiving an allotment under this section for a fiscal year shall provide the Secretary with an assurance that the aggregate amount expended per student or the aggregate expenditures by the State, from funds derived from non-Federal sources, for the authorized activities described in subsection (d) for the preceding fiscal year were not less than the amount expended per student or the aggregate expenditure by the State for the activities for the second preceding fiscal year.

(i) Special rule

Notwithstanding subsection (h), for purposes of determining a State's share of the cost of the authorized activities described in subsection (d), the State shall consider only those expenditures from non-Federal sources that exceed the State's total expenditures for need-based grants, scholarships, and work-study assistance for fiscal year 1999 (including any such assistance provided under this subpart).

(j) Continuation and transition

For the two-year period that begins on August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall continue to award grants under section 1070c–3a of this title as such section existed on the day before August 14, 2008, to States that choose to apply for grants under such predecessor section.

(k) Reports

Not later than three years after August 14, 2008, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report describing the activities and the impact of the partnerships under this section to the authorizing committees.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415E, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(c)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666; amended Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §316(2), (3)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-47; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §407(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3216; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(6), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1938; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(3), (5), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3200.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1087ss of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(B)(vii), was generally amended by Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(h), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3152, and, as so amended, no longer contains a subsec. (c).

Prior Provisions

A prior section 415E of Pub. L. 89–329 was renumbered section 415F and is classified to section 1070c–4 of this title.

Another prior section 415E of Pub. L. 89–329 was classified to section 1070c–4 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c)(1)(B)(vii). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(5), substituted "automatic zero student aid index" for "automatic zero expected family contribution".

Subsec. (d)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

2009—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "Except as provided in clause (ii), if a" for "If a" in cl. (i), added cl. (ii), and redesignated former cl. (ii) as (iii).

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section consisted of subsecs. (a) to (g) relating to a special leveraging educational assistance partnership program.

2000—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §316(2)], which directed amendment of section 415 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 in section 415E by adding subsec. (c) and striking out former subsec. (c), was executed to this section, which is section 415E of the Higher Education Act of 1965, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) listed the activities for which States receiving a grant under this section were authorized to use the grant funds.

Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §316(3)], which directed amendment of section 415 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 in section 415E by adding subsecs. (f) and (g), was executed by adding subsecs. (f) and (g) to this section, which is section 415E of the Higher Education Act of 1965, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1070c–4. "Community service" defined

For the purpose of this subpart, the term "community service" means services, including direct service, planning, and applied research which are identified by an institution of higher education, through formal or informal consultation with local nonprofit, governmental, and community-based organizations, and which—

(1) are designed to improve the quality of life for community residents, particularly low-income individuals, or to solve particular problems related to the needs of such residents, including but not limited to, such fields as health care, child care, education, literacy training, welfare, social services, public safety, crime prevention and control, transportation, recreation, housing and neighborhood improvement, rural development, and community improvement; and

(2) provide participating students with work-learning opportunities related to their educational or vocational programs or goals.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415F, formerly §415E, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1336; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §5, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 340; renumbered §415F, Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §407(c)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1666.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070c–4, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §415E, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §123(c)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; amended Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(7), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, related to a program of bonus allotments, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §404(d), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1407, eff. Oct. 1, 1980.

Amendments

1987—Par. (1). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "literacy" for "literary".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§§1070d to 1070d–1d. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §402(a)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 482

Section 1070d, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1336, related to program authority and authorization of appropriations.

A prior section 1070d, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417A, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1407, authorized a program of grants and contracts to assist students from disadvantaged backgrounds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1070d, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417A, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 258; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §124(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(5), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, authorized the Secretary of Education to carry out special programs for students from disadvantaged backgrounds and authorized appropriations for such programs, prior to the general revision of this subpart by Pub. L. 96–374.

Section 1070d–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1337, authorized a talent search program.

A prior section 1070d–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417B, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1408, authorized a talent search program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1070d–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417B, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 258; amended Pub. L. 93–380, title VIII, §833(a), Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §124(b), (c), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2094, 2095; Pub. L. 95–566, §4, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2403; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, specified the authorized activities of the Secretary of Education in carrying out special programs for students from disadvantaged backgrounds, prior to the general revision of this subpart by Pub. L. 96–374.

Section 1070d–1a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1338, authorized an upward bound program.

A prior section 1070d–1a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417C, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1409, authorized an upward bound program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Section 1070d–1b, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1339; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §6, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 340; Pub. L. 100–418, title VI, §6271, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1523, related to student support services program.

A prior section 1070d–1b, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417D, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1410, authorized a special services for disadvantaged students program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Section 1070d–1c, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417E, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1340, authorized an educational opportunity centers program.

A prior section 1070d–1c, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417E, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1410, authorized an educational opportunity centers program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Section 1070d–1d, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417F, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1341, related to staff development activities.

A prior section 1070d–1d, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §417F, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §405, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1411, authorized grants for staff training, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

subpart 5—special programs for students whose families are engaged in migrant and seasonal farmwork

§1070d–2. Maintenance and expansion of existing programs

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall maintain and expand existing secondary and postsecondary high school equivalency program and college assistance migrant program projects located at institutions of higher education or at private nonprofit organizations working in cooperation with institutions of higher education.

(b) Services provided by high school equivalency program

The services authorized by this subpart for the high school equivalency program include—

(1) recruitment services to reach persons—

(A)(i) who are 16 years of age and over; or

(ii) who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which such persons reside and are not enrolled in school;

(B)(i) who themselves, or whose immediate family, have spent a minimum of 75 days during the past 24 months in migrant and seasonal farmwork; or

(ii) who are eligible to participate, or have participated within the preceding 2 years, in programs under part C of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6391 et seq.] or section 3222 of title 29; and

(C) who lack a high school diploma or its equivalent;

(2) educational services which provide instruction designed to help students obtain a general education diploma which meets the guidelines established by the State in which the project is located for high school equivalency;

(3) supportive services which include the following:

(A) personal, vocational, and academic counseling;

(B) placement services designed to place students in a university, college, or junior college program (including preparation for college entrance examinations), or in military service or career positions; and

(C) health services;

(4) information concerning, and assistance in obtaining, available student financial aid;

(5) stipends for high school equivalency program participants;

(6) housing for those enrolled in residential programs;

(7) exposure to cultural events, academic programs, and other educational and cultural activities usually not available to migrant youth;

(8) other essential supportive services (such as transportation and child care), as needed to ensure the success of eligible students; and

(9) other activities to improve persistence and retention in postsecondary education.

(c) Services provided by college assistance migrant program

(1) Services authorized by this subpart for the college assistance migrant program include—

(A) outreach and recruitment services to reach persons who themselves or whose immediate family have spent a minimum of 75 days during the past 24 months in migrant and seasonal farmwork or who have participated or are eligible to participate, in programs under part C of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6391 et seq.] or section 3222 of title 29, and who meet the minimum qualifications for attendance at a college or university;

(B) supportive and instructional services to improve placement, persistence, and retention in postsecondary education, which include:

(i) personal, academic, career, and economic education or personal finance counseling as an ongoing part of the program;

(ii) tutoring and academic skill building instruction and assistance;

(iii) assistance with special admissions;

(iv) health services; and

(v) other services as necessary to assist students in completing program requirements;

(C) assistance in obtaining student financial aid which includes, but is not limited to:

(i) stipends;

(ii) scholarships;

(iii) student travel;

(iv) career oriented work study;

(v) books and supplies;

(vi) tuition and fees;

(vii) room and board; and

(viii) other assistance necessary to assist students in completing their first year of college;

(D) housing support for students living in institutional facilities and commuting students;

(E) exposure to cultural events, academic programs, and other activities not usually available to migrant youth;

(F) internships; and

(G) other essential supportive services (such as transportation and child care) as necessary to ensure the success of eligible students.

(2) A recipient of a grant to operate a college assistance migrant program under this subpart shall provide followup services for migrant students after such students have completed their first year of college, and shall not use more than 10 percent of such grant for such followup services. Such followup services may include—

(A) monitoring and reporting the academic progress of students who participated in the project during such student's first year of college and during such student's subsequent years in college;

(B) referring such students to on- or off-campus providers of counseling services, academic assistance, or financial aid, and coordinating such services, assistance, and aid with other non-program services, assistance, and aid, including services, assistance, and aid provided by community-based organizations, which may include mentoring and guidance; and

(C) for students attending two-year institutions of higher education, encouraging the students to transfer to four-year institutions of higher education, where appropriate, and monitoring the rate of transfer of such students.

(d) Management plan required

Each project application shall include a management plan which contains assurances that the grant recipient will coordinate the project, to the extent feasible, with other local, State, and Federal programs to maximize the resources available for migrant students, and that staff shall have a demonstrated knowledge and be sensitive to the unique characteristics and needs of the migrant and seasonal farmworker population, and provisions for:

(1) staff in-service training;

(2) training and technical assistance;

(3) staff travel;

(4) student travel;

(5) interagency coordination; and

(6) an evaluation plan.

(e) Five-year grant period; consideration of prior experience

Except under extraordinary circumstances, the Secretary shall award grants for a 5-year period. For the purpose of making grants under this subpart, the Secretary shall consider the prior experience of service delivery under the particular project for which funds are sought by each applicant. Such prior experience shall be awarded the same level of consideration given this factor for applicants for programs in accordance with section 1070a–11(c)(2) of this title.

(f) Minimum allocations

The Secretary shall not allocate an amount less than—

(1) $180,000 for each project under the high school equivalency program, and

(2) $180,000 for each project under the college assistance migrant program.

(g) Reservation and allocation of funds

From the amounts made available under subsection (i), the Secretary—

(1) may reserve not more than a total of ½ of one percent for outreach activities, technical assistance, and professional development programs relating to the programs under subsection (a);

(2) for any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated to carry out this section is equal to or greater than $40,000,000, shall, in awarding grants from the remainder of such amounts—

(A) make available not less than 45 percent of such remainder for the high school equivalency programs and not less than 45 percent of such remainder for the college assistance migrant programs;

(B) award the rest of such remainder for high school equivalency programs or college assistance migrant programs based on the number, quality, and promise of the applications; and

(C) consider the need to provide an equitable geographic distribution of such grants; and

(3) for any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated to carry out this section is less than $40,000,000, shall, in awarding grants from the remainder of such amounts make available the same percentage of funds to the high school equivalency program and to the college assistance migrant program as was made available for each such program for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the grant was made.

(h) Data collection

The Secretary shall—

(1) annually collect data on persons receiving services authorized under this subpart regarding such persons' rates of secondary school graduation, entrance into postsecondary education, and completion of postsecondary education, as applicable;

(2) not less often than once every two years, prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report based on the most recently available data under paragraph (1); and

(3) make such report available to the public.

(i) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of making grants and contracts under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for the each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §418A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1341; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §7, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 340; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §405, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 507; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §391(e)(1), (2), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 4022; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §408, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1667; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(f) [title VIII, §405(d)(15)(A), (f)(12)(A)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–337, 2681-421, 2681-431; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §408, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3223; Pub. L. 113–128, title V, §512(n)(1), July 22, 2014, 128 Stat. 1710.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(B)(ii) and (c)(1)(A), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27. Part C of title I of the Act is classified generally to part C (§6391 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 70 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §418A, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §406, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1411, related to secondary and postsecondary high school equivalency programs and college assistance migrant programs, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 1070d–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §418A, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §125, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2096; amended Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(6), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352, provided for the Educational Information Centers program, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(b), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383. See section 1070d–1c of this title.

A prior section 1070d–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §418B, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §125, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2097, related to administration by States of Educational Information Centers program, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title I, §101(b), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383, eff. Oct. 1, 1980.

Amendments

2014—Subsecs. (b)(1)(B)(ii), (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 113–128 substituted "section 3222 of title 29" for "section 2912 of title 29".

2008—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(A), substituted "immediate family" for "parents".

Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(B), inserted "(including preparation for college entrance examinations)" after "junior college program".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(C), struck out "weekly" before "stipends".

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(D), struck out "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(E), inserted "(such as transportation and child care)" after "services" and substituted "; and" for period at end.

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(1)(F), added par. (9).

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(A)(i), substituted "immediate family" for "parents" and struck out "(or such part's predecessor authority)" before "or section 2912".

Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(A)(ii)(I), inserted "to improve placement, persistence, and retention in postsecondary education," after "services" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(A)(ii)(II), substituted "career, and economic education or personal finance" for "and career".

Subsec. (c)(1)(E) to (G). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(A)(iii)–(vi), struck out "and" at end of subpar. (E), added subpar. (F), redesignated former subpar. (F) as (G) and, in par. (G), substituted "essential supportive services (such as transportation and child care)" for "support services".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(B)(i), struck out "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(B)(ii), substituted ", and coordinating such services, assistance, and aid with other non-program services, assistance, and aid, including services, assistance, and aid provided by community-based organizations, which may include mentoring and guidance; and" for period at end.

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(2)(B)(iii), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(3), substituted "section 1070a–11(c)(2)" for "section 1070a–11(c)(1)".

Subsec. (f)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(4), substituted "$180,000" for "$150,000".

Subsecs. (g) to (i). Pub. L. 110–315, §408(6)–(8), added subsecs. (g) to (i) and struck out former subsecs. (h) and (i), which related to data collection and to authorization of appropriations.

Pub. L. 110–315, §408(5), redesignated subsecs. (g) and (h) as (h) and (i), respectively.

1998—Subsecs. (b)(1)(B)(ii), (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–277, §101(f) [title VIII, §405(f)(12)(A)], struck out "section 1672 of title 29 or" before "section 2912 of title 29".

Pub. L. 105–277, §101(f) [title VIII, §405(d)(15)(A)], substituted "section 1672 of title 29 or section 2912 of title 29" for "section 1672 of title 29".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §408(a), inserted "that the grant recipient will coordinate the project, to the extent feasible, with other local, State, and Federal programs to maximize the resources available for migrant students, and" after "contains assurances" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §408(d), substituted "in accordance with section 1070a–11(c)(1) of this title" for "authorized by subpart 4 of this part in accordance with section 1070d(b)(2) of this title."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §408(c)(2), added subsec. (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated (h).

Pub. L. 105–244, §408(b), substituted "1999" for "1993" in pars. (1) and (2).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 105–244, §408(c)(1), redesignated subsec. (g) as (h).

1994—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 103–382, §391(e)(1), substituted "part C" for "subpart 1 of part D of chapter 1".

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–382, §391(e)(2), substituted "part C" for "subpart 1 of part D of chapter 1" and inserted "(or such part's predecessor authority)" after "1965".

1992—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §405(a)(1)(A), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: "recruitment services to reach persons who are 17 years of age and over, who themselves or whose parents have spent a minimum of 75 days during the past 24 months in migrant and seasonal farmwork, and who lack a high school diploma or its equivalent;".

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §405(a)(1)(B), inserted comma after "concerning" and after "obtaining".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §405(a)(2), (b), designated existing provisions as par. (1), redesignated former par. (1) as subpar. (A) and amended it generally, redesignated par. (2) and its subpars. (A) to (E) as subpar. (B) and cls. (i) to (v), respectively, redesignated par. (3) and its subpars. (A) to (H) as subpar. (C) and cls. (i) to (viii), respectively, redesignated pars. (4) to (6) as subpars. (D) to (F), respectively, and added par. (2). Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "outreach and recruitment services to reach persons who themselves or whose parents have spent a minimum of 75 days during the past 24 months in migrant and seasonal farmwork, and who meet the minimum qualifications for attendance at a college or university;".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §405(c), substituted "Five-year" for "Three-year" in heading and "5-year" for "3-year" in text.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–325, §405(d), amended subsec. (g) generally, substituting present provisions for former provisions which authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1987 through 1991.

1987—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100–50 amended subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (g) read as follows: "There is authorized to be appropriated for this part $9,000,000 for fiscal year 1987, and such sums as may be necessary for the 4 succeeding fiscal years."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2014 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 113–128 effective on the first day of the first full program year after July 22, 2014 (July 1, 2015), see section 506 of Pub. L. 113–128, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3101 of Title 29, Labor.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendments

Amendment by section 101(f) [title VIII, §405(d)(15)(A)] of Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 21, 1998, and amendment by section 101(f) [title VIII, §405(f)(12)(A)] of Pub. L. 105–277 effective July 1, 2000, see section 101(f) [title VIII, §405(g)(1), (2)(B)] of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as a note under section 3502 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 6—robert c. byrd honors scholarship program

§1070d–31. Statement of purpose

It is the purpose of this subpart to establish a Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program to promote student excellence and achievement and to recognize exceptionally able students who show promise of continued excellence.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1343.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–31, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419A, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2900; amended Pub. L. 99–145, title XVI, §1627(a), Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 779, provided statement of purpose for Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1070d–32. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 508

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1343, defined terms used in this subpart.

A prior section 1070d–32, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419B, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2900, defined terms used in this subpart, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1070d–33. Scholarships authorized

(a) Program authority

The Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, to make grants to States to enable the States to award scholarships to individuals who have demonstrated outstanding academic achievement and who show promise of continued academic achievement.

(b) Period of award

Scholarships under this section shall be awarded for a period of not less than 1 or more than 4 years during the first 4 years of study at any institution of higher education eligible to participate in any programs assisted under this subchapter. The State educational agency administering the program in a State shall have discretion to determine the period of the award (within the limits specified in the preceding sentence), except that—

(1) if the amount appropriated for this subpart for any fiscal year exceeds the amount appropriated for this subpart for fiscal year 1993, the Secretary shall identify to each State educational agency the number of scholarships available to that State under section 1070d–34(b) of this title that are attributable to such excess; and

(2) the State educational agency shall award not less than that number of scholarships for a period of 4 years.

(c) Use at any institution permitted

A student awarded a scholarship under this subpart may attend any institution of higher education.

(d) Byrd Scholars

Individuals awarded scholarships under this subpart shall be known as "Byrd Scholars".

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1344; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 508; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(28), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2459; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(7), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1939.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–33, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419C, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2900; amended Pub. L. 99–145, title XVI, §1627(b), Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 779, authorized the award of scholarships under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–39 inserted "and" after semicolon at end.

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "for a period of not less than 1 or more than 4 years during the first 4 years of study" for "for a period of not more than 4 years for the first 4 years of study" and inserted at end "The State educational agency administering the program in a State shall have discretion to determine the period of the award (within the limits specified in the preceding sentence), except that—

"(1) if the amount appropriated for this subpart for any fiscal year exceeds the amount appropriated for this subpart for fiscal year 1993, the Secretary shall identify to each State educational agency the number of scholarships available to that State under section 1070d–34(b) of this title that are attributable to such excess;

"(2) the State educational agency shall award not less than that number of scholarships for a period of 4 years."

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: "Scholarships under this section shall be awarded for a period of one academic year for the first year of study at an institution of higher education."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070d–34. Allocation among States

(a) Allocation formula

From the sums appropriated pursuant to the authority of section 1070d–41 of this title for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allocate to each State that has an agreement under section 1070d–35 of this title an amount equal to $1,500 multiplied by the number of scholarships determined by the Secretary to be available to such State in accordance with subsection (b).

(b) Number of scholarships available

The number of scholarships to be made available in a State for any fiscal year shall bear the same ratio to the number of scholarships made available to all States as the State's population ages 5 through 17 bears to the population ages 5 through 17 in all the States, except that not less than 10 scholarships shall be made available to any State.

(c) Use of census data

For the purpose of this section, the population ages 5 through 17 in a State and in all the States shall be determined by the most recently available data, satisfactory to the Secretary, from the Bureau of the Census.

(d) Consolidation by Insular Areas prohibited

Notwithstanding section 1469a of title 48, funds allocated under this part to an Insular Area described in that section shall be deemed to be direct payments to classes of individuals, and the Insular Area may not consolidate such funds with other funds received by the Insular Area from any department or agency of the United States Government.

(e) FAS eligibility

(1) Fiscal years 2000 through 2004

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, in the case of students from the Freely Associated States who may be selected to receive a scholarship under this subpart for the first time for any of the fiscal years 2000 through 2004—

(A) there shall be 10 scholarships in the aggregate awarded to such students for each of the fiscal years 2000 through 2004; and

(B) the Pacific Regional Educational Laboratory shall administer the program under this subpart in the case of scholarships for students in the Freely Associated States.

(2) Termination of eligibility

A student from the Freely Associated States shall not be eligible to receive a scholarship under this subpart after September 30, 2004.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1344; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(29), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2460; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §409(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1668; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(8), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1939.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–34, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419D, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2901, related to allocation among States of amounts for Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–39 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1469a of title 48.

1998—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244 added subsec. (e).

1993—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–208 added subsec. (d).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "From the sums appropriated pursuant to section 1070d–41 of this title for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allocate to each State having an agreement under section 1070d–35 of this title—

"(1) $1,500 multiplied by the number of individuals in the State eligible for scholarships pursuant to section 1070d–37(b) of this title, plus

"(2) $10,000, plus 5 percent of the amount to which a State is eligible under paragraph (1) of this section."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Oct. 1, 1993, see section 5(b)(1) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070d–35. Agreements

The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with each State desiring to participate in the scholarship program authorized by this subpart. Each such agreement shall include provisions designed to assure that—

(1) the State educational agency will administer the scholarship program authorized by this subpart in the State;

(2) the State educational agency will comply with the eligibility and selection provisions of this subpart;

(3) the State educational agency will conduct outreach activities to publicize the availability of scholarships under this subpart to all eligible students in the State, with particular emphasis on activities designed to assure that students from low-income and moderate-income families have access to the information on the opportunity for full participation in the scholarship program authorized by this subpart; and

(4) the State educational agency will pay to each individual in the State who is awarded a scholarship under this subpart $1,500.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419E, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1344; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(g)(2), (3), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–35, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419E, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2901; amended Pub. L. 99–145, title XVI, §1627(c), Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 779, related to agreements with States for participation in the Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1992—Par. (3). Pub. L. 102–325, §406(g)(2)(A), inserted "and" after semicolon.

Par. (4). Pub. L. 102–325, §406(g)(2)(B), substituted "$1,500." for "$1,500 at an awards ceremony in accordance with section 1070d–39 of this title; and".

Par. (5). Pub. L. 102–325, §406(g)(3), which directed that par. (5) be struck out without specifying the section to which the amendment applied, was executed by striking out par. (5) of this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "the State educational agency will use the amount of the allocation described in paragraph (2) of section 1070d–34 of this title for administrative expenses, including the conduct of the awards ceremony required by section 1070d–39 of this title."

§1070d–36. Eligibility of scholars

(a) High school graduation or equivalent and admission to institution required

Each student awarded a scholarship under this subpart shall be a graduate of a public or private secondary school (or a home school, whether treated as a home school or a private school under State law) or have the equivalent of a certificate of graduation as recognized by the State in which the student resides and must have been admitted for enrollment at an institution of higher education.

(b) Selection based on promise of academic achievement

Each student awarded a scholarship under this subpart must demonstrate outstanding academic achievement and show promise of continued academic achievement.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419F, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1344; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §409(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3225.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–36, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419F, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2901, related to eligibility of students for scholarships under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315 inserted "(or a home school, whether treated as a home school or a private school under State law)" after "public or private secondary school".

§1070d–37. Selection of scholars

(a) Establishment of criteria

The State educational agency is authorized to establish the criteria for the selection of scholars under this subpart.

(b) Adoption of procedures

The State educational agency shall adopt selection procedures designed to ensure an equitable geographic distribution of awards within the State (and in the case of the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, or Palau (until such time as the Compact of Free Association is ratified), not to exceed 10 individuals will be selected from such entities).

(c) Consultation requirement

In carrying out its responsibilities under subsections (a) and (b), the State educational agency shall consult with school administrators, school boards, teachers, counselors, and parents.

(d) Timing of selection

The selection process shall be completed, and the awards made, prior to the end of each secondary school academic year.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419G, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1345; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(b)(30), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2460.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

For ratification of Compact of Free Association with the Republic of Palau, referred to in subsec. (b), see Proc. No. 6726, Sept. 27, 1994, 59 F.R. 49777, set out as a note under section 1931 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–37, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419G, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2901, related to selection of merit scholars under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands," for "the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,".

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §406(d)(1), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: "The State educational agency shall adopt selection procedures which are designed to assure that 10 individuals will be selected from among residents of each congressional district in a State (and in the case of the District of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico not to exceed 10 individuals will be selected in such District or Commonwealth)."

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–325, §406(d)(2), added subsec. (d).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1070d–38. Stipends and scholarship conditions

(a) Amount of award

Each student awarded a scholarship under this subpart shall receive a stipend of $1,500 for the academic year of study for which the scholarship is awarded, except that in no case shall the total amount of financial aid awarded to such student exceed such student's total cost-of-attendance.

(b) Use of award

The State educational agency shall establish procedures to assure that a scholar awarded a scholarship under this subpart pursues a course of study at an institution of higher education.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419H, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1345; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(e), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–38, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419H, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, related to stipends and scholarship conditions for students receiving scholarships under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325 inserted before period at end ", except that in no case shall the total amount of financial aid awarded to such student exceed such student's total cost-of-attendance".

§1070d–39. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(g)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419I, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1345, related to awards ceremony.

A prior section 1070d–39, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419I, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, related to ceremony for awarding scholarships under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1070d–40. Construction of needs provisions

Except as provided in section 1087kk of this title, nothing in this subpart, or any other Act, shall be construed to permit the receipt of a scholarship under this subpart to be counted for any needs test in connection with the awarding of any grant or the making of any loan under this chapter or any other provision of Federal law relating to educational assistance.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419J, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1345; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(f), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–40, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419J, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, provided that receipt of scholarship under Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program not be counted for needs test for education grant or loan, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 substituted "Except as provided in section 1087kk of this title, nothing" for "Nothing".

§1070d–41. Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated for this subpart such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419K, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1346; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §406(h), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 509; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §409(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1668; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §409(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3225.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070d–41, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419K, as added Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1986 to 1988 to carry out Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$10,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "There are authorized to be appropriated for this subpart $8,000,000 for fiscal year 1987, and such sums as may be necessary for the 4 succeeding fiscal years."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 7—child care access means parents in school

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior subpart 7, consisted of sections 1070e and 1070e–1 and related to assistance to institutions of higher education, prior to the repeal of sections 1070e and 1070e–1 by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§407, 408, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510.

§1070e. Child care access means parents in school

(a) Purpose

The purpose of this section is to support the participation of low-income parents in postsecondary education through the provision of campus-based child care services.

(b) Program authorized

(1) Authority

The Secretary may award grants to institutions of higher education to assist the institutions in providing campus-based child care services to low-income students.

(2) Amount of grants

(A) In general

The amount of a grant awarded to an institution of higher education under this section for a fiscal year shall not exceed 1 percent of the total amount of all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded to students enrolled at the institution of higher education for the preceding fiscal year.

(B) Minimum

(i) In general

Except as provided in clause (ii), a grant under this section shall be awarded in an amount that is not less than $10,000.

(ii) Increase trigger

For any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under the authority of subsection (g) is equal to or greater than $20,000,000, a grant under this section shall be awarded in an amount that is not less than $30,000.

(3) Duration; renewal; and payments

(A) Duration

The Secretary shall award a grant under this section for a period of 4 years.

(B) Payments

Subject to subsection (e)(2), the Secretary shall make annual grant payments under this section.

(4) Eligible institutions

An institution of higher education shall be eligible to receive a grant under this section for a fiscal year if the total amount of all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded to students enrolled at the institution of higher education for the preceding fiscal year equals or exceeds $350,000, except that for any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated to carry out this section is equal to or greater than $20,000,000, this sentence shall be applied by substituting "$250,000" for "$350,000".

(5) Use of funds

Grant funds under this section shall be used by an institution of higher education to support or establish a campus-based child care program primarily serving the needs of low-income students enrolled at the institution of higher education. Grant funds under this section may be used to provide before and after school services to the extent necessary to enable low-income students enrolled at the institution of higher education to pursue postsecondary education.

(6) Construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit an institution of higher education that receives grant funds under this section from serving the child care needs of the community served by the institution.

(7) Definition of low-income student

For the purpose of this section, the term "low-income student" means a student—

(A) who is eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant for the award year for which the determination is made; or

(B) who would otherwise be eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant for the award year for which the determination is made, except that the student fails to meet the requirements of—

(i) section 1070a(c)(1) of this title because the student is enrolled in a graduate or first professional course of study; or

(ii) section 1091(a)(5) of this title because the student is in the United States for a temporary purpose.

(8) Publicity

The Secretary shall publicize the availability of grants under this section in appropriate periodicals, in addition to publication in the Federal Register, and shall inform appropriate educational organizations of such availability.

(c) Applications

An institution of higher education desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require. Each application shall—

(1) demonstrate that the institution is an eligible institution described in subsection (b)(4);

(2) specify the amount of funds requested;

(3) demonstrate the need of low-income students at the institution for campus-based child care services by including in the application—

(A) information regarding student demographics;

(B) an assessment of child care capacity on or near campus;

(C) information regarding the existence of waiting lists for existing child care;

(D) information regarding additional needs created by concentrations of poverty or by geographic isolation; and

(E) other relevant data;

(4) contain a description of the activities to be assisted, including whether the grant funds will support an existing child care program or a new child care program;

(5) identify the resources, including technical expertise and financial support, the institution will draw upon to support the child care program and the participation of low-income students in the program, such as accessing social services funding, using student activity fees to help pay the costs of child care, using resources obtained by meeting the needs of parents who are not low-income students, and accessing foundation, corporate or other institutional support, and demonstrate that the use of the resources will not result in increases in student tuition;

(6) contain an assurance that the institution will meet the child care needs of low-income students through the provision of services, or through a contract for the provision of services;

(7) describe the extent to which the child care program will coordinate with the institution's early childhood education curriculum, to the extent the curriculum is available, to meet the needs of the students in the early childhood education program at the institution, and the needs of the parents and children participating in the child care program assisted under this section;

(8) in the case of an institution seeking assistance for a new child care program—

(A) provide a timeline, covering the period from receipt of the grant through the provision of the child care services, delineating the specific steps the institution will take to achieve the goal of providing low-income students with child care services;

(B) specify any measures the institution will take to assist low-income students with child care during the period before the institution provides child care services; and

(C) include a plan for identifying resources needed for the child care services, including space in which to provide child care services, and technical assistance if necessary;

(9) contain an assurance that any child care facility assisted under this section will meet the applicable State or local government licensing, certification, approval, or registration requirements; and

(10) contain a plan for any child care facility assisted under this section to become accredited within 3 years of the date the institution first receives assistance under this section.

(d) Priority

The Secretary shall give priority in awarding grants under this section to institutions of higher education that submit applications describing programs that—

(1) leverage significant local or institutional resources, including in-kind contributions, to support the activities assisted under this section; and

(2) utilize a sliding fee scale for child care services provided under this section in order to support a high number of low-income parents pursuing postsecondary education at the institution.

(e) Reporting requirements; continuing eligibility

(1) Reporting requirements

(A) Reports

Each institution of higher education receiving a grant under this section shall report to the Secretary annually.

(B) Contents

The report shall include—

(i) data on the population served under this section;

(ii) information on campus and community resources and funding used to help low-income students access child care services;

(iii) information on progress made toward accreditation of any child care facility; and

(iv) information on the impact of the grant on the quality, availability, and affordability of campus-based child care services.

(2) Continuing eligibility

The Secretary shall make continuation awards under this section to an institution of higher education only if the Secretary determines, on the basis of the reports submitted under paragraph (1), that the institution is making a good faith effort to ensure that low-income students at the institution have access to affordable, quality child care services.

(f) Construction

No funds provided under this section shall be used for construction, except for minor renovation or repair to meet applicable State or local health or safety requirements.

(g) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §419N, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §410, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1668; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §410, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3225.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1070e, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1346, related to payments to institutions of higher education, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §407, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510.

Another prior section 1070e, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420, formerly §419, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title X, §1001(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 375; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503; renumbered Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(b)(1), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, related to payments to institutions of higher education, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1070e–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1348; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §8, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(g)(2), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275; Pub. L. 102–83, §5(c)(2), Aug. 6, 1991, 105 Stat. 406, related to veterans education outreach program, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §408, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510.

Another prior section 1070e–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420A, formerly §420, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title X, §1001(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 378; amended Pub. L. 93–380, title VIII, §834(a), Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 604; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §126(a)–(c), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2098; Pub. L. 95–336, §6(a), Aug. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 453; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(a)(7), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §407, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1412; Pub. L. 97–300, title I, §183, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1357; renumbered §420A, Pub. L. 98–558, title VIII, §801(b)(2), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 2902, related to veterans' cost-of-instruction payments to institutions of higher education, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(a), designated existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted heading, substituted "Except as provided in clause (ii), a grant" for "A grant", and added cl. (ii).

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(b), inserted ", except that for any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated to carry out this section is equal to or greater than $20,000,000, this sentence shall be applied by substituting '$250,000' for '$350,000' " before period at end.

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(c), amended par. (7) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "For the purpose of this section, the term 'low-income student' means a student who is eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant for the fiscal year for which the determination is made."

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(d), added par. (8).

Subsec. (e)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(e)(1), substituted "annually" for "18 months, and 36 months, after receiving the first grant payment under this section".

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(e)(2), substituted "continuation awards" for "the third annual grant payment" and "the reports" for "the 18-month report".

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §410(f), substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

subpart 8—[Repealed]

Editorial Notes

Codification

Subpart 8 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, which comprised this subpart, was originally added to Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1352, and amended by Pub. L. 100–50, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 102–325, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448. Subpart 8, which related to learning anytime anywhere partnerships, was set out as having been added by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1671, without reference to those intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of subpart 8 by Pub. L. 105–244.

§§1070f to 1070f–6. Repealed. Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §411, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3226

Section 1070f, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420D, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1671, set out congressional findings.

A prior section 1070f, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1352; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §9, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §409, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510, related to special child care services for disadvantaged college students, prior to the general amendment of this subpart by Pub. L. 105–244.

Section 1070f–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420E, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1672, related to the purpose of this subpart and the program authorized.

Section 1070f–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420F, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1672, related to grant application.

Section 1070f–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420G, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1672, set out authorized activities for funding.

Section 1070f–4, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420H, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1673, provided for a matching requirement limiting Federal funds to not more than 50 percent of the cost of a project.

Section 1070f–5, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420I, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1673, required that the Secretary use a peer review process to review applications and make recommendations for funding.

Section 1070f–6, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420J, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1673, authorized appropriations for fiscal year 1999 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

subpart 9—teach grants

§1070g. Definitions

For the purposes of this subpart:

(1) Eligible institution

The term "eligible institution" means an institution of higher education, as defined in section 1002 of this title, that the Secretary determines—

(A) provides high quality teacher preparation and professional development services, including extensive clinical experience as a part of pre-service preparation;

(B) is financially responsible;

(C) provides pedagogical course work, or assistance in the provision of such coursework, including the monitoring of student performance, and formal instruction related to the theory and practices of teaching; and

(D) provides supervision and support services to teachers, or assistance in the provision of such services, including mentoring focused on developing effective teaching skills and strategies.

(2) Post-baccalaureate

The term "post-baccalaureate" means a program of instruction for individuals who have completed a baccalaureate degree, that does not lead to a graduate degree, and that consists of courses required by a State in order for a teacher candidate to receive a professional certification or licensing credential that is required for employment as a teacher in an elementary school or secondary school in that State, except that such term shall not include any program of instruction offered by an eligible institution that offers a baccalaureate degree in education.

(3) Teacher candidate

The term "teacher candidate" means a student or teacher described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 1070g–2(a)(2) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420L, as added Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §104, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 786; amended Pub. L. 110–153, §3(1), Dec. 21, 2007, 121 Stat. 1824.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2007—Par. (1)(B). Pub. L. 110–153 substituted "responsible" for "sound".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Subpart effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as an Effective Date of 2007 Amendment note under section 1070a of this title.

§1070g–1. Program established

(a) Program authority

(1) Payments required

The Secretary shall pay to each eligible institution such sums as may be necessary to pay to each teacher candidate who files an application and agreement in accordance with section 1070g–2 of this title, and who qualifies under paragraph (2) of section 1070g–2(a) of this title, a TEACH Grant in the amount of $4,000 for each year during which that teacher candidate is in attendance at the institution.

(2) References

Grants made under paragraph (1) shall be known as "Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education Grants" or "TEACH Grants".

(b) Payment methodology

(1) Prepayment

Not less than 85 percent of any funds provided to an eligible institution under subsection (a) shall be advanced to the eligible institution prior to the start of each payment period and shall be based upon an amount requested by the institution as needed to pay teacher candidates until such time as the Secretary determines and publishes in the Federal Register with an opportunity for comment, an alternative payment system that provides payments to institutions in an accurate and timely manner, except that this sentence shall not be construed to limit the authority of the Secretary to place an institution on a reimbursement system of payment.

(2) Direct payment

Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to prohibit the Secretary from paying directly to teacher candidates, in advance of the beginning of the academic term, an amount for which teacher candidates are eligible, in cases where the eligible institution elects not to participate in the disbursement system required by paragraph (1).

(3) Distribution of grants to teacher candidates

Payments under this subpart shall be made, in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary for such purpose, in such manner as will best accomplish the purposes of this subpart. Any disbursement allowed to be made by crediting the teacher candidate's account shall be limited to tuition and fees and, in the case of institutionally-owned housing, room and board. The teacher candidate may elect to have the institution provide other such goods and services by crediting the teacher candidate's account.

(c) Reductions in amount

(1) Part-time students

In any case where a teacher candidate attends an eligible institution on less than a full-time basis (including a teacher candidate who attends an eligible institution on less than a half-time basis) during any year, the amount of a grant under this subpart for which that teacher candidate is eligible shall be reduced in proportion to the degree to which that teacher candidate is not attending on a full-time basis, in accordance with a schedule of reductions established by the Secretary for the purposes of this subpart, computed in accordance with this subpart. Such schedule of reductions shall be established by regulation and published in the Federal Register in accordance with section 1089 of this title.

(2) No exceeding cost

The amount of a grant awarded under this subpart, in combination with Federal assistance and other assistance the student may receive, shall not exceed the cost of attendance (as defined in section 1087ll of this title) at the eligible institution at which that teacher candidate is in attendance.

(d) Period of eligibility for grants

(1) Undergraduate and post-baccalaureate students

The period during which an undergraduate or post-baccalaureate student may receive grants under this subpart shall be the period required for the completion of the first undergraduate baccalaureate or post-baccalaureate course of study being pursued by the teacher candidate at the eligible institution at which the teacher candidate is in attendance, except that—

(A) any period during which the teacher candidate is enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as described in paragraph (3) shall not be counted for the purpose of this paragraph; and

(B) the total amount that a teacher candidate may receive under this subpart for undergraduate or post-baccalaureate study shall not exceed $16,000.

(2) Graduate students

The period during which a graduate student may receive grants under this subpart shall be the period required for the completion of a master's degree course of study pursued by the teacher candidate at the eligible institution at which the teacher candidate is in attendance, except that the total amount that a teacher candidate may receive under this subpart for graduate study shall not exceed $8,000.

(3) Remedial course; study abroad

Nothing in this section shall be construed to exclude from eligibility courses of study which are noncredit or remedial in nature (including courses in English language acquisition) which are determined by the eligible institution to be necessary to help the teacher candidate be prepared for the pursuit of a first undergraduate baccalaureate or post-baccalaureate degree or certificate or, in the case of courses in English language instruction, to be necessary to enable the teacher candidate to utilize already existing knowledge, training, or skills. Nothing in this section shall be construed to exclude from eligibility programs of study abroad that are approved for credit by the home institution at which the teacher candidate is enrolled.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420M, as added Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §104, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 787; amended Pub. L. 110–153, §3(2), Dec. 21, 2007, 121 Stat. 1824.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2007—Subsecs. (a)(1), (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–153, §3(2)(A), substituted "year" for "academic year".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–153, §3(2)(B), substituted "other assistance the student may receive" for "other student assistance" and struck out at end "If, with respect to any teacher candidate for any academic year, it is determined that the amount of a TEACH Grant exceeds the cost of attendance for that year, the amount of the TEACH Grant shall be reduced until such grant does not exceed the cost of attendance at the eligible institution."

§1070g–2. Applications; eligibility

(a) Applications; demonstration of eligibility

(1) Filing required

The Secretary shall periodically set dates by which teacher candidates shall file applications for grants under this subpart. Each teacher candidate desiring a grant under this subpart for any year shall file an application containing such information and assurances as the Secretary may determine necessary to enable the Secretary to carry out the functions and responsibilities of this subpart.

(2) Demonstration of TEACH Grant eligibility

Each application submitted under paragraph (1) shall contain such information as is necessary to demonstrate that—

(A) if the applicant is an enrolled student—

(i) the student is an eligible student for purposes of section 1091 of this title;

(ii) the student—

(I) has a grade point average that is determined, under standards prescribed by the Secretary, to be comparable to a 3.25 average on a zero to 4.0 scale, except that, if the student is in the first year of a program of undergraduate education, such grade point average shall be determined on the basis of the student's cumulative secondary school grade point average; or

(II) displayed high academic aptitude by receiving a score above the 75th percentile on at least one of the batteries in an undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, or graduate school admissions test; and

(iii) the student is completing coursework and other requirements necessary to begin a career in teaching, or plans to complete such coursework and requirements prior to graduating; or

(B) if the applicant is a current or prospective teacher applying for a grant to obtain a graduate degree—

(i) the applicant is a teacher or a retiree from another occupation with expertise in a field in which there is a shortage of teachers, such as mathematics, science, special education, English language acquisition, or another high-need subject; or

(ii) the applicant is or was a teacher who is using high-quality alternative certification routes, such as Teach for America, to get certified.

(b) Agreements to serve

Each application under subsection (a) shall contain or be accompanied by an agreement by the applicant that—

(1) the applicant will—

(A) serve as a full-time teacher for a total of not less than 4 academic years within 8 years after completing the course of study for which the applicant received a TEACH Grant under this subpart (referred to in this section as the "service obligation window");

(B) teach in a school described in section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title;

(C) teach in any of the following fields—

(i) mathematics;

(ii) science;

(iii) a foreign language;

(iv) bilingual education;

(v) special education;

(vi) as a reading specialist; or

(vii) another field or geographic area documented as high-need by the Federal Government, State government, or local educational agency, and approved by the Secretary;

(D) submit a certification of employment by the chief administrative officer of the school in accordance with subsection (d)(5); and

(E) meet all State certification requirements for teaching (which may include meeting such requirements through a certification obtained through alternative routes to teaching);

(2) in the event that the applicant is determined to have failed or refused to carry out such service obligation, the sum of the amounts of any TEACH Grants received by such applicant will be treated as a loan and collected from the applicant in accordance with subsection (c) and the regulations thereunder; and

(3) contains, or is accompanied by, a plain-language disclosure form developed by the Secretary that clearly describes the nature of the TEACH Grant award, the service obligation, and the loan repayment requirements that are the consequence of the failure to complete the service obligation.

(c) Repayment for failure to complete service

(1) In general

In the event that any recipient of a grant under this subpart fails or refuses to comply with the service obligation in the agreement under subsection (b), the sum of the amounts of any TEACH Grants received by such recipient shall, upon a determination of such a failure or refusal in such service obligation, be treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D, and shall be subject to repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from the date of the grant award, in accordance with terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in regulations under this subpart.

(2) Reconsideration of conversion decisions

(A) Request to reconsider

In any case where the Secretary has determined that a recipient of a grant under this subpart has failed or refused to comply with the service obligation in the agreement under subsection (b) and has converted the grant into a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D in accordance with paragraph (1), (including a TEACH Grant converted to a loan prior to October 13, 2021, and including cases where such loans have been fully or partially paid), the recipient may request that the Secretary reconsider such initial determination and may submit additional information to demonstrate satisfaction of the service obligation. Upon receipt of such a request, the Secretary shall reconsider the determination in accordance with this paragraph not later than 90 days after the date that such request was received.

(B) Reconsideration

If, in reconsidering an initial determination under subparagraph (A) (including reconsideration related to a TEACH Grant that was converted to a loan prior to October 13, 2021, and including cases where such loans were fully or partially paid), the Secretary determines that the reason for such determination was the recipient's failure to timely submit a certification required under subsection (b)(1)(D) (as in effect on the day before October 13, 2021), an error or processing delay by the Secretary, a change to the fields considered eligible for fulfillment of the service obligation (as described in subsection (b)(1)(C)), a recipient having previously requested to have the TEACH Grant converted to a loan, or another valid reason determined by the Secretary, and that the recipient has, as of the date of the reconsideration, demonstrated that the recipient did meet, or is meeting the service obligation in the agreement under subsection (b), the Secretary shall—

(i) discharge the Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D, and reinstate the recipient's grant under this subpart;

(ii) discharge any interest or fees that may have accumulated during the period that the grant was converted to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D;

(iii) if the recipient has other loans under part D, apply any payments made for the Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D during such period to those other loans under part D;

(iv) if the recipient does not have other loans under part D, reimburse the recipient for any amounts paid on the Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under part D during such period;

(v) request that consumer reporting agencies remove any negative credit reporting due to the conversion of the TEACH Grant to a loan; and

(vi) use the additional information provided under subparagraph (A) to determine the progress the recipient has made in meeting the service obligation.

(C) Extension of time to complete service obligation

In the case of a recipient whose TEACH Grant was reinstated in accordance with subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall, upon such reinstatement—

(i) extend the time remaining for the recipient to fulfill the service obligation described in subsection (b)(1) to a period of time equal to—

(I) 8 years; minus

(II) the number of full academic years of teaching that the recipient completed prior to the reconversion of the loan to a TEACH Grant under subparagraph (B), including any years of qualifying teaching completed during the period when the TEACH Grant was in loan status; and

(ii) treat any full academic years of teaching described in clause (i)(II) as years that count toward the individual's service obligation (regardless of whether the TEACH Grant funds were in grant or loan status) if that time otherwise meets the requirements of this section.

(d) Additional administrative provisions

(1) Change of high-need designation

If a recipient of an initial grant under this subpart has acquired an academic degree, or expertise, in a field that was, at the time of the recipient's application for that grant, designated as high need in accordance with subsection (b)(1)(C)(vii), but is no longer so designated, the grant recipient may fulfill the service obligation described in subsection (b)(1) by teaching in that field.

(2) Extenuating circumstances

The Secretary shall establish, by regulation, categories of extenuating circumstances under which a recipient of a grant under this subpart who is unable to fulfill all or part of the recipient's service obligation may be excused from fulfilling that portion of the service obligation.

(3) Communication with recipients

The Secretary shall notify TEACH grant recipients not less than once per calendar year regarding how to submit the employment certification under subsection (b)(1)(D) and the recommendations and requirements for submitting that certification under subsection (d)(5).

(4) Qualifying schools and high-need fields

The Secretary shall maintain and annually update a list of qualifying schools as described in subsection (b)(1)(B), and a list of high-need fields as described in subsection (b)(1)(C) and shall make such lists publicly available on the Department's website in a sortable and searchable format.

(5) Submission of employment certification

(A) Recommended submissions

The Secretary shall notify TEACH Grant recipients that the Department recommends that TEACH Grant recipients submit the employment certification described in subsection (b)(1)(D) as soon as practicable after the completion of each year of service.

(B) Required submission

A TEACH Grant recipient shall be required to submit to the Department employment certification within the timeframe that would allow that individual to complete their service obligation before the end of the service obligation window.

(C) Notification

The Secretary shall notify TEACH Grant recipients of the required submission deadlines described in this paragraph.

(D) Adjustment of deadline

The Secretary shall adjust the submission deadline described in subparagraph (B) to account for a service obligation window extension.

(E) Alternative to certification

The Secretary shall provide an alternative to the certification of employment described in subsection (b)(1)(D) for recipients who cannot obtain such required certification of employment from the chief administrative officer of the school because the recipient can demonstrate the school is no longer in existence or the school refuses to cooperate.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420N, as added Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §104, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 788; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §412(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3226; Pub. L. 117–49, §§2, 3, Oct. 13, 2021, 135 Stat. 402, 404.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2021—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 117–49, §2(1)(A), inserted "(referred to in this section as the 'service obligation window')" after "under this subpart".

Subsec. (b)(1)(C)(vii). Pub. L. 117–49, §2(1)(B), inserted "or geographic area" after "field".

Subsec. (b)(1)(D), (E). Pub. L. 117–49, §2(1)(C), added subpars. (D) and (E) and struck out former subpars. (D) and (E) which read as follows:

"(D) submit evidence of such employment in the form of a certification by the chief administrative officer of the school upon completion of each year of such service; and

"(E) comply with the requirements for being a highly qualified teacher as defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965;".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 117–49, §2(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted heading, and added par. (2).

Subsec. (d)(3), (4). Pub. L. 117–49, §2(3), added pars. (3) and (4).

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 117–49, §3, added par. (5).

2008—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §412(a)(1)(A), added par. (3).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §412(a)(1)(B), added subsec. (d).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §412(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3227, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a)(1) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Implementation of Pub. L. 117–49

Pub. L. 117–49, §5, Oct. 13, 2021, 135 Stat. 405, provided that: "In carrying out this Act [see Short Title of 2021 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title] and any amendments made by this Act, or any regulations promulgated under this Act or under such amendments, the Secretary of Education may waive the application of—

"(1) subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code (commonly known as the 'Paperwork Reduction Act');

"(2) the master calendar requirements under section 482 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1089);

"(3) negotiated rulemaking under section 492 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098a); and

"(4) the requirement to publish the notices related to the system of records of the agency before implementation required under paragraphs (4) and (11) of section 552a(e) of title 5, United States Code (commonly known as the 'Privacy Act of 1974'), except that the notices shall be published not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 13, 2021]."

Use of the Term "Highly Qualified" in Other Laws

Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9214(a), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2160, provided that: "Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 10, 2015]—

"(1) any reference in sections 420N, 428J, 428K, and 460 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g–2, 1078–10, 1078–11, and 1087j) to the term 'highly qualified' as defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [now section 8101, 20 U.S.C. 7801] shall be treated as a reference to such term under such section 9101 as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 10, 2015]; and

"(2) any reference in section 6112 of the America COMPETES Act ([former] 20 U.S.C. 9812), section 553 of the America COMPETES Reauthorization Act of 2010 (20 U.S.C. 9903), and section 9 of the National Science Foundation Authorization Act of 2002 (42 U.S.C. 1862n), to 'highly qualified', as defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [now section 8101, 20 U.S.C. 7801], with respect to a teacher, means that the teacher meets applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes to certification."

§1070g–3. Program period and funding

Beginning on July 1, 2008, there shall be available to the Secretary to carry out this subpart, from funds not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to provide TEACH Grants in accordance with this subpart to each eligible applicant.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420O, as added Pub. L. 110–84, title I, §104, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 790.)

§1070g–4. Program report

Not later than two years after August 14, 2008, and every two years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report on TEACH grants with respect to the schools and students served by recipients of such grants. Such report shall take into consideration information related to—

(1) the number of TEACH grant recipients;

(2) the degrees obtained by such recipients;

(3) the location, including the school, local educational agency, and State, where the recipients completed the service agreed to under section 1070g–2(b) of this title and the subject taught;

(4) the duration of such service; and

(5) any other data necessary to conduct such evaluation.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420P, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §412(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3227.)

subpart 10—scholarships for veteran's dependents

§1070h. Repealed. Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §103(c)(2), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 821

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §420R, as added Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §401(a)(9), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1939, related to grants for veteran's dependents, known as Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective as if included in title VII of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260 and subject to the effective date of section 701(b) of title VII (July 1, 2024), see section 103(d) of div. R of Pub. L. 117–103, set out as an Effective Date of 2022 Amendment note under section 1070a of this title.

Part B—Federal Family Education Loan Program

Editorial Notes

Codification

Part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this part, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1236, and amended by Pub. L. 89–698, Oct. 29, 1966, 80 Stat. 1066; Pub. L. 89–752, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 89–794, Nov. 8, 1966, 80 Stat. 1451; Pub. L. 90–460, Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 634; Pub. L. 90–575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91–206, Mar. 10, 1970, 84 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93–269, Apr. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 87; Pub. L. 93–604, Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1959; Pub. L. 94–273, Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 375; Pub. L. 94–328, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; S. Res. 4, Feb. 4, 1977; Pub. L. 95–43, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 95–561, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2143; Pub. L. 95–566, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2402; Pub. L. 95–598, Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2549; Pub. L. 95–630, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3641; S. Res. 30, Mar. 7, 1979; Pub. L. 96–49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–88, Oct. 17, 1979, 93 Stat. 668; Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357; Pub. L. 97–115, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1595; Pub. L. 97–301, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1400; Pub. L. 98–79, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476; Pub. L. 99–272, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 82; Pub. L. 99–320, May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 491. Such part is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1353, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of part B by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1071. Statement of purpose; nondiscrimination; and appropriations authorized

(a) Purpose; discrimination prohibited

(1) Purpose

The purpose of this part is to enable the Secretary—

(A) to encourage States and nonprofit private institutions and organizations to establish adequate loan insurance programs for students in eligible institutions (as defined in section 1085 of this title),

(B) to provide a Federal program of student loan insurance for students or lenders who do not have reasonable access to a State or private nonprofit program of student loan insurance covered by an agreement under section 1078(b) of this title,

(C) to pay a portion of the interest on loans to qualified students which are insured under this part, and

(D) to guarantee a portion of each loan insured under a program of a State or of a nonprofit private institution or organization which meets the requirements of section 1078(a)(1)(B) of this title.

(2) Discrimination by creditors prohibited

No agency, organization, institution, bank, credit union, corporation, or other lender who regularly extends, renews, or continues credit or provides insurance under this part shall exclude from receipt or deny the benefits of, or discriminate against any borrower or applicant in obtaining, such credit or insurance on the basis of race, national origin, religion, sex, marital status, age, or handicapped status.

(b) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of carrying out this part—

(1) there are authorized to be appropriated to the student loan insurance fund (established by section 1081 of this title) (A) the sum of $1,000,000, and (B) such further sums, if any, as may become necessary for the adequacy of the student loan insurance fund,

(2) there are authorized to be appropriated, for payments under section 1078 of this title with respect to interest on student loans and for payments under section 1087 of this title, such sums for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1966, and succeeding fiscal years, as may be required therefor,

(3) there is authorized to be appropriated the sum of $17,500,000 for making advances pursuant to section 1072 of this title for the reserve funds of State and nonprofit private student loan insurance programs,

(4) there are authorized to be appropriated (A) the sum of $12,500,000 for making advances after June 30, 1968, pursuant to sections 1072(a) and (b) of this title, and (B) such sums as may be necessary for making advances pursuant to section 1072(c) of this title, for the reserve funds of State and nonprofit private student loan insurance programs,

(5) there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the purpose of paying a loan processing and issuance fee in accordance with section 1078(f) of this title to guaranty agencies, and

(6) there is authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary for the purpose of carrying out section 1072(c)(7) of this title.

Sums appropriated under paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of this subsection shall remain available until expended, except that no sums may be expended after June 30, 2010, with respect to loans under this part for which the first disbursement is after such date. No additional sums are authorized to be appropriated under paragraph (3) or (4) of this subsection by reason of the reenactment of such paragraphs by the Higher Education Amendments of 1986.

(c) Designation

The program established under this part shall be referred to as the "Robert T. Stafford Federal Student Loan Program". Loans made pursuant to sections 1077 and 1078 of this title shall be known as "Federal Stafford Loans".

(d) Termination of authority to make or insure new loans

Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) through (6) of subsection (b) or any other provision of law—

(1) no new loans (including consolidation loans) may be made or insured under this part after June 30, 2010; and

(2) no funds are authorized to be appropriated, or may be expended, under this chapter or any other Act to make or insure loans under this part (including consolidation loans) for which the first disbursement is after June 30, 2010,

except as expressly authorized by an Act of Congress enacted after March 30, 2010.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §421, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1353; amended Pub. L. 100–297, title II, §2601(a), Apr. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 100–369, §8, July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §411(a)(2), (c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510, 511; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §411, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1673; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8004(a), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158; Pub. L. 110–227, §6(a), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2201, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1074.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Higher Education Amendments of 1986, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 99–498, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1268. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Another section 411 of Pub. L. 105–244 enacted subpart 8 (§1070f et seq.) of part A of this subchapter.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1071, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §421, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1236; Pub. L. 90–460, §§2(b)(3), 3(a), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 635, 636; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§113(b)(1), 114(a), 119(b), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1021, 1027; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2099; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(8)–(10), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (2), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503; Pub. L. 98–79, §6, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 482, related to statement of purpose of, appropriations for, and implementation of programs to provide low-interest insured loans to students in institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–152, §2201(1), inserted ", except that no sums may be expended after June 30, 2010, with respect to loans under this part for which the first disbursement is after such date" after "expended" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–152, §2201(2), added subsec. (d).

2008—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 110–227 added par. (6).

2006—Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 109–171 substituted "a loan processing and issuance fee" for "an administrative cost allowance".

1998—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244 struck out heading and text of subsec. (d). Text read as follows: "Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, no new loan guarantees shall be issued after June 30, 1994, if the Secretary does not issue final regulations implementing the changes made to this part under the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 prior to that date. The authority to issue new loan guarantees shall resume upon the Secretary's issuance of such regulations. This subsection shall not provide the basis for avoiding any requirements for notice and public hearing on such regulations."

1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §411(a)(2), added subsec. (c) and struck out former subsec. (c) which read as follows: "The program established under this part shall be referred to as the 'Robert T. Stafford Student Loan Program'. Loans made under this part shall be known as 'Stafford Loans'."

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–325, §411(c), added subsec. (d).

1988—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–369 substituted "shall be referred" for "may be referred" and inserted provision identifying loans made under this part as "Stafford Loans".

Pub. L. 100–297 added subsec. (c).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–227, §6(b), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [May 7, 2008]."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, with changes in the designation or names of loans or programs under this part effective with respect to applications or other documents (used in making such loans) that are printed after July 23, 1992, see section 432 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Pub. L. 100–297, title VI, §6303, Apr. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 431, as amended by Pub. L. 100–351, June 27, 1988, 102 Stat. 661; Pub. L. 106–400, §2, Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1675, provided that:

"(a) General Rule.—Except as otherwise provided, this Act and the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall take effect July 1, 1988.

"(b) Special Rules.—(1) Any provision of this Act or any amendment made by this Act which authorizes appropriations for fiscal year 1988 shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Apr. 28, 1988].

"(2) The provisions of section 2402, relating to the National Center for Vocational Research, shall take effect on April 10, 1988.

"(3) The amendments made by section 3403 [amending sections 1221e and 1221e–1 of this title] shall take effect for assessments made after September 30, 1989, with respect to State data.

"(4) Allotments to States made under chapters 1 and 2 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [formerly 20 U.S.C. 2701 et seq., 2911 et seq.] and under the Adult Education Act [formerly 20 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.] from amounts appropriated by the joint resolution entitled 'Joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes', approved December 22, 1987 (Public Law 100–202), shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of law applicable to allotments to States under chapters 1 and 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 [formerly 20 U.S.C. 3801 et seq., 3811 et seq.] and under the Adult Education Act, respectively, as such Acts were in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Apr. 28, 1988].

"(5) Amounts appropriated by the joint resolution entitled 'Joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes', approved December 22, 1987 (Public Law 100–202), for the following programs shall be awarded in accordance with the applicable provisions of law in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Apr. 28, 1988]:

"(A) Programs under subchapter D of chapter 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 [formerly 20 U.S.C. 3851 et seq.], except that projects under section 583(c) [formerly 20 U.S.C. 3851(c)] may not be reviewed by a program significance panel.

"(B) National programs under the Adult Education Act [formerly 20 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.].

"(C) Programs under the Indian Education Act [Pub. L. 92–318, title IV, see Tables for classification].

"(D) Programs under title II of the Education for Economic Security Act [formerly 20 U.S.C. 3961 et seq.].

"(E) The program under section 702 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act [formerly 42 U.S.C. 11421].

"(6) The provisions of part A of title II of this Act [§§2001 to 2034 of Pub. L. 100–297, amending sections 236 et seq. and 631 et seq. of this title], excluding sections 2014(e) and 2018 [amending section 238 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 238 of this title], shall apply only with respect to amounts appropriated for fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1988.

"(7) The amendments made by section 6001 [amending section 11421 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare], relating to literacy training of homeless adults, shall take effect on October 1, 1988.

"(8) Any election under section 5209(b)(1) [25 U.S.C. 2508(b)(1)] conveyed to the Secretary prior to August 1, 1988, shall take effect for the fiscal year beginning on October 1, 1988, and thereafter."

Effective Date

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(b)–(d), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1428, 1429, as amended by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(b), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that:

"(b) Effective Dates.—The changes made in part B of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.] by the amendment made by subsection (a) of this section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986], except—

"(1) as otherwise provided in such part B;

"(2) the changes in sections 427(a)(2)(C) and 428(b)(1)(M) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1077(a)(2)(C), 1078(b)(1)(M)] (other than clauses (viii), (ix), and (x) of each such section) shall apply only to loans to new borrowers that (A) are made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987; or (B) are disbursed on or after July 1, 1987;

"(3) the changes made in sections 425(a), 428(b)(1)(A), and 428(b)(1)(B) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1075(a), 1078(b)(1)(A), (B)] shall apply with respect only to loans disbursed on or after January 1, 1987, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after January 1, 1987;

"(4) the changes made in subsections (a), (b), and (d) of section 433 of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1083(a), (b), (d)] shall apply with respect only to loans disbursed on or after January 1, 1987, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after January 1, 1987;

"(5) the changes in section 428(b)(1)(H) [20 U.S.C. 1078(b)(1)(H)] shall apply with respect only to loans for which the borrower files an application on or after July 1, 1987;

"(6) the changes in sections 435(d)(5) and 438(d) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1085(d)(5), 1087–1(d)] shall take effect 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986]; and

"(7) the changes made in section 438(b) [20 U.S.C. 1087–1(b)] shall take effect with respect to loans disbursed on or after 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986] or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act.

"(c) Changes Effective Without Regard to Regulations; Republication of Regulations.—The changes made in part B of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.] by the amendment made by subsection (a) of this section shall be effective in accordance with subsection (b) of this section without regard to whether such changes are reflected in the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Education for the purpose of such part.

"(d) New Borrowers.—For the purpose of this section, the term 'new borrower' means, with respect to any date, an individual who on that date has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.]."

Study of Role of Guaranty Agencies

Pub. L. 102–325, title XIV, §1401, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 816, directed Secretary of Education to review role of guaranty agencies within Federal Family Education Loan Program by examining administrative and financial operations of such agencies and the relationships between guaranty agencies and State governments and report to Congress within 1 year of July 23, 1992, on the review, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(b)(2), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3128.

General Accounting Office Reports

Pub. L. 99–498, title XIII, §§1311–1314, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1583, 1584, as amended by Pub. L. 100–50, §23(6), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 362, directed Comptroller General to conduct studies on practices of State guaranty agencies and multistate guarantors under the student loan program, on the feasibility and efficiency of permitting students to establish multiple year lines of credit with eligible lenders, on the impact of the multiple disbursement system on the ability of students and institutions of higher education to meet expenses, and on the cost, efficiency, and impact of the consolidation loan program established by Pub. L. 99–498, and directed Comptroller General to make and submit a report to Congress on each study not later than two years after Oct. 17, 1986, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(a), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3127.

§1072. Advances for reserve funds of State and nonprofit private loan insurance programs

(a) Purpose of and authority for advances to reserve funds

(1) Purpose; eligible recipients

From sums appropriated pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4)(A) of section 1071(b) of this title, the Secretary is authorized to make advances to any State with which the Secretary has made an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title for the purpose of helping to establish or strengthen the reserve fund of the student loan insurance program covered by that agreement. If for any fiscal year a State does not have a student loan insurance program covered by an agreement made pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title, and the Secretary determines after consultation with the chief executive officer of that State that there is no reasonable likelihood that the State will have such a student loan insurance program for such year, the Secretary may make advances for such year for the same purpose to one or more nonprofit private institutions or organizations with which the Secretary has made an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title in order to enable students in the State to participate in a program of student loan insurance covered by such an agreement. The Secretary may make advances under this subsection both to a State program (with which he has such an agreement) and to one or more nonprofit private institutions or organizations (with which he has such an agreement) in that State if he determines that such advances are necessary in order that students in each eligible institution have access through such institution to a student loan insurance program which meets the requirements of section 1078(b)(1) of this title.

(2) Matching requirement

No advance shall be made after June 30, 1968, unless matched by an equal amount from non-Federal sources. Such equal amount may include the unencumbered non-Federal portion of a reserve fund. As used in the preceding sentence, the term "unencumbered non-Federal portion" means the amount (determined as of the time immediately preceding the making of the advance) of the reserve fund less the greater of—

(A) the sum of—

(i) advances made under this section prior to July 1, 1968;

(ii) an amount equal to twice the amount of advances made under this section after June 30, 1968, and before the advance for purposes of which the determination is made; and

(iii) the proceeds of earnings on advances made under this section; or

(B) any amount which is required to be maintained in such fund pursuant to State law or regulation, or by agreement with lenders, as a reserve against the insurance of outstanding loans.

Except as provided in section 1078(c)(9)(E) or (F) of this title, such unencumbered non-Federal portion shall not be subject to recall, repayment, or recovery by the Secretary.

(3) Terms and conditions; repayment

Advances pursuant to this subsection shall be upon such terms and conditions (including conditions relating to the time or times of payment) consistent with the requirements of section 1078(b) of this title as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purpose of this section. Advances made by the Secretary under this subsection shall be repaid within such period as the Secretary may deem to be appropriate in each case in the light of the maturity and solvency of the reserve fund for which the advance was made.

(b) Limitations on total advances

(1) In general

The total of the advances from the sums appropriated pursuant to paragraph (4)(A) of section 1071(b) of this title to nonprofit private institutions and organizations for the benefit of students in any State and to such State may not exceed an amount which bears the same ratio to such sums as the population of such State aged 18 to 22, inclusive, bears to the population of all the States aged 18 to 22 inclusive, but such advances may otherwise be in such amounts as the Secretary determines will best achieve the purposes for which they are made. The amount available for advances to any State shall not be less than $25,000 and any additional funds needed to meet this requirement shall be derived by proportionately reducing (but not below $25,000) the amount available for advances to each of the remaining States.

(2) Calculation of population

For the purpose of this subsection, the population aged 18 to 22, inclusive, of each State and of all the States shall be determined by the Secretary on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available to him.

(c) Advances for insurance obligations

(1) Use for payment of insurance obligations

From sums appropriated pursuant to section 1071(b)(4)(B) of this title, the Secretary shall advance to each State which has an agreement with the Secretary under section 1078(c) of this title with respect to a student loan insurance program, an amount determined in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection to be used for the purpose of making payments under the State's insurance obligations under such program.

(2) Amount of advances

(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the amount to be advanced to each such State shall be equal to 10 percent of the principal amount of loans made by lenders and insured by such agency on those loans on which the first payment of principal became due during the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the advance is made.

(B) The amount of any advance determined according to subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall be reduced by—

(i) the amount of any advance or advances made to such State pursuant to this subsection at an earlier date; and

(ii) the amount of the unspent balance of the advances made to a State pursuant to subsection (a).

Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) and the preceding sentence of this subparagraph, but subject to subparagraph (D) of this paragraph, the amount of any advance to a State described in paragraph (5)(A) for the first year of its eligibility under such paragraph, and the amount of any advance to any State described in paragraph (5)(B) for each year of its eligibility under such paragraph, shall not be less than $50,000.

(C) For the purpose of subparagraph (B), the unspent balance of the advances made to a State pursuant to subsection (a) shall be that portion of the balance of the State's reserve fund (remaining at the time of the State's first request for an advance pursuant to this subsection) which bears the same ratio to such balance as the Federal advances made and not returned by such State, pursuant to subsection (a), bears to the total of all past contributions to such reserve funds from all sources (other than interest on investment of any portion of the reserve fund) contributed since the date such State executed an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title.

(D) If the sums appropriated for any fiscal year for paying the amounts determined under subparagraphs (A) and (B) are not sufficient to pay such amounts in full, then such amounts shall be reduced—

(i) by ratably reducing that portion of the amount allocated to each State which exceeds $50,000; and

(ii) if further reduction is required, by equally reducing the $50,000 minimum allocation of each State.

If additional sums become available for paying such amounts for any fiscal year during which the preceding sentence has been applied, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced.

(3) Use of earnings for insurance obligations

The earnings, if any, on any investments of advances received pursuant to this subsection must be used for making payments under the State's insurance obligations.

(4) Repayment of advances

Advances made by the Secretary under this subsection shall, subject to subsection (d), be repaid within such period as the Secretary may deem to be appropriate and shall be deposited in the fund established by section 1081 of this title.

(5) Limitation on number of advances

Except as provided in paragraph (7), advances pursuant to this subsection shall be made to a State—

(A) in the case of a State which is actively carrying on a program under an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title which was entered into before October 12, 1976, upon such date as such State may request, but not before October 1, 1977, and on the same day of each of the 2 succeeding calendar years after the date so requested; and

(B) in the case of a State which enters into an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title on or after October 12, 1976, or which is not actively carrying on a program under an agreement pursuant to such section on such date, upon such date as such State may request, but not before October 1, 1977, and on the same day of each of the 4 succeeding calendar years after the date so requested of the advance.

(6) Payment of advances where no State program

(A) If for any fiscal year a State does not have a student loan insurance program covered by an agreement made pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title, and the Secretary determines after consultation with the chief executive officer of that State that there is no reasonable likelihood that the State will have such a student loan insurance program for such year, the Secretary may make advances pursuant to this subsection for such year for the same purpose to one or more nonprofit private institutions or organizations with which he has made an agreement pursuant to subsection (c), as well as subsection (b), of section 1078 of this title and subparagraph (B) of this paragraph in order to enable students in that State to participate in a program of student loan insurance covered by such agreements.

(B) The Secretary may enter into an agreement with a private nonprofit institution or organization for the purpose of this paragraph under which such institution or organization—

(i) agrees to establish within such State at least one office with sufficient staff to handle written, electronic, and telephone inquiries from students, eligible lenders, and other persons in the State, to encourage maximum commercial lender participation within the State, and to conduct periodic visits to at least the major eligible lenders within the State;

(ii) agrees that its insurance will not be denied any student because of his or her choice of eligible institutions; and

(iii) certifies that it is neither an eligible institution, nor has any substantial affiliation with an eligible institution.

(7) Emergency advances

The Secretary is authorized to make advances, on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Secretary, to a guaranty agency—

(A) in accordance with section 1078(j) of this title, in order to ensure that the guaranty agency shall make loans as the lender-of-last-resort; or

(B) if the Secretary is seeking to terminate the guaranty agency's agreement, or assuming the guaranty agency's functions, in accordance with section 1078(c)(9)(F)(v) of this title, in order to assist the agency in meeting its immediate cash needs, ensure the uninterrupted payment of claims, or ensure that the guaranty agency shall make loans as described in subparagraph (A).

(d) Recovery of advances during fiscal years 1988 and 1989

(1) Amount and use of recovered funds

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, advances made by the Secretary under this section shall be repaid in accordance with this subsection and shall be deposited in the fund established by section 1081 of this title. The Secretary shall, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2), recover (and so deposit) an amount equal to $75,000,000 during fiscal year 1988 and an amount equal to $35,000,000 for fiscal year 1989.

(2) Determination of guaranty agency obligations

In determining the amount of advances which shall be repaid by a guaranty agency under paragraph (1), the Secretary—

(A) shall consider the solvency and maturity of the reserve and insurance funds of the guaranty agency assisted by such advances, as determined by the Comptroller General taking into account the requirements of State law as in effect on October 17, 1986;

(B) shall not seek repayment of such advances from any State described in subsection (c)(5)(B) during any year of its eligibility under such subsection; and

(C) shall not seek repayment of such advances from any State if such repayment encumbers the reserve fund requirement of State law as in effect on October 17, 1986.

(e) Correction for errors under reduction of excess cash reserves

(1) In general

The Secretary shall pay any guaranty agency the amount of reimbursement of claims under section 1078(c)(1) of this title, filed between September 1, 1988, and December 31, 1989, which were previously withheld or canceled in order to be applied to satisfy such agency's obligation to eliminate excess cash reserves held by such agency, based on the maximum cash reserve (as described in subsection (e) of this section as in effect on September 1, 1988) permitted at the end of 1986, if such maximum cash reserve was miscalculated because of erroneous financial information provided by such agency to the Secretary and if (A) such erroneous information is verified by an audited financial statement of the reserve fund, signed by a certified public accountant, and (B) such audited financial statement is provided to the Secretary prior to January 1, 1993.

(2) Amount

The amount of reimbursement for claims shall be equal to the amount of reimbursement for claims withheld or canceled in order to be applied to such agency's obligation to eliminate excess cash reserves which exceeds the amount of that which would have been withheld or canceled if the maximum excess cash reserves had been accurately calculated.

(f) Refund of cash reserve payments

The Secretary shall, within 30 days after July 23, 1992, pay the full amount of payments withheld or canceled under paragraph (3) of this subsection to any guaranty agency which—

(1) was required to eliminate excess cash reserves, based on the maximum cash reserve (as described in subsection (e) of this section as in effect on September 1, 1988) permitted at the end of 1986;

(2) appealed the Secretary's demand that such agency should eliminate such excess cash reserves and received a waiver of a portion of the amount of such excess cash reserves to be eliminated;

(3) had payments under section 1078(c)(1) of this title or section 1078(f) of this title previously withheld or canceled in order to be applied to satisfy such agency's obligation to eliminate excess cash reserves held by such agency, based on the maximum cash reserve (as described in subsection (e) of this section as in effect on September 1, 1988) permitted at the end of 1986; and

(4) according to a Department of Education review that was completed and forwarded to such guaranty agency prior to January 1, 1992, is expected to become insolvent during or before 1996 and the payments withheld or canceled under paragraph (3) of this subsection are a factor in such agency's impending insolvency.

(g) Preservation and recovery of guaranty agency reserves

(1) Authority to recover funds

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the reserve funds of the guaranty agencies, and any assets purchased with such reserve funds, regardless of who holds or controls the reserves or assets, shall be considered to be the property of the United States to be used in the operation of the program authorized by this part. However, the Secretary may not require the return of all reserve funds of a guaranty agency to the Secretary unless the Secretary determines that such return is in the best interest of the operation of the program authorized by this part, or to ensure the proper maintenance of such agency's funds or assets or the orderly termination of the guaranty agency's operations and the liquidation of its assets. The reserves shall be maintained by each guaranty agency to pay program expenses and contingent liabilities, as authorized by the Secretary, except that—

(A) the Secretary may direct a guaranty agency to return to the Secretary a portion of its reserve fund which the Secretary determines is unnecessary to pay the program expenses and contingent liabilities of the guaranty agency;

(B) the Secretary may direct the guaranty agency to require the return, to the guaranty agency or to the Secretary, of any reserve funds or assets held by, or under the control of, any other entity, which the Secretary determines are necessary to pay the program expenses and contingent liabilities of the guaranty agency, or which are required for the orderly termination of the guaranty agency's operations and the liquidation of its assets;

(C) the Secretary may direct a guaranty agency, or such agency's officers or directors, to cease any activities involving expenditure, use or transfer of the guaranty agency's reserve funds or assets which the Secretary determines is a misapplication, misuse, or improper expenditure of such funds or assets; and

(D) any such determination under subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be based on standards prescribed by regulations that are developed through negotiated rulemaking and that include procedures for administrative due process.

(2) Termination provisions in contracts

(A) To ensure that the funds and assets of the guaranty agency are preserved, any contract with respect to the administration of a guaranty agency's reserve funds, or the administration of any assets purchased or acquired with the reserve funds of the guaranty agency, that is entered into or extended by the guaranty agency, or any other party on behalf of or with the concurrence of the guaranty agency, after August 10, 1993, shall provide that the contract is terminable by the Secretary upon 30 days notice to the contracting parties if the Secretary determines that such contract includes an impermissible transfer of the reserve funds or assets, or is otherwise inconsistent with the terms or purposes of this section.

(B) The Secretary may direct a guaranty agency to suspend or cease activities under any contract entered into by or on behalf of such agency after January 1, 1993, if the Secretary determines that the misuse or improper expenditure of such guaranty agency's funds or assets or such contract provides unnecessary or improper benefits to such agency's officers or directors.

(3) Penalties

Violation of any direction issued by the Secretary under this subsection may be subject to the penalties described in section 1097 of this title.

(4) Availability of funds

Any funds that are returned or otherwise recovered by the Secretary pursuant to this subsection shall be available for expenditure for expenses pursuant to section 1087h of this title.

(h) Recall of reserves; limitations on use of reserve funds and assets

(1) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary shall, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, recall $1,000,000,000 from the reserve funds held by guaranty agencies on September 1, 2002.

(2) Deposit

Funds recalled by the Secretary under this subsection shall be deposited in the Treasury.

(3) Required share

The Secretary shall require each guaranty agency to return reserve funds under paragraph (1) based on the agency's required share of recalled reserve funds held by guaranty agencies as of September 30, 1996. For purposes of this paragraph, a guaranty agency's required share of recalled reserve funds shall be determined as follows:

(A) The Secretary shall compute each guaranty agency's reserve ratio by dividing (i) the amount held in the agency's reserve funds as of September 30, 1996 (but reflecting later accounting or auditing adjustments approved by the Secretary), by (ii) the original principal amount of all loans for which the agency has an outstanding insurance obligation as of such date, including amounts of outstanding loans transferred to the agency from another guaranty agency.

(B) If the reserve ratio of any guaranty agency as computed under subparagraph (A) exceeds 2.0 percent, the agency's required share shall include so much of the amounts held in the agency's reserve funds as exceed a reserve ratio of 2.0 percent.

(C) If any additional amount is required to be recalled under paragraph (1) (after deducting the total of the required shares calculated under subparagraph (B)), such additional amount shall be obtained by imposing on each guaranty agency an equal percentage reduction in the amount of the agency's reserve funds remaining after deduction of the amount recalled under subparagraph (B), except that such percentage reduction under this subparagraph shall not result in the agency's reserve ratio being reduced below 0.58 percent. The equal percentage reduction shall be the percentage obtained by dividing—

(i) the additional amount required to be recalled (after deducting the total of the required shares calculated under subparagraph (B)), by

(ii) the total amount of all such agencies' reserve funds remaining (after deduction of the required shares calculated under such subparagraph).

(D) If any additional amount is required to be recalled under paragraph (1) (after deducting the total of the required shares calculated under subparagraphs (B) and (C)), such additional amount shall be obtained by imposing on each guaranty agency with a reserve ratio (after deducting the required shares calculated under such subparagraphs) in excess of 0.58 percent an equal percentage reduction in the amount of the agency's reserve funds remaining (after such deduction) that exceed a reserve ratio of 0.58 percent. The equal percentage reduction shall be the percentage obtained by dividing—

(i) the additional amount to be recalled under paragraph (1) (after deducting the amount recalled under subparagraphs (B) and (C)), by

(ii) the total amount of all such agencies' reserve funds remaining (after deduction of the required shares calculated under such subparagraphs) that exceed a reserve ratio of 0.58 percent.

(4) Restricted accounts required

(A) In general

Within 90 days after the beginning of each of the fiscal years 1998 through 2002, each guaranty agency shall transfer a portion of the agency's required share determined under paragraph (3) to a restricted account established by the agency that is of a type selected by the agency with the approval of the Secretary. Funds transferred to such restricted accounts shall be invested in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or in other similarly low-risk securities.

(B) Requirement

A guaranty agency shall not use the funds in such a restricted account for any purpose without the express written permission of the Secretary, except that a guaranty agency may use the earnings from such restricted account for default reduction activities.

(C) Installments

In each of fiscal years 1998 through 2002, each guaranty agency shall transfer the agency's required share to such restricted account in 5 equal annual installments, except that—

(i) a guaranty agency that has a reserve ratio (as computed under subparagraph (3)(A)) equal to or less than 1.10 percent may transfer the agency's required share to such account in 4 equal installments beginning in fiscal year 1999; and

(ii) a guaranty agency may transfer such required share to such account in accordance with such other payment schedules as are approved by the Secretary.

(5) Shortage

If, on September 1, 2002, the total amount in the restricted accounts described in paragraph (4) is less than the amount the Secretary is required to recall under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall require the return of the amount of the shortage from other reserve funds held by guaranty agencies under procedures established by the Secretary. The Secretary shall first attempt to obtain the amount of such shortage from each guaranty agency that failed to transfer the agency's required share to the agency's restricted account in accordance with paragraph (4).

(6) Enforcement

(A) In general

The Secretary may take such reasonable measures, and require such information, as may be necessary to ensure that guaranty agencies comply with the requirements of this subsection.

(B) Prohibition

If the Secretary determines that a guaranty agency has failed to transfer to a restricted account any portion of the agency's required share under this subsection, the agency may not receive any other funds under this part until the Secretary determines that the agency has so transferred the agency's required share.

(C) Waiver

The Secretary may waive the requirements of subparagraph (B) for a guaranty agency described in such subparagraph if the Secretary determines that there are extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the agency that justify such waiver.

(7) Limitation

(A) Restriction on other authority

The Secretary shall not have any authority to direct a guaranty agency to return reserve funds under subsection (g)(1)(A) during the period from August 5, 1997, through September 30, 2002.

(B) Use of termination collections

Any reserve funds directed by the Secretary to be returned to the Secretary under subsection (g)(1)(B) during such period that do not exceed a guaranty agency's required share of recalled reserve funds under paragraph (3)—

(i) shall be used to satisfy the agency's required share of recalled reserve funds; and

(ii) shall be deposited in the restricted account established by the agency under paragraph (4), without regard to whether such funds exceed the next installment required under such paragraph.

(C) Use of sanctions collections

Any reserve funds directed by the Secretary to be returned to the Secretary under subsection (g)(1)(C) during such period that do not exceed a guaranty agency's next installment under paragraph (4)—

(i) shall be used to satisfy the agency's next installment; and

(ii) shall be deposited in the restricted account established by the agency under paragraph (4).

(D) Balance available to Secretary

Any reserve funds directed by the Secretary to be returned to the Secretary under subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (g)(1) that remain after satisfaction of the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this paragraph shall be deposited in the Treasury.

(8) Definitions

For the purposes of this subsection:

(A) Default reduction activities

The term "default reduction activities" means activities to reduce student loan defaults that improve, strengthen, and expand default prevention activities, such as—

(i) establishing a program of partial loan cancellation to reward disadvantaged borrowers for good repayment histories with their lenders;

(ii) establishing a financial and debt management counseling program for high-risk borrowers that provides long-term training (beginning prior to the first disbursement of the borrower's first student loan and continuing through the completion of the borrower's program of education or training) in budgeting and other aspects of financial management, including debt management;

(iii) establishing a program of placement counseling to assist high-risk borrowers in identifying employment or additional training opportunities; and

(iv) developing public service announcements that would detail consequences of student loan default and provide information regarding a toll-free telephone number established by the guaranty agency for use by borrowers seeking assistance in avoiding default.

(B) Reserve funds

The term "reserve funds" when used with respect to a guaranty agency—

(i) includes any reserve funds in cash or liquid assets held by the guaranty agency, or held by, or under the control of, any other entity; and

(ii) does not include buildings, equipment, or other nonliquid assets.

(i) Additional recall of reserves

(1) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to paragraph (4), the Secretary shall recall, from reserve funds held in the Federal Student Loan Reserve Funds established under section 1072a of this title by guaranty agencies—

(A) $85,000,000 in fiscal year 2002;

(B) $82,500,000 in fiscal year 2006; and

(C) $82,500,000 in fiscal year 2007.

(2) Deposit

Funds recalled by the Secretary under this subsection shall be deposited in the Treasury.

(3) Required share

The Secretary shall require each guaranty agency to return reserve funds under paragraph (1) on the basis of the agency's required share. For purposes of this paragraph, a guaranty agency's required share shall be determined as follows:

(A) Equal percentage

The Secretary shall require each guaranty agency to return an amount representing an equal percentage reduction in the amount of reserve funds held by the agency on September 30, 1996.

(B) Calculation

The equal percentage reduction shall be the percentage obtained by dividing—

(i) $250,000,000, by

(ii) the total amount of all guaranty agencies' reserve funds held on September 30, 1996, less any amounts subject to recall under subsection (h).

(C) Special rule

Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), the percentage reduction under subparagraph (B) shall not result in the depletion of the reserve funds of any agency which charges the 1.0 percent insurance premium pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(H) of this title below an amount equal to the amount of lender claim payments paid during the 90 days prior to the date of the return under this subsection. If any additional amount is required to be returned after deducting the total of the required shares under subparagraph (B) and as a result of the preceding sentence, such additional amount shall be obtained by imposing on each guaranty agency to which the preceding sentence does not apply, an equal percentage reduction in the amount of the agency's remaining reserve funds.

(4) Offset of required shares

If any guaranty agency returns to the Secretary any reserve funds in excess of the amount required under this subsection or subsection (h), the total amount required to be returned under paragraph (1) shall be reduced by the amount of such excess reserve funds returned.

(5) Definition of reserve funds

The term "reserve funds" when used with respect to a guaranty agency—

(A) includes any reserve funds in cash or liquid assets held by the guaranty agency, or held by, or under the control of, any other entity; and

(B) does not include buildings, equipment, or other nonliquid assets.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §422, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1354; amended Pub. L. 100–203, title III, §§3001(a), 3002(a), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–36, 1330-38; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§412, 416(p)(8), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 511, 527; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4041(a), (2)(A), 4042, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 354, 357; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(1), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2460; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §6101(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 648; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §412, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1673.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 (which was effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) was executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–66, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1072, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §422, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1236; Pub. L. 89–752, §11, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §114(b), (c), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1021, 1022; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2100; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(11)–(13), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, 214; Pub. L. 95–561, title XIII, §1322(a), Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2363; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16011, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 339, authorized advances to establish or strengthen reserve funds of State and nonprofit private loan insurance programs, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(1), substituted "section 1078(c)(9)(E)" for "section 1078(c)(10)(E)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(6)(B)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(2)(A), substituted "written, electronic," for "written".

Subsec. (c)(7)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(2)(B), struck out "during the transition from the Federal Family Education Loan Program under this part to the Federal Direct Student Loan Program under part D of this subchapter" after "lender-of-last-resort".

Subsec. (c)(7)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(2)(C), substituted "section 1078(c)(9)(F)(v)" for "section 1078(c)(10)(F)(v)".

Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(3), struck out "or the program authorized by part D of this subchapter" after "program authorized by this part" in first and second sentences.

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 105–244, §412(4), added subsec. (i).

1997—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 105–33 added subsec. (h).

1993—Subsec. (c)(7). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(a)(2)(A), substituted "to a guaranty agency—" and subpars. (A) and (B) for "to a guaranty agency in accordance with section 1078(c)(10)(F)(v) of this title in order to assist the agency in meeting its immediate cash needs and ensure the uninterrupted payment of default claims by lenders."

Subsec. (c)(7)(B). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted a period for semicolon at end. See Codification note above.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–66, §4042, added subsec. (g).

1992—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §412(1), inserted at end "Except as provided in section 1078(c)(10)(E) or (F) of this title, such unencumbered non-Federal portion shall not be subject to recall, repayment, or recovery by the Secretary."

Subsec. (c)(5), (7). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(8), substituted "Except as provided in paragraph (7), advances" for "Advances" in par. (5) and added par. (7).

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §412(2), added subsecs. (e) and (f).

1987—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–203, §3002(a), struck out subsec. (e) which related to reduction of excess cash reserves.

Pub. L. 100–203, §3001(a), added subsec. (e).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Pub. L. 100–203, title III, §3002(a), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–38, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Sept. 30, 1989.

§1072a. Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund

(a) Establishment

Each guaranty agency shall, not later than 60 days after October 7, 1998, deposit all funds, securities, and other liquid assets contained in the reserve fund established pursuant to section 1072 of this title into a Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund (in this section and section 1072b of this title referred to as the "Federal Fund"), which shall be an account of a type selected by the agency, with the approval of the Secretary.

(b) Investment of funds

Funds transferred to the Federal Fund shall be invested in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or a State, or in other similarly low-risk securities selected by the guaranty agency, with the approval of the Secretary. Earnings from the Federal Fund shall be the sole property of the Federal Government.

(c) Additional deposits

After the establishment of the Federal Fund, a guaranty agency shall deposit into the Federal Fund—

(1) all amounts received from the Secretary as payment of reinsurance on loans pursuant to section 1078(c)(1) of this title;

(2) from amounts collected on behalf of the obligation of a defaulted borrower, a percentage amount equal to the complement of the reinsurance percentage in effect when payment under the guaranty agreement was made—

(A) with respect to the defaulted loan pursuant to sections 1078(c)(6)(A) ¹ and 1078–6(a)(1)(B) of this title; and

(B) with respect to a loan that the Secretary has repaid or discharged under section 1087 of this title;

(3) insurance premiums collected from borrowers pursuant to sections 1078(b)(1)(H) and 1078–8(h) of this title;

(4) all amounts received from the Secretary as payment for supplemental preclaims activity performed prior to October 7, 1998;

(5) 70 percent of amounts received after October 7, 1998, from the Secretary as payment for administrative cost allowances for loans upon which insurance was issued prior to October 7, 1998; and

(6) other receipts as specified in regulations of the Secretary.

(d) Uses of funds

Subject to subsection (f), the Federal Fund may only be used by a guaranty agency—

(1) to pay lender claims pursuant to sections 1078(b)(1)(G), 1078(j), and 1087 of this title; and

(2) to pay into the Agency Operating Fund established pursuant to section 1072b of this title (in this section and section 1072b of this title referred to as the "Operating Fund") a default aversion fee in accordance with section 1078(l) of this title.

(e) Ownership of Federal Fund

The Federal Fund, and any nonliquid asset (such as a building or equipment) developed or purchased by the guaranty agency in whole or in part with Federal reserve funds, regardless of who holds or controls the Federal reserve funds or such asset, shall be considered to be the property of the United States, prorated based on the percentage of such asset developed or purchased with Federal reserve funds, which property shall be used in the operation of the program authorized by this part, as provided in subsection (d). The Secretary may restrict or regulate the use of such asset only to the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Secretary's prorated share of the value of such asset. The Secretary may direct a guaranty agency, or such agency's officers or directors, to cease any activity involving expenditures, use, or transfer of the Federal Fund administered by the guaranty agency that the Secretary determines is a misapplication, misuse, or improper expenditure of the Federal Fund or the Secretary's share of such asset.

(f) Transition

(1) In general

In order to establish the Operating Fund, each guaranty agency may transfer not more than 180 days' cash expenses for normal operating expenses (not including claim payments) as a working capital reserve as defined in Office of Management and Budget Circular A–87 (Cost Accounting Standards) from the Federal Fund for deposit into the Operating Fund for use in the performance of the guaranty agency's duties under this part. Such transfers may occur during the first 3 years following the establishment of the Operating Fund. However, no agency may transfer in excess of 45 percent of the balance, as of September 30, 1998, of the agency's Federal Fund to the agency's Operating Fund during such 3-year period. In determining the amount that may be transferred, the agency shall ensure that sufficient funds remain in the Federal Fund to pay lender claims within the required time periods and to meet the reserve recall requirements of this section and subsections (h) and (i) of section 1072 of this title.

(2) Special rule

A limited number of guaranty agencies may transfer interest earned on the Federal Fund to the Operating Fund during the first 3 years after October 7, 1998, if the guaranty agency demonstrates to the Secretary that—

(A) the cash flow in the Operating Fund will be negative without the transfer of such interest; and

(B) the transfer of such interest will substantially improve the financial circumstances of the guaranty agency.

(3) Repayment provisions

Each guaranty agency shall begin repayment of sums transferred pursuant to this subsection not later than the start of the fourth year after the establishment of the Operating Fund, and shall repay all amounts transferred not later than 5 years from the date of the establishment of the Operating Fund. With respect to amounts transferred from the Federal Fund, the guaranty agency shall not be required to repay any interest on the funds transferred and subsequently repaid. The guaranty agency shall provide to the Secretary a reasonable schedule for repayment of the sums transferred and an annual financial analysis demonstrating the agency's ability to comply with the schedule and repay all outstanding sums transferred.

(4) Prohibition

If a guaranty agency transfers funds from the Federal Fund in accordance with this section, and fails to make scheduled repayments to the Federal Fund, the agency may not receive any other funds under this part until the Secretary determines that the agency has made such repayments. The Secretary shall pay to the guaranty agency any funds withheld in accordance with this paragraph immediately upon making the determination that the guaranty agency has made all such repayments.

(5) Waiver

The Secretary may—

(A) waive the requirements of paragraph (3), but only with respect to repayment of interest that was transferred in accordance with paragraph (2); and

(B) waive paragraph (4);

for a guaranty agency, if the Secretary determines that there are extenuating circumstances (such as State constitutional prohibitions) beyond the control of the agency that justify such a waiver.

(6) Extension of repayment period for interest

(A) Extension permitted

The Secretary shall extend the period for repayment of interest that was transferred in accordance with paragraph (2) from 2 years to 5 years if the Secretary determines that—

(i) the cash flow of the Operating Fund will be negative as a result of repayment as required by paragraph (3);

(ii) the repayment of the interest transferred will substantially diminish the financial circumstances of the guaranty agency; and

(iii) the guaranty agency has demonstrated—

(I) that the agency is able to repay all transferred funds by the end of the 8th year following the date of establishment of the Operating Fund; and

(II) that the agency will be financially sound on the completion of repayment.

(B) Repayment of income on transferred funds

All repayments made to the Federal Fund during the 6th, 7th, and 8th years following the establishment of the Operating Fund of interest that was transferred shall include the sums transferred plus any income earned from the investment of the sums transferred after the 5th year.

(7) Investment of Federal funds

Funds transferred from the Federal Fund to the Operating Fund for operating expenses shall be invested in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or a State, or in other similarly low-risk securities selected by the guaranty agency, with the approval of the Secretary.

(8) Special rule

In calculating the minimum reserve level required by section 1078(c)(9)(A) of this title, the Secretary shall include all amounts owed to the Federal Fund by the guaranty agency in the calculation.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §422A, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §413(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1674; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §438(a)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078(c)(6)(A) of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(A), was redesignated section 1078(c)(6)(A)(i) of this title by Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(d)(3)(A), (B), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 170.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "and 1087" for "1087, and 1087–2(q)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1072b. Agency Operating Fund

(a) Establishment

Each guaranty agency shall, not later than 60 days after October 7, 1998, establish a fund designated as the Operating Fund.

(b) Investment of funds

Funds deposited into the Operating Fund shall be invested at the discretion of the guaranty agency in accordance with prudent investor standards.

(c) Additional deposits

After the establishment of the Operating Fund, the guaranty agency shall deposit into the Operating Fund—

(1) the loan processing and issuance fee paid by the Secretary pursuant to section 1078(f) of this title;

(2) 30 percent of amounts received after October 7, 1998, from the Secretary as payment for administrative cost allowances for loans upon which insurance was issued prior to October 7, 1998;

(3) the account maintenance fee paid by the Secretary in accordance with section 1087h of this title;

(4) the default aversion fee paid in accordance with section 1078(l) of this title;

(5) amounts remaining pursuant to section 1078(c)(6)(B) ¹ of this title from collection on defaulted loans held by the agency, after payment of the Secretary's equitable share, excluding amounts deposited in the Federal Fund pursuant to section 1072a(c)(2) of this title; and

(6) other receipts as specified in regulations of the Secretary.

(d) Uses of funds

(1) In general

Funds in the Operating Fund shall be used for application processing, loan disbursement, enrollment and repayment status management, default aversion activities (including those described in section 1072(h)(8) of this title), default collection activities, school and lender training, financial aid awareness and related outreach activities, compliance monitoring, and other student financial aid related activities, as selected by the guaranty agency.

(2) Special rule

The guaranty agency may, in the agency's discretion, transfer funds from the Operating Fund to the Federal Fund for use pursuant to section 1072a of this title. Such transfer shall be irrevocable, and any funds so transferred shall become the sole property of the United States.

(3) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection:

(A) Default collection activities

The term "default collection activities" means activities of a guaranty agency that are directly related to the collection of the loan on which a default claim has been paid to the participating lender, including the due diligence activities required pursuant to regulations of the Secretary.

(B) Default aversion activities

The term "default aversion activities" means activities of a guaranty agency that are directly related to providing collection assistance to the lender on a delinquent loan, prior to the loan's being legally in a default status, including due diligence activities required pursuant to regulations of the Secretary.

(C) Enrollment and repayment status management

The term "enrollment and repayment status management" means activities of a guaranty agency that are directly related to ascertaining the student's enrollment status, including prompt notification to the lender of such status, an audit of the note or written agreement to determine if the provisions of that note or agreement are consistent with the records of the guaranty agency as to the principal amount of the loan guaranteed, and an examination of the note or agreement to assure that the repayment provisions are consistent with the provisions of this part.

(e) Ownership and regulation of Operating Fund

(1) Ownership

The Operating Fund, with the exception of funds transferred from the Federal Fund in accordance with section 1072a(f) of this title, shall be considered to be the property of the guaranty agency.

(2) Regulation

Except as provided in paragraph (3), the Secretary may not regulate the uses or expenditure of moneys in the Operating Fund, but the Secretary may require such necessary reports and audits as provided in section 1078(b)(2) of this title.

(3) Exception

Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), during any period in which funds are owed to the Federal Fund as a result of transfer under section 1072a(f) of this title—

(A) moneys in the Operating Fund may only be used for expenses related to the student loan programs authorized under this part; and

(B) the Secretary may regulate the uses or expenditure of moneys in the Operating Fund.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §422B, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §413(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1677.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078(c)(6)(B) of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(5), was redesignated section 1078(c)(6)(A)(ii) of this title by Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(d)(3)(A), (B), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 170.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1073. Effects of adequate non-Federal programs

(a) Federal insurance barred to lenders with access to State or private insurance

Except as provided in subsection (b), the Secretary shall not issue certificates of insurance under section 1079 of this title to lenders in a State if the Secretary determines that every eligible institution has reasonable access in that State to a State or private nonprofit student loan insurance program which is covered by an agreement under section 1078(b) of this title.

(b) Exceptions

The Secretary may issue certificates of insurance under section 1079 of this title to a lender in a State—

(1) for insurance of a loan made to a student borrower who does not, by reason of the borrower's residence, have access to loan insurance under the loan insurance program of such State (or under any private nonprofit loan insurance program which has received an advance under section 1072 of this title for the benefit of students in such State);

(2) for insurance of all the loans made to student borrowers by a lender who satisfies the Secretary that, by reason of the residence of such borrowers, such lender will not have access to any single State or nonprofit private loan insurance program which will insure substantially all of the loans such lender intends to make to such student borrowers; or

(3) under such circumstances as may be approved by the guaranty agency in such State, for the insurance of a loan to a borrower for whom such lender previously was issued such a certificate if the loan covered by such certificate is not yet repaid.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §423, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1358.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1073, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §423, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1237; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §119(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1026; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2103; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(14), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 214; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, limited participation in Federal loan insurance programs, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1074. Scope and duration of Federal loan insurance program

(a) Limitations on amounts of loans covered by Federal insurance

The total principal amount of new loans made and installments paid pursuant to lines of credit (as defined in section 1085 of this title) to students covered by Federal loan insurance under this part shall not exceed $2,000,000,000 for the period from July 1, 1976, to September 30, 1976, for each of the succeeding fiscal years ending prior to October 1, 2009, and for the period from October 1, 2009, to June 30, 2010, for loans first disbursed on or before June 30, 2010.

(b) Apportionment of amounts

The Secretary may, if he or she finds it necessary to do so in order to assure an equitable distribution of the benefits of this part, assign, within the maximum amounts specified in subsection (a), Federal loan insurance quotas applicable to eligible lenders, or to States or areas, and may from time to time reassign unused portions of these quotas.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §424, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1358; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §411(b)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §6104(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 652; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §414, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1679; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8004(b)(1), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §421, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3227; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2202, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1074.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1074, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §424, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1237; Pub. L. 90–460, §1(a)(1), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 634; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §112(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1020; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 261; Pub. L. 94–328, §2(a), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2103; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §411(a), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1415, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16018(a)(1), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 348, related to new loans under Federal loan insurance program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–152 substituted "September 30, 1976, for each of the succeeding fiscal years ending prior to October 1, 2009, and for the period from October 1, 2009, to June 30, 2010, for loans first disbursed on or before June 30, 2010." for "September 30, 1976, and for each of the succeeding fiscal years ending prior to October 1, 2014. Thereafter, Federal loan insurance pursuant to this part may be granted only for loans made (or for loan installments paid pursuant to lines of credit) to enable students, who have obtained prior loans insured under this part, to continue or complete their educational program; but no insurance may be granted for any loan made or installment paid after September 30, 2018."

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "October 1, 2014" for "October 1, 2012" and "September 30, 2018" for "September 30, 2016".

2006—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–171 substituted "October 1, 2012" for "October 1, 2004" and "September 30, 2016" for "September 30, 2008".

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "October 1, 2004" for "October 1, 2002" and "September 30, 2008" for "September 30, 2006".

1997—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–33 substituted "October 1, 2002" for "October 1, 1998" and "September 30, 2006" for "September 30, 2002".

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325 substituted "October 1, 1998" for "October 1, 1992" and "September 30, 2002" for "September 30, 1997".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1075. Limitations on individual federally insured loans and on Federal loan insurance

(a) Annual and aggregate limits

(1) Annual limits

(A) The total of loans made to a student in any academic year or its equivalent (as determined by the Secretary) which may be covered by Federal loan insurance under this part may not exceed—

(i) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has not successfully completed the first year of a program of undergraduate education—

(I) $3,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this title); and

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as the length of such program measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year;

(ii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed such first year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education—

(I) $4,500; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education, the remainder of which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as such remainder measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year;

(iii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed the first and second years of a program of undergraduate education but has not successfully completed the remainder of such program—

(I) $5,500; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education, the remainder of which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as such remainder measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year; and

(iv) in the case of a graduate or professional student (as defined in regulations of the Secretary) at an eligible institution, $8,500.

(B) The annual insurable limits contained in subparagraph (A) shall not apply in cases where the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations, that a higher amount is warranted in order to carry out the purpose of this part with respect to students engaged in specialized training requiring exceptionally high costs of education. The annual insurable limit per student shall not be deemed to be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments by the lender to the borrower will not be made in any year in excess of the annual limit.

(C) For the purpose of subparagraph (A), the number of years that a student has completed in a program of undergraduate education shall include any prior enrollment in an eligible program of undergraduate education for which the student was awarded an associate or baccalaureate degree, if such degree is required by the institution for admission to the program in which the student is enrolled.

(2) Aggregate limits

(A) The aggregate insured unpaid principal amount for all such insured loans made to any student shall not at any time exceed—

(i) $23,000, in the case of any student who has not successfully completed a program of undergraduate education, excluding loans made under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title; and

(ii) $65,500, in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations of the Secretary) and (I) including any loans which are insured by the Secretary under this section, or by a guaranty agency, made to such student before the student became a graduate or professional student),² but (II) excluding loans made under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title,

except that the Secretary may increase the limit applicable to students who are pursuing programs which the Secretary determines are exceptionally expensive.

(B) The Secretary may increase the aggregate insurable limit applicable to students who are pursuing programs which the Secretary determines are exceptionally expensive.

(b) Level of insurance coverage based on default rate

(1) Reduction for defaults in excess of 5 or 9 percent

(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the insurance liability on any loan insured by the Secretary under this part shall be 100 percent of the unpaid balance of the principal amount of the loan plus interest, except that—

(i) if, for any fiscal year, the total amount of payments under section 1080 of this title by the Secretary to any eligible lender as described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title exceeds 5 percent of the sum of the loans made by such lender which are insured by the Secretary and which were in repayment at the end of the preceding fiscal year, the insurance liability under this subsection for that portion of such excess which represents loans insured after the applicable date with respect to such loans, as determined under subparagraph (C), shall be equal to 90 percent of the amount of such portion; or

(ii) if, for any fiscal year, the total amount of such payments to such a lender exceeds 9 percent of such sum, the insurance liability under this subsection for that portion of such excess which represents loans insured after the applicable date with respect to such loans, as determined under subparagraph (C), shall be equal to 80 percent of the amount of such portion.

(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the provisions of clauses (i) and (ii) of such subparagraph shall not apply to an eligible lender as described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title for the fiscal year in which such lender begins to carry on a loan program insured by the Secretary, or for any of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

(C) The applicable date with respect to a loan made by an eligible lender as described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title shall be—

(i) the 90th day after the adjournment of the next regular session of the appropriate State legislature which convenes after October 12, 1976, or

(ii) if the primary source of lending capital for such lender is derived from the sale of bonds, and the constitution of the appropriate State prohibits a pledge of such State's credit as security against such bonds, the day which is one year after such 90th day.

(2) Computation of amounts in repayment

For the purpose of this subsection, the sum of the loans made by a lender which are insured by the Secretary and which are in repayment shall be the original principal amount of loans made by such lender which are insured by the Secretary reduced by—

(A) the amount the Secretary has been required to pay to discharge his or her insurance obligations under this part;

(B) the original principal amount of loans insured by the Secretary which have been fully repaid;

(C) the original principal amount insured on those loans for which payment of first installment of principal has not become due pursuant to section 1077(a)(2)(B) of this title or such first installment need not be paid pursuant to section 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title; and

(D) the original principal amount of loans repaid by the Secretary under section 1087 of this title.

(3) Payments to assignees

For the purpose of this subsection, payments by the Secretary under section 1080 of this title to an assignee of the lender with respect to a loan shall be deemed payments made to such lender.

(4) Pledge of full faith and credit

The full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under the provisions of section 1080 or 1087 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §425, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1359; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §413, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 512; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(2), (3), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2460, 2461; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §415, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1679; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8005(a), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1075, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §425, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1238; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§116(b)(1), 120(a)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1023, 1027; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§132A(a), 132B(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 261, 262; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2104; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(15)–(17), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 214; Pub. L. 95–566, §5(b)(2), Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2403; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §412(a), (b), (f), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1416, 1417, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §535(a), (b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 455; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16013(e)(1), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 341, limited Federal loan insurance, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(a)(1), substituted "$3,500" for "$2,625".

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(a)(2), substituted "$4,500" for "$3,500".

1998—Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 105–244, §415(1)(A), inserted "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i)(II), (III). Pub. L. 105–244, §415(1)(B), added subcl. (II) and struck out former subcls. (II) and (III) which read as follows:

"(II) $1,750, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(III) $875, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year;".

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(iii)(II). Pub. L. 105–244, §415(2), inserted "and" after semicolon at end.

1993—Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(2)(A), added cls. (ii) and (iii) and struck out former cls. (ii) and (iii) which read as follows:

"(ii) the case of a student who has successfully completed such first year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate study—

"(I) $3,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);

"(II) $2,325, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(III) $1,175, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year;

"(iii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed such first and second year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate study—

"(I) $5,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);

"(II) $3,675, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(III) $1,825, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year; and".

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(2)(B), substituted a period for semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(3), added subpar. (C).

1992—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §413(1), added cls. (i) to (iv) and struck out former cls. (i) to (iii) which read as follows:

"(i) $2,625, in the case of a student who has not successfully completed the first and second year of a program of undergraduate education;

"(ii) $4,000, in the case of a student who has successfully completed such first and second year but who has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education; or

"(iii) $7,500, in the case of a graduate or professional student (as defined in regulations of the Secretary)."

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §413(2), added cls. (i) and (ii) and concluding provision and struck out former cls. (i) and (ii) which read as follows:

"(i) $17,250, in the case of any student who has not successfully completed a program of undergraduate education, excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title; and

"(ii) $54,750, in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations of the Secretary and including any loans which are insured by the Secretary under this part, or by a guaranty agency, made to such person before he or she became a graduate or professional student), excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title."

1987—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a)(1), inserted ", excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title" after "undergraduate education".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a)(2), inserted ", excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title" after "graduate or professional student)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8005(e), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 159, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a), (b), and (d) [amending this section and sections 1078 and 1078–8 of this title] shall be effective July 1, 2007."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 2(c)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after July 1, 1994 and amendment by section 2(c)(3) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(b)(2), (6) of Pub. L. 103–208 set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, with changes made in subsec. (a), relating to annual and aggregate loan limits, applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, except that changes made in subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i) applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1992, and except that changes made in subsec. (a)(1)(A)(iv) applicable with respect to loans to cover costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Oct. 1, 1993, see section 432 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except that subsec. (a) of this section applicable only to loans disbursed on or after Jan. 1, 1987, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1987, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. There is no opening parenthesis.

§1076. Sources of funds

Loans made by eligible lenders in accordance with this part shall be insurable by the Secretary whether made from funds fully owned by the lender or from funds held by the lender in a trust or similar capacity and available for such loans.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §426, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1361.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1076, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §426, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1238; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2106; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to insurability of loans made from funds owned by lender or held by lender in trust, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1077. Eligibility of student borrowers and terms of federally insured student loans

(a) List of requirements

Except as provided in section 1078–3 of this title, a loan by an eligible lender shall be insurable by the Secretary under the provisions of this part only if—

(1) made to a student who (A) is an eligible student under section 1091 of this title, (B) has agreed to notify promptly the holder of the loan concerning any change of address, and (C) is carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload for the course of study the student is pursuing (as determined by the institution); and

(2) evidenced by a note or other written agreement which—

(A) is made without security and without endorsement;

(B) provides for repayment (except as provided in subsection (c)) of the principal amount of the loan in installments over a period of not less than 5 years (unless sooner repaid or unless the student, during the 6 months preceding the start of the repayment period, specifically requests that repayment be made over a shorter period) nor more than 10 years beginning 6 months after the month in which the student ceases to carry at an eligible institution at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution, except—

(i) as provided in subparagraph (C);

(ii) that the note or other written instrument may contain such reasonable provisions relating to repayment in the event of default in the payment of interest or in the payment of the cost of insurance premiums, or other default by the borrower, as may be authorized by regulations of the Secretary in effect at the time the loan is made; and

(iii) that the lender and the student, after the student ceases to carry at an eligible institution at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution, may agree to a repayment schedule which begins earlier, or is of shorter duration, than required by this subparagraph, but in the event a borrower has requested and obtained a repayment period of less than 5 years, the borrower may at any time prior to the total repayment of the loan, have the repayment period extended so that the total repayment period is not less than 5 years;

(C) provides that periodic installments of principal need not be paid, but interest shall accrue and be paid, during any period—

(i) during which the borrower—

(I) is pursuing at least a half-time course of study as determined by an eligible institution; or

(II) is pursuing a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program approved by the Secretary, or pursuant to a rehabilitation training program for individuals with disabilities approved by the Secretary,

 except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or a loan made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title), while serving in a medical internship or residency program;

(ii) not in excess of 3 years during which the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment;

(iii) not in excess of 3 years for any reason which the lender determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under section 1085(o) of this title, has caused or will cause the borrower to have an economic hardship; or

(iv) in which the borrower is receiving treatment for cancer and the 6 months after such period.¹

and provides that any such period shall not be included in determining the 10-year period described in subparagraph (B);

(D) provides for interest on the unpaid principal balance of the loan at a yearly rate, not exceeding the applicable maximum rate prescribed in section 1077a of this title, which interest shall be payable in installments over the period of the loan except that, if provided in the note or other written agreement, any interest payable by the student may be deferred until not later than the date upon which repayment of the first installment of principal falls due, in which case interest accrued during that period may be added on that date to the principal;

(E) provides that the lender will not collect or attempt to collect from the borrower any portion of the interest on the note which is payable by the Secretary under this part, and that the lender will enter into such agreements with the Secretary as may be necessary for the purpose of section 1087 of this title;

(F) entitles the student borrower to accelerate without penalty repayment of the whole or any part of the loan;

(G)(i) contains a notice of the system,² of disclosure of information concerning such loan to consumer reporting agencies under section 1080a of this title, and (ii) provides that the lender on request of the borrower will provide information on the repayment status of the note to such consumer reporting agencies;

(H) provides that, no more than 6 months prior to the date on which the borrower's first payment on a loan is due, the lender shall offer the borrower the option of repaying the loan in accordance with a graduated or income-sensitive repayment schedule established by the lender and in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary; and

(I) contains such other terms and conditions, consistent with the provisions of this part and with the regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this part, as may be agreed upon by the parties to such loan, including, if agreed upon, a provision requiring the borrower to pay the lender, in addition to principal and interest, amounts equal to the insurance premiums payable by the lender to the Secretary with respect to such loan;

(3) the funds borrowed by a student are disbursed to the institution by check or other means that is payable to and requires the endorsement or other certification by such student, except—

(A) that nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted—

(i) to allow the Secretary to require checks to be made copayable to the institution and the borrower; or

(ii) to prohibit the disbursement of loan proceeds by means other than by check; and

(B) in the case of any student who is studying outside the United States in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which such student is enrolled, the funds shall, at the request of the borrower, be delivered directly to the student and the checks may be endorsed, and fund transfers authorized, pursuant to an authorized power-of-attorney; and

(4) the funds borrowed by a student are disbursed in accordance with section 1078–7 of this title.

(b) Special rules for multiple disbursement

For the purpose of subsection (a)(4)—

(1) all loans issued for the same period of enrollment shall be considered as a single loan; and

(2) the requirements of such subsection shall not apply in the case of a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title, or made to a student to cover the cost of attendance at an eligible institution outside the United States.

(c) Special repayment rules

Except as provided in subsection (a)(2)(H), the total of the payments by a borrower during any year of any repayment period with respect to the aggregate amount of all loans to that borrower which are insured under this part shall not, unless the borrower and the lender otherwise agree, be less than $600 or the balance of all such loans (together with interest thereon), whichever amount is less (but in no instance less than the amount of interest due and payable).

(d) Borrower information

The lender shall obtain the borrower's driver's license number, if any, at the time of application for the loan.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §427, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1361; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(b), (c), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 100–369, §§5(b)(1), 7(c), 11(a), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 836–838; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §§2002(a)(1), 2004(b)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111, 2116; Pub. L. 102–164, title VI, §§601(a), 602(a), Nov. 15, 1991, 105 Stat. 1065, 1066; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §414, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 513; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(4), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2461; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §432(b)(1), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3246; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(b), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1077, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §427, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1238; Pub. L. 89–794, title XI, §1101(b)(1), Nov. 8, 1966, 80 Stat. 1476; Pub. L. 90–460, §2(a)(1), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 635; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§113(b)(2), 116(b)(2), 117(c), 120(c)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1021, 1023, 1026, 1027; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§132B(b), 132C(c), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 262, 263; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2106; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(9), (18), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, 214; Pub. L. 95–566, §5(a)(1), Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2403; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§413(a), (c), 415(a)(2), (b)(1), 416(a)(2), 423(a)(1), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1417–1421, 1432, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §537(b)(1), (d)(2), (e)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 456, 457; Pub. L. 98–79, §10[(a)], Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16012(a), 16013(b), 16017(b)(1), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 339, 340, 347, set out conditions for Federal loan insurance, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2018—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 115–245 added cl. (iv).

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(G)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(1)(A), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations".

Subsec. (a)(2)(G)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(1)(B), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "organizations".

1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 103–208 inserted "section" before "1078–2 or 1078–3".

1992—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §414(a), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "is made without security and without endorsement, except that prior to making a loan insurable by the Secretary under this part a lender shall—

"(i) obtain a credit report, from at least one national credit bureau organization, with respect to a loan applicant who will be at least 21 years of age as of July 1 of the award year for which assistance is being sought, for which the lender may charge the applicant an amount not to exceed the lesser of $25 or the actual cost of obtaining the credit report; and

"(ii) require an applicant of the age specified in clause (i) who, in the judgment of the lender in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary, has an adverse credit history, to obtain a credit worthy cosigner in order to obtain the loan, provided that, for purposes of this clause, an insufficient or nonexistent credit history may not be considered to be an adverse credit history;".

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §414(b), amended subpar. (C) generally, revising and restating as cls. (i) to (iii) provisions formerly contained in cls. (i) to (xi).

Subsec. (a)(2)(G) to (I). Pub. L. 102–325, §414(c)(1), struck out "and" at end of subpar. (G), added subpar. (H), and redesignated former subpar. (H) as (I).

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §414(d), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: "the funds borrowed by a student are disbursed to the institution by check or other means that is payable to and requires the endorsement or other certification by such student, except nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted to allow the Secretary to require checks to be made co-payable to the institution and the borrower or to prohibit the disbursement of loan proceeds by means other than by check; and".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §414(c)(2), (e), substituted "Special repayment rules" for "Minimum repayment rate" in heading and in text "Except as provided in subsection (a)(2)(H), the total" for "The total" and "(but in no instance less than the amount of interest due and payable)" for ", except that in the case of a husband and wife, both of whom have such loans outstanding, the total of the combined payments for such a couple during any year shall not be less than $600 or the balance of all such loans, whichever is less".

1991—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–164, §601(a), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "is made without security and without endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and such note or other written agreement executed by the borrower would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, endorsement may be required;".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–164, §602(a), added subsec. (d).

1989—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 101–239, §2002(a)(1), inserted before semicolon at end ", except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or a loan made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title), while serving in a medical internship or residency program".

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 101–239, §2004(b)(2), amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: "in the case of any loan made for any period of enrollment that ends more than 180 days (or 6 months) after the date disbursement is scheduled to occur, and for an amount of $1,000 or more, the proceeds of the loan will, subject to subsection (b) of this section, be disbursed directly by the lender in two or more installments, none of which exceeds one-half of the loan, with the second installment being disbursed after not less than one-third of such period (except as necessary to permit the second installment to be disbursed at the beginning of the second semester, quarter, or similar division of such period of enrollment)."

1988—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(v). Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(vii). Pub. L. 100–369, §11(a), inserted "after January 1, 1986," after "service".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100–369, §5(b)(1), substituted "section 1078–2 or 1078–3" for "section 1078–1, 1078–2, or 1078–3".

1987—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(vi). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(b)(1), inserted "nonprofit" before "private".

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(vii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(b)(2), inserted "or serving in an internship or residency program leading to a degree or certificate awarded by an institution of higher education, a hospital, or a health care facility that offers postgraduate training" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(c), substituted "$1,000 or more" for "more than $1,000".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(f), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [probably means "this section", amending this section and sections 1078, 1078–8, 1087e, and 1087dd of this title] shall apply with respect to loans—

"(1) made on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 28, 2018]; or

"(2) in repayment on the date of the enactment of this Act."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1003 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes made in subsec. (a)(2)(C), relating to deferments, applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, to an individual who is a new borrower on date such individual applies for a loan, and except that changes made in subsec. (a)(2)(H), relating to offering graduated or income sensitive repayment options, applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, to an individual who is a new borrower on date such individual applies for a loan, see section 432 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2002(a)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and sections 1078 and 1087dd of this title] shall apply to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B or part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq., 1087aa et seq.], including a loan made before the enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1989], and shall take effect on January 1, 1990, except that such amendments shall not apply with respect to any portion of a period of deferment granted to a borrower under section 427(a)(2)(C)(i), 428(b)(1)(M)(i), or 464(c)(2)(A)(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [sections 1077(a)(2)(C)(i), 1078(b)(1)(M)(i), 1087dd(c)(2)(A)(i) of this title] for service in a medical internship or residency program that is completed prior to the effective date of this section [Dec. 19, 1989]."

Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2004(c), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2116, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [enacting section 1078–7 of this title and amending this section and section 1078 of this title] shall apply with respect to loans made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after January 1, 1990."

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Pub. L. 100–369, §11(b), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 838, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section and section 1078 of this title] and section 10(b) of the Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987 [section 10(b) of Pub. L. 100–50, amending this section and section 1078 of this title] shall apply with respect to loans made, insured or guaranteed under part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [probably means part B of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 which is classified to this part], on, before, or after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987 [June 3, 1987]."

Amendment by section 5(b)(1) of Pub. L. 100–369 effective with respect to loans made on or after Oct. 1, 1988, and amendment by section 7(c) of Pub. L. 100–369 effective July 18, 1988, see section 13(b) of Pub. L. 100–369, set out as a note under section 1091 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by section 10(b) of Pub. L. 100–50 applicable with respect to loans made, insured or guaranteed under this part on, before, or after June 3, 1987, see section 11(b) of Pub. L. 100–369, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note above.

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except that subsec. (a)(2)(C) (other than cls. (viii), (ix), and (x) thereof) of this section shall apply only to loans to new borrowers made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, or disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

¹ So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.

² So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

§1077a. Applicable interest rates

(a) Rates to be consistent for borrower's entire debt

With respect to any loan to cover the cost of instruction for any period of instruction beginning on or after January 1, 1981, the rate of interest applicable to any borrower shall—

(1) not exceed 7 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan in the case of any borrower who, on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of that loan, has an outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, for which the interest rate does not exceed 7 percent;

(2) except as provided in paragraph (3), be 9 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan in the case of any borrower who, on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of that loan, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan described in paragraph (1) or any loan for which the interest rate is determined under paragraph (1); or

(3) be 8 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan for a loan to cover the cost of education for any period of enrollment beginning on or after a date which is 3 months after a determination made under subsection (b) in the case of any borrower who, on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of the loan, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan for which the interest rate is determined under paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection.

(b) Reduction for new borrowers after decline in Treasury bill rates

If for any 12-month period beginning on or after January 1, 1981, the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines that the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 12-month period is equal to or less than 9 percent, the interest rate for loans under this part shall be the rate prescribed in subsection (a)(3) for borrowers described in such subsection.

(c) Rates for supplemental loans for students and loans for parents

(1) In general

Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the applicable rate of interest on loans made pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title on or after October 1, 1981, shall be 14 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(2) Reduction of rate after decline in Treasury bill rates

If for any 12-month period beginning on or after October 1, 1981, the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines that the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 12-month period is equal to or less than 14 percent, the applicable rate of interest for loans made pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title on and after the first day of the first month beginning after the date of publication of such determination shall be 12 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(3) Increase of rate after increase in Treasury bill rates

If for any 12-month period beginning on or after the date of publication of a determination under paragraph (2), the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines that the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 12-month period exceeds 14 percent, the applicable rate of interest for loans made pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title on and after the first day of the first month beginning after the date of publication of that determination under this paragraph shall be 14 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(4) Availability of variable rates

(A) For any loan made pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title and disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, or any loan made pursuant to such section prior to such date that is refinanced pursuant to section 1078–1(d) ¹ or 1078–2(d) of this title, the applicable rate of interest during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30 shall be determined under subparagraph (B), except that such rate shall not exceed 12 percent.

(B)(i) For any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on or before June 30, 2001, the rate determined under this subparagraph is determined on the preceding June 1 and is equal to—

(I) the bond equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(II) 3.25 percent.

(ii) For any 12-month period beginning on July 1 of 2001 or any succeeding year, the rate determined under this subparagraph is determined on the preceding June 26 and is equal to—

(I) the weekly average 1-year constant maturity Treasury yield, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for the last calendar week ending on or before such June 26; plus

(II) 3.25 percent.

(C) The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under subparagraph (B) after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(D) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)—

(i) for any loan made pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992—

(I) subparagraph (B) shall be applied by substituting "3.1" for "3.25"; and

(II) the interest rate shall not exceed 11 percent; and

(ii) for any loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992—

(I) subparagraph (B) shall be applied by substituting "3.1" for "3.25"; and

(II) the interest rate shall not exceed 10 percent.

(E) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (D) for any loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1994—

(i) subparagraph (B) shall be applied by substituting "3.1" for "3.25"; and

(ii) the interest rate shall not exceed 9 percent.

(d) Interest rates for new borrowers after July 1, 1988

Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this section, with respect to any loan (other than a loan made pursuant to sections 1078–1,¹ 1078–2, and 1078–3 of this title) to cover the cost of instruction for any period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1988, to any borrower who, on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of the loan, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, the applicable rate of interest shall be—

(1) 8 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan during the period beginning on the date of the disbursement of the loan and ending 4 years after the commencement of repayment; and

(2) 10 percent per year on the unpaid principal balance of the loan during the remainder of the repayment period.

(e) Interest rates for new borrowers after October 1, 1992

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), and (d) of this section, with respect to any loan (other than a loan made pursuant to sections 1078–1,¹ 1078–2 and 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992, to any borrower who, on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of the loan, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under section 1077, 1078, or 1078–8 of this title, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 3.10 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 9 percent.

(2) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under paragraph (1) after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(f) Interest rates for new loans after July 1, 1994

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), (d), and (e) of this section, with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1994, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 3.10 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(2) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under paragraph (1) after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(g) In school and grace period rules

(1) General rule

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (f), but subject to subsection (h), with respect to any loan under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1995, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(A) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(B) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1078(b)(1)(M) or 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title,

shall not exceed the rate determined under paragraph (2).

(2) Rate determination

For purposes of paragraph (1), the rate determined under this paragraph shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 2.5 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(3) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under this subsection after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(h) Interest rates for new loans after July 1, 1998

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this section, with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to sections 1078–2 and 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of the securities with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary; plus

(B) 1.0 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(2) Interest rates for new PLUS loans after July 1, 1998

Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), and (g), with respect to any loan made under section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, paragraph (1) shall be applied—

(A) by substituting "2.1 percent" for "1.0 percent" in subparagraph (B); and

(B) by substituting "9.0 percent" for "8.25 percent" in the matter following such subparagraph.

(3) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under this subsection after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(i) Treatment of excess interest payments on new borrower accounts resulting from decline in Treasury bill rates

(1) Excess interest on 10 percent loans

If, with respect to a loan for which the applicable interest rate is 10 percent under subsection (d) of this section at the close of any calendar quarter, the sum of the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for that quarter and 3.25 percent is less than 10 percent, then an adjustment shall be made to a borrower's account—

(A) by calculating excess interest in the amount computed under paragraph (2) of this subsection; and

(B)(i) during any period in which a student is eligible to have interest payments paid on his or her behalf by the Government pursuant to section 1078(a) of this title, by crediting the excess interest to the Government; or

(ii) during any other period, by crediting such excess interest to the reduction of principal to the extent provided in paragraph (5) of this subsection.

(2) Amount of adjustment for 10 percent loans

The amount of any adjustment of interest on a loan to be made under this subsection for any quarter shall be equal to—

(A) 10 percent minus the sum of (i) the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such calendar quarter, and (ii) 3.25 percent; multiplied by

(B) the average daily principal balance of the loan (not including unearned interest added to principal) during such calendar quarter; divided by

(C) four.

(3) Excess interest on loans after 1992 amendments, to borrowers with outstanding balances

If, with respect to a loan made on or after July 23, 1992, to a borrower, who on the date of entering into the note or other written evidence of the loan, has an outstanding balance of principal or interest on any other loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, the sum of the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for that quarter and 3.1 percent is less than the applicable interest rate, then an adjustment shall be made—

(A) by calculating excess interest in the amount computed under paragraph (4) of this subsection; and

(B)(i) during any period in which a student is eligible to have interest payments paid on his or her behalf by the Government pursuant to section 1078(a) of this title, by crediting the excess interest to the Government; or

(ii) during any other period, by crediting such excess interest to the reduction of principal to the extent provided in paragraph (5) of this subsection.

(4) Amount of adjustment

The amount of any adjustment of interest on a loan to be made under this subsection for any quarter shall be equal to—

(A) the applicable interest rate minus the sum of (i) the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such calendar quarter, and (ii) 3.1 percent; multiplied by

(B) the average daily principal balance of the loan (not including unearned interest added to principal) during such calendar quarter; divided by

(C) four.

(5) Annual adjustment of interest and borrower eligibility for credit

Any adjustment amount computed pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (4) of this subsection for any quarter shall be credited, by the holder of the loan on the last day of the calendar year in which such quarter falls, to the loan account of the borrower so as to reduce the principal balance of such account. No such credit shall be made to the loan account of a borrower who on the last day of the calendar year is delinquent for more than 30 days in making a required payment on the loan, but the excess interest shall be calculated and credited to the Secretary. Any credit which is to be made to a borrower's account pursuant to this subsection shall be made effective commencing no later than 30 days following the last day of the calendar year in which the quarter falls for which the credit is being made. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require refunding any repayment of a loan. At the option of the lender, the amount of such adjustment may be distributed to the borrower either by reduction in the amount of the periodic payment on loan, by reducing the number of payments that shall be made with respect to the loan, or by reducing the amount of the final payment of the loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require the lender to make additional disclosures pursuant to section 1083(b) of this title.

(6) Publication of Treasury bill rate

For the purpose of enabling holders of loans to make the determinations and adjustments provided for in this subsection, the Secretary shall for each calendar quarter commencing with the quarter beginning on July 1, 1987, publish a notice of the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such quarter. Such notice shall be published not later than 7 days after the end of the quarter to which the notice relates.

(7) Conversion to variable rate

(A) Subject to subparagraphs (C) and (D), a lender or holder shall convert the interest rate on a loan that is made pursuant to this part and is subject to the provisions of this subsection to a variable rate. Such conversion shall occur not later than January 1, 1995, and, commencing on the date of conversion, the applicable interest rate for each 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30 shall be determined by the Secretary on the June 1 preceding each such 12-month period and be equal to the sum of (i) the bond equivalent rate of the 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to such June 1; and (ii) 3.25 percent in the case of loans described in paragraph (1), or 3.10 percent in the case of loans described in paragraph (3).

(B) In connection with the conversion specified in subparagraph (A) for any period prior to such conversion, and subject to paragraphs (C) and (D), a lender or holder shall convert the interest rate to a variable rate on a loan that is made pursuant to this part and is subject to the provisions of this subsection to a variable rate. The interest rates for such period shall be reset on a quarterly basis and the applicable interest rate for any quarter or portion thereof shall equal the sum of (i) the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-Treasury bills auctioned for the preceding 3-month period, and (ii) 3.25 percent in the case of loans described in paragraph (1) or 3.10 percent in the case of loans described in paragraph (3). The rebate of excess interest derived through this conversion shall be provided to the borrower as specified in paragraph (5) for loans described in paragraph (1) or to the Government and borrower as specified in paragraph (3).

(C) A lender or holder of a loan being converted pursuant to this paragraph shall complete such conversion on or before January 1, 1995. The lender or holder shall notify the borrower that the loan shall be converted to a variable interest rate and provide a description of the rate to the borrower not later than 30 days prior to the conversion. The notice shall advise the borrower that such rate shall be calculated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph and shall provide the borrower with a substantially equivalent benefit as the adjustment otherwise provided for under this subsection. Such notice may be incorporated into the disclosure required under section 1083(b) of this title if such disclosure has not been previously made.

(D) The interest rate on a loan converted to a variable rate pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed the maximum interest rate applicable to the loan prior to such conversion.

(E) Loans on which the interest rate is converted in accordance with subparagraph (A) or (B) shall not be subject to any other provisions of this subsection.

(j) Interest rates for new loans between July 1, 1998, and October 1, 1998

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsection (h), but subject to paragraph (2), with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 2.3 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(2) In school and grace period rules

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(A) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(B) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1078(b)(1)(M) or 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title,

shall be determined under paragraph (1) by substituting "1.7 percent" for "2.3 percent".

(3) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan under section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to the lesser of—

(A)(i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(ii) 3.1 percent; or

(B) 9.0 percent.

(4) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under this subsection after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(k) Interest rates for new loans on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsection (h) and subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 2.3 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(2) In school and grace period rules

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(A) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(B) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1077(a)(2)(C) or 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title,

shall be determined under paragraph (1) by substituting "1.7 percent" for "2.3 percent".

(3) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan under section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest shall be determined under paragraph (1)—

(A) by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.3 percent"; and

(B) by substituting "9.0 percent" for "8.25 percent".

(4) Consolidation loans

With respect to any consolidation loan under section 1078–3 of this title for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest shall be at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the lesser of—

(A) the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher one-eighth of 1 percent; or

(B) 8.25 percent.

(5) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under this subsection after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(l) Interest rates for new loans on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010

(1) In general

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, the applicable rate of interest shall be 6.8 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(2) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding subsection (h), with respect to any loan under section 1078–2 of this title for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, the applicable rate of interest shall be 8.5 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(3) Consolidation loans

With respect to any consolidation loan under section 1078–3 of this title for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after July 1, 2006, and that was disbursed before July 1, 2010, the applicable rate of interest shall be at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the lesser of—

(A) the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher one-eighth of 1 percent; or

(B) 8.25 percent.

(4) Reduced rates for undergraduate subsidized loans

Notwithstanding subsection (h) and paragraph (1) of this subsection, with respect to any loan to an undergraduate student made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made pursuant to section 1078–2, 1078–3, or 1078–8 of this title) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, the applicable rate of interest shall be as follows:

(A) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2008, 6.8 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(B) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008, and before July 1, 2009, 6.0 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(C) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2009, and before July 1, 2010, 5.6 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(m) Lesser rates permitted

Nothing in this section or section 1078–3 of this title shall be construed to prohibit a lender from charging a borrower interest at a rate less than the rate which is applicable under this part.

(n) Definitions

For the purpose of subsections (a) and (d) of this section—

(1) the term "period of instruction" shall, at the discretion of the lender, be any academic year, semester, trimester, quarter, or other academic period; or shall be the period for which the loan is made as determined by the institution of higher education; and

(2) the term "period of enrollment" shall be the period for which the loan is made as determined by the institution of higher education and shall coincide with academic terms such as academic year, semester, trimester, quarter, or other academic period as defined by such institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §427A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1364; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(d)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 342; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §415, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4101, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(5)–(10), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2461; Pub. L. 105–178, title VIII, §8301(a)(1), June 9, 1998, 112 Stat. 496; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §416(a)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1679; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §318(a)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-49; Pub. L. 107–139, §1(a)(1), (c), Feb. 8, 2002, 116 Stat. 8, 9; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8006(a), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 159; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §201(a)(1), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 790; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2203, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1074.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (c) to (e)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

Codification

Amendments by section 2(c)(6)–(10) of Pub. L. 103–208 (which were effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) were executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–66, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1077a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §427A, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §415(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1419; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §534(a)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 454; Pub. L. 98–79, §5(a), (b)(1), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 481, 482, prescribed applicable interest rates on loans, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 111–152, §2203(1), inserted "and before July 1, 2010" in heading.

Subsec. (l)(1), (2). Pub. L. 111–152, §2203(2), (3), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "July 1, 2006,".

Subsec. (l)(3). Pub. L. 111–152, §2203(4), inserted "and that was disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "July 1, 2006,".

Subsec. (l)(4). Pub. L. 111–152, §2203(5)(A), substituted "July 1, 2010" for "July 1, 2012" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (l)(4)(D), (E). Pub. L. 111–152, §2203(5)(B), struck out subpars. (D) and (E) which read as follows:

"(D) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2011, 4.5 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

"(E) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2011, and before July 1, 2012, 3.4 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan."

2007—Subsec. (l)(4). Pub. L. 110–84 added par. (4).

2006—Subsec. (l)(2). Pub. L. 109–171 substituted "8.5 percent" for "7.9 percent".

2002—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 107–139, §1(c), substituted "2006" for "2003" in heading and "July 1, 2006," for "July 1, 2003," wherever appearing in text.

Subsecs. (l) to (n). Pub. L. 107–139, §1(a)(1), added subsec. (l) and redesignated former subsecs. (l) and (m) as (m) and (n), respectively.

2000—Subsec. (c)(4)(B). Pub. L. 106–554 amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "For any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, the rate determined under this subparagraph is determined on the preceding June 1 and is equal to—

"(i) the bond equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

"(ii) 3.25 percent."

1998—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(a)(1)(B), added subsec. (j). Former subsec. (j) redesignated (k).

Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(a)(1)(B), added subsec. (k). Former subsec. (k) redesignated (l).

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(a)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (j) as (k). Former subsec. (k) redesignated (l).

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(a)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (k) as (l). Former subsec. (l) redesignated (m).

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(a)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (k) as (l).

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(a)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (l) as (m).

1993—Subsec. (c)(4)(E). Pub. L. 103–66, §4101(1), added subpar. (E).

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(5), substituted "under section 1077, 1078, or 1078–8 of this title" for "under this part".

Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 103–66, §4101(3), added subsecs. (f) to (h). Former subsecs. (f) to (h) redesignated (i) to (k), respectively.

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 103–66, §4101(2), redesignated subsec. (f) as (i).

Subsec. (i)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(6), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "by crediting the excess interest to the reduction of principal to the extent provided for under paragraph (5) of this subsection." See Codification note above.

Subsec. (i)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(7), substituted "average daily principal balance" for "outstanding principal balance" and "during" for "at the end of". See Codification note above.

Subsec. (i)(4)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(8), substituted "average daily principal balance" for "outstanding principal balance" and "during" for "at the end of". See Codification note above.

Subsec. (i)(5). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(9)(A)(i), (B), substituted "paragraphs (2) and (4)" for "paragraph (2)" in first sentence and inserted ", but the excess interest shall be calculated and credited to the Secretary" after "required payment on the loan" in second sentence. See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(9)(A)(ii), which directed substitution of "principal" for "principle" in first sentence, could not be executed because the word "principle" does not appear in text.

Subsec. (i)(7). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(10), added par. (7). See Codification note above.

Subsecs. (j), (k). Pub. L. 103–66, §4101(2), redesignated subsecs. (g) and (h) as (j) and (k), respectively.

1992—Subsec. (c)(4)(D). Pub. L. 102–325, §415(a), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §415(c)(2), added subsec. (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).

Pub. L. 102–325, §415(b), amended par. (1) heading and substituted "paragraph (5)" for "paragraph (3)" in par. (1)(B), amended par. (2) heading, added pars. (3) and (4), redesignated former par. (3) as (5), struck out "or" before "by reducing the number" and inserted ", or by reducing the amount of the final payment of the loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require the lender to make additional disclosures pursuant to section 1083(b) of this title" before period at end, redesignated former par. (4) as (6), and struck out former par. (5) which provided for study of treatment of excess interest payments provisions.

Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 102–325, §415(c)(1), redesignated subsecs. (e) to (g) as (f) to (h), respectively.

1987—Subsec. (c)(4)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(d)(1)(A), (B), substituted "and disbursed on or after July 1, 1987" for "to cover the cost of instruction for any period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987" and "any 12-month period beginning on or after July 1 and ending on June 30" for "any calendar year".

Subsec. (c)(4)(B). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(d)(1)(C), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "For any calendar year, the rate determined under this subparagraph is determined on December 15 preceding such calendar year and is equal to—

"(i) the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned during the 12 months ending on November 30 preceding such calendar year; plus

"(ii) 3.75 percent."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §416(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1682, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1078–2, 1078–3, and 1087–1 of this title] shall apply with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.] for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, except that such amendments shall apply with respect to any loan made under section 428C of such Act [20 U.S.C. 1078–3] for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 2(c)(5) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, and amendment by section 2(c)(6)–(10) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, see section 5(a), (b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1078. Federal payments to reduce student interest costs

(a) Federal interest subsidies

(1) Types of loans that qualify

Each student who has received a loan for study at an eligible institution for which the first disbursement is made before July 1, 2010, and—

(A) which is insured by the Secretary under this part; or

(B) which is insured under a program of a State or of a nonprofit private institution or organization which was contracted for, and paid to the student, within the period specified in paragraph (5), and which—

(i) in the case of a loan insured prior to July 1, 1967, was made by an eligible lender and is insured under a program which meets the requirements of subparagraph (E) of subsection (b)(1) and provides that repayment of such loan shall be in installments beginning not earlier than 60 days after the student ceases to pursue a course of study (as described in subparagraph (D) of subsection (b)(1)) at an eligible institution, or

(ii) in the case of a loan insured after June 30, 1967, was made by an eligible lender and is insured under a program covered by an agreement made pursuant to subsection (b),

shall be entitled to have paid on his or her behalf and for his or her account to the holder of the loan a portion of the interest on such loan under circumstances described in paragraph (2).

(2) Additional requirements to receive subsidy

(A) Each student qualifying for a portion of an interest payment under paragraph (1) shall—

(i) have provided to the lender a statement from the eligible institution, at which the student has been accepted for enrollment, or at which the student is in attendance, which—

(I) sets forth the loan amount for which the student shows financial need; and

(II) sets forth a schedule for disbursement of the proceeds of the loan in installments, consistent with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title;

(ii) meet the requirements of subparagraph (B); and

(iii) have provided to the lender at the time of application for a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, the student's driver's number, if any.

(B) For the purpose of clause (ii) of subparagraph (A), a student shall qualify for a portion of an interest payment under paragraph (1) if the eligible institution has determined and documented the student's amount of need for a loan based on the student's estimated cost of attendance, estimated financial assistance, and, for the purpose of an interest payment pursuant to this section, student aid index (as determined under part F), subject to the provisions of subparagraph (D).

(C) For the purpose of this paragraph—

(i) a student's cost of attendance shall be determined under section 1087ll of this title;

(ii) a student's estimated financial assistance means, for the period for which the loan is sought—

(I) the amount of assistance such student will receive under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter (as determined in accordance with section 1091(b) of this title), subpart 3 of part A of this subchapter, and parts C and E; plus

(II) other scholarship, grant, or loan assistance, but excluding—

(aa) any national service education award or post-service benefit under title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 [42 U.S.C. 12511 et seq.]; and

(bb) any veterans' education benefits as defined in section 1087vv(c) of this title; and

(iii) the determination of need and of the amount of a loan by an eligible institution under subparagraph (B) with respect to a student shall be calculated in accordance with part F.

(D) An eligible institution may not, in carrying out the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, provide a statement which certifies the eligibility of any student to receive any loan under this part in excess of the maximum amount applicable to such loan.

(E) For the purpose of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this paragraph, any loan obtained by a student under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–8 of this title or a parent under section 1078–2 of this title or under any State-sponsored or private loan program for an academic year for which the determination is made may be used to offset the student aid index of the student for that year.

(3) Amount of interest subsidy

(A)(i) Subject to section 1087–1(c) of this title, the portion of the interest on a loan which a student is entitled to have paid, on behalf of and for the account of the student, to the holder of the loan pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be equal to the total amount of the interest on the unpaid principal amount of the loan—

(I) which accrues prior to the date the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution), or

(II) which accrues during a period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in subsection (b)(1)(M) of this section or in section 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title.

(ii) Such portion of the interest on a loan shall not exceed, for any period, the amount of the interest on that loan which is payable by the student after taking into consideration the amount of any interest on that loan which the student is entitled to have paid on his or her behalf for that period under any State or private loan insurance program.

(iii) The holder of a loan with respect to which payments are required to be made under this section shall be deemed to have a contractual right, as against the United States, to receive from the Secretary the portion of interest which has been so determined without administrative delay after the receipt by the Secretary of an accurate and complete request for payment pursuant to paragraph (4).

(iv) The Secretary shall pay this portion of the interest to the holder of the loan on behalf of and for the account of the borrower at such times as may be specified in regulations in force when the applicable agreement entered into pursuant to subsection (b) was made, or, if the loan was made by a State or is insured under a program which is not covered by such an agreement, at such times as may be specified in regulations in force at the time the loan was paid to the student.

(v) A lender may not receive interest on a loan for any period that precedes the date that is—

(I) in the case of a loan disbursed by check, 10 days before the first disbursement of the loan;

(II) in the case of a loan disbursed by electronic funds transfer, 3 days before the first disbursement of the loan; or

(III) in the case of a loan disbursed through an escrow agent, 3 days before the first disbursement of the loan.

(B) If—

(i) a State student loan insurance program is covered by an agreement under subsection (b),

(ii) a statute of such State limits the interest rate on loans insured by such program to a rate which is less than the applicable interest rate under this part, and

(iii) the Secretary determines that subsection (d) does not make such statutory limitation inapplicable and that such statutory limitation threatens to impede the carrying out of the purpose of this part,

then the Secretary may pay an administrative cost allowance to the holder of each loan which is insured under such program and which is made during the period beginning on the 60th day after October 16, 1968, and ending 120 days after the adjournment of such State's first regular legislative session which adjourns after January 1, 1969. Such administrative cost allowance shall be paid over the term of the loan in an amount per year (determined by the Secretary) which shall not exceed 1 percent of the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(4) Submission of statements by holders on amount of payment

Each holder of a loan with respect to which payments of interest are required to be made by the Secretary shall submit to the Secretary, at such time or times and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe, statements containing such information as may be required by or pursuant to regulation for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to determine the amount of the payment which he must make with respect to that loan.

(5) Duration of authority to make interest subsidized loans

The period referred to in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection shall begin on November 8, 1965, and end at the close of June 30, 2010.

(6) Assessment of borrower's financial condition not prohibited or required

Nothing in this chapter or any other Act shall be construed to prohibit or require, unless otherwise specifically provided by law, a lender to evaluate the total financial situation of a student making application for a loan under this part, or to counsel a student with respect to any such loan, or to make a decision based on such evaluation and counseling with respect to the dollar amount of any such loan.

(7) Loans that have not been consummated

Lenders may not charge interest or receive interest subsidies or special allowance payments for loans for which the disbursement checks have not been cashed or for which electronic funds transfers have not been completed.

(b) Insurance program agreements to qualify loans for interest subsidies

(1) Requirements of insurance program

Any State or any nonprofit private institution or organization may enter into an agreement with the Secretary for the purpose of entitling students who receive loans which are insured under a student loan insurance program of that State, institution, or organization to have made on their behalf the payments provided for in subsection (a) if the Secretary determines that the student loan insurance program—

(A) authorizes the insurance in any academic year, as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title, or its equivalent (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) for any student who is carrying at an eligible institution or in a program of study abroad approved for credit by the eligible home institution at which such student is enrolled at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution) in any amount up to a maximum of—

(i) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has not successfully completed the first year of a program of undergraduate education—

(I) $3,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length; and

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education which is less than 1 academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as the length of such program measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to 1 academic year;

(ii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed such first year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education—

(I) $4,500; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education, the remainder of which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as such remainder measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year;

(iii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed the first and second years of a program of undergraduate education but has not successfully completed the remainder of such program—

(I) $5,500; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education, the remainder of which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as such remainder measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year;

(iv) in the case of a student who has received an associate or baccalaureate degree and is enrolled in an eligible program for which the institution requires such degree for admission, the number of years that a student has completed in a program of undergraduate education shall, for the purposes of clauses (ii) and (iii), include any prior enrollment in the eligible program of undergraduate education for which the student was awarded such degree;

(v) in the case of a graduate or professional student (as defined in regulations of the Secretary) at an eligible institution, $8,500; and

(vi) in the case of a student enrolled in coursework specified in sections 1091(b)(3)(B) and 1091(b)(4)(B) of this title—

(I) $2,625 for coursework necessary for enrollment in an undergraduate degree or certificate program, and, in the case of a student who has obtained a baccalaureate degree, $5,500 for coursework necessary for enrollment in a graduate or professional degree or certification program; and

(II) in the case of a student who has obtained a baccalaureate degree, $5,500 for coursework necessary for a professional credential or certification from a State required for employment as a teacher in an elementary school or secondary school;

except in cases where the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations, that a higher amount is warranted in order to carry out the purpose of this part with respect to students engaged in specialized training requiring exceptionally high costs of education, but the annual insurable limit per student shall not be deemed to be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments by the lender to the borrower will not be made in any years in excess of the annual limit;

(B) provides that the aggregate insured unpaid principal amount for all such insured loans made to any student shall be any amount up to a maximum of—

(i) $23,000, in the case of any student who has not successfully completed a program of undergraduate education, excluding loans made under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title; and

(ii) $65,500, in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations of the Secretary), and (I) including any loans which are insured by the Secretary under this section, or by a guaranty agency, made to such student before the student became a graduate or professional student, but (II) excluding loans made under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title,

except that the Secretary may increase the limit applicable to students who are pursuing programs which the Secretary determines are exceptionally expensive;

(C) authorizes the insurance of loans to any individual student for at least 6 academic years of study or their equivalent (as determined under regulations of the Secretary);

(D) provides that (i) the student borrower shall be entitled to accelerate without penalty the whole or any part of an insured loan, (ii) the student borrower may annually change the selection of a repayment plan under this part, and (iii) the note, or other written evidence of any loan, may contain such reasonable provisions relating to repayment in the event of default by the borrower as may be authorized by regulations of the Secretary in effect at the time such note or written evidence was executed, and shall contain a notice that repayment may, following a default by the borrower, be subject to income contingent repayment in accordance with subsection (m);

(E) subject to subparagraphs (D) and (L), and except as provided by subparagraph (M), provides that—

(i) not more than 6 months prior to the date on which the borrower's first payment is due, the lender shall offer the borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this section or section 1078–8 of this title, the option of repaying the loan in accordance with a standard, graduated, income-sensitive, or extended repayment schedule (as described in paragraph (9)) established by the lender in accordance with regulations of the Secretary; and

(ii) repayment of loans shall be in installments in accordance with the repayment plan selected under paragraph (9) and commencing at the beginning of the repayment period determined under paragraph (7);

(F) authorizes interest on the unpaid balance of the loan at a yearly rate not in excess (exclusive of any premium for insurance which may be passed on to the borrower) of the rate required by section 1077a of this title;

(G) insures 98 percent of the unpaid principal of loans insured under the program, except that—

(i) such program shall insure 100 percent of the unpaid principal of loans made with funds advanced pursuant to subsection (j);

(ii) for any loan for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, the preceding provisions of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "97 percent" for "98 percent"; and

(iii) notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph, such program shall insure 100 percent of the unpaid principal amount of exempt claims as defined in subsection (c)(1)(G);

(H) provides—

(i) for loans for which the date of guarantee of principal is before July 1, 2006, for the collection of a single insurance premium equal to not more than 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, by deduction proportionately from each installment payment of the proceeds of the loan to the borrower, and ensures that the proceeds of the premium will not be used for incentive payments to lenders; or

(ii) for loans for which the date of guarantee of principal is on or after July 1, 2006, and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010, for the collection, and the deposit into the Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund under section 1072a of this title of a Federal default fee of an amount equal to 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, which fee shall be collected either by deduction from the proceeds of the loan or by payment from other non-Federal sources, and ensures that the proceeds of the Federal default fee will not be used for incentive payments to lenders;

(I) provides that the benefits of the loan insurance program will not be denied any student who is eligible for interest benefits under subsection (a)(1) and (2);

(J) provides that a student may obtain insurance under the program for a loan for any year of study at an eligible institution;

(K) in the case of a State program, provides that such State program is administered by a single State agency, or by one or more nonprofit private institutions or organizations under supervision of a single State agency;

(L) provides that the total of the payments by borrower—

(i) except as otherwise provided by a repayment plan selected by the borrower under clause (ii), (iii), or (v) of paragraph (9)(A), during any year of any repayment period with respect to the aggregate amount of all loans to that borrower which are insured under this part shall not, unless the borrower and the lender otherwise agree, be less than $600 or the balance of all such loans (together with interest thereon), whichever amount is less (but in no instance less than the amount of interest due and payable, notwithstanding any payment plan under paragraph (9)(A)); and

(ii) for a monthly or other similar payment period with respect to the aggregate of all loans held by the lender may, when the amount of a monthly or other similar payment is not a multiple of $5, be rounded to the next highest whole dollar amount that is a multiple of $5;

(M) provides that periodic installments of principal need not be paid, but interest shall accrue and be paid by the Secretary, during any period—

(i) during which the borrower—

(I) is pursuing at least a half-time course of study as determined by an eligible institution, except that no borrower, notwithstanding the provisions of the promissory note, shall be required to borrow an additional loan under this subchapter in order to be eligible to receive a deferment under this clause; or

(II) is pursuing a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program approved by the Secretary, or pursuant to a rehabilitation training program for disabled individuals approved by the Secretary,

 except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or loan made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title), while serving in a medical internship or residency program;

(ii) not in excess of 3 years during which the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment, except that no borrower who provides evidence of eligibility for unemployment benefits shall be required to provide additional paperwork for a deferment under this clause;

(iii) during which the borrower—

(I) is serving on active duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; or

(II) is performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency,

 and for the 180-day period following the demobilization date for the service described in subclause (I) or (II);

(iv) not in excess of 3 years for any reason which the lender determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under section 1085(o) of this title, has caused or will cause the borrower to have an economic hardship; or

(v) during which the borrower is receiving treatment for cancer and the 6 months after such period;

(N) provides that funds borrowed by a student—

(i) are disbursed to the institution by check or other means that is payable to, and requires the endorsement or other certification by, such student;

(ii) in the case of a student who is studying outside the United States in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which such student is enrolled, and only after verification of the student's enrollment by the lender or guaranty agency, are, at the request of the student, disbursed directly to the student by the means described in clause (i), unless such student requests that the check be endorsed, or the funds transfer be authorized, pursuant to an authorized power-of-attorney; or

(iii) in the case of a student who is studying outside the United States in a program of study at an eligible foreign institution, are, at the request of the foreign institution, disbursed directly to the student, only after verification of the student's enrollment by the lender or guaranty agency by the means described in clause (i).²

(O) provides that the proceeds of the loans will be disbursed in accordance with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title;

(P) requires the borrower to notify the institution concerning any change in local address during enrollment and requires the borrower and the institution at which the borrower is in attendance promptly to notify the holder of the loan, directly or through the guaranty agency, concerning (i) any change of permanent address, (ii) when the student ceases to be enrolled on at least a half-time basis, and (iii) any other change in status, when such change in status affects the student's eligibility for the loan;

(Q) provides for the guarantee of loans made to students and parents under sections 1078–1 ¹ and 1078–2 of this title;

(R) with respect to lenders which are eligible institutions, provides for the insurance of loans by only such institutions as are located within the geographic area served by such guaranty agency;

(S) provides no restrictions with respect to the insurance of loans for students who are otherwise eligible for loans under such program if such a student is accepted for enrollment in or is attending an eligible institution within the State, or if such a student is a legal resident of the State and is accepted for enrollment in or is attending an eligible institution outside that State;

(T) authorizes (i) the limitation of the total number of loans or volume of loans, made under this part to students attending a particular eligible institution during any academic year; and (ii) the limitation, suspension, or termination of the eligibility of an eligible institution if—

(I) such institution is ineligible for the emergency action, limitation, suspension, or termination of eligible institutions under regulations issued by the Secretary or is ineligible pursuant to criteria, rules, or regulations issued under the student loan insurance program which are substantially the same as regulations with respect to emergency action, limitation, suspension, or termination of such eligibility issued by the Secretary;

(II) there is a State constitutional prohibition affecting the eligibility of such an institution;

(III) such institution fails to make timely refunds to students as required by regulations issued by the Secretary or has not satisfied within 30 days of issuance a final judgment obtained by a student seeking such a refund;

(IV) such institution or an owner, director, or officer of such institution is found guilty in any criminal, civil, or administrative proceeding, or such institution or an owner, director, or officer of such institution is found liable in any civil or administrative proceeding, regarding the obtaining, maintenance, or disbursement of State or Federal grant, loan, or work assistance funds; or

(V) such institution or an owner, director, or officer of such institution has unpaid financial liabilities involving the improper acquisition, expenditure, or refund of State or Federal financial assistance funds;

except that, if a guaranty agency limits, suspends, or terminates the participation of an eligible institution, the Secretary shall apply that limitation, suspension, or termination to all locations of such institution, unless the Secretary finds, within 30 days of notification of the action by the guaranty agency, that the guaranty agency's action did not comply with the requirements of this section;

(U) provides (i) for the eligibility of all lenders described in section 1085(d)(1) of this title under reasonable criteria, unless (I) that lender is eliminated as a lender under regulations for the emergency action, limitation, suspension, or termination of a lender under the Federal student loan insurance program or is eliminated as a lender pursuant to criteria issued under the student loan insurance program which are substantially the same as regulations with respect to such eligibility as a lender issued under the Federal student loan insurance program, or (II) there is a State constitutional prohibition affecting the eligibility of a lender, (ii) assurances that the guaranty agency will report to the Secretary concerning changes in such criteria, including any procedures in effect under such program to take emergency action, limit, suspend, or terminate lenders, and (iii) for (I) a compliance audit of each lender that originates or holds more than $5,000,000 in loans made under this subchapter for any lender fiscal year (except that each lender described in section 1085(d)(1)(A)(ii)(III) of this title shall annually submit the results of an audit required by this clause), at least once a year and covering the period since the most recent audit, conducted by a qualified, independent organization or person in accordance with standards established by the Comptroller General for the audit of governmental organizations, programs, and functions, and as prescribed in regulations of the Secretary, the results of which shall be submitted to the Secretary, or (II) with regard to a lender that is audited under chapter 75 of title 31, such audit shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of subclause (I) for the period covered by such audit, except that the Secretary may waive the requirements of this clause (iii) if the lender submits to the Secretary the results of an audit conducted for other purposes that the Secretary determines provides the same information as the audits required by this clause;

(V) provides authority for the guaranty agency to require a participation agreement between the guaranty agency and each eligible institution within the State in which it is designated, as a condition for guaranteeing loans made on behalf of students attending the institution;

(W) provides assurances that the agency will implement all requirements of the Secretary for uniform claims and procedures pursuant to section 1082(l) of this title;

(X) provides information to the Secretary in accordance with subsection (c)(9) and maintains reserve funds determined by the Secretary to be sufficient in relation to such agency's guarantee obligations; and

(Y) provides that—

(i) the lender shall determine the eligibility of a borrower for a deferment described in subparagraph (M)(i) based on—

(I) receipt of a request for deferment from the borrower and documentation of the borrower's eligibility for the deferment;

(II) receipt of a newly completed loan application that documents the borrower's eligibility for a deferment;

(III) receipt of student status information documenting that the borrower is enrolled on at least a half-time basis; or

(IV) the lender's confirmation of the borrower's half-time enrollment status through use of the National Student Loan Data System, if the confirmation is requested by the institution of higher education;

(ii) the lender will notify the borrower of the granting of any deferment under clause (i)(II) or (III) of this subparagraph and of the option to continue paying on the loan; and

(iii) the lender shall, at the time the lender grants a deferment to a borrower who received a loan under section 1078–8 of this title and is eligible for a deferment under subparagraph (M) of this paragraph, provide information to the borrower to assist the borrower in understanding the impact of the capitalization of interest on the borrower's loan principal and on the total amount of interest to be paid during the life of the loan.

(2) Contents of insurance program agreement

Such an agreement shall—

(A) provide that the holder of any such loan will be required to submit to the Secretary, at such time or times and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe, statements containing such information as may be required by or pursuant to regulation for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to determine the amount of the payment which must be made with respect to that loan;

(B) include such other provisions as may be necessary to protect the United States from the risk of unreasonable loss and promote the purpose of this part, including such provisions as may be necessary for the purpose of section 1087 of this title, and as are agreed to by the Secretary and the guaranty agency, as the case may be;

(C) provide for making such reports, in such form and containing such information, including financial information, as the Secretary may reasonably require to carry out the Secretary's functions under this part and protect the financial interest of the United States, and for keeping such records and for affording such access thereto as the Secretary may find necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports;

(D) provide for—

(i) conducting, except as provided in clause (ii), financial and compliance audits of the guaranty agency on at least an annual basis and covering the period since the most recent audit, conducted by a qualified, independent organization or person in accordance with standards established by the Comptroller General for the audit of governmental organizations, programs, and functions, and as prescribed in regulations of the Secretary, the results of which shall be submitted to the Secretary; or

(ii) with regard to a guaranty program of a State which is audited under chapter 75 of title 31, deeming such audit to satisfy the requirements of clause (i) for the period of time covered by such audit;

(E)(i) provide that any guaranty agency may transfer loans which are insured under this part to any other guaranty agency with the approval of the holder of the loan and such other guaranty agency; and

(ii) provide that the lender (or the holder of the loan) shall, not later than 120 days after the borrower has left the eligible institution, notify the borrower of the date on which the repayment period begins; and

(F) provide that, if the sale, other transfer, or assignment of a loan made under this part to another holder will result in a change in the identity of the party to whom the borrower must send subsequent payments or direct any communications concerning the loans, then—

(i) the transferor and the transferee will be required, not later than 45 days from the date the transferee acquires a legally enforceable right to receive payment from the borrower on such loan, either jointly or separately to provide a notice to the borrower of—

(I) the sale or other transfer;

(II) the identity of the transferee;

(III) the name and address of the party to whom subsequent payments or communications must be sent;

(IV) the telephone numbers of both the transferor and the transferee;

(V) the effective date of the transfer;

(VI) the date on which the current servicer (as of the date of the notice) will stop accepting payments; and

(VII) the date on which the new servicer will begin accepting payments; and

(ii) the transferee will be required to notify the guaranty agency, and, upon the request of an institution of higher education, the guaranty agency shall notify the last such institution the student attended prior to the beginning of the repayment period of any loan made under this part, of—

(I) any sale or other transfer of the loan; and

(II) the address and telephone number by which contact may be made with the new holder concerning repayment of the loan,

except that this subparagraph (F) shall only apply if the borrower is in the grace period described in section 1077(a)(2)(B) of this title or subsection (b)(7) or is in repayment status.

(3) Restrictions on inducements, payments, mailings, and advertising

A guaranty agency shall not—

(A) offer, directly or indirectly, premiums, payments, stock or other securities, prizes, travel, entertainment expenses, tuition payment or reimbursement, or other inducements to—

(i) any institution of higher education, any employee of an institution of higher education, or any individual or entity in order to secure applicants for loans made under this part; or

(ii) any lender, or any agent, employee, or independent contractor of any lender or guaranty agency, in order to administer or market loans made under this part (other than a loan made as part of the guaranty agency's lender-of-last-resort program pursuant to subsection (j)), for the purpose of securing the designation of the guaranty agency as the insurer of such loans;

(B) conduct unsolicited mailings, by postal or electronic means, of student loan application forms to students enrolled in secondary schools or postsecondary educational institutions, or to the families of such students, except that applications may be mailed, by postal or electronic means, to students or borrowers who have previously received loans guaranteed under this part by the guaranty agency;

(C) perform, for an institution of higher education participating in a program under this subchapter, any function that such institution is required to perform under this subchapter, except that the guaranty agency may perform functions on behalf of such institution in accordance with section 1092(b) or 1092(l) of this title;

(D) pay, on behalf of an institution of higher education, another person to perform any function that such institution is required to perform under this subchapter, except that the guaranty agency may perform functions on behalf of such institution in accordance with section 1092(b) or 1092(l) of this title; or

(E) conduct fraudulent or misleading advertising concerning loan availability, terms, or conditions.

It shall not be a violation of this paragraph for a guaranty agency to provide technical assistance to institutions of higher education comparable to the technical assistance provided to institutions of higher education by the Department.

(4) Special rule

With respect to the graduate fellowship program referred to in paragraph (1)(M)(i)(II), the Secretary shall approve any course of study at a foreign university that is accepted for the completion of a recognized international fellowship program by the administrator of such a program. Requests for deferment of repayment of loans under this part by students engaged in graduate or postgraduate fellowship-supported study (such as pursuant to a Fulbright grant) outside the United States shall be approved until completion of the period of the fellowship.

(5) Guaranty agency information transfers

(A) Until such time as the Secretary has implemented section 1092b of this title and is able to provide to guaranty agencies the information required by such section, any guaranty agency may request information regarding loans made after January 1, 1987, to students who are residents of the State for which the agency is the designated guarantor, from any other guaranty agency insuring loans to such students.

(B) Upon a request pursuant to subparagraph (A), a guaranty agency shall provide—

(i) the name and the social security number of the borrower; and

(ii) the amount borrowed and the cumulative amount borrowed.

(C) Any costs associated with fulfilling the request of a guaranty agency for information on students shall be paid by the guaranty agency requesting the information.

(6) State guaranty agency information request of State licensing boards

Each guaranty agency is authorized to enter into agreements with each appropriate State licensing board under which the State licensing board, upon request, will furnish the guaranty agency with the address of a student borrower in any case in which the location of the student borrower is unknown or unavailable to the guaranty agency.

(7) Repayment period

(A) In the case of a loan made under section 1077 of this title or this section, the repayment period shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance and shall begin the day after 6 months after the date the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution).

(B) In the case of a loan made under section 1078–8 of this title, the repayment period shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance, and shall begin as described in subparagraph (A), but interest shall begin to accrue or be paid by the borrower on the day the loan is disbursed.

(C) In the case of a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title, the repayment period shall begin on the day the loan is disbursed, or, if the loan is disbursed in multiple installments, on the day of the last such disbursement, and shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance.

(D) There shall be excluded from the 6-month period that begins on the date on which a student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload as described in subparagraph (A) any period not to exceed 3 years during which a borrower who is a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces named in section 10101 of title 10 is called or ordered to active duty for a period of more than 30 days (as defined in section 101(d)(2) of such title). Such period of exclusion shall include the period necessary to resume enrollment at the borrower's next available regular enrollment period.

(8) Means of disbursement of loan proceeds

Nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted to prohibit the disbursement of loan proceeds by means other than by check or to allow the Secretary to require checks to be made co-payable to the institution and the borrower.

(9) Repayment plans

(A) Design and selection

In accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary, the lender shall offer a borrower of a loan made under this part the plans described in this subparagraph for repayment of such loan, including principal and interest thereon. No plan may require a borrower to repay a loan in less than 5 years unless the borrower, during the 6 months immediately preceding the start of the repayment period, specifically requests that repayment be made over of ³ a shorter period. The borrower may choose from—

(i) a standard repayment plan, with a fixed annual repayment amount paid over a fixed period of time, not to exceed 10 years;

(ii) a graduated repayment plan paid over a fixed period of time, not to exceed 10 years;

(iii) an income-sensitive repayment plan, with income-sensitive repayment amounts paid over a fixed period of time, not to exceed 10 years, except that the borrower's scheduled payments shall not be less than the amount of interest due;

(iv) for new borrowers on or after October 7, 1998, who accumulate (after October 7, 1998) outstanding loans under this part totaling more than $30,000, an extended repayment plan, with a fixed annual or graduated repayment amount paid over an extended period of time, not to exceed 25 years, except that the borrower shall repay annually a minimum amount determined in accordance with paragraph (1)(L)(i); and

(v) beginning July 1, 2009, an income-based repayment plan that enables a borrower who has a partial financial hardship to make a lower monthly payment in accordance with section 1098e of this title, except that the plan described in this clause shall not be available to a borrower for a loan under section 1078–2 of this title made on behalf of a dependent student or for a consolidation loan under section 1078–3 of this title, if the proceeds of such loan were used to discharge the liability of a loan under section 1078–2 of this title made on behalf of a dependent student.

(B) Lender selection of option if borrower does not select

If a borrower of a loan made under this part does not select a repayment plan described in subparagraph (A), the lender shall provide the borrower with a repayment plan described in subparagraph (A)(i).

(c) Guaranty agreements for reimbursing losses

(1) Authority to enter into agreements

(A) The Secretary may enter into a guaranty agreement with any guaranty agency, whereby the Secretary shall undertake to reimburse it, under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may establish, with respect to losses (resulting from the default of the student borrower) on the unpaid balance of the principal and accrued interest of any insured loan. The guaranty agency shall be deemed to have a contractual right against the United States, during the life of such loan, to receive reimbursement according to the provisions of this subsection. Upon receipt of an accurate and complete request by a guaranty agency for reimbursement with respect to such losses, the Secretary shall pay promptly and without administrative delay. Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph and in paragraph (7), the amount to be paid a guaranty agency as reimbursement under this subsection shall be equal to 100 percent of the amount expended by it in discharge of its insurance obligation incurred under its loan insurance program. A guaranty agency shall file a claim for reimbursement with respect to losses under this subsection within 30 days after the guaranty agency discharges its insurance obligation on the loan.

(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)—

(i) if, for any fiscal year, the amount of such reimbursement payments by the Secretary under this subsection exceeds 5 percent of the loans which are insured by such guaranty agency under such program and which were in repayment at the end of the preceding fiscal year, the amount to be paid as reimbursement under this subsection for such excess shall be equal to 85 percent of the amount of such excess; and

(ii) if, for any fiscal year, the amount of such reimbursement payments exceeds 9 percent of such loans, the amount to be paid as reimbursement under this subsection for such excess shall be equal to 75 percent of the amount of such excess.

(C) For the purpose of this subsection, the amount of loans of a guaranty agency which are in repayment shall be the original principal amount of loans made by a lender which are insured by such a guaranty agency reduced by—

(i) the amount the insurer has been required to pay to discharge its insurance obligations under this part;

(ii) the original principal amount of loans insured by it which have been fully repaid; and

(iii) the original principal amount insured on those loans for which payment of the first installment of principal has not become due pursuant to subsection (b)(1)(E) of this section or such first installment need not be paid pursuant to subsection (b)(1)(M) of this section.

(D) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, in the case of a loan made pursuant to a lender-of-last-resort program, the Secretary shall apply the provisions of—

(i) the fourth sentence of subparagraph (A) by substituting "100 percent" for "95 percent"; ¹

(ii) subparagraph (B)(i) by substituting "100 percent" for "85 percent"; and

(iii) subparagraph (B)(ii) by substituting "100 percent" for "75 percent".

(E) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, in the case of an outstanding loan transferred to a guaranty agency from another guaranty agency pursuant to a plan approved by the Secretary in response to the insolvency of the latter such guarantee agency, the Secretary shall apply the provision of—

(i) the fourth sentence of subparagraph (A) by substituting "100 percent" for "95 percent"; ¹

(ii) subparagraph (B)(i) by substituting "90 percent" for "85 percent"; and

(iii) subparagraph (B)(ii) by substituting "80 percent" for "75 percent".

(F)(i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, in the case of exempt claims, the Secretary shall apply the provisions of—

(I) the fourth sentence of subparagraph (A) by substituting "100 percent" for "95 percent"; ¹

(II) subparagraph (B)(i) by substituting "100 percent" for "85 percent"; and

(III) subparagraph (B)(ii) by substituting "100 percent" for "75 percent".

(ii) For purposes of clause (i) of this subparagraph, the term "exempt claims" means claims with respect to loans for which it is determined that the borrower (or the student on whose behalf a parent has borrowed), without the lender's or the institution's knowledge at the time the loan was made, provided false or erroneous information or took actions that caused the borrower or the student to be ineligible for all or a portion of the loan or for interest benefits thereon.

(G) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Secretary shall exclude a loan made pursuant to a lender-of-last-resort program when making reimbursement payment calculations under subparagraphs (B) and (C).

(2) Contents of guaranty agreements

The guaranty agreement—

(A) shall set forth such administrative and fiscal procedures as may be necessary to protect the United States from the risk of unreasonable loss thereunder, to ensure proper and efficient administration of the loan insurance program, and to assure that due diligence will be exercised in the collection of loans insured under the program, including (i) a requirement that each beneficiary of insurance on the loan submit proof that the institution was contacted and other reasonable attempts were made to locate the borrower (when the location of the borrower is unknown) and proof that contact was made with the borrower (when the location is known) and (ii) requirements establishing procedures to preclude consolidation lending from being an excessive proportion of guaranty agency recoveries on defaulted loans under this part;

(B) shall provide for making such reports, in such form and containing such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require to carry out the Secretary's functions under this subsection, and for keeping such records and for affording such access thereto as the Secretary may find necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports;

(C) shall set forth adequate assurances that, with respect to so much of any loan insured under the loan insurance program as may be guaranteed by the Secretary pursuant to this subsection, the undertaking of the Secretary under the guaranty agreement is acceptable in full satisfaction of State law or regulation requiring the maintenance of a reserve;

(D) shall provide that if, after the Secretary has made payment under the guaranty agreement pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection with respect to any loan, any payments are made in discharge of the obligation incurred by the borrower with respect to such loan (including any payments of interest accruing on such loan after such payment by the Secretary), there shall be paid over to the Secretary (for deposit in the fund established by section 1081 of this title) such proportion of the amounts of such payments as is determined (in accordance with paragraph (6)(A)) to represent his equitable share thereof, but (i) shall provide for subrogation of the United States to the rights of any insurance beneficiary only to the extent required for the purpose of paragraph (8); and (ii) except as the Secretary may otherwise by or pursuant to regulation provide, amounts so paid by a borrower on such a loan shall be first applied in reduction of principal owing on such loan;

(E) shall set forth adequate assurance that an amount equal to each payment made under paragraph (1) will be promptly deposited in or credited to the accounts maintained for the purpose of section 1072(c) of this title;

(F) set forth adequate assurances that the guaranty agency will not engage in any pattern or practice which results in a denial of a borrower's access to loans under this part because of the borrower's race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, handicapped status, income, attendance at a particular eligible institution within the area served by the guaranty agency, length of the borrower's educational program, or the borrower's academic year in school;

(G) shall prohibit the Secretary from making any reimbursement under this subsection to a guaranty agency when a default claim is based on an inability to locate the borrower, unless the guaranty agency, at the time of filing for reimbursement, certifies to the Secretary that diligent attempts, including contact with the institution, have been made to locate the borrower through the use of reasonable skip-tracing techniques in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary; and

(H) set forth assurances that—

(i) upon the request of an eligible institution, the guaranty agency shall, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii), furnish to the institution information with respect to students (including the names and addresses of such students) who received loans made, insured, or guaranteed under this part for attendance at the eligible institution and for whom default aversion assistance activities have been requested under subsection (l);

(ii) the guaranty agency shall not require the payment from the institution of any fee for such information; and

(iii) the guaranty agency will require the institution to use such information only to assist the institution in reminding students of their obligation to repay student loans and shall prohibit the institution from disseminating the information for any other purpose.

(I) may include such other provisions as may be necessary to promote the purpose of this part.

(3) Forbearance

A guaranty agreement under this subsection—

(A) shall contain provisions providing that—

(i) upon request, a lender shall grant a borrower forbearance, renewable at 12-month intervals, on terms agreed to by the parties to the loan with the approval of the insurer and documented in accordance with paragraph (10), and otherwise consistent with the regulations of the Secretary, if the borrower—

(I) is serving in a medical or dental internship or residency program, the successful completion of which is required to begin professional practice or service, or is serving in a medical or dental internship or residency program leading to a degree or certificate awarded by an institution of higher education, a hospital, or a health care facility that offers postgraduate training, provided that if the borrower qualifies for a deferment under section 1077(a)(2)(C)(vii) of this title or subsection (b)(1)(M)(vii) of this section as in effect prior to the enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, or section 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title or subsection (b)(1)(M) of this section as amended by such amendments, the borrower has exhausted his or her eligibility for such deferment;

(II) has a debt burden under this subchapter that equals or exceeds 20 percent of income;

(III) is serving in a national service position for which the borrower receives a national service educational award under the National and Community Service Trust Act of 1993; or

(IV) is eligible for interest payments to be made on such loan for service in the Armed Forces under section 2174 of title 10, and, pursuant to that eligibility, the interest is being paid on such loan under subsection (o);

(ii) the length of the forbearance granted by the lender—

(I) under clause (i)(I) shall equal the length of time remaining in the borrower's medical or dental internship or residency program, if the borrower is not eligible to receive a deferment described in such clause, or such length of time remaining in the program after the borrower has exhausted the borrower's eligibility for such deferment;

(II) under clause (i)(II) or (IV) shall not exceed 3 years; or

(III) under clause (i)(III) shall not exceed the period for which the borrower is serving in a position described in such clause; and

(iii) no administrative or other fee may be charged in connection with the granting of a forbearance under clause (i), and no adverse information regarding a borrower may be reported to a consumer reporting agency solely because of the granting of such forbearance;

(B) may, to the extent provided in regulations of the Secretary, contain provisions that permit such forbearance for the benefit of the student borrower as may be agreed upon by the parties to an insured loan and approved by the insurer;

(C) shall contain provisions that specify that—

(i) the form of forbearance granted by the lender pursuant to this paragraph, other than subparagraph (A)(i)(IV), shall be temporary cessation of payments, unless the borrower selects forbearance in the form of an extension of time for making payments, or smaller payments than were previously scheduled;

(ii) the form of forbearance granted by the lender pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i)(IV) shall be the temporary cessation of all payments on the loan other than payments of interest on the loan that are made under subsection (o);

(iii) the lender shall, at the time of granting a borrower forbearance, provide information to the borrower to assist the borrower in understanding the impact of capitalization of interest on the borrower's loan principal and total amount of interest to be paid during the life of the loan; and

(iv) the lender shall contact the borrower not less often than once every 180 days during the period of forbearance to inform the borrower of—

(I) the amount of unpaid principal and the amount of interest that has accrued since the last statement of such amounts provided to the borrower by the lender;

(II) the fact that interest will accrue on the loan for the period of forbearance;

(III) the amount of interest that will be capitalized, and the date on which capitalization will occur;

(IV) the option of the borrower to pay the interest that has accrued before the interest is capitalized; and

(V) the borrower's option to discontinue the forbearance at any time; and

(D) shall contain provisions that specify that—

(i) forbearance for a period not to exceed 60 days may be granted if the lender reasonably determines that such a suspension of collection activity is warranted following a borrower's request for deferment, forbearance, a change in repayment plan, or a request to consolidate loans, in order to collect or process appropriate supporting documentation related to the request, and

(ii) during such period interest shall accrue but not be capitalized.

Guaranty agencies shall not be precluded from permitting the parties to such a loan from entering into a forbearance agreement solely because the loan is in default. The Secretary shall permit lenders to exercise administrative forbearances that do not require the agreement of the borrower, under conditions authorized by the Secretary. Such forbearances shall include (i) forbearances for borrowers who are delinquent at the time of the granting of an authorized period of deferment under subsection (b)(1)(M) or section 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title, and (ii) if the borrower is less than 60 days delinquent on such loans at the time of sale or transfer, forbearances for borrowers on loans which are sold or transferred.

(4) Definitions

For the purpose of this subsection, the terms "insurance beneficiary" and "default" have the meanings assigned to them by section 1085 of this title.

(5) Applicability to existing loans

In the case of any guaranty agreement with a guaranty agency, the Secretary may, in accordance with the terms of this subsection, undertake to guarantee loans described in paragraph (1) which are insured by such guaranty agency and are outstanding on the date of execution of the guaranty agreement, but only with respect to defaults occurring after the execution of such guaranty agreement or, if later, after its effective date.

(6) Secretary's equitable share

(A) For the purpose of paragraph (2)(D), the Secretary's equitable share of payments made by the borrower shall be that portion of the payments remaining after the guaranty agency with which the Secretary has an agreement under this subsection has deducted from such payments—

(i) a percentage amount equal to the complement of the reinsurance percentage in effect when payment under the guaranty agreement was made with respect to the loan; and

(ii) an amount equal to 24 percent of such payments for use in accordance with section 1072b of this title, except that—

(I) beginning October 1, 2003 and ending September 30, 2007, this clause shall be applied by substituting "23 percent" for "24 percent"; and

(II) beginning October 1, 2007, this clause shall be applied by substituting "16 percent" for "24 percent".

(B) A guaranty agency shall—

(i) on or after October 1, 2006—

(I) not charge the borrower collection costs in an amount in excess of 18.5 percent of the outstanding principal and interest of a defaulted loan that is paid off through consolidation by the borrower under this subchapter; and

(II) remit to the Secretary a portion of the collection charge under subclause (I) equal to 8.5 percent of the outstanding principal and interest of such defaulted loan; and

(ii) on and after October 1, 2009, remit to the Secretary the entire amount charged under clause (i)(I) with respect to each defaulted loan that is paid off with excess consolidation proceeds.

(C) For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "excess consolidation proceeds" means, with respect to any guaranty agency for any Federal fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 2009, the proceeds of consolidation of defaulted loans under this subchapter that exceed 45 percent of the agency's total collections on defaulted loans in such Federal fiscal year.

(7) New programs eligible for 100 percent reinsurance

(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(C), the amount to be paid a guaranty agency for any fiscal year—

(i) which begins on or after October 1, 1977 and ends before October 1, 1991; and

(ii) which is either the fiscal year in which such guaranty agency begins to actively carry on a student loan insurance program which is subject to a guaranty agreement under subsection (b) of this section, or is one of the 4 succeeding fiscal years,

shall be 100 percent of the amount expended by such guaranty agency in discharge of its insurance obligation insured under such program.

(B) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1)(C), the Secretary may pay a guaranty agency 100 percent of the amount expended by such agency in discharge of such agency's insurance obligation for any fiscal year which—

(i) begins on or after October 1, 1991; and

(ii) is the fiscal year in which such guaranty agency begins to actively carry on a student loan insurance program which is subject to a guaranty agreement under subsection (b) or is one of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

(C) The Secretary shall continuously monitor the operations of those guaranty agencies to which the provisions of subparagraph (A) or (B) are applicable and revoke the application of such subparagraph to any such guaranty agency which the Secretary determines has not exercised reasonable prudence in the administration of such program.

(8) Assignment to protect Federal fiscal interest

If the Secretary determines that the protection of the Federal fiscal interest so requires, a guaranty agency shall assign to the Secretary any loan of which it is the holder and for which the Secretary has made a payment pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection.

(9) Guaranty agency reserve level

(A) Each guaranty agency which has entered into an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to this subsection shall maintain in the agency's Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund established under section 1072a of this title a current minimum reserve level of at least 0.25 percent of the total attributable amount of all outstanding loans guaranteed by such agency. For purposes of this paragraph, such total attributable amount does not include amounts of outstanding loans transferred to the guaranty agency from another guaranty agency pursuant to a plan of the Secretary in response to the insolvency of the latter such guaranty agency.

(B) The Secretary shall collect, on an annual basis, information from each guaranty agency having an agreement under this subsection to enable the Secretary to evaluate the financial solvency of each such agency. The information collected shall include the level of such agency's current reserves, cash disbursements and accounts receivable.

(C) If (i) any guaranty agency falls below the required minimum reserve level in any 2 consecutive years, (ii) any guaranty agency's Federal reimbursement payments are reduced to 85 percent pursuant to paragraph (1)(B)(i), or (iii) the Secretary determines that the administrative or financial condition of a guaranty agency jeopardizes such agency's continued ability to perform its responsibilities under its guaranty agreement, then the Secretary shall require the guaranty agency to submit and implement a management plan acceptable to the Secretary within 45 working days of any such event.

(D)(i) If the Secretary is not seeking to terminate the guaranty agency's agreement under subparagraph (E), or assuming the guaranty agency's functions under subparagraph (F), a management plan described in subparagraph (C) shall include the means by which the guaranty agency will improve its financial and administrative condition to the required level within 18 months.

(ii) If the Secretary is seeking to terminate the guaranty agency's agreement under subparagraph (E), or assuming the guaranty agency's functions under subparagraph (F), a management plan described in subparagraph (C) shall include the means by which the Secretary and the guaranty agency shall work together to ensure the orderly termination of the operations, and liquidation of the assets, of the guaranty agency.

(E) The Secretary may terminate a guaranty agency's agreement in accordance with subparagraph (F) if—

(i) a guaranty agency required to submit a management plan under this paragraph fails to submit a plan that is acceptable to the Secretary;

(ii) the Secretary determines that a guaranty agency has failed to improve substantially its administrative and financial condition;

(iii) the Secretary determines that the guaranty agency is in danger of financial collapse;

(iv) the Secretary determines that such action is necessary to protect the Federal fiscal interest; or

(v) the Secretary determines that such action is necessary to ensure the continued availability of loans to student or parent borrowers.

(F) If a guaranty agency's agreement under this subsection is terminated pursuant to subparagraph (E), then the Secretary shall assume responsibility for all functions of the guaranty agency under the loan insurance program of such agency. In performing such functions the Secretary is authorized to—

(i) permit the transfer of guarantees to another guaranty agency;

(ii) revoke the reinsurance agreement of the guaranty agency at a specified date, so as to require the merger, consolidation, or termination of the guaranty agency;

(iii) transfer guarantees to the Department of Education for the purpose of payment of such claims and process such claims using the claims standards of the guaranty agency, if such standards are determined by the Secretary to be in compliance with this chapter;

(iv) design and implement a plan to restore the guaranty agency's viability;

(v) provide the guaranty agency with additional advance funds in accordance with section 1072(c)(7) of this title, with such restrictions on the use of such funds as is determined appropriate by the Secretary, in order to—

(I) meet the immediate cash needs of the guaranty agency;

(II) ensure the uninterrupted payment of claims; or

(III) ensure that the guaranty agency will make loans as the lender-of-last-resort, in accordance with subsection (j);

(vi) use all funds and assets of the guaranty agency to assist in the activities undertaken in accordance with this subparagraph and take appropriate action to require the return, to the guaranty agency or the Secretary, of any funds or assets provided by the guaranty agency, under contract or otherwise, to any person or organization; or

(vii) take any other action the Secretary determines necessary to ensure the continued availability of loans made under this part to residents of the State or States in which the guaranty agency did business, the full honoring of all guarantees issued by the guaranty agency prior to the Secretary's assumption of the functions of such agency, and the proper servicing of loans guaranteed by the guaranty agency prior to the Secretary's assumption of the functions of such agency, and to avoid disruption of the student loan program.

(G) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, if the Secretary has terminated or is seeking to terminate a guaranty agency's agreement under subparagraph (E), or has assumed a guaranty agency's functions under subparagraph (F)—

(i) no State court may issue any order affecting the Secretary's actions with respect to such guaranty agency;

(ii) any contract with respect to the administration of a guaranty agency's reserve funds, or the administration of any assets purchased or acquired with the reserve funds of the guaranty agency, that is entered into or extended by the guaranty agency, or any other party on behalf of or with the concurrence of the guaranty agency, after August 10, 1993, shall provide that the contract is terminable by the Secretary upon 30 days notice to the contracting parties if the Secretary determines that such contract includes an impermissible transfer of the reserve funds or assets, or is otherwise inconsistent with the terms or purposes of this section; and

(iii) no provision of State law shall apply to the actions of the Secretary in terminating the operations of a guaranty agency.

(H) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary's liability for any outstanding liabilities of a guaranty agency (other than outstanding student loan guarantees under this part), the functions of which the Secretary has assumed, shall not exceed the fair market value of the reserves of the guaranty agency, minus any necessary liquidation or other administrative costs.

(I) The Secretary shall not take any action under subparagraph (E) or (F) without giving the guaranty agency notice and the opportunity for a hearing that, if commenced after September 24, 1998, shall be on the record.

(J) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the information transmitted to the Secretary pursuant to this paragraph shall be confidential and exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, relating to freedom of information, or any other Federal law.

(K) The Secretary, within 6 months after the end of each fiscal year, shall submit to the authorizing committees a report specifying the Secretary's assessment of the fiscal soundness of the guaranty agency system.

(10) Documentation of forbearance agreements

For the purposes of paragraph (3), the terms of forbearance agreed to by the parties shall be documented by confirming the agreement of the borrower by notice to the borrower from the lender, and by recording the terms in the borrower's file.

(d) Usury laws inapplicable

No provision of any law of the United States (other than this chapter and section 3937 of title 50) or of any State (other than a statute applicable principally to such State's student loan insurance program) which limits the rate or amount of interest payable on loans shall apply to a loan—

(1) which bears interest (exclusive of any premium for insurance) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate not in excess of the rate specified in this part; and

(2) which is insured (i) by the United States under this part, or (ii) by a guaranty agency under a program covered by an agreement made pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.

(e) Repealed. Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §422(h), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3231

(f) Payments of certain costs

(1) ⁴ Payment for certain activities

(A) In general

The Secretary—

(i) for loans originated during fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 1998, and before October 1, 2003, and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, shall, except as provided in subparagraph (C), pay to each guaranty agency, a loan processing and issuance fee equal to 0.65 percent of the total principal amount of the loans on which insurance was issued under this part during such fiscal year by such agency; and

(ii) for loans originated on or after October 1, 2003, and first disbursed before July 1, 2010, and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, shall, except as provided in subparagraph (C), pay to each guaranty agency, a loan processing and issuance fee equal to 0.40 percent of the total principal amount of the loans on which insurance was issued under this part during such fiscal year by such agency.

(B) Payment

The payment required by subparagraph (A) shall be paid on a quarterly basis. The guaranty agency shall be deemed to have a contractual right against the United States to receive payments according to the provisions of this paragraph. Payments shall be made promptly and without administrative delay to any guaranty agency submitting an accurate and complete application under this subparagraph.

(C) Requirement for payment

No payment may be made under this paragraph for loans for which the disbursement checks have not been cashed or for which electronic funds transfers have not been completed.

(g) Action on insurance program and guaranty agreements

If a nonprofit private institution or organization—

(1) applies to enter into an agreement with the Secretary under subsections (b) and (c) with respect to a student loan insurance program to be carried on in a State with which the Secretary does not have an agreement under subsection (b), and

(2) as provided in the application, undertakes to meet the requirements of section 1072(c)(6)(B)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this title,

the Secretary shall consider and act upon such application within 180 days, and shall forthwith notify the authorizing committees of his actions.

(h) Repealed. Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §438(a)(2)(B), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258

(i) Multiple disbursement of loans

(1) Escrow accounts administered by escrow agent

Any guaranty agency or eligible lender (hereafter in this subsection referred to as the "escrow agent") may enter into an agreement with any other eligible lender that is not an eligible institution or an agency or instrumentality of the State (hereafter in this subsection referred to as the "lender") for the purpose of authorizing disbursements of the proceeds of a loan to a student. Such agreement shall provide that the lender will pay the proceeds of such loans into an escrow account to be administered by the escrow agent in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (2) of this subsection. Such agreement may allow the lender to make payments into the escrow account in amounts that do not exceed the sum of the amounts required for disbursement of initial or subsequent installments to borrowers and to make such payments not more than 10 days prior to the date of the disbursement of such installment to such borrowers. Such agreement shall require the lender to notify promptly the eligible institution when funds are escrowed under this subsection for a student at such institution.

(2) Authority of escrow agent

Each escrow agent entering into an agreement under paragraph (1) of this subsection is authorized to—

(A) make the disbursements in accordance with the note evidencing the loan;

(B) commingle the proceeds of all loans paid to the escrow agent pursuant to the escrow agreement entered into under such paragraph (1);

(C) invest the proceeds of such loans in obligations of the Federal Government or obligations which are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Government;

(D) retain interest or other earnings on such investment; and

(E) return to the lender undisbursed funds when the student ceases to carry at an eligible institution at least one-half of the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution.

(j) Lenders-of-last-resort

(1) General requirement

In each State, the guaranty agency or an eligible lender in the State described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title shall, before July 1, 2010, make loans directly, or through an agreement with an eligible lender or lenders, to eligible students and parents who are otherwise unable to obtain loans under this part (except for consolidation loans under section 1078–3 of this title) or who attend an institution of higher education in the State that is designated under paragraph (4). Loans made under this subsection shall not exceed the amount of the need of the borrower, as determined under subsection (a)(2)(B), nor be less than $200. No loan under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title that is made pursuant to this subsection shall be made with interest rates, origination or default fees, or other terms and conditions that are more favorable to the borrower than the maximum interest rates, origination or default fees, or other terms and conditions applicable to that type of loan under this part. The guaranty agency shall consider the request of any eligible lender, as defined under section 1085(d)(1)(A) of this title, to serve as the lender-of-last-resort pursuant to this subsection.

(2) Rules and operating procedures

The guaranty agency shall develop rules and operating procedures for the lender-of-last-resort program designed to ensure that—

(A) the program establishes operating hours and methods of application designed to facilitate application by students and ensure a response within 60 days after the student's original complete application is filed under this subsection;

(B) consistent with standards established by the Secretary, students applying for loans under this subsection shall not be subject to additional eligibility requirements or requests for additional information beyond what is required under this subchapter in order to receive a loan under this part from an eligible lender, nor, in the case of students and parents applying for loans under this subsection because of an inability to otherwise obtain loans under this part (except for consolidation loans under section 1078–3 of this title), be required to receive more than two rejections from eligible lenders in order to obtain a loan under this subsection;

(C) information about the availability of loans under the program is made available to institutions of higher education in the State; and

(D) appropriate steps are taken to ensure that borrowers receiving loans under the program are appropriately counseled on their loan obligation.

(3) Advances to guaranty agencies for lender-of-last-resort services

(A) In order to ensure the availability of loan capital, the Secretary is authorized to provide a guaranty agency designated for a State with additional advance funds in accordance with subparagraph (C) and section 1072(c)(7) of this title, with such restrictions on the use of such funds as are determined appropriate by the Secretary, in order to ensure that the guaranty agency will make loans as the lender-of-last-resort. Such agency shall make such loans in accordance with this subsection and the requirements of the Secretary.

(B) Notwithstanding any other provision in this part, a guaranty agency serving as a lender-of-last-resort under this paragraph shall be paid a fee, established by the Secretary, for making such loans in lieu of interest and special allowance subsidies, and shall be required to assign such loans to the Secretary on demand. Upon such assignment, the portion of the advance represented by the loans assigned shall be considered repaid by such guaranty agency.

(C) The Secretary shall exercise the authority described in subparagraph (A) only if the Secretary determines that eligible borrowers are seeking and are unable to obtain loans under this part or designates an institution of higher education for participation in the program under this subsection under paragraph (4), and that the guaranty agency designated for that State has the capability to provide lender-of-last-resort loans in a timely manner, in accordance with the guaranty agency's obligations under paragraph (1), but cannot do so without advances provided by the Secretary under this paragraph. If the Secretary makes the determinations described in the preceding sentence and determines that it would be cost-effective to do so, the Secretary may provide advances under this paragraph to such guaranty agency. If the Secretary determines that such guaranty agency does not have such capability, or will not provide such loans in a timely fashion, the Secretary may provide such advances to enable another guaranty agency, that the Secretary determines to have such capability, to make lender-of-last-resort loans to eligible borrowers in that State who are experiencing loan access problems or to eligible borrowers who attend an institution in the State that is designated under paragraph (4).

(4) Institution-wide student qualification

Upon the request of an institution of higher education and pursuant to standards developed by the Secretary, the Secretary shall designate such institution for participation in the lender-of-last-resort program under this paragraph.⁵ If the Secretary designates an institution under this paragraph, the guaranty agency designated for the State in which the institution is located shall make loans, in the same manner as such loans are made under paragraph (1), to students and parent borrowers of the designated institution, regardless of whether the students or parent borrowers are otherwise unable to obtain loans under this part (other than a consolidation loan under section 1078–3 of this title).

(5) Standards developed by the Secretary

In developing standards with respect to paragraph (4), the Secretary may require—

(A) an institution of higher education to demonstrate that, despite due diligence on the part of the institution, the institution has been unable to secure the commitment of eligible lenders willing to make loans under this part to a significant number of students attending the institution;

(B) that, prior to making a request under such paragraph for designation for participation in the lender-of-last-resort program, an institution of higher education shall demonstrate that the institution has met a minimum threshold, as determined by the Secretary, for the number or percentage of students at such institution who have received rejections from eligible lenders for loans under this part; and

(C) any other standards and guidelines the Secretary determines to be appropriate.

(6) Expiration of authority

The Secretary's authority under paragraph (4) to designate institutions of higher education for participation in the program under this subsection shall expire on June 30, 2010.

(7) Expiration of designation

The eligibility of an institution of higher education, or borrowers from such institution, to participate in the program under this subsection pursuant to a designation of the institution by the Secretary under paragraph (4) shall expire on June 30, 2010. After such date, borrowers from an institution designated under paragraph (4) shall be eligible to participate in the program under this subsection as such program existed on the day before May 7, 2008.

(8) Prohibition on inducements and marketing

Each guaranty agency or eligible lender that serves as a lender-of-last-resort under this subsection—

(A) shall be subject to the prohibitions on inducements contained in subsection (b)(3) and the requirements of section 1085(d)(5) of this title; and

(B) shall not advertise, market, or otherwise promote loans under this subsection, except that nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit a guaranty agency from fulfilling its responsibilities under paragraph (2)(C).

(9) Dissemination and reporting

(A) In general

The Secretary shall—

(i) broadly disseminate information regarding the availability of loans made under this subsection;

(ii) during the period beginning July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2011, provide to the authorizing committees and make available to the public—

(I) copies of any new or revised plans or agreements made by guaranty agencies or the Department related to the authorities under this subsection;

(II) quarterly reports on—

(aa) the number and amounts of loans originated or approved pursuant to this subsection by each guaranty agency and eligible lender; and

(bb) any related payments by the Department, a guaranty agency, or an eligible lender; and

(III) a budget estimate of the costs to the Federal Government (including subsidy and administrative costs) for each 100 dollars loaned, of loans made pursuant to this subsection between May 7, 2008, and June 30, 2010, disaggregated by type of loan, compared to such costs to the Federal Government during such time period of comparable loans under this part and part D, disaggregated by part and by type of loan; and

(iii) beginning July 1, 2011, provide to the authorizing committees and make available to the public—

(I) copies of any new or revised plans or agreements made by guaranty agencies or the Department related to the authorities under this subsection; and

(II) annual reports on—

(aa) the number and amounts of loans originated or approved pursuant to this subsection by each guaranty agency and eligible lender; and

(bb) any related payments by the Department, a guaranty agency, or an eligible lender.

(B) Separate reporting

The information required to be reported under subparagraph (A)(ii)(II) shall be reported separately for loans originated or approved pursuant to paragraph (4), or payments related to such loans, for the time period in which the Secretary is authorized to make designations under paragraph (4).

(k) Information on defaults

(1) Provision of information to eligible institutions

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in order to notify eligible institutions of former students who are in default of their continuing obligation to repay student loans, each guaranty agency shall, upon the request of an eligible institution, furnish information with respect to students who were enrolled at the eligible institution and who are in default on the repayment of any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part. The information authorized to be furnished under this subsection shall include the names and addresses of such students.

(2) Public dissemination not authorized

Nothing in paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be construed to authorize public dissemination of the information described in paragraph (1).

(3) Borrower location information

Any information provided by the institution relating to borrower location shall be used by the guaranty agency in conducting required skip-tracing activities.

(4) Provision of information to borrowers in default

Each guaranty agency that has received a default claim from a lender regarding a borrower, shall provide the borrower in default, on not less than two separate occasions, with a notice, in simple and understandable terms, of not less than the following information:

(A) The options available to the borrower to remove the borrower's loan from default.

(B) The relevant fees and conditions associated with each option.

(l) Default aversion assistance

(1) Assistance required

Upon receipt of a complete request from a lender received not earlier than the 60th day of delinquency, a guaranty agency having an agreement with the Secretary under subsection (c) shall engage in default aversion activities designed to prevent the default by a borrower on a loan covered by such agreement.

(2) Reimbursement

(A) In general

A guaranty agency, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, may transfer from the Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund under section 1072a of this title to the Agency Operating Fund under section 1072b of this title a default aversion fee. Such fee shall be paid for any loan on which a claim for default has not been paid as a result of the loan being brought into current repayment status by the guaranty agency on or before the 300th day after the loan becomes 60 days delinquent.

(B) Amount

The default aversion fee shall be equal to 1 percent of the total unpaid principal and accrued interest on the loan at the time the request is submitted by the lender. A guaranty agency may transfer such fees earned under this subsection not more frequently than monthly. Such a fee shall not be paid more than once on any loan for which the guaranty agency averts the default unless—

(i) at least 18 months has elapsed between the date the borrower entered current repayment status and the date the lender filed a subsequent default aversion assistance request; and

(ii) during the period between such dates, the borrower was not more than 30 days past due on any payment of principal and interest on the loan.

(C) Definition

For the purpose of earning the default aversion fee, the term "current repayment status" means that the borrower is not delinquent in the payment of any principal or interest on the loan.

(m) Income contingent and income-based repayment

(1) Authority of Secretary to require

The Secretary may require borrowers who have defaulted on loans made under this part that are assigned to the Secretary under subsection (c)(8) to repay those loans under an income contingent repayment plan or income-based repayment plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be established by the Secretary and the same as, or similar to, an income contingent repayment plan established for purposes of part D of this subchapter or an income-based repayment plan under section 1098e of this title, as the case may be.

(2) Loans for which income contingent or income-based repayment may be required

A loan made under this part may be required to be repaid under this subsection if the note or other evidence of the loan has been assigned to the Secretary pursuant to subsection (c)(8).

(n) Blanket certificate of loan guaranty

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (3), any guaranty agency that has entered into or enters into any insurance program agreement with the Secretary under this part may—

(A) offer eligible lenders participating in the agency's guaranty program a blanket certificate of loan guaranty that permits the lender to make loans without receiving prior approval from the guaranty agency of individual loans for eligible borrowers enrolled in eligible programs at eligible institutions; and

(B) provide eligible lenders with the ability to transmit electronically data to the agency concerning loans the lender has elected to make under the agency's insurance program via standard reporting formats, with such reporting to occur at reasonable and standard intervals.

(2) Limitations on blanket certificate of guaranty

(A) An eligible lender may not make a loan to a borrower under this section after such lender receives a notification from the guaranty agency that the borrower is not an eligible borrower.

(B) A guaranty agency may establish limitations or restrictions on the number or volume of loans issued by a lender under the blanket certificate of guaranty.

(3) Participation level

During fiscal years 1999 and 2000, the Secretary may permit, on a pilot basis, a limited number of guaranty agencies to offer blanket certificates of guaranty under this subsection. Beginning in fiscal year 2001, any guaranty agency that has an insurance program agreement with the Secretary may offer blanket certificates of guaranty under this subsection.

(4) Report required

The Secretary shall, at the conclusion of the pilot program under paragraph (3), provide a report to the authorizing committees on the impact of the blanket certificates of guaranty on program efficiency and integrity.

(o) Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs

(1) Authority

Using funds received by transfer to the Secretary under section 2174 of title 10 or section 3078 of title 33 for the payment of interest and any special allowance on a loan to a member of the Armed Forces or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively, that is made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, the Secretary shall pay the interest and special allowance on such loan as due for a period not in excess of 36 consecutive months. The Secretary may not pay interest or any special allowance on such a loan out of any funds other than funds that have been so transferred.

(2) Forbearance

During the period in which the Secretary is making payments on a loan under paragraph (1), the lender shall grant the borrower forbearance in accordance with the guaranty agreement under subsection (c)(3)(A)(i)(IV).

(3) Special allowance defined

For the purposes of this subsection, the term "special allowance",⁶ means a special allowance that is payable with respect to a loan under section 1087–1 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1367; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a)–(c), (e)–(m), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 341–343; Pub. L. 100–203, title III, §§3001(b), 3002(b), 3003, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–38, 1330-39; Pub. L. 100–369, §§5(b)(2), 7(c), 11(a), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 836–838; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §§2002(a)(2), (b)(1), 2004(b)(1), (3), 2006(b), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111, 2116, 2118; Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §§3002, 3004(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–25, 1388-27; Pub. L. 102–26, §9, Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 102–164, title VI, §§601(b), 602(b), 604, 605(b)(2), Nov. 15, 1991, 105 Stat. 1065, 1066, 1068; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§411(b)(2), 416(a)–(e)(1), (f)–(p)(7), (q)–(t), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 510, 516-525, 527-529; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4041(a)(1), (2)(B), (b), 4043(a), 4044, 4045, 4102(c), 4107(a), (b), 4108(a), (b), 4110(a), 4112(a), 4201(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 354, 355, 358, 359, 367-370; Pub. L. 103–82, title I, §102(c)(1), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 823; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(11)–(28), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2462–2465; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §355(a), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3967; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §§6101(b), 6104(2), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 652; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §417(a)–(c)(1)(A), (2)–(k), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1682–1690; Pub. L. 107–314, div. A, title VI, §651(b), Dec. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 2579; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8004(b)(2), 8005(b), 8007(a), 8008(a), 8009(b)(1), 8014(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), (j)(1)–(3), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158, 160, 162, 164, 168-171; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §202(a), title III, §§301, 302(b)(1), 303(a), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 791, 796, 797; Pub. L. 110–227, §§3(b), 5(a), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 742, 743; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(4), title IV, §§422(a)(1), (b)–(g)(1), (h)–(j), 424(b), 432(b)(2), 438(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3088, 3227-3231, 3233, 3246, 3258; Pub. L. 110–350, §2, Oct. 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 3947; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(a)(1), (b)(1), (f)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1940, 1943; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2204, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1075; Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(d)(1), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1101; Pub. L. 114–113, div. H, title III, §311, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2638; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(c), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106; Pub. L. 116–259, title II, §202(b)(1), Dec. 23, 2020, 134 Stat. 1163; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), (6), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199, 3200.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C)(ii)(II)(aa), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127. Title I of the Act enacted subchapter I (§12511 et seq.) of chapter 129 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amended sections 1070a–6 and 1087vv of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2)(E) and (b)(1)(B), (Q), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

The phrase " '95 percent' ", referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(D)(i), (E)(i), and (F)(i)(I) as appearing in "the fourth sentence of subparagraph (A)", no longer appears in subpar. (A) of subsec. (c)(1) after the amendment by Pub. L. 114–113.

The Higher Education Amendments of 1992, referred to in subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i)(I), is Pub. L. 102–325, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1992 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables.

The National and Community Service Trust Act of 1993, referred to in subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i)(III), is Pub. L. 103–82, Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 785. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 12501 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and Tables.

Codification

Amendments by section 2(c)(17), (26), (27) of Pub. L. 103–208 (which were effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) were executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325, Pub. L. 103–66, and Pub. L. 103–82, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1078, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 90–460, §§1(a)(2), 2(a)(2), (b)(1), (2), 3(b), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 634–636; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§111(a), (b)(1), 112(b), 113(b)(3), (4), 115(a)(1)–(3), (b), 116(b)(3), 117(a), (b), 120(a)(1), (b), (c)(1), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1020–1027; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§132(b), 132A(b), 132C(a), (b), 132D(b)–(d), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 261–264; Pub. L. 93–269, §§2–4, Apr. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 87, 89; Pub. L. 94–328, §2(b), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2108; S. Res. 4, Feb. 4, 1977; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(19)–(29), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 214–216; Pub. L. 95–566, §5(a)(2), (b)(1), (3)–(5), Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2403; S. Res. 30, Mar. 7, 1979; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(b), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§411(b), 412(c), (d), (f), 413(b), (d), 414, 415(a)(3)–(5), (b)(2), 417, 423(a)(2), (b)–(d), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (2), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1416–1420, 1422, 1432, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §§532(a), (b)(1), 535(c), (d), 536(b), 537(a)(1), (b)(2), (c), (d)(1), (e)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 451, 452, 455-457; Pub. L. 98–79, §10(b), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16012(b), 16013(a), (c), (e)(2), (3), 16014(a)(1), (b)(1), (2) formerly (1), (3) formerly (2), 16015(b), 16016, 16018(a)(2), 16021, 16032(c), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 340–343, 348, 349, 355, renumbered and amended, Pub. L. 99–320, §2(a), (b), May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 491, related to Federal interest subsidy payments, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1078a, Pub. L. 91–95, §2, Oct. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 141; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §134(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub. L. 93–269, §5, Apr. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 89; Pub. L. 94–328, §2(c), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(c)(1), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2142, related to special allowances for insured student loans, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(c)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2142.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(6), substituted "student aid index" for "expected family contribution".

Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(1)(A), substituted "Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs" for "Armed Forces student loan interest payment program" in heading.

Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(1)(B), inserted "or section 3078 of title 33" after "section 2174 of title 10" and "or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively," after "Armed Forces".

2018—Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(v). Pub. L. 115–245 added cl. (v).

2015—Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 114–113, which directed substitution of "100 percent" for "95 percent" in subsec. (c)(1), was executed by making the substitution the first time "95 percent" appeared to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

2011—Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 112–74 amended subcl. (I) generally. Prior to amendment, subcl. (I) read as follows: "which accrues prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan, or".

2010—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(1)(A), inserted "for which the first disbursement is made before July 1, 2010, and" after "eligible institution" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(1)(B), substituted "June 30, 2010." for "September 30, 2014, except that, in the case of a loan made or insured under a student loan or loan insurance program to enable a student who has obtained a prior loan made or insured under such program to continue his or her education program, such period shall end at the close of September 30, 2018."

Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(b), repealed Pub. L. 110–84, §303. See 2007 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(1)(G)(ii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(2)(A), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "July 1, 2006,".

Subsec. (b)(1)(H)(ii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(2)(B), inserted "and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "July 1, 2006,".

Subsec. (f)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(3), struck out "during fiscal years beginning" after "originated" and inserted "and first disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "October 1, 2003,".

Subsec. (j)(1). Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(a)(4), inserted ", before July 1, 2010," after "section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title shall".

2009—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i)(II). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(A), struck out "and" after semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(G)(i). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(a)(1), which directed amendment of cl. (i), as amended by section 303 of Pub. L. 110–84, by striking "or 1087–2(q)", could not be executed because of the repeal of section 303 by Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(b). See 2010 Amendment note above and 2007 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(i). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(B)(i), inserted "section" before "1078–2" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (b)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(B)(ii), substituted "any institution of higher education, any employee of an institution of higher education, or any individual or entity" for "any institution of higher education or the employees of an institution of higher education".

Subsec. (b)(3)(C), (D). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(b)(1), inserted "or 1092(l)" after "section 1092(b)".

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(B)(iii), substituted "With respect to the graduate fellowship program referred to in paragraph (1)(M)(i)(II)," for "For the purpose of paragraph (1)(M)(i)(III) of this subsection,".

Subsec. (b)(7)(B). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(B)(iv)(I), struck out "clause (i) or (ii) of" before "subparagraph (A)".

Subsec. (b)(7)(D). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(B)(iv)(II), substituted "subparagraph (A)" for "subparagraph (A)(i)".

Subsec. (c)(9)(K). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(1)(C), substituted "6 months" for "3 months".

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(a)(1), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "For the purpose of subparagraph (B) and this paragraph—

"(i) a student's cost of attendance shall be determined under section 1087ll of this title;

"(ii) a student's estimated financial assistance means, for the period for which the loan is sought—

"(I) the amount of assistance such student will receive under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter (as determined in accordance with section 1091(b) of this title), subpart 3 of part A of this subchapter, and parts C and E;

"(II) any veterans' education benefits paid because of enrollment in a postsecondary education institution, including veterans' education benefits (as defined in section 1087vv(c) of this title, but excluding benefits described in paragraph (2)(E) of such section); plus

"(III) other scholarship, grant, or loan assistance, but excluding any national service education award or post-service benefit under title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990; and

"(iii) the determination of need and of the amount of a loan by an eligible institution under subparagraph (B) with respect to a student shall be calculated in accordance with part F."

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(b), substituted "2014" for "2012" and "2018" for "2016".

Subsec. (b)(1)(G)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §438(a)(2)(A), struck out "or section 1087–2(q) of this title" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(L)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(e)(2), substituted "clause (ii), (iii), or (v)" for "clause (ii) or (iii)".

Subsec. (b)(1)(Y)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(c)(1)(A), added cl. (i) and struck out former cl. (i) which read as follows: "the lender shall determine the eligibility of a borrower for a deferment described in subparagraph (M)(i) based on receipt of—

"(I) a request for deferment from the borrower and documentation of the borrower's eligibility for the deferment;

"(II) a newly completed loan application that documents the borrower's eligibility for a deferment; or

"(III) student status information received by the lender that the borrower is enrolled on at least a half-time basis; and".

Subsec. (b)(1)(Y)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(c)(1)(B), (C), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(F)(i)(V) to (VII). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(c)(2), added subcls. (V) to (VII).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(d), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "A guaranty agency shall not—

"(A) offer, directly or indirectly, premiums, payments, or other inducements to any educational institution or its employees in order to secure applicants for loans under this part;

"(B) offer, directly or indirectly, any premium, incentive payment, or other inducement to any lender, or any agent, employee, or independent contractor of any lender or guaranty agency, in order to administer or market loans made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–8 of this title or a loan made as part of a guaranty agency's lender-of-last-resort program) for the purpose of securing the designation of that guaranty agency as the insurer of such loans;

"(C) conduct unsolicited mailings of student loan application forms to students enrolled in secondary school or a postsecondary institution, or to parents of such students, except that applications may be mailed to borrowers who have previously received loans guaranteed under this part by the guaranty agency; or

"(D) conduct fraudulent or misleading advertising concerning loan availability.

"It shall not be a violation of this paragraph for a guaranty agency to provide assistance to institutions of higher education comparable to the kinds of assistance provided to institutions of higher education by the Department of Education."

Subsec. (b)(7)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §424(b), substituted "section 1078–2 or 1078–3" for "section 1078–1 or 1078–3".

Pub. L. 110–227, §3(b), struck out ", 1078–2," after "section 1078–1".

Subsec. (b)(9)(A)(v). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(e)(1), added cl. (v).

Subsec. (c)(2)(H)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(f)(1), substituted "default aversion" for "preclaims".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(2), substituted "consumer reporting agency" for "credit bureau organization".

Subsec. (c)(3)(C)(iii), (iv). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(f)(2), added cls. (iii) and (iv).

Subsec. (c)(9)(K). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(4)(A), substituted "authorizing committees" for "House Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Senate Committee on Labor and Human Resources".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(g)(1), inserted "and section 3937 of title 50" after "(other than this chapter" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(h), struck out subsec. (e). Text read as follows: "At the time of offering a borrower a loan under this part, and at the time of offering the borrower the option of repaying a loan in accordance with this section, the lender shall provide the borrower with a notice that informs the borrower, in a form prescribed by the Secretary by regulation—

"(1) that all borrowers are eligible for income-sensitive repayment, including through loan consolidation under section 1078–3 of this title;

"(2) the procedures by which the borrower may elect income-sensitive repayment; and

"(3) where and how the borrower may obtain additional information concerning income-sensitive repayment."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(4)(B), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–315, §438(a)(2)(B), struck out subsec. (h) which related to lending by guaranty agencies.

Subsec. (j)(1). Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(1), after second sentence, inserted "No loan under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title that is made pursuant to this subsection shall be made with interest rates, origination or default fees, or other terms and conditions that are more favorable to the borrower than the maximum interest rates, origination or default fees, or other terms and conditions applicable to that type of loan under this part."

Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(1), in first sentence, substituted "eligible students and parents who are otherwise unable to obtain loans under this part (except for consolidation loans under section 1078–3 of this title) or who attend an institution of higher education in the State that is designated under paragraph (4)" for "students eligible to receive interest benefits paid on their behalf under subsection (a) of this section who are otherwise unable to obtain loans under this part".

Subsec. (j)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(2), inserted ", in the case of students and parents applying for loans under this subsection because of an inability to otherwise obtain loans under this part (except for consolidation loans under section 1078–3 of this title)," after "lender, nor".

Subsec. (j)(2)(C) to (E). Pub. L. 110–315, §438(a)(2)(C), inserted "and" at the end of subpar. (C), substituted period for "; and" at the end of subpar. (D), and struck out subpar. (E) which read as follows: "the guaranty agency notifies the Secretary when the guaranty agency believes or has reason to believe that the Secretary may need to exercise the Secretary's authority under section 1087–2(q) of this title."

Subsec. (j)(3)(C). Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(3), inserted "or designates an institution of higher education for participation in the program under this subsection under paragraph (4)" after "under this part" in first sentence and "or to eligible borrowers who attend an institution in the State that is designated under paragraph (4)" after "problems" in third sentence.

Subsec. (j)(4), (5). Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(4), added pars. (4) and (5).

Subsec. (j)(6). Pub. L. 110–350, §2(1), substituted "June 30, 2010" for "June 30, 2009".

Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(4), added par. (6).

Subsec. (j)(7). Pub. L. 110–350, §2(2), substituted "June 30, 2010" for "June 30, 2009".

Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(4), added par. (7).

Subsec. (j)(8), (9). Pub. L. 110–227, §5(a)(4), added pars. (8) and (9).

Subsec. (j)(9)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–350, §2(3)(A), substituted "June 30, 2011" for "June 30, 2010" in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(4)(C), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (j)(9)(A)(ii)(III). Pub. L. 110–350, §2(3)(B), substituted "June 30, 2010" for "June 30, 2009".

Subsec. (j)(9)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–350, §2(3)(C), substituted "July 1, 2011" for "July 1, 2010".

Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(4)(C), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (k)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(i), added par. (4).

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(j)(1), inserted "and income-based" after "Income contingent" in heading.

Subsec. (m)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(j)(2), inserted "or income-based repayment plan" before ", the terms and conditions" and "or an income-based repayment plan under section 1098e of this title, as the case may be" before the period at end.

Subsec. (m)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §422(j)(3), inserted "or income-based" after "income contingent" in heading.

Subsec. (n)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(4)(D), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate".

2007—Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 110–84, §303(a), which directed the general amendment of subpar. (G), was repealed by Pub. L. 111–152, §2204(b).

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(iii). Pub. L. 110–84, §202(a), struck out "not in excess of 3 years" before "during" in introductory provisions, substituted comma for "; or" at end of subcl. (II), and inserted concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(1)(D) to (H). Pub. L. 110–84, §302(b)(1), redesignated subpars. (E) to (H) as (D) to (G), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows: "Reimbursements of losses made by the Secretary on loans submitted for claim by an eligible lender, servicer, or guaranty agency designated for exceptional performance under section 1078–9 of this title shall not be subject to additional review by the Secretary or repurchase by the guaranty agency for any reason other than a determination by the Secretary that the eligible lender, servicer, or guaranty agency engaged in fraud or other purposeful misconduct in obtaining designation for exceptional performance."

Subsec. (c)(6)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–84, §301, amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "an amount equal to 24 percent of such payments for use in accordance with section 1072b of this title, except that, beginning on October 1, 2003, this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting '23 percent' for '24 percent'."

2006—Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(v)(III). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(j)(1), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 109–171, §8004(b)(2), substituted "2012" and "2016" for "2004" and "2008", respectively.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(b)(1), substituted "$3,500" for "$2,625".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(b)(2), substituted "$4,500" for "$3,500".

Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(a)(1), amended subpar. (G) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (G) read as follows: "insures 98 percent of the unpaid principal of loans insured under the program, except that such program shall insure 100 percent of the unpaid principal of loans made with funds advanced pursuant to subsection (j) of this section or section 1087–2(q) of this title;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(H). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(b)(1), amended subpar. (H) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (H) read as follows: "provides for collection of a single insurance premium equal to not more than 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, by deduction proportionately from each installment payment of the proceeds of the loan to the borrower, and insures that the proceeds of the premium will not be used for incentive payments to lenders;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(iii), (iv). Pub. L. 109–171, §8007(a), added cl. (iii) and redesignated former cl. (iii) as (iv).

Subsec. (b)(1)(N)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 109–171, §8008(a), added cls. (ii) and (iii) and struck out former cl. (ii), which read as follows: "in the case of a student who is studying outside the United States in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which such student is enrolled or at an eligible foreign institution, are, at the request of the student, disbursed directly to the student by the means described in clause (i), unless such student requests that the check be endorsed, or the funds transfer authorized, pursuant to an authorized power-of-attorney;".

Subsec. (b)(7)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(b)(1), substituted "shall begin the day after 6 months after the date the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution)." for "shall begin—

"(i) the day after 6 months after the date the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution); or

"(ii) on an earlier date if the borrower requests and is granted a repayment schedule that provides for repayment to commence at an earlier date."

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(j)(2), substituted "30 days" for "45 days" in last sentence.

Subsec. (c)(1)(G), (H). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(c)(1), added subpar. (G) and redesignated former subpar. (G) as (H) and realigned margin.

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(d)(1), inserted "(i)" after "including" and added cl. (ii) before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(d)(2), substituted "paragraph (6)(A)" for "paragraph (6)".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(e)(1), in introductory provisions, struck out "in writing" after "on terms agreed to" and inserted "and documented in accordance with paragraph (10)" after "approval of the insurer".

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(d)(3), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), redesignated former subpars. (A) and (B) as cls. (i) and (ii), respectively, of subpar. (A), and added subpars. (B) and (C).

Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(e)(2), added par. (10).

Subsec. (i)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(j)(3), substituted "10 days" for "21 days" in third sentence.

2002—Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i)(IV). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(b)(1)(A), added subcl. (IV).

Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(b)(1)(B), inserted "or (IV)" after "(i)(II)".

Subsec. (c)(3)(C). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(b)(1)(C), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "shall contain provisions that specify that the form of forbearance granted by the lender for purposes of this paragraph shall be the temporary cessation of payments, unless the borrower selects forbearance in the form of an extension of time for making payments, or smaller payments than were previously scheduled; and".

Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(b)(2), added subsec. (o).

1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(a)(1)(A), added subcls. (I) and (II) and struck out former subcls. (I) to (III) which read as follows:

"(I) sets forth such student's estimated cost of attendance (as determined under section 1087ll of this title);

"(II) sets forth such student's estimated financial assistance; and

"(III) sets forth a schedule for disbursement of the proceeds of the loan in installments, consistent with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title;".

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(a)(1)(B), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "For the purpose of clause (ii) of subparagraph (A), a student shall qualify for a portion of an interest payment under paragraph (1) if the eligible institution has provided the lender with a statement evidencing a determination of need for a loan (as determined under part F of this subchapter) and the amount of such need, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (D)."

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(a)(1)(C), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "For the purpose of paragraph (1) and this paragraph—

"(i) a student's estimated financial assistance means, for the period for which the loan is sought, the amount of assistance such student will receive under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter (as determined in accordance with section 1091(b) of this title), subpart 3 of part A of this subchapter, and parts C and E, and any veterans' education benefits paid because of enrollment in a postsecondary education institution, including veterans' education benefits (as defined in section 1087vv(c) of this title), plus other scholarship, grant, or loan assistance; and

"(ii) the determination of need and of the amount of a loan by an eligible institution under subparagraph (B) with respect to a student shall be calculated in accordance with part F."

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(a)(1)(D), struck out subpar. (F) which read as follows: "Except as provided in subparagraph (D), an eligible institution may refuse to certify a statement which permits a student to receive a loan under this part or to certify a loan amount that is less than the student's determination of need (as determined under part F of this subchapter), if the reason for such action is documented and provided in written form to each student so affected."

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(a)(2), substituted "September 30, 2004" for "September 30, 2002" and "September 30, 2008" for "September 30, 2006".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(1)(A), inserted ", as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title," after "academic year" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(1)(B)(i), substituted "length; and" for "length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i)(II), (III). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(1)(B)(ii), added subcl. (II) and struck out former subcls. (II) and (III) which read as follows:

"(II) $1,750, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(III) $875, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(1)(C)–(E), added cl. (vi).

Subsec. (b)(1)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(2), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "the repayment period of any insured loan may not exceed 10 years, and".

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(3), amended subpar. (E) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (E) read as follows: "subject to subparagraphs (D) and (L), and except as provided by subparagraph (M), provides that—

"(i) not more than 6 months prior to the date on which the borrower's first payment is due, the lender shall offer the borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this section or section 1078–1 of this title, the option of repaying the loan in accordance with a graduated or income-sensitive repayment schedule established by the lender and in accordance with regulations of the Secretary; and

"(ii) repayment of loans shall be in installments over a period of not less than 5 years (unless the student, during the 6 months immediately preceding the start of the repayment period, specifically requests that repayment be made over a shorter period) nor more than 10 years commencing at the beginning of the repayment period determined under paragraph (7) of this subsection;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(4), struck out "not less than" after "insures".

Subsec. (b)(1)(L)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(5), inserted "except as otherwise provided by a repayment plan selected by the borrower under clause (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (9)(A)," before "during any" and ", notwithstanding any payment plan under paragraph (9)(A)" after "due and payable".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(i)(I). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(6)(A), inserted before semicolon ", except that no borrower, notwithstanding the provisions of the promissory note, shall be required to borrow an additional loan under this subchapter in order to be eligible to receive a deferment under this clause".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(6)(B), inserted before semicolon ", except that no borrower who provides evidence of eligibility for unemployment benefits shall be required to provide additional paperwork for a deferment under this clause".

Subsec. (b)(1)(U)(i)(I), (ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(7)(A), substituted "emergency action," for "emergency action,,".

Subsec. (b)(1)(U)(iii)(I). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(7)(B), inserted "that originates or holds more than $5,000,000 in loans made under this subchapter for any lender fiscal year (except that each lender described in section 1085(d)(1)(A)(ii)(III) of this title shall annually submit the results of an audit required by this clause)," before "at least once a year".

Subsec. (b)(1)(X). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(8)(B)(i), substituted "subsection (c)(9)" for "subsection (c)(10)".

Subsec. (b)(1)(Y). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(8)(A), (B)(ii), (C), added subpar. (Y).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(9)(B), inserted concluding provisions.

Subsec. (b)(3)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(9)(A), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "conduct unsolicited mailings to students enrolled in secondary school of student loan application forms; or".

Subsec. (b)(7)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(10), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(b)(11), added par. (9).

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(i), substituted "95 percent" for "98 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "85 percent" for "88 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(iii), substituted "75 percent" for "78 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(E)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(iv)(I), substituted "95 percent" for "98 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(E)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(iv)(II), substituted "85 percent" for "88 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(E)(iii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(iv)(III), substituted "75 percent" for "78 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(F)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(v)(I), substituted "95 percent" for "98 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(F)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(v)(II), substituted "85 percent" for "88 percent".

Subsec. (c)(1)(F)(iii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(1)(A)(v)(III), substituted "75 percent" for "78 percent".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(2)(A), substituted "proof that the institution was contacted and other reasonable attempts were made" for "proof that reasonable attempts were made".

Subsec. (c)(2)(G). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(2)(B), substituted "certifies to the Secretary that diligent attempts, including contact with the institution, have been made" for "certifies to the Secretary that diligent attempts have been made".

Subsec. (c)(2)(H)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(3), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "the guaranty agency may require the payment by the institution of a reasonable fee (as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary) for such information; and".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(4)(A), struck out "written" before "request" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(4)(B)–(D), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(5), amended heading and text of par. (6) generally, revising and restating provisions relating to Secretary's equitable share.

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(6), redesignated subpar. (A) as entire par. and struck out subpar. (B) which read as follows: "An orderly transition from the Federal Family Education Loan Program under this part to the Federal Direct Student Loan Program under part D of this subchapter shall be deemed to be in the Federal fiscal interest, and a guaranty agency shall promptly assign loans to the Secretary under this paragraph upon the Secretary's request."

Subsec. (c)(9)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(A), substituted "maintain in the agency's Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund established under section 1072a of this title a current minimum reserve level of at least 0.25 percent" for "maintain a current minimum reserve level of at least .5 percent".

Subsec. (c)(9)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(B), substituted "85 percent pursuant to paragraph (1)(B)(i)" for "80 percent pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(B)(ii) of this section", struck out ", as appropriate," after "Secretary shall require", and substituted "45 working days" for "30 working days".

Subsec. (c)(9)(E)(iv). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(C)(i), inserted "or" at end.

Subsec. (c)(9)(E)(v). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(C)(ii), substituted a period for "; or" at end.

Subsec. (c)(9)(E)(vi). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(C)(iii), struck out cl. (vi) which read as follows: "the Secretary determines that such action is necessary to ensure an orderly transition from the loan programs under this part to the direct student loan programs under part D of this subchapter."

Subsec. (c)(9)(F)(vii). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(D), substituted "and to avoid disruption of the student loan program." for "to avoid disruption of the student loan program, and to ensure an orderly transition from the loan programs under this part to the direct student loan programs under part C of this subchapter."

Subsec. (c)(9)(I). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(E), inserted "that, if commenced after September 24, 1998, shall be on the record" after "for a hearing".

Subsec. (c)(9)(K). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(c)(7)(F), substituted "and the Workforce" for "and Labor" and struck out "and the progress of the transition from the loan programs under this part to the direct student loan programs under part D of this subchapter" after "guaranty agency system".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(d), amended heading and text of subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) related to payments for lender referral services.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(e), amended heading and text of subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) authorized the Secretary to make payments to guaranty agencies for fiscal years prior to fiscal year 1994 for certain administrative and other costs and provided for applications for such payments.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(f), substituted "and the Workforce" for "and Labor" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (j)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(g)(1), struck out "during transition to direct lending" after "services" in heading.

Subsec. (j)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(g)(2), struck out "during the transition from the Federal Family Education Loan Program under this part to the Federal Direct Student Loan Program under part D of this subchapter" after "loan capital" and inserted "designated for a State" after "a guaranty agency" and "subparagraph (C) and" after "funds in accordance with".

Subsec. (j)(3)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(g)(3), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(h), amended heading and text of subsec. (l) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) Assistance required.—Upon receipt of a proper request from the lender, a guaranty agency having an agreement with the Secretary under subsection (c) of this section shall engage in preclaims assistance activities (as described in subsection (c)(6)(C)(i)(I) of this section) and supplemental preclaims assistance activities (as described in subsection (c)(6)(C) of this section) with respect to each loan covered by such agreement.

"(2) Payments for supplemental preclaims assistance.—The Secretary shall make payments in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph to any guaranty agency that engages in supplemental preclaims assistance (as defined in subsection (c)(6)(C) of this section) on a loan guaranteed under this part. For each loan on which such assistance is performed and for which a default claim is not presented to the guaranty agency by the lender on or before the 150th day after the loan becomes 120 days delinquent, such payment shall be equal to one percent of the total of the unpaid principal and the accrued unpaid interest of the loan."

Subsec. (m)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(i), substituted "may require borrowers" for "shall require at least 10 percent of the borrowers".

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 105–244, §417(k), added subsec. (n).

Pub. L. 105–244, §417(j), struck out heading and text of subsec. (n) which related to State share of default costs.

1997—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 105–33, §6104(2), substituted "September 30, 2002," for "September 30, 1998," and "September 30, 2006." for "September 30, 2002."

Subsec. (c)(9)(A). Pub. L. 105–33, §6101(b), struck out "for the fiscal year of the agency that begins in 1993" after "loans guaranteed by such agency" and struck out at end "The minimum reserve level shall increase to—

"(i) .7 percent of such total attributable amount for the fiscal year of the agency that begins in 1994;

"(ii) .9 percent of such total attributable amount for the fiscal year of the agency that begins in 1995; and

"(iii) 1.1 percent of such total attributable amount for each fiscal year of the agency that begins on or after January 1, 1996."

1994—Subsec. (c)(1)(G). Pub. L. 103–382 added subpar. (G).

1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(11), substituted "; and" for period at end.

Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(12), inserted "or 1078–8" after "1078–1".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(13)(A), added cls. (ii) and (iii) and struck out former cls. (ii) and (iii) which read as follows:

"(ii) in the case of a student who has successfully completed such first year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate study—

"(I) $3,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);

"(II) $2,325, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such academic year; and

"(III) $1,175, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such academic year;

"(iii) in the case of a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed such first and second year but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate study—

"(I) $5,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);

"(II) $3,675, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(III) $1,825, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year; and".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(iv), (v). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(13)(B), (C), added cl. (iv) and redesignated former cl. (iv) as (v).

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(14), substituted a semicolon for period at end of closing provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 103–66, §4043(a)(1), substituted "be subject to income contingent repayment in accordance with subsection (m);" for "be subject to repayment in accordance with the regulations required by subsection (m) if the Secretary has published the finding required by paragraph (2) of such subsection;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 103–66, §4108(b), substituted "98 percent" for "100 percent" and inserted before semicolon at end ", except that such program shall insure 100 percent of the unpaid principal of loans made with funds advanced pursuant to subsection (j) of this section or section 1087–2(q) of this title".

Subsec. (b)(1)(H). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(c), substituted "1.0 percent" for "3 percent".

Subsec. (b)(1)(N). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(15), amended subpar. (N) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (N) read as follows: "provides that funds borrowed by a student are disbursed to the institution by check or other means that is payable to and requires the endorsement or other certification by such student, except nothing in this subchapter shall be interpreted to allow the Secretary to require checks to be made co-payable to the institution and the borrower or to prohibit the disbursement of loan proceeds by means other than by check and except in the case of students who are studying outside the United States in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which the student is enrolled, the funds shall, at the request of the borrower, be delivered directly to the student and the checks may be endorsed, and fund transfers authorized, pursuant to an authorized power-of-attorney;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(U). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(16), inserted a comma after "emergency action" in two places and substituted "this clause" for "this clause;" at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(V). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(17), redesignated subpar. (X) as (V) and struck out former subpar. (V) which related to procedure and requirements for granting a forbearance while a borrower is enrolled in a medical or dental internship or residency program. See Codification note above.

Subsec. (b)(1)(W). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(17), redesignated subpar. (Y) as (W) and struck out former subpar. (W) which read as follows:

"(i) provides that, upon written request, a lender shall grant a borrower forbearance on such terms as are otherwise consistent with the regulations of the Secretary, during periods in which the borrower is serving in a national service position, for which the borrower receives a national service educational award under the National and Community Service Trust Act of 1993;

"(ii) provides that clauses (iii) and (iv) of subparagraph (V) shall also apply to a forbearance granted under this subparagraph; and

"(iii) provides that interest shall continue to accrue on a loan for which a borrower receives forbearance under this subparagraph and shall be capitalized or paid by the borrower;". See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(1)(A), added subpar. (W) and redesignated former subpar. (W) as (X).

Subsec. (b)(1)(X). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(17)(B), redesignated subpar. (Z) as (X). Former subpar. (X) redesignated (V). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(1)(A)(i), redesignated subpar. (W) as (X). Former subpar. (X) redesignated (Y).

Subsec. (b)(1)(Y). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(17)(B), redesignated subpar. (Y) as (W). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(1)(A)(i), redesignated subpar. (X) as (Y). Former subpar. (Y) redesignated (Z).

Subsec. (b)(1)(Z). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(17)(B), redesignated subpar. (Z) as (X). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(1)(A)(i), redesignated subpar. (Y) as (Z).

Subsec. (b)(2)(F)(i). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(18), substituted "either jointly or separately to provide a notice" for "each to provide a separate notice".

Subsec. (b)(2)(F)(ii). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(19)–(21), substituted "transferee" for "transferor" in introductory provisions, struck out "to another holder" after "the loan" in subcl. (I), and substituted "the new" for "such other" in subcl. (II).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(22), amended par. (7) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (7) read as follows:

"(A) In the case of a loan made under section 1077 of this title or this section, the repayment period shall begin on the day immediately following the expiration of the 6-month period after the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution, unless the borrower requests and is granted a repayment schedule that provides for repayment to commence at an earlier point in time, and shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance.

"(B) In the case of a loan made under section 1078–1 or 1078–8 of this title, the repayment period shall begin on the day the loan is disbursed, or, if the loan is disbursed in multiple installments, on the day of the last such disbursement, and shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance.

"(C) In the case of a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title, the repayment period shall begin on the day the loan is disbursed, and shall exclude any period of authorized deferment or forbearance."

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(23), added par. (8).

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(24), substituted last sentence for former last sentence which read as follows: "In no case shall a guaranty agency file a claim under this subsection for reimbursement with respect to losses prior to 270 days after the loan becomes delinquent with respect to any installment thereon, or later than 45 days after the guaranty agency discharges its insurance obligation on the loan."

Pub. L. 103–66, §4108(a)(1), substituted "98 percent" for "100 percent" in fourth sentence.

Subsec. (c)(1)(B), (E), (F). Pub. L. 103–66, §4108(a)(2)–(4), in subpar. (B), substituted "88 percent" for "90 percent" in cl. (i) and "78 percent" for "80 percent" in cl. (ii), and added subpars. (E) and (F).

Subsec. (c)(2)(G). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(25), substituted "certifies" for "demonstrates" before "to the Secretary".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(26), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "shall contain provisions providing for forbearance in accordance with subparagraphs (V) and (W) of subsection (b)(1) of this section for the benefit of the student borrower serving in a medical or dental internship or residency program;". See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(1)(B), substituted "subparagraphs (V) and (W) of subsection (b)(1)" for "subsection (b)(1)(V)".

Subsec. (c)(6)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 103–66, §4110(a), substituted "27 percent" for "30 percent".

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 103–66, §4044, designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), struck out second and third sentences, and added subpar. (B). Prior to amendment, second and third sentences read as follows: "Prior to making such determination for any guaranty agency, the Secretary shall, in consultation with the guaranty agency, develop criteria to determine whether such agency has made adequate collections efforts. In determining whether a guaranty agency's collection efforts have met such criteria, the Secretary shall consider the agency's record of success in collecting on defaulted loans, the age of the loans, and the amount of recent payments received on the loans."

Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 103–66, §4107(a), redesignated par. (10) as (9) and struck out former par. (9) which required guaranty agencies to pay reinsurance fees to the Secretary.

Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 103–66, §4107(a)(2), redesignated par. (10) as (9).

Subsec. (c)(10)(C). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(1), inserted ", as appropriate," after "the Secretary shall require".

Subsec. (c)(10)(D). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(2), designated existing provisions as cl. (i), substituted "If the Secretary is not seeking to terminate the guaranty agency's agreement under subparagraph (E), or assuming the guaranty agency's functions under subparagraph (F), a" for "Each", and added cl. (ii).

Subsec. (c)(10)(E)(iv) to (vi). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(3), added cls. (iv) to (vi).

Subsec. (c)(10)(F). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(4)(A), substituted "If a guaranty" for "Except as provided in subparagraph (G), if a guaranty".

Subsec. (c)(10)(F)(v). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(4)(B), amended cl. (v) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (v) read as follows: "provide the guaranty agency with additional advance funds in accordance with section 1072(c)(7) of this title in order to meet immediate cash needs of the guaranty agency and ensure the uninterrupted payment of claims, with such restrictions on the use of such funds, as determined appropriate by the Secretary; or".

Subsec. (c)(10)(F)(vi), (vii). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(4)(C), (D), in cl. (vi), substituted "to avoid" for "and to avoid" before "disruption of the student" and inserted before period at end ", and to ensure an orderly transition from the loan programs under this part to the direct student loan programs under part D of this subchapter", redesignated cl. (vi) as (vii), and added new cl. (vi).

Subsec. (c)(10)(G). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(5), (7), added subpar. (G) and struck out former subpar. (G) which read as follows: "The Secretary may not take any action under subparagraph (E) or (F) against any guaranty agency that is backed by the full faith and credit of the State where such guaranty agency is the primary guarantor."

Subsec. (c)(10)(H) to (J). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(6), (7), added subpar. (H) and redesignated former subpars. (H) and (I) as (I) and (J), respectively. Former subpar. (J) redesignated (K).

Subsec. (c)(10)(K). Pub. L. 103–66, §4045(6), (8), redesignated subpar. (J) as (K) and substituted "system and the progress of the transition from the loan programs under this part to the direct student loan programs under part D of this subchapter." for "system, together with recommendations for legislative changes, if necessary, for the maintenance of a strong guaranty agency system."

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(b)(1), amended heading, designated existing provisions as subpar. (A) and substituted "with which the Secretary has an agreement under subparagraph (B)" for "in any State", and added subpar. (B).

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(b)(2)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "with which the Secretary has an agreement under paragraph (1)(B)" for "in a State".

Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(27), redesignated former cl. (i), subcl. (I) as (i) and former cl. (i), subcl. (II) as (ii) and struck out cl. (i) designation following subpar. (A) designation. See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(b)(2)(B), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "such student is either a resident of such State or is accepted for enrollment in or is attending an eligible institution in such State; and".

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(b)(3), substituted "From funds available for costs of transition under section 1087h of this title, the" for "The".

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(b)(4), struck out par. (5) which related to authorization of appropriations.

Subsec. (f)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–66, §4107(b)(1), substituted "For a fiscal year prior to fiscal year 1994, the Secretary" for "The Secretary".

Subsec. (f)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–66, §4107(b)(2), inserted "prior to fiscal year 1994" after "any fiscal year".

Subsec. (j)(2). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(28), substituted "lender-of-last-resort" for "lender of last resort" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (j)(2)(A) to (E). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(a)(2)(B), in subpar. (A) inserted before semicolon "and ensure a response within 60 days after the student's original complete application is filed under this subsection", added subpar. (B), and redesignated former subpars. (B) to (D) as (C) to (E), respectively.

Subsec. (j)(3). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(a)(1), added par. (3) consisting of subpars. (A) and (B), and struck out former par. (3) relating to limitation on lender-of-last-resort program, consisting of subpars. (A) to (C).

Subsec. (l)(2). Pub. L. 103–66, §4112(a), inserted second sentence and struck out former second sentence which read as follows: "Such payments shall be equal to $50.00 for each loan on which such assistance is performed and for which a default claim is not presented to the guaranty agency by the lender on or before the 150th day after the loan becomes 120 days delinquent."

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 103–66, §4043(a)(2), amended par. (1) generally, added par. (2), and struck out former pars. (2) to (4). Prior to amendment, former pars. (1) to (4) related to establishment of terms and conditions, collection mechanism, loans for which income contingent repayment is required, and additional authority, respectively.

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 103–66, §4201(a), added subsec. (n).

1992—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(a)(1), amended cls. (i) and (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cls. (i) and (ii) read as follows:

"(i) a student's estimated financial assistance means, for the period for which the loan is sought, the amount of assistance such student will receive under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter (as determined in accordance with section 1091(b) of this title), subpart 2 of part A of this subchapter, and parts C and E of this subchapter, and any amount paid the student under chapters 32, 34, and 35 of title 38, plus other scholarship, grant, or loan assistance; and

"(ii) the determination of need and of the amount of a loan by an eligible institution under subparagraph (B) with respect to a student shall be calculated by subtracting from the estimated cost of attendance at the eligible institution the total of the expected family contribution with respect to such student plus any estimated financial assistance reasonably available to such student."

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(v). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(a)(2), added cl. (v).

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §411(b)(2), substituted "September 30, 1998" for "September 30, 1992" and "September 30, 2002" for "September 30, 1997".

Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(a)(3), added par. (7).

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(b)(1)(A), inserted "or in a program of study abroad approved for credit by the eligible home institution at which such student is enrolled" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i) to (iv). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(b)(1)(B), added cls. (i) to (iv) and struck out former cls. (i) to (iii) which read as follows:

"(i) $2,625, in the case of a student who has not successfully completed the first and second year of a program of undergraduate education;

"(ii) $4,000, in the case of a student who has successfully completed such first and second year but who has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education; and

"(iii) $7,500, in the case of a graduate or professional student (as defined in regulations of the Secretary);".

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(b)(2), which directed the amendment of subpar. (B) by striking clauses (i) and (ii) and inserting language which contained new cls. (i) and (ii) followed by concluding provisions, was executed by substituting the new cls. (i) and (ii) and concluding provisions for former cls. (i) and (ii) and former concluding provisions to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, cls. (i) and (ii) and concluding provisions read as follows:

"(i) $17,250, in the case of any student who has not successfully completed a program of undergraduate education, excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title; and

"(ii) $54,750, in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations of the Secretary and including any loans which are insured by the Secretary under this part, or by a guaranty agency, made to such student before the student became a graduate or professional student), excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title;

except that the Secretary may increase the limit applicable to students who are pursuing programs which the Secretary determines are exceptionally expensive;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(D), (E). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(c)(1), amended subpars. (D) and (E) generally. Prior to amendment, subpars. (D) and (E) read as follows:

"(D) provides that (i) the student borrower shall be entitled to accelerate without penalty the whole or any part of an insured loan, (ii) except as provided in subparagraph (M) of this paragraph, the repayment period of any insured loan may not exceed 10 years, and (iii) the note or other written evidence of any loan, may contain such reasonable provisions relating to repayment in the event of default by the borrower as may be authorized by regulations of the Secretary in effect at the time such note or written evidence was executed;

"(E) subject to subparagraphs (D) and (L) of this paragraph and except as provided by subparagraph (M) of this paragraph, provides that repayment of loans shall be in installments over a period of not less than 5 years (unless the student, during the 6 months preceding the start of the repayment period, specifically requests that repayment be made over a shorter period) nor more than 10 years beginning 6 months after the month in which the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(L)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(d), substituted "(but in no instance less than the amount of interest due and payable)" for ", except that, in the case of a husband and wife, both of whom have such loans outstanding, the total of the combined payments for such a couple during any year shall not be less than $600 or the balance of all such loans, whichever is less".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(e)(1), amended subpar. (M) generally, revising and restating as cls. (i) to (iii) provisions formerly contained in cls. (i) to (xi).

Subsec. (b)(1)(N). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(f), substituted "except in the case of students who are studying outside the United States in a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which the student is enrolled, the funds shall, at the request of the borrower, be delivered directly to the student and the checks may be endorsed, and fund transfers authorized, pursuant to an authorized power-of-attorney;" for "except in the case of attendance at an institution outside the United States, the funds shall be delivered directly to the student;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(T). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(g), amended subpar. (T) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (T) read as follows: "provides no restrictions with respect to eligible institutions (other than nonresidential correspondence schools) which are more onerous than eligibility requirements for institutions under the Federal student loan insurance program as in effect on January 1, 1985, unless—

"(i) that institution is ineligible under regulations for the emergency action, limitation, suspension, or termination of eligible institutions under the Federal student loan insurance program or is ineligible pursuant to criteria issued under the student loan insurance program which are substantially the same as regulations with respect to such eligibility issued under the Federal student loan insurance program; or

"(ii) there is a State constitutional prohibition affecting the eligibility of such an institution;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(U)(iii). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(h), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (b)(1)(V). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(i)(4), (5), added cls. (ii) and (iii) and redesignated former cl. (ii) as (iv).

Pub. L. 102–325, §416(i)(3), which directed the amendment of cl. (ii) by substituting a semicolon for a period at end, could not be executed because the period had been stricken by Pub. L. 102–164, §601(b)(2).

Pub. L. 102–325, §416(i)(1), (2), struck out "and" at end of cl. (i) and inserted "or (ii)" after "clause (i)" in two places in cl. (ii).

Subsec. (b)(1)(W) to (Y). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(j), added subpars. (W) to (Y) and struck out former subpars. (W) and (X) which related to credit reports, credit worthy cosigners, and authorizations for entry of judgments against borrowers in the event of default.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(k)(1), substituted ", including financial information, as the Secretary may reasonably require to carry out the Secretary's functions under this part and protect the financial interest of the United States," for ", as the Secretary may reasonably require to carry out the Secretary's functions under this part,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(D)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(k)(2)(A), substituted "on at least an annual basis" for "at least once every 2 years".

Subsec. (b)(2)(E). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(k)(3), designated existing provisions as cl. (i) and added cl. (ii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(F). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(k)(2)(B), (4), added subpar. (F).

Subsec. (b)(3)(B) to (D). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(l), added subpar. (B) and redesignated former subpars. (B) and (C) as (C) and (D), respectively.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(n), inserted at end sentence relating to requests for deferment of repayment by students engaged in fellowship-supported study outside the United States.

Pub. L. 102–325, §416(m), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out former par. (4) which related to targeted teacher deferment rule.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(m)(2), redesignated par. (6) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(o), added par. (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(c)(2), added par. (7).

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(1), substituted ", or later than 45 days after the guaranty agency discharges its insurance obligation on the loan." for period at end.

Subsec. (c)(1)(D). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(2), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(3), struck out "and" at end of subpar. (F), added subpars. (G) and (H), and redesignated former subpar. (G) as (I).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(4), added subpar. (C) and concluding provisions and struck out former last sentence which read as follows: "Such regulations shall not preclude guaranty agencies from permitting the parties to such a loan from entering into a forbearance agreement solely because the loan is in default."

Subsec. (c)(7)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(5)(A), substituted "(1)(C)" for "(1)(B)" in introductory provisions and inserted "and ends before October 1, 1991" in cl. (i).

Subsec. (c)(7)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(5)(D), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Subsec. (c)(7)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(5)(B), (C), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C) and inserted "or (B)" after "(A)".

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(6), inserted provisions at end directing Secretary to develop criteria to determine whether agency has made adequate collection efforts and directing Secretary to consider certain factors in making determination.

Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(p)(7), added par. (10).

Subsec. (f)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(q)(1), substituted "eligible lender" for "commercial lender".

Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(q)(2), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(r), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted par. heading, and added pars. (2) and (3).

Subsec. (k)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(s), added par. (3).

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(t), added subsec. (m).

1991—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 102–164, §602(b)(1), added cl. (iii). Amendment was executed by striking "and" at end of cl. (i)(III) to reflect the probable intent of Congress notwithstanding directory language directing the striking of "and" at end of cl. (i)(I).

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 102–26 amended subpar. (F) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (F) read as follows: "Except as provided in subparagraph (D), an eligible institution may not, in carrying out the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, refuse to provide to any eligible lender which has an agreement under subsection (b) of this section with any guaranty agency, a statement which permits a student to receive any loan under this part, except that, in individual cases where the institution determines that the portion of the student's expenses to be covered by the loan can be met more appropriately, either by the institution or directly by the student, from other sources, the institution may refuse to provide such statement or may reduce the determination of need contained in such statement."

Subsec. (b)(1)(W). Pub. L. 102–164, §601(b), added subpar. (W).

Subsec. (b)(1)(X). Pub. L. 102–164, §604, added subpar. (X).

Subsec. (c)(6)(D). Pub. L. 102–164, §605(b)(2), struck out subpar. (D) which read as follows: "In the case of a State which enacts and enforces a garnishment law that complies with the requirements of section 1078–5 of this title, subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be applied by substituting '35 percent' for '30 percent'."

1990—Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 101–508, §3004(b), inserted before period at end ", except that, in individual cases where the institution determines that the portion of the student's expenses to be covered by the loan can be met more appropriately, either by the institution or directly by the student, from other sources, the institution may refuse to provide such statement or may reduce the determination of need contained in such statement".

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 101–508, §3002(a)(1), struck out before period at end of first sentence ", including the administrative costs of supplemental preclaim assistance for default prevention as defined in paragraph (6)(C)".

Subsec. (c)(6)(C). Pub. L. 101–508, §3002(a)(2)–(5), in introductory provisions of cl. (i), substituted "subsection (l) of this section" for "this paragraph", in cl. (i)(I), substituted "generally comparable in intensiveness to the level of preclaims assistance performed, prior to the 120th day of delinquency, by the guaranty agency as of October 16, 1990" for "required or permitted under paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection and subsection (f) of this section", in cl. (ii), substituted "payment under subsection (l) of this section" for "reimbursement" and "described in division (i)(I) of this subparagraph" for "which the guaranty agency is required or permitted to provide pursuant to paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection and subsection (f) of this section", and in cl. (iv), struck out first sentence which read as follows: "The costs for each delinquent loan associated with carrying out this subparagraph may not exceed 2 percent of the outstanding principal balance of each such loan subject to the supplemental preclaims assistance authorized by this subparagraph or $100, whichever is less."

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 101–508, §3002(b), added subsec. (l).

1989—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i)(III). Pub. L. 101–239, §2004(b)(1), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(i). Pub. L. 101–239, §2002(a)(2), inserted before semicolon at end ", except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or loan made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title), while serving in a medical internship or residency program".

Subsec. (b)(1)(O). Pub. L. 101–239, §2004(b)(3), amended subpar. (O) generally, substituting requirement that student loans be disbursed in accordance with section 1078–7 of this title for provisions requiring that certain loans be disbursed directly by lender in 2 or more installments, none exceeding more than one-half of the loan, or in installments pursuant to escrow provisions in subsec. (i).

Subsec. (b)(1)(T)(i). Pub. L. 101–239, §2006(b)(1), inserted "emergency action," after "regulations for the".

Subsec. (b)(1)(U). Pub. L. 101–239, §2006(b), in cl. (i) inserted "emergency action," after "regulations for the", and in cl. (ii) inserted "take emergency action," after "such program to".

Subsec. (b)(1)(V). Pub. L. 101–239, §2002(b)(1)(A), added subpar. (V).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 101–239, §2002(b)(1)(B), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: "To the extent provided in regulations of the Secretary, a guaranty agreement under this subsection may contain provisions which permit such forbearance for the benefit of the student borrower as may be agreed upon by the parties to an insured loan and approved by the insurer. Such regulations shall not preclude guaranty agencies from permitting the parties to such a loan from entering into a forbearance agreement solely because the loan is in default."

1988—Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(v). Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(vii). Pub. L. 100–369, §11(a), inserted "after January 1, 1986," after "service".

Subsec. (b)(1)(O). Pub. L. 100–369, §5(b)(2), substituted "section 1078–2 or 1078–3" for "section 1078–1, 1078–2, or 1078–3".

1987—Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(e), substituted "certifies the eligibility of any student" for "permits the student".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(f)(1), substituted "first and" for "first or".

Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a)(1), inserted ", excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title" after "undergraduate education".

Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(a)(2), inserted ", excluding loans made under section 1078–1 or 1078–2 of this title" after "graduate or professional student)".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(vi). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(b)(1), inserted "nonprofit" before "private".

Subsec. (b)(1)(M)(vii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(b)(2), inserted "or serving in an internship or residency program leading to a degree or certificate awarded by an institution of higher education, a hospital, or a health care facility that offers postgraduate training" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(N). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(f)(2), inserted "and except in the case of attendance at an institution outside the United States, the funds shall be delivered directly to the student" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(O). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(c), substituted "$1,000 or more" for "more than $1,000".

Subsec. (b)(1)(O)(i). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(f)(3), substituted "being disbursed" for "being dispensed".

Subsec. (b)(1)(P). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(f)(4), added subpar. (P) and struck out former subpar. (P) which read as follows: "requires the borrower and the institution at which the borrower is in attendance to promptly notify the holder of the loan, directly or through the guaranty agency, concerning any change of address or status;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(T). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(f)(5), inserted "(other than nonresidential correspondence schools)" after "eligible institutions".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(g), substituted "paragraph (1)(M)(i)(III)" for "paragraph (1)(M)".

Subsec. (b)(6)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(h)(1), substituted "Until such time as the Secretary has implemented section 1092b of this title and is able to provide to guaranty agencies the information required by such section" for "Prior to the implementation of section 1092b of this title".

Subsec. (b)(6)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(h)(2), added cl. (ii) and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "the amount borrowed, the cumulative amount borrowed, the income reported on the loan application, and the purposes and the cost of attendance of the borrower."

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 100–203, §3002(b)(1), substituted "shall be deemed" for "shall, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, be deemed".

Pub. L. 100–203, §3001(b)(1), substituted "shall, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, be deemed" for "shall be deemed".

Subsec. (c)(6)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(i), inserted at end "In the case of accounts brought into repayment status as a result of performing supplemental preclaims assistance, the cost of such assistance is a permissible charge to the borrower (for the cost of collection) for which the borrower shall be liable."

Subsec. (c)(6)(D). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(j), inserted "and enforces" after "enacts".

Subsec. (c)(9)(A). Pub. L. 100–203, §3002(b)(2), substituted "an amount equal to" for "an amount, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, equal to" in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 100–203, §3001(b)(2), substituted "an amount, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, equal to" for "an amount equal to" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(9)(A)(i), (ii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(k)(1), inserted "covered" before "loans".

Subsec. (c)(9)(D). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(k)(2), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (f)(1)(B). Pub. L. 100–203, §3002(b)(3), substituted "shall be deemed" for "shall, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, be deemed".

Pub. L. 100–203, §3001(b)(3), substituted "shall, subject to section 1072(e) of this title, be deemed" for "shall be deemed".

Subsec. (i)(1). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(l), struck out "multiple" after "authorizing" and substituted "21 days" for "45 days".

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(m), inserted provision at end that the guaranty agency consider the request of an eligible lender to serve as the lender-of-last-resort pursuant to this subsection.

Subsec. (k)(1). Pub. L. 100–203, §3003, substituted "Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in" for "In", "guaranty agency shall" for "guaranty agency may", and "subsection shall include" for "subsection may include".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 115–245 applicable with respect to loans made on or after Sept. 28, 2018, or in repayment on Sept. 28, 2018, see section 309(f) of Pub. L. 115–245, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 2011 Amendment

Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(d)(2), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1101, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply to new Federal Direct Stafford Loans made on or after July 1, 2012 and before July 1, 2014."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), except as otherwise provided, see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(a)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1940, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective as if enacted as part of the amendment in [former] section 303(a) of the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) [amending this section], shall take effect on October 1, 2012, and shall apply with respect to loans made on or after such date."

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §422(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3228, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §422(g)(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3231, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008], and the amendment made by paragraph (2) [amending section 1087–1 of this title] shall take effect for loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008."

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §424(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3233, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1078–2 of this title] shall take effect for loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008."

Pub. L. 110–227, §3(c), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 742, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1078–2 of this title] shall be effective for loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2008."

Pub. L. 110–227, §5(b), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [May 7, 2008]."

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by sections 202(a), (d) and 301 of Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Pub. L. 110–84, title III, §302(c), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 796, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1087–1 of this title and repealing section 1078–9 of this title] shall be effective on October 1, 2007, except that section 428I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1078–9] (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 27, 2007]) shall apply to eligible lenders that received a designation under subsection (a) of such section prior to October 1, 2007, for the remainder of the year for which the designation was made."

Pub. L. 110–84, title III, §303(b), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 797, which provided that amendment by former section 303(a) of Pub. L. 110–84 (amending this section) would be effective on Oct. 1, 2012, and applicable with respect to loans made on or after such date, was repealed by Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2204(b), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1075.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Amendment by section 8005(b) of Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2007, see section 8005(e) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1075 of this title.

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8007(f), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 161, as amended by Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §202(d), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 792, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1087e, 1087dd, and 1088 of this title] shall apply with respect to all loans under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.]."

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(a)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 168, provided that: "The amendment made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2006."

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(c)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 170, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2006."

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–314 applicable with respect to interest, and any special allowance under section 1087–1 of this title, that accrue for months beginning on or after Oct. 1, 2003, on student loans described in section 2174(c) of Title 10, Armed Forces, that were made before, on, or after such date to members of the Armed Forces who are on active duty (as defined in section 101(d) of Title 10) on or after that date, see section 651(e) of Pub. L. 107–314, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2174 of Title 10.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 417(a), (b), (c)(2)–(k) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §417(c)(1)(B), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1687, provided that: "The amendments made by subparagraph (A) of this paragraph [amending this section] apply to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998."

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §355(b), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3967, provided that: "Subsection (a) [amending this section] and the amendment made by subsection (a) shall take effect on August 10, 1993."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by section 2(c)(11), (12), (14)–(17), (22)–(28) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, amendment by section 2(c)(13)(A) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after July 1, 1994, amendment by section 2(c)(13)(B), (C) and (18) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, and amendment by section 2(c)(19)–(21) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after 30 days after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(a), (b)(2), (3), (6) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 123 of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as a note under section 1701 of Title 16, Conservation.

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4043(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 358, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 1994."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4102(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 367, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1078–8 and 1087–1 of this title] shall take effect on July 1, 1994."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4107(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 369, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1993."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4108(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 369, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1993."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4110(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 370, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1993."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4112(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 370, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1993."

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4201(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 371, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1994."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §432, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 562, as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(5), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2486, provided that:

"(a) In General.—The changes made in part B of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.] by the amendments made by this part [part B (§§411–432) of title IV of Pub. L. 102–325, see Tables for classification] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [July 23, 1992], except—

"(1) as otherwise provided in such part B;

"(2) that the changes made in sections 425(a), 428(b)(1)(A), 428(b)(1)(B), 428A(b), 428B(b) [20 U.S.C. 1075(a), 1078(b)(1)(A), (B), 1078–1(b), 1078–2(b)], relating to annual and aggregate loan limits, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, except that—

"(A) the changes made in section 425(a)(1)(A)(i) and 428(b)(1)(A)(i) shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992; and

"(B) the changes made in section 425(a)(1)(A)(iv) and 428(b)(1)(A)(iv) shall apply with respect to loans to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1993;

"(3) that the changes made in sections 427(a)(2)(C), 428(b)(1)(M), and 428B(d)(1) [20 U.S.C. 1077(a)(2)(C), 1078(b)(1)(M), 1078–2(d)(1)], relating to deferments, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, to an individual who is a new borrower on the date such individual applies for a loan;

"(4) that the changes made in sections 428(a)(7) and 428(f)(1)(C), relating to payments for unconsummated loans, shall apply with respect to loans made on or after October 1, 1992;

"(5) that the changes made in sections 427(a)(2)(H) and 428(b)(1)(E)(i), relating to offering graduated or income sensitive repayment options, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, to an individual who is a new borrower on the date such individual applies for a loan;

"(6) that the changes made in section 428(b)(4), relating to teacher deferment, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, to an individual who is a new borrower on the date such individual applies for a loan;

"(7) that section 428(c)(2)(H)(i) as added by such amendments shall be effective on and after October 1, 1992;

"(8) that the changes in section 428(c)(3) with respect to forbearance after a default shall be effective on and after October 1, 1992;

"(9) that the changes made in section 428B(a) [20 U.S.C. 1078–2(a)] with respect to use of credit histories shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993;

"(10) that section 428B(c) as added by such amendments, relating to disbursement of Federal PLUS Loans, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992;

"(11) that the changes made in section 428C [20 U.S.C. 1078–3], relating to consolidation loans, shall apply with respect to loans under such section for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after January 1, 1993;

"(12) that section 428H [20 U.S.C. 1078–8] as added by such amendments shall be effective with respect to loans made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992;

"(13) that the changes made in section 438 [20 U.S.C. 1087–1] shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992;

"(14) that the changes in section 439(d)(1) [20 U.S.C. 1087–2(d)(1)], relating to facilities loans, shall apply with respect to applications received on or after July 1, 1992; and

"(15) that the changes in the designation or names of loans or programs under part B is [sic] effective with respect to applications or other documents (used in making such loans) that are printed after the date of enactment of this Act.

"(b) New Borrowers.—For purposes of the section, the term 'new borrower' means, with respect to any date, an individual who on that date has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.]."

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by section 2002(a)(2) of Pub. L. 101–239 applicable to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part or part E of this subchapter, including a loan made before Dec. 19, 1989, and amendment effective Jan. 1, 1990, but inapplicable with respect to any portion of a period of deferment granted to a borrower under section 1077(a)(2)(C)(i), 1078(b)(1)(M)(i), or 1087dd(c)(2)(A)(i) of this title for service in a medical internship or residency program completed prior to Dec. 19, 1989, see section 2002(a)(4) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2002(b)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2112, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans made before, on, or after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1989]."

Amendment by section 2004(b)(1), (3) of Pub. L. 101–239 applicable with respect to loans made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1990, see section 2004(c) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by section 11(a) of Pub. L. 100–369 applicable with respect to loans made, insured or guaranteed under this part on, before, or after June 3, 1987, see section 11(b) of Pub. L. 100–369, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Amendment by section 5(b)(2) of Pub. L. 100–369 effective with respect to loans made on or after Oct. 1, 1988, and amendment by section 7(c) of Pub. L. 100–369 effective July 18, 1988, see section 13(b) of Pub. L. 100–369, set out as a note under section 1091 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendments

Pub. L. 100–203, title III, §3002(b)(1)–(3), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–38, provided in part that the amendments by section 3002(b)(1)–(3) of Pub. L. 100–203 are effective Sept. 30, 1989.

Amendment by section 10(b) of Pub. L. 100–50 applicable with respect to loans made, insured or guaranteed under this part on, before, or after June 3, 1987, see section 11(b) of Pub. L. 100–369, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note under section 1077 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1987, with subsection (b)(1)(M) (except cls. (viii), (ix), and (x)) applicable only to loans to new borrowers made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, or disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, subsection (b)(1)(A) and (B) applicable with respect only to loans disbursed on or after Jan. 1, 1987, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1987, and subsection (b)(1)(H) applicable with respect only to loans for which the borrower files an application on or after July 1, 1987, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

Construction of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8007(e), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 161, provided that: "Nothing in the amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1087e, 1087dd, and 1088 of this title] shall be construed to authorize any refunding of any repayment of a loan."

Review of Inducements Limitations

Pub. L. 110–227, §5(c), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746, provided that: "Within 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [May 7, 2008], the Secretary of Education shall review, and as necessary revise, the Department of Education's regulations concerning prohibited guaranty agency inducements to eligible lenders (34 CFR 682.401(e)) to ensure that such agencies do not engage in improper inducements in the expansion of operations of the lender-of-last-resort program as authorized by the amendments made by this section [amending this section]. The Secretary shall submit a report on the review and revision required by this subsection to the Committee on Education and Labor [now Committee on Education and the Workforce] of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate within 180 days after such date of enactment."

Guaranteed Student Loan Family Contribution Schedule for the Periods of Instruction Beginning After June 30, 1983

Pub. L. 97–301, §9, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1403, as amended by Pub. L. 98–79, §4(b), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 481; Pub. L. 98–511, title VII, §707(7), (8), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2407, 2408; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16018(b), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §408(a)(6), (7), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495, specified that the family contribution schedule for specific periods of instruction through June 30, 1988, for loans made, insured, or guaranteed under this part be the family contribution schedule for such loans for the period of instruction from July 1, 1982, through June 30, 1983, and required the family contribution schedule for the period of instruction from July 1, 1982, through June 30, 1983, to be modified by the Secretary of Education for use for each of the specific periods of instruction to reflect the most recent and relevant data, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §408(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495, effective with respect to any academic year beginning on or after July 1, 1988, Pub. L. 97–301.

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.

³ So in original.

⁴ So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.

⁵ So in original. Probably should be "subsection."

⁶ So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

§1078–1. Voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies

(a) Voluntary agreements

(1) Authority

Subject to paragraph (2),¹ the Secretary may enter into a voluntary, flexible agreement with a guaranty agency under this section, in lieu of agreements with a guaranty agency under subsections (b) and (c) of section 1078 of this title. The Secretary may waive or modify any requirement under such subsections, except that the Secretary may not waive—

(A) any statutory requirement pertaining to the terms and conditions attached to student loans or default claim payments made to lenders;

(B) the prohibitions on inducements contained in section 1078(b)(3) of this title; or

(C) the Federal default fee required by section 1078(b)(1)(H) of this title and the second sentence of section 1078–8(h) of this title.

(2) Eligibility

During fiscal years 1999, 2000, and 2001, the Secretary may enter into a voluntary, flexible agreement with not more than 6 guaranty agencies that had 1 or more agreements with the Secretary under subsections (b) and (c) of section 1078 of this title as of the day before October 7, 1998. Beginning in fiscal year 2002, any guaranty agency or consortium thereof may enter into a voluntary flexible agreement with the Secretary.

(3) Report required

(A) In general

The Secretary, in consultation with the guaranty agencies operating under voluntary flexible agreements, shall report on an annual basis to the authorizing committees regarding the program outcomes that the voluntary flexible agreements have had with respect to—

(i) program integrity and program and cost efficiencies, delinquency prevention, and default aversion, including a comparison of such outcomes to such outcomes for each guaranty agency operating under an agreement under subsection (b) or (c) of section 1078 of this title;

(ii) consumer education programs described in section 1083a of this title; and

(iii) the availability and delivery of student financial aid.

(B) Contents

Each report described in subparagraph (A) shall include—

(i) a description of each voluntary flexible agreement and the performance goals established by the Secretary for each agreement;

(ii) a list of—

(I) guaranty agencies operating under voluntary flexible agreements;

(II) the specific statutory or regulatory waivers provided to each such guaranty agency; and

(III) any other waivers provided to other guaranty agencies under paragraph (1);

(iii) a description of the standards by which each guaranty agency's performance under the guaranty agency's voluntary flexible agreement was assessed and the degree to which each guaranty agency achieved the performance standards;

(iv) an analysis of the fees paid by the Secretary, and the costs and efficiencies achieved under each voluntary flexible agreement; and

(v) an identification of promising practices for program improvement that could be replicated by other guaranty agencies.

(b) Terms of agreement

An agreement between the Secretary and a guaranty agency under this section—

(1) shall be developed by the Secretary, in consultation with the guaranty agency, on a case-by-case basis;

(2) may only include provisions—

(A) specifying the responsibilities of the guaranty agency under the agreement, with respect to—

(i) administering the issuance of insurance on loans made under this part on behalf of the Secretary;

(ii) monitoring insurance commitments made under this part;

(iii) default aversion activities;

(iv) review of default claims made by lenders;

(v) payment of default claims;

(vi) collection of defaulted loans;

(vii) adoption of internal systems of accounting and auditing that are acceptable to the Secretary, and reporting the result thereof to the Secretary in a timely manner, and on an accurate, and auditable basis;

(viii) timely and accurate collection and reporting of such other data as the Secretary may require to carry out the purposes of the programs under this subchapter;

(ix) monitoring of institutions and lenders participating in the program under this part; and

(x) informational outreach to schools and students in support of access to higher education;

(B) regarding the fees the Secretary shall pay, in lieu of revenues that the guaranty agency may otherwise receive under this part, to the guaranty agency under the agreement, and other funds that the guaranty agency may receive or retain under the agreement, except that in no case may the cost to the Secretary of the agreement, as reasonably projected by the Secretary, exceed the cost to the Secretary, as similarly projected, in the absence of the agreement;

(C) regarding the use of net revenues, as described in the agreement under this section, for such other activities in support of postsecondary education as may be agreed to by the Secretary and the guaranty agency;

(D) regarding the standards by which the guaranty agency's performance of the agency's responsibilities under the agreement will be assessed, and the consequences for a guaranty agency's failure to achieve a specified level of performance on 1 or more performance standards;

(E) regarding the circumstances in which a guaranty agency's agreement under this section may be ended in advance of the agreement's expiration date;

(F) regarding such other businesses, previously purchased or developed with reserve funds, that relate to the program under this part and in which the Secretary permits the guaranty agency to engage; and

(G) such other provisions as the Secretary may determine to be necessary to protect the United States from the risk of unreasonable loss and to promote the purposes of this part;

(3) shall provide for uniform lender participation with the guaranty agency under the terms of the agreement; and

(4) shall not prohibit or restrict borrowers from selecting a lender of the borrower's choosing, subject to the prohibitions and restrictions applicable to the selection under this chapter.

(c) Public notice

(1) In general

The Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a notice to all guaranty agencies that sets forth—

(A) an invitation for the guaranty agencies to enter into agreements under this section; and

(B) the criteria that the Secretary will use for selecting the guaranty agencies with which the Secretary will enter into agreements under this section.

(2) Agreement notice

The Secretary shall notify the members of the authorizing committees not later than 30 days prior to concluding an agreement under this section. The notice shall contain—

(A) a description of the voluntary flexible agreement and the performance goals established by the Secretary for the agreement;

(B) a list of participating guaranty agencies and the specific statutory or regulatory waivers provided to each guaranty agency;

(C) a description of the standards by which each guaranty agency's performance under the agreement will be assessed; and

(D) a description of the fees that will be paid to each participating guaranty agency.

(3) Waiver notice

The Secretary shall notify the members of the authorizing committees not later than 30 days prior to the granting of a waiver pursuant to subsection (a)(2) ¹ to a guaranty agency that is not a party to a voluntary flexible agreement.

(4) Public availability

The text of any voluntary flexible agreement, and any subsequent revisions, and any waivers related to section 1078(b)(3) of this title that are not part of such an agreement, shall be readily available to the public.

(5) Modification notice

The Secretary shall notify the members of the authorizing committees 30 days prior to any modifications to an agreement under this section.

(d) Termination

At the expiration or early termination of an agreement under this section, the Secretary shall reinstate the guaranty agency's prior agreements under subsections (b) and (c) of section 1078 of this title, subject only to such additional requirements as the Secretary determines to be necessary in order to ensure the efficient transfer of responsibilities between the agreement under this section and the agreements under subsections (b) and (c) of section 1078 of this title, and including the guaranty agency's compliance with reserve requirements under sections 1072 and 1078 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428A, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691; amended Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(b)(3), (f), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 169, 170; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(5), title IV, §423, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3089, 3231.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Paragraph (2) of subsec. (a) of this section, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (c)(3), was struck out by Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(f)(2), and par. (3) was redesignated (2). See 2006 Amendment note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1078–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1384; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(n), (o)(1), (p)(1), (q), (r)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 343, 344; Pub. L. 100–369, §§3–5(a), (b)(3), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 835, 836; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2003(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2112, 2114; Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3006(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–28; Pub. L. 102–26, §2(c)(1), Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 123; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §417, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(29)–(32), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2465, 2466, related to Federal supplemental loans for students, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b), (d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, effective July 1, 1994.

Another prior section 1078–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428A, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2120; amended Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(30)–(32), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §412(e), (f), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1416, 1417, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §535(e), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 455, related to student loan insurance programs, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §423, added par. (3).

Subsec. (c)(2), (3). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(5)(A), (B), substituted "members of the authorizing committees" for "Chairperson and the Ranking Minority Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives".

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(5)(C), substituted "members of the authorizing committees" for "Chairperson and the Ranking Minority Members of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives".

2006—Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(f)(1), struck out "unless the Secretary determines that such a waiver is consistent with the purposes of this section and is limited to activities of the guaranty agency within the State or States for which the guaranty agency serves as the designated guarantor" before "; or".

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(b)(3), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (a)(2), (3). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(f)(2), (3), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out heading and text of former par. (2). Text read as follows: "If the Secretary grants a waiver pursuant to paragraph (1)(B), any guaranty agency doing business within the affected State or States may request, and the Secretary shall grant, an identical waiver to such guaranty agency under the same terms and conditions (including service area limitations) as govern the original waiver."

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(f)(4), struck out par. (4), which required the Secretary to report to congressional committees regarding the impact that the voluntary flexible agreements had on program integrity, program and cost efficiencies, and the availability and delivery of student financial aid.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1078–2. Federal PLUS loans

(a) Authority to borrow

(1) Authority and eligibility

Prior to July 1, 2010, a graduate or professional student or the parents of a dependent student shall be eligible to borrow funds under this section in amounts specified in subsection (b), if—

(A) the graduate or professional student or the parents do not have an adverse credit history as determined pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary;

(B) in the case of a graduate or professional student or parent who has been convicted of, or has pled nolo contendere or guilty to, a crime involving fraud in obtaining funds under this subchapter, such graduate or professional student or parent has completed the repayment of such funds to the Secretary, or to the holder in the case of a loan under this subchapter obtained by fraud; and

(C) the graduate or professional student or the parents meet such other eligibility criteria as the Secretary may establish by regulation, after consultation with guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and other organizations involved in student financial assistance.

(2) Terms, conditions, and benefits

Except as provided in subsections (c), (d), and (e), loans made under this section shall have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as all other loans made under this part.

(3) Special rules

(A) Parent borrowers

Whenever necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, the terms "student" and "borrower" as used in this part shall include a parent borrower under this section.

(B)(i) Extenuating circumstances

An eligible lender may determine that extenuating circumstances exist under the regulations promulgated pursuant to paragraph (1)(A) if, during the period beginning January 1, 2007, and ending December 31, 2009, an applicant for a loan under this section—

(I) is or has been delinquent for 180 days or fewer on mortgage loan payments or on medical bill payments during such period; and

(II) does not otherwise have an adverse credit history, as determined by the lender in accordance with the regulations promulgated pursuant to paragraph (1)(A), as such regulations were in effect on the day before May 7, 2008.

(ii) Definition of mortgage loan

In this subparagraph, the term "mortgage loan" means an extension of credit to a borrower that is secured by the primary residence of the borrower.

(iii) Rule of construction

Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to limit an eligible lender's authority under the regulations promulgated pursuant to paragraph (1)(A) to determine that extenuating circumstances exist.

(b) Limitation based on need

Any loan under this section may be counted as part of the student aid index in the determination of need under this subchapter, but no loan may be made to any graduate or professional student or any parent under this section for any academic year in excess of (A) the student's estimated cost of attendance, minus (B) other financial aid as certified by the eligible institution under section 1078(a)(2)(A) of this title. The annual insurable limit on account of any student shall not be deemed to be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments to the borrower will not be made in any year in excess of the annual limit.

(c) PLUS loan disbursement

All loans made under this section shall be disbursed in accordance with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title and shall be disbursed by—

(1) an electronic transfer of funds from the lender to the eligible institution; or

(2) a check copayable to the eligible institution and the graduate or professional student or parent borrower.

(d) Payment of principal and interest

(1) Commencement of repayment

Repayment of principal on loans made under this section shall commence not later than 60 days after the date such loan is disbursed by the lender, subject to deferral—

(A)(i) during any period during which the parent borrower or the graduate or professional student borrower meets the conditions required for a deferral under section 1077(a)(2)(C) or 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title; and

(ii) upon the request of the parent borrower, during any period during which the student on whose behalf the loan was borrowed by the parent borrower meets the conditions required for a deferral under section 1077(a)(2)(C)(i)(I) or 1078(b)(1)(M)(i)(I) of this title; and

(B)(i) in the case of a parent borrower, upon the request of the parent borrower, during the 6-month period beginning on the later of—

(I) the day after the date the student on whose behalf the loan was borrowed ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution); or

(II) if the parent borrower is also a student, the day after the date such parent borrower ceases to carry at least one-half such a workload; and

(ii) in the case of a graduate or professional student borrower, during the 6-month period beginning on the day after the date such student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as determined by the institution).

(2) Capitalization of interest

(A) In general

Interest on loans made under this section for which payments of principal are deferred pursuant to paragraph (1) shall, if agreed upon by the borrower and the lender—

(i) be paid monthly or quarterly; or

(ii) be added to the principal amount of the loan not more frequently than quarterly by the lender.

(B) Insurable limits

Capitalization of interest under this paragraph shall not be deemed to exceed the annual insurable limit on account of the borrower.

(3) Subsidies prohibited

No payments to reduce interest costs shall be paid pursuant to section 1078(a) of this title on loans made pursuant to this section.

(4) Applicable rates of interest

Interest on loans made pursuant to this section shall be at the applicable rate of interest provided in section 1077a of this title.

(5) Amortization

The amount of the periodic payment and the repayment schedule for any loan made pursuant to this section shall be established by assuming an interest rate equal to the applicable rate of interest at the time the repayment of the principal amount of the loan commences. At the option of the lender, the note or other written evidence of the loan may require that—

(A) the amount of the periodic payment will be adjusted annually, or

(B) the period of repayment of principal will be lengthened or shortened,

in order to reflect adjustments in interest rates occurring as a consequence of section 1077a(c)(4) of this title.

(e) Refinancing

(1) Refinancing to secure combined payment

An eligible lender may at any time consolidate loans held by it which are made under this section to a borrower, including loans which were made under this section as in effect prior to October 17, 1986, under a single repayment schedule which provides for a single principal payment and a single payment of interest, and shall calculate the repayment period for each included loan from the date of the commencement of repayment of the most recent included loan. Unless the consolidated loan is obtained by a borrower who is electing to obtain variable interest under paragraph (2) or (3), such consolidated loan shall bear interest at the weighted average of the rates of all included loans. The extension of any repayment period of an included loan pursuant to this paragraph shall be reported (if required by them) to the Secretary or guaranty agency insuring the loan, as the case may be, but no additional insurance premiums shall be payable with respect to any such extension. The extension of the repayment period of any included loan shall not require the formal extension of the promissory note evidencing the included loan or the execution of a new promissory note, but shall be treated as an administrative forbearance of the repayment terms of the included loan.

(2) Refinancing to secure variable interest rate

An eligible lender may reissue a loan which was made under this section before July 1, 1987, or under this section as in effect prior to October 17, 1986, in order to permit the borrower to obtain the interest rate provided under section 1077a(c)(4) of this title. A lender offering to reissue a loan or loans for such purpose may charge a borrower an amount not to exceed $100 to cover the administrative costs of reissuing such loan or loans, not more than one-half of which shall be paid to the guarantor of the loan being reissued to cover costs of reissuance. Reissuance of a loan under this paragraph shall not affect any insurance applicable with respect to the loan, and no additional insurance fee may be charged to the borrower with respect to the loan.

(3) Refinancing by discharge of previous loan

A borrower who has applied to an original lender for reissuance of a loan under paragraph (2) and who is denied such reissuance may obtain a loan from another lender for the purpose of discharging the loan from such original lender. A loan made for such purpose—

(A) shall bear interest at the applicable rate of interest provided under section 1077a(c)(4) of this title;

(B) shall not result in the extension of the duration of the note (other than as permitted under subsection (d)(5)(B));

(C) may be subject to an additional insurance fee but shall not be subject to the administrative cost charge permitted by paragraph (2) of this subsection; and

(D) shall be applied to discharge the borrower from any remaining obligation to the original lender with respect to the original loan.

(4) Certification in lieu of promissory note presentation

Each new lender may accept certification from the original lender of the borrower's original loan in lieu of presentation of the original promissory note.

(f) Verification of immigration status and social security number

A parent who wishes to borrow funds under this section shall be subject to verification of the parent's—

(1) immigration status in the same manner as immigration status is verified for students under section 1091(g) of this title; and

(2) social security number in the same manner as social security numbers are verified for students under section 1091(o) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428B, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1386; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(o), (p)(2), (q), (r)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 343, 344; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §418, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 531; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4109(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 369; Pub. L. 105–178, title VIII, §8301(a)(2), June 9, 1998, 112 Stat. 497; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §§416(a)(2), 419, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1680, 1694; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8005(c), 8014(g), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158, 171; Pub. L. 110–227, §§3(a), 4, May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 742, 743; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §424(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3232; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1943; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2205, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1075; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §§702(n)(1)(B), 704(1), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3186, 3199.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1078–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428B, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §419, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1424; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §§532(b)(3), 534(a)(2), (c)(1), (2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 452, 454; Pub. L. 98–79, §12, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 484, related to auxiliary loans to assist students, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 116–260, §702(n)(1)(B), substituted "section 1091(o)" for "section 1091(p)".

2010—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–152 substituted "Prior to July 1, 2010, a graduate" for "A graduate" in introductory provisions.

2009—Subsec. (e)(3)(B). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(2)(A), substituted "subsection (d)(5)(B)" for "subsection (c)(5)(B)".

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(2)(B), struck out par. (5) which related to notification to borrowers of availability of refinancing options for certain loans made before Oct. 17, 1986.

2008—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–227, §4, amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Whenever necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, the terms 'student' and 'borrower' as used in this part shall include a parent borrower under this section."

Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(II). Pub. L. 110–315, §424(a)(1), added subcl. (II) and struck out former subcl. (II) which read as follows: "is not and has not been more than 89 days delinquent on the repayment of any other debt during such period."

Subsec. (d)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–315, §424(a)(2), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which related to commencement of repayment and capitalization of interest.

Pub. L. 110–227, §3(a), amended pars. (1) and (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text related to commencement of repayment and capitalization of interest.

2006—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "A graduate or professional student or the parents" for "Parents".

Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(1)(B), substituted "the graduate or professional student or the parents" for "the parents".

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(g)(1), (3), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(1)(C), substituted "the graduate or professional student or the parents" for "the parents".

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(g)(2), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(2), substituted "any graduate or professional student or any parent" for "any parent".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(3), substituted "graduate or professional student or parent" for "parent".

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(c)(4), substituted "the graduate or professional student or the parent" for "the parent".

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §419(1), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Parents of a dependent student, who do not have an adverse credit history as determined pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, shall be eligible to borrow funds under this section in amounts specified in subsection (b) of this section, and unless otherwise specified in subsections (c), (d), and (e) of this section, such loans shall have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as all other loans made under this part. Whenever necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, the terms 'student' and 'borrower' as used in this part shall include a parent borrower under this section."

Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(a)(2), substituted "section 1077a" for "section 1077a(c)".

Pub. L. 105–178 which directed substitution of "section 1077a of this title for loans made under this section" for "section 1077a(c) of this title" in "section 428B(d)(4) (20 U.S.C. 1078–2(d)(4))" could not be executed because it did not indicate what act was to be amended.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §419(2), added subsec. (f).

1993—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–66 inserted "shall be disbursed in accordance with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title and" after "under this section".

1992—Pub. L. 102–325, §418(a), substituted "Federal PLUS" for "PLUS" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §418(b)(1), substituted "subsections (c), (d), and (e)" for "subsections (c) and (d)" and inserted ", who do not have an adverse credit history as determined pursuant to regulations of the Secretary," after "a dependent student".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §418(b)(2), struck out subsec. (b) designation and heading, redesignated par. (3) as subsec. (b), and struck out pars. (1) and (2) which set the annual limit on the amount parents may borrow for one student in any academic year at $4,000 and set the aggregate insured principal amount for insured loans at not to exceed $20,000.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §418(b)(4), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–325, §418(c), (d), amended pars. (1) and (2) generally. Prior to amendment, pars. (1) and (2) read as follows:

"(1) Commencement of repayment.—Repayment of principal on loans made under this section shall commence not later than 60 days after the date such loan is disbursed by the lender, subject to deferral (A) during any period during which the parent meets the conditions required for a deferral under clause (i), (viii), or (ix) of section 1077(a)(2)(C) or 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title; and (B) during any period during which the borrower has a dependent student for whom a loan obligation was incurred under this section and who meets the conditions required for a deferral under clause (i) of either such section.

"(2) Capitalization of interest.—Interest on loans made under this section for which payments of principal are deferred pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection shall, if agreed upon by the borrower and the lender (A) be paid monthly or quarterly or (B) be added to the principal amount of the loan on a quarterly basis by the lender. Such capitalization of interest shall not be deemed to exceed the annual insurable limit on account of the student."

Pub. L. 102–325, §418(b)(3), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §418(b)(3), redesignated subsec. (d) as (e).

1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(o)(2)(A), struck out ", but such a parent borrower shall not be eligible for any deferment pursuant to section 1077(a)(2)(C) or 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title except for the deferments allowed (with respect to the student) under clauses (i), (viii), and (ix) of such sections" after "borrower under this section".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(p)(2), amended first sentence generally, substituting "for any academic year in excess of (A) the student's estimated cost of attendance, minus (B) other financial aid" for "which would cause the combined loans of the parent and the student for any academic year to exceed the student's estimated cost of attendance minus such student's estimated financial assistance".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(o)(2)(B), struck out "pursuant to sections 1077(a)(2)(C)(i), (viii), and (ix) and 1078(b)(1)(M)(i), (viii), and (ix) of this title" after "subject to deferral" and inserted in lieu cls. (A) and (B).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(o)(1), (2)(C), (q), in introductory provisions, struck out "and interest" after first reference to "principal", and substituted "pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection" for "under sections 1077(a)(2)(C)(i) and 1078(b)(1)(M)(i) of this title", and, in subpar. (A), inserted "monthly or" before "quarterly".

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(r)(1)(A), inserted "at any time" after "eligible lender may" in first sentence, substituted "the consolidated loan is obtained by a borrower who is electing to obtain variable interest under paragraph (2) or (3)" for "the borrower complies with the requirements of paragraph (2)" in second sentence, and inserted "(if required by them)" after "shall be reported" in third sentence.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(r)(1)(B), inserted "under this section before July 1, 1987, or" before "under this section" and substituted "to reissue a loan or loans" for "to reissue a loan" and "reissuing such loan or loans" for "reissuing such loan".

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(r)(1)(C), substituted "October 1, 1987" for "January 1, 1987" and, in subpar. (B), inserted "and of the practical consequences of such options in terms of interest rates and monthly and total payments for a set of loan examples" before semicolon at end.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(n)(2), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3186, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 701(b) of this Act [div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as an Effective Date of 2020 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title], sections 401(b)(6) and 484(r) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a(b)(6); 1091(r)) as in effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020], and section 12(f) of the Military Selective Service Act (50 U.S.C. 3811(f)), the Secretary of Education may implement the amendments made by paragraph (1) of this subsection [amending this section and sections 1091 and 1092 of this title] before (but not later than) July 1, 2023. The Secretary shall specify in a designation on what date, under what conditions, and for which award years the Secretary will implement such amendments prior to July 1, 2023. The Secretary shall publish any designation under this paragraph in the Federal Register at least 60 days before implementation."

[Effective date of title VII of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260 was changed from July 1, 2023, to July 1, 2024, by section 102(a) of Pub. L. 117–103, see section 701(b) of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. However, the July 1, 2023, implementation dates in section 702(n)(2) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, were not correspondingly amended.]

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–315 effective for loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008, see section 424(c) of Pub. L. 110–315, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Amendment by section 3(a) of Pub. L. 110–227 effective for loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2008, see section 3(c) of Pub. L. 110–227, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 416(a)(2) of Pub. L. 105–244 applicable with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, except that such amendment is applicable with respect to any loan made under section 1078–3 of this title for which application is received by an eligible lender on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, see section 416(c) of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1077a of this title.

Amendment by section 419 of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4109(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 370, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1078–7 of this title] shall be effective with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1993."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes made in subsec. (b), relating to annual and aggregate loan limits, are applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, changes made in subsec. (a) with respect to use of credit histories are applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993, and subsec. (c), as added by Pub. L. 102–325, relating to disbursement of Federal PLUS Loans, is applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1992, see section 432 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Amendment of Note or Other Written Evidence of Loan by Eligible Lender at Request of Borrower; Circumstances; Denial of Request

Pub. L. 100–50, §10(r)(2), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 344, provided that: "An eligible lender who has refinanced a loan or loans under section 428A(d) [former 20 U.S.C. 1078–1(d)] or 428B(d) [20 U.S.C. 1078–2(d)] between the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 [Oct. 17, 1986] and July 1, 1987, may, at the request of a borrower or with the written consent of the borrower, amend the note or other written evidence of loan as necessary to comply with the requirements of such sections and section 427A(c)(4) [20 U.S.C. 1077a(c)(4)] as amended by this Act. Any borrower who is denied such a request shall be treated as eligible to obtain a loan from another lender under section 428A(d)(3) or 428B(d)(3), as applicable, for the purposes of discharging the loan from the original lender, and a borrower exercising this option shall not be subject to an additional insurance fee under section 428A(d)(3)(C) or 428B(d)(3)(C)."

§1078–3. Federal consolidation loans

(a) Agreements with eligible lenders

(1) Agreement required for insurance coverage

For the purpose of providing loans to eligible borrowers for consolidation of their obligations with respect to eligible student loans, the Secretary or a guaranty agency shall enter into agreements in accordance with subsection (b) with the following eligible lenders:

(A) the Student Loan Marketing Association or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title;

(B) State agencies described in subparagraphs (D) and (F) of section 1085(d)(1) of this title; and

(C) other eligible lenders described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), (E), and (J) of such section.

(2) Insurance coverage of consolidation loans

Except as provided in section 1079(e) of this title, no contract of insurance under this part shall apply to a consolidation loan unless such loan is made under an agreement pursuant to this section and is covered by a certificate issued in accordance with subsection (b)(2). Loans covered by such a certificate that is issued by a guaranty agency shall be considered to be insured loans for the purposes of reimbursements under section 1078(c) of this title, but no payment shall be made with respect to such loans under section 1078(f) of this title to any such agency.

(3) Definition of eligible borrower

(A) For the purpose of this section, the term "eligible borrower" means a borrower who—

(i) is not subject to a judgment secured through litigation with respect to a loan under this subchapter or to an order for wage garnishment under section 1095a of this title; and

(ii) at the time of application for a consolidation loan—

(I) is in repayment status as determined under section 1078(b)(7)(A) of this title;

(II) is in a grace period preceding repayment; or

(III) is a defaulted borrower who has made arrangements to repay the obligation on the defaulted loans satisfactory to the holders of the defaulted loans.

(B)(i) ¹ An individual's status as an eligible borrower under this section or under section 1087e(g) of this title terminates under both sections upon receipt of a consolidation loan under this section or under section 1087e(g) of this title, except that—

(I) an individual who receives eligible student loans after the date of receipt of the consolidation loan may receive a subsequent consolidation loan;

(II) loans received prior to the date of the consolidation loan may be added during the 180-day period following the making of the consolidation loan;

(III) loans received following the making of the consolidation loan may be added during the 180-day period following the making of the consolidation loan;

(IV) loans received prior to the date of the first consolidation loan may be added to a subsequent consolidation loan; and

(V) an individual may obtain a subsequent consolidation loan under section 1087e(g) of this title only—

(aa) for the purposes of obtaining income contingent repayment or income-based repayment, and only if the loan has been submitted to the guaranty agency for default aversion or if the loan is already in default;

(bb) for the purposes of using the public service loan forgiveness program under section 1087e(m) of this title;

(cc) for the purpose of using the no accrual of interest for active duty service members benefit offered under section 1087e(o) of this title; or

(dd) for the purpose of separating a joint consolidation loan into 2 separate Federal Direct Consolidation Loans under section 1087e(g)(2) of this title.

(4) "Eligible student loans" defined

For the purpose of paragraph (1), the term "eligible student loans" means loans—

(A) made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, and first disbursed before July 1, 2010, including loans on which the borrower has defaulted (but has made arrangements to repay the obligation on the defaulted loans satisfactory to the Secretary or guaranty agency, whichever insured the loans);

(B) made under part E of this subchapter;

(C) made under part D of this subchapter;

(D) made under subpart II of part A of title VII of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 292q et seq.]; or

(E) made under part E of title VIII of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 297a et seq.].

(b) Contents of agreements, certificates of insurance, and loan notes

(1) Agreements with lenders

Any lender described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (a)(1) who wishes to make consolidation loans under this section shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary or a guaranty agency which provides—

(A) that, in the case of all lenders described in subsection (a)(1), the lender will make a consolidation loan to an eligible borrower (on request of that borrower) only if the borrower certifies that the borrower has no other application pending for a loan under this section;

(B) that each consolidation loan made by the lender will bear interest, and be subject to repayment, in accordance with subsection (c);

(C) that each consolidation loan will be made, notwithstanding any other provision of this part limiting the annual or aggregate principal amount for all insured loans made to a borrower, in an amount (i) which is not less than the minimum amount required for eligibility of the borrower under subsection (a)(3), and (ii) which is equal to the sum of the unpaid principal and accrued unpaid interest and late charges of all eligible student loans received by the eligible borrower which are selected by the borrower for consolidation;

(D) that the proceeds of each consolidation loan will be paid by the lender to the holder or holders of the loans so selected to discharge the liability on such loans;

(E) that the lender shall offer an income-sensitive repayment schedule, established by the lender in accordance with the regulations promulgated by the Secretary, to the borrower of any consolidation loan made by the lender on or after July 1, 1994, and before July 1, 2010;

(F) that the lender shall disclose to a prospective borrower, in simple and understandable terms, at the time the lender provides an application for a consolidation loan—

(i) whether consolidation would result in a loss of loan benefits under this part or part D, including loan forgiveness, cancellation, and deferment;

(ii) with respect to Federal Perkins Loans under part E—

(I) that if a borrower includes a Federal Perkins Loan under part E in the consolidation loan, the borrower will lose all interest-free periods that would have been available for the Federal Perkins Loan, such as—

(aa) the periods during which no interest accrues on such loan while the borrower is enrolled in school at least half-time;

(bb) the grace period under section 1087dd(c)(1)(A) of this title; and

(cc) the periods during which the borrower's student loan repayments are deferred under section 1087dd(c)(2) of this title;

(II) that if a borrower includes a Federal Perkins Loan in the consolidation loan, the borrower will no longer be eligible for cancellation of part or all of the Federal Perkins Loan under section 1087ee(a) of this title; and

(III) the occupations listed in section 1087ee of this title that qualify for Federal Perkins Loan cancellation under section 1087ee(a) of this title;

(iii) the repayment plans that are available to the borrower;

(iv) the options of the borrower to prepay the consolidation loan, to pay such loan on a shorter schedule, and to change repayment plans;

(v) that borrower benefit programs for a consolidation loan may vary among different lenders;

(vi) the consequences of default on the consolidation loan; and

(vii) that by applying for a consolidation loan, the borrower is not obligated to agree to take the consolidation loan; and

(G) such other terms and conditions as the Secretary or the guaranty agency may specifically require of the lender to carry out this section.

(2) Issuance of certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage

The Secretary shall issue a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage under section 1079(b) of this title to a lender which has entered into an agreement with the Secretary under paragraph (1) of this subsection. The guaranty agency may issue a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage to a lender with which it has an agreement under such paragraph. The Secretary shall not issue a certificate to a lender described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (a)(1) unless the Secretary determines that such lender has first applied to, and has been denied a certificate of insurance by, the guaranty agency which insures the preponderance of its loans (by value).

(3) Contents of certificate

A certificate issued under paragraph (2) shall, at a minimum, provide—

(A) that all consolidation loans made by such lender in conformity with the requirements of this section will be insured by the Secretary or the guaranty agency (whichever is applicable) against loss of principal and interest;

(B) that a consolidation loan will not be insured unless the lender has determined to its satisfaction, in accordance with reasonable and prudent business practices, for each loan being consolidated—

(i) that the loan is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the borrower;

(ii) that each such loan was made and serviced in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; and

(iii) in the case of loans under this part, that the insurance on such loan is in full force and effect;

(C) the effective date and expiration date of the certificate;

(D) the aggregate amount to which the certificate applies;

(E) the reporting requirements of the Secretary on the lender and an identification of the office of the Department of Education or of the guaranty agency which will process claims and perform other related administrative functions;

(F) the alternative repayment terms which will be offered to borrowers by the lender;

(G) that, if the lender prior to the expiration of the certificate no longer proposes to make consolidation loans, the lender will so notify the issuer of the certificate in order that the certificate may be terminated (without affecting the insurance on any consolidation loan made prior to such termination); and

(H) the terms upon which the issuer of the certificate may limit, suspend, or terminate the lender's authority to make consolidation loans under the certificate (without affecting the insurance on any consolidation loan made prior to such limitation, suspension, or termination).

(4) Terms and conditions of loans

A consolidation loan made pursuant to this section shall be insurable by the Secretary or a guaranty agency pursuant to paragraph (2) only if the loan is made to an eligible borrower who has agreed to notify the holder of the loan promptly concerning any change of address and the loan is evidenced by a note or other written agreement which—

(A) is made without security and without endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and such note or other written agreement executed by him or her would not, under applicable law, create a binding obligation, endorsement may be required;

(B) provides for the payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with subsection (c) of this section;

(C)(i) provides that periodic installments of principal need not be paid, but interest shall accrue and be paid in accordance with clause (ii), during any period for which the borrower would be eligible for a deferral under section 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title, and that any such period shall not be included in determining the repayment schedule pursuant to subsection (c)(2) of this section; and

(ii) provides that interest shall accrue and be paid during any such period—

(I) by the Secretary, in the case of a consolidation loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender before November 13, 1997, that consolidated only Federal Stafford Loans for which the student borrower received an interest subsidy under section 1078 of this title;

(II) by the Secretary, in the case of a consolidation loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after November 13, 1997, except that the Secretary shall pay such interest only on that portion of the loan that repays Federal Stafford Loans for which the student borrower received an interest subsidy under section 1078 of this title or Federal Direct Stafford Loans for which the borrower received an interest subsidy under section 1087e of this title; or

(III) by the borrower, or capitalized, in the case of a consolidation loan other than a loan described in subclause (I) or (II);

(D) entitles the borrower to accelerate without penalty repayment of the whole or any part of the loan; and

(E)(i) contains a notice of the system of disclosure concerning such loan to consumer reporting agencies under section 1080a of this title, and (ii) provides that the lender on request of the borrower will provide information on the repayment status of the note to such consumer reporting agencies.

(5) Direct loans

If, before July 1, 2010, a borrower is unable to obtain a consolidation loan from a lender with an agreement under subsection (a)(1), or is unable to obtain a consolidation loan with income-sensitive repayment terms or income-based repayment terms acceptable to the borrower from such a lender, or chooses to obtain a consolidation loan for the purposes of using the public service loan forgiveness program offered under section 1087e(m) of this title, the Secretary shall offer any such borrower who applies for it, a Federal Direct Consolidation loan. In addition, in the event that a borrower chooses to obtain a consolidation loan for the purposes of using the no accrual of interest for active duty service members program offered under section 1087e(o) of this title, the Secretary shall offer a Federal Direct Consolidation loan to any such borrower who applies for participation in such program. A direct consolidation loan offered under this paragraph shall, as requested by the borrower, be repaid either pursuant to income contingent repayment under part D of this subchapter, pursuant to income-based repayment under section 1098e of this title, or pursuant to any other repayment provision under this section, except that if a borrower intends to be eligible to use the public service loan forgiveness program under section 1087e(m) of this title, such loan shall be repaid using one of the repayment options described in section 1087e(m)(1)(A) of this title. The Secretary shall not offer such loans if, in the Secretary's judgment, the Department of Education does not have the necessary origination and servicing arrangements in place for such loans.

(6) Nondiscrimination in loan consolidation

An eligible lender that makes consolidation loans under this section shall not discriminate against any borrower seeking such a loan—

(A) based on the number or type of eligible student loans the borrower seeks to consolidate, except that a lender is not required to consolidate loans described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of subsection (a)(4) or subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii);

(B) based on the type or category of institution of higher education that the borrower attended;

(C) based on the interest rate to be charged to the borrower with respect to the consolidation loan; or

(D) with respect to the types of repayment schedules offered to such borrower.

(c) Payment of principal and interest

(1) Interest rate

(A) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (B) and (C), with respect to any loan made under this section for which the application is received by an eligible lender—

(i) on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable interest rate shall be determined under section 1077a(k)(4) of this title; or

(ii) on or after July 1, 2006, and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate shall be determined under section 1077a(l)(3) of this title.

(B) A consolidation loan made before July 1, 1994, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the greater of—

(i) the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest whole percent; or

(ii) 9 percent.

(C) A consolidation loan made on or after July 1, 1994, and disbursed before July 1, 2010, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded upward to the nearest whole percent.

(D) A consolidation loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after November 13, 1997, and before October 1, 1998, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the rate specified in section 1077a(f) of this title, except that the eligible lender may continue to calculate interest on such a loan at the rate previously in effect and defer, until not later than April 1, 1998, the recalculation of the interest on such a loan at the rate required by this subparagraph if the recalculation is applied retroactively to the date on which the loan is made.

(2) Repayment schedules

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, to the extent authorized by its certificate of insurance under subsection (b)(2) and approved by the issuer of such certificate, the lender of a consolidation loan shall establish repayment terms as will promote the objectives of this section, which shall include the establishment of graduated, income-sensitive, or income-based repayment schedules, established by the lender in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary. Except as required by such income-sensitive or income-based repayment schedules, or by the terms of repayment pursuant to income contingent repayment offered by the Secretary under subsection (b)(5), such repayment terms shall require that if the sum of the consolidation loan and the amount outstanding on other student loans to the individual—

(i) is less than $7,500, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 10 years;

(ii) is equal to or greater than $7,500 but less than $10,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 12 years;

(iii) is equal to or greater than $10,000 but less than $20,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 15 years;

(iv) is equal to or greater than $20,000 but less than $40,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 20 years;

(v) is equal to or greater than $40,000 but less than $60,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 25 years; or

(vi) is equal to or greater than $60,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 30 years.

(B) The amount outstanding on other student loans which may be counted for the purpose of subparagraph (A) may not exceed the amount of the consolidation loan.

(3) Additional repayment requirements

Notwithstanding paragraph (2)—

(A) except in the case of an income-based repayment schedule under section 1098e of this title, a repayment schedule established with respect to a consolidation loan shall require that the minimum installment payment be an amount equal to not less than the accrued unpaid interest;

(B) except as required by the terms of repayment pursuant to income contingent repayment offered by the Secretary under subsection (b)(5), the lender of a consolidation loan may, with respect to repayment on the loan, when the amount of a monthly or other similar payment on the loan is not a multiple of $5, round the payment to the next highest whole dollar amount that is a multiple of $5; and

(C) an income-based repayment schedule under section 1098e of this title shall not be available to a consolidation loan borrower who used the proceeds of the loan to discharge the liability on a loan under section 1078–2 of this title, or a Federal Direct PLUS loan, made on behalf of a dependent student.

(4) Commencement of repayment

Repayment of a consolidation loan shall commence within 60 days after all holders have, pursuant to subsection (b)(1)(D), discharged the liability of the borrower on the loans selected for consolidation.

(5) Insurance premiums prohibited

No insurance premium shall be charged to the borrower on any consolidation loan, and no insurance premium shall be payable by the lender to the Secretary with respect to any such loan, but a fee may be payable by the lender to the guaranty agency to cover the costs of increased or extended liability with respect to such loan.

(d) Special program authorized

(1) General rule and definition of eligible student loan

(A) In general

Subject to the provisions of this subsection, the Secretary or a guaranty agency shall enter into agreements with eligible lenders described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (a)(1) for the consolidation of eligible student loans.

(B) Applicability rule

Unless otherwise provided in this subsection, the agreements entered into under subparagraph (A) and the loans made under such agreements for the consolidation of eligible student loans under this subsection shall have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as all other agreements and loans made under this section.

(C) "Eligible student loans" defined

For the purpose of this subsection, the term "eligible student loans" means loans—

(i) of the type described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (a)(4); and

(ii) made under subpart I of part A of title VII of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 292 et seq.].

(2) Interest rate rule

(A) In general

The portion of each consolidated loan that is attributable to an eligible student loan described in paragraph (1)(C)(ii) shall bear interest at a rate not to exceed the rate determined under subparagraph (B).

(B) Determination of the maximum interest rate

For the 12-month period beginning after July 1, 1992, and for each 12-month period thereafter, beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, the interest rate applicable under subparagraph (A) shall be equal to the average of the bond equivalent rates of the 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for the quarter prior to July 1, for each 12-month period for which the determination is made, plus 3 percent.

(C) Publication of maximum interest rate

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under subparagraph (B) after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of such determination.

(3) Special rules

(A) No special allowance rule

No special allowance under section 1087–1 of this title shall be paid with respect to the portion of any consolidated loan under this subsection that is attributable to any loan described in paragraph (1)(C)(ii).

(B) No interest subsidy rule

No interest subsidy under section 1078(a) of this title shall be paid on behalf of any eligible borrower for any portion of a consolidated loan under this subsection that is attributable to any loan described in paragraph (1)(C)(ii).

(C) Additional reserve rule

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, additional reserves shall not be required for any guaranty agency with respect to a loan made under this subsection.

(D) Insurance rule

Any insurance premium paid by the borrower under subpart I of part A of title VII of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 292 et seq.] with respect to a loan made under that subpart and consolidated under this subsection shall be retained by the student loan insurance account established under section 710 of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 292i].

(4) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to promulgate such regulations as may be necessary to facilitate carrying out the provisions of this subsection.

(e) Termination of authority

The authority to make loans under this section expires at the close of June 30, 2010. No loan may be made under this section for which the disbursement is on or after July 1, 2010. Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize the Secretary to promulgate rules or regulations governing the terms or conditions of the agreements and certificates under subsection (b). Loans made under this section which are insured by the Secretary shall be considered to be new loans made to students for the purpose of section 1074(a) of this title.

(f) Interest payment rebate fee

(1) In general

For any month beginning on or after October 1, 1993, each holder of a consolidation loan under this section for which the first disbursement was made on or after October 1, 1993, shall pay to the Secretary, on a monthly basis and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, a rebate fee calculated on an annual basis equal to 1.05 percent of the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on such loan.

(2) Special rule

For consolidation loans based on applications received during the period from October 1, 1998 through January 31, 1999, inclusive, the rebate described in paragraph (1) shall be equal to 0.62 percent of the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on such loan.

(3) Deposit

The Secretary shall deposit all fees collected pursuant to this subsection into the insurance fund established in section 1081 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428C, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1388; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 345; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §419, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 532; Pub. L. 102–408, title III, §306(a), (b), Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2084, 2086; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4046(a), (b)(2), 4106(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 360, 363, 368; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(33)–(37), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2466; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §356, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3967; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(A)(ii)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-283; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §6104(3), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 652; Pub. L. 105–78, title VI, §609(b)–(e), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1522, 1523; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §§416(b)(2), 420, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1682, 1695; Pub. L. 107–139, §1(a)(2), Feb. 8, 2002, 116 Stat. 8; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8004(b)(3), 8009(a), (b)(2), (c), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 158, 163, 164; Pub. L. 109–234, title VII, §7015(a), (c), (d), June 15, 2006, 120 Stat. 485; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §203(b)(1), (2), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 794, 795; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §§425(a)–(b)(2), (c), (d)(1), (e), 432(b)(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3233–3235, 3246; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(c)(1), (f)(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1940, 1943; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2206(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1075; Pub. L. 117–200, §2(b), Oct. 11, 2022, 136 Stat. 2221.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Public Health Service Act, referred to in subsecs. (a)(4)(D), (E) and (d)(1)(C)(ii), (3)(D), is act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682. Subparts I and II of part A of title VII of the Act are classified generally to subpart I (§292 et seq.) and subpart II (§292q et seq.), respectively, of part A of subchapter V of chapter 6A of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Part E of title VIII of the Act is classified generally to part E (§297a et seq.) of subchapter VI of chapter 6A of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 201 of Title 42 and Tables.

Codification

Amendments by section 2(c)(33), (36) of Pub. L. 103–208 (which were effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) were executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–66, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1078–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428C, as added Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16017(a), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 343, related to consolidation loans, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2022—Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(V)(dd). Pub. L. 117–200 added item (dd).

2010—Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(1), inserted ", and first disbursed before July 1, 2010" after "under this part".

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(2)(A), inserted ", and before July 1, 2010" before semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(2)(B), substituted "If, before July 1, 2010," for "In the event that".

Subsec. (c)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(3)(A), inserted "and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "2006,".

Subsec. (c)(1)(C). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(3)(B), inserted "and disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "1994,".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 111–152, §2206(a)(4), substituted "June 30, 2010. No loan may be made under this section for which the disbursement is on or after July 1, 2010." for "September 30, 2014."

2009—Subsec. (a)(4)(E). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(3)(A), substituted "part E" for "subpart II of part B".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(3)(B), in introductory provisions, substituted "subsection (b)(2)" for "subsection (b)(2)(F)" and inserted comma after "graduated".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(c)(1), substituted "section 1098e of this title," for "section 1098e of this title".

Subsec. (d)(3)(D). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(3)(C), substituted "loan insurance account" for "loan insurance fund".

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(3)(D), substituted "this subsection" for "subsection (a) of this section".

2008—Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(V)(cc). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(a), added item (cc).

Subsec. (b)(1)(F), (G). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(b)(1), added subpar. (F) and redesignated former subpar. (F) as (G).

Subsec. (b)(4)(E)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(3)(A), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations".

Subsec. (b)(4)(E)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(3)(B), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "organizations".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(c), made technical correction to directory language of Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(2)(C). See 2007 Amendment note below.

Pub. L. 110–315, §425(b)(2), substituted "A direct consolidation loan offered under this paragraph" for "Such direct consolidation loan" and inserted after first sentence "In addition, in the event that a borrower chooses to obtain a consolidation loan for the purposes of using the no accrual of interest for active duty service members program offered under section 1087e(o) of this title, the Secretary shall offer a Federal Direct Consolidation loan to any such borrower who applies for participation in such program."

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(d)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "income-sensitive, or income-based" for "or income-sensitive" and inserted "or income-based" after "such income-sensitive".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(d)(1)(B), inserted "except in the case of an income-based repayment schedule under section 1098e of this title" before "a repayment schedule" in subpar. (A) and added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(e), substituted "2014" for "2012".

2007—Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(V). Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(1)(A), amended subcl. (V) generally. Prior to amendment, subcl. (V) read as follows: "an individual may obtain a subsequent consolidation loan under section 1087e(g) of this title only for the purposes of obtaining an income contingent repayment plan, and only if the loan has been submitted to the guaranty agency for default aversion."

Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(V)(aa). Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(2)(A), substituted "income contingent repayment or income-based repayment," for "an income contingent repayment plan," and inserted "or if the loan is already in default" before semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(2)(C), as amended by Pub. L. 110–315, §425(c), inserted ", pursuant to income-based repayment under section 1098e of this title," after "part D of this subchapter" in third sentence.

Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(2)(B), inserted "or income-based repayment terms" after "income-sensitive repayment terms" in first sentence.

Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(1)(B), (C), inserted "or chooses to obtain a consolidation loan for the purposes of using the public service loan forgiveness program offered under section 1087e(m) of this title," after "from such a lender," in first sentence and ", except that if a borrower intends to be eligible to use the public service loan forgiveness program under section 1087e(m) of this title, such loan shall be repaid using one of the repayment options described in section 1087e(m)(1)(A) of this title" before period at end of second sentence.

2006—Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(b)(2), inserted "as determined under section 1078(b)(7)(A) of this title" after "repayment status".

Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(a)(1)(A), (B), substituted "under this section or under section 1087e(g) of this title terminates under both sections upon receipt of a consolidation loan under this section or under section 1087e(g) of this title" for "under this section terminates upon receipt of a consolidation loan under this section".

Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i)(V). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(a)(1)(C)–(E), added subcl. (V).

Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(c), struck out subpar. (C), which read as follows:

"(C)(i) A married couple, each of whom has eligible student loans, may be treated as if such couple were an individual borrowing under subparagraphs (A) and (B) if such couple agrees to be held jointly and severally liable for the repayment of a consolidation loan, without regard to the amounts of the respective loan obligations that are to be consolidated, and without regard to any subsequent change that may occur in such couple's marital status.

"(ii) Only one spouse in a married couple applying for a consolidation loan under this subparagraph need meet any of the requirements of subsection (b) of this section, except that each spouse shall—

"(I) individually make the initial certification that no other application is pending in accordance with subsection (b)(1)(A) of this section; and

"(II) agree to notify the holder concerning any change of address in accordance with subsection (b)(4) of this section."

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–234, §7015(a), struck out "and (i) the lender holds an outstanding loan of that borrower which is selected by the borrower for consolidation under this section, except that this clause shall not apply in the case of a borrower with multiple holders of loans under this part, or (ii) the borrower certifies that the borrower has sought and has been unable to obtain a consolidation loan with income-sensitive repayment terms from the holders of the outstanding loans of that borrower (which are so selected for consolidation)" after "loan under this section".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 109–234, §7015(c), reenacted heading without change and substituted in text "In the event that a borrower is unable to obtain a consolidation loan from a lender with an agreement under subsection (a)(1), or is unable to obtain a consolidation loan with income-sensitive repayment terms acceptable to the borrower from such a lender, the Secretary shall offer any such borrower who applies for it, a Federal Direct Consolidation loan. Such direct consolidation loan" for "In the event that a borrower is unable to obtain a consolidation loan from a lender with an agreement under subsection (a)(1) of this section, or is unable to obtain a consolidation loan with income-sensitive repayment terms acceptable to the borrower from such a lender, the Secretary shall offer any such borrower who applies for it, a direct consolidation loan. Such direct consolidation loan".

Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(a)(2), which directed substitution of "In the event that a lender with an agreement under subsection (a)(1) of this section denies a consolidation loan application submitted to the lender by an eligible borrower under this section, or denies an application submitted to the lender by such a borrower for a consolidation loan with income-sensitive repayment terms, the Secretary shall offer any such borrower who applies for it, a Federal Direct Consolidation loan. The Secretary shall offer such a loan to a borrower who has defaulted, for the purpose of resolving the default." for first sentence, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–234, §7015(d). See Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 109–171, §8004(b)(3), substituted "2012" for "2004".

2002—Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 107–139 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "Notwithstanding subparagraphs (B) and (C), with respect to any loan made under this section for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, the applicable interest rate shall be determined under section 1077a(k)(4) of this title."

1998—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(a), amended heading, added subpars. (A) and (B), and struck out former subpars. (A) and (B) which defined the term "eligible borrower", provided for termination of individual's status as an eligible borrower, and provided for counting loans against certain limitations on aggregate indebtedness.

Subsec. (a)(4)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(b), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "made under part D of this subchapter, except that loans made under such part shall be eligible student loans only for consolidation loans for which the application is received by an eligible lender during the period beginning on November 13, 1997, and ending on October 1, 1998;".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(c)(1), inserted "except that this clause shall not apply in the case of a borrower with multiple holders of loans under this part," after "under this section,".

Subsec. (b)(4)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(c)(2), inserted "during any such period" after "and be paid" in introductory provisions and struck out ", or on or after October 1, 1998," before "that consolidated" in subcl. (I) and "and before October 1, 1998," before "except that" in subcl. (II).

Subsec. (b)(6)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(c)(3), inserted before semicolon at end ", except that a lender is not required to consolidate loans described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of subsection (a)(4) or subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii)".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(b)(2), amended heading, added subpar. (A), and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "Consolidation loans made under this section shall bear interest at rates determined under subparagraph (B), (C), or (D). For the purposes of payment of special allowances under section 1087–1(b)(2) of this title, the interest rate required by this subsection is the applicable interest rate with respect to a consolidation loan."

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(d), substituted "September 30, 2004" for "September 30, 2002".

Subsec. (f)(2), (3). Pub. L. 105–244, §420(e), added par. (2) and redesignated former par. (2) as (3).

1997—Subsec. (a)(4)(C) to (E). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(b), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpars. (C) and (D) as (D) and (E), respectively.

Subsec. (b)(4)(C)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(c)(1), (2), inserted "for which the application is received by an eligible lender before November 13, 1997, or on or after October 1, 1998," after "consolidation loan" and struck out "or" at end.

Subsec. (b)(4)(C)(ii)(II), (III). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(c)(3)–(5), added subcl. (II) and redesignated former subcl. (II) as (III) and inserted "or (II)" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(d), added par. (6).

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(e)(1), substituted "subparagraph (B), (C), or (D)" for "subparagraph (B) or (D)".

Subsec. (c)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105–78, §609(e)(2), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–33 substituted "September 30, 2002." for "September 30, 1998."

1996—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104–208 inserted "or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title" after "Student Loan Marketing Association".

1994—Subsec. (a)(4)(D). Pub. L. 103–382 added subpar. (D).

1993—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(1), amended heading.

Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(33), substituted "defaulted borrower who has made arrangements to repay the obligation on the defaulted loans satisfactory to the holders of the defaulted loans" for "delinquent or defaulted borrower who will reenter repayment through loan consolidation". See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(1), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "For the purpose of this section, the term 'eligible borrower' means a borrower who, at the time of application for a consolidation loan—

"(i) has an outstanding indebtedness on eligible student loans, at the time of application for a consolidation loan, of not less than $7,500; and

"(ii) is in repayment status, or in a grace period preceding repayment, or is a delinquent or defaulted borrower who will reenter repayment through loan consolidation."

Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(b)(2), struck out at end "Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to authorize the Secretary to require lenders, holders, or guarantors of consolidated loans to receive, to maintain, or to make reports with respect to preexisting records relating to any eligible student loan (as defined under paragraph (4)) discharged by a borrower in receiving a consolidation loan."

Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(34), struck out before semicolon at end ", except for loans made to parent borrowers under section 1078–2 of this title as in effect prior to October 17, 1986".

Subsec. (a)(4)(C). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(35), substituted "part A" for "part C" before "of title VII of the Public Health Service Act".

Subsec. (b)(1)(A), (E), (F). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(2)(A), inserted "with income-sensitive repayment terms" after "obtain a consolidation loan" in subpar. (A)(ii), added subpar. (E), and redesignated former subpar. (E) as (F).

Subsec. (b)(4)(C). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(2)(B), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "provides that periodic installments of principal need not be paid, but interest shall accrue and be paid by the Secretary, during any period for which the borrower would be eligible for a deferral under section 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title, and that any such period shall not be included in determining the repayment period pursuant to subsection (c)(2) of this section;".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(2)(C), added par. (5).

Subsec. (c)(1)(B), (C). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(3)(A), amended subpars. (B) and (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpars. (B) and (C) read as follows:

"(B) Except as provided in subparagraph (C), a consolidation loan shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan which is equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest whole percent.

"(C) A consolidation loan shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan equal to not less than 9 percent."

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(36), inserted period at end of cl. (vi). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(3)(B)(i), in introductory provisions substituted "income-sensitive repayment schedules, established by the lender in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary. Except as required by such income-sensitive repayment schedules, or by the terms of repayment pursuant to income contingent repayment offered by the Secretary under subsection (b)(5), such repayment terms" for "income sensitive repayment schedules. Such repayment terms", added cl. (i), and redesignated former cls. (i) to (v) as (ii) to (vi), respectively.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(3)(B)(ii), (iii), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "Unless a consolidation loan under subparagraph (A)(ii) will be used to discharge at least $5,000 of loans made under this part, such loan shall be repaid in accordance with subparagraph (A)(i)."

Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(37), inserted "be an amount" before "equal to".

Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(a)(3)(C), inserted "except as required by the terms of repayment pursuant to income contingent repayment offered by the Secretary under subsection (b)(5)," before "the lender".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103–66, §4106(a), added subsec. (f).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325, §419(a), substituted "Federal consolidation" for "Consolidation" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(b)(1)(A), substituted "$7,500" for "$5,000".

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(b)(1)(B), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "is in repayment status, or in a grace period preceding repayment, and is not delinquent with respect to any required payment on such indebtedness by more than 90 days."

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(c), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "An individual's status as an eligible borrower under this section terminates upon receipt of a consolidation loan under this section except with respect to eligible student loans received after the date of receipt of the consolidation loan. Loans made under this section shall, to the extent used to discharge loans made under this subchapter, be counted against the applicable limitations on aggregate indebtedness contained in sections 1075(a)(2), 1078(b)(1)(B), 1078–1(b)(2), and 1087dd(a)(2) of this title. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be interpreted to authorize the Secretary to require lenders, holders, or guarantors of consolidation loans to receive, to maintain, or to make reports with respect to pre-existing records relating to any eligible student loan (as defined under subsection (a)(4) of this section) discharged by a borrower in receiving a consolidation loan."

Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(d), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(b)(2), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, except for loans made to parent borrowers under section 1078–2 of this title, including loans made to parent borrowers under section 1078–2 of this title as in effect prior to October 17, 1986;".

Subsec. (b)(4)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(e), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "provides that periodic installments of principal need not be paid, but interest shall accrue and be paid, during any period for which the borrower would be eligible for a deferral under clause (i), (viii), or (ix) of section 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title, and that any such period shall not be included in determining the repayment period pursuant to subsection (c)(2) of this section;".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §419(f), substituted "which shall include" for "which may include" in first sentence, inserted second sentence, and struck out former second sentence which read as follows: "Such repayment terms shall require that if the sum of the consolidation loan and the amount outstanding on other student loans to the individual—

"(i) is equal to or greater than $5,000 but less than $7,500, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 10 years;

"(ii) is equal to or greater than $7,500 but less than $10,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 12 years;

"(iii) is equal to or greater than $10,000 but less than $20,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 15 years;

"(iv) is equal to or greater than $20,000 but less than $45,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 20 years; or

"(v) is equal to or greater than $45,000, then such consolidation loan shall be repaid in not more than 25 years."

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–408, §306(a), added subsec. (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Pub. L. 102–325, §419(g), substituted "September 30, 1998" for "September 30, 1992".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–408, §306(b), which directed the substitution of "1997" for "1992", could not be executed because "1992" did not appear in text subsequent to the amendment by Pub. L. 102–325, §419(g). See above.

Pub. L. 102–408, §306(a)(1), redesignated subsec. (d) as subsec. (e).

1987—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(1), which directed the amendment of subpar. (C) by substituting "(C), (E), and (J)" for "(C) and (E)", was executed by substituting the new language for "(C), and (E)", as the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(2), struck out cl. (iii) which read as follows: "is not a parent borrower under section 1078–2 of this title."

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(3), substituted "eligible student loans received" for "loans received under this subchapter", "under this subchapter" for "under this part", and ", 1078(b)(1)(B), 1078–1(b)(2), and 1087dd(a)(2) of this title" for "and 1078(b)(1)(B) of this title", and inserted provision that nothing in subpar. (B) should be interpreted to authorize Secretary to require lenders, holders, or guarantors of consolidation loans to make reports with respect to pre-existing records relating to eligible student loans discharged by a borrower in receiving a consolidation loan.

Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(4), inserted exception for loans made to parent borrowers under section 1078–2 of this title.

Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(5), in cl. (i), substituted "subsection (a)(3)" for "subsection (a)(2)" and, in cl. (ii), substituted "all eligible student loans received by the eligible borrower" for "all loans received by the eligible borrower under this subchapter".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(v). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(6), substituted "equal to or greater" for "more" the first time appearing, as the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(s)(7), inserted ", but a fee may be payable by the lender to the guaranty agency to cover the costs of increased or extended liability with respect to such loan" before period at end.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), except as otherwise provided, see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(c)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1941, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective as if enacted as part of the amendments in section 425(d)(1) of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315), and shall take effect on July 1, 2009."

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §425(d)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3235, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2009."

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §203(c), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 795, provided that:

"(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section [enacting section 1098e of this title and amending this section and section 1087e of this title] shall be effective on July 1, 2009.

"(2) Exception.—The amendments made by subsection (b)(1) [amending this section] shall be effective on July 1, 2008."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–234, title VII, §7015(b), June 15, 2006, 120 Stat. 485, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to any loan made under section 428C of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078–3) for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after the date of enactment of this Act [June 15, 2006]."

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 416(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105–244 applicable with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, except that such amendment is applicable with respect to any loan made under this section for which application is received by an eligible lender on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, see section 416(c) of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1077a of this title.

Amendment by section 420 of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(B)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-284, provided that: "The amendments made by this paragraph [amending this section and section 1085 of this title] shall take effect on the reorganization effective date as defined in section 440(h) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1087–3(h)] (as added by subsection (a))."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4046(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 363, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1085 of this title] shall take effect on July 1, 1994, except that the amendments made by subsection (a)(2)(B) [amending this section] shall take effect upon enactment [Aug. 10, 1993]."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendments

Pub. L. 102–408, title III, §306(c), Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2086, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] take effect 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 13, 1992]."

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes made in this section, relating to consolidation loans, applicable with respect to loans for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after Jan. 1, 1993, see section 432, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Selection of Student Loan Servicer

Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 549, which provided in part that the Secretary of Education must, no later than September 30, 2017, allow student loan borrowers who are consolidating Federal student loans to select from any student loan servicer to service their new consolidated student loan, was transferred and is classified as a note under section 1087f of this title.

Pending Applicants

Pub. L. 105–78, title VI, §609(f), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1523, provided that: "The consolidation loans authorized by the amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall be available notwithstanding any pending application by a student for a consolidation loan under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.), upon withdrawal of such application by the student at any time prior to receipt of such a consolidation loan."

Cost Evaluation Report

Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16017(d), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 348, provided that: "The Secretary of Education shall evaluate the cost, efficiency, and impact of the consolidation loan program established by the amendments made by this section [enacting former section 1078–3 of this title and amending former sections 1077, 1085, 1087–1, and 1087–2 of this title] and shall report to the Congress not later than June 30, 1988, on the findings and recommendations required by this subsection."

¹ So in original. No cl. (ii) has been enacted.

§1078–4. Commingling of funds

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part regarding permissible uses of funds from any source, funds received by a guaranty agency under any provision of this part may be commingled with funds received under any other provision of this part and may be used to carry out the purposes of such other provision, except that—

(1) the total amount expended for the purposes of such other provision shall not exceed the amount the guaranty agency would otherwise be authorized to expend; and

(2) the authority to commingle such funds shall not relieve such agency of any accounting or auditing obligations under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428D, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1393.)

§1078–5. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–164, title VI, §605(b)(1), Nov. 15, 1991, 105 Stat. 1068

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428E, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1393; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(t), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 345, related to State garnishment law requirements.

§1078–6. Default reduction program

(a) Other repayment incentives

(1) Sale or assignment of loan

(A) In general

Each guaranty agency, upon securing 9 payments made within 20 days of the due date during 10 consecutive months of amounts owed on a loan for which the Secretary has made a payment under paragraph (1) of section 1078(c) of this title, shall—

(i) if practicable, sell the loan to an eligible lender; or

(ii) beginning July 1, 2014, assign the loan to the Secretary if the guaranty agency has been unable to sell the loan under clause (i).

(B) Monthly payments

Neither the guaranty agency nor the Secretary shall demand from a borrower as monthly payment amounts described in subparagraph (A) more than is reasonable and affordable based on the borrower's total financial circumstances.

(C) Consumer reporting agencies

Upon the sale or assignment of the loan, the Secretary, guaranty agency or other holder of the loan shall request any consumer reporting agency to which the Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as applicable, reported the default of the loan, to remove the record of the default from the borrower's credit history.

(D) Duties upon sale

With respect to a loan sold under subparagraph (A)(i)—

(i) the guaranty agency—

(I) shall, in the case of a sale made on or after July 1, 2014, repay the Secretary 100 percent of the amount of the principal balance outstanding at the time of such sale, multiplied by the reinsurance percentage in effect when payment under the guaranty agreement was made with respect to the loan; and

(II) may, in the case of a sale made on or after July 1, 2014, in order to defray collection costs—

(aa) charge to the borrower an amount not to exceed 16 percent of the outstanding principal and interest at the time of the loan sale; and

(bb) retain such amount from the proceeds of the loan sale; and

(ii) the Secretary shall reinstate the Secretary's obligation to—

(I) reimburse the guaranty agency for the amount that the agency may, in the future, expend to discharge the guaranty agency's insurance obligation; and

(II) pay to the holder of such loan a special allowance pursuant to section 1087–1 of this title.

(E) Duties upon assignment

With respect to a loan assigned under subparagraph (A)(ii)—

(i) the guaranty agency shall add to the principal and interest outstanding at the time of the assignment of such loan an amount equal to the amount described in subparagraph (D)(i)(II)(aa); and

(ii) the Secretary shall pay the guaranty agency, for deposit in the agency's Operating Fund established pursuant to section 1072b of this title, an amount equal to the amount added to the principal and interest outstanding at the time of the assignment in accordance with clause (i).

(F) Eligible lender limitation

A loan shall not be sold to an eligible lender under subparagraph (A)(i) if such lender has been found by the guaranty agency or the Secretary to have substantially failed to exercise the due diligence required of lenders under this part.

(G) Default due to error

A loan that does not meet the requirements of subparagraph (A) may also be eligible for sale or assignment under this paragraph upon a determination that the loan was in default due to clerical or data processing error and would not, in the absence of such error, be in a delinquent status.

(2) Use of proceeds of sales

Amounts received by the Secretary pursuant to the sale of such loans by a guaranty agency under paragraph (1)(A)(i) shall be deducted from the calculations of the amount of reimbursement for which the agency is eligible under paragraph (1)(D)(ii)(I) for the fiscal year in which the amount was received, notwithstanding the fact that the default occurred in a prior fiscal year.

(3) Borrower eligibility

Any borrower whose loan is sold or assigned under paragraph (1)(A) shall not be precluded by section 1091 of this title from receiving additional loans or grants under this subchapter (for which he or she is otherwise eligible) on the basis of defaulting on the loan prior to such loan sale or assignment.

(4) Applicability of general loan conditions

A loan that is sold or assigned under paragraph (1) shall, so long as the borrower continues to make scheduled repayments thereon, be subject to the same terms and conditions and qualify for the same benefits and privileges as other loans made under this part.

(5) Limitation

A borrower may obtain the benefits available under this subsection with respect to rehabilitating a loan (whether by loan sale or assignment) only one time per loan.

(b) Satisfactory repayment arrangements to renew eligibility

Each guaranty agency shall establish a program which allows a borrower with a defaulted loan or loans to renew eligibility for all subchapter IV student financial assistance (regardless of whether the defaulted loan has been sold to an eligible lender or assigned to the Secretary) upon the borrower's payment of 6 consecutive monthly payments. The guaranty agency shall not demand from a borrower as a monthly payment amount under this subsection more than is reasonable and affordable based upon the borrower's total financial circumstances. A borrower may only obtain the benefit of this subsection with respect to renewed eligibility once.

(c) Financial and economic literacy

Each program described in subsection (b) shall include making available financial and economic education materials for a borrower who has rehabilitated a loan.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428F, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1394; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(u), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 346; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2005(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2116; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §420, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 534; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(38)–(40), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2466; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §421, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(h), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 171; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §426, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3235; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(d)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1941; Pub. L. 113–67, div. A, title V, §501, Dec. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 1186.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2013—Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 113–67, §501(1), added cl. (ii) and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "on or before September 30, 2011, assign the loan to the Secretary if—

"(I) the Secretary has determined that market conditions unduly limit a guaranty agency's ability to sell loans under clause (i); and

"(II) the guaranty agency has been unable to sell loans under clause (i)."

Subsec. (a)(1)(D)(i). Pub. L. 113–67, §501(2), added cl. (i) and struck out former cl. (i) which read as follows: "the guaranty agency—

"(I) shall repay the Secretary 81.5 percent of the amount of the principal balance outstanding at the time of such sale, multiplied by the reinsurance percentage in effect when payment under the guaranty agreement was made with respect to the loan; and

"(II) may, in order to defray collection costs—

"(aa) charge to the borrower an amount not to exceed 18.5 percent of the outstanding principal and interest at the time of the loan sale; and

"(bb) retain such amount from the proceeds of the loan sale; and".

2009—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(i), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) related to the sale of a loan by a guaranty agency or the Secretary.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "paragraph (1)(A)(i)" for "paragraph (1) of this subsection" and "paragraph (1)(D)(ii)(I)" for "paragraph (1)(B)(ii) of this subsection".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(iii)(II), substituted "sale or assignment." for "sale."

Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(iii)(I), which directed substitution of "sold or assigned under paragraph (1)(A)" for "sold under paragraph (2)", was executed by making the substitution for "sold under paragraph (1)" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(iv), substituted "that is sold or assigned under paragraph (1)" for "which is sold under paragraph (1) of this subsection".

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(A)(v), inserted "(whether by loan sale or assignment)" after "rehabilitating a loan".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(d)(1)(B), inserted "or assigned to the Secretary" after "sold to an eligible lender".

2008—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §426(1)(A), inserted at end "Upon the sale of the loan to an eligible lender, the guaranty agency or other holder of the loan shall request any consumer reporting agency to which the guaranty agency or holder, as applicable, reported the default of the loan, to remove the record of default from the borrower's credit history."

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §426(1)(B), added par. (5).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §426(2), added subsec. (c).

2006—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(h)(1), substituted "9 payments made within 20 days of the due date during 10 consecutive months" for "consecutive payments for 12 months".

Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(h)(2), (3), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).

1998—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "Satisfactory repayment arrangements to renew eligibility" for "Special rule" in heading.

1993—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(38), substituted "paragraph (1) of this subsection" for "this paragraph" and "this subsection" for "this section".

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(39), substituted "paragraph (1) of this subsection" for "this paragraph".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(40), inserted at end "A borrower may only obtain the benefit of this subsection with respect to renewed eligibility once."

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §420(1)–(3), redesignated subsec. (b) as (a), in par. (1)(A) substituted "Each guaranty agency shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary which shall provide that upon" for "Upon" and inserted provision at end that neither the guaranty agency nor the Secretary demand from the borrower as monthly payments more than is reasonable and affordable based upon the borrower's total financial circumstances, in par. (3) inserted "or grants" after "loans", and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to program requirements for the default reduction program.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §420(4), added subsec. (b). Former subsec. (b) redesignated (a).

1989—Pub. L. 101–239 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to default reduction program for former provisions relating to rehabilitation of defaulted loans.

1987—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 100–50 redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which read as follows: "The loans which shall be eligible for rehabilitation under this section shall be only those loans which are made to borrowers who, at the time of default on the loan, are unemployed or institutionalized."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2013 Amendment

Pub. L. 113–67, div. A, title V, §501, Dec. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 1186, provided that the amendments made by section 501 of Pub. L. 113–67 are effective July 1, 2014.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(d)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1942, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective on the date of enactment of this Act [July 1, 2009], and shall apply to any loan on which monthly payments described in section 428F(a)(1)(A) [42 U.S.C. 1078–6(a)(1)(A)] were paid before, on, or after such date of enactment."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Publicity Through Communications Media of Availability of Default Reduction Program

Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2005(b), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2118, provided that: "The Secretary of Education shall, from funds available through student loan collections, commencing not less than 30 days before the beginning of the default reduction program required by the amendment made by this section [amending this section], and continuing throughout the duration of such program, widely publicize (through various communications media) the availability of the default reduction program."

§1078–7. Requirements for disbursement of student loans

(a) Multiple disbursement required

(1) Two disbursements required

The proceeds of any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part that is made for any period of enrollment shall be disbursed in 2 or more installments, none of which exceeds one-half of the loan.

(2) Minimum interval required

The interval between the first and second such installments shall be not less than one-half of such period of enrollment, except as necessary to permit the second installment to be disbursed at the beginning of the second semester, quarter, or similar division of such period of enrollment.

(3) Special rule

An institution whose cohort default rate (as determined under section 1085(m) of this title) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years for which data are available is less than 10 percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part in a single installment for any period of enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1 quarter, or 4 months. Notwithstanding section 422(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, this paragraph shall be effective beginning on February 8, 2006.

(4) Amendment to special rule

Beginning on October 1, 2011, the special rule under paragraph (3) shall be applied by substituting "15 percent" for "10 percent".

(b) Disbursement and endorsement requirements

(1) First year students

The first installment of the proceeds of any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part that is made to a student borrower who is entering the first year of a program of undergraduate education, and who has not previously obtained a loan under this part, shall not (regardless of the amount of such loan or the duration of the period of enrollment) be presented by the institution to the student for endorsement until 30 days after the borrower begins a course of study, but may be delivered to the eligible institution prior to the end of that 30-day period. An institution whose cohort default rate (as determined under section 1085(m) of this title) for each of the three most recent fiscal years for which data are available is less than 10 percent shall be exempt from the requirements of this paragraph. Notwithstanding section 422(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, the second sentence of this paragraph shall be effective beginning on February 8, 2006.

(2) Other students

The proceeds of any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part that is made to any student other than a student described in paragraph (1) shall not be disbursed more than 30 days prior to the beginning of the period of enrollment for which the loan is made.

(3) Amendment to cohort default rate exemption

Beginning on October 1, 2011, the exemption to the requirements of paragraph (1) in the second sentence of such paragraph shall be applied by substituting "15 percent" for "10 percent".

(c) Method of multiple disbursement

Disbursements under subsection (a)—

(1) shall be made in accordance with a schedule provided by the institution (under section 1078(a)(2)(A)(i)(II) of this title) that complies with the requirements of this section;

(2) may be made directly by the lender or, in the case of a loan under sections 1078 and 1078–1 ¹ of this title, may be disbursed pursuant to the escrow provisions of section 1078(i) of this title; and

(3) notwithstanding subsection (a)(2), may, with the permission of the borrower, be disbursed by the lender on a weekly or monthly basis, provided that the proceeds of the loan are disbursed by the lender in substantially equal weekly or monthly installments, as the case may be, over the period of enrollment for which the loan is made.

(d) Withholding of second disbursement

(1) Withdrawing students

A lender or escrow agent that is informed by the borrower or the institution that the borrower has ceased to be enrolled before the disbursement of the second or any succeeding installment shall withhold such disbursement. Any disbursement which is so withheld shall be credited to the borrower's loan and treated as a prepayment thereon.

(2) Students receiving over-awards

If the sum of a disbursement for any student and the other financial aid obtained by such student exceeds the amount of assistance for which the student is eligible under this subchapter, the institution such student is attending shall withhold and return to the lender or escrow agent the portion (or all) of such installment that exceeds such eligible amount, except that overawards permitted pursuant to section 1087–53(b)(4) of this title shall not be construed to be overawards for purposes of this paragraph. Any portion (or all) of a disbursement installment which is so returned shall be credited to the borrower's loan and treated as a prepayment thereon.

(e) Exclusion of consolidation and foreign study loans

The provisions of this section shall not apply in the case of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title, or made to a student to cover the cost of attendance in a program of study abroad approved by the home eligible institution if the home eligible institution has a cohort default rate (as calculated under section 1085(m) of this title) of less than 5 percent.

(f) Beginning of period of enrollment

For purposes of this section, a period of enrollment begins on the first day that classes begin for the applicable period of enrollment.

(g) Sales prior to disbursement prohibited

An eligible lender shall not sell or transfer a promissory note for any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part until the final disbursement of such loan has been made, except that the prohibition of this subsection shall not apply if—

(1) the sale of the loan does not result in a change in the identity of the party to whom payments will be made for the loan; and

(2) the first disbursement of such loan has been made.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428G, as added Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2004(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2115; amended Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3003(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–26; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §421, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 534; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4109(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 369; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(41), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2466; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §422(a)–(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8010, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 164; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §427, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3235; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1943.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 422(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, referred to in subsecs. (a)(3) and (b)(1), is section 422(d) of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

Codification

Text of subsec. (a)(3) and second sentence of subsec. (b)(1), which was temporarily added by Pub. L. 105–244, §422(a), (b), and then omitted, was restored pursuant to amendment by Pub. L. 109–171, §8010(1), (2). See 1998 and 2006 Amendment notes and Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(4)(A), substituted "section 1078(a)(2)(A)(i)(II)" for "section 1078(a)(2)(A)(i)(III)".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(4)(B), added par. (3) and struck out former par. (3) which read as follows: "notwithstanding subsection (a)(2) of this section, may, with the permission of the borrower, be disbursed by the lender on a weekly or monthly basis, provided that the proceeds of the loan are disbursed in substantially equal weekly or monthly installments, as the case may be, over the period of enrollment for which the loan is made."

2008—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §427(a), added par. (4).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §427(b), added par. (3).

2006—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 109–171, §8010(1), inserted "Notwithstanding section 422(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, this paragraph shall be effective beginning February 8, 2006." at end. See Codification note above and Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8010(2), inserted "Notwithstanding section 422(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, the second sentence of this paragraph shall be effective beginning February 8, 2006." at end. See Codification note above and Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 109–171, §8010(3), struck out ", made to a student to cover the cost of attendance at an eligible institution outside the United States" after "section 1078–3 of this title".

1998—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §422(a), (d), temporarily added par. (3) which read as follows: "An institution whose cohort default rate (as determined under section 1085(m) of this title) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years for which data are available is less than 10 percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part in a single installment for any period of enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1 quarter, or 4 months." See Codification note and 2006 Amendment note above and Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §422(b), (d), temporarily inserted at end "An institution whose cohort default rate (as determined under section 1085(m) of this title) for each of the three most recent fiscal years for which data are available is less than 10 percent shall be exempt from the requirements of this paragraph." See Codification note and 2006 Amendment note above and Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §422(c), substituted ", made to a student" for "or made to a student" and inserted before the period at end ", or made to a student to cover the cost of attendance in a program of study abroad approved by the home eligible institution if the home eligible institution has a cohort default rate (as calculated under section 1085(m) of this title) of less than 5 percent".

1993—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 103–208 directed the substitution of "disbursed by the lender" for "disbursed" and was executed by making the substitution the first place "disbursed" appeared, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–66 substituted "consolidation" for "PLUS, consolidation," in heading and "section 1078–3" for "section 1078–2 or 1078–3" in text.

1992—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §421(a), added par. (3).

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §421(b), inserted ", except that overawards permitted pursuant to section 1087–53(b)(4) of this title shall not be construed to be overawards for purposes of this paragraph" before period at end of first sentence.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–325, §421(c), added subsec. (g).

1990—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 101–508 amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "The first installment of the proceeds of any loan made under section 1078–1 of this title that is made to a student borrower who has not successfully completed the first year of a program of undergraduate education shall not (regardless of the amount of such loan or the duration of the period of enrollment) be presented by the institution to the student for endorsement until—

"(A) 30 days after the borrower begins a course of study; and

"(B) the institution certifies that the borrower continues to be enrolled and in attendance at the end of such 30-day period, and is maintaining satisfactory progress;

but may be disbursed to the eligible institution prior to the end of such 30-day period."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 422(c) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §422(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1696, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section] shall be effective during the period beginning on October 1, 1998, and ending on September 30, 2002."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–66 effective with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1993, see section 4109(c) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out as a note under section 1078–2 of this title.

Effective Date of 1990 Amendment

Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3003(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–26, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall be effective for loans made on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1990] to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after January 1, 1991."

Effective Date

Section applicable with respect to loans made to cover cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1990, see section 2004(c) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as an Effective Date of 1989 Amendment note under section 1077 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1078–8. Unsubsidized Stafford loans for middle-income borrowers

(a) In general

It is the purpose of this section to authorize insured loans under this part that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010, for borrowers who do not qualify for Federal interest subsidy payments under section 1078 of this title. Except as provided in this section, all terms and conditions for Federal Stafford loans established under section 1078 of this title shall apply to loans made pursuant to this section.

(b) Eligible borrowers

Prior to July 1, 2010, any student meeting the requirements for student eligibility under section 1091 of this title (including graduate and professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the Secretary) shall be entitled to borrow an unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan for which the first disbursement is made before such date if the eligible institution at which the student has been accepted for enrollment, or at which the student is in attendance, has—

(1) determined and documented the student's need for the loan based on the student's estimated cost of attendance (as determined under section 1087ll of this title) and the student's estimated financial assistance, including a loan which qualifies for interest subsidy payments under section 1078 of this title; and

(2) provided the lender a statement—

(A) certifying the eligibility of the student to receive a loan under this section and the amount of the loan for which such student is eligible, in accordance with subsection (c); and

(B) setting forth a schedule for disbursement of the proceeds of the loan in installments, consistent with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title.

(c) Determination of amount of loan

The determination of the amount of a loan by an eligible institution under subsection (b) shall be calculated by subtracting from the estimated cost of attendance at the eligible institution any estimated financial assistance reasonably available to such student. An eligible institution may not, in carrying out the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, provide a statement which certifies the eligibility of any student to receive any loan under this section in excess of the amount calculated under the preceding sentence.

(d) Loan limits

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), the annual and aggregate limits for loans under this section shall be the same as those established under section 1078(b)(1) of this title, less any amount received by such student pursuant to the subsidized loan program established under section 1078 of this title.

(2) Limits for graduate, professional, and independent postbaccalaureate students

(A) Annual limits

The maximum annual amount of loans under this section a graduate or professional student, or a student described in clause (ii), may borrow in any academic year (as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title) or its equivalent shall be the amount determined under paragraph (1), plus—

(i) in the case of such a student who is a graduate or professional student attending an eligible institution, $12,000; and

(ii) notwithstanding paragraph (4), in the case of an independent student, or a dependent student whose parents are unable to borrow under section 1078–2 of this title or the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program, who has obtained a baccalaureate degree and who is enrolled in coursework specified in paragraph (3)(B) or (4)(B) of section 1091(b) of this title—

(I) $7,000 for coursework necessary for enrollment in a graduate or professional program; and

(II) $7,000 for coursework necessary for a professional credential or certification from a State required for employment as a teacher in an elementary or secondary school,

except in cases where the Secretary determines that a higher amount is warranted in order to carry out the purpose of this part with respect to students engaged in specialized training requiring exceptionally high costs of education, but the annual insurable limit per student shall not be deemed to be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments by the lender to the borrower will not be made in any years in excess of the annual limit.

(B) Aggregate limit

The maximum aggregate amount of loans under this section a student described in subparagraph (A) may borrow shall be the amount described in paragraph (1), adjusted to reflect the increased annual limits described in subparagraph (A), as prescribed by the Secretary by regulation.

(3) Limits for undergraduate dependent students

(A) Annual limits

The maximum annual amount of loans under this section an undergraduate dependent student (except an undergraduate dependent student whose parents are unable to borrow under section 1078–2 of this title or the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program) may borrow in any academic year (as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title) or its equivalent shall be the sum of the amount determined under paragraph (1), plus $2,000.

(B) Aggregate limits

The maximum aggregate amount of loans under this section a student described in subparagraph (A) may borrow shall be $31,000.

(4) Limits for undergraduate independent students

(A) Annual limits

The maximum annual amount of loans under this section an undergraduate independent student, or an undergraduate dependent student whose parents are unable to borrow under section 1078–2 of this title or the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program, may borrow in any academic year (as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title) or its equivalent shall be the sum of the amount determined under paragraph (1), plus—

(i) in the case of such a student attending an eligible institution who has not completed such student's first 2 years of undergraduate study—

(I) $6,000, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as the length of such program measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year;

(ii) in the case of such a student at an eligible institution who has successfully completed such first and second years but has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education—

(I) $7,000; or

(II) if such student is enrolled in a program of undergraduate education, the remainder of which is less than one academic year, the maximum annual loan amount that such student may receive may not exceed the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount specified in subclause (I) as such remainder measured in semester, trimester, quarter, or clock hours bears to one academic year; and

(iii) in the case of such a student enrolled in coursework specified in—

(I) section 1091(b)(3)(B) of this title, $6,000; or

(II) section 1091(b)(4)(B) of this title, $7,000.

(B) Aggregate limits

The maximum aggregate amount of loans under this section a student described in subparagraph (A) may borrow shall be $57,500.

(5) Capitalized interest

Interest capitalized shall not be deemed to exceed a maximum aggregate amount determined under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2), (3), or (4).

(e) Payment of principal and interest

(1) Commencement of repayment

Repayment of principal on loans made under this section shall begin at the beginning of the repayment period described in section 1078(b)(7) of this title. Not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated commencement of such repayment period, the holder of such loan shall provide notice to the borrower that interest will accrue before repayment begins and of the borrower's option to begin loan repayment at an earlier date.

(2) Capitalization of interest

(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (C), interest on loans made under this section for which payments of principal are not required during the in-school and grace periods or for which payments are deferred under sections 1077(a)(2)(C) and 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title shall, if agreed upon by the borrower and the lender—

(i) be paid monthly or quarterly; or

(ii) be added to the principal amount of the loan by the lender only—

(I) when the loan enters repayment;

(II) at the expiration of a grace period, in the case of a loan that qualifies for a grace period;

(III) at the expiration of a period of deferment or forbearance; or

(IV) when the borrower defaults.

(B) The capitalization of interest described in subparagraph (A) shall not be deemed to exceed the annual insurable limit on account of the student.

(C) Interest shall not accrue on a loan deferred under section 1078(b)(1)(M)(v) or 1077(a)(2)(C)(iv) of this title.

(3) Subsidies prohibited

No payments to reduce interest costs shall be paid pursuant to section 1078(a) of this title on loans made pursuant to this section.

(4) Applicable rates of interest

Interest on loans made pursuant to this section shall be at the applicable rate of interest provided in section 1077a of this title.

(5) Amortization

The amount of the periodic payment and the repayment schedule for any loan made pursuant to this section shall be established by assuming an interest rate equal to the applicable rate of interest at the time the repayment of the principal amount of the loan commences. At the option of the lender, the note or other written evidence of the loan may require that—

(A) the amount of the periodic payment will be adjusted annually; or

(B) the period of repayment of principal will be lengthened or shortened,

in order to reflect adjustments in interest rates occurring as a consequence of section 1077a(c)(4) of this title.

(6) Repayment period

For purposes of calculating the repayment period under section 1078(b)(9) of this title, such period shall commence at the time the first payment of principal is due from the borrower.

(7) Qualification for forbearance

A lender may grant the borrower of a loan under this section a forbearance for a period not to exceed 60 days if the lender reasonably determines that such a forbearance from collection activity is warranted following a borrower's request for forbearance, deferment, or a change in repayment plan, or a request to consolidate loans in order to collect or process appropriate supporting documentation related to the request. During any such period, interest on the loan shall accrue but not be capitalized.

(f) Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §423(f), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1698

(g) Single application form and loan repayment schedule

A guaranty agency shall use a single application form and a single repayment schedule for subsidized Federal Stafford loans made pursuant to section 1078 of this title and for unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans made pursuant to this section.

(h) Insurance premium

Each State or nonprofit private institution or organization having an agreement with the Secretary under section 1078(b)(1) of this title may charge a borrower under this section an insurance premium equal to not more than 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, if such premium will not be used for incentive payments to lenders. Effective for loans for which the date of guarantee of principal is on or after July 1, 2006, and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010, in lieu of the insurance premium authorized under the preceding sentence, each State or nonprofit private institution or organization having an agreement with the Secretary under section 1078(b)(1) of this title shall collect and deposit into the Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund under section 1072a of this title, a Federal default fee of an amount equal to 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, which fee shall be collected either by deduction from the proceeds of the loan or by payment from other non-Federal sources. The Federal default fee shall not be used for incentive payments to lenders.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428H, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §422, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 535; amended Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4047(a), 4102(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 363, 366; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(42)–(45), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2466, 2467; Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101(d) [title V, §514(a)], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–211, 1321-245; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §423, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8005(d), 8014(b)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 159, 169; Pub. L. 110–227, §2(a), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 740; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §428(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3235; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(5), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1944; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2207, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1076; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(e), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Amendments by section 2(c)(42), (45) of Pub. L. 103–208 (which were effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) were executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–66, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Amendments

2018—Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 115–245, §309(e)(1), substituted "Except as provided in subparagraph (C), interest" for "Interest" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(2)(C). Pub. L. 115–245, §309(e)(2), added subpar. (C).

2010—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–152, §2207(1), inserted "that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "under this part".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–152, §2207(2), substituted "Prior to July 1, 2010, any student" for "Any student" and inserted "for which the first disbursement is made before such date" after "unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 111–152, §2207(3), inserted "and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "July 1, 2006,".

2009—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(5)(A), amended heading generally, resulting in text identical to that after execution of the amendment by Pub. L. 110–315, §428(a)(1)(A). See 2008 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (e)(6). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(5)(B), amended par. (6) generally, resulting in text identical to that after execution of the amendment by Pub. L. 105–244, §423(d). See 1998 Amendment note below.

2008—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–227 amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) related to loan limits.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §428(a)(1)(A), which directed substitution of "Graduate, professional, and independent postbaccalaureate students" for "Graduate and professional students" in heading, was executed by substituting "graduate, professional, and independent postbaccalaureate students" for "graduate and professional students" to reflect the probable intent on Congress.

Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §428(a)(1)(B)(i), inserted ", or a student described in clause (ii)," after "graduate or professional student" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §428(a)(1)(B)(ii), added cl. (ii) and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "in the case of a graduate student enrolled in coursework specified in sections 1091(b)(3)(B) and 1091(b)(4)(B) of this title, $7,000;".

Subsec. (d)(4)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §428(a)(2), added cl. (iii) and struck out former cl. (iii) which read as follows: "in the case of such a student enrolled in coursework specified in sections 1091(b)(3)(B) and 1091(b)(4)(B) of this title, $6,000 for coursework necessary for enrollment in an undergraduate degree or certificate program."

2006—Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(d)(1), substituted "$12,000" for "$10,000".

Subsec. (d)(2)(D). Pub. L. 109–171, §8005(d)(2), substituted "$7,000" for "$5,000" in cls. (i) and (ii).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 109–171, §8014(b)(2), inserted at end "Effective for loans for which the date of guarantee of principal is on or after July 1, 2006, in lieu of the insurance premium authorized under the preceding sentence, each State or nonprofit private institution or organization having an agreement with the Secretary under section 1078(b)(1) of this title shall collect and deposit into the Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund under section 1072a of this title, a Federal default fee of an amount equal to 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, which fee shall be collected either by deduction from the proceeds of the loan or by payment from other non-Federal sources. The Federal default fee shall not be used for incentive payments to lenders."

1998—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(a), amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Any student meeting the requirements for student eligibility under section 1091 of this title (including graduate and professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the Secretary) shall be entitled to borrow an unsubsidized Stafford loan. Such student shall provide to the lender a statement from the eligible institution at which the student has been accepted for enrollment, or at which the student is in attendance, which—

"(1) sets forth such student's estimated cost of attendance (as determined under section 1087ll of this title);

"(2) sets forth such student's estimated financial assistance, including a loan which qualifies for subsidy payments under section 1078 of this title; and

"(3) certifies the eligibility of the student to receive a loan under this section and the amount of the loan for which such student is eligible, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section."

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(b)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, inserted "(as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title)" after "academic year" and struck out "or in any period of 7 consecutive months, whichever is longer," after "or its equivalent".

Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(b)(1)(B), substituted "length; and" for "length (as determined under section 1088 of this title);" in cl. (i), added cl. (ii), and struck out former cls. (ii) and (iii) which read as follows:

"(ii) $2,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(iii) $1,500, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year;".

Subsec. (d)(2)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(b)(1)(C), (D), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(b)(2), inserted at end "Interest capitalized shall not be deemed to exceed such maximum aggregate amount."

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(c), amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Interest on loans made under this section for which payments of principal are not required during the in-school and grace periods or for which payments are deferred under sections 1077(a)(2)(C) and 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title shall, if agreed upon by the borrower and the lender (A) be paid monthly or quarterly, or (B) be added to the principal amount of the loan not more frequently than quarterly by the lender. Such capitalization of interest shall not be deemed to exceed the annual insurable limit on account of the student."

Subsec. (e)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(d), which directed substitution of "repayment period under section 1078(b)(9) of this title" for "10 year repayment period under section 1078(b)(1)(D) of this title", was executed by making the substitution for "10-year repayment period under section 1078(b)(1)(D) of this title" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (e)(7). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(e), added par. (7).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §423(f), struck out heading and text of subsec. (f) which provided for lenders to charge borrowers origination fees on loans.

1996—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 104–134 substituted semicolon for period at end of subpar. (C) and inserted concluding provisions.

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–66, §4047(a)(1), inserted "(including graduate and professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the Secretary)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–66, §4047(a)(2), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "The annual and aggregate limits for loans under this section shall be the same as those established under section 1078(b)(1) of this title, less any amount received by such student pursuant to the subsidized loan program established under section 1078 of this title."

Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(42), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "in the case of such a student attending an eligible institution who has completed the first 2 years of undergraduate study but who has not completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate study—

"(i) $5,000, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is at least one academic year in length (as determined under section 1088 of this section);

"(ii) $3,325, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than one academic year, but at least 2/3 of such an academic year; and

"(iii) $1,675, if such student is enrolled in a program whose length is less than 2/3, but at least 1/3, of such an academic year; and". See Codification note above.

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(43), substituted "shall begin at the beginning of the repayment period described in section 1078(b)(7) of this title." for "shall commence 6 months after the month in which the student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time workload as determined by the institution." and inserted at end "Not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated commencement of such repayment period, the holder of such loan shall provide notice to the borrower that interest will accrue before repayment begins and of the borrower's option to begin loan repayment at an earlier date."

Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(44), substituted "section 1077a" for "section 1077a(e)".

Subsec. (e)(5), (6). Pub. L. 103–66, §4047(a)(3), added pars. (5) and (6).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(A), substituted "Origination fee" for "Insurance premium" in section catchline.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(B), (C), struck out reference to insurance premium in heading and in text substituted "an origination fee in the amount of 3.0 percent" for "a combined origination fee and insurance premium in the amount of 6.5 percent" and struck out second sentence which read as follows: "A guaranty agency may not charge an insurance premium on any loan made under this section."

Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(D), substituted "origination fee" for "combined fee and premium".

Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(E), substituted "origination fee" for "combined origination fee and insurance premium".

Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(F), in heading substituted "origination fee" for "insurance premium" and in text substituted "origination fees" for "combined origination fee and insurance premiums" and "to pay" for "and premiums to pay".

Subsec. (f)(5). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(1)(G), inserted "origination fee and" in heading and in text substituted "do not exceed the combined origination fee under this subsection and the insurance premium under subsection (h) of this section, the Secretary is directed to lower the origination fee and insurance premium accordingly" for "do not exceed the 6.5 percent insurance premium, the Secretary is directed to lower the insurance premium accordingly".

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(45), redesignated subsec. (l) as (h). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(45), redesignated subsec. (l) as (h). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(b)(2), added subsec. (l).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 115–245 applicable with respect to loans made on or after Sept. 28, 2018, or in repayment on Sept. 28, 2018, see section 309(f) of Pub. L. 115–245, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §428(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3236, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect for loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008."

Pub. L. 110–227, §2(c), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 742, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall be effective for loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2008."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by section 8014(b)(2) of Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Amendment by section 8005(d) of Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2007, see section 8005(e) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1075 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101(d) [title V, §514(b)], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–211, 1321-245, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be effective for loans made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1996."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by section 2(c)(42)–(43)(A), (44), (45) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, and amendment by section 2(c)(43)(B) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Apr. 1, 1994, see section 5(a), (b)(5) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided herein [see section 4047(c) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out below], the amendments made by this section [amending this section and repealing section 1078–1 of this title] shall take effect on July 1, 1994."

Amendment by section 4102(b) of Pub. L. 103–66 effective July 1, 1994, see section 4102(d) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective with respect to loans made to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Oct. 1, 1992, see section 432(a)(12) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1078 of this title.

Student Eligibility

Pub. L. 110–227, §2(b), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 742, provided that: "Loan limit increases authorized by the amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall be available only to students who meet the requirements of section 484(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(a))."

Continuing Applicability of Terms, Conditions, and Benefits of Loans

Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, provided that: "Notwithstanding the amendments made by this section [amending this section and repealing section 1078–1 of this section], with respect to loans provided under sections 428A [former 20 U.S.C. 1078–1] and 428H of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1078–8] (as such sections existed on the date preceding the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 1993]) the terms, conditions and benefits applicable to such loans under such sections shall continue to apply to such loans after the date of enactment of this Act."

§1078–9. Repealed. Pub. L. 110–84, title III, §302(a), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 796

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428I, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §422, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 536; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(46), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(i), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 171, related to special insurance and reinsurance rules.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 2007, except that section as in effect on the day before Sept. 27, 2005, shall apply to eligible lenders that received a designation under subsec. (a) of this section prior to Oct. 1, 2007, for the remainder of the year for which the designation was made, see section 302(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as an Effective Date of 2007 Amendment note under section 1078 of this title.

§1078–10. Loan forgiveness for teachers

(a) Statement of purpose

It is the purpose of this section to encourage individuals to enter and continue in the teaching profession.

(b) Program authorized

The Secretary shall carry out a program, through the holder of the loan, of assuming the obligation to repay a qualified loan amount for a loan made under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title, in accordance with subsection (c), for any new borrower on or after October 1, 1998, who—

(1) has been employed as a full-time teacher for 5 consecutive complete school years—

(A) in a school or location that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such schools or locations; and

(B) if employed as an elementary school or secondary school teacher, is highly qualified as defined in section 9101 ¹ of the Elementary Secondary ² Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7801], or meets the requirements of subsection (g)(3); and

(2) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower seeks forgiveness.

(c) Qualified loans amount

(1) In general

The Secretary shall repay not more than $5,000 in the aggregate of the loan obligation on a loan made under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title that is outstanding after the completion of the fifth complete school year of teaching described in subsection (b)(1). No borrower may receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1087j of this title.

(2) Treatment of consolidation loans

A loan amount for a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title may be a qualified loan amount for the purposes of this subsection only to the extent that such loan amount was used to repay a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a loan made under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title for a borrower who meets the requirements of subsection (b), as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(3) Additional amounts for teachers in mathematics, science, or special education

Notwithstanding the amount specified in paragraph (1), the aggregate amount that the Secretary shall repay under this section shall be not more than $17,500 in the case of—

(A) a secondary school teacher—

(i) who meets the requirements of subsection (b); and

(ii) whose qualifying employment for purposes of such subsection is teaching mathematics or science on a full-time basis; and

(B) an elementary school or secondary school teacher—

(i) who meets the requirements of subsection (b);

(ii) whose qualifying employment for purposes of such subsection is as a special education teacher whose primary responsibility is to provide special education to children with disabilities (as those terms are defined in section 1401 of this title); and

(iii) who, as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or non-profit private elementary school or secondary school in which the borrower is employed, or, in the case of a teacher who is employed by an educational service agency, as certified by the chief administrative officer of such agency, is teaching children with disabilities that correspond with the borrower's special education training and has demonstrated knowledge and teaching skills in the content areas of the elementary school or secondary school curriculum that the borrower is teaching.

(d) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.

(e) Construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize any refunding of any repayment of a loan.

(f) List

If the list of schools in which a teacher may perform service pursuant to subsection (b) is not available before May 1 of any year, the Secretary may use the list for the year preceding the year for which the determination is made to make such service determination.

(g) Additional eligibility provisions

(1) Continued eligibility

Any teacher who performs service in a school that—

(A) meets the requirements of subsection (b)(1)(A) in any year during such service; and

(B) in a subsequent year fails to meet the requirements of such subsection,

may continue to teach in such school and shall be eligible for loan forgiveness pursuant to subsection (b).

(2) Prevention of double benefits

No borrower may, for the same service, receive a benefit under both this section and—

(A) section 1078–11 of this title;

(B) section 1087e(m) of this title; or

(C) subtitle D of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12601 et seq.).

(3) Private school teachers

An individual who is employed as a teacher in a private school and is exempt from State certification requirements (unless otherwise applicable under State law), may, in lieu of the requirement of subsection (b)(1)(B), have such employment treated as qualifying employment under this section if such individual is permitted to and does satisfy rigorous subject knowledge and skills tests by taking competency tests in the applicable grade levels and subject areas. For such purposes, the competency tests taken by such a private school teacher shall be recognized by 5 or more States for the purpose of fulfilling the highly qualified teacher requirements under section 9101 ¹ of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7801], and the score achieved by such teacher on each test shall equal or exceed the average passing score of those 5 States.

(h) "Year" defined

For purposes of this section, the term "year", where applied to service as a teacher, means an academic year as defined by the Secretary.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428J, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §422, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 541; amended Pub. L. 103–82, title I, §102(c)(2), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(47)–(51), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §424, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1698; Pub. L. 108–409, §3(a)(1)(A), (b)(1), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2300; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8013(e)(1), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 167; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §429, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3236; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(6), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1944.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(B) and (g)(3), was amended by Pub. L. 114–95 and, as so amended, is now section 8101 of the Act and no longer defines "highly qualified". A reference in this section to the term "highly qualified" as defined in section 9101 of the Act is to be treated as a reference to such term under such section 9101 as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of Pub. L. 114–95. See section 9214(a)(1) of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a Use of the Term "Highly Qualified" in Other Laws note under section 1070g–2 of this title.

The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(C), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127. Subtitle D of title I of the Act is classified generally to division D of subchapter I (§12601 et seq.) of chapter 129 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(6)(A), inserted at end "No borrower may receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1087j of this title."

Subsec. (g)(2)(B) to (D). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(6)(B), inserted "or" at end of subpar. (B), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C) and substituted "12601" for "12571", and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "section 1087j of this title; or".

2008—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §429(1), inserted "or location" after "a school" and "or locations" after "schools".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §429(2), struck out at end "No borrower may receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1087j of this title."

Subsec. (c)(3)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §429(3), inserted "or, in the case of a teacher who is employed by an educational service agency, as certified by the chief administrative officer of such agency," after "borrower is employed,".

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §429(4), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No borrower may, for the same service, receive a benefit under both this subsection and subtitle D of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)."

2006—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(e)(1)(A), inserted ", or meets the requirements of subsection (g)(3)" before "; and".

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(e)(1)(B), added par. (3).

2004—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 108–409, §3(a)(1)(A), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpars. (B) and (C) which read as follows:

"(B) if employed as a secondary school teacher, is teaching a subject area that is relevant to the borrower's academic major as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or nonprofit private secondary school in which the borrower is employed; and

"(C) if employed as an elementary school teacher, has demonstrated, as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or nonprofit private elementary school in which the borrower is employed, knowledge and teaching skills in reading, writing, mathematics, and other areas of the elementary school curriculum; and".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 108–409, §3(b)(1), added par. (3).

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, section authorized Secretary to carry out demonstration program for loan forgiveness for teachers, individuals performing national community service, and nurses.

1993—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(47), substituted "section" for "sections" in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(2)(A), substituted "October 1, 1989" for "October 1, 1992" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(48), substituted "serves as a full-time volunteer" for "agrees in writing to volunteer for service".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(49), substituted "year of service" for "academic year" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 103–82, §102(c)(2)(B), added par. (5).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(50), substituted "to eligible" for "of eligibility" in heading.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(51), amended subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) read as follows: "Each eligible individual desiring loan repayment under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment; Transition Rule

Pub. L. 108–409, §3(a)(2), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2300, provided that:

"(A) Rule.—The amendments made by paragraph (1) of this subsection to sections 428J(b)(1) and 460(b)(1)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [sections 1078–10(b)(1) and 1087j(b)(1)(A) of this title] shall not be applied to disqualify any individual who, before the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 30, 2004], commenced service that met and continues to meet the requirements of such sections as such sections were in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act.

"(B) Rule not applicable to increased qualified loan amounts.—Subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall not apply for purposes of obtaining increased qualified loan amounts under sections 428J(c)(3) and 460(c)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [sections 1078–10(c)(3) and 1087j(c)(3) of this title] as added by subsection (b) of this section."

Pub. L. 108–409, §3(b)(3), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2301, as amended by Pub. L. 109–150, §2(c)(1), Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8013(c)(2), (d)(1), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 167, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and section 1087j of this title] shall apply only with respect to eligible individuals who are new borrowers (as such term is defined in 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) on or after October 1, 1998."

[Pub. L. 109–150, §2(c)(1), which amended section 3(b)(3) of Pub. L. 108–409, set out above, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(d)(1), eff. July 1, 2006.]

[Amendment by Pub. L. 109–150 effective as if enacted on Oct. 1, 2005, see section 2(d)(2) of Pub. L. 109–150, set out as an Effective Date of 2005 Amendment note under section 1087–1 of this title.]

[Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(c)(2), effective as if enacted on Oct. 1, 2005, and as if amendment by section 2(c)(1) of Pub. L. 109–150 had not been enacted, see section 8013(c)(3), (d)(2) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as notes under section 1087–1 of this title.]

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 123 of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as a note under section 1701 of Title 16, Conservation.

Information on Benefits to Rural School Districts

Pub. L. 108–409, §3(c), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2302, provided that: "The Secretary shall—

"(1) notify local educational agencies eligible to participate in the Small Rural Achievement Program authorized under subpart 1 of part B of title VI [now V] of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7345 et seq.] of the benefits available under the amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1087j of this title]; and

"(2) encourage such agencies to notify their teachers of such benefits."

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. Probably should be preceded by "and".

§1078–11. Loan forgiveness for service in areas of national need

(a) Program authorized

(1) Loan forgiveness authorized

The Secretary shall forgive, in accordance with this section, the qualified loan amount described in subsection (c) of the student loan obligation of a borrower who—

(A) is employed full-time in an area of national need, as described in subsection (b); and

(B) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower seeks forgiveness.

(2) Method of loan forgiveness

To provide loan forgiveness under paragraph (1), the Secretary is authorized to carry out a program—

(A) through the holder of the loan, to assume the obligation to repay a qualified loan amount for a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part (other than an excepted PLUS loan or an excepted consolidation loan (as such terms are defined in section 1098e(a) of this title)); and

(B) to cancel a qualified loan amount for a loan made under part D of this subchapter (other than an excepted PLUS loan or an excepted consolidation loan).

(3) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this section.

(b) Areas of national need

For purposes of this section, an individual is employed in an area of national need if the individual meets the requirements of one of the following:

(1) Early childhood educators

The individual is employed full-time as an early childhood educator.

(2) Nurses

The individual is employed full-time—

(A) as a nurse in a clinical setting; or

(B) as a member of the nursing faculty at an accredited school of nursing (as those terms are defined in section 296 of title 42).

(3) Foreign language specialists

The individual—

(A) has obtained a baccalaureate or advanced degree in a critical foreign language; and

(B) is employed full-time—

(i) in an elementary school or secondary school as a teacher of a critical foreign language;

(ii) in an agency of the United States Government in a position that regularly requires the use of such critical foreign language; or

(iii) in an institution of higher education as a faculty member or instructor teaching a critical foreign language.

(4) Librarians

The individual is employed full-time as a librarian in—

(A) a public library that serves a geographic area within which the public schools have a combined average of 30 percent or more of the schools' total student enrollments composed of children meeting a measure of poverty under section 6313(a)(5) of this title; or

(B) a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school.

(5) Highly qualified teachers serving students who are limited English proficient, low-income communities, and underrepresented populations

The individual—

(A) is highly qualified, as such term is defined in section 9101 ¹ of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7801]; and

(B) is employed full-time—

(i) as a teacher educating students who are limited English proficient;

(ii) as a teacher in a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school;

(iii) as a teacher and is an individual from an underrepresented population in the teaching profession, as determined by the Secretary; or

(iv) as a teacher in an educational service agency, as such term is defined in section 7801 of this title.

(6) Child welfare workers

The individual—

(A) has obtained a degree in social work or a related field with a focus on serving children and families; and

(B) is employed full-time in public or private child welfare services.

(7) Speech-language pathologists and audiologists

The individual—

(A) is employed full-time as a speech-language pathologist or audiologist in an eligible preschool program or a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school; and

(B) has, at a minimum, a graduate degree in speech-language pathology, audiology, or communication sciences and disorders.

(8) School counselors

The individual—

(A) is employed full-time as a school counselor who has documented competence in counseling children and adolescents in a school setting and who—

(i) is licensed by the State or certified by an independent professional regulatory authority;

(ii) in the absence of such State licensure or certification, possesses national certification in school counseling or a specialty of counseling granted by an independent professional organization; or

(iii) holds a minimum of a master's degree in school counseling from a program accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs or the equivalent; and

(B) is so employed in a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school.

(9) Public sector employees

The individual is employed full-time in—

(A) public safety (including as a first responder, firefighter, police officer, or other law enforcement or public safety officer);

(B) emergency management (including as an emergency medical technician);

(C) public health (including full-time professionals engaged in health care practitioner occupations and health care support occupations, as such terms are defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics); or

(D) public interest legal services (including prosecution, public defense, or legal advocacy in low-income communities at a nonprofit organization).

(10) Nutrition professionals

The individual—

(A) is a licensed, certified, or registered dietician who has completed a degree in a relevant field; and

(B) is employed full-time as a dietician with an agency of the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants, and children under section 1786 of title 42.

(11) Medical specialists

The individual—

(A) has received a degree from a medical school at an institution of higher education; and

(B) has been accepted to, or currently participates in, a full-time graduate medical education training program or fellowship (or both) to provide health care services (as recognized by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education) that—

(i) requires more than five years of total graduate medical training; and

(ii) has fewer United States medical school graduate applicants than the total number of positions available in such program or fellowship.

(12) Mental health professionals

The individual—

(A) has not less than a master's degree in social work, psychology, or psychiatry; and

(B) is employed full-time providing mental health services to children, adolescents, or veterans.

(13) Dentists

The individual—

(A)(i) has received a degree from an accredited dental school (as accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation);

(ii) has completed residency training in pediatric dentistry, general dentistry, or dental public health; and

(iii) is employed full-time as a dentist; or

(B) is employed full-time as a member of the faculty at a program or school accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation.

(14) STEM employees

The individual is employed full-time in applied sciences, technology, engineering, or mathematics.

(15) Physical therapists

The individual—

(A) is a physical therapist; and

(B) is employed full-time providing physical therapy services to children, adolescents, or veterans.

(16) Superintendents, principals, and other administrators

The individual is employed full-time as a school superintendent, principal, or other administrator in a local educational agency, including in an educational service agency, in which 30 percent or more of the schools are schools that qualify under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school.

(17) Occupational therapists

The individual is an occupational therapist and is employed full-time providing occupational therapy services to children, adolescents, or veterans.

(18) Allied health professionals

The individual is employed full-time as an allied health professional—

(A) in a Federal, State, local, or tribal public health agency; or

(B) in a setting where patients might require health care services, including acute care facilities, ambulatory care facilities, personal residences and other settings located in health professional shortage areas, medically underserved areas, or medically underserved populations, as recognized by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(c) Qualified loan amount

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), for each school, academic, or calendar year of full-time employment in an area of national need described in subsection (b) that a borrower completes on or after August 14, 2008, the Secretary shall forgive not more than $2,000 of the student loan obligation of the borrower that is outstanding after the completion of each such school, academic, or calendar year of employment, respectively.

(2) Maximum amount

The Secretary shall not forgive more than $10,000 in the aggregate for any borrower under this section, and no borrower shall receive loan forgiveness under this section for more than five years of service.

(d) Priority

The Secretary shall grant loan forgiveness under this section on a first-come, first-served basis, and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(e) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize the refunding of any repayment of a loan.

(f) Ineligibility for double benefits

No borrower may, for the same service, receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1078–10, 1078–12, 1087e(m), or 1087j of this title.

(g) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Allied health professional

The term "allied health professional" means an allied health professional as defined in section 295p(5) of title 42 who—

(A) has graduated and received an allied health professions degree or certificate from an institution of higher education; and

(B) is employed with a Federal, State, local or tribal public health agency, or in a setting where patients might require health care services, including acute care facilities, ambulatory care facilities, personal residences and other settings located in health professional shortage areas, medically underserved areas, or medically underserved populations, as recognized by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(2) Audiologist

The term "audiologist" means an individual who—

(A) has received, at a minimum, a graduate degree in audiology from an institution of higher education accredited by an agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 1099b(a) of this title; and

(B)(i) provides audiology services under subsection (ll)(2) of section 1395x of title 42; or

(ii) meets or exceeds the qualifications for a qualified audiologist under subsection (ll)(4) of such section.

(3) Early childhood educator

The term "early childhood educator" means an individual who—

(A) works directly with children in an eligible preschool program or eligible early childhood education program in a low-income community;

(B) is involved directly in the care, development, and education of infants, toddlers, or young children age five and under; and

(C) has completed a baccalaureate or advanced degree in early childhood development or early childhood education, or in a field related to early childhood education.

(4) Eligible preschool program

The term "eligible preschool program" means a program that—

(A) provides for the care, development, and education of infants, toddlers, or young children age five and under;

(B) meets any applicable State or local government licensing, certification, approval, and registration requirements, and

(C) is operated by—

(i) a public or private school that is supported, sponsored, supervised, or administered by a local educational agency;

(ii) a Head Start agency serving as a grantee designated under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.);

(iii) a nonprofit or community based organization; or

(iv) a child care program, including a home.

(5) Eligible early childhood education program

The term "eligible early childhood education program" means—

(A) a family child care program, center-based child care program, State prekindergarten program, school program, or other out-of-home early childhood development care program, that—

(i) is licensed or regulated by the State; and

(ii) serves two or more unrelated children who are not old enough to attend kindergarten;

(B) a Head Start Program carried out under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.); or

(C) an Early Head Start Program carried out under section 645A of the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9840a).

(6) Low-income community

The term "low-income community" means a school attendance area (as defined in section 6313(a)(2)(A) of this title)—

(A) in which 70 percent of households earn less than 85 percent of the State median household income; or

(B) that includes a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school.

(7) Nurse

The term "nurse" means a nurse who meets all of the following:

(A) The nurse graduated from—

(i) an accredited school of nursing (as those terms are defined in section 296 of title 42);

(ii) a nursing center; or

(iii) an academic health center that provides nurse training.

(B) The nurse holds a valid and unrestricted license to practice nursing in the State in which the nurse practices in a clinical setting.

(C) The nurse holds one or more of the following:

(i) A graduate degree in nursing, or an equivalent degree.

(ii) A nursing degree from a collegiate school of nursing (as defined in section 296 of title 42).

(iii) A nursing degree from an associate degree school of nursing (as defined in such section).

(iv) A nursing degree from a diploma school of nursing (as defined in such section).

(8) Occupational therapist

The term "occupational therapist" means an individual who—

(A) has received, at a minimum, a baccalaureate degree in occupational therapy from an institution of higher education accredited by an agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 1099b(a) of this title; and

(B)(i) provides occupational therapy services under section 1395x(g) of title 42; or

(ii) meets or exceeds the qualifications for a qualified occupational therapist, as determined by State law.

(9) Physical therapist

The term "physical therapist" means an individual who—

(A) has received, at a minimum, a graduate degree in physical therapy from an institution of higher education accredited by an agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 1099b(a) of this title; and

(B)(i) provides physical therapy services under section 1395x(p) of title 42; or

(ii) meets or exceeds the qualifications for a qualified physical therapist, as determined by State law.

(10) Speech-language pathologist

The term "speech-language pathologist" means a speech-language pathologist who—

(A) has received, at a minimum, a graduate degree in speech-language pathology or communication sciences and disorders from an institution of higher education accredited by an agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 1099b(a) of this title; and

(B) provides speech-language pathology services under section 1395x(ll)(1) of title 42, or meets or exceeds the qualifications for a qualified speech-language pathologist under subsection (ll)(4) of such section.

(h) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years to provide loan forgiveness in accordance with this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428K, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §425, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1699; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §430, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3236; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(7), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1944; Pub. L. 111–148, title V, §5205(b), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 611; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(8), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2180.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (b)(5)(A), was amended by Pub. L. 114–95 and, as so amended, is now section 8101 of the Act and no longer defines "highly qualified". A reference in this section to the term "highly qualified" as defined in section 9101 of the Act is to be treated as a reference to such term under such section 9101 as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of Pub. L. 114–95. See section 9214(a)(1) of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a Use of the Term "Highly Qualified" in Other Laws note under section 1070g–2 of this title.

The Head Start Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(4)(C)(ii), (5)(B), is subchapter B (§635 et seq.) of chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 499, which is classified generally to subchapter II (§9831 et seq.) of chapter 105 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9801 of Title 42 and Tables.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(8)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 7801 of this title.

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 114–95, §9215(oo)(8)(B), added par. (8) and struck out former par. (8). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The individual is employed full-time as a school counselor (as such term is defined in section 7245(e) of this title), in a school that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such a school."

2010—Subsec. (b)(18). Pub. L. 111–148, §5205(b)(1), added par. (18).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 111–148, §5205(b)(2), added par. (1) and redesignated former pars. (1) to (9) as (2) to (10), respectively.

2009—Subsec. (g)(9)(B). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "under subsection (ll)(4) of such section" for "under subsection (ll)(3) of such section".

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to loan forgiveness for child care providers.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Allied Health Workforce Recruitment and Retention Programs

Pub. L. 111–148, title V, §5205(a), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 611, provided that: "The purpose of this section [amending this section] is to assure an adequate supply of allied health professionals to eliminate critical allied health workforce shortages in Federal, State, local, and tribal public health agencies or in settings where patients might require health care services, including acute care facilities, ambulatory care facilities, personal residences and other settings, as recognized by the Secretary of Health and Human Services by authorizing an Allied Health Loan Forgiveness Program."

[For definition of "Allied Health Loan Forgiveness Program" as used in section 5205(a) of Pub. L. 111–148, set out above, see section 5002(a) of Pub. L. 111–148, set out as a note under section 294q of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.]

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1078–12. Loan repayment for civil legal assistance attorneys

(a) Purpose

The purpose of this section is to encourage qualified individuals to enter and continue employment as civil legal assistance attorneys.

(b) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Civil legal assistance attorney

The term "civil legal assistance attorney" means an attorney who—

(A) is a full-time employee of—

(i) a nonprofit organization that provides legal assistance with respect to civil matters to low-income individuals without a fee; or

(ii) a protection and advocacy system or client assistance program that provides legal assistance with respect to civil matters and receives funding under—

(I) subtitle C of title I of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 (42 U.S.C. 15041 et seq.);

(II) section 732 or 794e of title 29;

(III) part A of title I of the Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (42 U.S.C. 10801 et seq.);

(IV) section 3004 of title 29;

(V) section 1320b–21 of title 42;

(VI) section 300d–53 of title 42; or

(VII) section 21061 of title 52;

(B) as such employee, provides civil legal assistance as described in subparagraph (A) on a full-time basis; and

(C) is continually licensed to practice law.

(2) Student loan

(A) In general

Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "student loan" means—

(i) subject to clause (ii), a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, part D, or part E; and

(ii) a loan made under section 1078–3 or 1087e(g) of this title, to the extent that such loan was used to repay—

(I) a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan;

(II) a loan made under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title; or

(III) a loan made under part E.

(B) Exclusion of parent plus loans

The term "student loan" does not include any of the following loans:

(i) A loan made to the parents of a dependent student under section 1078–2 of this title.

(ii) A Federal Direct PLUS Loan made to the parents of a dependent student.

(iii) A loan made under section 1078–3 or 1087e(g) of this title, to the extent that such loan was used to repay—

(I) a loan made to the parents of a dependent student under section 1078–2 of this title; or

(II) a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made to the parents of a dependent student.

(c) Program authorized

From amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall carry out a program of assuming the obligation to repay a student loan, by direct payments on behalf of a borrower to the holder of such loan, in accordance with subsection (d), for any borrower who—

(1) is employed as a civil legal assistance attorney; and

(2) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower seeks repayment.

(d) Terms of agreement

(1) In general

To be eligible to receive repayment benefits under subsection (c), a borrower shall enter into a written agreement with the Secretary that specifies that—

(A) the borrower will remain employed as a civil legal assistance attorney for a required period of service of not less than three years, unless involuntarily separated from that employment;

(B) if the borrower is involuntarily separated from employment on account of misconduct, or voluntarily separates from employment, before the end of the period specified in the agreement, the borrower will repay the Secretary the amount of any benefits received by such employee under this agreement;

(C) if the borrower is required to repay an amount to the Secretary under subparagraph (B) and fails to repay such amount, a sum equal to that amount shall be recoverable by the Federal Government from the employee by such methods as are provided by law for the recovery of amounts owed to the Federal Government;

(D) the Secretary may waive, in whole or in part, a right of recovery under this subsection if it is shown that recovery would be contrary to the public interest; and

(E) the Secretary shall make student loan payments under this section for the period of the agreement, subject to the availability of appropriations.

(2) Repayments

(A) In general

Any amount repaid by, or recovered from, an individual under this subsection shall be credited to the appropriation account from which the amount involved was originally paid.

(B) Merger

Any amount credited under subparagraph (A) shall be merged with other sums in such account and shall be available for the same purposes and period, and subject to the same limitations, if any, as the sums with which the amount was merged.

(3) Limitations

(A) Student loan payment amount

Student loan repayments made by the Secretary under this section shall be made subject to such terms, limitations, or conditions as may be mutually agreed upon by the borrower and the Secretary in an agreement under paragraph (1), except that the amount paid by the Secretary under this section shall not exceed—

(i) $6,000 for any borrower in any calendar year; or

(ii) an aggregate total of $40,000 in the case of any borrower.

(B) Beginning of payments

Nothing in this section shall authorize the Secretary to pay any amount to reimburse a borrower for any repayments made by such borrower prior to the date on which the Secretary entered into an agreement with the borrower under this subsection.

(e) Additional agreements

(1) In general

On completion of the required period of service under an agreement under subsection (d), the borrower and the Secretary may, subject to paragraph (2), enter into an additional agreement in accordance with subsection (d).

(2) Term

An agreement entered into under paragraph (1) may require the borrower to remain employed as a civil legal assistance attorney for less than three years.

(f) Award basis; priority

(1) Award basis

Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall provide repayment benefits under this section on a first-come, first-served basis, and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(2) Priority

The Secretary shall give priority in providing repayment benefits under this section in any fiscal year to a borrower who—

(A) has practiced law for five years or less and, for not less than 90 percent of the time in such practice, has served as a civil legal assistance attorney;

(B) received repayment benefits under this section during the preceding fiscal year; and

(C) has completed less than three years of the first required period of service specified for the borrower in an agreement entered into under subsection (d).

(g) Ineligibility for double benefits

No borrower may, for the same service, receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1078–11 or 1087e(m) of this title.

(h) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this section.

(i) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §428L, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §431, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3242.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000, referred to in (b)(1)(A)(ii)(I), is Pub. L. 106–402, Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1677. Subtitle C of title I of the Act is classified generally to part C (§15041 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 144 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 15001 of Title 42 and Tables.

The Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A)(ii)(III), is Pub. L. 99–319, May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 478. Part A of title I of the Act is classified generally to part A (§10801 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 114 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 10801 of Title 42 and Tables.

§1079. Certificate of Federal loan insurance—effective date of insurance

(a) Loan-by-loan insurance

(1) Authority to issue certificates on application

If, upon application by an eligible lender, made upon such form, containing such information, and supported by such evidence as the Secretary may require, and otherwise in conformity with this section, the Secretary finds that the applicant has made a loan to an eligible student which is insurable under the provisions of this part, he may issue to the applicant a certificate of insurance covering the loan and setting forth the amount and terms of the insurance.

(2) Effectiveness of certificate

Insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance pursuant to subsection (a)(1) shall become effective upon the date of issuance of the certificate, except that the Secretary is authorized, in accordance with regulations, to issue commitments with respect to proposed loans, or with respect to lines (or proposed lines) of credit, submitted by eligible lenders, and in that event, upon compliance with subsection (a)(1) by the lender, the certificate of insurance may be issued effective as of the date when any loan, or any payment by the lender pursuant to a line of credit, to be covered by such insurance was made. Such insurance shall cease to be effective upon 60 days' default by the lender in the payment of any installment of the premiums payable pursuant to subsection (c).

(3) Contents of applications

An application submitted pursuant to subsection (a)(1) shall contain (A) an agreement by the applicant to pay, in accordance with regulations, the premiums fixed by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (c), and (B) an agreement by the applicant that if the loan is covered by insurance the applicant will submit such supplementary reports and statement during the effective period of the loan agreement, upon such forms, at such times, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe by or pursuant to regulation.

(b) Comprehensive insurance coverage certificate

(1) Establishment of system by regulation

In lieu of requiring a separate insurance application and issuing a separate certificate of insurance for each student loan made by an eligible lender as provided in subsection (a), the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations consistent with section 1074 of this title, issue to any eligible lender applying therefor a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage which shall, without further action by the Secretary, insure all insurable loans made by that lender, on or after the date of the certificate and before a specified cutoff date, within the limits of an aggregate maximum amount stated in the certificate. Such regulations may provide for conditioning such insurance, with respect to any loan, upon compliance by the lender with such requirements (to be stated or incorporated by reference in the certificate) as in the Secretary's judgment will best achieve the purpose of this subsection while protecting the United States from the risk of unreasonable loss and promoting the objectives of this part, including (but not limited to) provisions as to the reporting of such loans and information relevant thereto to the Secretary and as to the payment of initial and other premiums and the effect of default therein, and including provision for confirmation by the Secretary from time to time (through endorsement of the certificate) of the coverage of specific new loans by such certificate, which confirmation shall be incontestable by the Secretary in the absence of fraud or misrepresentation of fact or patent error.

(2) Uncovered loans

If the holder of a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage issued under this subsection grants to a student a line of credit extending beyond the cutoff date specified in that certificate, loans or payments thereon made by the holder after that date pursuant to the line of credit shall not be deemed to be included in the coverage of that certificate except as may be specifically provided therein; but, subject to the limitations of section 1074 of this title, the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations, make commitments to insure such future loans or payments, and such commitments may be honored either as provided in subsection (a) or by inclusion of such insurance on comprehensive coverage under the subsection for the period or periods in which such future loans or payments are made.

(c) Charges for Federal insurance

The Secretary shall, pursuant to regulations, charge for insurance on each loan under this part a premium in an amount not to exceed one-fourth of 1 percent per year of the unpaid principal amount of such loan (excluding interest added to principal), payable in advance, at such times and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Secretary. Such regulations may provide that such premium shall not be payable, or if paid shall be refundable, with respect to any period after default in the payment of principal or interest or after the borrower has died or becomes totally and permanently disabled, if (1) notice of such default or other event has been duly given, and (2) requests for payment of the loss insured against has been made or the Secretary has made such payment on his own motion pursuant to section 1080(a) of this title.

(d) Assignability of insurance

The rights of an eligible lender arising under insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance issued to it under this section may be assigned as security by such lender only to another eligible lender, and subject to regulation by the Secretary.

(e) Consolidation not to affect insurance

The consolidation of the obligations of two or more federally insured loans obtained by a student borrower in any fiscal year into a single obligation evidenced by a single instrument of indebtedness shall not affect the insurance by the United States. If the loans thus consolidated are covered by separate certificates of insurance issued under subsection (a), the Secretary may upon surrender of the original certificates issue a new certificate of insurance in accordance with that subsection upon the consolidated obligation; if they are covered by a single comprehensive certificate issued under subsection (b), the Secretary may amend that certificate accordingly.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §429, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1395.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1079, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §429, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2123; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (2), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to certificates of Federal loan insurance, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1080. Default of student under Federal loan insurance program

(a) Notice to Secretary and payment of loss

Upon default by the student borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this part, and prior to the commencement of suit or other enforcement proceedings upon security for that loan, the insurance beneficiary shall promptly notify the Secretary, and the Secretary shall if requested (at that time or after further collection efforts) by the beneficiary, or may on the Secretary's own motion, if the insurance is still in effect, pay to the beneficiary the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan as soon as that amount has been determined. The "amount of the loss" on any loan shall, for the purposes of this subsection and subsection (b), be deemed to be an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the principal amount and accrued interest, including interest accruing from the date of submission of a valid default claim (as determined by the Secretary) to the date on which payment is authorized by the Secretary, reduced to the extent required by section 1075(b) of this title. Such beneficiary shall be required to meet the standards of due diligence in the collection of the loan and shall be required to submit proof that the institution was contacted and other reasonable attempts were made to locate the borrower (when the location of the borrower is unknown) and proof that contact was made with the borrower (when the location is known). The Secretary shall make the determination required to carry out the provisions of this section not later than 90 days after the notification by the insurance beneficiary and shall make payment in full on the amount of the beneficiary's loss pending completion of the due diligence investigation.

(b) Effect of payment of loss

Upon payment of the amount of the loss pursuant to subsection (a), the United States shall be subrogated for all of the rights of the holder of the obligation upon the insured loan and shall be entitled to an assignment of the note or other evidence of the insured loan by the insurance beneficiary. If the net recovery made by the Secretary on a loan after deduction of the cost of that recovery (including reasonable administrative costs and collection costs, to the extent set forth in regulations issued by the Secretary) exceeds the amount of the loss, the excess shall be paid over to the insured. The Secretary may, in attempting to make recovery on such loans, contract with private business concerns, State student loan insurance agencies, or State guaranty agencies, for payment for services rendered by such concerns or agencies in assisting the Secretary in making such recovery. Any contract under this subsection entered into by the Secretary shall provide that attempts to make recovery on such loans shall be fair and reasonable, and do not involve harassment, intimidation, false or misleading representations, or unnecessary communications concerning the existence of any such loan to persons other than the student borrower.

(c) Forbearance not precluded

Nothing in this section or in this part shall be construed to preclude any forbearance for the benefit of the student borrower which may be agreed upon by the parties to the insured loan and approved by the Secretary, or to preclude forbearance by the Secretary in the enforcement of the insured obligation after payment on that insurance. Any forbearance which is approved by the Secretary under this subsection with respect to the repayment of a loan, including a forbearance during default, shall not be considered as indicating that a holder of a federally insured loan has failed to exercise reasonable care and due diligence in the collection of the loan.

(d) Care and diligence required of holders

Nothing in this section or in this part shall be construed to excuse the holder of a federally insured loan from exercising reasonable care and diligence in the making and collection of loans under the provisions of this part. If the Secretary, after a reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to an eligible lender, finds that it has substantially failed to exercise such care and diligence or to make the reports and statements required under section 1078(a)(4) of this title and section 1079(a)(3) of this title, or to pay the required Federal loan insurance premiums, the Secretary shall disqualify that lender for further Federal insurance on loans granted pursuant to this part until the Secretary is satisfied that its failure has ceased and finds that there is reasonable assurance that the lender will in the future exercise necessary care and diligence or comply with such requirements, as the case may be.

(e) Default rate of lenders, holders, and guaranty agencies

(1) In general

The Secretary shall annually publish a list indicating the cohort default rate (determined in accordance with section 1085(m) of this title) for each originating lender, subsequent holder, and guaranty agency participating in the program assisted under this part and an average cohort default rate for all institutions of higher education within each State.

(2) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations designed to prevent an institution from evading the application to that institution of a cohort default rate through the use of such measures as branching, consolidation, change of ownership or control, or any similar device.

(3) Rate establishment and correction

The Secretary shall establish a cohort default rate for lenders, holders, and guaranty agencies (determined consistent with section 1085(m) of this title), except that the rate for lenders, holders, and guaranty agencies shall not reflect any loans issued in accordance with section 1078(j) of this title. The Secretary shall allow institutions, lenders, holders, and guaranty agencies the opportunity to correct such cohort default rate information.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §430, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1397; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §423, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 543; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §426, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1702.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1080, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §430, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §113(b)(5), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1021; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132B(c), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 262; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2125; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(33), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§416(a)(1), (b), 422, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1420, 1421, 1432, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16014(a)(2), 16022, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 341, 349, related to default of student borrowers under Federal loan insurance program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244 inserted "the institution was contacted and other" after "submit proof that" in third sentence.

1992—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325 added subsec. (e).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Study of Fraud-Based Defenses

Pub. L. 102–325, title XIV, §1403, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 817, directed Secretary of Education to conduct a study of impact of fraud-based defenses on Federal Family Education Loan Program and to submit a report to Congress on the study not later than 19 months after July 23, 1992, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–332, §6(b)(2), Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3128.

§1080a. Reports to consumer reporting agencies and institutions of higher education

(a) Agreements to exchange information

For the purpose of promoting responsible repayment of loans covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this part or covered by a guaranty agreement pursuant to section 1078 of this title, the Secretary and each guaranty agency, eligible lender, and subsequent holder shall enter into an agreement with each consumer reporting agency to exchange information concerning student borrowers, in accordance with the requirements of this section. For the purpose of assisting such consumer reporting agencies in complying with the Fair Credit Reporting Act [15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.], such agreements may provide for timely response by the Secretary (concerning loans covered by Federal loan insurance) or by a guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder (concerning loans covered by a guaranty agreement), or to requests from such consumer reporting agencies for responses to objections raised by borrowers. Subject to the requirements of subsection (c), such agreements shall require the Secretary or the guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder, as appropriate, to disclose to such consumer reporting agencies, with respect to any loan under this part that has not been repaid by the borrower—

(1) that the loan is an education loan (as such term is defined in section 1019 of this title);

(2) the total amount of loans made to any borrower under this part and the remaining balance of the loans;

(3) information concerning the repayment status of the loan for inclusion in the file of the borrower, except that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to affect any otherwise applicable provision of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.);

(4) information concerning the date of any default on the loan and the collection of the loan, including information concerning the repayment status of any defaulted loan on which the Secretary has made a payment pursuant to section 1080(a) of this title or the guaranty agency has made a payment to the previous holder of the loan; and

(5) the date of cancellation of the note upon completion of repayment by the borrower of the loan or payment by the Secretary pursuant to section 1087 of this title.

(b) Additional information

Such agreements may also provide for the disclosure by such consumer reporting agencies to the Secretary or a guaranty agency, whichever insures or guarantees a loan, upon receipt of a notice under subsection (a)(4) that such a loan is in default, of information concerning the borrower's location or other information which may assist the Secretary, the guaranty agency, the eligible lender, or the subsequent holder in collecting the loan.

(c) Contents of agreements

Agreements entered into pursuant to this section shall contain such provisions as may be necessary to ensure that—

(1) no information is disclosed by the Secretary or the guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder unless its accuracy and completeness have been verified and the Secretary or the guaranty agency has determined that disclosure would accomplish the purpose of this section;

(2) as to any information so disclosed, such consumer reporting agencies will be promptly notified of, and will promptly record, any change submitted by the Secretary, the guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder with respect to such information, or any objections by the borrower with respect to any such information, as required by section 611 of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681i);

(3) no use will be made of any such information which would result in the use of collection practices with respect to such a borrower that are not fair and reasonable or that involve harassment, intimidation, false or misleading representations, or unnecessary communication concerning the existence of such loan or concerning any such information; and

(4) with regard to notices of default under subsection (a)(4) of this section, except for disclosures made to obtain the borrower's location, the Secretary, or the guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder whichever is applicable (A) shall not disclose any such information until the borrower has been notified that such information will be disclosed to consumer reporting agencies unless the borrower enters into repayment of his or her loan, but (B) shall, if the borrower has not entered into repayment within a reasonable period of time, but not less than 30 days, from the date such notice has been sent to the borrower, disclose the information required by this subsection.

(d) Contractor status of participants

A guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder or consumer reporting agency which discloses or receives information under this section shall not be considered a Government contractor within the meaning of section 552a of title 5.

(e) Disclosure to institutions

The Secretary and each guaranty agency, eligible lender, and subsequent holder of a loan are authorized to disclose information described in subsections (a) and (b) concerning student borrowers to the eligible institutions such borrowers attend or previously attended. To further the purpose of this section, an eligible institution may enter into an arrangement with any or all of the holders of delinquent loans made to borrowers who attend or previously attended such institution for the purpose of providing current information regarding the borrower's location or employment or for the purpose of assisting the holder in contacting and influencing borrowers to avoid default.

(f) Duration of authority

Notwithstanding paragraphs (4) and (5) of subsection (a) of section 605 of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681c(a)(4), (a)(5)), a consumer reporting agency may make a report containing information received from the Secretary or a guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder regarding the status of a borrower's defaulted account on a loan guaranteed under this part until—

(1) 7 years from the date on which the Secretary or the agency paid a claim to the holder on the guaranty;

(2) 7 years from the date the Secretary, guaranty agency, eligible lender, or subsequent holder first reported the account to the consumer reporting agency; or

(3) in the case of a borrower who reenters repayment after defaulting on a loan and subsequently goes into default on such loan, 7 years from the date the loan entered default such subsequent time.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §430A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1398; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(v), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 346; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §424, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 543; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(52), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §432(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3245; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(8), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1944.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Fair Credit Reporting Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is title VI of Pub. L. 90–321, as added by Pub. L. 91–508, title VI, §601, Oct. 26, 1970, 84 Stat. 1127, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§1681 et seq.) of chapter 41 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 15 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1080a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §430A, as added Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16023, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 349; amended Pub. L. 99–320, §2(c), May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 491, related to reports to credit bureaus and institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 111–39, in introductory provisions, substituted "and (5)" for "and (6)" and "(a)(5)" for "(a)(6)".

2008—Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(1), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureaus" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(2)(B)–(D), added pars. (1) and (3) and redesignated former pars. (1), (2) and (3) as (2), (4) and (5), respectively.

Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(2)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "the Secretary and" for "the Secretary," and "an agreement with each consumer reporting agency" for "agreements with credit bureau organizations" in first sentence, "such consumer reporting agencies" for "such organizations" in two places and "insurance) or by" for "insurance), by" in second sentence, and "Secretary or" for "Secretary," and "consumer reporting agencies" for "organizations" in third sentence.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(3), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "organizations" and "subsection (a)(4)" for "subsection (a)(2)".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(4)(A), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "organizations".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(4)(B)(i), substituted "subsection (a)(4)" for "subsection (a)(2)".

Subsec. (c)(4)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(4)(B)(ii), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(a)(5), substituted "consumer reporting agency" for "credit bureau organization".

1993—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted a semicolon for the comma at end.

1992—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–325 struck out "or" at end of par. (1), added pars. (2) and (3), and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "with regard to an account on a loan on which the Secretary or the guaranty agency has paid a claim but not reported the account to a consumer reporting agency on or before October 1, 1985, 7 years from that date."

1987—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–50 inserted sentence at end permitting an eligible institution to enter into arrangements with holders of delinquent loans made to borrowers for purpose of providing current information on borrower's location or employment or to assist holder in contacting and influencing borrower to avoid default.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1081. Insurance fund

(a) Establishment

There is hereby established a student loan insurance fund (hereinafter in this section called the "fund") which shall be available without fiscal year limitation to the Secretary for making payments in connection with the default of loans insured by the Secretary under this part, or in connection with payments under a guaranty agreement under section 1078(c) of this title. All amounts received by the Secretary as premium charges for insurance and as receipts, earnings, or proceeds derived from any claim or other assets acquired by the Secretary in connection with operations under this part, any excess advances under section 1072 of this title, and any other moneys, property, or assets derived by the Secretary from operations in connection with this section, shall be deposited in the fund. All payments in connection with the default of loans insured by the Secretary under this part, or in connection with such guaranty agreements shall be paid from the fund. Moneys in the fund not needed for current operations under this section may be invested in bonds or other obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States.

(b) Borrowing authority

If at any time the moneys in the fund are insufficient to make payments in connection with the default of any loan insured by the Secretary under this part, or in connection with any guaranty agreement made under section 1078(c) of this title, the Secretary is authorized, to the extent provided in advance by appropriations Acts, to issue to the Secretary of the Treasury notes or other obligations in such forms and denominations, bearing such maturities, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Secretary with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Such notes or other obligations shall bear interest at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities during the month preceding the issuance of the notes or other obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to purchase any notes and other obligations issued hereunder and for that purpose is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter, are extended to include any purchase of such notes and obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time sell any of the notes or other obligations acquired under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such notes or other obligations shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States. Sums borrowed under the subsection shall be deposited in the fund and redemption of such notes and obligations shall be made by the Secretary from such fund.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §431, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1400; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(w), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 346.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

In subsec. (b), "chapter 31 of title 31" and "that chapter" substituted for "the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended" and "that Act, as amended", respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1081, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §431, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 90–460, §3(c), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 638; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2126; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to a student loan insurance fund, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–50 substituted "section 1072 of this title" for "section 1072(a)(4)(C) of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Federal Family Education Loan Insurance Fund

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §434, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1711, provided that: "Any funds in the insurance fund, as established under section 431 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1081), on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 7, 1998] shall be transferred to and deposited in the Treasury. All funds received by the Secretary of Education under subsection (a) of such section after the date of enactment of this Act shall be deposited into the fund in accordance with such subsection."

Transfer of Assets and Liabilities of the Vocational Student Loan Insurance Fund

All assets and liabilities of the vocational student loan insurance fund transferred to the student loan insurance fund, see section 116(c)(2) of Pub. L. 90–575, set out as a note under former section 981 et seq. of this title.

§1082. Legal powers and responsibilities

(a) General powers

In the performance of, and with respect to, the functions, powers, and duties, vested in him by this part, the Secretary may—

(1) prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, including regulations applicable to third party servicers (including regulations concerning financial responsibility standards for, and the assessment of liabilities for program violations against, such servicers) to establish minimum standards with respect to sound management and accountability of programs under this part, except that in no case shall damages be assessed against the United States for the actions or inactions of such servicers;

(2) sue and be sued in any court of record of a State having general jurisdiction or in any district court of the United States, and such district courts shall have jurisdiction of civil actions arising under this part without regard to the amount in controversy, and action instituted under this subsection by or against the Secretary shall survive notwithstanding any change in the person occupying the office of Secretary or any vacancy in that office; but no attachment, injunction, garnishment, or other similar process, mesne or final, shall be issued against the Secretary or property under the Secretary's control and nothing herein shall be construed to except litigation arising out of activities under this part from the application of sections 509, 517, 547, and 2679 of title 28;

(3) include in any contract for Federal loan insurance such terms, conditions, and covenants relating to repayment of principal and payment of interest, relating to the Secretary's obligations and rights to those of eligible lenders, and borrowers in case of default, and relating to such other matters as the Secretary determines to be necessary to assure that the purposes of this part will be achieved; and any term, condition, and covenant made pursuant to this paragraph or pursuant to any other provision of this part may be modified by the Secretary, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, if the Secretary finds that the modification is necessary to protect the United States from the risk of unreasonable loss;

(4) subject to the specific limitations in this part, consent to modification, with respect to rate of interest, time of payment of any installment of principal and interest or any portion thereof, or any other provision of any note or other instrument evidencing a loan which has been insured by the Secretary under this part;

(5) enforce, pay, or compromise, any claim on, or arising because of, any such insurance or any guaranty agreement under section 1078(c) of this title; and

(6) enforce, pay, compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, lien, or demand, however acquired, including any equity or any right of redemption.

(b) Financial operations responsibilities

The Secretary shall, with respect to the financial operations arising by reason of this part prepare annually and submit a budget program as provided for wholly owned Government corporations by chapter 91 of title 31. The transactions of the Secretary, including the settlement of insurance claims and of claims for payments pursuant to section 1078 of this title, and transactions related thereto and vouchers approved by the Secretary in connection with such transactions, shall be final and conclusive upon all accounting and other officers of the Government. The Secretary may not enter into any settlement of any claim under this subchapter that exceeds $1,000,000 unless—

(1) the Secretary requests a review of the proposed settlement of such claim by the Attorney General; and

(2) the Attorney General responds to such request, which may include, at the Attorney General's discretion, a written opinion related to such proposed settlement.

(c) Data collection

(1) Collection by category of loan

(A) For loans insured after December 31, 1976, or in the case of each insurer after such earlier date where the data required by this subsection are available, the Secretary and all other insurers under this part shall collect and accumulate all data relating to (i) loan volume insured and (ii) defaults reimbursed or default rates according to the categories of loans listed in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph.

(B) The data indicated in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall be accumulated according to the category of lender making the loan and shall be accumulated separately for lenders who are (i) eligible institutions, (ii) State or private, nonprofit direct lenders, (iii) commercial financial institutions who are banks, savings and loan associations, or credit unions, and (iv) all other types of institutions or agencies.

(C) The Secretary may designate such additional subcategories within the categories specified in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph as the Secretary deems appropriate.

(D) The category or designation of a loan shall not be changed for any reason, including its purchase or acquisition by a lender of another category.

(2) Collection and reporting requirements

(A) The Secretary shall collect data under this subsection from all insurers under this part and shall publish not less often than once every fiscal year a report showing loan volume guaranteed and default data for each category specified in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection and for the total of all lenders.

(B) The reports specified in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall include a separate report for each insurer under this part including the Secretary, and where an insurer insures loans for lenders in more than one State, such insurer's report shall list all data separately for each State.

(3) Institutional, public, or nonprofit lenders

For purposes of clarity in communications, the Secretary shall separately identify loans made by the lenders referred to in clause (i) and loans made by the lenders referred to in clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection.

(d) Delegation

(1) Regional offices

The functions of the Secretary under this part listed in paragraph (2) of this subsection may be delegated to employees in the regional office of the Department.

(2) Delegable functions

The functions which may be delegated pursuant to this subsection are—

(A) reviewing applications for loan insurance under section 1079 of this title and issuing contracts for Federal loan insurance, certificates of insurance, and certificates of comprehensive insurance coverage to eligible lenders which are financial or credit institutions subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States or of any State;

(B) receiving claims for payments under section 1080(a) of this title, examining those claims, and pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, approving claims for payment, or requiring lenders to take additional collection action as a condition for payment of claims; and

(C) certifying to the central office when collection of defaulted loans has been completed, compromising or agreeing to the modification of any Federal claim against a borrower (pursuant to regulations of the Secretary issued under subsection (a)), and recommending litigation with respect to any such claim.

(e) Use of information on borrowers

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may provide to eligible lenders, and to any guaranty agency having a guaranty agreement under section 1078(c)(1) of this title, any information with respect to the names and addresses of borrowers or other relevant information which is available to the Secretary, from whatever source such information may be derived.

(f) Audit of financial transactions

(1) Comptroller General and Inspector General authority

The Comptroller General and the Inspector General of the Department of Education shall each have the authority to conduct an audit of the financial transactions of—

(A) any guaranty agency operating under an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title;

(B) any eligible lender as defined in section 1085(d)(1) of this title;

(C) a representative sample of eligible lenders under this part, upon the request of either of the authorizing committees, with respect to the payment of the special allowance under section 1087–1 of this title in order to evaluate the program authorized by this part.

(2) Access to records

For the purpose of carrying out this subsection, the records of any entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) ¹ of paragraph (1) shall be available to the Comptroller General and the Inspector General of the Department of Education. For the purpose of section 716(c) of title 31, such records shall be considered to be records to which the Comptroller General has access by law, and for the purpose of section 406(a)(4) of title 5, such records shall be considered to be records necessary in the performance of functions assigned by chapter 4 of title 5 to the Inspector General.

(3) "Record" defined

For the purpose of this subsection, the term "record" includes any information, document, report, answer, account, paper, or other data or documentary evidence.

(4) Audit procedures

In conducting audits pursuant to this subsection, the Comptroller General and the Inspector General of the Department of Education shall audit the records to determine the extent to which they, at a minimum, comply with Federal statutes, and rules and regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in effect at the time that the record was made, and in no case shall the Comptroller General or the Inspector General apply subsequently determined standards, procedures, or regulations to the records of such agency, lender, or Authority.

(g) Civil penalties

(1) Authority to impose penalties

Upon determination, after reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing, that a lender or a guaranty agency—

(A) has violated or failed to carry out any provision of this part or any regulation prescribed under this part, or

(B) has engaged in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its financial charges,

the Secretary may impose a civil penalty upon such lender or agency of not to exceed $25,000 for each violation, failure, or misrepresentation.

(2) Limitations

No civil penalty may be imposed under paragraph (1) of this subsection unless the Secretary determines that—

(A) the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation referred to in that paragraph resulted from a violation, failure, or misrepresentation that is material; and

(B) the lender or guaranty agency knew or should have known that its actions violated or failed to carry out the provisions of this part or the regulations thereunder.

(3) Correction of failure

A lender or guaranty agency has no liability under paragraph (1) of this subsection if, prior to notification by the Secretary under that paragraph, the lender or guaranty agency cures or corrects the violation or failure or notifies the person who received the substantial misrepresentation of the actual nature of the financial charges involved.

(4) Consideration as single violation

For the purpose of paragraph (1) of this subsection, violations, failures, or substantial misrepresentations arising from a specific practice of a lender or guaranty agency, and occurring prior to notification by the Secretary under that paragraph, shall be deemed to be a single violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation even if the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation affects more than one loan or more than one borrower, or both. The Secretary may only impose a single civil penalty for each such violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation.

(5) Assignees not liable for violations by others

If a loan affected by a violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation is assigned to another holder, the lender or guaranty agency responsible for the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation shall remain liable for any civil money penalty provided for under paragraph (1) of this subsection, but the assignee shall not be liable for any such civil money penalty.

(6) Compromise

Until a matter is referred to the Attorney General, any civil penalty under paragraph (1) of this subsection may be compromised by the Secretary. In determining the amount of such penalty, or the amount agreed upon in compromise, the Secretary shall consider the appropriateness of the penalty to the resources of the lender or guaranty agency subject to the determination; the gravity of the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation; the frequency and persistence of the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation; and the amount of any losses resulting from the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation. The amount of such penalty, when finally determined, or the amount agreed upon in compromise, may be deducted from any sums owing by the United States to the lender or agency charged, unless the lender or agency has, in the case of a final agency determination, commenced proceedings for judicial review within 90 days of the determination, in which case the deduction may not be made during the pendency of the proceeding.

(h) Authority of the Secretary to impose and enforce limitations, suspensions, and terminations

(1) Imposition of sanctions

(A) If the Secretary, after a reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to an eligible lender, finds that the eligible lender—

(i) has substantially failed—

(I) to exercise reasonable care and diligence in the making and collecting of loans under the provisions of this part,

(II) to make the reports or statements under section 1078(a)(4) of this title, or

(III) to pay the required loan insurance premiums to any guaranty agency, or

(ii) has engaged in—

(I) fraudulent or misleading advertising or in solicitations that have resulted in the making of loans insured or guaranteed under this part to borrowers who are ineligible; or

(II) the practice of making loans that violate the certification for eligibility provided in section 1078 of this title,

the Secretary shall limit, suspend, or terminate that lender from participation in the insurance programs operated by guaranty agencies under this part.

(B) The Secretary shall not lift any such limitation, suspension, or termination until the Secretary is satisfied that the lender's failure under subparagraph (A)(i) of this paragraph or practice under subparagraph (A)(ii) of this paragraph has ceased and finds that there are reasonable assurances that the lender will—

(i) exercise the necessary care and diligence,

(ii) comply with the requirements described in subparagraph (A)(i), or

(iii) cease to engage in the practices described in subparagraph (A)(ii),

as the case may be.

(2) Review of sanctions on lenders

(A) The Secretary shall review each limitation, suspension, or termination imposed by any guaranty agency pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(U) of this title within 60 days after receipt by the Secretary of a notice from the guaranty agency of the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination, unless the right to such review is waived in writing by the lender. The Secretary shall uphold the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and shall notify such guaranty agencies of such sanction—

(i) if such review is waived; or

(ii) if such review is not waived, unless the Secretary determines that the limitation, suspension, or termination was not imposed in accordance with requirements of such section.

(B) The Secretary's review under this paragraph of the limitation, suspension, or termination imposed by a guaranty agency pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(U) of this title shall be limited to—

(i) a review of the written record of the proceedings in which the guaranty agency imposed such sanctions; and

(ii) a determination as to whether the guaranty agency complied with section 1078(b)(1)(U) of this title and any notice and hearing requirements prescribed in regulations of the Secretary under this part.

(C) The Secretary shall not lift any such sanction until the Secretary is satisfied that the lender has corrected the failures which led to the limitation, suspension, or termination, and finds that there are reasonable assurances that the lender will, in the future, comply with the requirements of this part. The Secretary shall notify each guaranty agency of the lifting of any such sanction.

(3) Review of sanctions on eligible institutions

(A) The Secretary shall review each limitation, suspension, or termination imposed by any guaranty agency pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(T) of this title within 60 days after receipt by the Secretary of a notice from the guaranty agency of the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination, unless the right to such review is waived in writing by the institution. The Secretary shall uphold the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and shall notify such guaranty agencies of such sanctions—

(i) if such review is waived; or

(ii) if such review is not waived, unless the Secretary determines that the limitation, suspension, or termination was not imposed in accordance with requirements of such section.

(B) The Secretary's review under this paragraph of the limitation, suspension, or termination imposed by a guaranty agency pursuant to section 1078(b)(1)(T) of this title shall be limited to—

(i) a review of the written record of the proceedings in which the guaranty agency imposed such sanctions; and

(ii) a determination as to whether the guaranty agency complied with section 1078(b)(1)(T) of this title and any notice and hearing requirements prescribed in regulations of the Secretary under this part.

(C) The Secretary shall not lift any such sanction until the Secretary is satisfied that the institution has corrected the failures which led to the limitation, suspension, or termination, and finds that there are reasonable assurances that the institution will, in the future, comply with the requirements of this part. The Secretary shall notify each guaranty agency of the lifting of any such sanction.

(i) Authority to sell defaulted loans

In the event that all other collection efforts have failed, the Secretary is authorized to sell defaulted student loans assigned to the United States under this part to collection agencies, eligible lenders, guaranty agencies, or other qualified purchaser on such terms as the Secretary determines are in the best financial interests of the United States. A loan may not be sold pursuant to this subsection if such loan is in repayment status.

(j) Authority of Secretary to take emergency actions against lenders

(1) Imposition of sanctions

If the Secretary—

(A) receives information, determined by the Secretary to be reliable, that a lender is violating any provision of this subchapter, any regulation prescribed under this subchapter, or any applicable special arrangement, agreement, or limitation;

(B) determines that immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Federal funds; and

(C) determines that the likelihood of loss outweighs the importance of following the limitation, suspension, or termination procedures authorized in subsection (h);

the Secretary shall, effective on the date on which a notice and statement of the basis of the action is mailed to the lender (by registered mail, return receipt requested), take emergency action to stop the issuance of guarantee commitments and the payment of interest benefits and special allowance to the lender.

(2) Length of emergency action

An emergency action under this subsection may not exceed 30 days unless a limitation, suspension, or termination proceeding is initiated against the lender under subsection (h) before the expiration of that period.

(3) Opportunity to show cause

The Secretary shall provide the lender, if it so requests, an opportunity to show cause that the emergency action is unwarranted.

(k) Program of assistance for borrowers

(1) In general

The Secretary shall undertake a program to encourage corporations and other private and public employers, including the Federal Government, to assist borrowers in repaying loans received under this subchapter, including providing employers with options for payroll deduction of loan payments and offering loan repayment matching provisions as part of employee benefit packages.

(2) Publication

The Secretary shall publicize models for providing the repayment assistance described in paragraph (1) and each year select entities that deserve recognition, through means devised by the Secretary, for the development of innovative plans for providing such assistance to employees.

(3) Recommendation

The Secretary shall recommend to the appropriate committees in the Senate and House of Representatives changes to statutes that could be made in order to further encourage such efforts.

(l) Uniform administrative and claims procedures

(1) In general

The Secretary shall, by regulation developed in consultation with guaranty agencies, lenders, institutions of higher education, secondary markets, students, third party servicers and other organizations involved in providing loans under this part, prescribe standardized forms and procedures regarding—

(A) origination of loans;

(B) electronic funds transfer;

(C) guaranty of loans;

(D) deferments;

(E) forbearance;

(F) servicing;

(G) claims filing;

(H) borrower status change and anticipated graduation date; and

(I) cures.

(2) Special rules

(A) The forms and procedures described in paragraph (1) shall include all aspects of the loan process as such process involves eligible lenders and guaranty agencies and shall be designed to minimize administrative costs and burdens (other than the costs and burdens involved in the transition to new forms and procedures) involved in exchanges of data to and from borrowers, schools, lenders, secondary markets, and the Department.

(B) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to limit the development of electronic forms and procedures.

(3) Simplification requirements

Such regulations shall include—

(A) standardization of computer formats, forms design, and guaranty agency procedures relating to the origination, servicing, and collection of loans made under this part;

(B) authorization of alternate means of document retention, including the use of microfilm, microfiche, laser disc, compact disc, and other methods allowing the production of a facsimile of the original documents;

(C) authorization of the use of computer or similar electronic methods of maintaining records relating to the performance of servicing, collection, and other regulatory requirements under this chapter; and

(D) authorization and implementation of electronic data linkages for the exchange of information to and from lenders, guarantors, institutions of higher education, third party servicers, and the Department of Education for student status confirmation reports, claim filing, interest and special allowance billing, deferment processing, and all other administrative steps relating to loans made pursuant to this part where using electronic data linkage is feasible.

(4) Additional recommendations

The Secretary shall review regulations prescribed pursuant to paragraph (1) and seek additional recommendations from guaranty agencies, lenders, institutions of higher education, students, secondary markets, third party servicers and other organizations involved in providing loans under this part, not less frequently than annually, for additional methods of simplifying and standardizing the administration of the programs authorized by this part.

(m) Common forms and formats

(1) Common guaranteed student loan application form and promissory note

(A) In general

The Secretary, in cooperation with representatives of guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and organizations involved in student financial assistance, shall prescribe common application forms and promissory notes, or master promissory notes, to be used for applying for loans under this part.

(B) Requirements

The forms prescribed by the Secretary shall—

(i) use clear, concise, and simple language to facilitate understanding of loan terms and conditions by applicants; and

(ii) be formatted to require the applicant to clearly indicate a choice of lender.

(C) Free application form

For academic year 1999–2000 and succeeding academic years, the Secretary shall prescribe the form developed under section 1090 of this title as the application form under this part, other than for loans under sections 1078–2 and 1078–3 of this title.

(D) Master promissory note

(i) In general

The Secretary shall develop and require the use of master promissory note forms for loans made under this part and part D. Such forms shall be available for periods of enrollment beginning not later than July 1, 2000. Each form shall allow eligible borrowers to receive, in addition to initial loans, additional loans for the same or subsequent periods of enrollment through a student confirmation process approved by the Secretary. Such forms shall be used for loans made under this part or part D as directed by the Secretary. Unless otherwise notified by the Secretary, each institution of higher education that participates in the program under this part or part D may use a master promissory note for loans under this part and part D.

(ii) Consultation

In developing the master promissory note under this subsection, the Secretary shall consult with representatives of guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, institutions of higher education, students, and organizations involved in student financial assistance.

(iii) Sale; assignment; enforceability

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each loan made under a master promissory note under this subsection may be sold or assigned independently of any other loan made under the same promissory note and each such loan shall be separately enforceable in all Federal and State courts on the basis of an original or copy of the master promissory note in accordance with the terms of the master promissory note.

(E) Perfection of security interests in student loans

(i) In general

Notwithstanding the provisions of any State law to the contrary, including the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any State, a security interest in loans made under this part, on behalf of any eligible lender (as defined in section 1085(d) of this title) shall attach, be perfected, and be assigned priority in the manner provided by the applicable State's law for perfection of security interests in accounts, as such law may be amended from time to time (including applicable transition provisions). If any such State's law provides for a statutory lien to be created in such loans, such statutory lien may be created by the entity or entities governed by such State law in accordance with the applicable statutory provisions that created such a statutory lien.

(ii) Collateral description

In addition to any other method for describing collateral in a legally sufficient manner permitted under the laws of the State, the description of collateral in any financing statement filed pursuant to this subparagraph shall be deemed legally sufficient if it lists such loans, or refers to records (identifying such loans) retained by the secured party or any designee of the secured party identified in such financing statement, including the debtor or any loan servicer.

(iii) Sales

Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) and any provisions of any State law to the contrary, other than any such State's law providing for creation of a statutory lien, an outright sale of loans made under this part shall be effective and perfected automatically upon attachment as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of such State.

(2) Common deferment form

The Secretary, in cooperation with representatives of guaranty agencies, institutions of higher education, and lenders involved in loans made under this part, shall prescribe a common deferment reporting form to be used for the processing of deferments of loans made under this subchapter.

(3) Common reporting formats

The Secretary shall promulgate standards including necessary rules, regulations (including the definitions of all relevant terms), and procedures so as to require all lenders and guaranty agencies to report information on all aspects of loans made under this part in uniform formats, so as to permit the direct comparison of data submitted by individual lenders, servicers, or guaranty agencies.

(4) Electronic forms

Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the development and use of electronic forms and procedures.

(n) Default reduction management

(1) Authorization

There are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and each of the four succeeding fiscal years, for the Secretary to expend for default reduction management activities for the purposes of establishing a performance measure that will reduce defaults by 5 percent relative to the prior fiscal year. Such funds shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, other appropriations made for such purposes.

(2) Allowable activities

Allowable activities for which such funds shall be expended by the Secretary shall include the following: (A) program reviews; (B) audits; (C) debt management programs; (D) training activities; and (E) such other management improvement activities approved by the Secretary.

(3) Plan for use required

The Secretary shall submit a plan, for inclusion in the materials accompanying the President's budget each fiscal year, detailing the expenditure of funds authorized by this section to accomplish the 5 percent reduction in defaults. At the conclusion of the fiscal year, the Secretary shall report the Secretary's findings and activities concerning the expenditure of funds and whether the performance measure was met. If the performance measure was not met, the Secretary shall report the following:

(A) why the goal was not met, including an indication of any managerial deficiencies or of any legal obstacles;

(B) plans and a schedule for achieving the established performance goal;

(C) recommended legislative or regulatory changes necessary to achieve the goal; and

(D) if the performance standard or goal is impractical or infeasible, why that is the case and what action is recommended, including whether the goal should be changed or the program altered or eliminated.

This report shall be submitted to the Appropriations Committees of the House of Representatives and the Senate and to the authorizing committees.

(o) Consequences of guaranty agency insolvency

In the event that the Secretary has determined that a guaranty agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations under this part, the holder of loans insured by the guaranty agency may submit insurance claims directly to the Secretary and the Secretary shall pay to the holder the full insurance obligation of the guaranty agency, in accordance with insurance requirements no more stringent than those of the guaranty agency. Such arrangements shall continue until the Secretary is satisfied that the insurance obligations have been transferred to another guarantor who can meet those obligations or a successor will assume the outstanding insurance obligations.

(p) Reporting requirement

All officers and directors, and those employees and paid consultants of eligible institutions, eligible lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicing agencies, accrediting agencies or associations, State licensing agencies or boards, and entities acting as secondary markets (including the Student Loan Marketing Association), who are engaged in making decisions as to the administration of any program or funds under this subchapter or as to the eligibility of any entity or individual to participate under this subchapter, shall report to the Secretary, in such manner and at such time as the Secretary shall require, on any financial interest which such individual may hold in any other entity participating in any program assisted under this subchapter.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §432, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1401; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(x), (y), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 346; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2006(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2118; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §425, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 543; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(2), (3), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2485; Pub. L. 104–66, title I, §1042(e), Dec. 21, 1995, 109 Stat. 716; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §427, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1702; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §311], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-46; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8014(j), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 171; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(6), title IV, §433, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3089, 3247; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(9), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1944; Pub. L. 117–286, §4(b)(39), Dec. 27, 2022, 136 Stat. 4347.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) of subsec. (f), referred to in subsec. (f)(2), was repealed by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §427(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1702.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1082, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §432, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1246; Pub. L. 90–460, §3(d), Aug. 3, 1968, 82 Stat. 638; Pub. L. 93–604, title VII, §705(a), Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1964; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2127; Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1979, 93 Stat. 678; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §416(c), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1421, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16024, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 351, related to functions, powers, and duties of Secretary, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2022—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 117–286 substituted "section 406(a)(4) of title 5," for "section 6(a)(4) of the Inspector General Act of 1978," and "chapter 4 of title 5" for "that Act".

2009—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(9)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1078 of this title.

Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(9)(B), in cl. (i), inserted "and" at end and, in cl. (ii), substituted period for "; and".

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §433(a), inserted at end "The Secretary may not enter into any settlement of any claim under this subchapter that exceeds $1,000,000 unless—" and pars. (1) and (2).

Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(6)(A), substituted "either of the authorizing committees" for "the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives or the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate".

Subsec. (m)(1)(D)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §433(b), inserted at end "Unless otherwise notified by the Secretary, each institution of higher education that participates in the program under this part or part D may use a master promissory note for loans under this part and part D."

Subsec. (n)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(6)(B), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate" in concluding provisions.

2006—Subsec. (l)(1)(H). Pub. L. 109–171 inserted "and anticipated graduation date" after "status change".

2000—Subsec. (m)(1)(D)(iv). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §311(1)], struck out heading and text of cl. (iv). Text read as follows: "Notwithstanding the provisions of any State law to the contrary, including the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any State, a security interest in loans made under this part created on behalf of any eligible lender as defined in section 1085(d) of this title may be perfected either through the taking of possession of such loans (which can be through taking possession of an original or copy of the master promissory note) or by the filing of notice of such security interest in such loans in the manner provided by such State law for perfection of security interests in accounts."

Subsec. (m)(1)(E). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §311(2)], added subpar. (E).

1998—Subsec. (f)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(a)(1), substituted "section 1085(d)(1)" for "section 1085(d)(1)(D), (F), or (H)".

Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(a)(2), substituted "and the Workforce" for "and Labor" and a period for "; and" at end.

Subsec. (f)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(a)(3), struck out subpar. (D) which read as follows: "any Authority required to file a plan for doing business under section 1087–1(d) of this title."

Subsec. (k)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(b), substituted "The Secretary" for "Within 1 year after July 23, 1992, the Secretary".

Subsec. (m)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(c)(1)(A), substituted "common application forms and promissory notes, or master promissory notes," for "a common application form and promissory note".

Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(c)(1)(B), substituted "The forms" for "The form" in introductory provisions and struck out cl. (iii) which read as follows: "permit, to the maximum extent practicable, application for any loan under this part."

Subsec. (m)(1)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(c)(1)(C), amended heading and text of subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall approve a form for use not later than 360 days after July 23, 1992."

Subsec. (m)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(c)(1)(D), amended heading and text of subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the development of electronic forms and procedures."

Subsec. (m)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(c)(2), added par. (4).

Subsec. (n)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(d)(1), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Subsec. (n)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(d)(2), substituted "and the Workforce" for "and Labor" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 105–244, §427(e), struck out "State postsecondary reviewing entities designated under subpart 1 of part H," after "agencies or boards,".

1995—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–66 amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall, with respect to the financial operations arising by reason of this part—

"(1) prepare annually and submit a budget program as provided for wholly owned Government corporations by chapter 91 of title 31; and

"(2) maintain with respect to insurance under this part an integral set of accounts and prepare financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be audited annually by the General Accounting Office in conformity with generally accepted Government auditing standards except that the transactions of the Secretary, including the settlement of insurance claims and of claims for payments pursuant to section 1078 of this title, and transactions related thereto and vouchers approved by the Secretary in connection with such transactions, shall be final and conclusive upon all accounting and other officers of the Government."

1993—Subsec. (h)(2)(A), (3)(A). Pub. L. 103–208 amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–325, §425(d)(1). See 1992 Amendment notes below.

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(a), inserted before semicolon at end ", including regulations applicable to third party servicers (including regulations concerning financial responsibility standards for, and the assessment of liabilities for program violations against, such servicers) to establish minimum standards with respect to sound management and accountability of programs under this part, except that in no case shall damages be assessed against the United States for the actions or inactions of such servicers".

Subsecs. (a)(3), (g)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(b)(1), (2), struck out "on the record" after "for a hearing".

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(c)(1), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "No civil penalty may be imposed under paragraph (1) of this subsection unless it is determined that the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation referred to in that paragraph resulted from—

"(A)(i) a clear and consistent pattern or practice of violations, failures, or substantial misrepresentations in which the lender or guaranty agency did not maintain procedures reasonably adapted to avoid the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation;

"(ii) gross negligence; or

"(iii) willful actions on the part of the lender or guaranty agency; and

"(B) the violation, failure, or substantial misrepresentation is material."

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(c)(2), substituted "notification by the Secretary under that paragraph" for "the institution of an action under that paragraph".

Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(c)(3), inserted ", and occurring prior to notification by the Secretary under that paragraph," after "guaranty agency" and substituted "or both. The" for "or both, and the".

Subsec. (h)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(d)(1), as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(2), in second sentence substituted "The Secretary shall uphold the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and shall notify such guaranty agencies of such sanction" for "The Secretary shall disqualify such lender from participation in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and notify such guaranty agencies of such disqualification".

Pub. L. 102–325, §425(b)(3), in first sentence struck out ", in accordance with sections 556 and 557 of title 5," after "The Secretary shall".

Subsec. (h)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(d)(2), (3), added subpar. (B), redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C), and substituted "sanction" for "disqualification" in two places.

Subsec. (h)(3)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(d)(4), as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(3), in second sentence substituted "The Secretary shall uphold the imposition of such limitation, suspension, or termination in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and shall notify such guaranty agencies of such sanctions" for "The Secretary shall disqualify such institution from participation in the student loan insurance program of each of the guaranty agencies under this part, and notify such guaranty agencies of such disqualification".

Pub. L. 102–325, §425(b)(4), in first sentence struck out ", in accordance with sections 556 and 557 of title 5," after "The Secretary shall".

Subsec. (h)(3)(B), (C). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(d)(5), (6), added subpar. (B), redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C), and substituted "sanction" for "disqualification" in two places.

Subsecs. (k) to (p). Pub. L. 102–325, §425(e), added subsecs. (k) to (p).

1989—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 101–239 added subsec. (j).

1987—Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(x), added par. (4).

Subsec. (g)(2)(A)(i), (B). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(y), substituted "misrepresentation" for "representation".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1083. Student loan information by eligible lenders

(a) Required disclosure before disbursement

Each eligible lender, at or prior to the time such lender disburses a loan that is insured or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title), shall provide thorough and accurate loan information on such loan to the borrower in simple and understandable terms. Any disclosure required by this subsection may be made by an eligible lender by written or electronic means, including as part of the application material provided to the borrower, as part of the promissory note evidencing the loan, or on a separate written form provided to the borrower. Each lender shall provide to each borrower a telephone number, and may provide an electronic address, through which additional loan information can be obtained. The disclosure shall include—

(1) a statement prominently and clearly displayed and in bold print that the borrower is receiving a loan that must be repaid;

(2) the name of the eligible lender, and the address to which communications and payments should be sent;

(3) the principal amount of the loan;

(4) the amount of any charges, such as the origination fee and Federal default fee, and whether those fees will be—

(A) collected by the lender at or prior to the disbursal of the loan;

(B) deducted from the proceeds of the loan;

(C) paid separately by the borrower; or

(D) paid by the lender;

(5) the stated interest rate on the loan;

(6) for loans made under section 1078–8 of this title or to a student borrower under section 1078–2 of this title, an explanation—

(A) that the borrower has the option to pay the interest that accrues on the loan while the borrower is a student at an institution of higher education; and

(B) if the borrower does not pay such interest while attending an institution, when and how often interest on the loan will be capitalized;

(7) for loans made to a parent borrower on behalf of a student under section 1078–2 of this title, an explanation—

(A) that the parent has the option to defer payment on the loan while the student is enrolled on at least a half-time basis in an institution of higher education;

(B) if the parent does not pay the interest on the loan while the student is enrolled in an institution, when and how often interest on the loan will be capitalized; and

(C) that the parent may be eligible for a deferment on the loan if the parent is enrolled on at least a half-time basis in an institution of higher education;

(8) the yearly and cumulative maximum amounts that may be borrowed;

(9) a statement of the total cumulative balance, including the loan being disbursed, owed by the borrower to that lender, and an estimate of the projected monthly payment, given such cumulative balance;

(10) an explanation of when repayment of the loan will be required and when the borrower will be obligated to pay interest that accrues on the loan;

(11) a description of the types of repayment plans that are available for the loan;

(12) a statement as to the minimum and maximum repayment terms which the lender may impose, and the minimum annual payment required by law;

(13) an explanation of any special options the borrower may have for loan consolidation or other refinancing of the loan;

(14) a statement that the borrower has the right to prepay all or part of the loan, at any time, without penalty;

(15) a statement summarizing circumstances in which repayment of the loan or interest that accrues on the loan may be deferred;

(16) a statement summarizing the circumstances in which a borrower may obtain forbearance on the loan;

(17) a description of the options available for forgiveness of the loan, and the requirements to obtain loan forgiveness;

(18) a definition of default and the consequences to the borrower if the borrower defaults, including a statement that the default will be reported to a consumer reporting agency; and

(19) an explanation of any cost the borrower may incur during repayment or in the collection of the loan, including fees that the borrower may be charged, such as late payment fees and collection costs.

(b) Required disclosure before repayment

Each eligible lender shall, at or prior to the start of the repayment period on a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title, disclose to the borrower by written or electronic means the information required under this subsection in simple and understandable terms. Each eligible lender shall provide to each borrower a telephone number, and may provide an electronic address, through which additional loan information can be obtained. The disclosure required by this subsection shall be made not less than 30 days nor more than 150 days before the first payment on the loan is due from the borrower. The disclosure shall include—

(1) the name of the eligible lender or loan servicer, and the address to which communications and payments should be sent;

(2) the scheduled date upon which the repayment period is to begin or the deferment period under section 1078–2(d)(1) of this title is to end, as applicable;

(3) the estimated balance owed by the borrower on the loan or loans covered by the disclosure (including, if applicable, the estimated amount of interest to be capitalized) as of the scheduled date on which the repayment period is to begin or the deferment period under 1078–2(d)(1) of this title is to end, as applicable;

(4) the stated interest rate on the loan or loans, or the combined interest rate of loans with different stated interest rates;

(5) information on loan repayment benefits offered for the loan or loans, including—

(A) whether the lender offers any benefits that are contingent on the repayment behavior of the borrower, such as—

(i) a reduction in interest rate if the borrower repays the loan by automatic payroll or checking account deduction;

(ii) a reduction in interest rate if the borrower makes a specified number of on-time payments; and

(iii) other loan repayment benefits for which the borrower could be eligible that would reduce the amount of repayment or the length of the repayment period;

(B) if the lender provides a loan repayment benefit—

(i) any limitations on such benefit;

(ii) explicit information on the reasons a borrower may lose eligibility for such benefit;

(iii) for a loan repayment benefit that reduces the borrower's interest rate—

(I) examples of the impact the interest rate reduction would have on the length of the borrower's repayment period and the amount of repayment; and

(II) upon the request of the borrower, the effect the reduction in interest rate would have with respect to the borrower's payoff amount and time for repayment; and

(iv) whether and how the borrower can regain eligibility for a benefit if a borrower loses a benefit;

(6) a description of all the repayment plans that are available to the borrower and a statement that the borrower may change from one plan to another during the period of repayment;

(7) the repayment schedule for all loans covered by the disclosure, including—

(A) the date the first installment is due; and

(B) the number, amount, and frequency of required payments, which shall be based on a standard repayment plan or, in the case of a borrower who has selected another repayment plan, on the repayment plan selected by the borrower;

(8) an explanation of any special options the borrower may have for loan consolidation or other refinancing of the loan and of the availability and terms of such other options;

(9) except as provided in subsection (d)—

(A) the projected total of interest charges which the borrower will pay on the loan or loans, assuming that the borrower makes payments exactly in accordance with the repayment schedule; and

(B) if the borrower has already paid interest on the loan or loans, the amount of interest paid;

(10) the nature of any fees which may accrue or be charged to the borrower during the repayment period;

(11) a statement that the borrower has the right to prepay all or part of the loan or loans covered by the disclosure at any time without penalty;

(12) a description of the options by which the borrower may avoid or be removed from default, including any relevant fees associated with such options; and

(13) additional resources, including nonprofit organizations, advocates, and counselors (including the Student Loan Ombudsman of the Department) of which the lender is aware, where borrowers may receive advice and assistance on loan repayment.

(c) Separate notification

Each eligible lender shall, at the time such lender notifies a borrower of approval of a loan which is insured or guaranteed under this part, provide the borrower with a separate notification which summarizes, in simple and understandable terms, the rights and responsibilities of the borrower with respect to the loan, including a statement of the consequences of defaulting on the loan and a statement that each borrower who defaults will be reported to a consumer reporting agency. The requirement of this subsection shall be in addition to the information required by subsection (a) of this section.

(d) Special disclosure rules on PLUS loans, and unsubsidized loans

Loans made under sections 1078–2 and 1078–8 of this title shall not be subject to the disclosure of projected monthly payment amounts required under subsection (b)(7) if the lender, in lieu of such disclosure, provides the borrower with sample projections of monthly repayment amounts, assuming different levels of borrowing and interest accruals resulting from capitalization of interest while the borrower, or the student on whose behalf the loan is made, is in school, in simple and understandable terms. Such sample projections shall disclose the cost to the borrower of—

(1) capitalizing the interest; and

(2) paying the interest as the interest accrues.

(e) Required disclosures during repayment

(1) Pertinent information about a loan provided on a periodic basis

Each eligible lender shall provide the borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part with a bill or statement (as applicable) that corresponds to each payment installment time period in which a payment is due and that includes, in simple and understandable terms—

(A) the original principal amount of the borrower's loan;

(B) the borrower's current balance, as of the time of the bill or statement, as applicable;

(C) the interest rate on such loan;

(D) the total amount the borrower has paid in interest on the loan;

(E) the aggregate amount the borrower has paid for the loan, including the amount the borrower has paid in interest, the amount the borrower has paid in fees, and the amount the borrower has paid against the balance;

(F) a description of each fee the borrower has been charged for the most recently preceding installment time period;

(G) the date by which the borrower needs to make a payment in order to avoid additional fees and the amount of such payment and the amount of such fees;

(H) the lender's or loan servicer's address and toll-free phone number for payment and billing error purposes; and

(I) a reminder that the borrower has the option to change repayment plans, a list of the names of the repayment plans available to the borrower, a link to the appropriate page of the Department's website to obtain a more detailed description of the repayment plans, and directions for the borrower to request a change in repayment plan.

(2) Information provided to a borrower having difficulty making payments

Each eligible lender shall provide to a borrower who has notified the lender that the borrower is having difficulty making payments on a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part with the following information in simple and understandable terms:

(A) A description of the repayment plans available to the borrower, including how the borrower should request a change in repayment plan.

(B) A description of the requirements for obtaining forbearance on a loan, including expected costs associated with forbearance.

(C) A description of the options available to the borrower to avoid defaulting on the loan, and any relevant fees or costs associated with such options.

(3) Required disclosures during delinquency

Each eligible lender shall provide to a borrower who is 60 days delinquent in making payments on a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part with a notice, in simple and understandable terms, of the following:

(A) The date on which the loan will default if no payment is made.

(B) The minimum payment the borrower must make to avoid default.

(C) A description of the options available to the borrower to avoid default, and any relevant fees or costs associated with such options, including a description of deferment and forbearance and the requirements to obtain each.

(D) Discharge options to which the borrower may be entitled.

(E) Additional resources, including nonprofit organizations, advocates, and counselors (including the Student Loan Ombudsman of the Department), of which the lender is aware, where the borrower can receive advice and assistance on loan repayment.

(f) Cost of disclosure and consequences of nondisclosure

(1) No cost to borrowers

The information required under this section shall be available without cost to the borrower.

(2) Consequences of nondisclosure

The failure of an eligible lender to provide information as required by this section shall not—

(A) relieve a borrower of the obligation to repay a loan in accordance with the loan's terms; or

(B) provide a basis for a claim for civil damages.

(3) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed as subjecting the lender to the Truth in Lending Act [15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.] with regard to loans made under this part.

(4) Actions by the Secretary

The Secretary may limit, suspend, or terminate the continued participation of an eligible lender in making loans under this part for failure by that lender to comply with this section.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §433, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1406; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(z), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 346; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §426, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 548; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(53), (54), (k)(4), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2468, 2485; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §428, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1704; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §434(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3247.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Truth in Lending Act, referred to in subsec. (f)(3), is title I of Pub. L. 90–321, May 29, 1968, 82 Stat. 146, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§1601 et seq.) of chapter 41 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 15 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1083, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §433, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1247; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §116(d), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1024; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132(c), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 261; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2129; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(34), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to requirements for institutional lenders, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section consisted of subsecs. (a) to (e) relating to student loan information by eligible lenders.

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §428(a), amended heading and introductory provisions generally. Prior to amendment, introductory provisions read as follows: "Each eligible lender shall, at or prior to the time such lender disburses a loan which is insured or guaranteed under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title), provide thorough and accurate loan information on such loan to the borrower. Any disclosure required by this subsection may be made by an eligible lender as part of the written application material provided to the borrower, or as part of the promissory note evidencing the loan, or on a separate written form provided to the borrower. The disclosure shall include—".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §428(b), amended heading and introductory provisions generally. Prior to amendment, introductory provisions read as follows: "Each eligible lender shall, at or prior to the start of the repayment period of the student borrower on loans made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, disclose to the borrower the information required under this subsection. For any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part, other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title, such disclosure required by this subsection shall be made not less than 30 days nor more than 240 days before the first payment on the loan is due from the borrower. The disclosure shall include—".

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(53), substituted "30 days" for "60 days" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(4), amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–325, §426(c). See 1992 Amendment note below.

Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(54), substituted "sections" for "section" before "1078–1".

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §426(a), added par. (1) and redesignated former pars. (1) to (13) as (2) to (14), respectively.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §426(b)(1), in introductory provisions, inserted second sentence and struck out former second sentence which read as follows: "Any disclosure required by this subsection may be made by an eligible lender either in a promissory note evidencing the loan or loans or in a written statement provided to the borrower."

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 102–325, §426(b)(2), inserted "except as provided in subsection (e) of this section," before "the projected".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §426(c), as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(4), added subsec. (e).

1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(z)(1), inserted "(other than a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title)" after "this part" in first sentence.

Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(z)(2), added par. (8) and struck out former par. (8) which read as follows: "a statement of the total cumulative balance, including the loan applied for, owed by the student to that lender, the projected level of indebtedness of the student based on a 4-year college career, and an estimate of the projected monthly repayment given the level of indebtedness over a 4- or 5-year college career;".

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(z)(3), inserted ", except that such explanation is not required when the loan being made is a consolidation loan under section 1078–3 of this title" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(z)(4), substituted "notifies a borrower of approval of a loan" for "makes the first disbursement of a loan with respect to a borrower".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §434(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3252, provided that:

"(1) Regular disclosure requirements and disclosure requirements to borrowers having difficulty making payments.—Paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 433(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1083(e)(1), (2)], as amended by subsection (a), shall apply with respect to loans for which the first payment is due on or after July 1, 2009.

"(2) Disclosure requirements for borrowers with delinquent loans.—Section 433(e)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1083(e)(3)], as amended by subsection (a), shall apply with respect to loans that become delinquent on or after July 1, 2009."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 2(c)(53) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after 60 days after Dec. 20, 1993 and amendments by section 2(c)(54), (k)(4) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, see section 5(a), (b)(4) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, with subsecs. (a), (b), and (d) of this section applicable only with respect to loans disbursed on or after Jan. 1, 1987, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1987, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

§1083a. Consumer education information

(a) In general

Each guaranty agency participating in a program under this part, working with the institutions of higher education served by such guaranty agency, shall develop and make available high-quality educational programs and materials to provide training for students and families in budgeting and financial management, including debt management and other aspects of financial literacy, such as the cost of using high interest loans to pay for postsecondary education, particularly as budgeting and financial management relates to student loan programs authorized by this subchapter. Such programs and materials shall be in formats that are simple and understandable to students and families, and shall be provided before, during, and after the students' enrollment in an institution of higher education. The activities described in this section shall be considered default reduction activities for the purposes of section 1072 of this title.

(b) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit—

(1) a guaranty agency from using existing activities, programs, and materials in meeting the requirements of this section;

(2) a guaranty agency from providing programs or materials similar to the programs or materials described in subsection (a) to an institution of higher education that provides loans exclusively through part D; or

(3) a lender or loan servicer from providing outreach or financial aid literacy information in accordance with subsection (a).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §433A, as added Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §435, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3252.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1083a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §433A, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §418, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1423; amended Pub. L. 97–301, §13(a), Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1404; Pub. L. 98–79, §3(a), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16012(c), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 340, related to student loan information to be provided by eligible lenders, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498. See section 1083 of this title.

§1084. Participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, Federal credit unions shall, pursuant to regulations of the National Credit Union Administration, have power to make insured loans to student members in accordance with the provisions of this part relating to federally insured loans, or in accordance with the provisions of any State or nonprofit private student loan insurance program which meets the requirements of section 1078(a)(1)(B) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §434, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1408.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1084, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §434, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1247; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §116(b)(4), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1024; Pub. L. 91–206, §6, Mar. 10, 1970, 84 Stat. 51; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132D(e), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 264; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2129; Pub. L. 95–630, title V, §502(a), Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3681, related to participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1085. Definitions for student loan insurance program

As used in this part:

(a) Eligible institution

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term "eligible institution" means an institution of higher education, as defined in section 1002 of this title, except that, for the purposes of sections 1077(a)(2)(C)(i) and 1078(b)(1)(M)(i) of this title, an eligible institution includes any institution that is within this definition without regard to whether such institution is participating in any program under this subchapter and includes any institution ineligible for participation in any program under this part pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection.

(2) Ineligibility based on high default rates

(A) An institution whose cohort default rate is equal to or greater than the threshold percentage specified in subparagraph (B) for each of the three most recent fiscal years for which data are available shall not be eligible to participate in a program under this part for the fiscal year for which the determination is made and for the two succeeding fiscal years, unless, within 30 days of receiving notification from the Secretary of the loss of eligibility under this paragraph, the institution appeals the loss of its eligibility to the Secretary. The Secretary shall issue a decision on any such appeal within 45 days after its submission. Such decision may permit the institution to continue to participate in a program under this part if—

(i) the institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the Secretary's calculation of its cohort default rate is not accurate, and that recalculation would reduce its cohort default rate for any of the three fiscal years below the threshold percentage specified in subparagraph (B);

(ii) there are exceptional mitigating circumstances within the meaning of paragraph (5); or

(iii) there are, in the judgment of the Secretary, other exceptional mitigating circumstances that would make the application of this paragraph inequitable.

During such appeal, the Secretary may permit the institution to continue to participate in a program under this part. If an institution continues to participate in a program under this part, and the institution's appeal of the loss of eligibility is unsuccessful, the institution shall be required to pay to the Secretary an amount equal to the amount of interest, special allowance, reinsurance, and any related payments made by the Secretary (or which the Secretary is obligated to make) with respect to loans made under this part to students attending, or planning to attend, that institution during the pendency of such appeal.

(B) For purposes of determinations under subparagraph (A), the threshold percentage is—

(i) 35 percent for fiscal year 1991 and 1992;

(ii) 30 percent for fiscal year 1993;

(iii) 25 percent for fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year 2011; and

(iv) 30 percent for fiscal year 2012 and any succeeding fiscal year.

(C) Until July 1, 1999, this paragraph shall not apply to any institution that is—

(i) a part B institution within the meaning of section 1061(2) of this title;

(ii) a tribally controlled college or university, as defined in section 1801(a)(4) of title 25; or

(iii) a Navajo Community College under the Navajo Community College Act.

(D) Notwithstanding the first sentence of subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall restore the eligibility to participate in a program under subpart 1 of part A, part B, or part E of an institution that did not appeal its loss of eligibility within 30 days of receiving notification if the Secretary determines, on a case-by-case basis, that the institution's failure to appeal was substantially justified under the circumstances, and that—

(i) the institution made a timely request that the appropriate guaranty agency correct errors in the draft data used to calculate the institution's cohort default rate;

(ii) the guaranty agency did not correct the erroneous data in a timely fashion; and

(iii) the institution would have been eligible if the erroneous data had been corrected by the guaranty agency.

(3) Appeals for regulatory relief

An institution whose cohort default rate, calculated in accordance with subsection (m), is equal to or greater than the threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv) for any two consecutive fiscal years may, not later than 30 days after the date the institution receives notification from the Secretary, file an appeal demonstrating exceptional mitigating circumstances, as defined in paragraph (5). The Secretary shall issue a decision on any such appeal not later than 45 days after the date of submission of the appeal. If the Secretary determines that the institution demonstrates exceptional mitigating circumstances, the Secretary may not subject the institution to provisional certification based solely on the institution's cohort default rate.

(4) Appeals based upon allegations of improper loan servicing

An institution that—

(A) is subject to loss of eligibility for the Federal Family Education Loan Program pursuant to paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection;

(B) is subject to loss of eligibility for the Federal Supplemental Loans for Students pursuant to section 1078–1(a)(2) ¹ of this title; or

(C) is an institution whose cohort default rate equals or exceeds 20 percent for the most recent year for which data are available;

may include in its appeal of such loss or rate a defense based on improper loan servicing (in addition to other defenses). In any such appeal, the Secretary shall take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that such institution has access for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 30 days, to a representative sample (as determined by the Secretary) of the relevant loan servicing and collection records used by a guaranty agency in determining whether to pay a claim on a defaulted loan or by the Department in determining an institution's default rate in the loan program under part D of this subchapter. The Secretary shall reduce the institution's cohort default rate to reflect the percentage of defaulted loans in the representative sample that are required to be excluded pursuant to subsection (m)(1)(B).

(5) Definition of mitigating circumstances

(A) For purposes of this subsection, an institution of higher education shall be treated as having exceptional mitigating circumstances that make application of paragraph (2) inequitable, and that provide for regulatory relief under paragraph (3), if such institution, in the opinion of an independent auditor, meets the following criteria:

(i) For a 12-month period that ended during the 6 months immediately preceding the fiscal year for which the cohort of borrowers used to calculate the institution's cohort default rate is determined, at least two-thirds of the students enrolled on at least a half-time basis at the institution—

(I) are eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant award that is at least equal to one-half the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 1070a(b)(2)(A) of this title, for which a student would be eligible based on the student's enrollment status; or

(II) have an adjusted gross income that when added with the adjusted gross income of the student's parents (unless the student is an independent student), of less than the poverty level, as determined by the Department of Health and Human Services.

(ii) In the case of an institution of higher education that offers an associate, baccalaureate, graduate or professional degree, 70 percent or more of the institution's regular students who were initially enrolled on a full-time basis and were scheduled to complete their programs during the same 12-month period described in clause (i)—

(I) completed the educational programs in which the students were enrolled;

(II) transferred from the institution to a higher level educational program;

(III) at the end of the 12-month period, remained enrolled and making satisfactory progress toward completion of the student's educational programs; or

(IV) entered active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States.

(iii)(I) In the case of an institution of higher education that does not award a degree described in clause (ii), had a placement rate of 44 percent or more with respect to the institution's former regular students who—

(aa) remained in the program beyond the point the students would have received a 100 percent tuition refund from the institution;

(bb) were initially enrolled on at least a half-time basis; and

(cc) were originally scheduled, at the time of enrollment, to complete their educational programs during the same 12-month period described in clause (i).

(II) The placement rate shall not include students who are still enrolled and making satisfactory progress in the educational programs in which the students were originally enrolled on the date following 12 months after the date of the student's last date of attendance at the institution.

(III) The placement rate is calculated by determining the percentage of all those former regular students who—

(aa) are employed, in an occupation for which the institution provided training, on the date following 12 months after the date of their last day of attendance at the institution;

(bb) were employed, in an occupation for which the institution provided training, for at least 13 weeks before the date following 12 months after the date of their last day of attendance at the institution; or

(cc) entered active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States.

(IV) The placement rate shall not include as placements a student or former student for whom the institution is the employer.

(B) For purposes of determining a rate of completion and a placement rate under this paragraph, a student is originally scheduled, at the time of enrollment, to complete the educational program on the date when the student will have been enrolled in the program for the amount of time normally required to complete the program. The amount of time normally required to complete the program for a student who is initially enrolled full-time is the period of time specified in the institution's enrollment contract, catalog, or other materials, for completion of the program by a full-time student. For a student who is initially enrolled less than full-time, the period is the amount of time it would take the student to complete the program if the student remained enrolled at that level of enrollment throughout the program.

(6) Reduction of default rates at certain minority institutions

(A) Beneficiaries of exception required to establish management plan

After July 1, 1999, any institution that has a cohort default rate that equals or exceeds 25 percent for each of the three most recent fiscal years for which data are available and that relies on the exception in subparagraph (B) to continue to be an eligible institution shall—

(i) submit to the Secretary a default management plan which the Secretary, in the Secretary's discretion, after consideration of the institution's history, resources, dollars in default, and targets for default reduction, determines is acceptable and provides reasonable assurance that the institution will, by July 1, 2004, have a cohort default rate that is less than 25 percent;

(ii) engage an independent third party (which may be paid with funds received under section 1059d of this title or part B of subchapter III) to provide technical assistance in implementing such default management plan; and

(iii) provide to the Secretary, on an annual basis or at such other intervals as the Secretary may require, evidence of cohort default rate improvement and successful implementation of such default management plan.

(B) Discretionary eligibility conditioned on improvement

Notwithstanding the expiration of the exception in paragraph (2)(C), the Secretary may, in the Secretary's discretion, continue to treat an institution described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph as an eligible institution for each of the 1-year periods beginning on July 1 of 1999 through 2003, only if the institution submits by the beginning of such period evidence satisfactory to the Secretary that—

(i) such institution has complied and is continuing to comply with the requirements of subparagraph (A); and

(ii) such institution has made substantial improvement, during each of the preceding 1-year periods, in the institution's cohort default rate.

(7) Default prevention and assessment of eligibility based on high default rates

(A) First year

(i) In general

An institution whose cohort default rate is equal to or greater than the threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv) in any fiscal year shall establish a default prevention task force to prepare a plan to—

(I) identify the factors causing the institution's cohort default rate to exceed such threshold;

(II) establish measurable objectives and the steps to be taken to improve the institution's cohort default rate; and

(III) specify actions that the institution can take to improve student loan repayment, including appropriate counseling regarding loan repayment options.

(ii) Technical assistance

Each institution subject to this subparagraph shall submit the plan under clause (i) to the Secretary, who shall review the plan and offer technical assistance to the institution to promote improved student loan repayment.

(B) Second consecutive year

(i) In general

An institution whose cohort default rate is equal to or greater than the threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv) for two consecutive fiscal years, shall require the institution's default prevention task force established under subparagraph (A) to review and revise the plan required under such subparagraph, and shall submit such revised plan to the Secretary.

(ii) Review by the Secretary

The Secretary shall review each revised plan submitted in accordance with this subparagraph, and may direct that such plan be amended to include actions, with measurable objectives, that the Secretary determines, based on available data and analyses of student loan defaults, will promote student loan repayment.

(8) Participation rate index

(A) In general

An institution that demonstrates to the Secretary that the institution's participation rate index is equal to or less than 0.0625 for any of the 3 most recent fiscal years for which data is available shall not be subject to paragraph (2). The participation rate index shall be determined by multiplying the institution's cohort default rate for loans under this part or part D, or weighted average cohort default rate for loans under this part and part D, by the percentage of the institution's regular students, enrolled on at least a half-time basis, who received a loan made under this part or part D for a 12-month period ending during the 6 months immediately preceding the fiscal year for which the cohort of borrowers used to calculate the institution's cohort default rate is determined.

(B) Data

An institution shall provide the Secretary with sufficient data to determine the institution's participation rate index within 30 days after receiving an initial notification of the institution's draft cohort default rate.

(C) Notification

Prior to publication of a final cohort default rate for an institution that provides the data described in subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall notify the institution of the institution's compliance or noncompliance with subparagraph (A).

(b), (c) Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §427(b)(1), (c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 549

(d) Eligible lender

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraphs (2) through (6), the term "eligible lender" means—

(A) a National or State chartered bank, a mutual savings bank, a savings and loan association, a stock savings bank, or a credit union which—

(i) is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States or of the State in which its principal place of operation is established, and

(ii) does not have as its primary consumer credit function the making or holding of loans made to students under this part unless (I) it is a bank which is wholly owned by a State, or a bank which is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States, makes student loans as a trustee pursuant to an express trust, operated as a lender under this part prior to January 1, 1975, and which meets the requirements of this provision prior to July 23, 1992, (II) it is a single wholly owned subsidiary of a bank holding company which does not have as its primary consumer credit function the making or holding of loans made to students under this part, (III) it is a bank (as defined in section 1813(a)(1) of title 12) that is a wholly owned subsidiary of a nonprofit foundation, the foundation is described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such title, and the bank makes loans under this part only to undergraduate students who are age 22 or younger and has a portfolio of such loans that is not more than $5,000,000, or (IV) it is a National or State chartered bank, or a credit union, with assets of less than $1,000,000,000;

(B) a pension fund as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act [29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.];

(C) an insurance company which is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States or a State;

(D) in any State, a single agency of the State or a single nonprofit private agency designated by the State;

(E) an eligible institution which meets the requirements of paragraphs (2) through (5) of this subsection;

(F) for purposes only of purchasing and holding loans made by other lenders under this part, the Student Loan Marketing Association or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title, or an agency of any State functioning as a secondary market;

(G) for purposes of making loans under sections 1078–2(d) and 1078–3 of this title, the Student Loan Marketing Association or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title;

(H) for purposes of making loans under sections 1078(h) ¹ and 1078(j) of this title, a guaranty agency;

(I) a Rural Rehabilitation Corporation, or its successor agency, which has received Federal funds under Public Law 499, Eighty-first Congress (64 Stat. 98 (1950));

(J) for purpose of making loans under section 1078–3 of this title, any nonprofit private agency functioning in any State as a secondary market; and

(K) a consumer finance company subsidiary of a national bank which, as of October 7, 1998, through one or more subsidiaries: (i) acts as a small business lending company, as determined under regulations of the Small Business Administration under section 120.470 of title 13, Code of Federal Regulations (as such section is in effect on October 7, 1998); and (ii) participates in the program authorized by this part pursuant to subparagraph (C), provided the national bank and all of the bank's direct and indirect subsidiaries taken together as a whole, do not have, as their primary consumer credit function, the making or holding of loans made to students under this part.

(2) Requirements for eligible institutions

(A) In general

To be an eligible lender under this part, an eligible institution—

(i) shall employ at least one person whose full-time responsibilities are limited to the administration of programs of financial aid for students attending such institution;

(ii) shall not be a home study school;

(iii) shall not—

(I) make a loan to any undergraduate student;

(II) make a loan other than a loan under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title to a graduate or professional student; or

(III) make a loan to a borrower who is not enrolled at that institution;

(iv) shall award any contract for financing, servicing, or administration of loans under this subchapter on a competitive basis;

(v) shall offer loans that carry an origination fee or an interest rate, or both, that are less than such fee or rate authorized under the provisions of this subchapter;

(vi) shall not have a cohort default rate (as defined in subsection (m)) greater than 10 percent;

(vii) shall, for any year for which the institution engages in activities as an eligible lender, provide for a compliance audit conducted in accordance with section 1078(b)(1)(U)(iii)(I) of this title, and the regulations thereunder, and submit the results of such audit to the Secretary;

(viii) shall use any proceeds from special allowance payments and interest payments from borrowers, interest subsidies received from the Department of Education, and any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of loans, for need-based grant programs; and

(ix) shall have met the requirements of subparagraphs (A) through (F) of this paragraph as in effect on the day before February 8, 2006, and made loans under this part, on or before April 1, 2006.

(B) Administrative expenses

An eligible lender under subparagraph (A) shall be permitted to use a portion of the proceeds described in subparagraph (A)(viii) for reasonable and direct administrative expenses.

(C) Supplement, not supplant

An eligible lender under subparagraph (A) shall ensure that the proceeds described in subparagraph (A)(viii) are used to supplement, and not to supplant, non-Federal funds that would otherwise be used for need-based grant programs.

(3) Disqualification for high default rates

The term "eligible lender" does not include any eligible institution in any fiscal year immediately after the fiscal year in which the Secretary determines, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that for each of 2 consecutive years, 15 percent or more of the total amount of such loans as are described in section 1078(a)(1) of this title made by the institution with respect to students at that institution and repayable in each such year, are in default, as defined in subsection (m).

(4) Waiver of disqualification

Whenever the Secretary determines that—

(A) there is reasonable possibility that an eligible institution may, within 1 year after a determination is made under paragraph (3), improve the collection of loans described in section 1078(a)(1) of this title, so that the application of paragraph (3) would be a hardship to that institution, or

(B) the termination of the lender's status under paragraph (3) would be a hardship to the present or for prospective students of the eligible institution, after considering the management of that institution, the ability of that institution to improve the collection of loans, the opportunities that institution offers to economically disadvantaged students, and other related factors,

the Secretary shall waive the provisions of paragraph (3) with respect to that institution. Any determination required under this paragraph shall be made by the Secretary prior to the termination of an eligible institution as a lender under the exception of paragraph (3). Whenever the Secretary grants a waiver pursuant to this paragraph, the Secretary shall provide technical assistance to the institution concerned in order to improve the collection rate of such loans.

(5) Disqualification for use of certain incentives

The term "eligible lender" does not include any lender that the Secretary determines, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, has—

(A) offered, directly or indirectly, points, premiums, payments (including payments for referrals and for processing or finder fees), prizes, stock or other securities, travel, entertainment expenses, tuition payment or reimbursement, the provision of information technology equipment at below-market value, additional financial aid funds, or other inducements, to any institution of higher education, any employee of an institution of higher education, or any individual or entity in order to secure applicants for loans under this part;

(B) conducted unsolicited mailings, by postal or electronic means, of student loan application forms to students enrolled in secondary schools or postsecondary institutions, or to family members of such students, except that applications may be mailed, by postal or electronic means, to students or borrowers who have previously received loans under this part from such lender;

(C) entered into any type of consulting arrangement, or other contract to provide services to a lender, with an employee who is employed in the financial aid office of an institution of higher education, or who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to student loans or other financial aid of the institution;

(D) compensated an employee who is employed in the financial aid office of an institution of higher education, or who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to student loans or other financial aid of the institution, and who is serving on an advisory board, commission, or group established by a lender or group of lenders for providing such service, except that the eligible lender may reimburse such employee for reasonable expenses incurred in providing such service;

(E) performed for an institution of higher education any function that such institution of higher education is required to perform under this title, except that a lender shall be permitted to perform functions on behalf of such institution in accordance with section 1092(b) or 1092(l) of this title;

(F) paid, on behalf of an institution of higher education, another person to perform any function that such institution of higher education is required to perform under this subchapter, except that a lender shall be permitted to perform functions on behalf of such institution in accordance with section 1092(b) or 1092(l) of this title;

(G) provided payments or other benefits to a student at an institution of higher education to act as the lender's representative to secure applications under this subchapter from individual prospective borrowers, unless such student—

(i) is also employed by the lender for other purposes; and

(ii) made all appropriate disclosures regarding such employment;

(H) offered, directly or indirectly, loans under this part as an inducement to a prospective borrower to purchase a policy of insurance or other product; or

(I) engaged in fraudulent or misleading advertising.

It shall not be a violation of this paragraph for a lender to provide technical assistance to institutions of higher education comparable to the kinds of technical assistance provided to institutions of higher education by the Department.

(6) Rebate fee requirement

To be an eligible lender under this part, an eligible lender shall pay rebate fees in accordance with section 1078–3(f) of this title.

(7) Eligible lender trustees

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, an eligible lender may not make or hold a loan under this part as trustee for an institution of higher education, or for an organization affiliated with an institution of higher education, unless—

(A) the eligible lender is serving as trustee for that institution or organization as of September 30, 2006, under a contract that was originally entered into before September 30, 2006, and that continues in effect or is renewed after September 30, 2006; and

(B) the institution or organization, and the eligible lender, with respect to its duties as trustee, each comply on and after January 1, 2007, with the requirements of paragraph (2), except that—

(i) the requirements of clauses (i), (ii), (vi), and (viii) of paragraph (2)(A) shall, subject to clause (ii) of this subparagraph, only apply to the institution (including both an institution for which the lender serves as trustee and an institution affiliated with an organization for which the lender serves as trustee);

(ii) in the case of an organization affiliated with an institution—

(I) the requirements of clauses (iii) and (v) of paragraph (2)(A) shall apply to the organization; and

(II) the requirements of clause (viii) of paragraph (2)(A) shall apply to the institution or the organization (or both), if the institution or organization receives (directly or indirectly) the proceeds described in such clause;

(iii) the requirements of clauses (iv) and (ix) of paragraph (2)(A) shall not apply to the eligible lender, institution, or organization; and

(iv) the eligible lender, institution, and organization shall ensure that the loans made or held by the eligible lender as trustee for the institution or organization, as the case may be, are included in a compliance audit in accordance with clause (vii) of paragraph (2)(A).

(8) School as lender program audit

Each institution serving as an eligible lender under paragraph (1)(E), and each eligible lender serving as a trustee for an institution of higher education or an organization affiliated with an institution of higher education, shall annually complete and submit to the Secretary a compliance audit to determine whether—

(A) the institution or lender is using all proceeds from special allowance payments and interest payments from borrowers, interest subsidies received from the Department, and any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of loans, for need-based grant programs, in accordance with paragraph (2)(A)(viii);

(B) the institution or lender is using not more than a reasonable portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2)(A)(viii) for direct administrative expenses; and

(C) the institution or lender is ensuring that the proceeds described in paragraph (2)(A)(viii) are being used to supplement, and not to supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds that would otherwise be used for need-based grant programs.

(e) Line of credit

The term "line of credit" means an arrangement or agreement between the lender and the borrower whereby a loan is paid out by the lender to the borrower in annual installments, or whereby the lender agrees to make, in addition to the initial loan, additional loans in subsequent years.

(f) Due diligence

The term "due diligence" requires the utilization by a lender, in the servicing and collection of loans insured under this part, of servicing and collection practices at least as extensive and forceful as those generally practiced by financial institutions for the collection of consumer loans.

(g), (h) Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §427(f), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 550

(i) Holder

The term "holder" means an eligible lender who owns a loan.

(j) Guaranty agency

The term "guaranty agency" means any State or nonprofit private institution or organization with which the Secretary has an agreement under section 1078(b) of this title.

(k) Insurance beneficiary

The term "insurance beneficiary" means the insured or its authorized representative assigned in accordance with section 1079(d) of this title.

(l) Default

Except as provided in subsection (m), the term "default" includes only such defaults as have existed for (1) 270 days in the case of a loan which is repayable in monthly installments, or (2) 330 days in the case of a loan which is repayable in less frequent installments.

(m) Cohort default rate

(1) In general

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term "cohort default rate" means, for any fiscal year in which 30 or more current and former students at the institution enter repayment on loans under section 1078, 1078–1,¹ or 1078–8 of this title received for attendance at the institution, the percentage of those current and former students who enter repayment on such loans (or on the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay any such loans) received for attendance at that institution in that fiscal year who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the students entered repayment. The Secretary shall require that each guaranty agency that has insured loans for current or former students of the institution afford such institution a reasonable opportunity (as specified by the Secretary) to review and correct errors in the information required to be provided to the Secretary by the guaranty agency for the purposes of calculating a cohort default rate for such institution, prior to the calculation of such rate.

(B) In determining the number of students who default before the end of such second fiscal year, the Secretary shall include only loans for which the Secretary or a guaranty agency has paid claims for insurance. In considering appeals with respect to cohort default rates pursuant to subsection (a)(3), the Secretary shall exclude, from the calculation of the number of students who entered repayment and from the calculation of the number of students who default, any loans which, due to improper servicing or collection, would, as demonstrated by the evidence submitted in support of the institution's timely appeal to the Secretary, result in an inaccurate or incomplete calculation of such cohort default rate.

(C) For any fiscal year in which fewer than 30 of the institution's current and former students enter repayment, the term "cohort default rate" means the percentage of such current and former students who entered repayment on such loans (or on the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay any such loans) in any of the three most recent fiscal years, who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the year in which they entered repayment.

(2) Special rules

(A) In the case of a student who has attended and borrowed at more than one school, the student (and such student's subsequent repayment or default) is attributed to each school for attendance at which the student received a loan that entered repayment in the fiscal year.

(B) A loan on which a payment is made by the school, such school's owner, agent, contractor, employee, or any other entity or individual affiliated with such school, in order to avoid default by the borrower, is considered as in default for purposes of this subsection.

(C) Any loan which has been rehabilitated before the end of the second fiscal year following the year in which the loan entered repayment is not considered as in default for purposes of this subsection. The Secretary may require guaranty agencies to collect data with respect to defaulted loans in a manner that will permit the identification of any defaulted loan for which (i) the borrower is currently making payments and has made not less than 6 consecutive on-time payments by the end of such second fiscal year, and (ii) a guaranty agency has renewed the borrower's subchapter IV eligibility as provided in section 1078–6(b) of this title.

(D) For the purposes of this subsection, a loan made in accordance with section 1078–1 ¹ of this title (or the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay a loan made under section 1078–1 ¹ of this title) shall not be considered to enter repayment until after the borrower has ceased to be enrolled in a course of study leading to a degree or certificate at an eligible institution on at least a half-time basis (as determined by the institution) and ceased to be in a period of forbearance based on such enrollment. Each eligible lender of a loan made under section 1078–1 ¹ of this title (or a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title a portion of which is used to repay a loan made under section 1078–1 ¹ of this title) shall provide the guaranty agency with the information necessary to determine when the loan entered repayment for purposes of this subsection, and the guaranty agency shall provide such information to the Secretary.

(3) Regulations to prevent evasions

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations designed to prevent an institution from evading the application to that institution of a default rate determination under this subsection through the use of such measures as branching, consolidation, change of ownership or control, or any similar device.

(4) Collection and reporting of cohort default rates and life of cohort default rates

(A) The Secretary shall publish not less often than once every fiscal year a report showing cohort default data and life of cohort default rates for each category of institution, including: (i) four-year public institutions; (ii) four-year private nonprofit institutions; (iii) two-year public institutions; (iv) two-year private nonprofit institutions; (v) four-year proprietary institutions; (vi) two-year proprietary institutions; and (vii) less than two-year proprietary institutions. For purposes of this subparagraph, for any fiscal year in which one or more current and former students at an institution enter repayment on loans under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title, received for attendance at the institution, the Secretary shall publish the percentage of those current and former students who enter repayment on such loans (or on the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay any such loans) received for attendance at the institution in that fiscal year who default before the end of each succeeding fiscal year.

(B) The Secretary may designate such additional subcategories within the categories specified in subparagraph (A) as the Secretary deems appropriate.

(C) The Secretary shall publish not less often than once every fiscal year a report showing default data for each institution for which a cohort default rate is calculated under this subsection.

(D) The Secretary shall publish the report described in subparagraph (C) by September 30 of each year.

(n) Repealed. Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §427(f), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 550

(o) Economic hardship

(1) In general

For purposes of this part and part E, a borrower shall be considered to have an economic hardship if—

(A) such borrower is working full-time and is earning an amount which does not exceed the greater of—

(i) the minimum wage rate described in section 206 of title 29; or

(ii) an amount equal to 150 percent of the poverty line applicable to the borrower's family size as determined in accordance with section 9902(2) of title 42; or

(B) such borrower meets such other criteria as are established by the Secretary by regulation in accordance with paragraph (2).

(2) Considerations

In establishing criteria for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the Secretary shall consider the borrower's income and debt-to-income ratio as primary factors.

(p) Eligible not-for-profit holder

(1) Definition

Subject to the limitations in paragraph (2) and the prohibition in paragraph (3), the term "eligible not-for-profit holder" means an eligible lender under subsection (d) (except for an eligible lender described in subsection (d)(1)(E)) that requests a special allowance payment under section 1087–1(b)(2)(I)(vi)(II) of this title or a payment under section 1141 of this title and that is—

(A) a State, or a political subdivision, authority, agency, or other instrumentality thereof, including such entities that are eligible to issue bonds described in section 1.103–1 of title 26, Code of Federal Regulations, or section 144(b) of title 26;

(B) an entity described in section 150(d)(2) of such title that has not made the election described in section 150(d)(3) of such title;

(C) an entity described in section 501(c)(3) of such title; or

(D) acting as a trustee on behalf of a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d).

(2) Limitations

(A) Existing on September 27, 2007

(i) In general

An eligible lender shall not be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter unless such lender—

(I) was a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) that was, on September 27, 2007, acting as an eligible lender under subsection (d) (other than an eligible lender described in subsection (d)(1)(E)); or

(II) is acting as a trustee on behalf of a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d), and such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity, on September 27, 2007, was the sole beneficial owner of a loan eligible for any special allowance payment under section 1087–1 of this title.

(ii) Exception

Notwithstanding clause (i), a State may elect, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, to waive the requirements of this subparagraph for a new not-for-profit holder determined by the State to be necessary to carry out a public purpose of such State, except that a State may not make such election with respect the ² requirements of clause (i)(II).

(B) No for-profit ownership or control

(i) In general

No State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) shall be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter if such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a for-profit entity.

(ii) Trustees

A trustee described in paragraph (1)(D) shall not be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter with respect to a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d), if such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a for-profit entity.

(C) Sole ownership of loans and income

No State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, trustee, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), (C), or (D) shall be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter with respect to any loan, or income from any loan, unless—

(i) such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is the sole beneficial owner of such loan and the income from such loan; or

(ii) such trustee holds the loan on behalf of a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d), and such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is the sole beneficial owner of such loan and the income from such loan.

(D) Trustee compensation limitations

A trustee described in paragraph (1)(D) shall not receive compensation as consideration for acting as an eligible lender on behalf of a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d), in excess of reasonable and customary fees.

(E) Rule of construction

For purposes of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of this paragraph, a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d), shall not—

(i) be deemed to be owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a for-profit entity; or

(ii) lose its status as the sole owner of a beneficial interest in a loan and the income from a loan,

by such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity, or by the trustee described in paragraph (1)(D), granting a security interest in, or otherwise pledging as collateral, such loan, or the income from such loan, to secure a debt obligation for which such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is the issuer of the debt obligation.

(3) Prohibition

In the case of a loan for which the special allowance payment is calculated under section 1087–1(b)(2)(I)(vi)(II) of this title and that is sold by the eligible not-for-profit holder holding the loan to an entity that is not an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter, the special allowance payment for such loan shall, beginning on the date of the sale, no longer be calculated under section 1087–1(b)(2)(I)(vi)(II) of this title and shall be calculated under section 1087–1(b)(2)(I)(vi)(I) of this title instead.

(4) Regulations

Not later than 1 year after September 27, 2007, the Secretary shall promulgate regulations in accordance with the provisions of this subsection.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §435, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1408; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 347; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §§2003(a)(2), 2007(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2113, 2120; Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3004(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–26; Pub. L. 101–542, title III, §301, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2387; Pub. L. 102–26, §2(a)(1), Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 123; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§416(e)(2), 427(a), (b)(1), (c)–(g), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 519, 549, 550; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4046(b)(1), 4106(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 362, 368; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(55)–(62), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2468, 2469; Pub. L. 103–235, §1, Apr. 28, 1994, 108 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §357, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3967; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(A)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-283; Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §102(b)(2), title IV, §429(a)–(c)(1), (d), title IX, §901(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1622, 1704-1709, 1828; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §§308(a), 312], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-45, 2763A-46; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8011, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 165; Pub. L. 109–292, §3(a), Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1340; Pub. L. 110–84, title III, §304, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 797; Pub. L. 110–109, §4, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §§436(a)(1), (b)–(e)(1), 438(a)(3), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3253–3256, 3258; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(b)(2), (f)(10), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1940, 1944; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2101(b)(3), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1073.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Navajo Community College Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C)(iii), is Pub. L. 92–189, Dec. 15, 1971, 85 Stat. 646, which was classified to section 640a et seq. of Title 25, Indians, and was omitted from the Code as being of special and not general application.

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(B), probably means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93–406, Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 829, which is classified principally to chapter 18 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 29 and Tables.

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(4)(B) and (m)(1)(A), (2)(D), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

Section 1078(h) of this title, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(H), was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §438(a)(2)(B), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258.

Public Law 499, Eighty-first Congress (64 Stat. 98 (1950)), referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(I), is act May 3, 1950, ch. 152, 64 Stat. 98, known as the Rural Rehabilitation Corporation Trust Liquidation Act, which was classified to sections 440 to 444 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and as notes set out under section 1001 of Title 7, Agriculture, and section 440 of former Title 40, and was omitted from the Code.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1085, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §435, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1247; Pub. L. 89–698, title II, §204, Oct. 29, 1966, 80 Stat. 1072; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§116(a), 118(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1023, 1026; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2130; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(35), (36), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§413(e), 421(e)(2), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1418, 1432, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16017(b)(2), 16020, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 347, 349, defined terms used in this part, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (a)(5)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 111–152 substituted "one-half the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 1070a(b)(2)(A) of this title, for which a student would be eligible" for "one-half the maximum Federal Pell Grant award for which a student would be eligible".

2009—Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(A), substituted "a tribally controlled college or university, as defined in section 1801(a)(4) of title 25" for "a tribally controlled community college within the meaning of section 1801(a)(4) of title 25".

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(B)(i), substituted "section 501(a) of such title" for "section 501(1) of such title" in subpar. (A)(ii)(III) and "sections 1078–2(d) and 1078–3 of this title," for "sections 1078–1(d), 1078–2(d), and 1078–3 of this title," in subpar (G).

Subsec. (d)(2)(A)(vi), (3). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(B)(ii), (iii), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to subsec. (m).

Subsec. (d)(5)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(B)(iv), substituted "to any institution of higher education, any employee of an institution of higher education, or any individual or entity in order to secure applicants for loans under this part" for "to any institution of higher education or any employee of an institution of higher education in order to secure applicants for loans under this part".

Subsec. (d)(5)(E), (F). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(b)(2), inserted "or 1092(l)" after "section 1092(b)".

Subsec. (o)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(C), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 9902(2) of title 42.

Subsec. (p)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(10)(D), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1141 of this title.

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(a)(1)(A)(i), substituted "paragraph (5)" for "paragraph (4)".

Subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iii), (iv). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(a)(1)(A)(ii), added cls. (iii) and (iv) and struck out former cl. (iii) which read as follows: "25 percent for any succeeding fiscal year."

Subsec. (a)(3) to (8). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(a)(1)(B)–(E), added pars. (3) and (7), redesignated former pars. (3), (4), (5), and (6), as (4), (5), (6), and (8), respectively, and, in introductory provisions of par. (5)(A), substituted "For purposes of this subsection, an institution of higher education shall be treated as having exceptional mitigating circumstances that make application of paragraph (2) inequitable, and that provide for regulatory relief under paragraph (3), if such institution, in the opinion of an independent auditor, meets the following criteria:" for "For purposes of paragraph (2)(A)(ii), an institution of higher education shall be treated as having exceptional mitigating circumstances that make application of that paragraph inequitable if such institution, in the opinion of an independent auditor, meets the following criteria:".

Subsec. (a)(8)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(a)(1)(F), substituted "0.0625" for "0.0375".

Subsec. (d)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(b), substituted "part, (III)" for "part, or (III)" and inserted ", or (IV) it is a National or State chartered bank, or a credit union, with assets of less than $1,000,000,000" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (d)(1)(G). Pub. L. 110–315, §438(a)(3), substituted "and 1078–3" for "1078–3, and 1087–2(q)".

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(c), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) related to disqualification for use of certain incentives.

Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(d), added par. (8).

Subsec. (m)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(A)(i), substituted "end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the students entered repayment" for "end of the following fiscal year" in first sentence.

Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "such second fiscal year" for "such fiscal year".

Subsec. (m)(1)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(A)(iii), substituted "end of the second fiscal year following the year in which they entered repayment" for "end of the fiscal year immediately following the year in which they entered repayment".

Subsec. (m)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(B), substituted "end of the second fiscal year following the year in which the loan entered repayment is not considered as in default for purposes of this subsection" for "end of such following fiscal year is not considered as in default for the purposes of this subsection" and "such second fiscal year" for "such following fiscal year".

Subsec. (m)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(C)(i), substituted "Collection and reporting of cohort default rates and life of cohort default rates" for "Collection and reporting of cohort default rates" in heading.

Subsec. (m)(4)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §436(e)(1)(C)(ii), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall collect data from all insurers under this part and shall publish not less often than once every fiscal year a report showing default data for each category of institution, including (i) 4-year public institutions, (ii) 4-year private institutions, (iii) 2-year public institutions, (iv) 2-year private institutions, (v) 4-year proprietary institutions, (vi) 2-year proprietary institutions, and (vii) less than 2-year proprietary institutions."

2007—Subsec. (o)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–84, §304(1)(A), substituted "150 percent of the poverty line applicable to the borrower's family size" for "100 percent of the poverty line for a family of 2" and inserted "or" after semicolon at end.

Subsec. (o)(1)(B), (C). Pub. L. 110–84, §304(1)(B), (C), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "such borrower is working full-time and has a Federal educational debt burden that equals or exceeds 20 percent of such borrower's adjusted gross income, and the difference between such borrower's adjusted gross income minus such burden is less than 220 percent of the greater of—

"(i) the annual earnings of an individual earning the minimum wage under section 206 of title 29; or

"(ii) the income official poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 9902(2) of title 42) applicable to a family of two; or".

Subsec. (o)(2). Pub. L. 110–84, §304(2), substituted "(1)(B)" for "(1)(C)".

Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 110–84, §304(3), added subsec. (p).

Subsec. (p)(1)(D). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(1), added subpar. (D) and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows: "a trustee acting as an eligible lender on behalf of a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C)."

Subsec. (p)(2)(A)(i)(II). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(A), added subcl. (II) and struck out former subcl. (II) which read as follows: "is a trustee acting as an eligible lender under this chapter on behalf of such a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subclause (I) of this clause."

Subsec. (p)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(B), inserted "of" after "waive the requirements".

Subsec. (p)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(C), reenacted heading without change and amended text of subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) shall be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter if such entity is owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a for-profit entity."

Subsec. (p)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(D), reenacted heading without change and amended text of subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) shall be an eligible not-for-profit holder under this chapter with respect to any loan, or income from any loan, unless the State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) is the sole owner of the beneficial interest in such loan and the income from such loan."

Subsec. (p)(2)(D). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(E), substituted "a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1), regardless of whether such State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity is an eligible lender under subsection (d)," for "an entity described in described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C)".

Subsec. (p)(2)(E). Pub. L. 110–109, §4(2)(F), reenacted heading without change and amended text of subpar. (E) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "For purposes of subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D) of this paragraph, a State, political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity described in paragraph (1)(A), (B), or (C) shall not—

"(i) be deemed to be owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a for-profit entity, or

"(ii) lose its status as the sole owner of a beneficial interest in a loan and the income from a loan by that political subdivision, authority, agency, instrumentality, or other entity,

by granting a security interest in, or otherwise pledging as collateral, such loan, or the income from such loan, to secure a debt obligation in the operation of an arrangement described in paragraph (1)(D)."

2006—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 109–171 amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "To be an eligible lender under this part, an eligible institution—

"(A) shall employ at least one person whose full-time responsibilities are limited to the administration of programs of financial aid for students attending such institution;

"(B) shall not be a home study school;

"(C) shall make loans to not more than 50 percent of the undergraduate students at the institution;

"(D) shall not make a loan, other than a loan to a graduate or professional student, unless the borrower has previously received a loan from the school or has been denied a loan by an eligible lender;

"(E) shall not have a cohort default rate (as defined in subsection (m) of this section) greater than 15 percent; and

"(F) shall use the proceeds from special allowance payments and interest payments from borrowers for need-based grant programs, except for reasonable reimbursement for direct administrative expenses;

except that the requirements of subparagraphs (C) and (D) shall not apply with respect to loans made, and loan commitments made, after October 17, 1986, and prior to July 1, 1987."

Subsec. (d)(7). Pub. L. 109–292 added par. (7).

2000—Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §308(a)], added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (a)(5)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §312(1)], substituted "July 1, 2004," for "July 1, 2002,".

Subsec. (a)(5)(B). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §312(2)], substituted "1999 through 2003" for "1999, 2000, and 2001" in introductory provisions.

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §102(b)(2), substituted "section 1002" for "section 1088".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(a)(1)(A)(i), (ii), struck out "or" at end of cl. (i), added cls. (ii) and (iii), and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "there are, in the judgment of the Secretary, exceptional mitigating circumstances that would make the application of this paragraph inequitable."

Pub. L. 105–244, §429(a)(1)(A)(iii), inserted at end of concluding provisions "If an institution continues to participate in a program under this part, and the institution's appeal of the loss of eligibility is unsuccessful, the institution shall be required to pay to the Secretary an amount equal to the amount of interest, special allowance, reinsurance, and any related payments made by the Secretary (or which the Secretary is obligated to make) with respect to loans made under this part to students attending, or planning to attend, that institution during the pendency of such appeal."

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(a)(1)(B), substituted "July 1, 1999," for "July 1, 1998," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §901(d), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1801(a)(4) of title 25.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(a)(2), in concluding provisions, inserted "for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 30 days," after "access" and substituted "used by a guaranty agency in determining whether to pay a claim on a defaulted loan or by the Department in determining an institution's default rate in the loan program under part C of this subchapter" for "of the affected guaranty agencies and loan servicers for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 30 days".

Subsec. (a)(4) to (6). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(a)(3), added pars. (4) to (6).

Subsec. (d)(1)(A)(ii)(III). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(b)(1)(A), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (d)(1)(K). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(b)(1)(B)–(D), added subpar. (K).

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(b)(2), inserted concluding provisions.

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(c)(1), substituted "270 days" for "180 days" and "330 days" for "240 days".

Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(d)(1), substituted "insurance. In considering appeals with respect to cohort default rates pursuant to subsection (a)(3), the Secretary shall exclude, from the calculation of the number of students who entered repayment and from the calculation of the number of students who default," for "insurance, and, in considering appeals with respect to cohort default rates pursuant to subsection (a)(3) of this section, exclude".

Subsec. (m)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(d)(2), inserted at end "The Secretary may require guaranty agencies to collect data with respect to defaulted loans in a manner that will permit the identification of any defaulted loan for which (i) the borrower is currently making payments and has made not less than 6 consecutive on-time payments by the end of such following fiscal year, and (ii) a guaranty agency has renewed the borrower's title IV eligibility as provided in section 1078–6(b) of this title."

Subsec. (m)(4)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §429(d)(3), added subpar. (D).

1996—Subsec. (d)(1)(F). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(A)(i)], inserted "or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title," after "Student Loan Marketing Association".

Subsec. (d)(1)(G). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(A)(ii)], inserted "or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 1087–3 of this title" after "Student Loan Marketing Association".

1994—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 103–235 substituted "July 1, 1998" for "July 1, 1994".

Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 103–382, §357(1)–(3), struck out "or" at end of subpar. (A), added subpar. (B), and redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C).

Subsec. (o)(2). Pub. L. 103–382, §357(4), substituted "(1)(C)" for "(1)(B)".

1993—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(55), added par. (3).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 103–66, §4106(b)(1), in par. (1) substituted "through (6)" for "through (5)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(57), realigned margins of closing provisions.

Subsec. (d)(2)(D). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(56), substituted "lender;" for "lender; and".

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(58), substituted "subsection (m)" for "subsection (o)".

Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 103–66, §4106(b)(2), added par. (6).

Subsec. (m)(1). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(b)(1)(C), which directed the insertion in par. (1)(D) of "(or the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay a loan made under such section)" after "section 1078–1 of this title" the first place it appears, and "(or a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title a portion of which is used to repay a loan made under such section)" after "section 1078–1 of this title" the second place it appears, could not be executed because subsec. (m)(1) does not contain a subpar. (D).

Subsec. (m)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(60)(A), inserted at end "The Secretary shall require that each guaranty agency that has insured loans for current or former students of the institution afford such institution a reasonable opportunity (as specified by the Secretary) to review and correct errors in the information required to be provided to the Secretary by the guaranty agency for the purposes of calculating a cohort default rate for such institution, prior to the calculation of such rate."

Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(59), substituted "section 1078, 1078–1, or 1078–8" for "section 1078 or 1078–1".

Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(b)(1)(A), inserted "(or on the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay any such loans)" after "on such loans".

Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(60)(B), substituted "and, in considering appeals with respect to cohort default rates pursuant to subsection (a)(3) of this section, exclude any loans which, due to improper servicing or collection, would, as demonstrated by the evidence submitted in support of the institution's timely appeal to the Secretary, result in an inaccurate or incomplete calculation of such cohort default rate." for "and, in calculating the cohort default rate, exclude any loans which, due to improper servicing or collection, would result in an inaccurate or incomplete calculation of the cohort default rate."

Subsec. (m)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103–66, §4046(b)(1)(B), inserted "(or on the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay any such loans)" after "on such loans".

Subsec. (m)(2)(D). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(61), inserted "(or the portion of a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title that is used to repay a loan made under section 1078–1 of this title)" after "in accordance with section 1078–1 of this title", and "(or a loan made under section 1078–3 of this title a portion of which is used to repay a loan made under section 1078–1 of this title)" after "a loan made under section 1078–1 of this title".

Subsec. (m)(4). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(62), added par. (4).

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(a)(1), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: "Subject to subsection (n) of this section, the term 'eligible institution' means—

"(A) an institution of higher education;

"(B) a vocational school; or

"(C) with respect to students who are nationals of the United States, an institution outside the United States which is comparable to an institution of higher education or to a vocational school and which has been approved by the Secretary for the purpose of this part,

except that such term does not include any such institution or school which employs or uses commissioned salesmen to promote the availability of any loan program described in section 1078(a)(1), 1078–1, or 1078–2 of this title at that institution or school."

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(a)(3), struck out "and" at end of subpar. (B)(i), substituted "fiscal year 1993; and" for "any succeeding fiscal year." in subpar. (B)(ii), and added subpar. (B)(iii).

Pub. L. 102–325, §427(a)(1), (2), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which required Secretary to establish criteria for qualifying foreign medical schools as "eligible institutions".

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(a)(2), redesignated par. (3) as (2).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(b)(1), struck out subsec. (b) which defined "institution of higher education".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(c), struck out subsec. (c) which defined "vocational school".

Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(d)(1), in introductory provisions, struck out "a trust company," after "stock savings bank," and in cl. (ii), inserted at end of subcl. (I) "or a bank which is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States, makes student loans as a trustee pursuant to an express trust, operated as a lender under this part prior to January 1, 1975, and which meets the requirements of this provision prior to July 23, 1992, or" and substituted a semicolon for "or (III) it is a trust company which makes student loans as a trustee pursuant to an express trust and which operated as a lender under this part prior to January 1, 1981;".

Subsec. (d)(2)(E), (F). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(d)(2), added subpars. (E) and (F).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(e), inserted "servicing and" before "collection practices".

Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(f), struck out subsec. (g) which defined "temporarily totally disabled" and subsec. (h) which defined "parental leave".

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(g), amended subsec. (m) generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (3) provisions formerly contained in a single paragraph.

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 102–325, §427(f), struck out subsec. (n) which related to impact of loss of accreditation on certification or recertification as an eligible institution.

Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 102–325, §416(e)(2), added subsec. (o).

1991—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102–26 substituted "or who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located" for "and who have the ability to benefit (as determined by the institution under section 1088(d) of this title) from the training offered by such institution;".

1990—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 101–508 added par. (3).

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 101–542, §301(1), substituted "Except as provided in subsection (m), the term" for "The term".

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 101–542, §301(2), inserted after first sentence "In determining the number of students who default before the end of such fiscal year, the Secretary shall include only loans for which the Secretary or a guaranty agency has paid claims for insurance, and, in calculating the cohort default rate, exclude any loans which, due to improper servicing or collection, would result in an inaccurate or incomplete calculation of the cohort default rate."

1989—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–239, §2007(a)(1), substituted "Subject to subsection (n) of this section, the term" for "The term".

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 101–239, §2003(a)(2), added subsec. (m).

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 101–239, §2007(a)(2), added subsec. (n).

1987—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa)(1), inserted ", or in the case of a hospital or health care facility, which provides training of not less than one year for graduates of accredited health professions programs, leading to a degree or certificate upon completion of such training" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (d)(1)(J). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa)(2), added subpar. (J).

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa)(3), added subpars. (C) and (D) and inserted concluding provision that the requirements of subpars. (C) and (D) not apply with respect to loans made, and loan commitments made, after Oct. 17, 1986, and prior to July 1, 1987.

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa)(4), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "Such term when used with respect to the disabled dependent of a single parent borrower means a dependent who, by reason of injury or illness, cannot be expected to be able to attend school or to be gainfully employed during a period of injury or illness of not less than 3 months and who during such period requires continuous nursing or similar services."

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(aa)(5), struck out "Definition of" before "Parental" in heading.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–152 effective July 1, 2010, see section 2101(c) of Pub. L. 111–152, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §436(a)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3254, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1)(F) [amending this section] shall take effect for fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2011."

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §436(e)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3257, provided that:

"(A) Effective date.—The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect for purposes of calculating cohort default rates for fiscal year 2009 and succeeding fiscal years.

"(B) Transition.—Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the method of calculating cohort default rates under section 435(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1085(m)] as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 2008] shall continue in effect, and the rates so calculated shall be the basis for any sanctions imposed on institutions of higher education because of their cohort default rates, until three consecutive years of cohort default rates calculated in accordance with the amendments made by paragraph (1) are available."

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–292, §3(b), Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1341, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall not apply with respect to any loan under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.) disbursed before January 1, 2007."

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §308(b)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-45, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [amending this section] shall be effective for cohort default rate calculations for fiscal years 1997 and 1998."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by sections 102(b)(2) and 429(a), (b), (d) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §429(c)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1708, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans for which the first day of delinquency occurs on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 7, 1998]."

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–208 effective on reorganization effective date as defined in section 1087–3(h) of this title, see section 101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(1)(B)] of Pub. L. 104–208, set out as a note under section 1078–3 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendments by section 2(c)(55), (60)(B) of Pub. L. 103–208 applicable with respect to determination (and appeals from determinations) of cohort default rates for fiscal year 1989 and any succeeding fiscal year, amendments by section 2(c)(56)–(58), (61) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, amendment by section 2(c)(59) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after 30 days after Dec. 20, 1993, amendment by section 2(c)(60)(A) of Pub. L. 103–208 effective on and after Oct. 1, 1994, and amendment by section 2(c)(62) effective on and after Dec. 20, 1993, see section 5(a), (b)(2), (3), (7), (8) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Amendment by section 4046(b)(1) of Pub. L. 103–66 effective July 1, 1994, see section 4046(c) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out as a note under section 1078–3 of this title.

Effective Date of 1991 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–26, §2(d)(1), Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 124, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1078–1, 1088, 1091, 1094, and 1141 of this title] shall apply to any grant, loan, or work assistance to cover the cost of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1991."

Effective Date of 1990 Amendment

Pub. L. 101–508, title III, §3004(d), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–27, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section, section 1078 of this title, and provisions set out as a note under section 1078–1 of this title] shall be effective July 1, 1991, except that the amendment made by subsection (b) [amending section 1078 of this title] shall be effective upon enactment."

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, with subsec. (d)(5) of this section effective 30 days after Oct. 17, 1986, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

Waiver of Mitigating Circumstances Requirement for Student Loan Insurance Program Eligibility

Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, §314, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 752, provided that:

"(a) In General.—For the purpose of carrying out section 435(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(2)), the Secretary of Education may waive the requirements under sections 435(a)(5)(A)(i) and 435(a)(5)(A)(ii) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(5)(A)(i) and 20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(5)(A)(ii))—

"(1) for an institution of higher education that offers an associate degree, is a public institution, and is located in an economically distressed county, defined as a county that ranks in the lowest 5 percent of all counties in the United States based on a national index of county economic status; and

"(2) for an institution—

"(A) that is a public institution of higher education or a Tribal College or University (as defined in section 316(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059c[(b)])); and

"(B) whose fall enrollment for the most recently completed academic year was comprised of a majority of students who are Indian (as defined in such section) or Alaska Natives (as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b))[)].

"(b) Applicability.—Subsection (a) shall apply to an institution of higher education that otherwise would be ineligible to participate in a program under part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.] on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 23, 2018] due to the application of section 435(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(2)).

"(c) Coverage.—This section shall be in effect for the period covered by this Act [div. H of Pub. L. 115–141, 132 Stat. 696] and for the succeeding fiscal year."

Definition of Institution of Higher Education

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §427(b)(2), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 549, provided that: "With respect to reference in any other provision of law to the definition of institution of higher education contained in section 435(b) of the Act [former 20 U.S.C. 1085(b)], such provision shall be deemed to refer to section 481(a) of the Act [former 20 U.S.C. 1088(a)]."

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. Probably should be "with respect to the".

§1086. Delegation of functions

(a) In general

An eligible lender or guaranty agency that contracts with another entity to perform any of the lender's or agency's functions under this subchapter, or otherwise delegates the performance of such functions to such other entity—

(1) shall not be relieved of the lender's or agency's duty to comply with the requirements of this subchapter; and

(2) shall monitor the activities of such other entity for compliance with such requirements.

(b) Special rule

A lender that holds a loan made under this part in the lender's capacity as a trustee is responsible for complying with all statutory and regulatory requirements imposed on any other holder of a loan made under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §436, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1413; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §430, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1709.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1086, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §436, as added Pub. L. 89–752, §12, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1244; amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §116(b)(5), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1024; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2132; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to a District of Columbia student loan insurance program, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, section authorized establishment of a District of Columbia student loan insurance program.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087. Repayment by Secretary of loans of bankrupt, deceased, or disabled borrowers; treatment of borrowers attending schools that fail to provide a refund, attending closed schools, or falsely certified as eligible to borrow

(a) Repayment in full for death and disability

(1) In general

If a student borrower who has received a loan described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 1078(a)(1) of this title dies or becomes permanently and totally disabled (as determined in accordance with regulations of the Secretary), or if a student borrower who has received such a loan is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, has lasted for a continuous period of not less than 60 months, or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 60 months then the Secretary shall discharge the borrower's liability on the loan by repaying the amount owed on the loan. The Secretary may develop such safeguards as the Secretary determines necessary to prevent fraud and abuse in the discharge of liability under this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, the Secretary may promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of, and resume collection on, loans discharged under this subsection in any case in which—

(A) a borrower received a discharge of liability under this subsection and after the discharge the borrower—

(i) receives a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this subchapter; or

(ii) has earned income in excess of the poverty line; or

(B) the Secretary determines the reinstatement and resumption to be necessary.

(2) Disability determinations

A borrower who has been determined by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to be unemployable due to a service-connected condition and who provides documentation of such determination to the Secretary of Education, shall be considered permanently and totally disabled for the purpose of discharging such borrower's loans under this subsection, and such borrower shall not be required to present additional documentation for purposes of this subsection.

(3) Automatic income monitoring

(A) In general

The Secretary shall establish and implement, with respect to any borrower described in subparagraph (B), procedures to—

(i) use return information disclosed under section 6103(l)(13) of title 26, pursuant to approval provided under section 1098h of this title, to determine the borrower's continued eligibility for the loan discharge described in subparagraph (B);

(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to opt out of disclosure under such section 6103(l)(13) and instead provide such information as the Secretary may require to determine the borrower's continued eligibility for such loan discharge; and

(iii) provide the borrower with an opportunity to update the return information so disclosed before determination of such borrower's continued eligibility for such loan discharge.

(B) Applicability

Subparagraph (A) shall apply—

(i) to each borrower of a loan that is discharged due to the total and permanent disability (within the meaning of this subsection) of the borrower; and

(ii) during the period beginning on the date on which such loan is so discharged and ending on the first day on which such loan may no longer be reinstated.

(b) Payment of claims on loans in bankruptcy

The Secretary shall pay to the holder of a loan described in section 1078(a)(1)(A) or (B), 1078–1,¹ 1078–2, 1078–3, or 1078–8 of this title, the amount of the unpaid balance of principal and interest owed on such loan—

(1) when the borrower files for relief under chapter 12 or 13 of title 11;

(2) when the borrower who has filed for relief under chapter 7 or 11 of such title commences an action for a determination of dischargeability under section 523(a)(8)(B) of such title; or

(3) for loans described in section 523(a)(8)(A) of such title, when the borrower files for relief under chapter 7 or 11 of such title.

(c) Discharge

(1) In general

If a borrower who received, on or after January 1, 1986, a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part and the student borrower, or the student on whose behalf a parent borrowed, is unable to complete the program in which such student is enrolled due to the closure of the institution or if such student's eligibility to borrow under this part was falsely certified by the eligible institution or was falsely certified as a result of a crime of identity theft, or if the institution failed to make a refund of loan proceeds which the institution owed to such student's lender, then the Secretary shall discharge the borrower's liability on the loan (including interest and collection fees) by repaying the amount owed on the loan and shall subsequently pursue any claim available to such borrower against the institution and its affiliates and principals or settle the loan obligation pursuant to the financial responsibility authority under subpart 3 of part H. In the case of a discharge based upon a failure to refund, the amount of the discharge shall not exceed that portion of the loan which should have been refunded. The Secretary shall report to the authorizing committees annually as to the dollar amount of loan discharges attributable to failures to make refunds.

(2) Assignment

A borrower whose loan has been discharged pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed to have assigned to the United States the right to a loan refund up to the amount discharged against the institution and its affiliates and principals.

(3) Eligibility for additional assistance

The period of a student's attendance at an institution at which the student was unable to complete a course of study due to the closing of the institution shall not be considered for purposes of calculating the student's period of eligibility for additional assistance under this subchapter.

(4) Special rule

A borrower whose loan has been discharged pursuant to this subsection shall not be precluded from receiving additional grants, loans, or work assistance under this subchapter for which the borrower would be otherwise eligible (but for the default on such discharged loan). The amount discharged under this subsection shall be treated the same as loans under section 1087ee(a)(5) of this title.

(5) Reporting

The Secretary shall report to consumer reporting agencies with respect to loans which have been discharged pursuant to this subsection.

(d) Repayment of loans to parents

If a student on whose behalf a parent has received a loan described in section 1078–2 of this title dies, then the Secretary shall discharge the borrower's liability on the loan by repaying the amount owed on the loan.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §437, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1414; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §428, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 551; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(63)–(65), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2469; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §431, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1709; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8012, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 166; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(7), title IV, §§432(b)(4), 437(a), (b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3089, 3246, 3257, 3258; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(e)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1942; Pub. L. 116–91, §5, Dec. 19, 2019, 133 Stat. 1193.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §437, as added Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §113(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1020; amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132D(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 263; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2133; Pub. L. 96–374, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1503, related to repayment of loans by Secretary, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2019—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 116–91 added par. (3).

2009—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "Secretary), or if" for "Secretary),, or if" in introductory provisions and inserted "the reinstatement and resumption to be" after "determines" in subpar. (B).

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–315, §437(a)(3), which directed insertion of "The Secretary may develop such safeguards as the Secretary determines necessary to prevent fraud and abuse in the discharge of liability under this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, the Secretary may promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of, and resume collection on, loans discharged under this subsection in any case in which—

"(A) a borrower received a discharge of liability under this subsection and after the discharge the borrower—

"(i) receives a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this subchapter; or

"(ii) has earned income in excess of the poverty line; or

"(B) the Secretary determines necessary."

at the end of subsec. (a), was executed by making the insertion at the end of par. (1) to reflect the probable intent of Congress, notwithstanding the addition of par. (2) prior to the effective date of this amendment.

Pub. L. 110–315, §437(a)(1), (2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted par. (1) heading, and inserted ", or if a student borrower who has received such a loan is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, has lasted for a continuous period of not less than 60 months, or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 60 months" after "of the Secretary),".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §437(b), added par. (2).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(7), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate".

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(4), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureaus".

2006—Pub. L. 109–171, §8012(1), in section catchline, substituted "schools that fail to provide a refund, attending closed schools, or falsely certified as eligible to borrow" for "closed schools or falsely certified as eligible to borrow".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8012(2), inserted "or was falsely certified as a result of a crime of identity theft" after "falsely certified by the eligible institution" in first sentence.

1998—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244 inserted "or if the institution failed to make a refund of loan proceeds which the institution owed to such student's lender," after "falsely certified by the eligible institution," and inserted at end "In the case of a discharge based upon a failure to refund, the amount of the discharge shall not exceed that portion of the loan which should have been refunded. The Secretary shall report to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate annually as to the dollar amount of loan discharges attributable to failures to make refunds."

1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(63), amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "If the collection of a loan described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 1078(a)(1) of this title or sections 1078–1, 1078–2, 1078–3, or 1078–8 of this title is stayed in any action under title 11, the Secretary shall repay the unpaid balance of principal and interest owed on the loan."

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(64), substituted "If a borrower" for "If a student borrower", "under this part and the student borrower, or the student on whose behalf a parent borrowed, is unable" for "under this part is unable", and "in which such student is enrolled" for "in which the borrower is enrolled".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(65), inserted at end "The amount discharged under this subsection shall be treated the same as loans under section 1087ee(a)(5) of this title."

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (d) for former subsecs. (a) and (b) which related to repayment by Secretary of loans of bankrupt, deceased, or disabled borrowers.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(e)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1943, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective as if enacted as part of the amendments in section 437(a) of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315) [amending this section], and shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §437(c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Executive Documents

Discharging the Federal Student Loan Debt of Totally and Permanently Disabled Veterans

Memorandum of President of the United States, Aug. 21, 2019, 84 F.R. 44677, provided:

Memorandum for the Secretary of Education [and] the Secretary of Veterans Affairs

Since our Founding, the United States has been blessed with men and women willing to serve in defense of our Nation and our ideals. Many of those answering the call to serve make the ultimate sacrifice for their country, and many others carry physical and emotional scars for the rest of their lives.

The Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.], as amended by the Higher Education Opportunity Act in 2008 and other acts (Higher Education Act), honors veterans who are totally and permanently disabled as a result of their service to the Nation by providing for the discharge of their Federal student loan debt. Borrowers who have been determined by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to be unemployable due to a service-connected condition and who provide documentation of that determination to the Secretary of Education are entitled to the discharge of such debt.

For the last decade, veterans seeking loan discharges have been required to submit an application to the Secretary of Education with proof of their disabilities obtained from the Department of Veterans Affairs. The process has been overly complicated and difficult, and prevented too many of our veterans from receiving the relief for which they are eligible. This has inflicted significant hardship and serious harm on these veterans and has frustrated the intent of the Congress that their Federal student loan debt be discharged.

Only half of the approximately 50,000 totally and permanently disabled veterans who currently qualify for the discharge of their Federal student loan debt have availed themselves of the benefits provided to them by the Higher Education Act. This has created a serious and critical problem for disabled veterans, who must deal with the day-to-day consequences of their service-connected injuries, and for our military, as readiness and recruitment suffer when we do not take care of our veterans. There is a pressing need to quickly and effectively resolve this problem. Therefore, my Administration will take prompt action to ensure that all totally and permanently disabled veterans are able to obtain, with minimal burden, the Federal student loan debt discharges to which they are legally entitled.

Accordingly, by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and to express the gratitude of our Nation for the service of our totally and permanently disabled veterans, I hereby direct the following:

Section 1. Policy. It shall be the policy of the Federal Government to facilitate—in a manner that is quick, efficient, and minimally burdensome—the discharge of Federal student loan debt for totally and permanently disabled veterans.

Sec. 2. Directive to the Secretaries of Education and Veterans Affairs. (a) The Secretary of Education is hereby directed to develop as soon as practicable a process, consistent with applicable law, to facilitate the swift and effective discharge of the Federal student loan debt of totally and permanently disabled veterans pursuant to section 437 of the Higher Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1087; section 455 of the Higher Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1087e; and section 464 of the Higher Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1087dd. To the maximum extent feasible and consistent with applicable law, the process developed by the Secretary of Education should account for and make use of disability determinations made available to the Secretary of Education by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(b) The Secretaries of Education and Veterans Affairs (Secretaries) shall take appropriate action to implement the policy set forth in section 1 of this memorandum as expeditiously as possible. To that end, the Secretaries shall consider all pathways for the Department of Veterans Affairs to share disability determinations with the Department of Education, so that veterans may be relieved of the burdensome administrative impediments to Federal student loan debt discharge.

Sec. 3. Definitions. As used in this memorandum:

(a) the term "Federal student loan debt" means liability to repay Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program loans, William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (Direct Loan) Program loans, and Federal Perkins Loans.

(b) the term "discharge" means discharge of FFEL Program loans and Direct Loan Program loans and cancellation of Federal Perkins Loans.

Sec. 4. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this memorandum shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or

(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.

(b) This memorandum shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(c) This memorandum is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

(d) The Secretary of Education is hereby authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.

Donald J. Trump.      

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087–0. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §432, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1710

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §437A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §429, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 552; amended Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(66)–(68), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2469, related to debt management options.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087–1. Special allowances

(a) Findings

In order to assure (1) that the limitation on interest payments or other conditions (or both) on loans made or insured under this part, do not impede or threaten to impede the carrying out of the purposes of this part or do not cause the return to holders of loans to be less than equitable, (2) that incentive payments on such loans are paid promptly to eligible lenders, and (3) that appropriate consideration of relative administrative costs and money market conditions is made in setting the quarterly rate of such payments, the Congress finds it necessary to establish an improved method for the determination of the quarterly rate of the special allowances on such loans, and to provide for a thorough, expeditious, and objective examination of alternative methods for the determination of the quarterly rate of such allowances.

(b) Computation and payment

(1) Quarterly payment based on unpaid balance

A special allowance shall be paid for each of the 3-month periods ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of every year and the amount of such allowance paid to any holder with respect to any 3-month period shall be a percentage of the average unpaid balance of principal (not including unearned interest added to principal) of all eligible loans held by such holder during such period.

(2) Rate of special allowance

(A) Subject to subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (H), and (I) and paragraph (4), the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection on loans shall be computed (i) by determining the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period, (ii) by subtracting the applicable interest rate on such loans from such average, (iii) by adding 3.10 percent to the resultant percent, and (iv) by dividing the resultant percent by 4. If such computation produces a number less than zero, such loans shall be subject to section 1077a(i) of this title.

(B)(i) The quarterly rate of the special allowance for holders of loans which were made or purchased with funds obtained by the holder from the issuance of obligations, the income from which is exempt from taxation under title 26 shall be one-half the quarterly rate of the special allowance established under subparagraph (A), except that, in determining the rate for the purpose of this clause, subparagraph (A)(iii) shall be applied by substituting "3.5 percent" for "3.10 percent". Such rate shall also apply to holders of loans which were made or purchased with funds obtained by the holder from collections or default reimbursements on, or interests or other income pertaining to, eligible loans made or purchased with funds described in the preceding sentence of this subparagraph or from income on the investment of such funds. This subparagraph shall not apply to loans which were made or insured prior to October 1, 1980.

(ii) The quarterly rate of the special allowance set under clause (i) of this subparagraph shall not be less than 9.5 percent minus the applicable interest rate on such loans, divided by 4.

(iii) No special allowance may be paid under this subparagraph unless the issuer of such obligations complies with subsection (d) of this section.

(iv) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii), the quarterly rate of the special allowance for holders of loans which are financed with funds obtained by the holder from the issuance of obligations originally issued on or after October 1, 1993, or refunded after September 30, 2004, the income from which is excluded from gross income under title 26, shall be the quarterly rate of the special allowance established under subparagraph (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), or (I) as the case may be. Such rate shall also apply to holders of loans which were made or purchased with funds obtained by the holder from collections or default reimbursements on, or interest or other income pertaining to, eligible loans made or purchased with funds described in the preceding sentence of this subparagraph or from income on the investment of such funds.

(v) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii), the quarterly rate of the special allowance shall be the rate determined under subparagraph (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), or (I) of this paragraph, or paragraph (4), as the case may be, for a holder of loans that—

(I) were made or purchased with funds—

(aa) obtained from the issuance of obligations the income from which is excluded from gross income under title 26 and which obligations were originally issued before October 1, 1993; or

(bb) obtained from collections or default reimbursements on, or interest or other income pertaining to, eligible loans made or purchased with funds described in division (aa), or from income on the investment of such funds; and

(II) are—

(aa) financed by such an obligation that, after September 30, 2004, has matured or been retired or defeased;

(bb) refinanced after September 30, 2004, with funds obtained from a source other than funds described in subclause (I) of this clause; or

(cc) sold or transferred to any other holder after September 30, 2004.

(vi) Notwithstanding clauses (i), (ii), and (v), but subject to clause (vii), the quarterly rate of the special allowance shall be the rate determined under subparagraph (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), or (I) of this paragraph, as the case may be, for a holder of loans—

(I) that were made or purchased on or after February 8, 2006; or

(II) that were not earning a quarterly rate of special allowance determined under clauses (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph as of February 8, 2006.

(vii) Clause (vi) shall be applied by substituting "December 31, 2010" for "February 8, 2006" in the case of a holder of loans that—

(I) was, as of February 8, 2006, and during the quarter for which the special allowance is paid, a unit of State or local government or a nonprofit private entity;

(II) was, as of February 8, 2006, and during such quarter, not owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, a for-profit entity; and

(III) held, directly or through any subsidiary, affiliate, or trustee, a total unpaid balance of principal equal to or less than $100,000,000 on loans for which special allowances were paid under this subparagraph in the most recent quarterly payment prior to September 30, 2005.

(C)(i) In the case of loans made before October 1, 1992, pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title for which the interest rate is determined under section 1077a(c)(4) of this title, a special allowance shall not be paid unless the rate determined for any 12-month period under subparagraph (B) of such section exceeds 12 percent.

(ii) Subject to subparagraphs (G), (H), and (I), in the case of loans disbursed on or after October 1, 1992, pursuant to section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title for which the interest rate is determined under section 1077a(c)(4) of this title, a special allowance shall not be paid unless the rate determined for any 12-month period under section 1077a(c)(4)(B) of this title exceeds—

(I) 11 percent in the case of a loan under section 1078–1 ¹ of this title; or

(II) 10 percent in the case of a loan under section 1078–2 of this title.

(D)(i) In the case of loans made or purchased directly from funds loaned or advanced pursuant to a qualified State obligation, subparagraph (A)(iii) shall be applied by substituting "3.5 percent" for "3.10 percent".

(ii) For the purpose of division (i) of this subparagraph, the term "qualified State obligation" means—

(I) an obligation of the Maine Educational Loan Marketing Corporation to the Student Loan Marketing Association pursuant to an agreement entered into on January 31, 1984; or

(II) an obligation of the South Carolina Student Loan Corporation to the South Carolina National Bank pursuant to an agreement entered into on July 30, 1986.

(E) In the case of any loan for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(g)(2) of this title, subparagraph (A)(iii) shall be applied by substituting "2.5 percent" for "3.10 percent".

(F) Subject to paragraph (4), the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection on loans for which the applicable rate of interest is determined under section 1077a(h) of this title shall be computed (i) by determining the applicable bond equivalent rate of the security with a comparable maturity, as established by the Secretary, (ii) by subtracting the applicable interest rates on such loans from such applicable bond equivalent rate, (iii) by adding 1.0 percent to the resultant percent, and (iv) by dividing the resultant percent by 4. If such computation produces a number less than zero, such loans shall be subject to section 1077a(i) of this title.

(G) Loans disbursed between july 1, 1998, and october 1, 1998.—

(i) In general.—Subject to paragraph (4) and clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this subparagraph, and except as provided in subparagraph (B), the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection on loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, shall be computed—

(I) by determining the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period;

(II) by subtracting the applicable interest rates on such loans from such average bond equivalent rate;

(III) by adding 2.8 percent to the resultant percent; and

(IV) by dividing the resultant percent by 4.

(ii) In school and grace period.—In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(j)(2) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "2.2 percent" for "2.8 percent".

(iii) PLUS loans.—In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(j)(3) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.8 percent", subject to clause (v) of this subparagraph.

(iv) Consolidation loans.—This subparagraph shall not apply in the case of any consolidation loan.

(v) Limitation on special allowances for PLUS loans.—In the case of PLUS loans made under section 1078–2 of this title and disbursed on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, for which the interest rate is determined under 1077a(j)(3) of this title, a special allowance shall not be paid for such loan for such ² unless the rate determined under subparagraph (A) of such section (without regard to subparagraph (B) of such section) exceeds 9.0 percent.

(H) Loans disbursed on or after october 1, 1998, and before january 1, 2000.—

(i) In general.—Subject to paragraph (4) and clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this subparagraph, and except as provided in subparagraph (B), the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection on loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, shall be computed—

(I) by determining the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period;

(II) by subtracting the applicable interest rates on such loans from such average bond equivalent rate;

(III) by adding 2.8 percent to the resultant percent; and

(IV) by dividing the resultant percent by 4.

(ii) In school and grace period.—In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(k)(2) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "2.2 percent" for "2.8 percent".

(iii) PLUS loans.—In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(k)(3) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.8 percent", subject to clause (v) of this subparagraph.

(iv) Consolidation loans.—In the case of any consolidation loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, and for which the applicable interest rate is determined under section 1077a(k)(4) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.8 percent", subject to clause (vi) of this subparagraph.

(v) Limitation on special allowances for plus loans.—In the case of PLUS loans made under section 1078–2 of this title and first disbursed on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, for which the interest rate is determined under section 1077a(k)(3) of this title, a special allowance shall not be paid for such loan during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30 unless, on the June 1 preceding such July 1—

(I) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1 (as determined by the Secretary for purposes of such section); plus

(II) 3.1 percent,

exceeds 9.0 percent.

(vi) Limitation on special allowances for consolidation loans.—In the case of consolidation loans made under section 1078–3 of this title and for which the application is received on or after October 1, 1998, and before January 1, 2000, for which the interest rate is determined under section 1077a(k)(4) of this title, a special allowance shall not be paid for such loan during any 3-month period ending March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31 unless—

(I) the average of the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period; plus

(II) 3.1 percent,

exceeds the rate determined under section 1077a(k)(4) of this title.

(I) Loans disbursed on or after january 1, 2000, and before july 1, 2010.—

(i) In general.—Notwithstanding subparagraphs (G) and (H), but subject to paragraph (4) and the following clauses of this subparagraph, and except as provided in subparagraph (B), the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection on loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after January 1, 2000, and before July 1, 2010, shall be computed—

(I) by determining the average of the bond equivalent rates of the quotes of the 3-month commercial paper (financial) rates in effect for each of the days in such quarter as reported by the Federal Reserve in Publication H–15 (or its successor) for such 3-month period;

(II) by subtracting the applicable interest rates on such loans from the rate determined under subclause (I) (in accordance with clause (vii));

(III) by adding 2.34 percent to the resultant percent; and

(IV) by dividing the resultant percent by 4.

(ii) In school and grace period.—In the case of any loan—

(I) for which the first disbursement is made on or after January 1, 2000, and before July 1, 2006, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(k)(2) of this title; or

(II) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(l)(1) or (l)(4) of this title, but only with respect to (aa) periods prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or (bb) during the periods in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1077(a)(2)(C) or 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title;

clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "1.74 percent" for "2.34 percent".

(iii) PLUS loans.—In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after January 1, 2000, and before July 1, 2010, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(k)(3) or (l)(2) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "2.64 percent" for "2.34 percent".

(iv) Consolidation loans.—In the case of any consolidation loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after January 1, 2000, and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010, and for which the applicable interest rate is determined under section 1077a(k)(4) or (l)(3) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "2.64 percent" for "2.34 percent".

(v) Recapture of excess interest.—

(I) Excess credited.—With respect to a loan on which the applicable interest rate is determined under subsection (k) or (l) of section 1077a of this title and for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after April 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2010, if the applicable interest rate for any 3-month period exceeds the special allowance support level applicable to such loan under this subparagraph for such period, then an adjustment shall be made by calculating the excess interest in the amount computed under subclause (II) of this clause, and by crediting the excess interest to the Government not less often than annually.

(II) Calculation of excess.—The amount of any adjustment of interest on a loan to be made under this subsection for any quarter shall be equal to—

(aa) the applicable interest rate minus the special allowance support level determined under this subparagraph; multiplied by

(bb) the average daily principal balance of the loan (not including unearned interest added to principal) during such calendar quarter; divided by

(cc) four.

(III) Special allowance support level.—For purposes of this clause, the term "special allowance support level" means, for any loan, a number expressed as a percentage equal to the sum of the rates determined under subclauses (I) and (III) of clause (i), and applying any substitution rules applicable to such loan under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), and (vii) in determining such sum.

(vi) Reduction for loans disbursed on or after october 1, 2007, and before july 1, 2010.—With respect to a loan on which the applicable interest rate is determined under section 1077a(l) of this title and for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after October 1, 2007, and before July 1, 2010, the special allowance payment computed pursuant to this subparagraph shall be computed—

(I) for loans held by an eligible lender not described in subclause (II)—

(aa) by substituting "1.79 percent" for "2.34 percent" each place the term appears in this subparagraph;

(bb) by substituting "1.19 percent" for "1.74 percent" in clause (ii);

(cc) by substituting "1.79 percent" for "2.64 percent" in clause (iii); and

(dd) by substituting "2.09 percent" for "2.64 percent" in clause (iv); and

(II) for loans held by an eligible not-for-profit holder—

(aa) by substituting "1.94 percent" for "2.34 percent" each place the term appears in this subparagraph;

(bb) by substituting "1.34 percent" for "1.74 percent" in clause (ii);

(cc) by substituting "1.94 percent" for "2.64 percent" in clause (iii); and

(dd) by substituting "2.24 percent" for "2.64 percent" in clause (iv).

(vii) Revised calculation rule to reflect financial market conditions.—

(I) Calculation based on LIBOR.—For the calendar quarter beginning on April 1, 2012 ³ and each subsequent calendar quarter, in computing the special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection with respect to loans described in subclause (II), clause (i)(I) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting "of the 1-month London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for United States dollars in effect for each of the days in such quarter as compiled and released by the British Bankers Association" for "of the quotes of the 3-month commercial paper (financial) rates in effect for each of the days in such quarter as reported by the Federal Reserve in Publication H–15 (or its successor) for such 3-month period".

(II) Loans eligible for LIBOR-based calculation.—The special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection shall be calculated as described in subclause (I) with respect to special allowance payments for the 3-month period ending June 30, 2012, and each succeeding 3-month period, on loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after January 1, 2000, and before July 1, 2010, if, not later than April 1, 2012, the holder of the loan (or, if the holder acts as eligible lender trustee for the beneficial owner of the loan, the beneficial owner of the loan), affirmatively and permanently waives all contractual, statutory, or other legal rights to a special allowance paid pursuant to this subsection that is calculated using the formula in effect at the time the loans were first disbursed.

(III) Terms of waiver.—

(aa) In general.—A waiver pursuant to subclause (II) shall be in a form (printed or electronic) prescribed by the Secretary, and shall be applicable to—

(AA) all loans described in such subclause that the lender holds solely in its own right under any lender identification number associated with the holder (pursuant to section 1094b of this title);

(BB) all loans described in such subclause for which the beneficial owner has the authority to make an election of a waiver under such subclause, regardless of the lender identification number associated with the loan or the lender that holds the loan as eligible lender trustee on behalf of such beneficial owner; and

(CC) all future calculations of the special allowance on loans that, on the date of such waiver, are loans described in subitem (AA) or (BB), or that, after such date, become loans described in subitem (AA) or (BB).

(bb) Exceptions.—Any waiver pursuant to subclause (II) that is elected for loans described in subitem (AA) or (BB) of item (aa) shall not apply to any loan described in such subitem for which the lender or beneficial owner of the loan demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that—

(AA) in accordance with an agreement entered into before the date of enactment of this section by which such lender or owner is governed and that applies to such loans, such lender or owner is not legally permitted to make an election of such waiver with respect to such loans without the approval of one or more third parties with an interest in the loans, and that the lender or owner followed all available options under such agreement to obtain such approval, and was unable to do so; or

(BB) such lender or beneficial owner presented the proposal of electing such a waiver applicable to such loans associated with an obligation rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in section 78c(a)(62) of title 15), and such rating organization provided a written opinion that the agency would downgrade the rating applicable to such obligation if the lender or owner elected such a waiver.

(viii) Revised calculation rule to address instances where 1-month usd libor ceases or is non-representative.—

(I) Substitute reference index.—The provisions of this clause apply to loans for which the special allowance payment would otherwise be calculated pursuant to clause (vii).

(II) Calculation based on sofr.—For loans described in subclause (III) or (IV), the special allowance payment described in this subclause shall be substituted for the payment provided under clause (vii). For each calendar quarter, the formula for computing the special allowance that would otherwise apply under clause (vii) shall be revised by substituting "of the quotes of the 30-day Average Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) in effect for each of the days in such quarter as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator), adjusted daily by adding the tenor spread adjustment, as that term is defined in the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, for 1-month LIBOR contracts of 0.11448 percent" for "of the 1-month London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for United States dollars in effect for each of the days in such quarter as compiled and released by the British Bankers Association". The special allowance calculation for loans subject to clause (vii) shall otherwise remain in effect.

(III) Loans eligible for sofr-based calculation.—Except as provided in subclause (IV), the special allowance payment calculated under subclause (II) shall apply to all loans for which the holder (or, if the holder acts as an eligible lender trustee for the beneficial owner of the loan, the beneficial owner of the loan) at any time after the effective date of this clause notifies the Secretary that the holder or beneficial owner affirmatively and permanently elects to waive all contractual, statutory, or other legal rights to a special allowance paid under clause (vii) or to the special allowance paid pursuant to any other formula that was previously in effect with respect to such loan, and accepts the rate described in subclause (II). Any such waiver shall apply to all loans then held, or to be held from time to time, by such holder or beneficial owner; provided that, due to the need to obtain the approval of, demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Secretary—

(aa) one or more third parties with a legal or beneficial interest in loans eligible for the SOFR-based calculation; or

(bb) a nationally recognized rating organization assigning a rating to a financing secured by loans otherwise eligible for the SOFR-based calculation,

 the holder of the loan (or, if the holder acts as an eligible lender trustee for the beneficial owner of the loan, the beneficial owner of the loan) may elect to apply the rate described in subclause (II) to specified loan portfolios established for financing purposes by separate notices with different effective dates. The special allowance rate based on SOFR shall be effective with respect to a portfolio as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the applicable effective date of the waiver received by the Secretary from the holder or beneficial owner and shall permanently and irrevocably continue for all subsequent quarters.

(IV) Fallback provisions.—

(aa) In the event that a holder or beneficial owner has not elected to waive its rights to a special allowance payment under clause (vii) with respect to a portfolio with an effective date of the waiver prior to the first of—

(AA) the date on which the ICE Benchmark Administration ("IBA") has permanently or indefinitely stopped providing the 1-month United States Dollar LIBOR ("1-month USD LIBOR") to the general public;

(BB) the effective date of an official public statement by the IBA or its regulator that the 1-month USD LIBOR is no longer reliable or no longer representative; or

(CC) the LIBOR replacement date, as defined in section 5802 of title 12,

the special allowance rate calculation as described in subclause (II) shall, by operation of law, apply to all loans in such portfolio.

(bb) In such event—

(AA) the last determined rate of special allowance based on 1-month USD LIBOR will continue to apply until the end of the then current calendar quarter; and

(BB) the special allowance rate calculation as described in subclause (II) shall become effective as of the first day of the following calendar quarter and remain in effect for all subsequent calendar quarters.

(3) Contractual right of holders to special allowance

The holder of an eligible loan shall be deemed to have a contractual right against the United States, during the life of such loan, to receive the special allowance according to the provisions of this section. The special allowance determined for any such 3-month period shall be paid promptly after the close of such period, and without administrative delay after receipt of an accurate and complete request for payment, pursuant to procedures established by regulations promulgated under this section.

(4) Penalty for late payment

(A) If payments of the special allowances payable under this section or of interest payments under section 1078(a) of this title with respect to a loan have not been made within 30 days after the Secretary has received an accurate, timely, and complete request for payment thereof, the special allowance payable to such holder shall be increased by an amount equal to the daily interest accruing on the special allowance and interest benefits payments due the holder.

(B) Such daily interest shall be computed at the daily equivalent rate of the sum of the special allowance rate computed pursuant to paragraph (2) and the interest rate applicable to the loan and shall be paid for the later of (i) the 31st day after the receipt of such request for payment from the holder, or (ii) the 31st day after the final day of the period or periods covered by such request, and shall be paid for each succeeding day until, and including, the date on which the Secretary authorizes payment.

(C) For purposes of reporting to the Congress the amounts of special allowances paid under this section, amounts of special allowances paid pursuant to this paragraph shall be segregated and reported separately.

(5) "Eligible loan" defined

As used in this section, the term "eligible loan" means a loan—

(A)(i) on which a portion of the interest is paid on behalf of the student and for the student's account to the holder of the loan under section 1078(a) of this title;

(ii) which is made under section 1078–1,¹ 1078–2, 1078–3, 1078–8, or 1087–2(o) of this title; or

(iii) which was made prior to October 1, 1981; and

(B) which is insured under this part, or made under a program covered by an agreement under section 1078(b) of this title.

(6) Regulation of time and manner of payment

The Secretary shall pay the holder of an eligible loan, at such time or times as are specified in regulations, a special allowance prescribed pursuant to this subsection subject to the condition that such holder shall submit to the Secretary, at such time or times and in such a manner as the Secretary may deem proper, such information as may be required by regulation for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to carry out his functions under this section and to carry out the purposes of this section.

(7) Use of average quarterly balance

The Secretary shall permit lenders to calculate interest benefits and special allowance through the use of the average quarterly balance method until July 1, 1988.

(c) Origination fees from students

(1) Deduction from interest and special allowance subsidies

(A) Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Secretary shall collect the amount the lender is authorized to charge as an origination fee in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection—

(i) by reducing the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, to any holder; or

(ii) directly from the holder of the loan, if the lender fails or is not required to bill the Secretary for interest and special allowance or withdraws from the program with unpaid loan origination fees.

(B) If the Secretary collects the origination fee under this subsection through the reduction of interest and special allowance, and the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, is less than the amount the lender was authorized to charge borrowers for origination fees in that quarter, the Secretary shall deduct the excess amount from the subsequent quarters' payments until the total amount has been deducted.

(2) Amount of origination fees

(A) In general

Subject to paragraph (6) of this subsection, with respect to any loan (including loans made under section 1078–8 of this title, but excluding loans made under sections 1078–3 and 1087–2(o) of this title) for which a completed note or other written evidence of the loan was sent or delivered to the borrower for signing on or after 10 days after August 13, 1981, each eligible lender under this part is authorized to charge the borrower an origination fee in an amount not to exceed 3.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, to be deducted proportionately from each installment payment of the proceeds of the loan prior to payment to the borrower. Except as provided in paragraph (8), a lender that charges an origination fee under this paragraph shall assess the same fee to all student borrowers.

(B) Subsequent reductions

Subparagraph (A) shall be applied to loans made under this part (other than loans made under sections 1078–3 and 1087–2(o) of this title)—

(i) by substituting "2.0 percent" for "3.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2007;

(ii) by substituting "1.5 percent" for "3.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2007, and before July 1, 2008;

(iii) by substituting "1.0 percent" for "3.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2008, and before July 1, 2009; and

(iv) by substituting "0.5 percent" for "3.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2009, and before July 1, 2010.

(3) Relation to applicable interest

Such origination fee shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining compliance with section 1077a of this title.

(4) Disclosure required

The lender shall disclose to the borrower the amount and method of calculating the origination fee.

(5) Prohibition on department compelling origination fee collections by lenders

Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to permit the Secretary to require any lender that is making loans that are insured or guaranteed under this part, but for which no amount will be payable for interest under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title or for special allowances under subsection (b) of this section, to collect any origination fee or to submit the sums collected as origination fees to the United States. The Secretary shall, not later than January 1, 1987, return to any such lender any such sums collected before October 17, 1986, together with interest thereon.

(6) SLS and PLUS loans

With respect to any loans made under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title on or after October 1, 1992, and first disbursed before July 1, 2010, each eligible lender under this part shall charge the borrower an origination fee of 3.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan, to be deducted proportionately from each installment payment of the proceeds of the loan prior to payments to the borrower.

(7) Distribution of origination fees

All origination fees collected pursuant to this section on loans authorized under section 1078–1 ¹ or 1078–2 of this title shall be paid to the Secretary by the lender and deposited in the fund authorized under section 1081 of this title.

(8) Exception

Notwithstanding paragraph (2), a lender may assess a lesser origination fee for a borrower demonstrating greater financial need as determined by such borrower's adjusted gross family income.

(d) Loan fees from lenders

(1) Deduction from interest and special allowance subsidies

(A) In general

Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Secretary shall collect a loan fee in an amount determined in accordance with paragraph (2)—

(i) by reducing the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b), respectively, to any holder of a loan; or

(ii) directly from the holder of the loan, if the lender—

(I) fails or is not required to bill the Secretary for interest and special allowance payments; or

(II) withdraws from the program with unpaid loan fees.

(B) Special rule

If the Secretary collects loan fees under this subsection through the reduction of interest and special allowance payments, and the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b), respectively, is less than the amount of such loan fees, then the Secretary shall deduct the amount of the loan fee balance from the amount of interest and special allowance payments that would otherwise be payable, in subsequent quarterly increments until the balance has been deducted.

(2) Amount of loan fees

The amount of the loan fee which shall be deducted under paragraph (1), but which may not be collected from the borrower, shall be equal to—

(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), 0.50 percent of the principal amount of the loan with respect to any loan under this part for which the first disbursement was made on or after October 1, 1993; and

(B) 1.0 percent of the principal amount of the loan with respect to any loan under this part for which the first disbursement was made on or after October 1, 2007, and before July 1, 2010.

(3) Distribution of loan fees

The Secretary shall deposit all fees collected pursuant to paragraph (3) into the insurance fund established in section 1081 of this title.

(e) Nondiscrimination

In order for the holders of loans which were made or purchased with funds obtained by the holder from an Authority issuing obligations, the income from which is exempt from taxation under title 26, to be eligible to receive a special allowance under subsection (b)(2) on any such loans, the Authority shall not engage in any pattern or practice which results in a denial of a borrower's access to loans under this part because of the borrower's race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, disability status, income, attendance at a particular eligible institution within the area served by the Authority, length of the borrower's educational program, or the borrower's academic year in school.

(f) Regulations to prevent denial of loans to eligible students

The Secretary shall adopt or amend appropriate regulations pertaining to programs carried out under this part to prevent, where practicable, any practices which the Secretary finds have denied loans to a substantial number of eligible students.

(g) Special Rule

With respect to any loan made under this part for which the interest rate is determined under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (50 U.S.C. App. 527) [now 50 U.S.C. 3937],¹ the applicable interest rate to be subtracted in calculating the special allowance for such loan under this section shall be the interest rate determined under that Act for such loan.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §438, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1414; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(d)(2), (bb), (cc), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 342, 347; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §430, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 553; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4102(a), 4103, 4105, 4111, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 366, 367, 368, 370; Pub. L. 105–178, title VIII, §8301(b), June 9, 1998, 112 Stat. 497; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §§416(b)(1), (3), 433(a)–(d)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1680, 1682, 1710, 1711; Pub. L. 106–170, title IV, §409(a), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat. 1914; Pub. L. 107–139, §2, Feb. 8, 2002, 116 Stat. 10; Pub. L. 108–409, §2, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2299; Pub. L. 109–150, §2(b), (c)(2), Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8006(b)(1), 8008(c)(1), 8013(a)–(c)(1), (d)(1), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 159, 162, 166, 167; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §201(a)(2), title III, §§302(b)(2), 305, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 791, 796, 799; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §422(g)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3230; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §402(f)(11), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1945; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2208, Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1077; Pub. L. 112–74, div. F, title III, §309(e), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1101; Pub. L. 117–103, div. U, §109, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 832.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1078–1 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (b)(2)(C), (5)(A)(ii) and (c)(6), (7), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4047(b)–(d), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 364, eff. July 1, 1994, except with respect to loans provided under that section as it existed prior to Aug. 10, 1993. Subsequently, a new section 1078–1, relating to voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies, was enacted by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §418, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1691.

The date of enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vii)(III)(bb)(AA), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 112–74, which enacted subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vii) and was approved Dec. 23, 2011.

The Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(I)(viii)(II), is div. U of Pub. L. 117–103, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 825, which is classified principally to chapter 55 (§5801 et seq.) of Title 12, Banks and Banking. The term "tenor spread adjustment" is defined in section 5802 of Title 12. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5801 of Title 12 and Tables.

The effective date of this clause, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(I)(viii)(III), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 117–103, which was approved Mar. 15, 2022.

The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is act Oct. 17, 1940, ch. 888, 54 Stat. 1178, which was classified to section 501 et seq. of the former Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense, prior to editorial reclassification and renumbering as chapter 50 (§3901 et seq.) of Title 50. The parenthetical reference to "(50 U.S.C. App. 527)" relates to section 207 of the Act, which is now classified to section 3937 of Title 50. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §438, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §132E(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 264; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2133; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(37), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(c)(1), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§420(a), 451(d), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1425, 1458, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §§532(b)(4), 534(b), 536(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 452, 454, 455; Pub. L. 98–79, §7(a), (c), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 482, 483; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16013(d), 16017(b)(3), (c), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 340, 347, related to special allowances, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1087–1a, Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §420(b), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1427, related to eligibility for special allowances covering loans made or purchased with funds obtained from Authorities issuing tax exempt obligations, and established requirement relating to plans for doing business, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 98–79, §7(b), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 483.

Amendments

2022—Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(viii). Pub. L. 117–103 added cl. (viii).

2011—Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(i)(II). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(e)(2)(A), substituted "the rate determined under subclause (I) (in accordance with clause (vii))" for "such average bond equivalent rate".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(v)(III). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(e)(2)(B), substituted "(iv), (vi), and (vii)" for "(iv), and (vi)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vii). Pub. L. 112–74, §309(e)(1), added cl. (vii).

2010—Subsec. (b)(2)(I). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(A), which directed amendment of subpar. (I) "in the subclause heading" by inserting ", and before july 1, 2010" after "2000", was executed in subpar. (I) heading to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(i). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(B), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "2000," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(C), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "2006,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iii). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(D), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "2000,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iv). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(E), inserted "and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "2000,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(v)(I). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(F), inserted "and before July 1, 2010," after "2006,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vi). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(1)(G), inserted ", and before july 1, 2010" after "2007" in heading and "and before July 1, 2010," after "2007," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B)(iii) to (v). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(2)(A), inserted "and" after semicolon in cl. (iii), substituted period for "; and" at end of cl. (iv), and struck out cl. (v), which read as follows: "by substituting '0.0 percent' for '3.0 percent' with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2010."

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(2)(B), inserted "and first disbursed before July 1, 2010," after "1992,".

Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–152, §2208(3), inserted ", and before July 1, 2010" after "2007".

2009—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(11)(A), substituted "1077a(i)" for "1077a(f)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(i). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(11)(B), which directed substitution of "1986" for "1954" in the first sentence, could not be executed because "1954" did not appear in original text subsequent to amendment by Pub. L. 100–369. See 1988 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(2)(F). Pub. L. 111–39, §402(f)(11)(C), substituted "1077a(i)" for "1077a(f)".

2008—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315 added subsec. (g).

2007—Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(i). Pub. L. 110–84, §305(a)(1), substituted "the following clauses" for "clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 110–84, §201(a)(2), substituted "section 1077a(l)(1) or (l)(4)" for "section 1077a(l)(1)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(v)(III). Pub. L. 110–84, §305(a)(2), substituted "clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), and (vi)" for "clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vi). Pub. L. 110–84, §305(a)(3), added cl. (vi).

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–84, §302(b)(2), struck out concluding provisions which read as follows: "As used in this section, the term 'eligible loan' includes all loans subject to section 1078–9 of this title."

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–84, §305(b), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "With respect to any loan under this part for which the first disbursement was made on or after October 1, 1993, the amount of the loan fee which shall be deducted under paragraph (1) shall be equal to 0.50 percent of the principal amount of the loan."

2006—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(d)(1), repealed Pub. L. 109–150, §2(b), (c)(2). See 2005 Amendment note below.

Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(c)(1), amended directory language of Pub. L. 108–409, §2. See 2004 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(a)(1), struck out "and before January 1, 2006," after "September 30, 2004,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(v)(II)(aa), (bb). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(a)(2)(A), struck out "and before January 1, 2006," after "September 30, 2004,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(v)(II)(cc). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(a)(2)(B), struck out ", and before January 1, 2006" after "September 30, 2004".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(vi), (vii). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(b), added cls. (vi) and (vii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iii). Pub. L. 109–171, §8006(b)(1)(A), struck out ", subject to clause (v) of this subparagraph" before period at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iv). Pub. L. 109–171, §8006(b)(1)(B), struck out ", subject to clause (vi) of this subparagraph" before period at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(v) to (vii). Pub. L. 109–171, §8006(b)(1)(C), added cl. (v) and struck out former cls. (v) to (vii), which related to limitation on special allowances for plus loans before July 1, 2006, limitation on special allowances for consolidation loans, and limitation on special allowances for plus loans on or after July 1, 2006, respectively.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 109–171, §8008(c)(1), reenacted par. heading, designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted subpar. (A) heading, and added subpar. (B).

2005—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–150, §2(c)(2), which directed amendment of directory language of Pub. L. 108–409, §2, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(d)(1). See 2004 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iv), (v)(II). Pub. L. 109–150, §2(b), which directed substitution of "April 1, 2006" for "January 1, 2006" wherever appearing, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(d)(1). See Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note below.

2004—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 108–409, §2, as amended by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(c)(1), substituted "this clause" for "this division" in cl. (i) and "clause (i) of this subparagraph" for "division (i) of this subparagraph" in cl. (ii), inserted "or refunded after September 30, 2004, and before January 1, 2006," after "October 1, 1993," in cl. (iv), and added cl. (v). Pub. L. 109–150, §2(c)(2), which made an amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 108–409, §2, identical to that made by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(c)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(d)(1). See Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note below.

2002—Subsec. (b)(2)(I). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(1), struck out ", and before july 1, 2003" after "january 1, 2000" in heading.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(i). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(2), struck out "and before July 1, 2003," after "January 1, 2000," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(ii). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(3), added cl. (ii) and struck out heading and text of former cl. (ii). Text read as follows: "In the case of any loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after January 1, 2000, and before July 1, 2003, and for which the applicable rate of interest is described in section 1077a(k)(2) of this title, clause (i)(III) of this subparagraph shall be applied by substituting '1.74 percent' for '2.34 percent'."

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iii). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(2), (4), struck out "and before July 1, 2003," after "January 1, 2000," and inserted "or (l)(2)" after "section 1077a(k)(3)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(iv). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(2), (5), inserted "or (l)(3)" after "section 1077a(k)(4)" and struck out "and before July 1, 2003," after "January 1, 2000,".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(v). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(6), inserted "before july 1, 2006" after "plus loans" in heading and substituted "July 1, 2006," for "July 1, 2003," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vi). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(2), (7), in introductory provisions, struck out "and before July 1, 2003," after "January 1, 2000," and inserted "or (l)(3)" after "section 1077a(k)(4)", and in concluding provisions, substituted "section 1077a(k)(4) or (l)(3) of this title, whichever is applicable" for "section 1077a(k)(4) of this title".

Subsec. (b)(2)(I)(vii). Pub. L. 107–139, §2(8), added cl. (vii).

1999—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 106–170, §409(a)(1), substituted "(G), (H), and (I)" for "(G), and (H)" in first sentence.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 106–170, §409(a)(2), substituted "(G), (H), or (I)" for "(G), or (H)" in first sentence.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 106–170, §409(a)(3), substituted "(G), (H), and (I)" for "(G) and (H)" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2)(H). Pub. L. 106–170, §409(a)(4), (5), substituted "january 1, 2000" for "july 1, 2003" in subpar. heading and "January 1, 2000" for "July 1, 2003" in text wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(2)(I). Pub. L. 106–170, §409(a)(6), added subpar. (I).

1998—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(b)(3)(A), substituted "(F), (G), and (H)" for "(F), and (G)".

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(b)(2)(A), substituted "(E), (F), and (G)" for "(E), and (F)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(b)(3)(B), substituted "(F), (G), or (H)" for "(F), or (G)".

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(b)(2)(B), substituted "(E), (F), or (G)" for "(E), or (F)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(b)(3)(C), substituted "subparagraphs (G) and (H)" for "subparagraph (G)".

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(b)(2)(C), substituted "Subject to subparagraph (G), in the case" for "In the case".

Subsec. (b)(2)(G). Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(b)(1), added subpar. (G).

Subsec. (b)(2)(H). Pub. L. 105–244, §416(b)(1), added subpar. (H).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §433(a), amended heading and text of par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, to any holder shall be reduced by the Secretary by the amount which the lender is authorized to charge as an origination fee in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection. If the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, is less than the amount the lender was authorized to charge borrowers for origination fees in that quarter, the Secretary shall deduct the excess amount from the subsequent quarters' payments until the total amount has been deducted."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §433(b)(1), substituted "(including loans made under section 1078–8 of this title, but excluding" for "(other than" and inserted at end "Except as provided in paragraph (8), a lender that charges an origination fee under this paragraph shall assess the same fee to all student borrowers."

Subsec. (c)(8). Pub. L. 105–244, §433(b)(2), added par. (8).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §433(c), amended heading and text of par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary shall reduce the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, to any holder of a loan by a loan fee in an amount determined in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection. If the total amount of interest and special allowance payable under section 1078(a)(3)(A) of this title and subsection (b) of this section, respectively, is less than the amount of such loan fee, then the Secretary shall deduct such excess amount from subsequent quarters' payments until the total amount has been deducted."

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §433(d)(1), amended heading and text of subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) related to lending from proceeds of tax exempt obligations.

1993—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–66, §4111(1), substituted "subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), (E), and (F)" for "subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D)" and "section 1077a(f)" for "section 1077a(e)".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 103–66, §4105, added cl. (iv).

Subsec. (b)(2)(E), (F). Pub. L. 103–66, §4111(2), added subpars. (E) and (F).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(a)(1), inserted "from students" after "origination fees" in heading.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(a)(2)(A), substituted "sections 1078–3 and 1087–2(o)" for "sections 1078–1, 1078–2, 1078–3, and 1087–2(o)" and "3.0 percent" for "5 percent".

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 103–66, §4102(a)(2)(B), substituted "3.0 percent" for "5 percent".

Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 103–66, §4103, added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsecs. (d) and (e) as (e) and (f), respectively.

1992—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(a)(1), (2), substituted "3.10" for "3.25" and inserted at end "If such computation produces a number less than zero, such loans shall be subject to section 1077a(e) of this title."

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(a)(3), substituted "3.10" for "3.25".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(a)(4), added cl. (ii) and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "The rate set under division (i) shall not be less than (I) 2.5 percent per year in the case of loans for which the applicable interest rate is 7 percent per year, (II) 1.5 percent per year in the case of loans for which the applicable interest rate is 8 percent per year, or (III) 0.5 percent in the case of loans for which the applicable rate is 9 percent per year."

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(a)(5), designated existing provision as cl. (i), inserted "before October 1, 1992," after "made", and added cl. (ii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(D)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(a)(6), substituted "3.10" for "3.25".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(c), inserted closing provision which defined "eligible loan" as used in this section to include all loans subject to section 1078–9 of this title.

Subsec. (b)(5)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(b), inserted "1078–8," after "1078–3,".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(d)(1), substituted "Subject to paragraph (6) of this subsection, with" for "With".

Subsec. (c)(6), (7). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(d)(2), added pars. (6) and (7).

Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §430(e), struck out "or discount" after "premium".

1988—Subsecs. (b)(2)(B)(i), (d)(1), (3). Pub. L. 100–369 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

1987—Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(bb)(1), substituted "subsection (d) of this section" for "subsection (c) of this section".

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(d)(2), substituted "12 percent" for "12.5 percent".

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(bb)(2), added par. (7).

Subsec. (d)(4)(C). Pub. L. 100–50, §10(cc), struck out ", as evidenced by the information submitted under paragraph (2)(G) of this subsection" after "fiscal year".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–315 effective for loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008, see section 422(g)(3) of Pub. L. 110–315, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by sections 201(a)(2) and 305 of Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Amendment by section 302(b)(2) of Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 302(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8006(b)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 160, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall not apply with respect to any special allowance payment made under section 438 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–1) before April 1, 2006."

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8013(c)(3), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 167, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective as if enacted on October 30, 2004, and the amendment made by paragraph (2) [amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title] shall be effective as if enacted on October 1, 2005."

Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8013(d)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 167, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (c) of this section [amending this section and provisions set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title] shall be effective as if the amendments made in subsections (b) and (c) of section 2 of the Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109–150, amending this section and provisions set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title] had not been enacted."

Effective Date of 2005 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–150, §2(d), Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884, provided that:

"(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section [amending this section and provisions set out as notes under sections 1001 and 1078–10 of this title] are effective upon enactment [Dec. 30, 2005].

"(2) Exception.—The amendment made by subsection (c)(1) [amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title] shall take effect as if enacted on October 1, 2005."

Effective Date of 1999 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–170, title IV, §409(b), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat. 1916, provided that: "Subparagraph (I) of section 438(b)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–1(b)(2)) as added by subsection (a) of this section shall apply with respect to any payment pursuant to such section with respect to any 3-month period beginning on or after January 1, 2000, for loans for which the first disbursement is made after such date."

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 416(b)(1) and (3) of Pub. L. 105–244 applicable with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, except that such amendment is applicable with respect to any loan made under section 1078–3 of this title for which application is received by an eligible lender on or after Oct. 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, see section 416(c) of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1077a of this title.

Amendment by section 433(a)–(c) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §433(d)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1711, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective as of the date the plan required by section 438(e)(1) [subsec. (e)(1) of this section] (as such section was in effect prior to such amendment) was approved by the Secretary or the Governor (whichever was the case). No Authority shall have a right or cause of action against the Secretary for any amounts paid to or offset by the Secretary pursuant to a final settlement agreement entered into prior to July 1, 1998, resolving any audit or program review findings alleging violations of any provision of section 438(e) (as in effect prior to such amendment)."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by section 4102(a) of Pub. L. 103–66 effective July 1, 1994, see section 4102(d) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 applicable with respect to loans for which first disbursement is made on or after Oct. 1, 1992, see section 432(a)(13) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, with subsec. (b) of this section effective with respect to loans disbursed on or after 30 days after Oct. 17, 1986, or made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after 30 days after Oct. 17, 1986, and subsec. (d) of this section effective 30 days after Oct. 17, 1986, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1071 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original.

³ So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.

§1087–2. Student Loan Marketing Association

(a) Purpose

The Congress hereby declares that it is the purpose of this section (1) to establish a private corporation which will be financed by private capital and which will serve as a secondary market and warehousing facility for student loans, including loans which are insured by the Secretary under this part or by a guaranty agency, and which will provide liquidity for student loan investments; (2) in order to facilitate secured transactions involving student loans, to provide for perfection of security interests in student loans either through the taking of possession or by notice filing; and (3) to assure nationwide the establishment of adequate loan insurance programs for students, to provide for an additional program of loan insurance to be covered by agreements with the Secretary.

(b) Establishment

(1) In general

There is hereby created a body corporate to be known as the Student Loan Marketing Association (hereinafter referred to as the "Association"). The Association shall have succession until dissolved. It shall maintain its principal office in the District of Columbia and shall be deemed, for purposes of venue and jurisdiction in civil actions, to be a resident and citizen thereof. Offices may be established by the Association in such other place or places as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of its business.

(2) Exemption from State and local taxes

The Association, including its franchise, capital, reserves, surplus, mortgages, or other security holdings, and income shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by any State, territory, possession, Commonwealth, or dependency of the United States, or by the District of Columbia, or by any county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the Association shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed.

(3) Appropriations authorized for establishment

There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary $5,000,000 for making advances for the purpose of helping to establish the Association. Such advances shall be repaid within such period as the Secretary may deem to be appropriate in light of the maturity and solvency of the Association. Such advances shall bear interest at a rate not less than (A) a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury taking into consideration the current average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States with remaining period to maturity comparable to the maturity of such advances, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of 1 percent, plus (B) an allowance adequate in the judgment of the Secretary to cover administrative costs and probable losses. Repayments of such advances shall be deposited into miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury.

(c) Board of Directors

(1) Composition of Board; Chairman

(A) The Association shall have a Board of Directors which shall consist of 21 persons, 7 of whom shall be appointed by the President and shall be representative of the general public. The remaining 14 directors shall be elected by the common stockholders of the Association entitled to vote pursuant to subsection (f). Commencing with the annual shareholders meeting to be held in 1993—

(i) 7 of the elected directors shall be affiliated with an eligible institution; and

(ii) 7 of the elected directors shall be affiliated with an eligible lender.

(B) The President shall designate 1 of the directors to serve as Chairman.

(2) Terms of appointed and elected members

The directors appointed by the President shall serve at the pleasure of the President and until their successors have been appointed and have qualified. The remaining directors shall each be elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of the common stockholders of the Association, and shall serve until their successors have been elected and have qualified. Any appointive seat on the Board which becomes vacant shall be filled by appointment of the President. Any elective seat on the Board which becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors shall be filled by the Board, but only for the unexpired portion of the term.

(3) Affiliated members

For the purpose of this subsection, the references to a director "affiliated with the eligible institution" or a director "affiliated with an eligible lender" means an individual who is, or within 5 years of election to the Board has been, an employee, officer, director, or similar official of—

(A) an eligible institution or an eligible lender;

(B) an association whose members consist primarily of eligible institutions or eligible lenders; or

(C) a State agency, authority, instrumentality, commission, or similar institution, the primary purpose of which relates to educational matters or banking matters.

(4) Meetings and functions of the Board

The Board of Directors shall meet at the call of its Chairman, but at least semiannually. The Board shall determine the general policies which shall govern the operations of the Association. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board, select, appoint, and compensate qualified persons to fill the offices as may be provided for in the bylaws, with such functions, powers, and duties as may be prescribed by the bylaws or by the Board of Directors, and such persons shall be the officers of the Association and shall discharge all such functions, powers, and duties.

(d) Authority of Association

(1) In general

The Association is authorized, subject to the provisions of this section—

(A) pursuant to commitments or otherwise to make advances on the security of, purchase, or repurchase, service, sell or resell, offer participations, or pooled interests or otherwise deal in, at prices and on terms and conditions determined by the Association, student loans which are insured by the Secretary under this part or by a guaranty agency;

(B) to buy, sell, hold, underwrite, and otherwise deal in obligations, if such obligations are issued, for the purpose of making or purchasing insured loans, by a guaranty agency or by an eligible lender in a State described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) or (F) of this title;

(C) to buy, sell, hold, insure, underwrite, and otherwise deal in obligations issued for the purpose of financing or refinancing the construction, reconstruction, renovation, improvement, or purchase at institutions of higher education of any of the following facilities (including the underlying property) and materials (including related equipment, instrumentation, and furnishings) at an eligible institution of higher education:

(i) educational and training facilities;

(ii) housing for students and faculties, dining halls, student unions, and facilities specifically designed to promote fitness and health for students, faculty, and staff or for physical education courses; and

(iii) library facilities, including the acquisition of library materials at institutions of higher education;

except that not more than 30 percent of the value of transactions entered into under this subparagraph shall involve transactions of the types described in clause (ii);

(D) to undertake a program of loan insurance pursuant to agreements with the Secretary under section 1078 of this title, and except with respect to loans under subsection (o) of this section or under section 1078–3 of this title, the Secretary may enter into an agreement with the Association for such purpose only if the Secretary determines that (i) eligible borrowers are seeking and unable to obtain loans under this part, and (ii) no guaranty agency is capable of or willing to provide a program of loan insurance for such borrowers; and

(E) to undertake any other activity which the Board of Directors of the Association determines to be in furtherance of the programs of insured student loans authorized under this part or will otherwise support the credit needs of students, except that—

(i) in carrying out all such activities the purpose shall always be to provide secondary market and other support for lending programs offered by other organizations and not to replace or compete with such other programs;

(ii) nothing in this subparagraph (E) shall be deemed to authorize the Association to acquire, own, operate, or control any bank, savings and loan association, savings bank or credit union; and

(iii) not later than 30 days prior to the initial implementation of a program undertaken pursuant to this subparagraph (E), the Association shall advise the Chairman and the Ranking Member on the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Chairman and the Ranking Member of the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives in writing of its plans to offer such program and shall provide information relating to the general terms and conditions of such program.

The Association is further authorized to undertake any activity with regard to student loans which are not insured or guaranteed as provided for in this subsection as it may undertake with regard to insured or guaranteed student loans. Any warehousing advance made on the security of such loans shall be subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this subsection to the same extent as a warehousing advance made on the security of insured loans.

(2) Warehousing advances

Any warehousing advance made under paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection shall be made on the security of (A) insured loans, (B) marketable obligations and securities issued, guaranteed, or insured by, the United States, or for which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged for the repayment of principal and interest thereof, or (C) marketable obligations issued, guaranteed, or insured by any agency, instrumentality, or corporation of the United States for which the credit of such agency, instrumentality, or corporation is pledged for the repayment of principal and interest thereof, in an amount equal to the amount of such advance. The proceeds of any such advance secured by insured loans shall either be invested in additional insured loans or the lender shall provide assurances to the Association that during the period of the borrowing it will maintain a level of insured loans in its portfolio not less than the aggregate outstanding balance of such loans held at the time of the borrowing. The proceeds from any such advance secured by collateral described in clauses (B) and (C) shall be invested in additional insured student loans.

(3) Perfection of security interests in student loans

Notwithstanding the provisions of any State law to the contrary, including the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any State, a security interest in insured student loans created on behalf of the Association or any eligible lender as defined in section 1085(a) of this title may be perfected either through the taking of possession of such loans or by the filing of notice of such security interest in such loans in the manner provided by such State law for perfection of security interests in accounts.

(4) Form of securities

Securities issued pursuant to the offering of participations or pooled interests under paragraph (1) of this subsection may be in the form of debt obligations, or trust certificates of beneficial ownership, or both. Student loans set aside pursuant to the offering of participations or pooled interests shall at all times be adequate to ensure the timely principal and interest payments on such securities.

(5) Restrictions on facilities and housing activities

Not less than 75 percent of the aggregate dollar amount of obligations bought, sold, held, insured, underwritten, and otherwise supported in accordance with the authority contained in paragraph (1)(C) shall be obligations which are listed by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization at a rating below the second highest rating of such organization.

(e) Advances to lenders that do not discriminate

The Association, pursuant to such criteria as the Board of Directors may prescribe, shall make advances on security or purchase student loans pursuant to subsection (d) only after the Association is assured that the lender (1) does not discriminate by pattern or practice against any particular class or category of students by requiring that, as a condition to the receipt of a loan, the student or his family maintain a business relationship with the lender, except that this clause shall not apply in the case of a loan made by a credit union, savings and loan association, mutual savings bank, institution of higher education, or any other lender with less than $75,000,000 in deposits, and (2) does not discriminate on the basis of race, sex, color, creed, or national origin.

(f) Stock of the Association

(1) Voting common stock

The Association shall have voting common stock having such par value as may be fixed by its Board of Directors from time to time. Each share of voting common stock shall be entitled to one vote with rights of cumulative voting at all elections of directors.

(2) Number of shares; transferability

The maximum number of shares of voting common stock that the Association may issue and have outstanding at any one time shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Any voting common stock issued shall be fully transferable, except that, as to the Association, it shall be transferred only on the books of the Association.

(3) Dividends

To the extent that net income is earned and realized, subject to subsection (g)(2), dividends may be declared on voting common stock by the Board of Directors. Such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors shall be paid to the holders of outstanding shares of voting common stock, except that no such dividends shall be payable with respect to any share which has been called for redemption past the effective date of such call.

(4) Single class of voting common stock

As of the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, all of the previously authorized shares of voting common stock and nonvoting common stock of the Association shall be converted to shares of a single class of voting common stock on a share-for-share basis, without any further action on the part of the Association or any holder. Each outstanding certificate for voting or nonvoting common stock shall evidence ownership of the same number of shares of voting stock into which it is converted. All preexisting rights and obligations with respect to any class of common stock of the Association shall be deemed to be rights and obligations with respect to such converted shares.

(g) Preferred stock

(1) Authority of Board

The Association is authorized to issue nonvoting preferred stock having such par value as may be fixed by its Board of Directors from time to time. Any preferred share issued shall be freely transferable, except that, as to the Association, it shall be transferred only on the books of the Association.

(2) Rights of preferred stock

The holders of the preferred shares shall be entitled to such rate of cumulative dividends and such shares shall be subject to such redemption or other conversion provisions as may be provided for at the time of issuance. No dividends shall be payable on any share of common stock at any time when any dividend is due on any share of preferred stock and has not been paid.

(3) Preference on termination of business

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Association's business, the holders of the preferred shares shall be paid in full at par value thereof, plus all accrued dividends, before the holders of the common shares receive any payment.

(h) Debt obligations

(1) Approval by Secretaries of Education and the Treasury

The Association is authorized with the approval of the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury to issue and have outstanding obligations having such maturities and bearing such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Association. The authority of the Secretary of Education to approve the issuance of such obligations is limited to obligations issued by the Association and guaranteed by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection. Such obligations may be redeemable at the option of the Association before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated therein. The Secretary of the Treasury may not direct as a condition of his approval that any such issuance of obligations by the Association be made or sold to the Federal Financing Bank. To the extent that the average outstanding amount of the obligations owned by the Association pursuant to the authority contained in subsection (d)(1)(B) and (C) of this section and as to which the income is exempt from taxation under title 26 does not exceed the average stockholders' equity of the Association, the interest on obligations issued under this paragraph shall not be deemed to be interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry obligations for the purpose of section 265 of title 26.

(2) Guarantee of debt

The Secretary is authorized, prior to October 1, 1984, to guarantee payment when due of principal and interest on obligations issued by the Association in an aggregate amount determined by the Secretary in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury. Nothing in this section shall be construed so as to authorize the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury to limit, control, or constrain programs of the Association or support of the Guaranteed Student Loan Program by the Association.

(3) Borrowing authority to meet guarantee obligations

To enable the Secretary to discharge his responsibilities under guarantees issued by him, he is authorized to issue to the Secretary of the Treasury notes or other obligations in such forms and denominations, bearing such maturities, and subject to such terms and conditions, as may be prescribed by the Secretary with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Such notes or other obligations shall bear interest at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities during the months preceding the issuance of the notes or other obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to purchase any notes and other obligations issued hereunder and for that purpose he is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include any purchase of such notes and obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time sell any of the notes or other obligations acquired by him under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such notes or other obligations shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States. There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary such sums as may be necessary to pay the principal and interest on the notes or obligations issued by him to the Secretary of the Treasury.

(4) Action on request for guarantees

Upon receipt of a request from the Association under this subsection requiring approvals by the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury shall act promptly either to grant approval or to advise the Association of the reasons for withholding approval. In no case shall such an approval be withheld for a period longer than 60 days unless, prior to the end of such period, the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury submit to the Congress a detailed explanation of reasons for doing so.

(5) Authority of Treasury to purchase debt

The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations issued by the Association pursuant to this subsection as now or hereafter in force, and for such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities hereafter issued under chapter 31 of title 31, as now or hereafter in force, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31, as now or hereafter in force are extended to include such purchases. The Secretary of the Treasury shall not at any time purchase any obligations under this subsection if such purchase would increase the aggregate principal amount of his then outstanding holdings of such obligations under this subsection to an amount greater than $1,000,000,000. Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon such terms and conditions as to yield a return at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average rate on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities as of the last day of the month preceding the making of such purchase. The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, sell, upon such terms and conditions and at such price or prices as he shall determine, any of the obligations acquired by him under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such obligations under this subsection shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States.

(6) Sale of debt to Federal Financing Bank

Notwithstanding any other provision of law the Association is authorized to sell or issue obligations on the security of student loans, the payment of interest or principal of which has at any time been guaranteed under section 1078 or 1079 of this title, to the Federal Financing Bank.

(7) Offset fee

(A) The Association shall pay to the Secretary, on a monthly basis, an offset fee calculated on an annual basis in an amount equal to 0.30 percent of the principal amount of each loan made, insured or guaranteed under this part that the Association holds (except for loans made pursuant to section 1078–3 of this title, subsection (o), or subsection (q)) and that was acquired on or after August 10, 1993.

(B) If the Secretary determines that the Association has substantially failed to comply with subsection (q), subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting "1.0 percent" for "0.3 percent".

(C) The Secretary shall deposit all fees collected pursuant to this paragraph into the insurance fund established in section 1081 of this title.

(i) General corporate powers

The Association shall have power—

(1) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, in its corporate name and through its own counsel;

(2) to adopt, alter, and use the corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed;

(3) to adopt, amend, and repeal by its Board of Directors, bylaws, rules, and regulations as may be necessary for the conduct of its business;

(4) to conduct its business, carry on its operations, and have officers and exercise the power granted by this section in any State without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any State;

(5) to lease, purchase, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use, or otherwise deal in and with any property, real, personal, or mixed, or any interest therein, wherever situated;

(6) to accept gifts or donations of services, or of property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible, in aid of any of the purposes of the Association;

(7) to sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, and otherwise dispose of its property and assets;

(8) to appoint such officers, attorneys, employees, and agents as may be required, to determine their qualifications, to define their duties, to fix their salaries, require bonds for them, and fix the penalty thereof; and

(9) to enter into contracts, to execute instruments, to incur liabilities, and to do all things as are necessary or incidental to the proper management of its affairs and the proper conduct of its business.

(j) Accounting, auditing, and reporting

The accounts of the Association shall be audited annually. Such audits shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by independent certified public accountants or by independent licensed public accountants, licensed on or before December 31, 1970, who are certified or licensed by a regulatory authority of a State or other political subdivision of the United States, except that independent public accountants licensed to practice by such regulatory authority after December 31, 1970, and persons who, although not so certified or licensed, meet, in the opinion of the Secretary, standards of education and experience representative of the highest standards prescribed by the licensing authorities of the several States which provide for the continuing licensing of public accountants and which are prescribed by the Secretary in appropriate regulations may perform such audits until December 31, 1975. A report of each such audit shall be furnished to the Secretary of the Treasury. The audit shall be conducted at the place or places where the accounts are normally kept. The representatives of the Secretary shall have access to all books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, and all other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the Association and necessary to facilitate the audit, and they shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositaries, fiscal agents, and custodians.

(k) Report on audits by Treasury

A report of each such audit for a fiscal year shall be made by the Secretary of the Treasury to the President and to the Congress not later than 6 months following the close of such fiscal year. The report shall set forth the scope of the audit and shall include a statement (showing intercorporate relations) of assets and liabilities, capital and surplus or deficit; a statement of surplus or deficit analysis; a statement of income and expense; a statement of sources and application of funds; and such comments and information as may be deemed necessary to keep the President and the Congress informed of the operations and financial condition of the Association, together with such recommendations with respect thereto as the Secretary may deem advisable, including a report of any impairment of capital or lack of sufficient capital noted in the audit. A copy of each report shall be furnished to the Secretary, and to the Association.

(l) Lawful investment instruments; effect of and exemptions from other laws

All obligations issued by the Association including those made under subsection (d)(4) shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds, the investment or deposit of which shall be under authority or control of the United States or of any officer or officers thereof. All stock and obligations issued by the Association pursuant to this section shall be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission, to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States. The Association shall, for the purposes of section 355(2) of title 12, be deemed to be an agency of the United States. The obligations of the Association shall be deemed to be obligations of the United States for the purpose of section 3124 of title 31. For the purpose of the distribution of its property pursuant to section 726 of title 11, the Association shall be deemed a person within the meaning of such title. The priority established in favor of the United States by section 3713 of title 31 shall not establish a priority over the indebtedness of the Association issued or incurred on or before September 30, 1992. The Federal Reserve Banks are authorized to act as depositaries, custodians, or fiscal agents, or a combination thereof, for the Association in the general performance of its powers under this section.

(m) Preparation of obligations

In order to furnish obligations for delivery by the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to prepare such obligations in such form as the Board of Directors may approve, such obligations when prepared to be held in the Treasury subject to delivery upon order by the Association. The engraved plates, dies, bed pieces, and so forth, executed in connection therewith shall remain in the custody of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Association shall reimburse the Secretary of the Treasury for any expenditures made in the preparation, custody, and delivery of such obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to promulgate regulations on behalf of the Association so that the Association may utilize the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks.

(n) Report on operations and activities

The Association shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, transmit to the President and the Congress a report of the Association's operations and activities, including a report with respect to all facilities transactions, during each year.

(o) Loan consolidations

(1) In general

The Association or its designated agent may, upon request of a borrower, consolidate loans received under this subchapter in accordance with section 1078–3 of this title.

(2) Use of existing agencies as agent

The Association in making loans pursuant to this subsection in any State served by a guaranty agency or an eligible lender in a State described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) or (F) of this title may designate as its agent such agency or lender to perform such functions as the Association determines appropriate. Any agreements made pursuant to this subparagraph shall be on such terms and conditions as agreed upon by the Association and such agency or lender.

(p) Advances for direct loans by guaranty agencies

(1) In general

The Association shall make advances in each fiscal year from amounts available to it to each guaranty agency and eligible lender described in subsection 1078(h)(1) ¹ of this title which has an agreement with the Association which sets forth that advances are necessary to enable such agency or lender to make student loans in accordance with section 1078(h) ¹ of this title and that such advances will be repaid to the Association in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the agreement and agreed to by the Association and such agency or lender. Advances made under this subsection shall not be subject to subsection (d)(2) of this section.

(2) Limitation

No advance may be made under this subsection unless the guaranty agency or lender makes an application to the Association, which shall be accompanied by such information as the Association determines to be reasonably necessary.

(q) Lender-of-last-resort

(1) Action at request of Secretary

(A) Whenever the Secretary determines that eligible borrowers are seeking and are unable to obtain loans under this part, the Association or its designated agent shall, not later than 90 days after August 10, 1993, begin making loans to such eligible borrowers in accordance with this subsection at the request of the Secretary. The Secretary may request that the Association make loans to borrowers within a geographic area or for the benefit of students attending institutions of higher education that certify, in accordance with standards established by the Secretary, that their students are seeking and unable to obtain loans.

(B) Loans made pursuant to this subsection shall be insurable by the Secretary under section 1079 of this title with a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage provided for under section 1079(b)(1) of this title or by a guaranty agency under paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection.

(2) Issuance and coverage of loans

(A) Whenever the Secretary, after consultation with, and with the agreement of, representatives of the guaranty agency in a State, or an eligible lender in a State described in section 1085(d)(1)(D) of this title, determines that a substantial portion of eligible borrowers in such State or within an area of such State are seeking and are unable to obtain loans under this part, the Association or its designated agent shall begin making such loans to borrowers in such State or within an area of such State in accordance with this subsection at the request of the Secretary.

(B) Loans made pursuant to this subsection shall be insurable by the agency identified in subparagraph (A) having an agreement pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title. For loans insured by such agency, the agency shall provide the Association with a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage, if the Association and the agency have mutually agreed upon a means to determine that the agency has not already guaranteed a loan under this part to a student which would cause a subsequent loan made by the Association to be in violation of any provision under this part.

(3) Termination of lending

The Association or its designated agent shall cease making loans under this subsection at such time as the Secretary determines that the conditions which caused the implementation of this subsection have ceased to exist.

(r) Safety and soundness of Association

(1) Reports by the Association

The Association shall promptly furnish to the Secretary of Education and Secretary of the Treasury copies of all—

(A) periodic financial reports publicly distributed by the Association;

(B) reports concerning the Association that are received by the Association and prepared by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations; and

(C)(i) financial statements of the Association within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter; and

(ii) reports setting forth the calculation of the capital ratio of the Association within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter.

(2) Audit by Secretary of the Treasury

(A) The Secretary of the Treasury may—

(i) appoint and fix the compensation of such auditors and examiners as may be necessary to conduct audits of the Association from time to time to determine the condition of the Association for the purpose of assessing the Association's financial safety and soundness and to determine whether the requirements of this section and section 1087–3 of this title are being met; and

(ii) obtain the services of such experts as the Secretary of the Treasury determines necessary and appropriate, as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, to assist in determining the condition of the Association for the purpose of assessing the Association's financial safety and soundness, and to determine whether the requirements of this section and section 1087–3 of this title are being met.

(B) Each auditor appointed under this paragraph shall conduct an audit of the Association to the extent requested by the Secretary of the Treasury and shall prepare and submit a report to the Secretary of the Treasury concerning the results of such audit. A copy of such report shall be furnished to the Association and the Secretary of Education on the date on which it is delivered to the Secretary of the Treasury.

(C) The Association shall provide full and prompt access to the Secretary of the Treasury to its books and records and other information requested by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(D) Annual assessment.—

(i) In general.—For each fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury may establish and collect from the Association an assessment (or assessments) in amounts sufficient to provide for reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out the duties of the Secretary of the Treasury under this section and section 1087–3 of this title during such fiscal year. In no event may the total amount so assessed exceed, for any fiscal year, $800,000, adjusted for each fiscal year ending after September 30, 1997, by the ratio of the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics) for the final month of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the assessment is made to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for September 1997.

(ii) Deposit.—Amounts collected from assessments under this subparagraph shall be deposited in an account within the Treasury of the United States as designated by the Secretary of the Treasury for that purpose. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to pay out of any funds available in such account the reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out the duties of the Secretary of the Treasury under this section and section 1087–3 of this title. None of the funds deposited into such account shall be available for any purpose other than making payments for such costs and expenses.

(E) Obligation to obtain, maintain, and report information.—

(i) In general.—The Association shall obtain such information and make and keep such records as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe concerning—

(I) the financial risk to the Association resulting from the activities of any associated person, to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition of the Association, including the Association's capital ratio, the Association's liquidity, or the Association's ability to conduct and finance the Association's operations; and

(II) the Association's policies, procedures, and systems for monitoring and controlling any such financial risk.

(ii) Summary reports.—The Secretary of the Treasury may require summary reports of such information to be filed no more frequently than quarterly. If, as a result of adverse market conditions or based on reports provided pursuant to this subparagraph or other available information, the Secretary of the Treasury has concerns regarding the financial or operational condition of the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury may, notwithstanding the preceding sentence and clause (i), require the Association to make reports concerning the activities of any associated person, whose business activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial or operational condition of the Association.

(iii) Definition.—For purposes of this subparagraph, the term "associated person" means any person, other than a natural person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Association.

(F) Compensation of auditors and examiners.—

(i) Rates of pay.—Rates of basic pay for all auditors and examiners appointed pursuant to subparagraph (A) may be set and adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 or subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5.

(ii) Comparability.—

(I) In general.—Subject to section 5373 of title 5, the Secretary of the Treasury may provide additional compensation and benefits to auditors and examiners appointed pursuant to subparagraph (A) if the same type of compensation or benefits are then being provided by any agency referred to in section 1833b of title 12 or, if not then being provided, could be provided by such an agency under applicable provisions of law, rule, or regulation.

(II) Consultation.—In setting and adjusting the total amount of compensation and benefits for auditors and examiners appointed pursuant to subparagraph (A), the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with, and seek to maintain comparability with, the agencies referred to in section 1833b of title 12.

(3) Monitoring of safety and soundness

The Secretary of the Treasury shall conduct such studies as may be necessary to monitor the financial safety and soundness of the Association. In the event that the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the financial safety and soundness of the Association is at risk, the Secretary of the Treasury shall inform the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, and the Secretary of Education of such determination and identify any corrective actions that should be taken to ensure the safety and soundness of the Association.

(4) Capital standard

If the capital ratio is less than 2 percent and is greater than or equal to 1.75 percent at the end of the Association's most recent calendar quarter the Association shall, within 60 days of such occurrence, submit to the Secretary of the Treasury a capital restoration plan, in reasonable detail, that the Association believes is adequate to cause the capital ratio to equal or exceed 2 percent within 36 months.

(5) Capital restoration plan

(A) Submission, approval, and implementation

The Secretary of the Treasury and the Association shall consult with respect to any capital restoration plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (4) and the Secretary of the Treasury shall approve such plan (or a modification thereof accepted by the Association) or disapprove such plan within 30 days after such plan is first submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury by the Association, unless the Association and Secretary of the Treasury mutually agree to a longer consideration period. If the Secretary of the Treasury approves a capital restoration plan (including a modification of a plan accepted by the Association), the Association shall forthwith proceed with diligence to implement such plan to the best of its ability.

(B) Disapproval

If the Secretary of the Treasury does not approve a capital restoration plan as provided in subparagraph (A), then not later than the earlier of the date the Secretary of the Treasury disapproves of such plan by written notice to the Association or the expiration of the 30-day consideration period referred to in subparagraph (A) (as such period may have been extended by mutual agreement), the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit the Association's capital restoration plan, in the form most recently proposed to the Secretary of the Treasury by the Association, together with a report on the Secretary of the Treasury's reasons for disapproval of such plan and an alternative capital restoration plan, to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Senate Committee on Labor and Human Resources and to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the House Committee on Education and Labor. A copy of such submission simultaneously shall be sent to the Association and the Secretary of Education by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(C) Association implementation and response

Upon receipt of the submission by the Association, the Association shall forthwith proceed with diligence to implement the most recently proposed capital restoration plan of the Association. The Association, within 30 days after receipt from the Secretary of the Treasury of such submission, shall submit to such Chairmen and ranking minority members a written response to such submission, setting out fully the nature and extent of the Association's agreement or the disagreement with the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to the capital restoration plan submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury and any findings of the Secretary of the Treasury.

(6) Substantial capital ratio reduction

(A) Additional plan required

If the capital ratio is less than 1.75 percent and is greater than or equal to 1 percent at the end of the Association's most recent calendar quarter, the Association shall submit to the Secretary of the Treasury within 60 days after such occurrence a capital restoration plan (or an appropriate modification of any plan previously submitted or approved under paragraph (4)) to increase promptly its capital ratio to equal or exceed 1.75 percent. The Secretary of the Treasury and the Association shall consult with respect to any plan or modified plan submitted pursuant to this paragraph. The Secretary of the Treasury shall approve such plan or modified plan (or a modification thereof accepted by the Association) or disapprove such plan or modified plan within 30 days after such plan or modified plan is first submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury by the Association, unless the Association and Secretary of the Treasury mutually agree to a longer consideration period. If the Secretary of the Treasury approves a plan or modified plan (including a modification of a plan accepted by the Association), the Association shall forthwith proceed with diligence to implement such plan or modified plan to the best of the Association's ability.

(B) Disapproval

If the Secretary of the Treasury disapproves a capital restoration plan or modified plan submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A), then, not later than the earlier of the date the Secretary of the Treasury disapproves of such plan or modified plan (by written notice to the Association) or the expiration of the 30-day consideration period described in subparagraph (A) (as such period may have been extended by mutual agreement), the Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare and submit an alternative capital restoration plan, together with a report on his reasons for disapproval of the Association's plan or modified plan, to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives. A copy of such submission simultaneously shall be sent to the Association and the Secretary of Education by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Association, within 5 days after receipt from the Secretary of the Treasury of such submission, shall submit to the Chairmen and ranking minority members of such Committees, and the Secretary of the Treasury, a written response to such submission, setting out fully the nature and extent of the Association's agreement or disagreement with the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to the disapproved plan and the alternative plan of the Secretary of the Treasury and any findings of the Secretary of the Treasury.

(C) Review by Congress; Association implementation

Congress shall have 60 legislative days after the date on which Congress receives the alternative plan under subparagraph (B) from the Secretary of the Treasury to review such plan. If Congress does not take statutory action with respect to any such plan within such 60-day period, the Association shall immediately proceed with diligence to implement the alternative capital restoration plan of the Secretary of the Treasury under subparagraph (B). If Congress is out of session when any such alternative plan is received, such 60-day period shall begin on the first day of the next session of Congress.

(7) Actions by Secretary of the Treasury

If the capital ratio of the Association does not equal or exceed 1.75 percent at the end of the Association's most recent calendar quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury may, until the capital ratio equals or exceeds 1.75 percent, take any one or more of the following actions:

(A) Limit increase in liabilities

Limit any increase in, or order the reduction of, any liabilities of the Association, except as necessary to fund student loan purchases and warehousing advances.

(B) Restrict growth

Restrict or eliminate growth of the Association's assets, other than student loans purchases and warehousing advances.

(C) Restrict distributions

Restrict the Association from making any capital distribution.

(D) Require issuance of new capital

Require the Association to issue new capital in any form and in any amount sufficient to restore at least a 1.75 percent capital ratio.

(E) Limit executive compensation

Prohibit the Association from increasing for any executive officer any compensation including bonuses at a rate exceeding that officer's average rate of compensation during the previous 12 calendar months and prohibiting the Board from adopting any new employment severance contracts.

(8) Critical capital standard

(A) If the capital ratio is less than 1 percent at the end of the Association's most recent calendar quarter and the Association has already submitted a capital restoration plan to the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (4) or (6)(A), the Association shall forthwith proceed with diligence to implement the most recently proposed plan with such modifications as the Secretary of the Treasury determines are necessary to cause the capital ratio to equal or exceed 2 percent within 60 months.

(B) If the capital ratio is less than 1 percent at the end of the Association's most recent calendar quarter and the Association has not submitted a capital restoration plan to the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (4) or (6)(A), the Association shall—

(i) within 14 days of such occurrence submit a capital restoration plan to the Secretary of the Treasury which the Association believes is adequate to cause the capital ratio to equal or exceed 2 percent within 60 months; and

(ii) forthwith proceed with diligence to implement such plan with such modifications as the Secretary of the Treasury determines are necessary to cause the capital ratio to equal or exceed 2 percent within 60 months.

(C) Immediately upon a determination under subparagraph (A) or (B) to implement a capital restoration plan, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit the capital restoration plan to be implemented to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, and the Secretary of Education.

(9) Additional reports to committees

The Association shall submit a copy of its capital restoration plan, modifications proposed to the Secretary of the Treasury, and proposed modifications received from the Secretary of the Treasury to the Congressional Budget Office and Government Accountability Office upon their submission to the Secretary of the Treasury or receipt from the Secretary of the Treasury. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Congressional Budget Office and Government Accountability Office shall maintain the confidentiality of information received pursuant to the previous sentence. In the event that the Secretary of the Treasury does not approve a capital restoration plan as provided in paragraph (5)(A) or (6)(A), or in the event that a capital restoration plan is modified by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (6)(B) or (8), the Congressional Budget Office and Government Accountability Office shall each submit a report within 30 days of the Secretary of the Treasury's submission to the Chairmen and ranking minority members as required in paragraphs (5)(B), (6)(B), and (8)(C) to such Chairmen and ranking members—

(A) analyzing the financial condition of the Association;

(B) analyzing the capital restoration plan and reasons for disapproval of the plan contained in the Secretary of the Treasury's submission made pursuant to paragraph (5)(B), or the capital restoration plan proposed by the Association and the modifications made by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (6)(B) or (8);

(C) analyzing the impact of the capital restoration plan and reasons for disapproval of the plan contained in the Secretary of the Treasury's submission made pursuant to paragraph (5)(B), or the impact of the capital restoration plan proposed by the Association and the modifications made by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (6)(B) or (8), and analyzing the impact of the recommendations made pursuant to subparagraph (D) of this paragraph, on—

(i) the ability of the Association to fulfill its purpose and authorized activities as provided in this section, and

(ii) the operation of the student loan programs; and

(D) recommending steps which the Association should take to increase its capital ratio without impairing its ability to perform its purpose and authorized activities as provided in this section.

(10) Review by Secretary of Education

The Secretary of Education shall review the Secretary of the Treasury's submission required pursuant to paragraph (5)(B), (6)(B), or (8) and shall submit a report within 30 days to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Senate Committee on Labor and Human Resources and to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the House Committee on Education and Labor—

(A) describing any administrative or legislative provisions governing the student loan programs which contributed to the decline in the Association's capital ratio; and

(B) recommending administrative and legislative changes in the student loan programs to maintain the orderly operation of such programs and to enable the Association to fulfill its purpose and authorized activities consistent with the capital ratio specified in paragraph (4).

(11) Safe harbor

The Association shall be deemed in compliance with the capital ratios described in paragraphs (4) and (6)(A) if the Association is rated in 1 of the 2 highest full rating categories (such categories to be determined without regard to designations within categories) by 2 nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, determined without regard to the Association's status as a federally chartered corporation.

(12) Treatment of confidential information

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Education, the Congressional Budget Office, and the Government Accountability Office shall not disclose any information treated as confidential by the Association or the Association's associated persons and obtained pursuant to this subsection. Nothing in this paragraph shall authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Education, the Congressional Budget Office, and the Government Accountability Office to withhold information from Congress, or prevent the Secretary of Education, the Congressional Budget Office, and the Government Accountability Office from complying with a request for information from any other Federal department or agency requesting the information for purposes within the scope of its jurisdiction, or complying with an order of a court of the United States in an action brought by the United States. For purposes of section 552 of title 5, this paragraph shall be considered a statute described in subsection (b)(3) of such section 552.

(13) Enforcement of safety and soundness requirements

The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of this section, or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with this section.

(14) Actions by Secretary

(A) In general

For any fiscal quarter ending after January 1, 2000, the Association shall have a capital ratio of at least 2.25 percent. The Secretary of the Treasury may, whenever such capital ratio is not met, take any one or more of the actions described in paragraph (7), except that—

(i) the capital ratio to be restored pursuant to paragraph (7)(D) shall be 2.25 percent; and

(ii) if the relevant capital ratio is in excess of or equal to 2 percent for such quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall defer taking any of the actions set forth in paragraph (7) until the next succeeding quarter and may then proceed with any such action only if the capital ratio of the Association remains below 2.25 percent.

(B) Applicability

The provisions of paragraphs (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (10), and (11) shall be of no further application to the Association for any period after January 1, 2000.

(15) Definitions

As used in this subsection:

(A) The term "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" means any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as that term is defined in section 78c(a) of title 15.

(B) The term "capital ratio" means the ratio of total stockholders' equity, as shown on the Association's most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet prepared in the ordinary course of its business, to the sum of—

(i) the total assets of the Association, as shown on the balance sheet prepared in the ordinary course of its business; and

(ii) 50 percent of the credit equivalent amount of the following off-balance sheet items of the Association as of the date of such balance sheet—

(I) all financial standby letters of credit and other irrevocable guarantees of the repayment of financial obligations of others; and

(II) all interest rate contracts and exchange rate contracts, including interest exchange agreements, floor, cap, and collar agreements and similar arrangements.

For purposes of this subparagraph, the calculation of the credit equivalent amount of the items set forth in clause (ii) of this subparagraph, the netting of such items and eliminations for the purpose of avoidance of double-counting of such items shall be made in accordance with the measures for computing credit conversion factors for off-balance sheet items for capital maintenance purposes established for commercial banks from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board, but without regard to any risk weighting provisions in such measures.

(C) The term "legislative days" means only days on which either House of Congress is in session.

(16) Dividends

The Association may pay dividends in the form of cash or noncash distributions so long as at the time of the declaration of such dividends, after giving effect to the payment of such dividends as of the date of such declaration by the Board of Directors of the Association, the Association's capital would be in compliance with the capital standards set forth in this section.

(17) Certification prior to payment of dividend

Prior to the payment of any dividend under paragraph (16), the Association shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury that the payment of the dividend will be made in compliance with paragraph (16) and shall provide copies of all calculations needed to make such certification.

(s) Charter sunset

(1) Application of provisions

This subsection applies beginning 18 months and one day after September 30, 1996, if no reorganization of the Association occurs in accordance with the provisions of section 1087–3 of this title.

(2) Sunset plan

(A) Plan submission by the Association

Not later than July 1, 2007, the Association shall submit to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of the House of Representatives, a detailed plan for the orderly winding up, by July 1, 2013, of business activities conducted pursuant to the charter set forth in this section. Such plan shall—

(i) ensure that the Association will have adequate assets to transfer to a trust, as provided in this subsection, to ensure full payment of remaining obligations of the Association in accordance with the terms of such obligations;

(ii) provide that all assets not used to pay liabilities shall be distributed to shareholders as provided in this subsection; and

(iii) provide that the operations of the Association shall remain separate and distinct from that of any entity to which the assets of the Association are transferred.

(B) Amendment of the plan by the Association

The Association shall from time to time amend such plan to reflect changed circumstances, and submit such amendments to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Chairman and Ranking Minority Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and Chairman and Ranking Minority Member of the Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of the House of Representatives. In no case may any amendment extend the date for full implementation of the plan beyond the dissolution date provided in paragraph (3).

(C) Plan monitoring

The Secretary of the Treasury shall monitor the Association's compliance with the plan and shall continue to review the plan (including any amendments thereto).

(D) Amendment of the plan by the Secretary of the Treasury

The Secretary of the Treasury may require the Association to amend the plan (including any amendments to the plan), if the Secretary of the Treasury deems such amendments necessary to ensure full payment of all obligations of the Association.

(E) Implementation by the Association

The Association shall promptly implement the plan (including any amendments to the plan, whether such amendments are made by the Association or are required to be made by the Secretary of the Treasury).

(3) Dissolution of the Association

The Association shall dissolve and the Association's separate existence shall terminate on July 1, 2013, after discharge of all outstanding debt obligations and liquidation pursuant to this subsection. The Association may dissolve pursuant to this subsection prior to such date by notifying the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury of the Association's intention to dissolve, unless within 60 days of receipt of such notice the Secretary of Education notifies the Association that the Association continues to be needed to serve as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q) or continues to be needed to purchase loans under an agreement with the Secretary described in paragraph (4)(A). On the dissolution date, the Association shall take the following actions:

(A) Establishment of a trust

The Association shall, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Association, and the appointed trustee, irrevocably transfer all remaining obligations of the Association to a trust and irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited into such trust, to be held as trust funds solely for the benefit of holders of the remaining obligations, money or direct noncallable obligations of the United States or any agency thereof for which payment the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged, maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be sufficient, without consideration of any significant reinvestment of such interest, to pay the principal of, and interest on, the remaining obligations in accordance with their terms.

(B) Use of trust assets

All money, obligations, or financial assets deposited into the trust pursuant to this subsection shall be applied by the trustee to the payment of the remaining obligations assumed by the trust. Upon the fulfillment of the trustee's duties under the trust, any remaining assets of the trust shall be transferred to the persons who, at the time of the dissolution, were the shareholders of the Association, or to the legal successors or assigns of such persons.

(C) Obligations not transferred to the trust

The Association shall make proper provision for all other obligations of the Association, including the repurchase or redemption, or the making of proper provision for the repurchase or redemption, of any preferred stock of the Association outstanding.

(D) Transfer of remaining assets

After compliance with subparagraphs (A) and (C), the Association shall transfer to the shareholders of the Association any remaining assets of the Association.

(4) Restrictions relating to winding up

(A) Restrictions on new business activity or acquisition of assets by the Association

(i) In general

Beginning on July 1, 2009, the Association shall not engage in any new business activities or acquire any additional program assets (including acquiring assets pursuant to contractual commitments) described in subsection (d) other than in connection with the Association—

(I) serving as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q); and

(II) purchasing loans insured under this part, if the Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, enters into an agreement with the Association for the continuation or resumption of the Association's secondary market purchase program because the Secretary determines there is inadequate liquidity for loans made under this part.

(ii) Agreement

The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement described in subclause (II) of clause (i) with the Association covering such secondary market activities. Any agreement entered into under such subclause shall cover a period of 12 months, but may be renewed if the Secretary determines that liquidity remains inadequate. The fee provided under subsection (h)(7) shall not apply to loans acquired under any such agreement with the Secretary.

(B) Issuance of debt obligations during the wind up period; attributes of debt obligations

The Association shall not issue debt obligations which mature later than July 1, 2013, except in connection with serving as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q) or with purchasing loans under an agreement with the Secretary as described in subparagraph (A). Nothing in this subsection shall modify the attributes accorded the debt obligations of the Association by this section, regardless of whether such debt obligations are transferred to a trust in accordance with paragraph (3).

(C) Use of Association name

The Association may not transfer or permit the use of the name "Student Loan Marketing Association", "Sallie Mae", or any variation thereof, to or by any entity other than a subsidiary of the Association.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §439, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1418; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §10(dd), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 347; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §431, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 554; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §§4041(c), 4104, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 356, 367; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(c)(69), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §358, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3968; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(2)–(4), (c)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-284 to 3009-286; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §309], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-45; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 109–291, §4(b)(5), Sept. 29, 2006, 120 Stat. 1338.)

Repeal of Section

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(d)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-289, provided that this section is repealed effective one year after date on which all obligations of trust established under section 1087–3(d)(1) of this title have been extinguished, if reorganization occurs in accordance with section 1087–3 of this title; or date on which all obligations of trust established under subsec. (s)(3)(A) of this section have been extinguished, if reorganization does not occur in accordance with section 1087–3 of this title.

Editorial Notes

References in Text

For the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, referred to in subsec. (f)(4), see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Section 1078(h) of this title, referred to in subsec. (p)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §438(a)(2)(B), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258.

Codification

In subsec. (h)(3) and (5), "chapter 31 of title 31" substituted for "the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended" and "the Second Liberty Bond Act", and "that chapter" substituted for "that Act, as amended", on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087–2, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §439, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §133(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 265; amended Pub. L. 94–273, §3(9), Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 376; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2136; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(38), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 217; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §421(a)–(e)(1), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), (3), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1427–1430, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §538, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 97–115, §18, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1610; Pub. L. 97–301, §14, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1405; Pub. L. 98–79, §§2, 8, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476, 483; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16017(b)(4), 16018(a)(3), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 347, 348, established the Student Loan Marketing Association, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (r)(15)(A). Pub. L. 109–291 substituted "means any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as that term is defined in section 78c(a) of title 15" for "means any entity recognized as such by the Securities and Exchange Commission".

2004—Subsec. (r)(9), (12). Pub. L. 108–271 substituted "Government Accountability Office" for "General Accounting Office" wherever appearing.

2000—Subsec. (r)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §309(1)], which directed amendment of this section by substituting "and fix the compensation of such auditors and examiners as may be necessary" for "auditors and examiners", was executed by making the substitution for "auditors or examiners", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (r)(2)(F). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §309(2)], added subpar. (F).

1996—Subsec. (r)(1)(C). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(3)(A)], added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (r)(2)(A)(i), (ii). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(3)(B)(i)], added cls. (i) and (ii) and struck out former cls. (i) and (ii) which read as follows:

"(i) appoint auditors to conduct audits of the Association from time to time to determine the condition of the Association for the purpose of assessing its financial safety and soundness; and

"(ii) enter into contracts to obtain the services of such technical experts as the Secretary of the Treasury determines necessary and appropriate to provide technical assistance to any auditor appointed under this paragraph."

Subsec. (r)(2)(D). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(3)(B)(ii)], added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (r)(2)(E). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(4)(A)], added subpar. (E).

Subsec. (r)(12). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(2)(A)], inserted "or the Association's associated persons" after "by the Association" in first sentence.

Subsec. (r)(13). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(2)(B), (C)], added par. (13) and redesignated former par. (13) as (15).

Subsec. (r)(14). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(3)(C)], added par. (14).

Subsec. (r)(15). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(b)(2)(B)], redesignated par. (13) as (15).

Subsec. (r)(16), (17). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e), [title VI, §602(b)(4)(B)], added pars. (16) and (17).

Subsec. (s). Pub. L. 104–208, §101(e) [title VI, §602(c)], added subsec. (s).

1994—Subsec. (d)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103–382, §358(1)(A), (D), inserted "(including related equipment, instrumentation, and furnishings)" after "materials" in introductory provisions and substituted "30 percent" for "15 percent" and "types" for "type" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (d)(1)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 103–382, §358(1)(B), substituted ", dining halls, student unions, and facilities specifically designed to promote fitness and health for students, faculty, and staff or for physical education courses; and" for the semicolon.

Subsec. (d)(1)(C)(iii), (iv). Pub. L. 103–382, §358(1)(C), (E), struck out "and" after the semicolon in cl. (iii) and struck out cl. (iv) which read as follows: "related equipment, instrumentation, and furnishings for facilities and materials described in clause (i) or (iii);".

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 103–382, §358(2), substituted "a report of the Association's operations and activities, including a report with respect to all facilities transactions, during each year" for "a report of its operations and activities during each year".

1993—Subsec. (h)(7). Pub. L. 103–66, §4104, added par. (7).

Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 103–66, §4041(c), amended subsec. (q) generally, substituting present provisions for substantially similar former provisions.

Subsec. (r)(12). Pub. L. 103–208 substituted "section 552" for "section 522".

1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §431(a), amended subsec. (c) generally, substituting present provisions consisting of pars. (1) to (4) for former provisions which provided for: in par. (1), Board membership; in par. (2), interim Board; in par. (3), regular Board; in par. (4), succession of regular Board; in par. (5), terms of appointed and elected members; and in par. (6), meetings and functions of Board.

Subsec. (d)(1)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §431(b), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "to buy, sell, hold, insure, underwrite, and otherwise deal in obligations issued for the purpose of financing or refinancing the construction, reconstruction, renovation, or purchase of educational and training facilities and housing for students and faculties (including the underlying real property), and related equipment, instrumentation, and furnishings;".

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 102–325, §431(c), substituted "second highest rating" for "third highest rating".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §431(d), amended subsec. (f) generally, substituting present provisions consisting of pars. (1) to (4) for former provisions which provided for: in par. (1), common stock to insured lenders and eligible institutions only; in par. (2), voting rights; in par. (3), number of shares and transferability; in par. (4), dividends; and in par. (5), nonvoting common stock.

Subsec. (r). Pub. L. 102–325, §431(e), added subsec. (r).

1988—Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 100–369 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954" in two places, which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

1987—Subsec. (d)(1)(E)(iii). Pub. L. 100–50 inserted "Labor and" before "Human Resources".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Change of Name

Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Eighteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2023.

Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999.

Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Fifth Congress, Jan. 7, 1997.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(d)(2)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-289, provided that: "The repeals made by paragraph (1) [repealing this section and section 1087–3 of this title] shall be effective one year after—

"(A) the date on which all of the obligations of the trust established under section 440(d)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1087–3(d)(1)] (as added by subsection (a)) have been extinguished, if a reorganization occurs in accordance with section 440 of such Act; or

"(B) the date on which all of the obligations of the trust established under subsection [sic] 439(s)(3)(A) of such Act [20 U.S.C. 1087–2(s)(3)(A)] (as added by subsection (c)) have been extinguished, if a reorganization does not occur in accordance with section 440 of such Act."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes in subsec. (d)(1), relating to facilities loans, applicable with respect to applications received on or after July 1, 1992, see section 432 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Termination of Reporting Requirements

For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsecs. (k) and (n) of this section relating to transmitting annual reports to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and pages 141 and 206 of House Document No. 103–7.

Use of Association Names Upon Dissolution; Enforcement

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(e), (f)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-289, 3009-290, provided that:

"(e) Association Names.—Upon dissolution in accordance with section 439(s) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–2[(s)]), the names 'Student Loan Marketing Association', 'Sallie Mae', and any variations thereof may not be used by any entity engaged in any business similar to the business conducted pursuant to section 439 of such Act (as such section was in effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 30, 1996]) without the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.

"(f) Right to Enforce.—The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of subsection (e), or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with subsection (e)."

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087–3. Reorganization of Student Loan Marketing Association through formation of Holding Company

(a) Actions by Association's Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of the Association shall take or cause to be taken all such action as the Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate to effect, upon the shareholder approval described in subsection (b), a restructuring of the common stock ownership of the Association, as set forth in a plan of reorganization adopted by the Board of Directors (the terms of which shall be consistent with this section) so that all of the outstanding common shares of the Association shall be directly owned by a Holding Company. Such actions may include, in the Board of Director's discretion, a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company with and into the Association, which would have the effect provided in the plan of reorganization and the law of the jurisdiction in which such subsidiary is incorporated. As part of the restructuring, the Board of Directors may cause—

(1) the common shares of the Association to be converted, on the reorganization effective date, to common shares of the Holding Company on a one for one basis, consistent with applicable State or District of Columbia law; and

(2) Holding Company common shares to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Shareholder approval

The plan of reorganization adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to subsection (a) shall be submitted to common shareholders of the Association for their approval. The reorganization shall occur on the reorganization effective date, provided that the plan of reorganization has been approved by the affirmative votes, cast in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Association common stock.

(c) Transition

In the event the shareholders of the Association approve the plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the following provisions shall apply beginning on the reorganization effective date:

(1) In general

Except as specifically provided in this section, until the dissolution date the Association shall continue to have all of the rights, privileges and obligations set forth in, and shall be subject to all of the limitations and restrictions of, section 1087–2 of this title, and the Association shall continue to carry out the purposes of such section. The Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association) shall not be entitled to any of the rights, privileges, and obligations, and shall not be subject to the limitations and restrictions, applicable to the Association under section 1087–2 of this title, except as specifically provided in this section. The Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association or a subsidiary of the Association) shall not purchase loans insured under this chapter until such time as the Association ceases acquiring such loans, except that the Holding Company may purchase such loans if the Association is merely continuing to acquire loans as a lender of last resort pursuant to section 1087–2(q) of this title or under an agreement with the Secretary described in paragraph (6).

(2) Transfer of certain property

(A) In general

Except as provided in this section, on the reorganization effective date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Association shall use the Association's best efforts to transfer to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company (or both), as directed by the Holding Company, all real and personal property of the Association (both tangible and intangible) other than the remaining property. Subject to the preceding sentence, such transferred property shall include all right, title, and interest in—

(i) direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Association (excluding special purpose funding companies in existence on September 30, 1996, and any interest in any government-sponsored enterprise);

(ii) contracts, leases, and other agreements of the Association;

(iii) licenses and other intellectual property of the Association; and

(iv) any other property of the Association.

(B) Construction

Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit the Association from transferring remaining property from time to time to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, subject to the provisions of paragraph (4).

(3) Transfer of personnel

On the reorganization effective date, employees of the Association shall become employees of the Holding Company (or any subsidiary of the Holding Company), and the Holding Company (or any subsidiary of the Holding Company) shall provide all necessary and appropriate management and operational support (including loan servicing) to the Association, as requested by the Association. The Association, however, may obtain such management and operational support from persons or entities not associated with the Holding Company.

(4) Dividends

The Association may pay dividends in the form of cash or noncash distributions so long as at the time of the declaration of such dividends, after giving effect to the payment of such dividends as of the date of such declaration by the Board of Directors of the Association, the Association's capital would be in compliance with the capital standards and requirements set forth in section 1087–2(r) of this title. If, at any time after the reorganization effective date, the Association fails to comply with such capital standards, the Holding Company shall transfer with due diligence to the Association additional capital in such amounts as are necessary to ensure that the Association again complies with the capital standards.

(5) Certification prior to dividend

Prior to the payment of any dividend under paragraph (4), the Association shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury that the payment of the dividend will be made in compliance with paragraph (4) and shall provide copies of all calculations needed to make such certification.

(6) Restrictions on new business activity or acquisition of assets by Association

(A) In general

After the reorganization effective date, the Association shall not engage in any new business activities or acquire any additional program assets described in section 1087–2(d) of this title other than in connection with—

(i) student loan purchases through September 30, 2007;

(ii) contractual commitments for future warehousing advances, or pursuant to letters of credit or standby bond purchase agreements, which are outstanding as of the reorganization effective date;

(iii) the Association serving as a lender-of-last-resort pursuant to section 1087–2(q) of this title; and

(iv) the Association's purchase of loans insured under this part, if the Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, enters into an agreement with the Association for the continuation or resumption of the Association's secondary market purchase program because the Secretary determines there is inadequate liquidity for loans made under this part.

(B) Agreement

The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement described in clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) with the Association covering such secondary market activities. Any agreement entered into under such clause shall cover a period of 12 months, but may be renewed if the Secretary determines that liquidity remains inadequate. The fee provided under section 1087–2(h)(7) of this title shall not apply to loans acquired under any such agreement with the Secretary.

(7) Issuance of debt obligations during the transition period; attributes of debt obligations

After the reorganization effective date, the Association shall not issue debt obligations which mature later than September 30, 2008, except in connection with serving as a lender-of-last-resort pursuant to section 1087–2(q) of this title or with purchasing loans under an agreement with the Secretary as described in paragraph (6). Nothing in this section shall modify the attributes accorded the debt obligations of the Association by section 1087–2 of this title, regardless of whether such debt obligations are incurred prior to, or at any time following, the reorganization effective date or are transferred to a trust in accordance with subsection (d).

(8) Monitoring of safety and soundness

(A) Obligation to obtain, maintain, and report information

The Association shall obtain such information and make and keep such records as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe concerning—

(i) the financial risk to the Association resulting from the activities of any associated person, to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition of the Association, including the Association's capital ratio, the Association's liquidity, or the Association's ability to conduct and finance the Association's operations; and

(ii) the Association's policies, procedures, and systems for monitoring and controlling any such financial risk.

(B) Summary reports

The Secretary of the Treasury may require summary reports of the information described in subparagraph (A) to be filed no more frequently than quarterly. If, as a result of adverse market conditions or based on reports provided pursuant to this subparagraph or other available information, the Secretary of the Treasury has concerns regarding the financial or operational condition of the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury may, notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subparagraph (A), require the Association to make reports concerning the activities of any associated person whose business activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial or operational condition of the Association.

(C) Separate operation of corporations

(i) In general

The funds and assets of the Association shall at all times be maintained separately from the funds and assets of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company and may be used by the Association solely to carry out the Association's purposes and to fulfill the Association's obligations.

(ii) Books and records

The Association shall maintain books and records that clearly reflect the assets and liabilities of the Association, separate from the assets and liabilities of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

(iii) Corporate office

The Association shall maintain a corporate office that is physically separate from any office of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

(iv) Director

No director of the Association who is appointed by the President pursuant to section 1087–2(c)(1)(A) of this title may serve as a director of the Holding Company.

(v) One officer requirement

At least one officer of the Association shall be an officer solely of the Association.

(vi) Transactions

Transactions between the Association and the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, including any loan servicing arrangements, shall be on terms no less favorable to the Association than the Association could obtain from an unrelated third party offering comparable services.

(vii) Credit prohibition

The Association shall not extend credit to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company nor guarantee or provide any credit enhancement to any debt obligations of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

(viii) Amounts collected

Any amounts collected on behalf of the Association by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company with respect to the assets of the Association, pursuant to a servicing contract or other arrangement between the Association and the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, shall be collected solely for the benefit of the Association and shall be immediately deposited by the Holding Company or such subsidiary to an account under the sole control of the Association.

(D) Encumbrance of assets

Notwithstanding any Federal or State law, rule, or regulation, or legal or equitable principle, doctrine, or theory to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the assets of the Association be available or used to pay claims or debts of or incurred by the Holding Company. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to limit the right of the Association to pay dividends not otherwise prohibited under this subparagraph or to limit any liability of the Holding Company explicitly provided for in this section.

(E) Holding Company activities

After the reorganization effective date and prior to the dissolution date, all business activities of the Holding Company shall be conducted through subsidiaries of the Holding Company.

(F) Confidentiality

Any information provided by the Association pursuant to this section shall be subject to the same confidentiality obligations contained in section 1087–2(r)(12) of this title.

(G) Definition

For purposes of this paragraph, the term "associated person" means any person, other than a natural person, who is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Association.

(9) Issuance of stock warrants

(A) In general

On the reorganization effective date, the Holding Company shall issue to the District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority a number of stock warrants that is equal to one percent of the outstanding shares of the Association, determined as of the last day of the fiscal quarter preceding September 30, 1996, with each stock warrant entitling the holder of the stock warrant to purchase from the Holding Company one share of the registered common stock of the Holding Company or the Holding Company's successors or assigns, at any time on or before September 30, 2008. The exercise price for such warrants shall be an amount equal to the average closing price of the common stock of the Association for the 20 business days prior to September 30, 1996, on the exchange or market which is then the primary exchange or market for the common stock of the Association. The number of shares of Holding Company common stock subject to each stock warrant and the exercise price of each stock warrant shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect—

(i) the conversion of Association common stock into Holding Company common stock as part of the plan of reorganization approved by the Association's shareholders; and

(ii) any issuance or sale of stock (including issuance or sale of treasury stock), stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, or other corporate event, if agreed to by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Association.

(B) Authority to sell or exercise stock warrants; deposit of proceeds

The District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority is authorized to sell or exercise the stock warrants described in subparagraph (A). The District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority shall deposit into the account established under section 1155(e) ¹ of this title amounts collected from the sale and proceeds resulting from the exercise of the stock warrants pursuant to this subparagraph.

(10) Restrictions on transfer of Association shares and bankruptcy of Association

After the reorganization effective date, the Holding Company shall not sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer the outstanding shares of the Association, or agree to or cause the liquidation of the Association or cause the Association to file a petition for bankruptcy under title 11, without prior approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Education.

(d) Termination of Association

In the event the shareholders of the Association approve a plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the Association shall dissolve, and the Association's separate existence shall terminate on September 30, 2008, after discharge of all outstanding debt obligations and liquidation pursuant to this subsection. The Association may dissolve pursuant to this subsection prior to such date by notifying the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury of the Association's intention to dissolve, unless within 60 days after receipt of such notice the Secretary of Education notifies the Association that the Association continues to be needed to serve as a lender of last resort pursuant to section 1087–2(q) of this title or continues to be needed to purchase loans under an agreement with the Secretary described in subsection (c)(6). On the dissolution date, the Association shall take the following actions:

(1) Establishment of a trust

The Association shall, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement that is in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Association and the appointed trustee, irrevocably transfer all remaining obligations of the Association to the trust and irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited into such trust, to be held as trust funds solely for the benefit of holders of the remaining obligations, money or direct noncallable obligations of the United States or any agency thereof for which payment the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged, maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be sufficient, without consideration of any significant reinvestment of such interest, to pay the principal of, and interest on, the remaining obligations in accordance with their terms. To the extent the Association cannot provide money or qualifying obligations in the amount required, the Holding Company shall be required to transfer money or qualifying obligations to the trust in the amount necessary to prevent any deficiency.

(2) Use of trust assets

All money, obligations, or financial assets deposited into the trust pursuant to this subsection shall be applied by the trustee to the payment of the remaining obligations assumed by the trust.

(3) Obligations not transferred to the trust

The Association shall make proper provision for all other obligations of the Association not transferred to the trust, including the repurchase or redemption, or the making of proper provision for the repurchase or redemption, of any preferred stock of the Association outstanding. Any obligations of the Association which cannot be fully satisfied shall become liabilities of the Holding Company as of the date of dissolution.

(4) Transfer of remaining assets

After compliance with paragraphs (1) and (3), any remaining assets of the trust shall be transferred to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, as directed by the Holding Company.

(e) Operation of Holding Company

In the event the shareholders of the Association approve the plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the following provisions shall apply beginning on the reorganization effective date:

(1) Holding Company Board of Directors

The number of members and composition of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall be determined as set forth in the Holding Company's charter or like instrument (as amended from time to time) or bylaws (as amended from time to time) and as permitted under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Holding Company's incorporation.

(2) Holding Company name

The names of the Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association)—

(A) may not contain the name "Student Loan Marketing Association"; and

(B) may contain, to the extent permitted by applicable State or District of Columbia law, "Sallie Mae" or variations thereof, or such other names as the Board of Directors of the Association or the Holding Company deems appropriate.

(3) Use of Sallie Mae name

Subject to paragraph (2), the Association may assign to the Holding Company, or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, the "Sallie Mae" name as a trademark or service mark, except that neither the Holding Company nor any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association or any subsidiary of the Association) may use the "Sallie Mae" name on, or to identify the issuer of, any debt obligation or other security offered or sold by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than a debt obligation or other security issued to and held by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company). The Association shall remit to the account established under section 1155(e) ¹ of this title, $5,000,000, within 60 days of the reorganization effective date as compensation for the right to assign the "Sallie Mae" name as a trademark or service mark.

(4) Disclosure required

Until 3 years after the dissolution date, the Holding Company, and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association), shall prominently display—

(A) in any document offering the Holding Company's securities, a statement that the obligations of the Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company are not guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and

(B) in any advertisement or promotional materials which use the "Sallie Mae" name or mark, a statement that neither the Holding Company nor any subsidiary of the Holding Company is a government-sponsored enterprise or instrumentality of the United States.

(f) Strict construction

Except as specifically set forth in this section, nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the authority of the Association as a federally chartered corporation, or of the Holding Company as a State or District of Columbia chartered corporation.

(g) Right to enforce

The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of this section, or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with this section.

(h) Deadline for reorganization effective date

This section shall be of no further force and effect in the event that the reorganization effective date does not occur on or before 18 months after September 30, 1996.

(i) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) Association

The term "Association" means the Student Loan Marketing Association.

(2) Dissolution date

The term "dissolution date" means September 30, 2008, or such earlier date as the Secretary of Education permits the transfer of remaining obligations in accordance with subsection (d).

(3) Holding Company

The term "Holding Company" means the new business corporation established pursuant to this section by the Association under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia for the purposes of the reorganization and restructuring described in subsection (a).

(4) Remaining obligations

The term "remaining obligations" means the debt obligations of the Association outstanding as of the dissolution date.

(5) Remaining property

The term "remaining property" means the following assets and liabilities of the Association which are outstanding as of the reorganization effective date:

(A) Debt obligations issued by the Association.

(B) Contracts relating to interest rate, currency, or commodity positions or protections.

(C) Investment securities owned by the Association.

(D) Any instruments, assets, or agreements described in section 1087–2(d) of this title (including, without limitation, all student loans and agreements relating to the purchase and sale of student loans, forward purchase and lending commitments, warehousing advances, academic facilities obligations, letters of credit, standby bond purchase agreements, liquidity agreements, and student loan revenue bonds or other loans).

(E) Except as specifically prohibited by this section or section 1087–2 of this title, any other nonmaterial assets or liabilities of the Association which the Association's Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to the Association's operations.

(6) Reorganization

The term "reorganization" means the restructuring event or events (including any merger event) giving effect to the Holding Company structure described in subsection (a).

(7) Reorganization effective date

The term "reorganization effective date" means the effective date of the reorganization as determined by the Board of Directors of the Association, which shall not be earlier than the date that shareholder approval is obtained pursuant to subsection (b) and shall not be later than the date that is 18 months after September 30, 1996.

(8) Subsidiary

The term "subsidiary" means one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §440, as added Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(a)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-275.)

Repeal of Section

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §602(d)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-289, provided that this section is repealed effective one year after date on which all obligations of trust established under subsec. (d)(1) of this section have been extinguished, if reorganization occurs in accordance with this section, or date on which all obligations of trust established under section 1087–2(s)(3)(A) of this title have been extinguished, if reorganization does not occur in accordance with this section.

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1155(e) of this title, referred to in subsecs. (c)(9)(B) and (e)(3), was in the original a reference to section 3(e) of the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996, and was translated as reading section 603(e) of that Act, which is Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §603(e)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-293, to reflect the probable intent of Congress, because that Act does not contain a section 3(e), but does contain a section 603(e) which establishes the account referred to in text.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087–3, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §439A, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2141, related to a five-year nondischargeability of certain loan debts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–598, title III, §317, Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2678, eff. Nov. 6, 1978.

A prior section 1087–3a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §439B, as added Pub. L. 95–566, §8, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2404, authorized any loan under this part to be counted as part of the expected family contribution in the determination of need, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §532(b)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 452, applicable to loans for the statement required by section 1078(a)(2)(A) of this title is completed on or after Oct. 1, 1981.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087–4. Discrimination in secondary markets prohibited

The Student Loan Marketing Association (and, if the Association is privatized under section 1087–3 of this title, any successor entity functioning as a secondary market for loans under this part, including the Holding Company described in such section) shall not engage directly or indirectly in any pattern or practice that results in a denial of a borrower's access to loans under this part because of the borrower's race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, disability status, income, attendance at a particular eligible institution, length of the borrower's educational program, or the borrower's academic year at an eligible institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §440A, as added Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title VI, §604], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-293.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087–4, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §440, as added Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §127(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2141, provided for criminal penalties, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §451(b), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1458, eff. Oct. 1, 1980. See section 1097 of this title.

Part C—Federal Work-Study Programs

Editorial Notes

Codification

Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, which comprises this part, was originally enacted as part C of title I of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 513, and amended by Pub. L. 89–253, Oct. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 973; Pub. L. 89–329, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 90–82, Sept. 6, 1967, 81 Stat. 194; and Pub. L. 90–222, Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 672. It was redesignated as part C of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 and amended by Pub. L. 90–575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014, and further amended by Pub. L. 91–95, Oct. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 141; Pub. L. 92–318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 94–43, June 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 233; Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; and Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367. Such part is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1429, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of part C by Pub. L. 99–498. For complete credit information on amendatory acts prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions notes under individual sections within this part.

Part was formerly classified to part C (§2751 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 34 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this part.

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §441(a)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 563, substituted "Federal Work-Study Programs" for "Work-Study Programs" in part heading.

Prior Provisions

A prior part C of this subchapter, consisting of part D of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329, was redesignated part D of this subchapter.

A prior part C of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249, consisting of sections 441 and 442, was repealed by Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, in order to accommodate the redesignation and transfer of former part C of title I of Pub. L. 88–452. See Codification note above. Prior section 441 made various amendments to parts C and D of title I of Pub. L. 88–452, and, notwithstanding the repeal of section 441, those amendments were not struck out. Prior section 442 was classified to section 2757 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

§1087–51. Purpose; appropriations authorized

(a) Purpose

The purpose of this part is to stimulate and promote the part-time employment of students who are enrolled as undergraduate, graduate, or professional students and who are in need of earnings from employment to pursue courses of study at eligible institutions, and to encourage students receiving Federal student financial assistance to participate in community service activities that will benefit the Nation and engender in the students a sense of social responsibility and commitment to the community.

(b) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part, such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(c) "Community services" defined

For purposes of this part, the term "community services" means services which are identified by an institution of higher education, through formal or informal consultation with local nonprofit, governmental, and community-based organizations, as designed to improve the quality of life for community residents, particularly low-income individuals, or to solve particular problems related to their needs, including—

(1) such fields as health care, child care (including child care services provided on campus that are open and accessible to the community), literacy training, education (including tutorial services), welfare, social services, transportation, housing and neighborhood improvement, public safety, emergency preparedness and response, crime prevention and control, recreation, rural development, and community improvement;

(2) work in a project, as defined in section 12511(20) ¹ of title 42;

(3) support services to students with disabilities, including students with disabilities who are enrolled at the institution; and

(4) activities in which a student serves as a mentor for such purposes as—

(A) tutoring;

(B) supporting educational and recreational activities; and

(C) counseling, including career counseling.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1429; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §441(b)–(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 563; Pub. L. 103–82, title I, §111(b)(3), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 860; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §441, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1711; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §441, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 12511(20) of title 42, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), was redesignated section 12511(35) by Pub. L. 111–13, title I, §1102(b)(1), Apr. 21, 2009, 123 Stat. 1467.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2751 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See note below.

Section was originally enacted as section 121 (and later renumbered section 141) of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, at which time it was classified to section 2751 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 441 of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, §131(a), (b)(1), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter. For complete credit information on acts affecting this section prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 441 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §141, formerly §121, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 513; Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(2), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249; renumbered §141, Pub. L. 90–222, title I, §111(a), Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 726; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441, and amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§131(a), (b)(1), 132, 133(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, 1029; Pub. L. 91–95, §5, Oct. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 143; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§135, 135A(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §128(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2143; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §431, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1433, stated purpose of this part and authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1981 to 1985, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 441 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249, which amended this section and former sections 2752 to 2756 and 2761 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, was repealed by Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028. Because the repeal happened in order to accommodate the new section 441 resulting from the renumbering of former section 141 of Pub. L. 88–452, the amendments made by prior section 441 were not treated as being struck out.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §441(1), substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$1,000,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §441(2), inserted "emergency preparedness and response," after "public safety,".

1998—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §441(a), substituted "$1,000,000,000 for fiscal year 1999" for "$800,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §441(b)(1), inserted "(including child care services provided on campus that are open and accessible to the community)" after "child care".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §441(b)(2), inserted ", including students with disabilities who are enrolled at the institution" before the semicolon.

1993—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–82 substituted "a project, as defined in section 12511(20) of title 42" for "service opportunities or youth corps as defined in section 12511 of title 42, and service in the agencies, institutions and activities designated in section 12544(a) of title 42".

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §441(b), inserted before period at end ", and to encourage students receiving Federal student financial assistance to participate in community service activities that will benefit the Nation and engender in the students a sense of social responsibility and commitment to the community".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §441(c), amended subsec. (b) generally, substituting present provisions for former provisions which authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1987 to 1991.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §441(d), added subsec. (c).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 123 of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as a note under section 1701 of Title 16, Conservation.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

References to Part C of Title I of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964

Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(c), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, provided that: "Any reference to any provision of part C of title I of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 in any law of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the corresponding provision of part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this part] as amended by this section."

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087–52. Allocation of funds

(a) Allocation based on previous allocation

(1) From the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087–51(b) of this title for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall first allocate to each eligible institution for each succeeding fiscal year, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount such institution received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year).

(2)(A) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this part after fiscal year 1999 but is not a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greater of—

(i) $5,000; or

(ii) 90 percent of the amount received and used under this part for the first year it participated in the program.

(B) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this part after fiscal year 1999 and is a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greatest of—

(i) $5,000;

(ii) an amount equal to (I) 90 percent of the amount received and used under this part in the second preceding fiscal year by eligible institutions offering comparable programs of instruction, divided by (II) the number of students enrolled at such comparable institutions in such fiscal year, multiplied by (III) the number of students enrolled at the applicant institution in such fiscal year; or

(iii) 90 percent of the institution's allocation under this part for the preceding fiscal year.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which—

(i) was a first-time participant in the program in fiscal year 2000 or any subsequent fiscal year, and

(ii) received a larger amount under this subsection in the second year of participation,

an amount equal to 90 percent of the amount it received under this subsection in its second year of participation.

(3)(A) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) of this subsection, then the amount of the allocation to each such institution shall be ratably reduced.

(B) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is more than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) but less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (2), then—

(i) the Secretary shall allot the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1), and

(ii) the amount of the allocation to each institution under paragraph (2) shall be ratably reduced.

(C) If additional amounts are appropriated for any such fiscal year, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced (until the amount allocated equals the amount required to be allocated under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection).

(4)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Secretary may allocate an amount equal to not more than 10 percent of the amount by which the amount appropriated in any fiscal year to carry out this part exceeds $700,000,000 among eligible institutions described in subparagraph (B).

(B) In order to receive an allocation pursuant to subparagraph (A) an institution shall be an eligible institution from which 50 percent or more of the Pell Grant recipients attending such eligible institution graduate or transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

(b) Allocation of excess based on share of excess eligible amounts

(1) From the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087–51(b) of this title after making the allocations required by subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which has an excess eligible amount an amount which bears the same ratio to such remainder as such excess eligible amount bears to the sum of the excess eligible amounts of all such eligible institutions (having such excess eligible amounts).

(2) For any eligible institution, the excess eligible amount is the amount, if any, by which—

(A)(i) the amount of that institution's need (as determined under subsection (c) of this section), divided by (ii) the sum of the need of all institutions (as so determined), multiplied by (iii) the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087–51(b) of this title for the fiscal year; exceeds

(B) the amount required to be allocated to that institution under subsection (a) of this section.

(c) Determination of institution's need

(1) The amount of an institution's need is equal to the sum of the self-help need of the institution's eligible undergraduate students and the self-help need of the institution's eligible graduate and professional students.

(2) To determine the self-help need of an institution's eligible undergraduate students, the Secretary shall—

(A) establish various income categories for dependent and independent undergraduate students;

(B) establish a student aid index for each income category of dependent and independent undergraduate students, determined on the basis of the average student aid index (computed in accordance with part F of this subchapter of a representative sample within each income category for the second preceding fiscal year;

(C) compute 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students;

(D) multiply the number of eligible dependent students in each income category by the lesser of—

(i) 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less than zero;

(E) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (D) for each income category of dependent students; and

(F) multiply the number of eligible independent students in each income category by the lesser of—

(i) 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction for any income category shall not be less than zero;

(G) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (F) for each income category of independent students; and

(H) add the amounts determined under subparagraphs (E) and (G).

(3) To determine the self-help need of an institution's eligible graduate and professional students, the Secretary shall—

(A) establish various income categories of graduate and professional students;

(B) establish a student aid index for each income category of graduate and professional students, determined on the basis of the average student aid index (computed in accordance with part F of this subchapter of a representative sample within each income category for the second preceding fiscal year;

(C) determine the average cost of attendance for all graduate and professional students;

(D) subtract from the average cost of attendance for all graduate and professional students (determined under subparagraph (C)), the student aid index (determined under subparagraph (B)) for each income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction for any income category shall not be less than zero;

(E) multiply the amounts determined under subparagraph (D) by the number of eligible students in each category; and

(F) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (E) of this paragraph for each income category.

(4)(A) For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (3), the term "average cost of attendance" means the average of the attendance costs for undergraduate students and for graduate and professional students, which shall include (i) tuition and fees determined in accordance with subparagraph (B), (ii) standard living expenses determined in accordance with subparagraph (C), and (iii) books and supplies determined in accordance with subparagraph (D).

(B) The average undergraduate and graduate and professional tuition and fees described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be computed on the basis of information reported by the institution to the Secretary, which shall include (i) total revenue received by the institution from undergraduate and graduate tuition and fees for the second year preceding the year for which it is applying for an allocation, and (ii) the institution's enrollment for such second preceding year.

(C) The standard living expense described in subparagraph (A)(ii) is equal to 150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college for a single independent student.

(D) The allowance for books and supplies described in subparagraph (A)(iii) is equal to $600.

(d) Reallocation of excess allocations

(1) If institutions return to the Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institutions under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallot such excess to eligible institutions which used at least 5 percent of the total amount of funds granted to such institution under this section to compensate students employed in tutoring in reading and family literacy activities in the preceding fiscal year. Such excess funds shall be reallotted to institutions which qualify under this subsection on the same basis as excess eligible amounts are allocated to institutions pursuant to subsection (b) of this section. Funds received by institutions pursuant to this subsection shall be used to compensate students employed in community service.

(2) If, under paragraph (1) of this subsection, an institution returns more than 10 percent of its allocation, the institution's allocation for the next fiscal year shall be reduced by the amount returned. The Secretary may waive this paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary to the interest of the program.

(e) Filing deadlines

The Secretary shall, from time to time, set dates before which institutions must file applications for allocations under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §442, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1429; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §11(a), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §442, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 564; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(1), (2), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §442(a), (b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1712; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §442, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), (3), (4), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199, 3200.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2752 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See note below.

Section was originally enacted as section 122 (and later renumbered section 142) of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, at which time it was classified to section 2752 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 442 of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, §131(a), (b)(1), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter. For complete credit information on acts affecting this section prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 442 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §142, formerly §122, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(1), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249; renumbered §142, Pub. L. 90–222, title I, §111(a), Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 726; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §442, and amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§131(a), (b)(1), (3), 133(a), 135, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, 1029; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §135B, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§432, 433, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1433, 1503, related to allocation of funds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 442 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1251, which was classified to section 2757 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, authorized appropriations for the fiscal years ending June 30, 1966, 1967, and 1968, to carry out the provisions of this part, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(4), substituted "average student aid index" for "average expected family contribution".

Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(2)(D)(ii), (F)(ii). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(4), substituted "average student aid index" for "average expected family contribution".

Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

2008—Subsec. (c)(4)(D). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "$600" for "$450".

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(a)(1), substituted "received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year)" for "received and used under this part for fiscal year 1985".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A), (B). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(a)(2)(A), substituted "1999" for "1985" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(a)(2)(B), substituted "2000" for "1986".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(1), (2), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b), and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (b). Text read as follows: "From one-quarter of the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087–51(b) of this title for any fiscal year (after making the allocations required by subsection (a) of this section), the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution an amount which bears the same ratio to such one-quarter as the amount the eligible institution receives for such fiscal year under subsection (a) of this section bears to the amount all such institutions receive under such subsection (a) of this section."

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(3), struck out "three-quarters of" after "From".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(4), substituted "subsection (c)" for "subsection (d)".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(2), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (b).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(5), struck out "the Secretary, for academic year 1988–1989 shall use the procedures employed for academic year 1986–1987, and, for any subsequent academic years," after "professional students," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(2), redesignated subsec. (e) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(6), substituted "5 percent" for "10 percent", "in tutoring in reading and family literacy activities in" for "in community service in", and "subsection (b)" for "subsection (c)".

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §442(b)(2), redesignated subsec. (f) as (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (d).

1993—Subsec. (d)(4)(C). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(1), substituted "150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college" for "three-fourths in the Pell Grant family size offset".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

1992—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §442(a), added par. (4).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §442(b), amended subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) read as follows:

"(1) If an institution returns to the Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this section for any fiscal year the Secretary shall reallocate such excess in accordance with paragraph (2). Any sums reallocated under this subsection may be used in accordance with section 1087–55(a)(2) of this title.

"(2) The Secretary shall reallot not to exceed 25 percent of the amount available pursuant to paragraph (1) to eligible institutions for use in initiating, improving, and expanding programs of community service-learning conducted in accordance with section 1087–57 of this title. The Secretary shall allocate the remainder of the amounts available pursuant to paragraph (1) to eligible institutions based upon the criteria described in section 1087–57(c) of this title."

1987—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 100–50, substituted "not to exceed 25 percent" for "25 percent" and "section 1087–57(c) of this title" for "subsection (c) of this section", and made technical amendment to reference to section 1087–57 of this title to correct numerical designation of corresponding section of original act.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §442(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1712, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to allocations of amounts appropriated pursuant to section 441(b) for fiscal year 2000 or any succeeding fiscal year."

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(b)(1), as added by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(c), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that: "Section 442 of the Act [this section] shall apply with respect to the allocation of funds for academic year 1988–1989 and succeeding academic years."

§1087–53. Grants for Federal work-study programs

(a) Agreements required

The Secretary is authorized to enter into agreements with institutions of higher education under which the Secretary will make grants to such institutions to assist in the operation of work-study programs as provided in this part.

(b) Contents of agreements

An agreement entered into pursuant to this section shall—

(1) provide for the operation by the institution of a program for the part-time employment, including internships, practica, or research assistantships as determined by the Secretary, of its students in work for the institution itself, work in community service or work in the public interest for a Federal, State, or local public agency or private nonprofit organization under an arrangement between the institution and such agency or organization, and such work—

(A) will not result in the displacement of employed workers or impair existing contracts for services;

(B) will be governed by such conditions of employment as will be appropriate and reasonable in light of such factors as type of work performed, geographical region, and proficiency of the employee;

(C) does not involve the construction, operation, or maintenance of so much of any facility as is used or is to be used for sectarian instruction or as a place for religious worship; and

(D) will not pay any wage to students employed under this subpart ¹ that is less than the current Federal minimum wage as mandated by section 206 of title 29;

(2) provide that funds granted an institution of higher education, pursuant to this section, may be used only to make payments to students participating in work-study programs, except that—

(A) for fiscal year 2000 and succeeding fiscal years, an institution shall use at least 7 percent of the total amount of funds granted to such institution under this section for such fiscal year to compensate students employed in community service, and shall ensure that not less than 1 tutoring or family literacy project (as described in subsection (d) of this section) is included in meeting the requirement of this subparagraph, except that the Secretary may waive this subparagraph if the Secretary determines that enforcing this subparagraph would cause hardship for students at the institution; and

(B) an institution may use a portion of the sums granted to it to meet administrative expenses in accordance with section 1096 of this title, may use a portion of the sums granted to it to meet the cost of a job location and development program in accordance with section 1087–56 of this title, and may transfer funds in accordance with the provisions of section 1095 of this title;

(3) provide that in the selection of students for employment under such work-study program, only students who demonstrate financial need in accordance with part F of this subchapter and meet the requirements of section 1091 of this title will be assisted, except that if the institution's grant under this part is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are (A) attending the institution on less than a full-time basis, or (B) independent students, a reasonable portion of the grant shall be made available to such students;

(4) provide that for a student employed in a work-study program under this part, at the time income derived from any need-based employment is in excess of the determination of the amount of such student's need by more than $300, continued employment shall not be subsidized with funds appropriated under this part;

(5) provide that the Federal share of the compensation of students employed in the work-study program in accordance with the agreement shall not exceed 75 percent, except that—

(A) the Federal share may exceed 75 percent, but not exceed 90 percent, if, consistent with regulations of the Secretary—

(i) the student is employed at a nonprofit private organization or a government agency that—

(I) is not a part of, and is not owned, operated, or controlled by, or under common ownership, operation, or control with, the institution;

(II) is selected by the institution on an individual case-by-case basis for such student; and

(III) would otherwise be unable to afford the costs of such employment; and

(ii) not more than 10 percent of the students compensated through the institution's grant under this part during the academic year are employed in positions for which the Federal share exceeds 75 percent; and

(B) the Federal share may exceed 75 percent if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a Federal share in excess of such amounts is required in furtherance of the purpose of this part;

(6) include provisions to make employment under such work-study program reasonably available (to the extent of available funds) to all eligible students in the institution in need thereof;

(7) provide assurances that employment made available from funds under this part will, to the maximum extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational program or vocational goals of each student receiving assistance under this part;

(8) provide assurances, in the case of each proprietary institution, that students attending the proprietary institution receiving assistance under this part who are employed by the institution may be employed in jobs—

(A) that are only on campus and that—

(i) to the maximum extent practicable, complement and reinforce the education programs or vocational goals of such students; and

(ii) furnish student services that are directly related to the student's education, as determined by the Secretary pursuant to regulations, except that no student shall be employed in any position that would involve the solicitation of other potential students to enroll in the school; or

(B) in community service in accordance with paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection;

(9) provide assurances that employment made available from funds under this part may be used to support programs for supportive services to students with disabilities;

(10) provide assurances that the institution will inform all eligible students of the opportunity to perform community service, and will consult with local nonprofit, governmental, and community-based organizations to identify such opportunities; and

(11) include such other reasonable provisions as the Secretary shall deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose of this part.

(c) Private sector employment agreement

As part of its agreement agreement ² described in subsection (b) of this section, an institution of higher education may, at its option, enter into an additional agreement with the Secretary which shall—

(1) provide for the operation by the institution of a program of part-time employment of its students in work for a private for-profit organization under an arrangement between the institution and such organization that complies with the requirements of subparagraphs (A) through (D) of subsection (b)(1) of this section and subsection (b)(3) of this section;

(2) provide that the institution will use not more than 25 percent of the funds made available to such institution under this part for any fiscal year for the operation of the program described in paragraph (1);

(3) provide that, notwithstanding subsection (b)(5) of this section, the Federal share of the compensation of students employed in such program will not exceed 60 percent for academic years 1987–1988 and 1988–1989, 55 percent for academic year 1989–1990, and 50 percent for academic year 1990–1991 and succeeding academic years, and that the non-Federal share of such compensation will be provided by the private for-profit organization in which the student is employed;

(4) provide that jobs under the work study program will be academically relevant, to the maximum extent practicable; and

(5) provide that the for-profit organization will not use funds made available under this part to pay any employee who would otherwise be employed by the organization.

(d) Tutoring and literacy activities

(1) Use of funds

In any academic year to which subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, an institution shall ensure that funds granted to such institution under this section are used in accordance with such subsection to compensate (including compensation for time spent in training and travel directly related to tutoring in reading and family literacy activities) students—

(A) employed as reading tutors for children who are preschool age or are in elementary school; or

(B) employed in family literacy projects.

(2) Priority for schools

To the extent practicable, an institution shall—

(A) give priority to the employment of students in the provision of tutoring in reading in schools that are participating in a reading reform project that—

(i) is designed to train teachers how to teach reading on the basis of scientifically-based research on reading; and

(ii) is funded under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.]; and

(B) ensure that any student compensated with the funds described in paragraph (1) who is employed in a school participating in a reading reform project described in subparagraph (A) receives training from the employing school in the instructional practices used by the school.

(3) Federal share

The Federal share of the compensation of work-study students compensated under this subsection may exceed 75 percent.

(e) Civic education and participation activities

(1) Use of funds

Funds granted to an institution under this section may be used to compensate (including compensation for time spent in training and travel directly related to civic education and participation activities) students employed in projects that—

(A) teach civics in schools;

(B) raise awareness of government functions or resources; or

(C) increase civic participation.

(2) Priority for schools

To the extent practicable, an institution shall—

(A) give priority to the employment of students participating in projects that educate or train the public about evacuation, emergency response, and injury prevention strategies relating to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other emergency situations; and

(B) ensure that any student compensated with the funds described in paragraph (1) receives appropriate training to carry out the educational services required.

(3) Federal share

The Federal share of the compensation of work-study students compensated under this subsection may exceed 75 percent.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §443, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1432; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §11(b), (c), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §§441(a)(2), 443, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 563, 564; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(3)–(5), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §443, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1712; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §443, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3258; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §403, July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1945.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (d)(2)(A)(ii), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27, which is classified generally to chapter 70 (§6301 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2753 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See below.

Section was originally enacted as section 123 (and later renumbered section 143) of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, title I, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 514, at which time it was classified to section 2753 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(a), (b)(1), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter. For complete credit information on acts affecting this section prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions notes below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 443 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §434, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1434, related to grants for work-study programs, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 443 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §143, formerly §123, as added Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(3), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249; renumbered §143, Pub. L. 90–222, title I, §111(a), Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 726; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §443, and amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§131(a), (b)(1), 133(a), (b), 139(1), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, 1029, 1030; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §128(b), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2143, provided for grants for work-study programs, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §434, title XIII, §1393, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1434, 1504, eff. Oct 1, 1980.

A prior section 123 of Pub. L. 88–452, title I, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 514, which served as the origin of this section, provided for grants for work-study programs, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(3), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §403(1), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in introductory provisions as reference to this section.

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §403(2), substituted "subsection (b)(2)(A)" for "subsection (b)(2)(B)".

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §403(3), struck out "in accordance with such subsection" before "to compensate" in introductory provisions.

2008—Subsec. (b)(2)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 110–315, §443(1), redesignated subpars. (B) and (C) as (A) and (B), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "for fiscal year 1999, an institution shall use at least 5 percent of the total amount of funds granted to such institution under this section in any fiscal year to compensate students employed in community service (including a reasonable amount of time spent in travel or training directly related to such community service), except that the Secretary may waive this subparagraph if the Secretary determines that enforcing it would cause hardship for students at an institution;".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §443(2), added subsec. (e).

1998—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(a), inserted ", including internships, practica, or research assistantships as determined by the Secretary," after "part-time employment".

Pub. L. 105–244, §443(b), (c)(1)(A), substituted "for fiscal year 1999," for "in fiscal year 1994 and succeeding fiscal years,", inserted "(including a reasonable amount of time spent in travel or training directly related to such community service)" after "community service", and struck out "and" at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(c)(1)(B), (C), added subpar. (B) and redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(d), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: "provide that in the selection of students for employment under such work-study program, only students, who demonstrate financial need in accordance with part F of this title, and who meet the requirements of section 1091 of title 20 will be assisted, except that—

"(A) if the institution's grant under this part is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are (i) attending the institution less than full time, or (ii) independent students; and

"(B) if the total financial need of all such less than full-time and independent students at the institution exceeds 5 percent of the total financial need of all students at such institution,

then at least 5 percent of the grant shall be made available to such less than full-time and independent students;".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(e), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "provide that the Federal share of the compensation of students employed in the work-study program in accordance with the agreement shall not exceed 75 percent for academic year 1993–1994 and succeeding academic years, except that the Federal share may exceed such amounts of compensation if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a Federal share in excess of such amounts is required in furtherance of the purpose of this part;".

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(f), struck out ", and to make equivalent employment offered or arranged by the institution reasonably available (to the extent of available funds) to all students in the institution who desire such employment" after "in need thereof".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(g), inserted ", to the maximum extent practicable" before the semicolon at end.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §443(c)(2), added subsec. (d).

1993—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(3), substituted "institution; and" for "institution;".

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(4), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "provide that the Federal share of the compensation of students employed in the work-study program in accordance with the agreement shall not exceed 75 percent for academic year 1993–1994 and succeeding academic years, except that—

"(A) the Federal share may exceed such amounts of such compensation if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a Federal share in excess of such amounts is required in furtherance of the purpose of this part; and

"(B) when a student engaged in work in community service performs such work for a private nonprofit organization other than the eligible institution, the contribution of such agency or organization shall not exceed 40 percent of the institution's share of the compensation of the student, and the eligible institution in its discretion may count such contribution toward satisfaction of the non-Federal share of the compensation of the student;".

Subsec. (b)(8)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(d)(5), added subpars. (A) and (B) and struck out former subpars. (A) to (C) which read as follows:

"(A) on campus only, except as required in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2);

"(B) that, to the maximum extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational programs or vocational goals of such students; and

"(C) furnishing student services that are directly related to the student's education, as determined by the Secretary pursuant to regulations, except that no student shall be employed in any position that would involve the solicitation of other potential students to enroll in the school;".

1992—Pub. L. 102–325, §441(a)(2), inserted "Federal" after "Grants for" in section catchline.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(a), inserted ", work in community service" after "institution itself".

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(b), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "an institution may use not to exceed 10 percent of the funds granted to the institution in any fiscal year to carry out the work study program described in section 1087–57 of this title at the increased Federal share specified in paragraph (5)(B) of this subsection, and".

Subsec. (b)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(c)–(e), amended par. (3) to (5) generally. Prior to amendment, pars. (3) to (5) read as follows:

"(3) provide that in the selection of students for employment under such work-study program, only students who demonstrate financial need in accordance with part F of this title, and who meet the requirements of section 1091 of title 20 will be assisted, except that, if the institution's grant under this part is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students attending the institution less than full time, a reasonable proportion of the institution's grant shall be made available to such students;

"(4) provide that for a student employed in a work-study program under this part, at the time income derived from any employment (including non-work-study or both) is in excess of the determination of the amount of such student's need by more than $200, continued employment shall not be subsidized with funds appropriated under this part;

"(5) provide that the Federal share of the compensation of students employed in the work study program in accordance with the agreement will not exceed 80 percent for academic years 1987–1988 and 1988–1989, 75 percent for academic year 1989–1990, and 70 percent for academic year 1990–1991 and succeeding academic years, except that—

"(A) the Federal share may exceed such amounts of such compensation if the Secretary determines, pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary establishing objective criteria for such determinations, that a Federal share in excess of such amounts is required in furtherance of the purpose of this part; and

"(B) the Federal share of the compensation of the students employed in the work study for community service-learning programs described in section 1087–57 of this title from funds available under paragraph (2)(A) in accordance with the agreement will not exceed 90 percent of such compensation;".

Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(f)(1), inserted ", except as required in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2)" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (b)(8)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(f)(2), (g)(2), inserted "that are directly related to the student's education" after "student services" and struck out "and" at end.

Subsec. (b)(9) to (11). Pub. L. 102–325, §443(g)(1), (3), added pars. (9) and (10) and redesignated former par. (9) as (11).

1987—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–50, §11(b), substituted "paragraph (5)(B)" for "clause (6)(B)" in par. (2)(A), and "paragraph (2)(A)" for "clause (2)(A)" in par. (5)(B).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–50, §11(c), substituted "As part of its agreement" for "In addition to the" and inserted "and subsection (b)(3) of this section" before semicolon at end of par. (1).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on Aug. 14, 2008, see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(b)(2), formerly §403(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1437, as renumbered by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(c), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that: "Sections 443(c), 446, and 447 of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087–53(c), 1087–56, and 1087–57] as amended by this section shall apply to periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987."

¹ So in original. Probably should be "part".

² So in original.

§1087–54. Sources of matching funds

Nothing in this part shall be construed as restricting the source (other than this part) from which the institution may pay its share of the compensation of a student employed under a work-study program covered by an agreement under this part, and such share may be paid to such student in the form of services and equipment (including tuition, room, board, and books) furnished by such institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §444, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1435.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2754 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See note below.

Section was originally enacted as section 124 (and later renumbered section 144) of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, at which time it was classified to section 2754 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 444 of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, §131(a), (b)(1), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 444 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §144, formerly §124, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 89–253, §10, Oct. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 974; Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(1), (4), (5), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 90–82, §§1, 2, Sept. 6, 1967, 81 Stat. 194; renumbered §144, Pub. L. 90–222, title I, §111(a), Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 726; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §444, and amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§131(a), (b)(1), 133(a), (c), 134, 136, 137, 138, 139(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, 1029, 1030; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §§135C(a)(1), 135D, 135E, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 271; Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §128(c), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2143, set out conditions required of agreements with eligible institutions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §434, title XIII, §1393, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1434, 1504, eff. Oct. 1, 1980. See section 1087–53(b) of this title.

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1087–55 of this title prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1087–55. Flexible use of funds

(a) Carry-over authority

(1) Of the sums granted to an eligible institution under this part for any fiscal year, 10 percent may, at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out programs under this part.

(2) Any of the sums so granted to an institution for a fiscal year which are not needed by that institution to operate work-study programs during that fiscal year, and which it does not wish to use during the next fiscal year as authorized in the preceding sentence, shall remain available to the Secretary for making grants under section 1087–53 of this title to other institutions in the same State until the close of the second fiscal year next succeeding the fiscal year for which such funds were appropriated.

(b) Carry-back authority

(1) Up to 10 percent of the sums the Secretary determines an eligible institution may receive from funds which have been appropriated for a fiscal year may be used by the Secretary to make grants under this part to such institution for expenditure during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the sums were appropriated.

(2) An eligible institution may make payments to students of wages earned after the end of the academic year, but prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year, from such succeeding fiscal year's appropriations.

(c) Flexible use of funds

An eligible institution may, upon the request of a student, make payments to the student under this part by crediting the student's account at the institution or by making a direct deposit to the student's account at a depository institution. An eligible institution may only credit the student's account at the institution for (1) tuition and fees, (2) in the case of institutionally owned housing, room and board, and (3) other institutionally provided goods and services.

(d) Flexibility in the event of a major disaster

(1) In general

In the event of a major disaster, an eligible institution located in any area affected by such major disaster, as determined by the Secretary, may make payments under this part to disaster-affected students, for the period of time (not to exceed one academic year) in which the disaster-affected students were prevented from fulfilling the students' work-study obligations as described in paragraph (2)(A)(iii), as follows:

(A) Payments may be made under this part to disaster-affected students in an amount equal to or less than the amount of wages such students would have been paid under this part had the students been able to complete the work obligation necessary to receive work study funds.

(B) Payments shall not be made to any student who was not eligible for work study or was not completing the work obligation necessary to receive work study funds under this part prior to the occurrence of the major disaster.

(C) Any payments made to disaster-affected students under this subsection shall meet the matching requirements of section 1087–53 of this title, unless such matching requirements are waived by the Secretary.

(2) Definitions

In this subsection:

(A) The term "disaster-affected student" means a student enrolled at an eligible institution who—

(i) received a work-study award under this section for the academic year during which a major disaster occurred;

(ii) earned Federal work-study wages from such eligible institution for such academic year;

(iii) was prevented from fulfilling the student's work-study obligation for all or part of such academic year due to such major disaster; and

(iv) was unable to be reassigned to another work-study job.

(B) The term "major disaster" has the meaning given such term in section 5122(2) of title 42.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §445, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1435; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §444, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 566; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §444, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1714; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §444, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3259.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2755 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See note below.

Section was originally enacted as section 125 (and later renumbered section 145) of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, at which time it was classified to section 2755 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 445 of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, §131(a), (b)(1), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter. For complete credit information on acts affecting this section prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 445 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §145, formerly §125, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 516; Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(6), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1250; renumbered §145, Pub. L. 90–222, title I, §111(a), Dec. 23, 1967, 81 Stat. 726; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §445, by Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §131(a), (b)(1), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, related to sources of matching funds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498. See section 1087–54 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–315 added subsec. (d).

1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244 added subsec. (c).

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087–56. Job location and development programs

(a) Agreements required

(1) The Secretary is authorized to enter into agreements with eligible institutions under which such institution may use not more than 10 percent or $75,000 of its allotment under section 1087–52 of this title, whichever is less, to establish or expand a program under which such institution, separately or in combination with other eligible institutions, locates and develops jobs, including community service jobs, for currently enrolled students.

(2) Jobs located and developed under this section shall be jobs that are suitable to the scheduling and other needs of such students and that, to the maximum extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational programs or vocational goals of such students.

(b) Contents of agreements

Agreements under subsection (a) of this section shall—

(1) provide that the Federal share of the cost of any program under this section will not exceed 80 percent of such cost;

(2) provide satisfactory assurance that funds available under this section will not be used to locate or develop jobs at an eligible institution;

(3) provide satisfactory assurance that funds available under this section will not be used for the location or development of jobs for students to obtain upon graduation, but rather for the location and development of jobs available to students during and between periods of attendance at such institution;

(4) provide satisfactory assurance that the location or development of jobs pursuant to programs assisted under this section will not result in the displacement of employed workers or impair existing contracts for services;

(5) provide satisfactory assurance that Federal funds used for the purpose of this section can realistically be expected to help generate student wages exceeding, in the aggregate, the amount of such funds, and that if such funds are used to contract with another organization, appropriate performance standards are part of such contract; and

(6) provide that the institution will submit to the Secretary an annual report on the uses made of funds provided under this section and an evaluation of the effectiveness of such program in benefiting the students of such institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §446, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1435; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §11(d), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §445, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 566; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §445, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3260.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section. See note below.

Section was originally enacted as section 126 of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, at which time it was classified to section 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. It was renumbered as section 446 of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, by Pub. L. 90–575, §131(a), (b)(2), and later editorially transferred to this section to merge with the rest of the Act, which is classified to this chapter. For complete credit information on acts affecting this section prior to Pub. L. 99–498, see Prior Provisions note below.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 446 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, formerly Pub. L. 88–452, title I, §126, Aug. 20, 1964, 78 Stat. 516; Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §441(1), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1249; renumbered Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §446, and amended Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §§131(a), (b)(2), 133(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1028, 1029; Pub. L. 94–43, §2, June 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 233; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §435, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1435, 1503, related to equitable distribution of assistance, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1087–57 of this title prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "$75,000" for "$50,000".

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, restating subsecs. (a) and (b) with changes in substance and structure and striking out subsec. (c) which defined "community services".

1987—Subsec. (b)(3) to (7). Pub. L. 100–50 redesignated pars. (4) to (7) as (3) to (6), respectively, and struck out former par. (3) which read as follows: "provide satisfactory assurance that the institution will continue to spend in its own job location and development programs, from sources other than funds received under this section, not less than the average expenditures per year made during the most recent 3 fiscal years preceding the effective date of the agreement;".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, see section 403(b)(2) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1087–53 of this title.

§1087–57. Additional funds to conduct community service work-study programs

(a) Community service-learning

Each institution participating under this part may use up to 10 percent of the funds made available under section 1096(a) of this title and attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this part to conduct that institution's program of community service-learning, including—

(1) development of mechanisms to assure the academic quality of the student experience,

(2) assuring student access to educational resources, expertise, and supervision necessary to achieve community service objectives, and

(3) collaboration with public and private nonprofit agencies, and programs assisted under the National and Community Service Act of 1990 [42 U.S.C. 12501 et seq.] in the planning, development, and administration of such programs.

(b) Off-campus community service

(1) Grants authorized

In addition to funds made available under section 1087–53(b)(2)(A) of this title, the Secretary is authorized to award grants to institutions participating under this part to supplement off-campus community service employment.

(2) Use of funds

An institution shall ensure that funds granted to such institution under this subsection are used in accordance with section 1087–53(b)(2)(A) of this title to recruit and compensate students (including compensation for time spent in training and for travel directly related to such community service).

(3) Priority

In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give priority to applications that support postsecondary students assisting with early childhood education activities and activities in preparation for emergencies and natural disasters.

(4) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §447, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1436; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §446(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 567; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §446, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3260.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127, which is classified principally to chapter 129 (§12501 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2756a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 447 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §135F, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 271; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §128(d), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2143; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §436, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1436, 1503, related to job location and development programs and agreements with eligible institutions, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498. See section 1087–56 of this title.

Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1087–58 of this title prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–315 redesignated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section catchline generally, struck out subsecs. (a) and (b) which related to purpose and definitions, respectively, struck out subsec. (c) designation and heading before "Each institution participating", substituted "up to 10 percent of the funds made available under section 1096(a) of this title and attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this part" for "funds made available under the last sentence of section 1096(a) of this title", and inserted ", and programs assisted under the National and Community Service Act of 1990" after "nonprofit agencies".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, see section 403(b)(2) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1087–53 of this title.

§1087–58. Work colleges

(a) Purpose

The purpose of this section is to recognize, encourage, and promote the use of comprehensive work-learning-service programs as a valuable educational approach when it is an integral part of the institution's educational program and a part of a financial plan which decreases reliance on grants and loans.

(b) Source and use of funds

(1) Source of funds

In addition to the sums appropriated under subsection (f) of this section, funds allocated to the institution under this part and part E of this subchapter may be transferred for use under this section to provide flexibility in strengthening the self-help-through-work element in financial aid packaging.

(2) Activities authorized

From the sums appropriated pursuant to subsection (f) of this section, and from the funds available under paragraph (1), eligible institutions may, following approval of an application under subsection (c) of this section by the Secretary—

(A) support the educational costs of qualified students through self-help payments or credits provided under the work-learning-service program of the institution within the limits of part F of this subchapter;

(B) promote the work-learning-service experience as a tool of postsecondary education, financial self-help and community service-learning opportunities;

(C) carry out activities described in section 1087–53 or 1087–56 of this title;

(D) be used for the administration, development and assessment of comprehensive work-learning-service programs, including—

(i) community-based work-learning-service alternatives that expand opportunities for community service and career-related work; and

(ii) alternatives that develop sound citizenship, encourage student persistence, and make optimum use of assistance under this part in education and student development;

(E) coordinate and carry out joint projects and activities to promote work service learning; and

(F) carry out a comprehensive, longitudinal study of student academic progress and academic and career outcomes, relative to student self-sufficiency in financing their higher education, repayment of student loans, continued community service, kind and quality of service performed, and career choice and community service selected after graduation.

(c) Application

Each eligible institution may submit an application for funds authorized by subsection (f) of this section to use funds under subsection (b)(1) of this section at such time and in such manner as the Secretary, by regulation, may reasonably require.

(d) Match required

Funds made available to work-colleges pursuant to this section shall be matched on a dollar-for-dollar basis from non-Federal sources.

(e) Definitions

For the purpose of this section—

(1) the term "work college" means an eligible institution that—

(A) has been a public or private nonprofit, four-year, degree-granting institution with a commitment to community service;

(B) has operated a comprehensive work-learning-service program for at least two years;

(C) requires students, including at least one-half of all students who are enrolled on a full-time basis, to participate in a comprehensive work-learning-service program for at least five hours each week, or at least 80 hours during each period of enrollment, except summer school, unless the student is engaged in an institutionally organized or approved study abroad or externship program; and

(D) provides students participating in the comprehensive work-learning-service program with the opportunity to contribute to their education and to the welfare of the community as a whole; and

(2) the term "comprehensive student work-learning-service program" means a student work-learning-service program that—

(A) is an integral and stated part of the institution's educational philosophy and program;

(B) requires participation of all resident students for enrollment and graduation;

(C) includes learning objectives, evaluation, and a record of work performance as part of the student's college record;

(D) provides programmatic leadership by college personnel at levels comparable to traditional academic programs;

(E) recognizes the educational role of work-learning-service supervisors; and

(F) includes consequences for nonperformance or failure in the work-learning-service program similar to the consequences for failure in the regular academic program.

(f) Authorization of appropriations

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §448, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §447, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 567; amended Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §445, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1714; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §447, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3260.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 2756b of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, prior to transfer to this section.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 448 of Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §437, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1436, which related to work study programs for community service-learning, was omitted in the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1429. See section 1087–57 of this title.

Amendments

2008—Subsecs. (a), (b)(2)(A), (D). Pub. L. 110–315, §447(1), substituted "work-learning-service" for "work-learning" wherever appearing.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §447(2), added subsec. (e) and struck out former subsec. (e) which defined "work-college" and "comprehensive student work-learning program".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–315, §447(3), substituted "such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$5,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

1998—Subsec. (b)(2)(E), (F). Pub. L. 105–244, §445(1), added subpars. (E) and (F).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §445(2), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Part D—William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program

Editorial Notes

Codification

Parts A to J of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329 ("the HEA"), would typically have been classified to parts A to J of this subchapter. However, part C of title IV of the HEA could not be classified to part C of this subchapter when it was enacted because it amended and related to various provisions of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, Pub. L. 88–452, which were classified to Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. As a result, parts D to J of title IV of the HEA were editorially designated as parts C to I of this subchapter to fill the gap left in the Code by the absence of a part C. That original part C of title IV of the HEA was subsequently repealed, and part C of title I of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 was redesignated to become a new part C of title IV of the HEA. In order to merge the pieces of the HEA together after the redesignation and logically realign the part structure of the HEA with that of the Code, part C of title IV of the HEA was editorially transferred from its original location in part C (§2751 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 34 of Title 42 to part C (§1087–51 et seq.) of this subchapter, and subsequent parts D to I of title IV of the HEA were redesignated as parts D to I of this subchapter. Part J of title IV of the HEA was omitted instead of redesignated as part J of this subchapter because it had already been transferred to another part of the HEA.

Prior Provisions

A prior part D, consisting of part E of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329, was redesignated part E of this subchapter.

§1087a. Program authority

(a) In general

There are hereby made available, in accordance with the provisions of this part, such sums as may be necessary (1) to make loans to all eligible students (and the eligible parents of such students) in attendance at participating institutions of higher education selected by the Secretary, to enable such students to pursue their courses of study at such institutions during the period beginning July 1, 1994; and (2) for purchasing loans under section 1087i–1 of this title. Loans made under this part shall be made by participating institutions, or consortia thereof, that have agreements with the Secretary to originate loans, or by alternative originators designated by the Secretary to make loans for students in attendance at participating institutions (and their parents).

(b) Designation

(1) Program

The program established under this part shall be referred to as the "William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program".

(2) Direct loans

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, loans made to borrowers under this part that, except as otherwise specified in this part, have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as loans made to borrowers under section 1078 of this title, shall be known as "Federal Direct Stafford/Ford Loans".

(c) Maximum aid

The maximum dollar amount of financial assistance provided under this part to a student shall not exceed the cost of attendance for such student.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §451, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §404, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1437; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 569; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §358A, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3968; Pub. L. 110–227, §7(a), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(a)(2), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3138.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087a, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §451, as added Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §141, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1031; amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §136(a), (b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 272, authorized appropriations for cooperative education programs from the fiscal year ending June 30, 1969, through the fiscal year ending prior to July 1, 1975, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §129(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2144, eff. 30 days after Oct. 12, 1976.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 116–260 added subsec. (c).

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–227, in first sentence, inserted "(1)" before "to make loans" and "; and (2) for purchasing loans under section 1087i–1 of this title" before period at end and, in second sentence, substituted "Loans made under this part shall" for "Such loans shall".

1994—Pub. L. 103–382 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), added heading, and added subsec. (b).

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to program authority for former provisions relating to program and payment authority.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to program and payment authority for Federal direct loan demonstration program for former provisions relating to statement of purpose of income contingent direct loan demonstration project.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Income Contingent Loan Distribution of Funds

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §452, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 575, provided that:

"(a) In General.—After September 30, 1992, and not later than March 31, 1992, the capital balance of the student loan fund established under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.] (as such Act was in effect on the date of enactment of this Act [July 23, 1992]) shall be distributed by allowing institutions to transfer any remaining funds, including future collections and all other funds at the institution's discretion, to such institution's part E [20 U.S.C. 1087aa et seq.] account, part C [20 U.S.C. 1087–51 et seq.] fund, or subpart 3 of part A [20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.] fund under the terms and conditions of the appropriate program.

"(b) Conversion of Existing Loans.—Institutions may, after July 1, 1992, convert all outstanding loans made under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.] (as such Act was in effect on such date) to part E [20 U.S.C. 1087aa et seq.] loans, provided that such institution—

"(1) notify the borrower of such conversion;

"(2) obtain a signed part E promissory note from the borrower for the remaining amount outstanding; and

"(3) provide the borrower in writing with a description of all terms and conditions of the new loan."

§1087b. Funds for origination of direct student loans

(a) In general

The Secretary shall provide, on the basis of the need and the eligibility of students at each participating institution, and parents of such students, for such loans, funds for student and parent loans under this part—

(1) directly to an institution of higher education that has an agreement with the Secretary under section 1087d(a) of this title to participate in the direct student loan programs under this part and that also has an agreement with the Secretary under section 1087d(b) of this title to originate loans under this part; or

(2) through an alternative originator designated by the Secretary to students (and parents of students) attending institutions of higher education that have an agreement with the Secretary under section 1087d(a) of this title but that do not have an agreement with the Secretary under section 1087d(b) of this title.

(b) No entitlement to participate or originate

No institution of higher education shall have a right to participate in the programs authorized by this part, to originate loans, or to perform any program function under this part. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed so as to limit the entitlement of an eligible student attending a participating institution (or the eligible parent of such student) to borrow under this part.

(c) Delivery of loan funds

Loan funds shall be paid and delivered to an institution by the Secretary prior to the beginning of the payment period established by the Secretary in a manner that is consistent with payment and delivery of Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter.

(d) Institutions outside the United States

Loan funds for students (and parents of students) attending institutions outside the United States shall be disbursed through a financial institution located or operating in the United States and designated by the Secretary to serve as the agent of such institutions with respect to the receipt of the disbursements of such loan funds and the transfer of such funds to such institutions. To be eligible to receive funds under this part, an institution outside the United States shall make arrangements with the agent designated by the Secretary under this subsection to receive funds under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §452, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §404, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1437; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 569; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §6102, Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 652; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §401(g)(5), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1652; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2209(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1077.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087b, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §452, as added Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §141, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1031, authorized grants for programs of cooperative education, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §129(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2144, eff. 30 days after Oct. 12, 1976.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–152 added subsec. (d).

1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "basic grants".

1997—Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 105–33 redesignated subsecs. (c) and (d) as (b) and (c), respectively, and struck out former subsec. (b) which required the Secretary to pay fees to institutions of higher education and alternative loan originators to assist in meeting the cost of loan origination.

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to funds for origination of direct student loans for former provisions relating to payment rules.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to payment rules for former provisions authorizing demonstration projects.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087c. Selection of institutions for participation and origination

(a) General authority

The Secretary shall enter into agreements pursuant to section 1087d(a) of this title with institutions of higher education to participate in the direct student loan program under this part, and agreements pursuant to section 1087d(b) of this title with institutions of higher education, or consortia thereof, to originate loans in such program, for academic years beginning on or after July 1, 1994. Alternative origination services, through which an entity other than the participating institution at which the student is in attendance originates the loan, shall be provided by the Secretary, through 1 or more contracts under section 1087f(b) of this title or such other means as the Secretary may provide, for students attending participating institutions that do not originate direct student loans under this part. Such agreements for the academic year 1994–1995 shall, to the extent feasible, be entered into not later than January 1, 1994.

(b) Selection criteria

(1) Application

Each institution of higher education desiring to participate in the direct student loan program under this part shall submit an application satisfactory to the Secretary containing such information and assurances as the Secretary may require.

(2) Selection procedure

The Secretary shall select institutions for participation in the direct student loan program under this part, and shall enter into agreements with such institutions under section 1087d(a) of this title, from among those institutions that submit the applications described in paragraph (1), and meet such other eligibility requirements as the Secretary shall prescribe.

(c) Selection criteria for origination

(1) In general

The Secretary may enter into a supplemental agreement with an institution (or a consortium of such institutions) that—

(A) has an agreement under subsection ¹ 1087d(a) of this title;

(B) desires to originate loans under this part; and

(C) meets the criteria described in paragraph (2).

(2) Selection criteria

The Secretary may approve an institution to originate loans only if such institution—

(A) is not on the reimbursement system of payment for any of the programs under subpart 1 or 3 of part A, part C, or part E of this subchapter;

(B) is not overdue on program or financial reports or audits required under this subchapter;

(C) is not subject to an emergency action, or a limitation, suspension, or termination under section 1078(b)(1)(T), 1082(h), or 1094(c) of this title;

(D) in the opinion of the Secretary, has not had severe performance deficiencies for any of the programs under this subchapter, including such deficiencies demonstrated by audits or program reviews submitted or conducted during the 5 calendar years immediately preceding the date of application;

(E) provides an assurance that such institution has no delinquent outstanding debts to the Federal Government, unless such debts are being repaid under or in accordance with a repayment arrangement satisfactory to the Federal Government, or the Secretary in the Secretary's discretion determines that the existence or amount of such debts has not been finally determined by the cognizant Federal agency; and

(F) meets such other criteria as the Secretary may establish to protect the financial interest of the United States and to promote the purposes of this part.

(d) Eligible institutions

The Secretary may not select an institution of higher education for participation under this section unless such institution is an eligible institution under section 1085(a) of this title.

(e) Consortia

Subject to such requirements as the Secretary may prescribe, eligible institutions of higher education (as determined under subsection (d)) with agreements under section 1087d(a) of this title may apply to the Secretary as consortia to originate loans under this part for students in attendance at such institutions. Each such institution shall be required to meet the requirements of subsection (c) with respect to loan origination.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §453, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §404, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1438; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 569; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 342; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(e), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §451, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1715; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §404(b)(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1946.)

Editorial Notes

Codification

Amendment by section 2 of Pub. L. 103–208 (which was effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) was executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–66, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087c, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §453, as added Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §141, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1032; amended Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §136(b)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 272, authorized grants and contracts for training and research in cooperative education programs, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §129(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2144, eff. 30 days after Oct. 12, 1976.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–39 struck out par. (3). Text read as follows: "The Secretary shall promulgate and publish in the Federal Register regulations governing the approval of institutions to originate loans under this part in accordance with section 1087g(a)(2) of this title."

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(a), amended heading, redesignated par. (1) as entire subsec., and struck out pars. (2) to (4) which provided for transition from loan programs under part B of this subchapter to direct student loan program under this part and defined term "new student loan volume".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(b), substituted "prescribe." for "prescribe, by, to the extent possible—

"(A)(i) categorizing such institutions according to anticipated loan volume, length of academic program, control of the institution, highest degree offered, size of student enrollment, geographic location, annual loan volume, and default experience; and

"(ii) beginning in academic year 1995–1996 selecting institutions that are reasonably representative of each of the categories described pursuant to clause (i); and

"(B) if the Secretary determines it necessary in order to carry out the purposes of subparagraph (A) and attain such reasonable representation (as required by subparagraph (A)), selecting additional institutions."

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(A), (B), substituted "Selection criteria" for "Transition selection criteria" in heading and "The Secretary" for "For academic year 1994–1995, the Secretary" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(E), redesignated subpar. (B) as (A).

Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(C), struck out subpar. (A) which read as follows: "made loans under part E of this subchapter in academic year 1993–1994 and did not exceed the applicable maximum default rate under section 1087bb(g) of this title for the most recent fiscal year for which data are available;".

Subsec. (c)(2)(B) to (D). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(E), redesignated subpars. (C), (D), and (F) as (B) to (D), respectively. Former subpar. (B) redesignated (A).

Subsec. (c)(2)(E). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(E), redesignated subpar. (G) as (E).

Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(D), struck out subpar. (E) which read as follows: "in the opinion of the Secretary, has not had significant deficiencies identified by a State postsecondary review entity under subpart 1 of part H of this subchapter;".

Subsec. (c)(2)(F) to (H). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(1)(E), redesignated subpars. (G) and (H) as (E) and (F), respectively. Former subpar. (F) redesignated (D).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §451(c)(2), struck out "after transition" after "approval" in heading and substituted "The Secretary" for "For academic year 1995–1996 and subsequent academic years, the Secretary" in text.

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to selection of institutions for participation and origination for former provisions relating to selection by Secretary.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–208 amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "if the Secretary determines it necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, selecting additional institutions." See Codification note above.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to selection by the Secretary for former provisions relating to agreements with institutions of higher education.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ So in original. Probably should be "section".

§1087d. Agreements with institutions

(a) Participation agreements

An agreement with any institution of higher education for participation in the direct student loan program under this part shall—

(1) provide for the establishment and maintenance of a direct student loan program at the institution under which the institution will—

(A) identify eligible students who seek student financial assistance at such institution in accordance with section 1091 of this title;

(B) estimate the need of each such student as required by part F of this subchapter for an academic year, except that, any loan obtained by a student under this part with the same terms as loans made under section 1078–8 of this title (except as otherwise provided in this part), or a loan obtained by a parent under this part with the same terms as loans made under section 1078–2 of this title (except as otherwise provided in this part), or obtained under any State-sponsored or private loan program, may be used to offset the student aid index of the student for that year;

(C) provide a statement that certifies the eligibility of any student to receive a loan under this part that is not in excess of the annual or aggregate limit applicable to such loan, except that the institution may, in exceptional circumstances identified by the Secretary, refuse to certify a statement that permits a student to receive a loan under this part, or certify a loan amount that is less than the student's determination of need (as determined under part F of this subchapter), if the reason for such action is documented and provided in written form to such student;

(D) set forth a schedule for disbursement of the proceeds of the loan in installments, consistent with the requirements of section 1078–7 of this title; and

(E) provide timely and accurate information—

(i) concerning the status of student borrowers (and students on whose behalf parents borrow under this part) while such students are in attendance at the institution and concerning any new information of which the institution becomes aware for such students (or their parents) after such borrowers leave the institution, to the Secretary for the servicing and collecting of loans made under this part; and

(ii) if the institution does not have an agreement with the Secretary under subsection (b), concerning student eligibility and need, as determined under subparagraphs (A) and (B), to the Secretary as needed for the alternative origination of loans to eligible students and parents in accordance with this part;

(2) provide assurances that the institution will comply with requirements established by the Secretary relating to student loan information with respect to loans made under this part;

(3) provide that the institution accepts responsibility and financial liability stemming from its failure to perform its functions pursuant to the agreement;

(4) provide for the implementation of a quality assurance system, as established by the Secretary and developed in consultation with institutions of higher education, to ensure that the institution is complying with program requirements and meeting program objectives;

(5) provide that the institution will not charge any fees of any kind, however described, to student or parent borrowers for origination activities or the provision of any information necessary for a student or parent to receive a loan under this part, or any benefits associated with such loan; and

(6) include such other provisions as the Secretary determines are necessary to protect the interests of the United States and to promote the purposes of this part.

(b) Origination

An agreement with any institution of higher education, or consortia thereof, for the origination of loans under this part shall—

(1) supplement the agreement entered into in accordance with subsection (a);

(2) include provisions established by the Secretary that are similar to the participation agreement provisions described in paragraphs (1)(E)(ii), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of subsection (a), as modified to relate to the origination of loans by the institution or consortium;

(3) provide that the institution or consortium will originate loans to eligible students and parents in accordance with this part; and

(4) provide that the note or evidence of obligation on the loan shall be the property of the Secretary.

(c) Withdrawal and termination procedures

The Secretary shall establish procedures by which institutions or consortia may withdraw or be terminated from the program under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §454, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §404, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1438; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §12, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 571; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 345; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2210(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 116–260 substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

2010—Subsec. (a)(4) to (7). Pub. L. 111–152, §2210(a)(1), redesignated pars. (5) to (7) as (4) to (6), respectively, and struck out former par. (4), which read as follows: "provide that students at the institution and their parents (with respect to such students) will be eligible to participate in the programs under part B of this subchapter at the discretion of the Secretary for the period during which such institution participates in the direct student loan program under this part, except that a student or parent may not receive loans under both this part and part B of this subchapter for the same period of enrollment;".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 111–152, §2210(a)(2), substituted "(5), and (6)" for "(5), (6), and (7)".

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to agreements with institutions, consisting of subsecs. (a) to (c), for former provisions relating to requirements of agreements, consisting of pars. (1) to (7).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to requirements of agreements for former provisions relating to terms of loans under pilot program.

1987—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–50 amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: "The interest rate on all such loans shall be the rate equal to the rate obtained for each calendar year (A) by computing the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period preceding such year, and (B) by adding 3 percent to the resulting percent."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2210(b), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087e. Terms and conditions of loans

(a) In general

(1) Parallel terms, conditions, benefits, and amounts

Unless otherwise specified in this part, loans made to borrowers under this part shall have the same terms, conditions, and benefits, and be available in the same amounts, as loans made to borrowers, and first disbursed on June 30, 2010, under sections 1078, 1078–2, 1078–3, and 1078–8 of this title.

(2) Designation of loans

Loans made to borrowers under this part that, except as otherwise specified in this part, have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as loans made to borrowers under—

(A) section 1078 of this title shall be known as "Federal Direct Stafford Loans";

(B) section 1078–2 of this title shall be known as "Federal Direct PLUS Loans";

(C) section 1078–3 of this title shall be known as "Federal Direct Consolidation Loans"; and

(D) section 1078–8 of this title shall be known as "Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans".

(3) Termination of authority to make interest subsidized loans to graduate and professional students

(A) In general

Subject to subparagraph (B) and notwithstanding any provision of this part or part B, for any period of instruction beginning on or after July 1, 2012—

(i) a graduate or professional student shall not be eligible to receive a Federal Direct Stafford loan under this part; and

(ii) the maximum annual amount of Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford loans such a student may borrow in any academic year (as defined in section 1088(a)(2) of this title) or its equivalent shall be the maximum annual amount for such student determined under section 1078–8 of this title, plus an amount equal to the amount of Federal Direct Stafford loans the student would have received in the absence of this subparagraph.

(B) Exception

Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to an individual enrolled in course work specified in paragraph (3)(B) or (4)(B) of section 1091(b) of this title.

(b) Interest rate

(1) Rates for FDSL and FDUSL

For Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1994, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(B) 3.1 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(2) In school and grace period rules

(A) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), but subject to paragraph (3), with respect to any Federal Direct Stafford Loan or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1995, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(i) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(ii) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1078(b)(1)(M) or 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title,

shall not exceed the rate determined under subparagraph (B).

(B) For the purpose of subparagraph (A), the rate determined under this subparagraph shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to such June 1; plus

(ii) 2.5 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(3) Out-year rule

Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans made on or after July 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(A) the bond equivalent rate of the security with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary; plus

(B) 1.0 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(4) Rates for FDPLUS

(A)(i) For Federal Direct PLUS Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1994, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on or before June 30, 2001, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(I) the bond equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(II) 3.1 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 9 percent.

(ii) For any 12-month period beginning on July 1 of 2001 or any succeeding year, the applicable rate of interest determined under this subparagraph shall be determined on the preceding June 26 and be equal to—

(I) the weekly average 1-year constant maturity Treasury yield, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for the last calendar week ending on or before such June 26; plus

(II) 3.1 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 9 percent.

(B) For Federal Direct PLUS loans made on or after July 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(i) the bond equivalent rate of the security with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary; plus

(ii) 2.1 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 9 percent.

(5) Temporary interest rate provision

(A) Rates for FDSL and FDUSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(ii) 2.3 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(B) In school and grace period rules

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, with respect to any Federal Direct Stafford Loan or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(i) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(ii) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1078(b)(1)(M) or 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title,

shall be determined under subparagraph (A) by substituting "1.7 percent" for "2.3 percent".

(C) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, with respect to Federal Direct PLUS Loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, the applicable rate of interest shall be determined under subparagraph (A)—

(i) by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.3 percent"; and

(ii) by substituting "9.0 percent" for "8.25 percent".

(6) Interest rate provision for new loans on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006

(A) Rates for FDSL and FDUSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

(i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(ii) 2.3 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(B) In school and grace period rules

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, with respect to any Federal Direct Stafford Loan or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest for interest which accrues—

(i) prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan; or

(ii) during the period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of a provision described in section 1078(b)(1)(M) or 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title,

shall be determined under subparagraph (A) by substituting "1.7 percent" for "2.3 percent".

(C) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, with respect to Federal Direct PLUS Loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2006, the applicable rate of interest shall be determined under subparagraph (A)—

(i) by substituting "3.1 percent" for "2.3 percent"; and

(ii) by substituting "9.0 percent" for "8.25 percent".

(D) Consolidation loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, any Federal Direct Consolidation loan for which the application is received on or after February 1, 1999, and before July 1, 2006, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the lesser of—

(i) the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher one-eighth of one percent; or

(ii) 8.25 percent.

(E) Temporary rules for consolidation loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, any Federal Direct Consolidation loan for which the application is received on or after October 1, 1998, and before February 1, 1999, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to—

(i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

(ii) 2.3 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 8.25 percent.

(7) Interest rate provision for new loans on or after July 1, 2006 and before July 1, 2013

(A) Rates for FDSL and FDUSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall be 6.8 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(B) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, with respect to any Federal Direct PLUS loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall be 7.9 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(C) Consolidation loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, any Federal Direct Consolidation loan for which the application is received on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2013, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the lesser of—

(i) the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher one-eighth of one percent; or

(ii) 8.25 percent.

(D) Reduced rates for undergraduate FDSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection and subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, for Federal Direct Stafford Loans made to undergraduate students for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall be as follows:

(i) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2006, and before July 1, 2008, 6.8 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(ii) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2008, and before July 1, 2009, 6.0 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(iii) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2009, and before July 1, 2010, 5.6 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(iv) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2011, 4.5 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(v) For a loan for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2011, and before July 1, 2013, 3.4 percent on the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

(8) Interest rate provisions for new loans on or after July 1, 2013

(A) Rates for undergraduate FDSL and FDUSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to undergraduate students, for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall, for loans disbursed during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to the lesser of—

(i) a rate equal to the high yield of the 10-year Treasury note auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1 plus 2.05 percent; or

(ii) 8.25 percent.

(B) Rates for graduate and professional FDUSL

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to graduate or professional students, for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall, for loans disbursed during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to the lesser of—

(i) a rate equal to the high yield of the 10-year Treasury note auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1 plus 3.6 percent; or

(ii) 9.5 percent.

(C) PLUS loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, for Federal Direct PLUS Loans, for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 2013, the applicable rate of interest shall, for loans disbursed during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to the lesser of—

(i) a rate equal to the high yield of the 10-year Treasury note auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1 plus 4.6 percent; or

(ii) 10.5 percent.

(D) Consolidation loans

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, any Federal Direct Consolidation Loan for which the application is received on or after July 1, 2013, shall bear interest at an annual rate on the unpaid principal balance of the loan that is equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher one-eighth of one percent.

(E) Consultation

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rate of interest under this paragraph after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(F) Rate

The applicable rate of interest determined under this paragraph for a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan shall be fixed for the period of the loan.

(9) Repayment incentives

(A) Incentives for loans disbursed before July 1, 2012

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part ¹ with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made before July 1, 2012,,² the Secretary is authorized to prescribe by regulation such reductions in the interest rate or origination fee paid by a borrower of a loan made under this part as the Secretary determines appropriate to encourage on-time repayment of the loan. Such reductions may be offered only if the Secretary determines the reductions are cost neutral and in the best financial interest of the Federal Government. Any increase in subsidy costs resulting from such reductions shall be completely offset by corresponding savings in funds available for the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program in that fiscal year from section 1087h of this title and other administrative accounts.

(B) Accountability

Prior to publishing regulations proposing repayment incentives with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made before July 1, 2012, the Secretary shall ensure the cost neutrality of such reductions. The Secretary shall not prescribe such regulations in final form unless an official report from the Director of the Office of Management and Budget to the Secretary and a comparable report from the Director of the Congressional Budget Office to the Congress each certify that any such reductions will be completely cost neutral. Such reports shall be transmitted to the authorizing committees not less than 60 days prior to the publication of regulations proposing such reductions.

(C) No repayment incentives for new loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2012

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary is prohibited from authorizing or providing any repayment incentive not otherwise authorized under this part to encourage on-time repayment of a loan under this part for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2012, including any reduction in the interest or origination fee rate paid by a borrower of such a loan, except that the Secretary may provide for an interest rate reduction for a borrower who agrees to have payments on such a loan automatically electronically debited from a bank account.

(10) Publication

The Secretary shall determine the applicable rates of interest under this subsection after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and shall publish such rate in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the date of determination.

(c) Loan fee

(1) In general

The Secretary shall charge the borrower of a loan made under this part an origination fee of 4.0 percent of the principal amount of loan.

(2) Subsequent reduction

Paragraph (1) shall be applied to loans made under this part, other than Federal Direct Consolidation loans and Federal Direct PLUS loans—

(A) by substituting "3.0 percent" for "4.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after February 8, 2006, and before July 1, 2007;

(B) by substituting "2.5 percent" for "4.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2007, and before July 1, 2008;

(C) by substituting "2.0 percent" for "4.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2008, and before July 1, 2009;

(D) by substituting "1.5 percent" for "4.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2009, and before July 1, 2010; and

(E) by substituting "1.0 percent" for "4.0 percent" with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made on or after July 1, 2010.

(d) Repayment plans

(1) Design and selection

Consistent with criteria established by the Secretary, the Secretary shall offer a borrower of a loan made under this part a variety of plans for repayment of such loan, including principal and interest on the loan. The borrower shall be entitled to accelerate, without penalty, repayment on the borrower's loans under this part. The borrower may choose—

(A) a standard repayment plan, consistent with subsection (a)(1) of this section and with section 1078(b)(9)(A)(i) of this title;

(B) a graduated repayment plan, consistent with section 1078(b)(9)(A)(ii) of this title;

(C) an extended repayment plan, consistent with section 1078(b)(9)(A)(iv) of this title, except that the borrower shall annually repay a minimum amount determined by the Secretary in accordance with section 1078(b)(1)(L) of this title;

(D) an income contingent repayment plan, with varying annual repayment amounts based on the income of the borrower, paid over an extended period of time prescribed by the Secretary, not to exceed 25 years, except that the plan described in this subparagraph shall not be available to the borrower of a Federal Direct PLUS loan made on behalf of a dependent student; and

(E) beginning on July 1, 2009, an income-based repayment plan that enables borrowers who have a partial financial hardship to make a lower monthly payment in accordance with section 1098e of this title, except that the plan described in this subparagraph shall not be available to the borrower of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf of a dependent student or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan, if the proceeds of such loan were used to discharge the liability on such Federal Direct PLUS Loan or a loan under section 1078–2 of this title made on behalf of a dependent student.

(2) Selection by Secretary

If a borrower of a loan made under this part does not select a repayment plan described in paragraph (1), the Secretary may provide the borrower with a repayment plan described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1).

(3) Changes in selections

The borrower of a loan made under this part may change the borrower's selection of a repayment plan under paragraph (1), or the Secretary's selection of a plan for the borrower under paragraph (2), as the case may be, under such terms and conditions as may be established by the Secretary.

(4) Alternative repayment plans

The Secretary may provide, on a case by case basis, an alternative repayment plan to a borrower of a loan made under this part who demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the terms and conditions of the repayment plans available under paragraph (1) are not adequate to accommodate the borrower's exceptional circumstances. In designing such alternative repayment plans, the Secretary shall ensure that such plans do not exceed the cost to the Federal Government, as determined on the basis of the present value of future payments by such borrowers, of loans made using the plans available under paragraph (1).

(5) Repayment after default

The Secretary may require any borrower who has defaulted on a loan made under this part to—

(A) pay all reasonable collection costs associated with such loan; and

(B) repay the loan pursuant to an income contingent repayment plan.

(e) Income contingent repayment

(1) Information and procedures

The Secretary may obtain such information as is reasonably necessary regarding the income of a borrower (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable) of a loan made under this part that is, or may be, repaid pursuant to income contingent repayment, for the purpose of determining the annual repayment obligation of the borrower. Returns and return information (as defined in section 6103 of title 26) may be obtained under the preceding sentence only to the extent authorized by section 6103(l)(13) of title 26. The Secretary shall establish procedures for determining the borrower's repayment obligation on that loan for such year, and such other procedures as are necessary to implement effectively income contingent repayment.

(2) Repayment based on adjusted gross income

A repayment schedule for a loan made under this part and repaid pursuant to income contingent repayment shall be based on the adjusted gross income (as defined in section 62 of title 26) of the borrower or, if the borrower is married and files a Federal income tax return jointly with the borrower's spouse, on the adjusted gross income of the borrower and the borrower's spouse.

(3) Additional documents

A borrower who chooses, or is required, to repay a loan made under this part pursuant to income contingent repayment, and for whom adjusted gross income is unavailable or does not reasonably reflect the borrower's current income, shall provide to the Secretary other documentation of income satisfactory to the Secretary, which documentation the Secretary may use to determine an appropriate repayment schedule.

(4) Repayment schedules

Income contingent repayment schedules shall be established by regulations promulgated by the Secretary and shall require payments that vary in relation to the appropriate portion of the annual income of the borrower (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable) as determined by the Secretary.

(5) Calculation of balance due

The balance due on a loan made under this part that is repaid pursuant to income contingent repayment shall equal the unpaid principal amount of the loan, any accrued interest, and any fees, such as late charges, assessed on such loan. The Secretary may promulgate regulations limiting the amount of interest that may be capitalized on such loan, and the timing of any such capitalization.

(6) Notification to borrowers

The Secretary shall establish procedures under which a borrower of a loan made under this part who chooses or is required to repay such loan pursuant to income contingent repayment is notified of the terms and conditions of such plan, including notification of such borrower, that if a borrower considers that special circumstances, such as a loss of employment by the borrower or the borrower's spouse, warrant an adjustment in the borrower's loan repayment, the borrower may contact the Secretary, who shall determine whether such adjustment is appropriate, in accordance with criteria established by the Secretary.

(7) Maximum repayment period

In calculating the extended period of time for which an income contingent repayment plan under this subsection may be in effect for a borrower, the Secretary shall include all time periods during which a borrower of loans under part B, part D, or part E—

(A) is not in default on any loan that is included in the income contingent repayment plan; and

(B)(i) is in deferment due to an economic hardship described in section 1085(o) of this title;

(ii) makes monthly payments under paragraph (1) or (6) of section 1098e(b) of this title;

(iii) makes monthly payments of not less than the monthly amount calculated under section 1078(b)(9)(A)(i) of this title or subsection (d)(1)(A), based on a 10-year repayment period, when the borrower first made the election described in section 1098e(b)(1) of this title;

(iv) makes payments of not less than the payments required under a standard repayment plan under section 1078(b)(9)(A)(i) of this title or subsection (d)(1)(A) with a repayment period of 10 years; or

(v) makes payments under an income contingent repayment plan under subsection (d)(1)(D).

(8) Automatic recertification

(A) In general

The Secretary shall establish and implement, with respect to any borrower described in subparagraph (B), procedures to—

(i) use return information disclosed under section 6103(l)(13) of title 26, pursuant to approval provided under section 1098h of this title, to determine the repayment obligation of the borrower without further action by the borrower;

(ii) allow the borrower (or the spouse of the borrower), at any time, to opt out of disclosure under such section 6103(l)(13) and instead provide such information as the Secretary may require to determine the repayment obligation of the borrower (or withdraw from the repayment plan under this subsection); and

(iii) provide the borrower with an opportunity to update the return information so disclosed before the determination of the repayment obligation of the borrower.

(B) Applicability

Subparagraph (A) shall apply to each borrower of a loan made under this part who, on or after the date on which the Secretary establishes procedures under such subparagraph—

(i) selects, or is required to repay such loan pursuant to, an income-contingent repayment plan; or

(ii) recertifies income or family size under such plan.

(f) Deferment

(1) Effect on principal and interest

A borrower of a loan made under this part who meets the requirements described in paragraph (2) shall be eligible for a deferment, during which periodic installments of principal need not be paid, and interest—

(A) shall not accrue, in the case of a—

(i) Federal Direct Stafford Loan; or

(ii) a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that consolidated only Federal Direct Stafford Loans, or a combination of such loans and Federal Stafford Loans for which the student borrower received an interest subsidy under section 1078 of this title; or

(B) shall accrue and be capitalized or paid by the borrower, in the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan not described in subparagraph (A)(ii).

(2) Eligibility

A borrower of a loan made under this part shall be eligible for a deferment during any period—

(A) during which the borrower—

(i) is carrying at least one-half the normal full-time work load for the course of study that the borrower is pursuing, as determined by the eligible institution (as such term is defined in section 1085(a) of this title) the borrower is attending; or

(ii) is pursuing a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program approved by the Secretary, or pursuant to a rehabilitation training program for individuals with disabilities approved by the Secretary,

except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this subparagraph, or a loan made under this part (other than a Federal Direct PLUS Loan or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan), while serving in a medical internship or residency program;

(B) not in excess of 3 years during which the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment;

(C) during which the borrower—

(i) is serving on active duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; or

(ii) is performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency,

and for the 180-day period following the demobilization date for the service described in clause (i) or (ii); or

(D) not in excess of 3 years during which the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed under section 1085(o) of this title, that the borrower has experienced or will experience an economic hardship.

(3) Deferment for borrowers receiving cancer treatment

(A) Effect on principal and interest

A borrower of a loan made under this part who meets the requirements of subparagraph (B) shall be eligible for a deferment, during which periodic installments of principal need not be paid, and interest shall not accrue.

(B) Eligibility

A borrower of a loan made under this part shall be eligible for a deferment during—

(i) any period in which such borrower is receiving treatment for cancer; and

(ii) the 6 months after such period.

(C) Applicability

This paragraph shall apply with respect to loans—

(i) made on or after September 28, 2018; or

(ii) in repayment on September 28, 2018.

(4) Deferment for dislocated military spouses

(A) Duration and effect on principal and interest

A borrower of a loan made under this part who meets the requirements of subparagraph (B) shall be eligible for a deferment for an aggregate period of 180 days, during which periodic installments of principal need not be paid, and interest—

(i) shall not accrue, in the case of a—

(I) Federal Direct Stafford Loan; or

(II) a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that consolidated only Federal Direct Stafford Loans, or a combination of such loans and Federal Stafford Loans for which the student borrower received an interest subsidy under section 1078 of this title; or

(ii) shall accrue and be capitalized or paid by the borrower, in the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan not described in clause (i)(II).

(B) Eligibility

A borrower of a loan made under this part shall be eligible for a deferment under subparagraph (A) if the borrower—

(i) is the spouse of a member of the Armed Forces serving on active duty; and

(ii) has experienced a loss of employment as a result of relocation to accommodate a permanent change in duty station of such member.

(C) Documentation and approval

(i) In general

A borrower may establish eligibility for a deferment under subparagraph (A) by providing to the Secretary—

(I) the documentation described in clause (ii); or

(II) such other documentation as the Secretary determines appropriate.

(ii) Documentation

The documentation described in this clause is—

(I) evidence that the borrower is the spouse of a member of the Armed Forces serving on active duty;

(II) evidence that a military permanent change of station order was issued to such member; and

(III)(aa) evidence that the borrower is eligible for unemployment benefits due to a loss of employment resulting from relocation to accommodate such permanent change in duty station; or

(bb) a written certification, or an equivalent as approved by the Secretary, that the borrower is registered with a public or private employment agency due to a loss of employment resulting from relocation to accommodate such permanent change in duty station.

(5) "Borrower" defined

For the purpose of this subsection, the term "borrower" means an individual who is a new borrower on the date such individual applies for a loan under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993.

(6) Deferments for previous part B loan borrowers

A borrower of a loan made under this part, who at the time such individual applies for such loan, has an outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of this subchapter prior to July 1, 1993, shall be eligible for a deferment under section 1077(a)(2)(C) of this title or section 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title as such sections were in effect on July 22, 1992.

(g) Federal Direct Consolidation Loans

(1) In general

A borrower of a loan made under this part may consolidate such loan with the loans described in section 1078–3(a)(4) of this title, including any loan made under part B and first disbursed before July 1, 2010. To be eligible for a consolidation loan under this part, a borrower shall meet the eligibility criteria set forth in section 1078–3(a)(3) of this title.

(2) Separating joint consolidation loans

(A) In general

(i) Authorization

A married couple, or 2 individuals who were previously a married couple, and who received a joint consolidation loan as such married couple under subparagraph (C) of section 1078–3(a)(3) of this title (as such subparagraph was in effect on June 30, 2006), may apply to the Secretary, in accordance with subparagraph (C) of this paragraph, for each individual borrower in the married couple (or previously married couple) to receive a separate Federal Direct Consolidation Loan under this part.

(ii) Eligibility for borrowers in default

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a married couple, or 2 individuals who were previously a married couple, who are in default on a joint consolidation loan may be eligible to receive a separate Federal Direct Consolidation Loan under this part in accordance with this paragraph.

(B) Secretarial requirements

Notwithstanding section 1078–3(a)(3)(A) of this title or any other provision of law, for each individual borrower who applies under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall—

(i) make a separate Federal Direct Consolidation Loan under this part that—

(I) shall be for an amount equal to the product of—

(aa) the unpaid principal and accrued unpaid interest of the joint consolidation loan (as of the date that is the day before such separate consolidation loan is made) and any outstanding charges and fees with respect to such loan; and

(bb) the percentage of the joint consolidation loan attributable to the loans of the individual borrower for whom such separate consolidation loan is being made, as determined—

(AA) on the basis of the loan obligations of such borrower with respect to such joint consolidation loan (as of the date such joint consolidation loan was made); or

(BB) in the case in which both borrowers request, on the basis of proportions outlined in a divorce decree, court order, or settlement agreement; and

(II) has the same rate of interest as the joint consolidation loan (as of the date that is the day before such separate consolidation loan is made); and

(ii) in a timely manner, notify each individual borrower that the joint consolidation loan had been repaid and of the terms and conditions of their new loans.

(C) Application for separate direct consolidation loan

(i) Joint application

Except as provided in clause (ii), to receive separate consolidation loans under this part, both individual borrowers in a married couple (or previously married couple) shall jointly apply under subparagraph (A).

(ii) Separate application

An individual borrower in a married couple (or previously married couple) may apply for a separate consolidation loan under subparagraph (A) separately and without regard to whether or when the other individual borrower in the married couple (or previously married couple) applies under subparagraph (A), in a case in which—

(I) the individual borrower certifies to the Secretary that such borrower—

(aa) has experienced an act of domestic violence (as defined in section 12291 of title 34 from the other individual borrower;

(bb) has experienced economic abuse (as defined in section 12291 of title 34 from the other individual borrower; or

(cc) is unable to reasonably reach or access the loan information of the other individual borrower; or

(II) the Secretary determines that authorizing each individual borrower to apply separately under subparagraph (A) would be in the best fiscal interests of the Federal Government.

(iii) Remaining obligation from separate application

In the case of an individual borrower who receives a separate consolidation loan due to the circumstances described in clause (ii), the other non-applying individual borrower shall become solely liable for the remaining balance of the joint consolidation loan.

(h) Borrower defenses

Notwithstanding any other provision of State or Federal law, the Secretary shall specify in regulations which acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under this part, except that in no event may a borrower recover from the Secretary, in any action arising from or relating to a loan made under this part, an amount in excess of the amount such borrower has repaid on such loan.

(i) Loan application and promissory note

The common financial reporting form required in section 1090(a)(1) of this title shall constitute the application for loans made under this part (other than a Federal Direct PLUS loan). The Secretary shall develop, print, and distribute to participating institutions a standard promissory note and loan disclosure form.

(j) Loan disbursement

(1) In general

Proceeds of loans to students under this part shall be applied to the student's account for tuition and fees, and, in the case of institutionally owned housing, to room and board. Loan proceeds that remain after the application of the previous sentence shall be delivered to the borrower by check or other means that is payable to and requires the endorsement or other certification by such borrower.

(2) Payment periods

The Secretary shall establish periods for the payments described in paragraph (1) in a manner consistent with payment of Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter.

(k) Fiscal control and fund accountability

(1) In general

(A) An institution shall maintain financial records in a manner consistent with records maintained for other programs under this subchapter.

(B) Except as otherwise required by regulations of the Secretary ¹ an institution may maintain loan funds under this part in the same account as other Federal student financial assistance.

(2) Payments and refunds

Payments and refunds shall be reconciled in a manner consistent with the manner set forth for the submission of a payment summary report required of institutions participating in the program under subpart 1 of part A, except that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent such reconciliations on a monthly basis.

(3) Transaction histories

All transaction histories under this part shall be maintained using the same system designated by the Secretary for the provision of Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A of this subchapter.

(l) Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs

(1) Authority

Using funds received by transfer to the Secretary under section 2174 of title 10 or section 3078 of title 33 for the payment of interest on a loan made under this part to a member of the Armed Forces or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively, the Secretary shall pay the interest on the loan as due for a period not in excess of 36 consecutive months. The Secretary may not pay interest on such a loan out of any funds other than funds that have been so transferred.

(2) Forbearance

During the period in which the Secretary is making payments on a loan under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall grant the borrower forbearance, in the form of a temporary cessation of all payments on the loan other than the payments of interest on the loan that are made under that paragraph.

(m) Repayment plan for public service employees

(1) In general

The Secretary shall cancel the balance of interest and principal due, in accordance with paragraph (2), on any eligible Federal Direct Loan not in default for a borrower who—

(A) has made 120 monthly payments on the eligible Federal Direct Loan after October 1, 2007, pursuant to any one or a combination of the following—

(i) payments under an income-based repayment plan under section 1098e of this title;

(ii) payments under a standard repayment plan under subsection (d)(1)(A), based on a 10-year repayment period;

(iii) monthly payments under a repayment plan under subsection (d)(1) or (g) of not less than the monthly amount calculated under subsection (d)(1)(A), based on a 10-year repayment period; or

(iv) payments under an income contingent repayment plan under subsection (d)(1)(D); and

(B)(i) is employed in a public service job at the time of such forgiveness; and

(ii) has been employed in a public service job during the period in which the borrower makes each of the 120 payments described in subparagraph (A).

(2) Loan cancellation amount

After the conclusion of the employment period described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall cancel the obligation to repay the balance of principal and interest due as of the time of such cancellation, on the eligible Federal Direct Loans made to the borrower under this part.

(3) Definitions

In this subsection:

(A) Eligible Federal Direct Loan

The term "eligible Federal Direct Loan" means a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan.

(B) Public service job

The term "public service job" means—

(i) a full-time job in emergency management, government (excluding time served as a member of Congress), military service, public safety, law enforcement, public health (including nurses, nurse practitioners, nurses in a clinical setting, and full-time professionals engaged in health care practitioner occupations and health care support occupations, as such terms are defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics), public education, social work in a public child or family service agency, public interest law services (including prosecution or public defense or legal advocacy on behalf of low-income communities at a nonprofit organization), early childhood education (including licensed or regulated childcare, Head Start, and State funded prekindergarten), public service for individuals with disabilities, public service for the elderly, public library sciences, school-based library sciences and other school-based services, or at an organization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such title; or

(ii) teaching as a full-time faculty member at a Tribal College or University as defined in section 1059c(b) of this title and other faculty teaching in high-needs subject areas or areas of shortage (including nurse faculty, foreign language faculty, and part-time faculty at community colleges), as determined by the Secretary.

(4) Ineligibility for double benefits

No borrower may, for the same service, receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this subsection and section 1078–10, 1078–11, 1078–12, or 1087j of this title.

(n) Identity fraud protection

The Secretary shall take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that monthly Federal Direct Loan statements and other publications of the Department do not contain more than four digits of the Social Security number of any individual.

(o) No accrual of interest for active duty service members

(1) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of this part and in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (4), interest shall not accrue for an eligible military borrower on a loan made under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 2008.

(2) Consolidation loans

In the case of any consolidation loan made under this part that is disbursed on or after October 1, 2008, interest shall not accrue pursuant to this subsection only on such portion of such loan as was used to repay a loan made under this part for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 2008.

(3) Eligible military borrower

In this subsection, the term "eligible military borrower" means an individual who—

(A)(i) is serving on active duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; or

(ii) is performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; and

(B) is serving in an area of hostilities in which service qualifies for special pay under section 310, or paragraph (1) or (3) of section 351(a), of title 37.

(4) Limitation

An individual who qualifies as an eligible military borrower under this subsection may receive the benefit of this subsection for not more than 60 months.

(p) Disclosures

Each institution of higher education with which the Secretary has an agreement under section 1087c of this title, and each contractor with which the Secretary has a contract under section 1087f of this title, shall, with respect to loans under this part and in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary shall prescribe, comply with each of the requirements under section 1083 of this title that apply to a lender with respect to a loan under part B.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §455, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §404, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1439; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 572; Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 346; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §359, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3968; Pub. L. 105–178, title VIII, §8301(c), June 9, 1998, 112 Stat. 498; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §§401(g)(6), 452(a)(1), (b), (c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1652, 1715-1717; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(1) [title III, §318(b)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-49; Pub. L. 107–139, §1(b), (c), Feb. 8, 2002, 116 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 107–314, div. A, title VI, §651(c), Dec. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 2580; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §§8007(b), 8008(b), (c)(2), (3), 8009(d), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 160, 162-164; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §§201(b), 202(b), 203(b)(3), 205, title IV, §401, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 791, 795, 800; Pub. L. 110–315, title I, §103(b)(8), title IV, §§425(b)(3), 451, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3089, 3234, 3261; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §404(b)(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1946; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2211(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078; Pub. L. 112–25, title V, §§502, 503, Aug. 2, 2011, 125 Stat. 266; Pub. L. 112–141, div. F, title III, §§100301, 100302(a), July 6, 2012, 126 Stat. 979; Pub. L. 113–28, §2(a), Aug. 9, 2013, 127 Stat. 506; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title VI, §618(e), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2160; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(a), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3105; Pub. L. 116–91, §4(a), Dec. 19, 2019, 133 Stat. 1192; Pub. L. 116–259, title II, §202(b)(2), Dec. 23, 2020, 134 Stat. 1163; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §705(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3200; Pub. L. 117–200, §2(a), Oct. 11, 2022, 136 Stat. 2219; Pub. L. 118–31, div. A, title X, §1054(a), Dec. 22, 2023, 137 Stat. 397.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Sections 1077(a)(2)(C) and 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title as such sections were in effect on July 22, 1992, referred to in subsec. (f)(6), means sections 1077(a)(2)(C) and 1078(b)(1)(M) of this title prior to being amended generally by sections 414(b) and 416(e)(1), respectively, of Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 513, 519.

Subparagraph (C) of section 1078–3(a)(3) of this title (as such subparagraph was in effect on June 30, 2006), referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(A)(i), means section 1078–3(a)(3)(C) of this title prior to being struck out by Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8009(c), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 164, effective July 1, 2006. Text of subsec. (a)(3)(C) prior to its repeal is set out in a 2006 Amendment note under section 1078–3 of this title.

Amendments

2023—Subsec. (f)(4) to (6). Pub. L. 118–31 added par. (4) and redesignated former pars. (4) and (5) as (5) and (6), respectively.

2022—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 117–200 designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted heading, and added par. (2).

2020—Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(2)(A), substituted "Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs" for "Armed Forces student loan interest payment program" in heading.

Subsec. (l)(1). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(2)(B), inserted "or section 3078 of title 33" after "section 2174 of title 10" and "or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively" after "Armed Forces".

Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 116–260 struck out subsec. (q) which related to eligibility for, and interest charges on, Federal Direct Stafford Loans for new borrowers on or after July 1, 2013.

2019—Subsec. (e)(6). Pub. L. 116–91, §4(a)(2), substituted "including notification of such borrower, that if a borrower" for "including notification of such borrower—

"(A) that the Internal Revenue Service will disclose to the Secretary tax return information as authorized under section 6103(l)(13) of title 26; and

"(B) that if a borrower"

and struck out "as determined using the information described in subparagraph (A), or the alternative documentation described in paragraph (3)" after "borrower's loan repayment".

Subsec. (e)(8). Pub. L. 116–91, §4(a)(1), added par. (8).

2018—Subsec. (f)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 115–245 added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3) and (4) as (4) and (5), respectively.

2016—Subsec. (o)(3)(B). Pub. L. 114–328 inserted ", or paragraph (1) or (3) of section 351(a)," after "section 310".

2013—Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 113–28, §2(a)(1)(A), inserted "and before July 1, 2013" after "on or after July 1, 2006" in heading.

Subsec. (b)(7)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 113–28, §2(a)(1)(B)–(D), inserted "and before July 1, 2013," after "on or after July 1, 2006,".

Subsec. (b)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 113–28, §2(a)(2), (3), added par. (8) and redesignated former pars. (8) and (9) as (9) and (10), respectively.

2012—Subsec. (b)(7)(D). Pub. L. 112–141, §100301(1), substituted "and before July 1, 2013," for "and before July 1, 2012," in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(7)(D)(v). Pub. L. 112–141, §100301(2), substituted "and before July 1, 2013," for "and before July 1, 2012,".

Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 112–141, §100302(a), added subsec. (q).

2011—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 112–25, §502, added par. (3).

Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 112–25, §503(1), substituted "Incentives for loans disbursed before July 1, 2012" for "In general" in heading and inserted "with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made before July 1, 2012," after "of this part" in text.

Subsec. (b)(8)(B). Pub. L. 112–25, §503(2), inserted "with respect to loans for which the first disbursement of principal is made before July 1, 2012" after "repayment incentives".

Subsec. (b)(8)(C). Pub. L. 112–25, §503(3), added subpar. (C).

2010—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–152, §2211(a)(1), inserted ", and first disbursed on June 30, 2010," before "under sections 1078".

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 111–152, §2211(a)(2), inserted ", including any loan made under part B and first disbursed before July 1, 2010" after "section 1078–3(a)(4) of this title" and struck out at end "The Secretary, upon application for such a loan, shall comply with the requirements applicable to a lender under section 1078–3(b)(1)(G) of this title."

2009—Subsec. (d)(1)(C). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(b)(2)(A), substituted "1078(b)(9)(A)(iv)" for "1078(b)(9)(A)(v)".

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(b)(2)(B), struck out "(except as authorized under section 1087g(a)(1) of this title)" after "regulations".

Subsec. (k)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(b)(2)(C), struck out ", or in a notice under section 1087g(a)(1) of this title," after "regulations of the Secretary".

2008—Subsec. (b)(8)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §103(b)(8), substituted "authorizing committees" for "Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives".

Subsec. (d)(1)(E). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(a), added subpar. (E).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–315, §425(b)(3), substituted "section 1078–3(b)(1)(G)" for "section 1078–3(b)(1)(F)".

Subsec. (m)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(b)(1), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'public service job' means—

"(i) a full-time job in emergency management, government, military service, public safety, law enforcement, public health, public education (including early childhood education), social work in a public child or family service agency, public interest law services (including prosecution or public defense or legal advocacy in low-income communities at a nonprofit organization), public child care, public service for individuals with disabilities, public service for the elderly, public library sciences, school-based library sciences and other school-based services, or at an organization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such title; or

"(ii) teaching as a full-time faculty member at a Tribal College or University as defined in section 1059c(b) of this title and other faculty teaching in high-needs areas, as determined by the Secretary."

Subsec. (m)(4). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(b)(2), added par. (4).

Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(c), added subsec. (n).

Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(d), added subsec. (o).

Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 110–315, §451(e), added subsec. (p).

2007—Subsec. (b)(7)(D). Pub. L. 110–84, §201(b), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (d)(1)(D). Pub. L. 110–84, §203(b)(3), inserted "made on behalf of a dependent student" after "PLUS loan".

Subsec. (e)(7). Pub. L. 110–84, §205, added par. (7).

Subsec. (f)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–84, §202(b), struck out "not in excess of 3 years" before "during" in introductory provisions, substituted comma for "; or" at end of cl. (ii), and inserted concluding provisions.

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 110–84, §401, added subsec. (m).

2006—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(d)(1), inserted "1078–3," after "1078–2,".

Subsec. (a)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(d)(2), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).

Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 109–171, §8008(c)(3), inserted "or origination fee" after "reductions in the interest rate".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–171, §8008(c)(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted par. (1) heading, and added par. (2).

Subsec. (d)(1)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 109–171, §8008(b), added subpars. (A) to (C) and struck out former subpars. (A) to (C), which read as follows:

"(A) a standard repayment plan, with a fixed annual repayment amount paid over a fixed period of time, consistent with subsection (a)(1) of this section;

"(B) an extended repayment plan, with a fixed annual repayment amount paid over an extended period of time, except that the borrower shall annually repay a minimum amount determined by the Secretary in accordance with section 1078(b)(1)(L) of this title;

"(C) a graduated repayment plan, with annual repayment amounts established at 2 or more graduated levels and paid over a fixed or extended period of time, except that the borrower's scheduled payments shall not be less than 50 percent, nor more than 150 percent, of what the amortized payment on the amount owed would be if the loan were repaid under the standard repayment plan; and".

Subsec. (f)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–171, §8007(b), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 109–171, §8009(d)(3), substituted "To be eligible for a consolidation loan under this part, a borrower shall meet the eligibility criteria set forth in section 1078–3(a)(3) of this title. The Secretary, upon application for such a loan, shall comply with the requirements applicable to a lender under section 1078–3(b)(1)(F) of this title." for "Loans made under this subsection shall be known as 'Federal Direct Consolidation Loans'."

2002—Subsec. (b)(6) to (9). Pub. L. 107–139, in par. (6) relating to interest rate provision for new loans substituted "2006" for "2003" in heading and "July 1, 2006," for "July 1, 2003," wherever appearing in text, added par. (7), redesignated former par. (7) as (8), and redesignated par. (6) relating to publication of rate in Federal Register as (9).

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 107–314 added subsec. (l).

2000—Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 106–554 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "For Federal Direct PLUS Loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1994, the applicable rate of interest shall, during any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, be determined on the preceding June 1 and be equal to—

"(i) the bond equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at final auction held prior to such June 1; plus

"(ii) 3.1 percent,

except that such rate shall not exceed 9 percent."

1998—Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(c)(2), which directed amendment of section 455(b) (20 U.S.C. 1087e(b)) by adding par. (5), was executed to this section, which is section 455(b) of Pub. L. 89–329, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Former par. (5) redesignated (6).

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–244, §452(a)(1), added par. (6) relating to interest rate provision for new loans.

Pub. L. 105–178, §8301(c)(1), which directed amendment of section 455(b) (20 U.S.C. 1087e(b)) by redesignating par. (5) as (6), was executed to this section, which is section 455(b) of Pub. L. 89–329, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 105–244, §452(b), added par. (7).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §452(c), struck out "only under such terms and conditions as the Secretary shall establish pursuant to section 1087g(a)(1) of this title or regulations promulgated under this part" after "section 1078–3(a)(4) of this title".

Subsecs. (j)(2), (k)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §401(g)(6), substituted "Federal Pell Grants" for "basic grants".

1994—Subsec. (f)(3), (4). Pub. L. 103–382 added pars. (3) and (4).

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to terms and conditions of loans for former provisions relating to withdrawal and termination procedures.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to withdrawal and termination procedures for former provisions relating to feasibility study.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2023 Amendment

Pub. L. 118–31, div. A, title X, §1054(b), Dec. 22, 2023, 137 Stat. 398, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 22, 2023]."

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §705(b), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3200, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 701(b) of this Act [div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as an Effective Date of 2020 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title] and section 455(q) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(q)) as in effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020], the Secretary of Education may implement the repeal authorized under subsection (a) [repealing subsec. (q) of this section] before (but not later than) July 1, 2023. The Secretary shall specify in a designation on what date and for which award years the implementation of such repeal will be effective prior to July 1, 2023. The Secretary shall publish any designation under this paragraph in the Federal Register at least 60 days before implementation."

[Effective date of title VII of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260 was changed from July 1, 2023, to July 1, 2024, by section 102(a) of Pub. L. 117–103, see section 701(b) of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. However, the July 1, 2023, implementation dates in section 705(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, were not correspondingly amended.]

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 115–245 applicable with respect to loans made on or after Sept. 28, 2018, or in repayment on Sept. 28, 2018, see section 309(f) of Pub. L. 115–245, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 2013 Amendment

Pub. L. 113–28, §2(b), Aug. 9, 2013, 127 Stat. 507, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect as if enacted on July 1, 2013."

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2211(b), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a)(1) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans first disbursed under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) on or after July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by sections 201(b), 202(b), 205, and 401 of Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Amendment by section 203(b)(3) of Pub. L. 110–84 effective July 1, 2009, see section 203(c)(1) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1078–3 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Amendment by section 8007(b) of Pub. L. 109–171 applicable with respect to all loans under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), see section 8007(f) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–314 applicable with respect to interest, and any special allowance under section 1087–1 of this title, that accrue for months beginning on or after Oct. 1, 2003, on student loans described in section 2174(c) of Title 10, Armed Forces, that were made before, on, or after such date to members of the Armed Forces who are on active duty (as defined in section 101(d) of Title 10) on or after that date, see section 651(e) of Pub. L. 107–314, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2174 of Title 10.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by sections 401(g)(6) and 452(b), (c) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §452(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1717, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to any loan made under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this part] for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003, except that such amendments shall apply with respect to a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan for which the application is received on or after October 1, 1998, and before July 1, 2003."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Construction of 2006 Amendment

Nothing in amendment by section 8007(b) of Pub. L. 109–171 to be construed to authorize any refunding of any repayment of a loan, see section 8007(e) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Ensuring Access to Certain Higher Education Benefits

Pub. L. 118–159, div. A, title V, §559B, Dec. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 1900, provided that:

"(a) Data Matching Required.—Not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 23, 2024], the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Education shall jointly complete a data matching process—

"(1) to identify each individual who, while serving as a covered employee of the Department of Defense, made one or more student loan payments eligible to be counted for purposes of the Public Service Loan Forgiveness program under section 455(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(m)); and

"(2) without requiring further information or action from such individual—

"(A) to certify the total period of such employment for purposes of such program; and

"(B) to count the total number of qualifying payments made by the individual for purposes of such program during such period.

"(b) Covered Employee Defined.—In this section, the term 'covered employee' means an individual who, at any time beginning on or after October 1, 2007, was—

"(1) a member of the Armed Forces serving on active duty for a period of more than 30 consecutive days; or

"(2) a civilian employee of the Department of Defense."

Limitation on Consolidation Loans During Temporary Interest Rate

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §452(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1716, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 455(g) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [subsec. (g) of this section], a borrower who is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an institution of higher education may not consolidate loans under such section during the period beginning October 1, 1998, and ending February 1, 1999, unless the borrower certifies that the borrower has no outstanding loans made, insured, or guaranteed under title IV of such Act [20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.] other than loans made under part D of such title [this part]."

Executive Documents

Continued Student Loan Payment Relief During the COVID–19 Pandemic

Memorandum of President of the United States, Aug. 8, 2020, 85 F.R. 49585, provided:

Memorandum for the Secretary of Education

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:

Section 1. Policy. The 2019 novel coronavirus known as SARS–CoV–2, the virus causing outbreaks of the disease COVID–19, has significantly disrupted the lives of Americans. In Proclamation 9994 of March 13, 2020 (Declaring a National Emergency Concerning the Novel Coronavirus Disease (COVID–19) Outbreak) [50 U.S.C. 1621 note], I declared, pursuant to the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), that the COVID–19 outbreak in the United States constituted a national emergency (the "national emergency"). The same day, I also determined that the COVID–19 outbreak constituted an emergency of nationwide scope, pursuant to section 501(b) of the Stafford Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)).

On March 20, 2020, my Administration took action to provide immediate relief to tens of millions of student loan borrowers during the pandemic caused by COVID–19 by both suspending loan payments and temporarily setting interest rates to 0 percent. This relief has helped many students and parents retain financial stability. And many other Americans have continued to routinely pay down their student loan balances, to more quickly eliminate their loans in the long run. During this time, borrowers have been able to determine the best path forward for themselves.

The original announcement of this policy specified that it would continue for at least 60 days. In the interim, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act [Pub. L. 116–136] provided this same student loan payment relief, but that program is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2020. Currently, many Americans remain unemployed due to the COVID–19 pandemic, and many more have accepted lower wages and reduced hours while States and localities continue to impose social distancing measures. It is therefore appropriate to extend this policy until such time that the economy has stabilized, schools have re-opened, and the crisis brought on by the COVID–19 pandemic has subsided.

Sec. 2. Extension of Student Loan Payment Relief. (a) In light of the national emergency declared on March 13, 2020, the Secretary of Education shall take action pursuant to applicable law to effectuate appropriate waivers of and modifications to the requirements and conditions of economic hardship deferments described in section 455(f)(2)(D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1087e(f)(2)(D), and provide such deferments to borrowers as necessary to continue the temporary cessation of payments and the waiver of all interest on student loans held by the Department of Education until December 31, 2020.

(b) All persons who wish to continue making student loan payments shall be allowed to do so, notwithstanding the deferments provided pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.

Sec. 3. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this memorandum shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or

(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.

(b) This memorandum shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(c) This memorandum is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

(d) You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.

Donald J. Trump.      

¹ So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.

² So in original. The second comma probably should not appear.

§1087f. Contracts

(a) Contracts for supplies and services

(1) In general

The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, award contracts for origination, servicing, and collection described in subsection (b). In awarding such contracts, the Secretary shall ensure that such services and supplies are provided at competitive prices.

(2) Entities

The entities with which the Secretary may enter into contracts shall include only entities which the Secretary determines are qualified to provide such services and supplies and will comply with the procedures applicable to the award of such contracts. In the case of awarding contracts for the origination, servicing, and collection of loans under this part, the Secretary shall enter into contracts only with entities that have extensive and relevant experience and demonstrated effectiveness. The entities with which the Secretary may enter into such contracts shall include, where practicable, agencies with agreements with the Secretary under sections 1078(b) and (c) of this title, if such agencies meet the qualifications as determined by the Secretary under this subsection and if those agencies have such experience and demonstrated effectiveness. In awarding contracts to such State agencies, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable and consistent with the purposes of this part, give special consideration to State agencies with a history of high quality performance to perform services for institutions of higher education within their State.

(3) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed as a limitation of the authority of any State agency to enter into an agreement for the purposes of this section as a member of a consortium of State agencies.

(b) Contracts for origination, servicing, and data systems

The Secretary may enter into contracts for—

(1) the alternative origination of loans to students attending institutions of higher education with agreements to participate in the program under this part (or their parents), if such institutions do not have agreements with the Secretary under section 1087d(b) of this title;

(2) the servicing and collection of loans made or purchased under this part;

(3) the establishment and operation of 1 or more data systems for the maintenance of records on all loans made or purchased under this part; and

(4) such other aspects of the direct student loan program as the Secretary determines are necessary to ensure the successful operation of the program.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §456, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 572; amended Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §453, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1717; Pub. L. 110–227, §7(c), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 747; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2212(a), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1078; Pub. L. 113–67, div. A, title V, §502(1), Dec. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 1187.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2013—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 113–67, §502(1)(A), struck out par. (4) which related to servicing by eligible not-for-profit servicers.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 113–67, §502(1)(B), struck out subsec. (c) which defined eligible not-for-profit servicer for purposes of this section.

2010—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 111–152, §2212(a)(1)(A), added par. (4).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–152, §2212(a)(2), added subsec. (c).

2008—Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 110–227 inserted "or purchased" after "loans made".

1998—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §453(1), inserted "and" after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 105–244, §453(2), (3), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: "services to assist in the orderly transition from the loan programs under part B of this subchapter to the direct student loan program under this part; and".

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to contracts for former provisions relating to terms and conditions.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Selection of Student Loan Servicer

Pub. L. 117–328, div. H, title III, Dec. 29, 2022, 136 Stat. 4893, provided in part: "That for student loan contracts awarded prior to October 1, 2017, the Secretary [of Education] shall allow student loan borrowers who are consolidating Federal student loans to select from any student loan servicer to service their new consolidated student loan".

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:

Pub. L. 117–103, div. H, title III, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 480.

Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title III, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1603.

Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title III, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2592.

Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3102.

Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 746.

Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 549.

§1087g. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §404(b)(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1946

Section, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §457, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 572; amended Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 352, related to regulatory activities associated with implementation of the first year of the direct student loan program authorized by part D, including establishment of closing date for applications not later than Oct. 1, 1993, and publication of list of selected institutions not later than Jan. 1, 1994.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as an Effective Date of 2009 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087h. Funds for administrative expenses

(a) Administrative expenses

(1) Mandatory funds for fiscal year 2006

For fiscal year 2006, there shall be available to the Secretary, from funds not otherwise appropriated, funds to be obligated for—

(A) administrative costs under this part and part B, including the costs of the direct student loan programs under this part; and

(B) account maintenance fees payable to guaranty agencies under part B and calculated in accordance with subsections (b) and (c),

not to exceed (from such funds not otherwise appropriated) $820,000,000 in fiscal year 2006.

(2) Repealed. Pub. L. 113–67, div. A, title V, §502(2), Dec. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 1187

(3) Authorization for administrative costs beginning in fiscal years 2007 through 2014

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2014, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for administrative costs under this part and part B, including the costs of the direct student loan programs under this part.

(4) Continuing mandatory funds for account maintenance fees

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2021,¹ there shall be available to the Secretary, from funds not otherwise appropriated, funds to be obligated for account maintenance fees payable to guaranty agencies under part B and calculated in accordance with subsection (b).

(5) Account maintenance fees

Account maintenance fees under paragraph (3) ² shall be paid quarterly and deposited in the Agency Operating Fund established under section 1072b of this title.

(6) Technical assistance to institutions of higher education

(A) Provision of assistance

The Secretary shall provide institutions of higher education participating, or seeking to participate, in the loan programs under this part with technical assistance in establishing and administering such programs.

(B) Funds

There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this paragraph (in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated), $50,000,000 for fiscal year 2010.

(C) Definition

In this paragraph, the term "assistance" means the provision of technical support, training, materials, technical assistance, and financial assistance.

(7) Additional payments

(A) Provision of assistance

The Secretary shall provide payments to loan servicers for retaining jobs at locations in the United States where such servicers were operating under part B on January 1, 2010.

(B) Funds

There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this paragraph (in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated), $25,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 and 2011.

(8) Carryover

The Secretary may carry over funds made available under this section to a subsequent fiscal year.

(b) Calculation basis

Account maintenance fees payable to guaranty agencies under subsection (a)(4) shall be calculated on the basis of 0.06 percent of the original principal amount of outstanding loans on which insurance was issued under part B.

(c) Budget justification

No funds may be expended under this section unless the Secretary includes in the Department of Education's annual budget justification to Congress a detailed description of the specific activities for which the funds made available by this section have been used in the prior and current years (if applicable), the activities and costs planned for the budget year, and the projection of activities and costs for each remaining year for which administrative expenses under this section are made available.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §458, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 573; amended Pub. L. 103–66, title IV, §4021, Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 353; Pub. L. 104–19, title I, §601, July 27, 1995, 109 Stat. 219; Pub. L. 105–33, title VI, §6103, Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 652; Pub. L. 105–78, title VI, §609(l), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1524; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §454, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1717; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8015, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 172; Pub. L. 109–292, §5, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1341; Pub. L. 110–84, title III, §306, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 800; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §452, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3263; Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2212(b), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1080; Pub. L. 113–67, div. A, title V, §502(2), Dec. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 1187; Pub. L. 114–113, div. H, title III, §310, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2638; Pub. L. 115–31, div. H, title III, §309, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 552; Pub. L. 115–141, div. H, title III, §309, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 750; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §307, Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3105; Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title III, §306, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2595; Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title III, §306, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1608.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Paragraph (3), referred to in subsec. (a)(5), was redesignated par. (4) by Pub. L. 111–152, §2212(b)(1)(B).

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 116–260 substituted "2021" for "2020".

2019—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 116–94 substituted "2020" for "2019".

2018—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–245 substituted "2019" for "2018".

Pub. L. 115–141 substituted "2018" for "2017".

2017—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–31 substituted "2017" for "2016".

2015—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 114–113 substituted "2016" for "2014".

2013—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 113–67 struck out par. (2). Text read as follows: "For fiscal years 2010 through 2019, there shall be available to the Secretary, in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, funds to be obligated for administrative costs of servicing contracts with eligible not-for-profit servicers as described in section 1087f of this title."

2010—Subsec. (a)(2) to (8). Pub. L. 111–152, §2212(b)(1), added pars. (2), (6), and (7) and redesignated former pars. (2), (3), (4), and (5) as (3), (4), (5), and (8), respectively.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–152, §2212(b)(2), substituted "subsection (a)(4)" for "subsection (a)(3)".

2008—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §452(1), substituted "2014" for "2011" in heading and text.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §452(2), substituted "2014" for "2011".

2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–84 substituted "0.06 percent" for "0.10 percent".

2006—Pub. L. 109–171 reenacted section catchline without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text consisted of subsecs. (a) to (d) relating to administrative expenses, calculation basis for account maintenance fees payable to guaranty agencies, special rules relating to caps on account maintenance fees and insufficient funding, and budget justification for funds expended, respectively.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 109–292 substituted "shall be calculated on" for "shall not exceed".

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §454(1), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) related to availability of funds for administrative costs and cost allowances.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §454(2), amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Funds made available under subsection (a) of this section shall remain available until expended."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §454(5), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §454(4), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d).

Pub. L. 105–244, §454(3), struck out heading and text of subsec. (d). Text read as follows: "In the event the Secretary finds it necessary to use the authority provided to the Secretary under subsection (a) of this section to draw funds for administrative expenses from a future year's funds, no funds may be expended under this section unless the Secretary immediately notifies the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and of the House of Representatives, and the Labor and Human Resources Committee of the Senate and the Education and Labor Committee of the House of Representatives, of such action and explain the reasons for such action."

1997—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–33 amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each fiscal year, there shall be available to the Secretary of Education from funds available pursuant to section 1072(g) of this title and from funds not otherwise appropriated, funds to be obligated for administrative costs under this part, including the costs of the transition from the loan programs under part B of this subchapter to the direct student loan programs under this part (including the costs of annually assessing the program under this part and the progress of the transition) and transition support (including administrative costs) for the expenses of guaranty agencies in servicing outstanding loans in their portfolios and in guaranteeing new loans, not to exceed (from such funds not otherwise appropriated) $260,000,000 in fiscal year 1994, $284,000,000 in fiscal year 1995, $550,000,000 in fiscal year 1996, $595,000,000 in fiscal year 1997, and $750,000,000 in fiscal year 1998. If in any fiscal year the Secretary determines that additional funds for administrative expenses are needed as a result of such transition or the expansion of the direct student loan programs under this part, the Secretary is authorized to use funds available under this section for a subsequent fiscal year for such expenses, except that the total expenditures by the Secretary (from such funds not otherwise appropriated) shall not exceed $2,439,000,000 in fiscal years 1994 through 1998. The Secretary is also authorized to carry over funds available under this section to a subsequent fiscal year."

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–78 substituted "$507,000,000" for "$532,000,000" in closing provisions.

1995—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–19 substituted "$284,000,000 in fiscal year 1995" for "$345,000,000 in fiscal year 1995" and "$2,439,000,000 in fiscal years 1994 through 1998" for "$2,500,000,000 in fiscal years 1994 through 1998".

1993—Pub. L. 103–66 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to funds for administrative expenses for former provisions relating to reports.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

Construction

Pub. L. 105–78, title VI, §609(m), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1524, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Tables for classification] or an amendment made by this Act shall be construed to prohibit the Secretary of Education from using funds that are returned or otherwise recovered by the Secretary under section 422(g) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1072(g)) including the balances of returned reserve funds, formerly held by the Higher Education Assistance Foundation, that are currently held in Higher Education Assistance Foundation Claims Reserves, Treasury account number 91X6192, for expenditure for expenses pursuant to section 458 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087h)."

Funds for Account Maintenance Fees

Pub. L. 118–47, div. D, title III, §306, Mar. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 692, as amended by Pub. L. 119–4, div. A, title IX, §1909, Mar. 15, 2025, 139 Stat. 33, provided that: "Section 458(a)(4) of the HEA [Higher Education Act of 1965] (20 U.S.C. 1087h(a)[(4)]) shall be applied by substituting '2026' for '2021'."

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:

Pub. L. 117–328, div. H, title III, §306, Dec. 29, 2022, 136 Stat. 4897.

Pub. L. 117–103, div. H, title III, §306, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 484.

Use of Funds for Administrative Expenses of William D. Ford Direct Loan Program Prohibited

Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(e) [title III, §304], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–233, 3009-261, provided in part that: "Notwithstanding section 458 of the Higher Education Act [of 1965] [20 U.S.C. 1087h], the Secretary may not use funds available under that section or any other section for subsequent fiscal years for administrative expenses of the William D. Ford Direct Loan Program."

Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:

Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101(d) [title III, §305], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–211, 1321-236; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327.

¹ See Funds for Account Maintenance Fees note below.

² See References in Text note below.

§1087i. Authority to sell loans

The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, is authorized to sell loans made under this part on such terms as the Secretary determines are in the best interest of the United States, except that any such sale shall not result in any cost to the Federal Government. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the proceeds of any such sale may be used by the Secretary to offer reductions in the interest rate paid by a borrower of a loan made under this part as the Secretary determines appropriate to encourage on-time repayment in accordance with section 1087e(b)(7) of this title. Such reductions may be offered only if the Secretary determines the reductions are in the best financial interests of the Federal Government.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §459, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §455, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1718.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087i, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §459, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 575, which related to schedule of regulatory activities by Secretary under Federal direct loan demonstration program, was omitted in the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 103–66.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087i–1. Temporary authority to purchase student loans

(a) Authority to purchase

(1) Authority; determination required

Upon a determination by the Secretary that there is an inadequate availability of loan capital to meet the demand for loans under sections 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title, whether as a result of inadequate liquidity for such loans or for other reasons, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, is authorized to purchase, or enter into forward commitments to purchase, from any eligible lender, as defined by section 1085(d)(1) of this title, loans first disbursed under sections 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title on or after October 1, 2003, and before July 1, 2010, on such terms as the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget jointly determine are in the best interest of the United States, except that any purchase under this section shall not result in any net cost to the Federal Government (including the cost of servicing the loans purchased), as determined jointly by the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.

(2) Federal Register notice

The Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, shall jointly publish a notice in the Federal Register prior to any purchase of loans under paragraph (1) that—

(A) establishes the terms and conditions governing the purchases authorized by paragraph (1);

(B) includes an outline of the methodology and factors that the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, will jointly consider in evaluating the price at which to purchase loans made under section 1078, 1078–2, or 1078–8 of this title; and

(C) describes how the use of such methodology and consideration of such factors used to determine purchase price will ensure that loan purchases do not result in any net cost to the Federal Government (including the cost of servicing the loans purchased).

(3) Temporary authority to purchase rehabilitated loans

(A) Authority

In addition to the authority described in paragraph (1), the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, is authorized to purchase, or enter into forward commitments to purchase, from any eligible lender (as defined in section 1085(d)(1) of this title), loans that such lender purchased under section 1078–6 of this title on or after October 1, 2003, and before July 1, 2010, and that are not in default, on such terms as the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget jointly determine are in the best interest of the United States, except that any purchase under this paragraph shall not result in any net cost to the Federal Government (including the cost of servicing the loans purchased), as determined jointly by the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.

(B) Federal Register notice

The Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall jointly publish a notice in the Federal Register prior to any purchase of loans under this paragraph that—

(i) establishes the terms and conditions governing the purchases authorized by this paragraph;

(ii) includes an outline of the methodology and factors that the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget will jointly consider in evaluating the price at which to purchase loans rehabilitated pursuant to section 1078–6(a) of this title; and

(iii) describes how the use of such methodology and consideration of such factors used to determine purchase price will ensure that loan purchases do not result in any net cost to the Federal Government (including the cost of servicing the loans purchased).

(b) Proceeds

The Secretary shall require, as a condition of any purchase under subsection (a), that the funds paid by the Secretary to any eligible lender under this section be used—

(1) to ensure continued participation of such lender in the Federal student loan programs authorized under part B of this subchapter; and

(2)(A) in the case of loans purchased pursuant to subsection (a)(1), to originate new Federal loans to students, as authorized under part B of this subchapter; or

(B) in the case of loans purchased pursuant to subsection (a)(3), to originate such new Federal loans to students, or to purchase loans in accordance with section 1078–6(a) of this title.

(c) Maintaining servicing arrangements

The Secretary may, if agreed upon by an eligible lender selling loans under this section, contract with such lender for the servicing of the loans purchased, provided that—

(1) the cost of such servicing arrangement does not exceed the cost the Federal Government would otherwise incur for the servicing of loans purchased, as determined under subsection (a); and

(2) such servicing arrangement is in the best interest of the borrowers whose loans are purchased.

(d) Guaranty agency responsibilities and payments

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, beginning on the date on which the Secretary purchases a loan under this section—

(1) the guaranty agency that insured such loan shall cease to have any obligations, responsibilities, or rights (including rights to any payment) under this chapter for any activity related to the administration of such loan that is carried out or required to be carried out on or after the date of such purchase; and

(2) the insurance issued by such agency pursuant to section 1078(b) of this title for such loan shall cease to be effective with respect to any default on such loan that occurs on or after the date of such purchase.

(e) Reports and cost estimates

The Secretary shall prepare, transmit to the authorizing committees, and make available to the public, the following:

(1) Quarterly reports

(A) Contents

Not later than 60 days after the end of each quarter during the period beginning July 1, 2008, and ending September 30, 2010, a quarterly report on—

(i) the number of loans the Secretary has agreed to purchase, or has purchased, using the authority provided under this section, and the total amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest of such loans, during such period; and

(ii) the number of loans in which the Secretary has purchased a participation interest, and the total amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest of such loans, during such period.

(B) Disaggregated information

For each quarterly report, the information described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be disaggregated by lender and, for each lender, by category of institution (using the categories described in section 1015a(d) of this title) and type of loan.

(2) Estimates of purchase program costs

Not later than February 15, 2011, an estimate of the costs associated with the program of purchasing loans described in paragraph (1)(A)(i) during the period beginning July 1, 2008, and ending September 30, 2010, and an estimate of the costs associated with the program of purchasing a participation interest in loans described in paragraph (1)(A)(ii) during such period. Each such estimate shall—

(A) contain the same level of detail, and be reported in a similar manner, as the budget estimates provided for the loan program under part B and the direct student loan program under this part in the President's annual budget submission to Congress, except that current and future administrative costs shall also be reported;

(B) include an estimate of the gross and net outlays that have been, or will be, incurred by the Federal Government (including subsidy and administrative costs, and any payments made by the Department to lenders, trusts, or other entities related to such activities) in purchasing such loans or purchasing a participation interest in such loans during such period (as applicable); and

(C) include a comparison of—

(i) the average amount of the gross and net outlays (including costs and payments) described in subparagraph (B) for each $100 of loans purchased or for which a participation interest was purchased (as applicable) during such period, disaggregated by type of loan; with

(ii) the average amount of such gross and net outlays (including costs and payments) to the Federal Government for each $100 of comparable loans made under this part and part B during such period, disaggregated by part and by type of loan.

(3) Annual cost estimates

Not later than February 15 of the fiscal year following each of the fiscal years 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011, an annual estimate of the costs associated with the program of purchasing loans described in paragraph (1)(A)(i), and an annual estimate of the costs associated with the program of purchasing a participation interest in loans described in paragraph (1)(A)(ii), that includes the information described in paragraph (2) for such fiscal year.

(f) Expiration of authority

The Secretary's authority to purchase loans under this section shall expire on July 1, 2010.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §459A, as added Pub. L. 110–227, §7(b), May 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 746; amended Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §453, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3263; Pub. L. 110–350, §1, Oct. 7, 2008, 122 Stat. 3947; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §404(a), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1945.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(a)(1)(A), substituted "purchase of loans under paragraph (1)" for "purchase of loans under this section" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(a)(1)(B), added par. (3).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(a)(2), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall require, as a condition of any purchase under subsection (a), that the funds paid by the Secretary to any eligible lender under this section shall be used: (1) to ensure continued participation of such lender in the Federal student loan programs authorized under part B of this subchapter; and (2) to originate new Federal loans to students, as authorized under part B of this subchapter."

2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–350, §1(1), substituted "July 1, 2010" for "July 1, 2009".

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §453(2), added subsecs. (d) and (e). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (f).

Subsec. (e)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–350, §1(2)(A), substituted "September 30, 2010" for "September 30, 2009" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 110–350, §1(2)(A), (B), substituted "February 15, 2011" for "February 15, 2010" and "September 30, 2010" for "September 30, 2009" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 110–350, §1(2)(C), substituted "2009, 2010, and 2011" for "2009, and 2010".

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–350, §1(1), substituted "July 1, 2010" for "July 1, 2009".

Pub. L. 110–315, §453(1), redesignated subsec. (d) as (f).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

§1087i–2. Temporary loan consolidation authority

(a) Temporary loan consolidation authority

(1) In general

A borrower who has 1 or more loans in 2 or more of the categories described in paragraph (2), and who has not yet entered repayment on 1 or more of those loans in any of the categories, may consolidate all of the loans of the borrower that are described in paragraph (2) into a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan during the period described in paragraph (3).

(2) Categories of loans that may be consolidated

The categories of loans that may be consolidated under paragraph (1) are—

(A) loans made under this part;

(B) loans purchased by the Secretary pursuant to section 1087i–1 of this title; and

(C) loans made under part B that are held by an eligible lender, as such term is defined in section 1085(d) of this title.

(3) Time period in which loans may be consolidated

The Secretary may make a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan under this section to a borrower whose application for such Federal Direct Consolidation Loan is received on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2011.

(b) Terms of loans

A Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section shall have the same terms and conditions as a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under section 1087e(g) of this title, except that—

(1) in determining the applicable rate of interest on the Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section (other than on a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan described in paragraph (2)), section 1077a(l)(3) of this title shall be applied without rounding the weighted average of the interest rate on the loans consolidated to the nearest higher one-eighth of 1 percent as described in subparagraph (A) of section 1077a(l)(3) of this title; and

(2) if a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section that repays a loan which is subject to an interest rate determined under section 1077a(g)(2), (j)(2), or (k)(2) of this title, then the interest rate for such Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be calculated—

(A) by using the applicable rate of interest described in section 1077a(g)(2), (j)(2), or (k)(2) of this title, respectively; and

(B) in accordance with section 1077a(l)(3) of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §459B, as added Pub. L. 111–152, title II, §2206(b), Mar. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 1075.)

§1087j. Loan cancellation for teachers

(a) Statement of purpose

It is the purpose of this section to encourage individuals to enter and continue in the teaching profession.

(b) Program authorized

The Secretary shall carry out a program of canceling the obligation to repay a qualified loan amount in accordance with subsection (c) for Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans made under this part for any new borrower on or after October 1, 1998, who—

(1) has been employed as a full-time teacher for 5 consecutive complete school years—

(A) in a school or location that qualifies under section 1087ee(a)(2)(A) of this title for loan cancellation for Perkins loan recipients who teach in such schools or locations; and

(B) if employed as an elementary school or secondary school teacher, is highly qualified as defined in section 9101 ¹ of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7801], or meets the requirements of subsection (g)(3); and

(2) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower seeks forgiveness.

(c) Qualified loan amounts

(1) In general

The Secretary shall cancel not more than $5,000 in the aggregate of the loan obligation on a Federal Direct Stafford Loan or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan that is outstanding after the completion of the fifth complete school year of teaching described in subsection (b)(1). No borrower may receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1078–10 of this title.

(2) Treatment of consolidation loans

A loan amount for a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan may be a qualified loan amount for the purposes of this subsection only to the extent that such loan amount was used to repay a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a loan made under section 1078 or 1078–8 of this title, for a borrower who meets the requirements of subsection (b), as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(3) Additional amounts for teachers in mathematics, science, or special education

Notwithstanding the amount specified in paragraph (1), the aggregate amount that the Secretary shall cancel under this section shall be not more than $17,500 in the case of—

(A) a secondary school teacher—

(i) who meets the requirements of subsection (b); and

(ii) whose qualifying employment for purposes of such subsection is teaching mathematics or science on a full-time basis; and

(B) an elementary school or secondary school teacher—

(i) who meets the requirements of subsection (b);

(ii) whose qualifying employment for purposes of such subsection is as a special education teacher whose primary responsibility is to provide special education to children with disabilities (as those terms are defined in section 1401 of this title); and

(iii) who, as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or non-profit private elementary school or secondary school in which the borrower is employed, or, in the case of a teacher who is employed by an educational service agency, as certified by the chief administrative officer of such agency, is teaching children with disabilities that correspond with the borrower's special education training and has demonstrated knowledge and teaching skills in the content areas of the elementary school or secondary school curriculum that the borrower is teaching.

(d) Regulations

The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.

(e) Construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize any refunding of any canceled loan.

(f) List

If the list of schools in which a teacher may perform service pursuant to subsection (b) is not available before May 1 of any year, the Secretary may use the list for the year preceding the year for which the determination is made to make such service determination.

(g) Additional eligibility provisions

(1) Continued eligibility

Any teacher who performs service in a school that—

(A) meets the requirements of subsection (b)(1)(A) in any year during such service; and

(B) in a subsequent year fails to meet the requirements of such subsection, may continue to teach in such school and shall be eligible for loan cancellation pursuant to subsection (b).

(2) Prevention of double benefits

No borrower may, for the same voluntary service, receive a benefit under both this section and—

(A) section 1078–11 of this title;

(B) section 1087e(m) of this title; or

(C) subtitle D of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12601 et seq.).

(3) Private school teachers

An individual who is employed as a teacher in a private school and is exempt from State certification requirements (unless otherwise applicable under State law), may, in lieu of the requirement of subsection (b)(1)(B), have such employment treated as qualifying employment under this section if such individual is permitted to and does satisfy rigorous subject knowledge and skills tests by taking competency tests in the applicable grade levels and subject areas. For such purposes, the competency tests taken by such a private school teacher shall be recognized by 5 or more States for the purpose of fulfilling the highly qualified teacher requirements under section 9101 ¹ of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 7801], and the score achieved by such teacher on each test shall equal or exceed the average passing score of those 5 States.

(h) "Year" defined

For the purpose of this section, the term "year" where applied to service as a teacher means an academic year as defined by the Secretary.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §460, as added Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §456, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1719; amended Pub. L. 108–409, §3(a)(1)(B), (b)(2), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2300, 2301; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8013(e)(2), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 167; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §454, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3265; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §404(b)(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1946.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(B) and (g)(3), was amended by Pub. L. 114–95 and, as so amended, is now section 8101 of the Act and no longer defines "highly qualified". A reference in this section to the term "highly qualified" as defined in section 9101 of the Act is to be treated as a reference to such term under such section 9101 as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of Pub. L. 114–95. See section 9214(a)(1) of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a Use of the Term "Highly Qualified" in Other Laws note under section 1070g–2 of this title.

The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(D), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127. Subtitle D of title I of the Act is classified generally to division D of subchapter I (§12601 et seq.) of chapter 129 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087j, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §459A, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §451, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 575, which related to funds for administrative expenses under Federal direct loan demonstration program, was omitted in the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 103–66.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(b)(4)(A), inserted at end "No borrower may receive a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1078–10 of this title."

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 111–39, §404(b)(4)(B), redesignated subpars. (B) to (D) as (A) to (C), respectively, substituted "12601" for "12571" in subpar. (C), and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "section 1078–10 of this title;".

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(c), struck out "(1) In general" before "The Secretary shall", redesignated subpars. (A) and (B) of former par. (1) as pars. (1) and (2), respectively, and cls. (i) and (ii) of former subpar. (A) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, of par. (1), realigned margins, and struck out par. (2). Prior to amendment, text of par. (2) read as follows: "No borrower may obtain a reduction of loan obligations under both this section and section 1078–10 of this title."

Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(a)(1), inserted "or location" after "a school" and "or locations" after "such schools".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(d)(1), substituted "subsection (b)(1)" for "subsection (b)(1)(A)".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A)(i), (B)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(d)(2), substituted "subsection (b)" for "subsection (b)(1)".

Subsec. (c)(3)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(a)(2), inserted "or, in the case of a teacher who is employed by an educational service agency, as certified by the chief administrative officer of such agency," after "borrower is employed,".

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(b), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No borrower may, for the same volunteer service, receive a benefit under both this section and subtitle D of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)".

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 110–315, §454(d)(3), substituted "subsection (b)(1)(B)" for "subsection (b)(1)(A)(ii)".

2006—Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(e)(2)(A), inserted ", or meets the requirements of subsection (g)(3)" before "; and".

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 109–171, §8013(e)(2)(B), added par. (3).

2004—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 108–409, §3(a)(1)(B), added cl. (ii) and struck out former cls. (ii) and (iii) which read as follows:

"(ii) if employed as a secondary school teacher, is teaching a subject area that is relevant to the borrower's academic major as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or non-profit private secondary school in which the borrower is employed; and

"(iii) if employed as an elementary school teacher, has demonstrated, as certified by the chief administrative officer of the public or nonprofit private elementary school in which the borrower is employed, knowledge and teaching skills in reading, writing, mathematics and other areas of the elementary school curriculum; and".

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 108–409, §3(b)(2), added par. (3).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment; Transition Rule

Amendment by section 3(b)(2) of Pub. L. 108–409 applicable only with respect to eligible individuals who are new borrowers (as defined in section 1003 of this title) on or after Oct. 1, 1998, see section 3(b)(3) of Pub. L. 108–409, as amended, set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title.

For transition rules relating to amendments made by section 3(a)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 108–409, see section 3(a)(2) of Pub. L. 108–409, set out as a note under section 1078–10 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

Part E—Federal Perkins Loans

Editorial Notes

Codification

This part was added as part E of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 by Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 273, and amended by Pub. L. 94–482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 95–43, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 95–561, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2143; Pub. L. 96–49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96–374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357; Pub. L. 97–301, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1400; Pub. L. 98–79, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476; Pub. L. 99–272, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 82. Such part is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1439, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, which comprises this part, was formerly classified to part D of this subchapter. See Codification note preceding section 1087a of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior part E, consisting of part F of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329, was redesignated part F of this subchapter.

§1087aa. Appropriations authorized

(a) Program authority

The Secretary shall carry out a program assisting in the maintenance of funds at institutions of higher education for the making of loans to undergraduate students in need to pursue their courses of study in such institutions or while engaged in programs of study abroad approved for credit by such institutions. Loans made under this part shall be known as "Federal Perkins Loans".

(b) Authority to make loans

(1) In general

(A) Loans for new undergraduate Federal Perkins Loan borrowers

Through September 30, 2017, an institution of higher education may make a loan under this part to an eligible undergraduate student who, on the date of disbursement of a loan made under this part, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on a loan made under this part from the student loan fund established under this part by the institution, but only if the institution has awarded all Federal Direct Loans, as referenced under subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 1087e(a)(2) of this title, for which such undergraduate student is eligible.

(B) Loans for current undergraduate Federal Perkins Loan borrowers

Through September 30, 2017, an institution of higher education may make a loan under this part to an eligible undergraduate student who, on the date of disbursement of a loan made under this part, has an outstanding balance of principal or interest on a loan made under this part from the student loan fund established under this part by the institution, but only if the institution has awarded all Federal Direct Stafford Loans as referenced under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title for which such undergraduate student is eligible.

(C) Loans for certain graduate borrowers

Through September 30, 2016, with respect to an eligible graduate student who has received a loan made under this part prior to October 1, 2015, an institution of higher education that has most recently made such a loan to the student for an academic program at such institution may continue making loans under this part from the student loan fund established under this part by the institution to enable the student to continue or complete such academic program.

(2) No additional loans

An institution of higher education shall not make loans under this part after September 30, 2017.

(3) Prohibition on additional appropriations

No funds are authorized to be appropriated under this chapter or any other Act to carry out the functions described in paragraph (1) for any fiscal year following fiscal year 2015.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §461, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1439; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §461(a)(2)–(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 576; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §461, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1720; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §461, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3265; Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2219.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087aa, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §461, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 273; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §130(a), (b), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2146; Pub. L. 96–49, §5(d)(1), (2), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §441, title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1436, 1503, authorized a program to establish and maintain funds at institutions of higher education for making low-interest loans to students, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Another prior section 461 of Pub. L. 89–329 amended former section 403 of this title.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1)(A), substituted "assisting in the maintenance of funds at institutions of higher education for the making of loans to undergraduate students in need" for "of stimulating and assisting in the establishment and maintenance of funds at institutions of higher education for the making of low-interest loans to students in need thereof".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1)(B), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b). Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to make contributions to student loan funds established under this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

"(2) In addition to the funds authorized under paragraph (1), there are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums for fiscal year 2015 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years as may be necessary to enable students who have received loans for academic years ending prior to October 1, 2015, to continue or complete courses of study."

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1)(C), struck out subsec. (c). Text read as follows: "Any sums appropriated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section for any fiscal year shall be available for apportionment pursuant to section 1087bb of this title and for payments of Federal capital contributions therefrom to institutions of higher education which have agreements with the Secretary under section 1087cc of this title. Such Federal capital contributions and all contributions from such institutions shall be used for the establishment, expansion, and maintenance of student loan funds."

2008—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §461(1), substituted "$300,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for each of the five succeeding fiscal years" for "$250,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §461(2), substituted "2015" for "2003" in two places.

1998—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §461(1), substituted "1999" for "1993".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §461(2), substituted "2003" for "1997" in two places.

1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–325, §461(a)(2), (b), inserted "or while engaged in programs of study abroad approved for credit by such institutions" after "in such institutions" and substituted "Federal Perkins Loans" for "Perkins Loans".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §461(c), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows:

"(1) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to make contributions to student loan funds established under this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $268,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.

"(2) In addition there are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums for fiscal year 1991 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years as may be necessary to enable students who have received loans for academic years ending prior to October 1, 1991, to continue or complete courses of study."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Construction of 2015 Amendment

Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(2), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2220, provided that: "Notwithstanding the amendments made under paragraph (1) of this subsection [amending this section], an eligible graduate borrower who received a disbursement of a loan under part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087aa et seq.) after June 30, 2016 and before October 1, 2016, for the 2016–2017 award year, may receive a subsequent disbursement of such loan by June 30, 2017, for which the borrower received an initial disbursement after June 30, 2016 and before October 1, 2016."

§1087bb. Allocation of funds

(a) Allocation based on previous allocation

(1) From the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087aa(b) ¹ of this title for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall first allocate to each eligible institution an amount equal to—

(A) 100 percent of the amount received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year), multiplied by

(B) the institution's default penalty, as determined under subsection (e),

except that if the institution has a cohort default rate in excess of the applicable maximum cohort default rate under subsection (f), the institution may not receive an allocation under this paragraph.

(2)(A) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this part after fiscal year 1999 but is not a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greater of—

(i) $5,000; or

(ii) 100 percent of the amount received and expended under this part for the first year it participated in the program.

(B) From the amount so appropriated, the Secretary shall next allocate to each eligible institution that began participation in the program under this part after fiscal year 1999 and is a first or second time participant, an amount equal to the greatest of—

(i) $5,000;

(ii) an amount equal to (I) 90 percent of the amount received and used under this part in the second preceding fiscal year by eligible institutions offering comparable programs of instruction, divided by (II) the number of students enrolled at such comparable institutions in such fiscal year, multiplied by (III) the number of students enrolled at the applicant institution in such fiscal year; or

(iii) 90 percent of the institution's allocation under this part for the preceding fiscal year.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which—

(i) was a first-time participant in the program in fiscal year 2000 or any subsequent fiscal year, and

(ii) received a larger amount under this subsection in the second year of participation,

an amount equal to 90 percent of the amount it received under this subsection in its second year of participation.

(D) For any fiscal year after a fiscal year in which an institution receives an allocation under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), the Secretary shall allocate to such institution an amount equal to the product of—

(i) the amount determined under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), multiplied by

(ii) the institution's default penalty, as determined under subsection (e),

except that if the institution has a cohort default rate in excess of the applicable maximum cohort default rate under subsection (f), the institution may not receive an allocation under this paragraph.

(3)(A) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) of this subsection, then the amount of the allocation to each such institution shall be ratably reduced.

(B) If the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is more than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1) but less than the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (2), then—

(i) the Secretary shall allot the amount required to be allocated to all institutions under paragraph (1), and

(ii) the amount of the allocation to each institution under paragraph (2) shall be ratably reduced.

(C) If additional amounts are appropriated for any such fiscal year, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced (until the amount allocated equals the amount required to be allocated under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection).

(b) Allocation of excess based on share of excess eligible amounts

(1) From the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087aa(b) ¹ of this title after making the allocations required by subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution which has an excess eligible amount an amount which bears the same ratio to such remainder as such excess eligible amount bears to the sum of the excess eligible amounts of all such eligible institutions (having such excess eligible amounts).

(2) For any eligible institution, the excess eligible amount is the amount, if any, by which—

(A)(i) that institution's eligible amount (as determined under paragraph (3)), divided by (ii) the sum of the eligible amounts of all institutions (as so determined), multiplied by (iii) the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087aa(b) ¹ of this title for the fiscal year; exceeds

(B) the amount required to be allocated to that institution under subsection (a),

except that an eligible institution which has a cohort default rate in excess of the applicable maximum cohort default rate under subsection (f) may not receive an allocation under this paragraph.

(3) For any eligible institution, the eligible amount of that institution is equal to—

(A) the amount of the institution's self-help need, as determined under subsection (c); minus

(B) the institution's anticipated collections; multiplied by

(C) the institution's default penalty, as determined under subsection (e);

except that, if the institution has a cohort default rate in excess of the applicable maximum cohort default rate under subsection (f), the eligible amount of that institution is zero.

(c) Determination of institution's self-help need

(1) The amount of an institution's self-help need is equal to the sum of the self-help need of the institution's eligible undergraduate students and the self-help need of the institution's eligible graduate and professional students.

(2) To determine the self-help need of an institution's eligible undergraduate students, the Secretary shall—

(A) establish various income categories for dependent and independent undergraduate students;

(B) establish a student aid index for each income category of dependent and independent undergraduate students, determined on the basis of the average student aid index (computed in accordance with part F of this subchapter) of a representative sample within each income category for the second preceding fiscal year;

(C) compute 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students;

(D) multiply the number of eligible dependent students in each income category by the lesser of—

(i) 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction shall not be less than zero;

(E) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (D) for each income category of dependent students;

(F) multiply the number of eligible independent students in each income category by the lesser of—

(i) 25 percent of the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students determined under subparagraph (C); or

(ii) the average cost of attendance for all undergraduate students minus the student aid index determined under subparagraph (B) for that income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction for any income category shall not be less than zero;

(G) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (F) for each income category of independent students; and

(H) add the amounts determined under subparagraphs (E) and (G).

(3) To determine the self-help need of an institution's eligible graduate and professional students, the Secretary shall—

(A) establish various income categories for graduate and professional students;

(B) establish a student aid index for each income category of graduate and professional students, determined on the basis of the average student aid index (computed in accordance with part F of this subchapter) of a representative sample within each income category for the second preceding fiscal year;

(C) determine the average cost of attendance for all graduate and professional students;

(D) subtract from the average cost of attendance for all graduate and professional students (determined under subparagraph (C)), the student aid index (determined under subparagraph (B)) for each income category, except that the amount computed by such subtraction for any income category shall not be less than zero;

(E) multiply the amounts determined under subparagraph (D) by the number of eligible students in each category;

(F) add the amounts determined under subparagraph (E) for each income category.

(4)(A) For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (3), the term "average cost of attendance" means the average of the attendance costs for undergraduate students and for graduate and professional students, which shall include (i) tuition and fees determined in accordance with subparagraph (B), (ii) standard living expenses determined in accordance with subparagraph (C), and (iii) books and supplies determined in accordance with subparagraph (D).

(B) The average undergraduate and graduate and professional tuition and fees described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be computed on the basis of information reported by the institution to the Secretary, which shall include (i) total revenue received by the institution from undergraduate and graduate tuition and fees for the second year preceding the year for which it is applying for an allocation, and (ii) the institution's enrollment for such second preceding year.

(C) The standard living expense described in subparagraph (A)(ii) is equal to 150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college for a single independent student.

(D) The allowance for books and supplies described in subparagraph (A)(iii) is equal to $600.

(d) Anticipated collections

(1) An institution's anticipated collections are equal to the amount which was collected during the second year preceding the beginning of the award period, multiplied by 1.21.

(2) The Secretary shall establish an appeals process by which the anticipated collections required in paragraph (1) may be waived for institutions with low cohort default rates in the program assisted under this part.

(e) Default penalties

(1) Years preceding fiscal year 2000

For any fiscal year preceding fiscal year 2000, any institution with a cohort default rate that—

(A) equals or exceeds 15 percent, shall establish a default reduction plan pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Secretary, except that such plan shall not be required with respect to an institution that has a default rate of less than 20 percent and that has less than 100 students who have loans under this part in such academic year;

(B) equals or exceeds 20 percent, but is less than 25 percent, shall have a default penalty of 0.9;

(C) equals or exceeds 25 percent, but is less than 30 percent, shall have a default penalty of 0.7; and

(D) equals or exceeds 30 percent shall have a default penalty of zero.

(2) Years following fiscal year 2000

For fiscal year 2000 and any succeeding fiscal year, any institution with a cohort default rate (as defined under subsection (g)) that equals or exceeds 25 percent shall have a default penalty of zero.

(3) Ineligibility

(A) In general

For fiscal year 2000 and any succeeding fiscal year, any institution with a cohort default rate (as defined in subsection (g)) that equals or exceeds 50 percent for each of the 3 most recent years for which data are available shall not be eligible to participate in a program under this part for the fiscal year for which the determination is made and the 2 succeeding fiscal years, unless, within 30 days of receiving notification from the Secretary of the loss of eligibility under this paragraph, the institution appeals the loss of eligibility to the Secretary. The Secretary shall issue a decision on any such appeal within 45 days after the submission of the appeal. Such decision may permit the institution to continue to participate in a program under this part if—

(i) the institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the calculation of the institution's cohort default rate is not accurate, and that recalculation would reduce the institution's cohort default rate for any of the 3 fiscal years below 50 percent; or

(ii) there are, in the judgment of the Secretary, such a small number of borrowers entering repayment that the application of this subparagraph would be inequitable.

(B) Continued participation

During an appeal under subparagraph (A), the Secretary may permit the institution to continue to participate in a program under this part.

(C) Return of funds

Within 90 days after the date of any termination pursuant to subparagraph (A), or the conclusion of any appeal pursuant to subparagraph (B), whichever is later, the balance of the student loan fund established under this part by the institution that is the subject of the termination shall be distributed as follows:

(i) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to such balance (as of the date of such distribution) as the total amount of Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary under this part bears to the sum of such Federal capital contributions and the capital contributions to such fund made by the institution.

(ii) The remainder of such student loan fund shall be paid to the institution.

(D) Use of returned funds

Any funds returned to the Secretary under this paragraph shall be reallocated to institutions of higher education pursuant to subsection (i).

(E) Definition

For the purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "loss of eligibility" shall be defined as the mandatory liquidation of an institution's student loan fund, and assignment of the institution's outstanding loan portfolio to the Secretary.

(f) Applicable maximum cohort default rate

(1) Award years prior to 2000

For award years prior to award year 2000, the applicable maximum cohort default rate is 30 percent.

(2) Award year 2000 and succeeding award years

For award year 2000 and subsequent years, the applicable maximum cohort default rate is 25 percent.

(g) "Cohort default rate" defined

(1)(A) The term "cohort default rate" means, for any award year in which 30 or more current and former students at the institution enter repayment on loans under this part (received for attendance at the institution), the percentage of those current and former students who enter repayment on such loans (received for attendance at that institution) in that award year who default before the end of the following award year.

(B) For any award year in which less than 30 of the institution's current and former students enter repayment, the term "cohort default rate" means the percentage of such current and former students who entered repayment on such loans in any of the three most recent award years and who default before the end of the award year immediately following the year in which they entered repayment.

(C) A loan on which a payment is made by the institution of higher education, its owner, agency, contractor, employee, or any other entity or individual affiliated with such institution, in order to avoid default by the borrower, is considered as in default for the purposes of this subsection.

(D) In the case of a student who has attended and borrowed at more than one school, the student (and his or her subsequent repayment or default) is attributed to the school for attendance at which the student received the loan that entered repayment in the award year.

(E) In determining the number of students who default before the end of such award year, the institution, in calculating the cohort default rate, shall exclude—

(i) any loan on which the borrower has, after the time periods specified in paragraph (2)—

(I) voluntarily made 6 consecutive payments;

(II) voluntarily made all payments currently due;

(III) repaid in full the amount due on the loan; or

(IV) received a deferment or forbearance, based on a condition that began prior to such time periods;

(ii) any loan which has, after the time periods specified in paragraph (2), been rehabilitated or canceled; and

(iii) any other loan that the Secretary determines should be excluded from such determination.

(F) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations designed to prevent an institution from evading the application to that institution of a cohort default rate determination under this subsection through the use of such measures as branching, consolidation, change of ownership or control or other means as determined by the Secretary.

(2) For purposes of calculating the cohort default rate under this subsection, a loan shall be considered to be in default—

(A) 240 days (in the case of a loan repayable monthly), or

(B) 270 days (in the case of a loan repayable quarterly),

after the borrower fails to make an installment payment when due or to comply with other terms of the promissory note.

(h) Filing deadlines

The Secretary shall, from time to time, set dates before which institutions must file applications for allocations under this part.

(i) Reallocation of excess allocations

(1) In general

(A) If an institution of higher education returns to the Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallocate 80 percent of such returned portions to participating institutions in an amount not to exceed such participating institution's excess eligible amounts as determined under paragraph (2).

(B) For the purpose of this subsection, the term "participating institution" means an institution of higher education that—

(i) was a participant in the program assisted under this part in fiscal year 1999; and

(ii) did not receive an allocation under subsection (a) in the fiscal year for which the reallocation determination is made.

(2) Excess eligible amount

For any participating institution, the excess eligible amount is the amount, if any, by which—

(A)(i) that institution's eligible amount (as determined under subsection (b)(3)), divided by (ii) the sum of the eligible amounts of all participating institutions (as determined under paragraph (3)), multiplied by (iii) the amount of funds available for reallocation under this subsection; exceeds

(B) the amount required to be allocated to that institution under subsection (b).

(3) Remainder

The Secretary shall reallocate the remainder of such returned portions in accordance with regulations of the Secretary.

(4) Allocation reductions

If under paragraph (1) of this subsection an institution returns more than 10 percent of its allocation, the institution's allocation for the next fiscal year shall be reduced by the amount returned. The Secretary may waive this paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary finds that enforcing it is contrary to the interest of the program.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §462, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1440; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §13(a)–(d), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 348; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §462, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 576; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(1)–(4), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2470, 2471; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §462(a)(1), (2), (b)–(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1720–1723; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §462, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3266; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(1), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §704(1), (3), (4), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3199, 3200.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1087aa of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), (2)(A)(i), was amended by Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1)(B), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2219, which struck out subsec. (b) authorizing appropriations and added a new subsec. (b) authorizing institutions of higher education to make loans.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087bb, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §462, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 273; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §448(a), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1443, 1503, provided for apportionment of appropriations among States, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(4), substituted "average student aid index" for "average expected family contribution".

Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(2)(D)(ii), (F)(ii). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(4), substituted "average student aid index" for "average expected family contribution".

Pub. L. 116–260, §704(3), substituted "a student aid index" for "an expected family contribution".

Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 116–260, §704(1), substituted "the student aid index" for "the expected family contribution".

2009—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–39 added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A), resulting in text identical to that after execution of the amendment by Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(1)(A). See 1998 Amendment note below.

2008—Subsec. (c)(4)(D). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "$600" for "$450".

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(e)(1), inserted "cohort" before "default" in two places in concluding provisions.

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(A)(ii), substituted "subsection (f)" for "subsection (g)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(1)(A), which directed the substitution of "the amount received under subsections (a) and (b) of this section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year)" for "the amount of the Federal capital contribution allocated to such institution under this part for fiscal year 1985", was executed by making the substitution for text which read "amount of Federal capital" rather than "amount of the Federal capital", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(A)(i), substituted "subsection (e)" for "subsection (f)".

Subsec. (a)(2)(A), (B). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(1)(B)(i), substituted "1999" for "1985" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(1)(B)(ii), substituted "2000" for "1986".

Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(e)(1), inserted "cohort" before "default" in two places in concluding provisions.

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(A)(iv), substituted "subsection (f)" for "subsection (g)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(A)(iii), substituted "subsection (e)" for "subsection (f)".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b).

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(B), struck out heading and text of subsec. (b). Text read as follows: "From one-quarter of the remainder of the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1087aa(b) of this title for any fiscal year (after making the allocations required by subsection (a) of this section), the Secretary shall allocate to each eligible institution an amount which bears the same ratio to such one-quarter as—

"(1) the amount the eligible institution receives for such fiscal year under subsection (a) of this section, bears to

"(2) the amount all such institutions receive under such subsection (a) of this section."

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(e)(2), inserted "cohort" before "default" in two places in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(e)(2), inserted "cohort" before "default" in two places in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (b).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(C), substituted "the remainder" for "three-quarters of the remainder".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(D), substituted "subsection (f)" for "subsection (g)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(b), in introductory provisions, struck out "the Secretary, for academic year 1988–1989, shall use the procedures employed for academic year 1986–1987, and, for any subsequent academic years," after "professional students,".

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(E)(iii), substituted "subsection (f)" for "subsection (g)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(E)(i), substituted "subsection (c)" for "subsection (d)".

Subsec. (c)(3)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(E)(ii), substituted "subsection (e)" for "subsection (f)".

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (e) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(e)(3), inserted "cohort" before "default".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(c), amended heading and text of subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) For any fiscal year prior to fiscal year 1994, any institution which has a default rate which equals or exceeds 7.5 percent but does not exceed the maximum default rate applicable to the award year under subsection (g) of this section, the institution's default penalty is a percentage equal to the complement of such default rate. For any institution which has a default rate that does not exceed 7.5 percent, the institution's default penalty is equal to one.

"(2) For fiscal year 1994 and any succeeding fiscal year, any institution with a cohort default rate (as defined under subsection (h) of this section) which—

"(A) equals or exceeds 15 percent, shall establish a default reduction plan pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary;

"(B) equals or exceeds 20 percent, but is less than 25 percent, shall have a default penalty of 0.9;

"(C) equals or exceeds 25 percent, but is less than 30 percent, shall have a default penalty of 0.7; and

"(D) equals or exceeds 30 percent shall have a default penalty of zero."

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (f) as (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(c), amended heading and text of subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

"(1) For award years 1992 and 1993, the applicable maximum default rate is 15 percent.

"(2) For award year 1994 and subsequent years, the maximum cohort default rate is 30 percent."

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (g) as (f). Former subsec. (f) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(1), inserted heading and struck out former heading.

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (h) as (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated (f).

Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(1), (2), redesignated par. (3) as (1), substituted "The term" for "For award year 1994 and any succeeding award year, the term" in subpar. (A), and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: "For any award year prior to award year 1994, for the purpose of this section, the default rate is computed by dividing—

"(A) the total principal amount of defaulted loans; by

"(B) the total principal amount of loans made under this part, less the principal amount of all loans made to borrowers who are eligible for deferment under section 1087dd(c)(2)(A)(i) of this title or are in a grace period preceding repayment."

Subsec. (g)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(3)(A), (B), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "In determining the number of students who default before the end of such award year, the Secretary shall, in calculating the cohort default rate, exclude any loans which, due to improper servicing or collection, would result in an inaccurate or incomplete calculation of the cohort default rate."

Subsec. (g)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(3)(B), redesignated subpars. (D) and (F) as (C) and (D), respectively. Former subpar. (C) redesignated (B).

Subsec. (g)(1)(E). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(3)(A), (C), added subpar. (E) and struck out former subpar. (E) which read as follows: "Any loan that is in default but on which the borrower has made satisfactory arrangements to resume payment or any loan which has been rehabilitated before the end of such following award year is not considered as in default for purposes of this subsection."

Subsec. (g)(1)(F). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(3)(B), (e)(4), redesignated subpar. (G) as (F) and inserted "cohort" before "default". Former subpar. (F) redesignated (D).

Subsec. (g)(1)(G). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(3)(B), redesignated subpar. (G) as (F).

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(4), added par. (2).

Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(1), struck out par. (2) which read as follows: "For the purpose of paragraph (1)(A), the total principal amount of defaulted loans is equal to the total amount borrowed under loans that have reached repayment status and that are in default, minus—

"(A) amounts that have been repaid or cancelled on such loans;

"(B) loans discharged in bankruptcy;

"(C) loans referred or assigned to the Secretary for collection under paragraph (5)(A), (5)(B)(i), or (6) of section 1087cc(a) of this title; and

"(D) loans that are in default but on which the borrowers have made satisfactory arrangements to resume payment."

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(2), redesignated par. (3) as (1).

Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(d)(4), struck out par. (4) which read as follows: "A loan shall be considered to be in default—

"(A) 240 days (in the case of a loan repayable monthly), or

"(B) 270 days (in the case of a loan repayable quarterly), after the borrower fails to make an installment payment when due or to comply with other terms of the promissory note,

after the borrower fails to make an installment payment when due or to comply with other terms of the promissory note."

Subsecs. (h), (i). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsecs. (i) and (j) as (h) and (i), respectively. Former subsec. (h) redesignated (g).

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(H), redesignated subsec. (j) as (i).

Subsec. (j)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(F), substituted "1999" for "1985".

Subsec. (j)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(G)(i), substituted "subsection (b)(3)" for "paragraph (3) of subsection (c)".

Subsec. (j)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §462(a)(2)(G)(ii), substituted "subsection (b)" for "subsection (c)".

1993—Subsec. (a)(1), (2)(D). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(1), substituted "if the institution has" for "if the institution which has" in closing provisions.

Subsec. (d)(4)(C). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(2), substituted "150 percent of the difference between the income protection allowance for a family of five with one in college and the income protection allowance for a family of six with one in college" for "three-fourths in the Pell Grant family size offset".

Subsecs. (e)(2), (h)(4)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(3), (4), realigned margins.

1992—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(a), substituted "allocated to such institution" for "such institution received".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(b), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(c), substituted "default reduction and default penalties" for "Default penalty" in heading and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "For any institution which has a default rate which equals or exceeds 7.5 percent but does not exceed the maximum default rate applicable to the award year under subsection (g) of this section, the institution's default penalty is a percentage equal to the complement of such default rate. For any institution which has a default rate that does not exceed 7.5 percent, the institution's default penalty is equal to one."

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(d), amended subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (g) read as follows:

"(1) For award years 1988, 1989, and 1990, the applicable maximum default rate is 20 percent.

"(2) For award year 1991 and subsequent years, the applicable maximum default rate is 15 percent."

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(e), substituted "Definitions of default rate and cohort default rate" for "Definition of default rate" in heading, in par. (1) substituted "For any award year prior to award year 1994, for the purpose" for "For the purpose", added par. (3), redesignated former par. (3) as (4), substituted "240" for "120" in par. (4)(A), and amended par. (4)(B) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4)(B) read as follows: "180 days (in the case of a loan repayable quarterly),".

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 102–325, §462(f), amended subsec. (j) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (j) read as follows: "If an institution returns to the Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this section for any fiscal year the Secretary shall, in accordance with regulations, reallocate such excess to other institutions."

1987—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(a), amended subpar. (A) generally, substituting "of Federal capital contribution such institution received" for "such institution expended".

Subsec. (d)(3), (4). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(b), redesignated par. (3), defining "average cost of attendance" and calculating average undergraduate and graduate and professional tuition and fees, standard living expenses, and allowance for books and supplies, as (4).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(c), struck out "; cash on hand" after "collections" in heading.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(d), substituted "subsection (g) of this section" for "paragraph (2)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §462(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1721, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to allocations of amounts appropriated pursuant to section 461(b) [former 20 U.S.C. 1087aa(b)] for fiscal year 2000 or any succeeding fiscal year."

Amendment by section 462(b)–(e) of Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable with respect to academic year 1988-1989 and succeeding academic years, see section 405(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, as amended, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087cc. Agreements with institutions of higher education

(a) Contents of agreements

An agreement with any institution of higher education for the payment of Federal capital contributions under this part shall—

(1) provide for the establishment and maintenance of a student loan fund for the purpose of this part;

(2) provide for the deposit in such fund of—

(A) Federal capital contributions from funds appropriated under section 1087aa of this title;

(B) a capital contribution by an institution in an amount equal to one-third of the Federal capital contributions described in subparagraph (A);

(C) collections of principal and interest on student loans made from deposited funds;

(D) charges collected pursuant to regulations under section 1087dd(c)(1)(H) of this title; and

(E) any other earnings of the funds;

(3) provide that such student loan fund shall be used only for—

(A) loans to students, in accordance with the provisions of this part;

(B) administrative expenses, as provided in subsection (b);

(C) capital distributions, as provided in section 1087ff of this title; and

(D) costs of litigation, and other collection costs agreed to by the Secretary in connection with the collection of a loan from the fund (and interest thereon) or a charge assessed pursuant to regulations under section 1087dd(c)(1)(H) of this title;

(4) provide that where a note or written agreement evidencing a loan has been in default despite due diligence on the part of the institution in attempting collection thereon—

(A) if the institution has knowingly failed to maintain an acceptable collection record with respect to such loan, as determined by the Secretary in accordance with criteria established by regulation, the Secretary may—

(i) require the institution to assign such note or agreement to the Secretary, without recompense; and

(ii) apportion any sums collected on such a loan, less an amount not to exceed 30 percent of any sums collected to cover the Secretary's collection costs, among other institutions in accordance with section 1087bb of this title; or

(B) if the institution is not one described in subparagraph (A), the Secretary may allow such institution to refer such note or agreement to the Secretary, without recompense, except that, once every six months, any sums collected on such a loan (less an amount not to exceed 30 percent of any such sums collected to cover the Secretary's collection costs) shall be repaid to such institution and treated as an additional capital contribution under section 1087bb of this title;

(5) provide that, if an institution of higher education determines not to service and collect student loans made available from funds under this part, the institution will assign, at the beginning of the repayment period, notes or evidence of obligations of student loans made from such funds to the Secretary and the Secretary shall apportion any sums collected on such notes or obligations (less an amount not to exceed 30 percent of any such sums collected to cover that Secretary's collection costs) among other institutions in accordance with section 1087bb of this title;

(6) provide that, notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary will provide to the institution any information with respect to the names and addresses of borrowers or other relevant information which is available to the Secretary, from whatever source such information may be derived;

(7) provide assurances that the institution will comply with the provisions of section 1087cc–1 of this title;

(8) provide that the institution of higher education will make loans first to students with exceptional need; and

(9) include such other reasonable provisions as may be necessary to protect the United States from unreasonable risk of loss and as are agreed to by the Secretary and the institution, except that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to permit the Secretary to require the assignment of loans to the Secretary other than as is provided for in paragraphs (4) and (5).

(b) Administrative expenses

An institution which has entered into an agreement under subsection (a) shall be entitled, for each fiscal year during which it makes student loans from a student loan fund established under such agreement, to a payment in lieu of reimbursement for its expenses in administering its student loan program under this part during such year. Such payment shall be made in accordance with section 1096 of this title.

(c) Cooperative agreements with consumer reporting agencies

(1) For the purpose of promoting responsible repayment of loans made pursuant to this part, the Secretary and each institution of higher education participating in the program under this part shall enter into cooperative agreements with consumer reporting agencies to provide for the exchange of information concerning student borrowers concerning whom the Secretary has received a referral pursuant to section 1087gg of this title and regarding loans held by the Secretary or an institution.

(2) Each cooperative agreement made pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be made in accordance with the requirements of section 1080a of this title except that such agreement shall provide for the disclosure by the Secretary or an institution, as the case may be, to such consumer reporting agencies, with respect to any loan held by the Secretary or the institution, respectively, of—

(A) the date of disbursement and the amount of such loans made to any borrower under this part at the time of disbursement of the loan;

(B) information concerning the repayment and collection of any such loan, including information concerning the status of such loan; and

(C) the date of cancellation of the note upon completion of repayment by the borrower of any such loan, or upon cancellation or discharge of the borrower's obligation on the loan for any reason.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (4) and (5) of subsection (a) of section 1681c of title 15, a consumer reporting agency may make a report containing information received from the Secretary or an institution regarding the status of a borrower's account on a loan made under this part until the loan is paid in full.

(4)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), an institution of higher education, after consultation with the Secretary and pursuant to the agreements entered into under paragraph (1), shall disclose at least annually to any consumer reporting agency with which the Secretary has such an agreement the information set forth in paragraph (2), and shall disclose promptly to such consumer reporting agency any changes to the information previously disclosed.

(B) The Secretary may promulgate regulations establishing criteria under which an institution of higher education may cease reporting the information described in paragraph (2) before a loan is paid in full.

(5) Each institution of higher education shall notify the appropriate consumer reporting agencies whenever a borrower of a loan that is made and held by the institution and that is in default makes 6 consecutive monthly payments on such loan, for the purpose of encouraging such consumer reporting agencies to update the status of information maintained with respect to that borrower.

(d) Limitation on use of interest bearing accounts

In carrying out the provisions of subsection (a)(9), the Secretary may not require that any collection agency, collection attorney, or loan servicer collecting loans made under this part deposit amounts collected on such loans in interest bearing accounts, unless such agency, attorney, or servicer holds such amounts for more than 45 days.

(e) Special due diligence rule

In carrying out the provisions of subsection (a)(5) ¹ relating to due diligence, the Secretary shall make every effort to ensure that institutions of higher education may use Internal Revenue Service skip-tracing collection procedures on loans made under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §463, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1444; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §13(e), (f), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 349; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §463(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 579; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(5)–(7), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §463, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1724; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §§432(b)(5), 463, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3246, 3266; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(2), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Subsection (a)(5) relating to due diligence, referred to in subsec. (e), was redesignated subsec. (a)(4), by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §463(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1724.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087cc, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §463, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 274; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §130(c), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2146; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§442(b)(1)–(4), 445(a), (b)(1), 447(a), 448(b), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1439, 1440, 1442, 1443, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §§16025, 16026, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 352, 353, related to agreements with institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–39, §405(2)(A)(i), realigned margins.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–39, §405(2)(A)(ii), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B), resulting in text identical to that after execution of the amendment by Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(2)(C). See 1998 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–39, §405(2)(B), substituted "and (5)" for "and (6)" and made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1681c of title 15.

2008—Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §463(a), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "if the institution is not one described in subparagraph (A), the Secretary may—

"(i) allow such institution to transfer its interest in such loan to the Secretary, for collection, and the Secretary may use any collections thereon (less an amount not to exceed 30 percent of any such sums collected to cover the Secretary's collection costs) to make allocations to institutions of additional capital contributions in accordance with section 1087bb of this title; or

"(ii) allow such institution to refer such note or agreement to the Secretary, without recompense, except that any sums collected on such a loan (less an amount not to exceed 30 percent of any such sums collected to cover the Secretary's collection costs) shall be repaid to such institution no later than 180 days after collection by the Secretary and treated as an additional capital contribution;".

Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 110–315, §463(b), inserted ", except that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to permit the Secretary to require the assignment of loans to the Secretary other than as is provided for in paragraphs (4) and (5)" before period.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(5)(A), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations" in heading.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(5)(B), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(5)(C), substituted "such consumer reporting agencies" for "such organizations".

Subsec. (c)(4)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(5)(D), substituted "consumer reporting agency" for "credit bureau organization" in two places.

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(5)(E), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations" and "such consumer reporting agencies" for "such organizations".

1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(a)(1), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "a capital contribution—

"(i) by an institution that—

"(I) is granted permission by the Secretary to participate in an Expanded Lending Option under the program, and

"(II) has a default rate which does not exceed 7.5 percent for award year 1993–1994 and has a cohort default rate which does not exceed 15 percent for award year 1994–1995 or for any succeeding award year,

in an amount not less than the amount of the Federal capital contributions described in subparagraph (A); or

"(ii) by any other institution, in an amount not less than three-seventeenths of such Federal capital contribution in fiscal year 1993, and one-third of such Federal capital contribution in each of the succeeding fiscal years, of the amount of the Federal capital contributions described in subparagraph (A);".

Subsec. (a)(4) to (10). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(a)(2), (3), redesignated pars. (5) to (10) as (4) to (9), respectively, and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: "provide that where a note or written agreement evidencing a note has been in default for (A) 120 days, in the case of a loan which is repayable in monthly installments, or (B) 180 days, in the case of a loan which is repayable in less frequent installments, notice of such default shall be given to the Secretary in an annual report describing the total number of loans from such fund which are in such default;".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(1), substituted "the Secretary and each institution of higher education participating in the program under this part shall" for "the Secretary shall" and inserted "and regarding loans held by the Secretary or an institution" after "section 1087gg of this title".

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(2)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "by the Secretary or an institution, as the case may be, to such organizations, with respect to any loan held by the Secretary or the institution, respectively, of—" for "by the Secretary to such organizations, with respect to any loan for which the Secretary is responsible, of—".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(2)(B), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "the date of disbursement and the amount of any such loan;".

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(2)(C), inserted "the repayment and" after "concerning" the first place appearing and substituted "status of such" for "status of any defaulted".

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(2)(D), inserted ", or upon cancellation or discharge of the borrower's obligation on the loan for any reason" before period at end.

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(3)(A), in introductory provisions, inserted "or an institution" after "from the Secretary" and substituted "until the loan is paid in full." for "until—".

Subsec. (c)(3)(A), (B). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(3)(B), struck out subpars. (A) and (B) which read as follows:

"(A) 7 years from the date on which the Secretary accepted an assignment or referral of a loan, or

"(B) 7 years from the date the Secretary first reports the account to a consumer reporting agency."

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(4), amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: "Each institution of higher education, after consultation with the Secretary and pursuant to the agreements entered into under paragraph (1), shall disclose at least annually to any credit bureau organization with which the Secretary has such an agreement—

"(A) the amount of loans made to any borrower under this part at the time of the disbursement of the loan; and

"(B) the information set forth in section 1080a(a) of this title."

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(b)(4), added par. (5).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–244, §463(c), substituted "subsection (a)(9)" for "subsection (a)(10)".

1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(B)(i)(II). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(5), substituted "7.5 percent for award year 1993–1994 and has a cohort default rate which does not exceed 15 percent for award year 1994–1995 or for any succeeding award year" for "7.5 percent".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(6), substituted "shall disclose at least annually" for "shall disclose" in introductory provisions.

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(7), added subsecs. (d) and (e).

1992—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §463(a), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "a capital contribution by such institution in an amount equal to not less than one-ninth of the amount of the Federal capital contributions described in subparagraph (A);".

Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 102–325, §463(b)(1), struck out ", if that account has not been previously reported by any other holder of the note" after "agency".

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §463(b)(2), added par. (4).

1987—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(e), substituted "in an annual report" for "in a report" and struck out ", and made to the Secretary at least semiannually" after "in such default".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(f), substituted "section 1096 of this title" for "section 1092 of this title".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 effective July 23, 1992, except that changes made in subsec. (a)(2)(B), relating to the matching of Federal capital contributions, applicable to funds provided for such program for award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993, see section 468 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 2 of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Subsection (a)(9) of this section applicable only to loans made for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, see section 405(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087cc–1. Student loan information by eligible institutions

(a) Disclosure required prior to disbursement

Each institution of higher education shall, at or prior to the time such institution makes a loan to a student borrower which is made under this part, provide thorough and adequate loan information on such loan to the student borrower. Any disclosure required by this subsection may be made by an institution of higher education as part of the written application material provided to the borrower, or as part of the promissory note evidencing the loan, or on a separate written form provided to the borrower. The disclosures shall include—

(1) the name of the institution of higher education, and the address to which communications and payments should be sent;

(2) the principal amount of the loan;

(3) the amount of any charges collected by the institution at or prior to the disbursal of the loan and whether such charges are deducted from the proceeds of the loan or paid separately by the borrower;

(4) the stated interest rate on the loan;

(5) the yearly and cumulative maximum amounts that may be borrowed;

(6) an explanation of when repayment of the loan will be required and when the borrower will be obligated to pay interest that accrues on the loan;

(7) a statement as to the minimum and maximum repayment term which the institution may impose, and the minimum monthly payment required by law and a description of any penalty imposed as a consequence of default, such as liability for expenses reasonably incurred in attempts by the Secretary or institutions to collect on a loan;

(8) a statement of the total cumulative balance, including the loan applied for, owed by the student to that lender, and an estimate of the projected monthly payment, given such cumulative balance;

(9) an explanation of any special options the borrower may have for loan consolidation or other refinancing of the loan;

(10) a statement that the borrower has the right to prepay all or part of the loan, at any time, without penalty, a statement summarizing circumstances in which repayment of the loan or interest that accrues on the loan may be deferred, and a brief notice of the program for repayment of loans, on the basis of military service, pursuant to the Department of Defense educational loan repayment program (10 U.S.C. 16302);

(11) a definition of default and the consequences to the borrower if the borrower defaults, together with a statement that the disbursement of, and the default on, a loan under this part, shall be reported to a consumer reporting agency;

(12) to the extent practicable, the effect of accepting the loan on the eligibility of the borrower for other forms of student assistance;

(13) an explanation of any cost the borrower may incur in the making or collection of the loan;

(14) a notice and explanation regarding the end to future availability of loans made under this part;

(15) a notice and explanation that repayment and forgiveness benefits available to borrowers of loans made under part D are not available to borrowers participating in the loan program under this part;

(16) a notice and explanation regarding a borrower's option to consolidate a loan made under this part into a Federal Direct Loan under part D, including any benefit of such consolidation;

(17) with respect to new undergraduate Federal Perkins loan borrowers, as described in section 1087aa(b)(1)(A) of this title, a notice and explanation providing a comparison of the interest rates of loans under this part and part D and informing the borrower that the borrower has reached the maximum annual borrowing limit for which the borrower is eligible as referenced under subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 1087e(a)(2) of this title; and

(18) with respect to current undergraduate Federal Perkins loan borrowers, as described in section 1087aa(b)(1)(B) of this title, a notice and explanation providing a comparison of the interest rates of loans under this part and part D and informing the borrower that the borrower has reached the maximum annual borrowing limit for which the borrower is eligible on Federal Direct Stafford Loans as referenced under section 1087e(a)(2)(A) of this title.

(b) Disclosure required prior to repayment

Each institution of higher education shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which the institution will, prior to the start of the repayment period of the student borrower on loans made under this part, disclose to the student borrower the information required under this subsection. Any disclosure required by this subsection may be made by an institution of higher education either in a promissory note evidencing the loan or loans or in a written statement provided to the borrower. The disclosures shall include—

(1) the name of the institution of higher education, and the address to which communications and payments should be sent;

(2) the scheduled date upon which the repayment period is to begin;

(3) the estimated balance owed by the borrower on the loan or loans covered by the disclosure as of the scheduled date on which the repayment period is to begin (including, if applicable, the estimated amount of interest to be capitalized);

(4) the stated interest rate on the loan or loans, or the combined interest rate of loans with different stated interest rates;

(5) the nature of any fees which may accrue or be charged to the borrower during the repayment period;

(6) the repayment schedule for all loans covered by the disclosure including the date the first installment is due, and the number, amount, and frequency of required payments;

(7) an explanation of any special options the borrower may have for loan consolidation or other refinancing of the loan;

(8) the projected total of interest charges which the borrower will pay on the loan or loans, assuming that the borrower makes payments exactly in accordance with the repayment schedule; and

(9) a statement that the borrower has the right to prepay all or part of the loan or loans covered by the disclosure at any time without penalty.

(c) Costs and effects of disclosures

Such information shall be available without cost to the borrower. The failure of an eligible institution to provide information as required by this section shall not (1) relieve a borrower of the obligation to repay a loan in accordance with its terms, (2) provide a basis for a claim for civil damages, or (3) be deemed to abrogate the obligation of the Secretary to make payments with respect to such loan.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §463A, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1446; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §13(g), (h), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 349; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §463(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 579; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(8), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471; Pub. L. 104–106, div. A, title XV, §1501(e)(4), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 501; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §432(b)(6), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3246; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(3), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947; Pub. L. 114–105, §3, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2220.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087cc–1, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §463A, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §447(b), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1443; amended Pub. L. 97–301, §13, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1405; Pub. L. 98–79, §3(b), Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 478; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16027, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 353, related to student loan information to be provided by institutions, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a)(14) to (18). Pub. L. 114–105 added pars. (14) to (18).

2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–39 struck out ", in order to carry out the provisions of section 1087cc(a)(8) of this title," after "Each institution of higher education" in introductory provisions.

2008—Subsec. (a)(11). Pub. L. 110–315 substituted "consumer" for "credit bureau or credit".

1996—Subsec. (a)(10). Pub. L. 104–106 substituted "(10 U.S.C. 16302)" for "(10 U.S.C. 2172)".

1993—Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 103–208 struck out subsecs. (d) and (e), which read as follows:

"(d) Limitation on Use of Interest Bearing Accounts.—In carrying out the provisions of subsection (a)(10) of this section, the Secretary may not require that any collection agency, collection attorney, or loan servicer collecting loans made under this part deposit amounts collected on such loans in interest bearing accounts, unless such agency, attorney, or servicer holds such amounts for more than 45 days.

"(e) Special Due Diligence Rule.—In carrying out the provisions of subsection (a)(5) of this section relating to due diligence, the Secretary shall make every effort to ensure that institutions of higher education may use Internal Revenue Service skip-tracing collection procedures on loans made under this part."

1992—Subsec. (a)(11). Pub. L. 102–325, §463(c)(1), substituted "together with a statement that the disbursement of, and the default on, a loan under this part, shall be" for "including a statement that the default may be".

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 102–325, §463(c)(2), added subsecs. (d) and (e).

1987—Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(g), added par. (8) and struck out former par. (8) which read as follows: "a statement of the total cumulative balance owed by the student to that institution, the projected level of indebtedness of the student based on a 2- or 4-year college career, and an estimate of the projected monthly repayment given the level of indebtedness over a 2-, 4-, or 5-year college career;".

Subsec. (a)(10). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(h), substituted "the Department of Defense educational loan repayment program (10 U.S.C. 2172)" for "section 902 of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1981 (10 U.S.C. 2141, note)".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–106 effective as if included in the Reserve Officer Personnel Management Act, title XVI of Pub. L. 103–337, as enacted on Oct. 5, 1994, see section 1501(f)(3) of Pub. L. 104–106, set out as a note under section 113 of Title 10, Armed Forces.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable only to loans made for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, see section 405(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, as amended, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

§1087dd. Terms of loans

(a) Terms and conditions

(1) Loans from any student loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under section 1087cc of this title to any student by any institution shall, subject to such conditions, limitations, and requirements as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulation, be made on such terms and conditions as the institution may determine.

(2)(A) Except as provided in paragraph (4), the total of loans made to a student in any academic year or its equivalent by an institution of higher education from a loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part shall not exceed—

(i) $5,500, in the case of a student who has not successfully completed a program of undergraduate education; or

(ii) $8,000, in the case of a graduate or professional student (as defined in regulations issued by the Secretary).

(B) Except as provided in paragraph (4), the aggregate unpaid principal amount for all loans made to a student by institutions of higher education from loan funds established pursuant to agreements under this part may not exceed—

(i) $60,000, in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations issued by the Secretary, and including any loans from such funds made to such person before such person became a graduate or professional student);

(ii) $27,500, in the case of a student who has successfully completed 2 years of a program of education leading to a bachelor's degree but who has not completed the work necessary for such a degree (determined under regulations issued by the Secretary), and including any loans from such funds made to such person before such person became such a student; and

(iii) $11,000, in the case of any other student.

(3) Regulations of the Secretary under paragraph (1) shall be designed to prevent the impairment of the capital student loan funds to the maximum extent practicable and with a view toward the objective of enabling the student to complete his course of study.

(4) In the case of a program of study abroad that is approved for credit by the home institution at which a student is enrolled and that has reasonable costs in excess of the home institution's budget, the annual and aggregate loan limits for the student may exceed the amounts described in paragraphs (2)(A) and (2)(B) by 20 percent.

(b) Demonstration of need and eligibility required

(1) A loan from a student loan fund assisted under this part may be made only to a student who demonstrates financial need in accordance with part F of this subchapter, who meets the requirements of section 1091 of this title, and who provides the institution with the student's drivers license number, if any, at the time of application for the loan. A student who is in default on a loan under this part shall not be eligible for an additional loan under this part unless such loan meets one of the conditions for exclusion under section 1087bb(g)(1)(E) of this title.

(2) If the institution's capital contribution under section 1087bb of this title is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are (A) attending the institution less than full time, or (B) independent students, then a reasonable portion of the loans made from the institution's student loan fund containing the contribution shall be made available to such students.

(c) Contents of loan agreement

(1) Any agreement between an institution and a student for a loan from a student loan fund assisted under this part—

(A) shall be evidenced by note or other written instrument which, except as provided in paragraph (2), provides for repayment of the principal amount of the loan, together with interest thereon, in equal installments (or, if the borrower so requests, in graduated periodic installments determined in accordance with such schedules as may be approved by the Secretary) payable quarterly, bimonthly, or monthly, at the option of the institution, over a period beginning nine months after the date on which the student ceases to carry, at an institution of higher education or a comparable institution outside the United States approved for this purpose by the Secretary, at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload, and ending 10 years and 9 months after such date except that such period may begin earlier than 9 months after such date upon the request of the borrower;

(B) shall include provision for acceleration of repayment of the whole, or any part, of such loan, at the option of the borrower;

(C)(i) may provide, at the option of the institution, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, that during the repayment period of the loan, payments of principal and interest by the borrower with respect to all outstanding loans made to the student from a student loan fund assisted under this part shall be at a rate equal to not less than $40 per month, except that the institution may, subject to such regulations, permit a borrower to pay less than $40 per month for a period of not more than one year where necessary to avoid hardship to the borrower, but without extending the 10-year maximum repayment period provided for in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph; and

(ii) may provide that the total payments by a borrower for a monthly or similar payment period with respect to the aggregate of all loans held by the institution may, when the amount of a monthly or other similar payment is not a multiple of $5, be rounded to the next highest whole dollar amount that is a multiple of $5;

(D) shall provide that the loan shall bear interest, on the unpaid balance of the loan, at the rate of 5 percent per year in the case of any loan made on or after October 1, 1981, except that no interest shall accrue (i) prior to the beginning date of repayment determined under paragraph (2)(A)(i), or (ii) during any period in which repayment is suspended by reason of paragraph (2);

(E) shall provide that the loan shall be made without security and without endorsement;

(F) shall provide that the liability to repay the loan shall be cancelled—

(i) upon the death of the borrower;

(ii) if the borrower becomes permanently and totally disabled as determined in accordance with regulations of the Secretary;

(iii) if the borrower is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, has lasted for a continuous period of not less than 60 months, or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 60 months; or

(iv) if the borrower is determined by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to be unemployable due to a service-connected disability;

(G) shall provide that no note or evidence of obligation may be assigned by the lender, except upon the transfer of the borrower to another institution participating under this part (or, if not so participating, is eligible to do so and is approved by the Secretary for such purpose), to such institution, and except as necessary to carry out section 1087cc(a)(6) ¹ of this title;

(H) pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, shall provide for an assessment of a charge with respect to the loan for failure of the borrower to pay all or part of an installment when due, which shall include the expenses reasonably incurred in attempting collection of the loan, to the extent permitted by the Secretary, except that no charge imposed under this subparagraph shall exceed 20 percent of the amount of the monthly payment of the borrower; and

(I) shall contain a notice of the system of disclosure of information concerning default on such loan to consumer reporting agencies under section 1087cc(c) of this title.

(2)(A) No repayment of principal of, or interest on, any loan from a student loan fund assisted under this part shall be required during any period—

(i) during which the borrower—

(I) is pursuing at least a half-time course of study as determined by an eligible institution; or

(II) is pursuing a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program approved by the Secretary, or pursuant to a rehabilitation training program for disabled individuals approved by the Secretary,

except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or loan made under this part while serving in a medical internship or residency program;

(ii) not in excess of 3 years during which the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment;

(iii) during which the borrower—

(I) is serving on active duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; or

(II) is performing qualifying National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency,

and for the 180-day period following the demobilization date for the service described in subclause (I) or (II);

(iv) not in excess of 3 years for any reason which the lender determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under section 1085(o) of this title, has caused or will cause the borrower to have an economic hardship;

(v) during which the borrower is engaged in service described in section 1087ee(a)(2) of this title; or

(vi) during which the borrower is receiving treatment for cancer and the 6 months after such period;

and provides that any such period shall not be included in determining the 10-year period described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1).

(B) No repayment of principal of, or interest on, any loan for any period described in subparagraph (A) shall begin until 6 months after the completion of such period.

(C) An individual with an outstanding loan balance who meets the eligibility criteria for a deferment described in subparagraph (A) as in effect on October 7, 1998, shall be eligible for deferment under this paragraph notwithstanding any contrary provision of the promissory note under which the loan or loans were made, and notwithstanding any amendment (or effective date provision relating to any amendment) to this section made prior to the date of such deferment.

(3)(A) The Secretary is authorized, when good cause is shown, to extend, in accordance with regulations, the 10-year maximum repayment period provided for in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) with respect to individual loans.

(B) Pursuant to uniform criteria established by the Secretary, the repayment period for any student borrower who during the repayment period is a low-income individual may be extended for a period not to exceed 10 years and the repayment schedule may be adjusted to reflect the income of that individual.

(4) The repayment period for a loan made under this part shall begin on the day immediately following the expiration of the period, specified in paragraph (1)(A), after the student ceases to carry the required academic workload, unless the borrower requests and is granted a repayment schedule that provides for repayment to commence at an earlier point in time, and shall exclude any period of authorized deferment, forbearance, or cancellation.

(5) The institution may elect—

(A) to add the amount of any charge imposed under paragraph (1)(H) to the principal amount of the loan as of the first day after the day on which the installment was due and to notify the borrower of the assessment of the charge; or

(B) to make the amount of the charge payable to the institution not later than the due date of the next installment.

(6) Requests for deferment of repayment of loans under this part by students engaged in graduate or post-graduate fellowship-supported study (such as pursuant to a Fulbright grant) outside the United States shall be approved until completion of the period of the fellowship.

(7) There shall be excluded from the 9-month period that begins on the date on which a student ceases to carry at least one-half the normal full-time academic workload (as described in paragraph (1)(A)) any period not to exceed 3 years during which a borrower who is a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces named in section 10101 of title 10 is called or ordered to active duty for a period of more than 30 days (as defined in section 101(d)(2) of such title). Such period of exclusion shall include the period necessary to resume enrollment at the borrower's next available regular enrollment period.

(d) Availability of loan fund to all eligible students

An agreement under this part for payment of Federal capital contributions shall include provisions designed to make loans from the student loan fund established pursuant to such agreement reasonably available (to the extent of the available funds in such fund) to all eligible students in such institutions in need thereof.

(e) Forbearance

(1) The Secretary shall ensure that, as documented in accordance with paragraph (2), an institution of higher education shall grant a borrower forbearance of principal and interest or principal only, renewable at 12-month intervals for a period not to exceed 3 years, on such terms as are otherwise consistent with the regulations issued by the Secretary and agreed upon in writing by the parties to the loan, if—

(A) the borrower's debt burden equals or exceeds 20 percent of such borrower's gross income;

(B) the institution determines that the borrower should qualify for forbearance for other reasons; or

(C) the borrower is eligible for interest payments to be made on such loan for service in the Armed Forces under section 2174 of title 10 and, pursuant to that eligibility, the interest on such loan is being paid under subsection (j), except that the form of a forbearance under this paragraph shall be a temporary cessation of all payments on the loan other than payments of interest on the loan that are made under subsection (j).

(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), the terms of forbearance agreed to by the parties shall be documented by—

(A) confirming the agreement of the borrower by notice to the borrower from the institution of higher education; and

(B) recording the terms in the borrower's file.

(f) Special repayment rule authority

(1) Subject to such restrictions as the Secretary may prescribe to protect the interest of the United States, in order to encourage repayment of loans made under this part which are in default, the Secretary may, in the agreement entered into under this part, authorize an institution of higher education to compromise on the repayment of such defaulted loans in accordance with paragraph (2). The Federal share of the compromise repayment shall bear the same relation to the institution's share of such compromise repayment as the Federal capital contribution to the institution's loan fund under this part bears to the institution's capital contribution to such fund.

(2) No compromise repayment of a defaulted loan as authorized by paragraph (1) may be made unless the student borrower pays—

(A) 90 percent of the loan under this part;

(B) the interest due on such loan; and

(C) any collection fees due on such loan;

in a lump sum payment.

(g) Discharge

(1) In general

If a student borrower who received a loan made under this part on or after January 1, 1986, is unable to complete the program in which such student is enrolled due to the closure of the institution, then the Secretary shall discharge the borrower's liability on the loan (including the interest and collection fees) and shall subsequently pursue any claim available to such borrower against the institution and the institution's affiliates and principals, or settle the loan obligation pursuant to the financial responsibility standards described in section 1099c(c) of this title.

(2) Assignment

A borrower whose loan has been discharged pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed to have assigned to the United States the right to a loan refund in an amount that does not exceed the amount discharged against the institution and the institution's affiliates and principals.

(3) Eligibility for additional assistance

The period during which a student was unable to complete a course of study due to the closing of the institution shall not be considered for purposes of calculating the student's period of eligibility for additional assistance under this subchapter.

(4) Special rule

A borrower whose loan has been discharged pursuant to this subsection shall not be precluded, because of that discharge, from receiving additional grant, loan, or work assistance under this subchapter for which the borrower would be otherwise eligible (but for the default on the discharged loan). The amount discharged under this subsection shall be treated as an amount canceled under section 1087ee(a) of this title.

(5) Reporting

The Secretary or institution, as the case may be, shall report to consumer reporting agencies with respect to loans that have been discharged pursuant to this subsection.

(h) Rehabilitation of loans

(1) Rehabilitation

(A) In general

If the borrower of a loan made under this part who has defaulted on the loan makes 9 on-time, consecutive, monthly payments of amounts owed on the loan, as determined by the institution, or by the Secretary in the case of a loan held by the Secretary, the loan shall be considered rehabilitated, and the institution that made that loan (or the Secretary, in the case of a loan held by the Secretary) shall request that any consumer reporting agency to which the default was reported remove the default from the borrower's credit history.

(B) Comparable conditions

As long as the borrower continues to make scheduled repayments on a loan rehabilitated under this paragraph, the rehabilitated loan shall be subject to the same terms and conditions, and qualify for the same benefits and privileges, as other loans made under this part.

(C) Additional assistance

The borrower of a rehabilitated loan shall not be precluded by section 1091 of this title from receiving additional grant, loan, or work assistance under this subchapter (for which the borrower is otherwise eligible) on the basis of defaulting on the loan prior to such rehabilitation.

(D) Limitations

A borrower only once may obtain the benefit of this paragraph with respect to rehabilitating a loan under this part.

(2) Restoration of eligibility

If the borrower of a loan made under this part who has defaulted on that loan makes 6 ontime, consecutive, monthly payments of amounts owed on such loan, the borrower's eligibility for grant, loan, or work assistance under this subchapter shall be restored to the extent that the borrower is otherwise eligible. A borrower only once may obtain the benefit of this paragraph with respect to restored eligibility.

(i) Incentive repayment program

(1) In general

Each institution of higher education may establish, with the approval of the Secretary, an incentive repayment program designed to reduce default and to replenish student loan funds established under this part. Each such incentive repayment program may—

(A) offer a reduction of the interest rate on a loan on which the borrower has made 48 consecutive, monthly repayments, but in no event may the rate be reduced by more than 1 percent;

(B) provide for a discount on the balance owed on a loan on which the borrower pays the principal and interest in full prior to the end of the applicable repayment period, but in no event may the discount exceed 5 percent of the unpaid principal balance due on the loan at the time the early repayment is made; and

(C) include such other incentive repayment options as the institution determines will carry out the objectives of this subsection.

(2) Limitation

No incentive repayment option under an incentive repayment program authorized by this subsection may be paid for with Federal funds, including any Federal funds from the student loan fund, or with institutional funds from the student loan fund.

(j) Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs

(1) Authority

Using funds received by transfer to the Secretary under section 2174 of title 10 or section 3078 of title 33 for the payment of interest on a loan made under this part to a member of the Armed Forces or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively, the Secretary shall pay the interest on the loan as due for a period not in excess of 36 consecutive months. The Secretary may not pay interest on such a loan out of any funds other than funds that have been so transferred.

(2) Forbearance

During the period in which the Secretary is making payments on a loan under paragraph (1), the institution of higher education shall grant the borrower forbearance in accordance with subsection (e)(1)(C).

(k) Additional safeguards

The Secretary may develop such additional safeguards as the Secretary determines necessary to prevent fraud and abuse in the cancellation of liability under subsection (c)(1)(F). Notwithstanding subsection (c)(1)(F), the Secretary may promulgate regulations to resume collection on loans cancelled under subsection (c)(1)(F) in any case in which—

(1) a borrower received a cancellation of liability under subsection (c)(1)(F) and after the cancellation the borrower—

(A) receives a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this subchapter; or

(B) has earned income in excess of the poverty line; or

(2) the Secretary determines necessary.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §464, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1448; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §13(i), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 349; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 101–239, title II, §2002(a)(3), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §464, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 580; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(9)–(11), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §464, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1725; Pub. L. 107–314, div. A, title VI, §651(d), Dec. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 2580; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8007(c), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 160; Pub. L. 110–84, title II, §202(c), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 792; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §§432(b)(7), 464(a), (b)(1), (c), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3246, 3266, 3267; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(4), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947; Pub. L. 115–245, div. B, title III, §309(d), Sept. 28, 2018, 132 Stat. 3106; Pub. L. 116–259, title II, §202(b)(2), Dec. 23, 2020, 134 Stat. 1163.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

Section 1087cc(a) of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(G), was amended by Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §463(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1724, which redesignated pars. (6) and (7) as (5) and (6), respectively.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087dd, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §464, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 275; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §130(d)–(g)(1), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2147; Pub. L. 95–43, §1(a)(39), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 217; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§442(b)(5), 443, 444, 445(b)(2), 446, 448(c), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1440–1443, 1503; Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §539, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16028, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 353, related to terms and conditions of loans, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2020—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(2)(A), substituted "Armed Forces and NOAA Commissioned Officer Corps student loan interest payment programs" for "Armed Forces student loan interest payment program" in heading.

Subsec. (j)(1). Pub. L. 116–259, §202(b)(2)(B), inserted "or section 3078 of title 33" after "section 2174 of title 10" and "or an officer in the commissioned officer corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, respectively" after "Armed Forces".

2018—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 115–245 added cl. (vi).

2009—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–39, §405(4)(A), substituted "(i)" for "(I)" and "(ii)" for "(II)" in par. (1)(D) and realigned margins in par. (2)(A)(iii).

Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 111–39, §405(4)(B), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureaus".

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(a)(1), substituted "$5,500" for "$4,000" in cl. (i) and "$8,000" for "$6,000" in cl. (ii).

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(a)(2), substituted "$60,000" for "$40,000" in cl. (i), "$27,500" for "$20,000" in cl. (ii), and "$11,000" for "$8,000" in cl. (iii).

Subsec. (c)(1)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(b)(1)(A), substituted "cancelled—" and cls. (i) to (iv) for "canceled upon the death of the borrower, or if he becomes permanently and totally disabled as determined in accordance with regulations of the Secretary;".

Subsec. (c)(1)(I). Pub. L. 110–315, §432(b)(7)(A), substituted "consumer reporting agencies" for "credit bureau organizations".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(c)(1), substituted ", as documented in accordance with paragraph (2)," for ", upon written request," in introductory provisions, designated existing text as par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) to (3) as subpars. (A) to (C), respectively, and added par. (2).

Subsec. (h)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §§432(b)(7)(B), 464(c)(2), substituted "9 on-time" for "12 ontime" and "consumer" for "credit bureau organization or credit".

Subsec. (j)(2). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(c)(3), substituted "subsection (e)(1)(C)" for "subsection (e)(3)".

Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 110–315, §464(b)(1)(B), added subsec. (k).

2007—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 110–84 struck out "not in excess of 3 years" before "during" in introductory provisions, substituted comma for semicolon at end of subcl. (II), and inserted concluding provisions.

2006—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(iii) to (v). Pub. L. 109–171 added cl. (iii) and redesignated former cls. (iii) and (iv) as (iv) and (v), respectively.

2002—Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(d)(1), added par. (3).

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 107–314, §651(d)(2), added subsec. (j).

1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(a), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) related to limitations on the total of loans that could be made to a student by an institution of higher education from a loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(b)(1), inserted at end "A student who is in default on a loan under this part shall not be eligible for an additional loan under this part unless such loan meets one of the conditions for exclusion under section 1087bb(g)(1)(E) of this title."

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(b)(2), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "If the institution's capital contribution under section 1087bb of this title is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students who are (A) attending the institution less than full time, or (B) independent students, and if the total financial need of all such less than full-time and independent students at the institution exceeds 5 percent of the total financial need of all students at such institution, then at least 5 percent of such loans shall be made available to such less than full-time and independent students."

Subsec. (c)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(c)(1), struck out "(i) 3 percent per year, (ii) 4 percent per year in the case of any loan made on or after July 1, 1981, or (iii)" after "at the rate of" and substituted "paragraph (2)(A)(i)" for "subparagraph (A)(i)".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(c)(2), substituted "subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1)" for "subparagraph (B)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(c)(3), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (c)(7). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(c)(4), added par. (7).

Subsecs. (g) to (i). Pub. L. 105–244, §464(d), added subsecs. (g) to (i).

1993—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(9), substituted "repayment of" for "repayment or".

Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(10), substituted "Fulbright" for "Fullbright".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(11), substituted "principal" for "principle" before "only".

1992—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(a), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "The aggregate of the loans for all years made by institutions of higher education from loan funds established pursuant to agreements under this part may not exceed—

"(A) $18,000 in the case of any graduate or professional student (as defined by regulations of the Secretary, and including any loans from such funds made to such person before he became a graduate or professional student);

"(B) $9,000 in the case of a student who has successfully completed 2 years of a program of education leading to a bachelor's degree, but who has not completed the work necessary for such a degree (determined under regulations of the Secretary, and including any loans from such funds made to such person before he became such a student); and

"(C) $4,500 in the case of any other student."

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(b), added par. (4).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(c)(1), substituted "this subchapter, who meets the requirements of section 1091 of this title, and who provides the institution with the student's drivers license number, if any, at the time of application for the loan" for "this subchapter and who meets the requirements of section 1091 of this title".

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(c)(2), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "If the institution's Federal capital contribution under section 1087bb of this title is directly or indirectly based in part on the financial need demonstrated by students attending the institution less than full time, a reasonable proportion of the loans under this part shall be made available to such students."

Subsec. (c)(1)(C)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(d), substituted "$40" for "$30" in two places.

Subsec. (c)(1)(E). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(e), struck out "unless the borrower is a minor and the note or other evidence of obligation executed by him would not, under applicable law, create a binding obligation," before "shall provide".

Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(f), amended subpar. (A) generally, revising and restating as cls. (i) to (iv) provisions formerly contained in cls. (i) to (ix).

Subsec. (c)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(g)(1), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpars. (B) and (C) which read as follows:

"(B) Any period during which repayment is deferred under subparagraph (A) shall not be included in computing the 10-year maximum period provided for in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1).

"(C) No repayment of principal of, or interest on, any loan for any period of study, service, or disability described in subparagraph (A) or any combination thereof shall begin until 6 months after the completion of such period of study, service, disability, or combination thereof."

Subsec. (c)(4) to (6). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(g)(2)–(4), added par. (4), redesignated former par. (4) as (5), and added par. (6).

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 102–325, §464(h), added subsecs. (e) and (f).

1989—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 101–239 inserted before semicolon at end ", except that no borrower shall be eligible for a deferment under this clause, or a loan made under this part (other than a loan made under section 1078–2 or 1078–3 of this title), while serving in a medical internship or residency program".

1988—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(v). Pub. L. 100–369 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

1987—Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 100–50 inserted "or serving in an internship or residency program leading to a degree or certificate awarded by an institution of higher education, a hospital, or a health care facility that offers postgraduate training" before semicolon at end.

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2018 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 115–245 applicable with respect to loans made on or after Sept. 28, 2018, or in repayment on Sept. 28, 2018, see section 309(f) of Pub. L. 115–245, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §464(b)(2), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3267, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2008."

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 applicable with respect to all loans under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), see section 8007(f) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–314 applicable with respect to interest, and any special allowance under section 1087–1 of this title, that accrue for months beginning on or after Oct. 1, 2003, on student loans described in section 2174(c) of Title 10, Armed Forces, that were made before, on, or after such date to members of the Armed Forces who are on active duty (as defined in section 101(d) of Title 10) on or after that date, see section 651(e) of Pub. L. 107–314, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2174 of Title 10.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §468, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 585, as amended by Pub. L. 102–394, title III, §307(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1820, provided that: "The changes made in part E of title IV of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087aa et seq.] by the amendments made by this part [part E (§§461–468) of title IV of Pub. L. 102–325, enacting section 1087ii of this title and amending sections 1087aa to 1087gg of this title] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [July 23, 1992], except that—

"(1) the changes in section 463(a)(2)(B) [20 U.S.C. 1087cc(a)(2)(B)], relating to the matching of Federal capital contributions, shall apply to funds provided for such program for the award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993;

"(2) the changes made in section 464(c)(1)(C) [20 U.S.C. 1087dd(c)(1)(C)], relating to minimum monthly payments shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1992, to an individual who, on the date the loan is made, has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made under part E of title IV of the Act;

"(3) the changes made in section 464(c)(2)(A), relating to deferments, shall apply with respect to loans for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 1993;

"(4) the changes made in section 467 [20 U.S.C. 1087gg], relating to the creation of a Perkins Loan Revolving Fund, shall take effect on September 15, 1997; and

"(5) the changes in section 464(a)(2)(A), (B) and (C) shall not apply to any loan made for the award year beginning July 1, 1992 provided that the loan does not result in a violation of section 464(a)(2)(A), (B) and (C) as in effect prior to such date of enactment."

[Pub. L. 102–394, title III, §307(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1820, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending section 468 of Pub. L. 102–325, set out above] shall take effect as if enacted on July 23, 1992."]

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–239 applicable to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part or part B of this subchapter, including a loan made before Dec. 19, 1989, and amendment effective Jan. 1, 1990, but inapplicable with respect to any portion of a period of deferment granted to a borrower under section 1077(a)(2)(C)(i), 1078(b)(1)(M)(i), or 1087dd(c)(2)(A)(i) of this title for service in a medical internship or residency program completed prior to Dec. 19, 1989, see section 2002(a)(4) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 1077 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 2 of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1454, as amended by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(d), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that:

"(1) Section 462 of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087bb] shall apply with respect to academic year 1988-1989 and succeeding academic years.

"(2) The changes made in sections 464(c)(1)(A), 464(c)(2), and 465(a)(2)(E) of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087dd(c)(1)(A), (2), 1087ee(a)(2)(E)] shall apply only to loans made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, to individuals who are new borrowers on that date.

"(3) Section 463(a)(9) and section 463A of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087cc(a)(9), 1087cc–1] as amended by this section shall apply only to loans made for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987.

"(4) For the purpose of this subsection, the term 'new borrower' means, with respect to any date, an individual who on that date has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made under part E of title IV of the Act [this part]."

Construction of 2006 Amendment

Nothing in amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 to be construed to authorize any refunding of any repayment of a loan, see section 8007(e) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1078 of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

§1087ee. Cancellation of loans for certain public service

(a) Cancellation of percentage of debt based on years of qualifying service

(1) The percent specified in paragraph (3) of this subsection of the total amount of any loan made after June 30, 1972, from a student loan fund assisted under this part shall be canceled for each complete year of service after such date by the borrower under circumstances described in paragraph (2).

(2) Loans shall be canceled under paragraph (1) for service—

(A) as a full-time teacher for service in an academic year (including such a teacher employed by an educational service agency)—

(i) in a public or other nonprofit private elementary school or secondary school, which, for the purpose of this paragraph and for that year—

(I) has been determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations of the Secretary and after consultation with the State educational agency of the State in which the school is located) to be a school in which the number of children meeting a measure of poverty under section 1113(a)(5) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5)], exceeds 30 percent of the total number of children enrolled in such school; and

(II) is in the school district of a local educational agency which is eligible in such year for assistance pursuant to part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6311 et seq.]; or

(ii) in one or more public, or nonprofit private, elementary schools or secondary schools or locations operated by an educational service agency that have been determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations of the Secretary and after consultation with the State educational agency of the State in which the educational service agency operates) to be a school or location at which the number of children taught who meet a measure of poverty under section 1113(a)(5) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5)], exceeds 30 percent of the total number of children taught at such school or location;

(B) as a full-time staff member in a preschool program carried on under the Head Start Act [42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.], or in a prekindergarten or child care program that is licensed or regulated by the State, that is operated for a period which is comparable to a full school year in the locality if the salary of such staff member is not more than the salary of a comparable employee of the local educational agency;

(C) as a full-time special education teacher, including teachers of infants, toddlers, children, or youth with disabilities in a public or other nonprofit elementary or secondary school system, including a system administered by an educational service agency, or as a full-time qualified professional provider of early intervention services in a public or other nonprofit program under public supervision by the lead agency as authorized in section 1435(a)(10) of this title;

(D) as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, for service that qualifies for special pay under section 310, or paragraph (1) or (3) of section 351(a), of title 37 as an area of hostilities;

(E) as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.] or a volunteer under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 [42 U.S.C. 4950 et seq.];

(F) as a full-time law enforcement officer or corrections officer for service to local, State, or Federal law enforcement or corrections agencies, or as a full-time attorney employed in a defender organization established in accordance with section 3006A(g)(2) of title 18;

(G) as a full-time teacher of mathematics, science, foreign languages, bilingual education, or any other field of expertise where the State educational agency determines there is a shortage of qualified teachers;

(H) as a full-time nurse or medical technician providing health care services;

(I) as a full-time employee of a public or private nonprofit child or family service agency who is providing, or supervising the provision of, services to high-risk children who are from low-income communities and the families of such children;

(J) as a full-time fire fighter for service to a local, State, or Federal fire department or fire district;

(K) as a full-time faculty member at a Tribal College or University, as that term is defined in section 1059c of this title;

(L) as a librarian, if the librarian has a master's degree in library science and is employed in—

(i) an elementary school or secondary school that is eligible for assistance under part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6311 et seq.]; or

(ii) a public library that serves a geographic area that contains one or more schools eligible for assistance under part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965; or

(M) as a full-time speech language pathologist, if the pathologist has a masters degree and is working exclusively with schools that are eligible for assistance under title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.].

For the purpose of this paragraph, the term "children with disabilities" has the meaning set forth in section 1401 of this title.

(3)(A) The percent of a loan which shall be canceled under paragraph (1) of this subsection is—

(i) in the case of service described in subparagraph (A), (C), (D), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), or (M) of paragraph (2), at the rate of 15 percent for the first or second year of such service, 20 percent for the third or fourth year of such service, and 30 percent for the fifth year of such service;

(ii) in the case of service described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2), at the rate of 15 percent for each year of such service; or

(iii) in the case of service described in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) at the rate of 15 percent for the first or second year of such service and 20 percent for the third or fourth year of such service.

(B) If a portion of a loan is canceled under this subsection for any year, the entire amount of interest on such loan which accrues for such year shall be canceled.

(C) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to authorize refunding of any repayment of a loan.

(4) For the purpose of this subsection, the term "year" where applied to service as a teacher means academic year as defined by the Secretary.

(5) The amount of a loan, and interest on a loan, which is canceled under this section shall not be considered income for purposes of title 26.

(6) No borrower may, for the same volunteer service, receive a benefit under both this section and subtitle D of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12601 et seq.).

(7) An individual with an outstanding loan obligation under this part who performs service of any type that is described in paragraph (2) as in effect on October 7, 1998, shall be eligible for cancellation under this section for such service notwithstanding any contrary provision of the promissory note under which the loan or loans were made, and notwithstanding any amendment (or effective date provision relating to any amendment) to this section made prior to the date of such service.

(b) Reimbursement for cancellation

The Secretary shall pay to each institution for each fiscal year an amount equal to the aggregate of the amounts of loans from its student loan fund which are canceled pursuant to this section for such year, minus an amount equal to the aggregate of the amounts of any such loans so canceled which were made from Federal capital contributions to its student loan fund provided by the Secretary under section 1087hh of this title. None of the funds appropriated pursuant to section 1087aa(b) ¹ of this title shall be available for payments pursuant to this subsection. To the extent feasible, the Secretary shall pay the amounts for which any institution qualifies under this subsection not later than 3 months after the institution files an institutional application for campus-based funds.

(c) Special rules

(1) List

If the list of schools in which a teacher may perform service pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(A) is not available before May 1 of any year, the Secretary may use the list for the year preceding the year for which the determination is made to make such service determination.

(2) Continuing eligibility

Any teacher who performs service in a school which—

(A) meets the requirements of subsection (a)(2)(A) in any year; and

(B) in a subsequent year fails to meet the requirements of such subsection,

may continue to teach in such school and shall be eligible for loan cancellation pursuant to subsection (a)(1) such ² subsequent years.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §465, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1451; amended Pub. L. 100–50, §13(j), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 349; Pub. L. 100–369, §7(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 101–476, title IX, §901(e), Oct. 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 1151; Pub. L. 101–647, title XXI, §2101(a), (b), Nov. 29, 1990, 104 Stat. 4856; Pub. L. 102–119, §26(h), Oct. 7, 1991, 105 Stat. 607; Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §465(a)–(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 582, 583; Pub. L. 103–82, title I, §102(c)(3), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(12)–(14), (k)(7), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471, 2486; Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §391(e)(3), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 4022; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §465, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1728; Pub. L. 108–446, title III, §305(c)(1), Dec. 3, 2004, 118 Stat. 2805; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §465, Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3267; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(5), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title VI, §618(e), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2160.)

Editorial Notes

References in Text

The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i), (L), (M), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27. Title I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§6301 et seq.) of chapter 70 of this title. Part A of title I of the Act is classified generally to part A (§6311 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 70 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6301 of this title and Tables.

The Head Start Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(B), is subchapter B (§§635 to 657) of chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 499, which is classified generally to subchapter II (§9831 et seq.) of chapter 105 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9801 of Title 42 and Tables.

The Peace Corps Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 87–293, Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 612, which is classified principally to chapter 34 (§2501 et seq.) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2501 of Title 22 and Tables.

The Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 93–113, Oct. 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 394, which is classified principally to chapter 66 (§4950 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4950 of Title 42 and Tables.

The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (a)(6), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127. Subtitle D of title I of the Act is classified generally to division D of subchapter I (§12601 et seq.) of chapter 129 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.

Section 1087aa of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was amended by Pub. L. 114–105, §2(a)(1)(B), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2219, which struck out subsec. (b) authorizing appropriations and added a new subsec. (b) authorizing institutions of higher education to make loans.

Codification

Amendment by section 2(f)(14) of Pub. L. 103–208 (which was effective as if included in Pub. L. 102–325) was executed to this section as amended by Pub. L. 102–325 and Pub. L. 103–82, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087ee, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §465, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 277; amended Pub. L. 95–561, title XIII, §1323, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2363; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §§442(b)(6), 448(d), (e), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1440, 1443, 1503, related to cancellation of loans for certain public service, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2016—Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 114–328 inserted ", or paragraph (1) or (3) of section 351(a)," after "section 310".

2009—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "12601" for "12571".

2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(1)(A), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "as a full-time teacher for service in an academic year in a public or other nonprofit private elementary or secondary school which is in the school district of a local educational agency which is eligible in such year for assistance pursuant to title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, and which for the purpose of this paragraph and for that year has been determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations and after consultation with the State educational agency of the State in which the school is located) to be a school in which the enrollment of children counted under section 111(c) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 exceeds 30 percent of the total enrollment of that school;".

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(1)(B), substituted "Head Start Act, or in a prekindergarten or child care program that is licensed or regulated by the State, that" for "Head Start Act which".

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(1)(C), inserted ", including a system administered by an educational service agency" after "secondary school system".

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(1)(D), added subpar. (F) and struck out former subpar. (F) which read as follows: "as a full-time law enforcement officer or corrections officer for service to local, State, or Federal law enforcement or corrections agencies;".

Subsec. (a)(2)(J) to (M). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(1)(E)–(G), added subpars. (J) to (M).

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(2)(A), inserted "(D)," after "(C)," and substituted "(I), (J), (K), (L), or (M)" for "or (I)".

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(iii), (iv). Pub. L. 110–315, §465(2)(B)–(D), redesignated cl. (iv) as (iii) and struck out former cl. (iii) which read as follows: "in the case of service described in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (2), not to exceed a total of 50 percent of such loan at the rate of 12½ percent for each year of qualifying service; or".

2004—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 108–446 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1435(a)(10) of this title.

1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–244, §465(1)(B), substituted "section 1401" for "section 1401(a)(1)" in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §465(1)(A), substituted "section 1435(a)(10)" for "section 1476(b)(9)".

Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 105–244, §465(1)(C), added par. (7).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §465(2), inserted at end "To the extent feasible, the Secretary shall pay the amounts for which any institution qualifies under this subsection not later than 3 months after the institution files an institutional application for campus-based funds."

1994—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–382 substituted "title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965" for "chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981".

1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(7), amended Pub. L. 102–325, §465(a)(1). See 1992 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(12), substituted "service" for "services".

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(13), struck out "or" after semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(14), realigned margin. See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 103–82 added par. (6).

1992—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–325, §465(a)(1), as amended by Pub. L. 103–208, §2(k)(7), struck out before semicolon at end "and such determination shall not be made with respect to more than 50 percent of the total number of schools in the State receiving assistance under such chapter 1".

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–325, §465(a)(2), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "as a full-time teacher of children with disabilities in a public or other nonprofit elementary or secondary school system;".

Subsec. (a)(2)(G) to (I). Pub. L. 102–325, §465(a)(3)–(5), added subpars. (G) to (I).

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 102–325, §465(b), substituted "(A), (C), (F), (G), (H), or (I)" for "(A), (C), or (F)".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §465(c), added subsec. (c).

1991—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–119 substituted "1401(a)(1)" for "1401(1)" in last sentence. The references to section 1401 include the substitution of "Individuals with Disabilities Education Act" for "Education of the Handicapped Act" in the original.

1990—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 101–476, §901(e), substituted "children with disabilities" for "handicapped children" in two places.

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 101–647, §2101(a), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(2) by adding at the end a new subpar. (F), was executed by adding subpar. (F) after subpar. (E) and before last sentence to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i). Pub. L. 101–647, §2101(b), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(3)(i) by substituting "(A), (C), or (F)" for "(A) or (C)", was executed by making the substitution in subsec. (a)(3)(A)(i) to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

1988—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100–369 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.

1987—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(j)(1), (2), substituted "chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981" for "title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965" and "such chapter 1" for "such title I".

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 100–50, §13(j)(3), substituted "the Head Start Act" for "section 2809(a)(1) of title 42".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 123 of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as a note under section 1701 of Title 16, Conservation.

Effective Date of 1990 Amendments

Pub. L. 101–647, title XXI, §2101(c), Nov. 29, 1990, 104 Stat. 4856, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply only to loans made on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 29, 1990] under part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this part]."

Pub. L. 101–476, title X, §1001, Oct. 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 1151, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 1400 of this title] shall take effect October 1, 1990."

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99–498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100–50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 17, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 2 of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Subsection (a)(2)(E) of this section applicable only to loans made to cover the costs of instruction for periods of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, to individuals who are new borrowers on that date, see section 405(b) of Pub. L. 99–498, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

¹ See References in Text note below.

² So in original. Probably should be "in such".

§1087ff. Distribution of assets from student loan funds

(a) In general

Beginning October 1, 2017, there shall be a capital distribution of the balance of the student loan fund established under this part by each institution of higher education as follows:

(1) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to the balance in such fund at the close of September 30, 2017, as the total amount of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary under this part bears to the sum of such Federal contributions and the institution's capital contributions to such fund.

(2) The remainder of such balance shall be paid to the institution.

(b) Distribution of late collections

Beginning October 1, 2017, each institution with which the Secretary has made an agreement under this part, shall pay to the Secretary the same proportionate share of amounts received by this institution after September 30, 2017, in payment of principal and interest on student loans made from the student loan fund established pursuant to such agreement (which amount shall be determined after deduction of any costs of litigation incurred in collection of the principal or interest on loans from the fund and not already reimbursed from the fund or from such payments of principal or interest), as was determined for the Secretary under subsection (a).

(c) Distribution of excess capital

(1) Upon a finding by the institution or the Secretary prior to October 1, 2017, that the liquid assets of a student loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part exceed the amount required for loans or otherwise in the foreseeable future, and upon notice to such institution or to the Secretary, as the case may be, there shall be, subject to such limitations as may be included in regulations of the Secretary or in such agreement, a capital distribution from such fund. Such capital distribution shall be made as follows:

(A) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to the total to be distributed as the Federal capital contributions by the Secretary to the student loan fund prior to such distribution bear to the sum of such Federal capital contributions and the capital contributions to the fund made by the institution.

(B) The remainder of the capital distribution shall be paid to the institution.

(2) No finding that the liquid assets of a student loan fund established under this part exceed the amount required under paragraph (1) may be made prior to a date which is 2 years after the date on which the institution of higher education received the funds from such institution's allocation under section 1087bb of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §466, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1453; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §466, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 584; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(f)(15), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §466, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1728; Pub. L. 110–84, title V, §501, Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 801; Pub. L. 114–105, §2(b), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2220.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087ff, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §466, as added Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §137(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 278; amended Pub. L. 94–482, title I, §130(h), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2147; Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §442(c), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1440, 1503, related to distribution of assets from student loan funds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(b)(1)(A), substituted "Beginning October 1, 2017" for "After September 30, 2003, and not later than March 31, 2004" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(b)(1)(B), substituted "September 30, 2017" for "September 30, 2003".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(b)(2), substituted "Beginning October 1, 2017" for "After October 1, 2012" and "September 30, 2017" for "September 30, 2003".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–105, §2(b)(3), substituted "October 1, 2017" for "October 1, 2004" in introductory provisions.

2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–84 substituted "October 1, 2012" for "March 31, 2012".

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–244, §466(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "2003" for "1996" and "2004" for "1997".

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §466(1)(B), substituted "2003" for "1996".

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–244, §466(2), substituted "2012" for "2005" and "2003" for "1996".

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–244, §466(3), substituted "2004" for "1997" in introductory provisions.

1993—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–208 realigned margin.

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–325, §466(1), substituted "2005" for "1997".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–325, §466(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, and added par. (2).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–84 effective Oct. 1, 2007, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 110–84, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

§1087gg. Collection of defaulted loans: Perkins Loan Revolving Fund

(a) Authority of Secretary to collect referred, transferred, or assigned loans

With respect to any loan—

(1) which was made under this part, and

(2) which is referred, transferred, or assigned to the Secretary by an institution with an agreement under section 1087cc(a) of this title,

the Secretary is authorized to attempt to collect such loan by any means authorized by law for collecting claims of the United States (including referral to the Attorney General for litigation) and under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may prescribe, including reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred in attempting such collection.

(b) Collection of referred, transferred, or assigned loans

The Secretary shall continue to attempt to collect any loan referred, transferred, or assigned under paragraph (4) or (5) of section 1087cc(a) of this title until all appropriate collection efforts, as determined by the Secretary, have been expended.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §467, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1453; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §467, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 584; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §467(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1728; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(6), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087gg, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §467, as added Pub. L. 96–49, §5(d)(3)(A), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 352; amended Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §445(c), title XIII, §1391(a)(1), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1442, 1503; Pub. L. 99–272, title XVI, §16029, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 354, related to collection of defaulted loans, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

Amendments

2009—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "paragraph (4) or (5)" for "paragraph (5)(A), (5)(B)(i), or (6)".

1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–244 struck out heading and text of subsec. (c) which established the Perkins Loan Revolving Fund and provided for deposits into and payments from the Fund.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section catchline generally, inserting ": Perkins Loan Revolving Fund" after "loans" and added subsec. (c).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 to this section, relating to creation of Perkins Loan Revolving Fund, effective Sept. 15, 1997, see section 468(4) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1087dd of this title.

Transfer of Balance

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §467(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1728, provided that: "Any funds in the Perkins Loan Revolving Fund on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 7, 1998] shall be transferred to and deposited in the Treasury."

§1087hh. General authority of Secretary

In carrying out the provisions of this part, the Secretary is authorized—

(1) to consent to modification, with respect to rate of interest, time of payment of any installment of principal and interest or any portion thereof, or any other provision of any note evidencing a loan which has been made under this part;

(2) to enforce, pay, compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, lien, or demand, however acquired, including any equity or any right of redemption;

(3) to conduct litigation in accordance with the provisions of section 1082(a)(2) of this title; and

(4) to enter into a contract or other arrangement with State or nonprofit agencies and, on a competitive basis, with collection agencies for servicing and collection of loans under this part.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §468, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1454.)

Editorial Notes

Prior Provisions

A prior section 1087hh, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §468, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §442(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1437, related to alternative source of funds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

A prior section 1087ii, Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §469, as added Pub. L. 96–374, title IV, §442(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1439, related to recapture of current balance of student loan funds, prior to the general revision of this part by Pub. L. 99–498.

§1087ii. Definitions

(a) Low-income communities

For the purpose of this part, the term "low-income communities" means communities in which there is a high concentration of children eligible to be counted under section 6333(c) of this title.

(b) High-risk children

For the purposes of this part, the term "high-risk children" means individuals under the age of 21 who are low-income or at risk of abuse or neglect, have been abused or neglected, have serious emotional, mental, or behavioral disturbances, reside in placements outside their homes, or are involved in the juvenile justice system.

(c) Infants, toddlers, children, and youth with disabilities

For purposes of this part, the term "infants, toddlers, children, and youth with disabilities" means children with disabilities and infants and toddlers with disabilities as defined in sections 1401 and 1432 of this title, respectively, and the term "early intervention services" has the meaning given the term in section 1432 of this title.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §469, as added Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §465(d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 583; amended Pub. L. 103–382, title III, §391(e)(4), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 4022; Pub. L. 108–446, title III, §305(c)(2), Dec. 3, 2004, 118 Stat. 2805; Pub. L. 111–39, title IV, §405(7), July 1, 2009, 123 Stat. 1947; Pub. L. 114–95, title IX, §9215(oo)(9), Dec. 10, 2015, 129 Stat. 2180.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–95 substituted "eligible to be counted under section 6333(c) of this title" for "eligible to be counted under title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965".

2009—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–39 substituted "and the term 'early intervention services' has the meaning given the term in section 1432 of this title." for "and the term 'qualified professional provider of early intervention services' has the meaning specified in section 1472(2) of this title."

2004—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 108–446 substituted "sections 1401 and 1432" for "sections 1401(a)(1) and 1472(1)".

1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–382 substituted "title I" for "chapter 1 of title I".

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2015 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 114–95 effective Dec. 10, 2015, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 114–95, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–39 effective as if enacted on the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–315 (Aug. 14, 2008), see section 3 of Pub. L. 111–39, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Part F—Need Analysis

Editorial Notes

Codification

Part F of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89–329, which comprises this part, was formerly classified to part E of this subchapter. See Codification note preceding section 1087a of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior part F, consisting of part G of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329, was redesignated part G of this subchapter.

§1087kk. Amount of need

Except as otherwise provided therein, for award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, the amount of need of any student for financial assistance under this subchapter (except subpart 1 or 2 of part A) is equal to—

(1) the cost of attendance of such student, minus

(2) the student aid index (as defined in section 1087mm of this title) for such student, minus

(3) other financial assistance not received under this subchapter (as defined in section 1087vv(i) of this title).

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §471, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §406(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1454; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §471(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 585; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §480(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1732; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(a)(1), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3138; Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §102(b)(2), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 819.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2022—Pub. L. 117–103 substituted "award year 2024–2025" for "award year 2023–2024" in introductory provisions.

2020—Pub. L. 116–260 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Except as otherwise provided therein, the amount of need of any student for financial assistance under this subchapter (except subparts 1 or 2 of part A of this subchapter) is equal to—

"(1) the cost of attendance of such student, minus

"(2) the expected family contribution for such student, minus

"(3) estimated financial assistance not received under this subchapter (as defined in section 1087vv(j) of this title)."

1998—Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "or 2" for "or 4" in introductory provisions.

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Except as otherwise provided therein, the amount of need of any student for financial assistance under this subchapter (except subparts 1 and 3 of part A of this subchapter) is equal to the cost of attendance of such student minus the expected family contribution for such student."

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §480A, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1732, provided that:

"(a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (b), the amendments made by this part [part F (§§471–480A) of title IV of Pub. L. 105–244, amending this section and sections 1087ll to 1087tt and 1087vv of this title] are effective on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 7, 1998].

"(b) Provisions Effective for Academic Year 2000–2001, and Thereafter.—The amendments made by sections 472, 473, 474, and 475 [amending sections 1087nn to 1087qq of this title] shall apply with respect to determinations of need under part F of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this part] for academic years beginning on or after July 1, 2000."

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §471(b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 609, provided that: "The changes made in part F of title IV of the Act [this part] by the amendment made by this section [amending sections 1087kk to 1087vv of this title] shall apply with respect to determinations of need under such part F for award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993."

Effective Date

Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §406(b)(1)–(3), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1475, as amended by Pub. L. 100–50, §22(e)(1), (3), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 361, provided that:

"(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) through (4)—

"(A) part F of title IV of the Act [this part] shall apply with respect to determinations of need under such title for academic years beginning with academic year 1988–1989 and succeeding academic years; and

"(B) for any preceding academic year, determinations of need shall be made in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Education in accordance with the Student Financial Assistance Technical Amendments Act of 1982 [Pub. L. 97–301, see Short Title of 1982 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title].

"(2) With respect to an application filed after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986] for a loan under part B of such title [part B of this subchapter] for any academic year preceding academic year 1988–1989, any determination of expected family contribution shall be made using the system of financial need analysis approved by the Secretary of Education for use under subpart 2 of part A and parts C and E of such title [subpart 2 of part A of this subchapter and parts C and E of this subchapter].

"(3) For purposes of sections 413D(d)(2)(B) [now 413D(c)(2)(B)], 442(d)(2)(B) and 462(d)(2)(B) [20 U.S.C. 1070b–3(c)(2)(B), 1087–52(d)(2)(B), 1087bb(d)(2)(B)] for any academic year preceding academic year 1988–1989, the Secretary shall, in lieu of average expected family contribution, use the procedures for sampling expected family contribution within income categories that was employed for academic year 1986–1987, adjusted to reflect changes in data.

"(4) Section 479B of the Act [20 U.S.C. 1087uu] (as so added) shall apply with respect to financial assistance provided for any academic year beginning after such date of enactment [Oct. 17, 1986]."

[References to subpart 2 of part A of title IV of Pub. L. 89–329 deemed, after July 23, 1992, to refer to subpart 3 of such part, see section 402(b) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1070a–11 of this title.]

Special Study of Simplification of Need Analysis and Application for Title IV Aid

Pub. L. 108–199, div. E, title III, §305, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 263, provided that:

"(a) Study Required.—The Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance established by section 491 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098), hereafter in this section referred to as 'the Advisory Committee', shall conduct a thorough study of the feasibility of simplifying the need analysis methodology for all Federal student financial assistance programs and the process of applying for such assistance.

"(b) Required Subjects of Study.—In performing the study, the Advisory Committee shall, at a minimum, examine the following:

"(1) whether the methodology used to calculate the expected family contribution can be simplified without significant adverse effects on program intent, costs, integrity, delivery, and distribution of awards;

"(2) whether the number of data elements, and, accordingly, the number and complexity of questions asked of students and families, used to calculate the expected family contribution can be reduced without such adverse effects;

"(3) whether the procedures for determining such data elements, including determining and updating offsets and allowances, is the most efficient, effective, and fair means to determine a family's available income and assets;

"(4) whether the methodology used to calculate the expected family contribution, specifically the consideration of income earned by a dependent student and its effect on Pell grant eligibility, is an effective and fair means to determine a family's available income and a student's need;

"(5) whether the nature and timing of the application required in section 483 (a)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090(a)(1)), eligibility and award determination, financial aid processing, and funds delivery can be streamlined further for students and families, institutions, and States;

"(6) whether it is feasible to allow students to complete only those limited sections of the financial aid application that apply to their specific circumstances and the State in which they reside;

"(7) whether a widely disseminated printed form, or the use of an Internet or other electronic means, can be developed to notify individuals of an estimation of their approximate eligibility for grant, work-study, and loan assistance upon completion and verification of the simplified application form;

"(8) whether information provided on other Federal forms (such as the form applying for supplemental security income under title XVI of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.], the form for applying for food stamps under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 [now the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008, 7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.], and the schedule for applying for the earned income tax credit under section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 32]) that are designed to determine eligibility for various Federal need-based assistance programs could be used to qualify potential students for the simplified needs test; and

"(9) whether any proposed changes to data elements collected, in addition to those used to calculate expected family contribution, or any proposed changes to the form's design or the process of applying for aid, may have adverse effects on program costs, integrity, delivery, or distribution of awards, as well as, application development or application processing.

"(c) Additional Considerations.—In conducting the feasibility study, the Advisory Committee's primary objective under this subsection shall be simplifying the financial aid application forms and process and obtaining a substantial reduction in the number of required data items. In carrying out that objective, the Advisory Committee shall pay special attention to the needs of low-income and moderate-income students and families.

"(d) Consultation.—

"(1) In general.—The Advisory Committee shall consult with a broad range of interested parties in higher education, including parents and students, high school guidance counselors, financial aid and other campus administrators, appropriate State administrators, administrators of intervention and outreach programs, and appropriate officials from the Department of Education.

"(2) Forms design expert.—With the goal of making significant changes to the form to make the questions more easily understandable, the Advisory Committee shall consult a forms design expert to ensure that its recommendations for revision of the application form would assist in making the form easily readable and understood by parents, students, and other members of the public.

"(3) Congressional consultation.—The Advisory Committee shall consult on a regular basis with the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate in carrying out the feasibility study required by this subsection.

"(4) Departmental consultation.—The Secretary of Education shall provide such assistance to the Advisory Committee as is requested and practicable in conducting the study required by this subsection.

"(e) Reports.—

"(1) Interim report.—The Advisory Committee shall, not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 23, 2004], prepare and submit an interim report containing any such legislative changes as the Advisory Committee recommends to reform and simplify the needs analysis under part F of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk et seq.) and forms and other requirements under such title to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Secretary of Education.

"(2) Final report.—The Advisory Committee shall, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, prepare and submit a full final report on the study, including recommendations for regulatory and administrative changes required by this section, to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Secretary of Education.

"(f) Implementation.—The Secretary of Education shall consult with the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and shall subsequently initiate a redesign of the form required by section 483 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090). Such redesign shall include the testing of alternative simplified versions of the free Federal form. The Secretary shall keep the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate fully and currently informed on the progress of these efforts.

"(g) Postponement of Tax Table Update Pending Report and Implementation.—The Secretary of Education shall not implement or enforce for the award year 2004–2005 the annual update to the allowances for State and other taxes in the tables used in the Federal needs analysis methodology, as prescribed by the Secretary on May 30, 2003 (68 Fed. Reg. 32473)."

§1087ll. Cost of attendance

(a) In general

For the purpose of this subchapter, the term "cost of attendance" means—

(1) tuition and fees normally assessed a student carrying the same academic workload as determined by the institution;

(2) an allowance for books, course materials, supplies, and equipment, which shall include all such costs required of all such students in the same course of study, including a reasonable allowance for the documented rental or upfront purchase of a personal computer, as determined by the institution;

(3) an allowance for transportation, which may include transportation between campus, residences, and place of work, as determined by the institution;

(4) an allowance for miscellaneous personal expenses, for a student attending the institution on at least a half-time basis, as determined by the institution;

(5) an allowance for living expenses, including food and housing costs, to be incurred by the student attending the institution on at least a half-time basis, as determined by the institution, which shall include—

(A) for a student electing institutionally owned or operated food services, such as board or meal plans, a standard allowance for such services that provides the equivalent of three meals each day;

(B) for a student not electing institutionally owned or operated food services, such as board or meal plans, a standard allowance for purchasing food off campus that provides the equivalent of three meals each day;

(C) for a student without dependents residing in institutionally owned or operated housing, a standard allowance determined by the institution based on the average or median amount assessed to such residents for housing charges, whichever is greater;

(D) for a student with dependents residing in institutionally owned or operated housing, a standard allowance determined by the institution based on the average or median amount assessed to such residents for housing charges, whichever is greater;

(E) for a student living off campus, and not in institutionally owned or operated housing, a standard allowance for rent or other housing costs;

(F) for a dependent student residing at home with parents, a standard allowance that shall not be zero determined by the institution;

(G) for a student living in housing located on a military base or for which a basic allowance is provided under section 403(b) of title 37, a standard allowance for food based upon such student's choice of purchasing food on-campus or off-campus (determined respectively in accordance with subparagraph (A) or (B)), but not for housing costs; and

(H) for all other students, an allowance based on the expenses reasonably incurred by such students for housing and food;

(6) for a student engaged in a program of study by correspondence, only tuition and fees and, if required, books and supplies, travel, and housing and food costs incurred specifically in fulfilling a required period of residential training;

(7) for a confined or incarcerated student, only tuition, fees, books, course materials, supplies, equipment, and the cost of obtaining a license, certification, or a first professional credential in accordance with paragraph (14);

(8) for a student enrolled in an academic program in a program of study abroad approved for credit by the student's home institution, reasonable costs associated with such study (as determined by the institution at which such student is enrolled);

(9) for a student with one or more dependents, an allowance based on the estimated actual expenses incurred for such dependent care, based on the number and age of such dependents, except that—

(A) such allowance shall not exceed the reasonable cost in the community in which such student resides for the kind of care provided; and

(B) the period for which dependent care is required includes, but is not limited to, class-time, study-time, field work, internships, and commuting time;

(10) for a student with a disability, an allowance (as determined by the institution) for those expenses related to the student's disability, including special services, personal assistance, transportation, equipment, and supplies that are reasonably incurred and not provided for by other assisting agencies;

(11) for a student receiving all or part of the student's instruction by means of telecommunications technology, no distinction shall be made with respect to the mode of instruction in determining costs;

(12) for a student engaged in a work experience under a cooperative education program, an allowance for reasonable costs associated with such employment (as determined by the institution);

(13) for a student who receives a Federal student loan made under this subchapter or any other Federal law, to cover a student's cost of attendance at the institution, an allowance for the actual cost of any loan fee, origination fee, or insurance premium charged to such student or the parent of such student on such loan, or the average cost of any such fee or premium, as applicable; and

(14) for a student in a program requiring professional licensure, certification, or a first professional credential, the cost of obtaining the license, certification, or a first professional credential.

(b) Special rule for living expenses for less-than-half-time students

For students attending an institution of higher education less than half-time, an institution of higher education may include an allowance for living expenses, including food and housing costs in accordance with subsection (a)(4) for up to three semesters, or the equivalent, with no more than two semesters being consecutive.

(c) Disclosure of cost of attendance elements

Each institution shall make publicly available on the institution's website a list of all the elements of cost of attendance described in paragraphs (1) through (14) of subsection (a), and shall disclose such elements on any portion of the website describing tuition and fees of the institution.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §472, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §406(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1454; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §471(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 585; Pub. L. 103–208, §2(g)(1), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2471; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §471, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1729; Pub. L. 109–171, title VIII, §8016, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 172; Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §471(a), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3269; Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title VII, §702(b), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3138; Pub. L. 117–103, div. R, §103(a), Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 820.)

Editorial Notes

Amendments

2022—Subsec. (a)(13). Pub. L. 117–103 inserted ", or the average cost of any such fee or premium, as applicable" after "on such loan".

2020—Pub. L. 116–260 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section consisted of pars. (1) to (13) which defined "cost of attendance".

2008—Par. (3)(C), (D). Pub. L. 110–315 added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).

2006—Par. (4). Pub. L. 109–171, §8016(1), added par. (4) and struck out former par. (4), which read as follows: "for less than half-time students (as determined by the institution) tuition and fees and an allowance for only books, supplies, and transportation (as determined by the institution) and dependent care expenses (in accordance with paragraph (8));".

Par. (13). Pub. L. 109–171, §8016(2)–(4), added par. (13).

1998—Par. (2). Pub. L. 105–244, §471(1), inserted ", including a reasonable allowance for the documented rental or purchase of a personal computer," after "personal expenses".

Par. (3)(A). Pub. L. 105–244, §471(2)(A), substituted "determined by the institution" for "of not less than $1,500".

Par. (3)(C). Pub. L. 105–244, §471(2)(B), struck out ", except that the amount may not be less than $2,500" after "room and board".

Par. (10). Pub. L. 105–244, §471(3), substituted a semicolon for ", but this paragraph shall not be construed to permit including the cost of rental or purchase of equipment;".

Par. (11). Pub. L. 105–244, §471(4), substituted "engaged" for "placed".

1993—Par. (12). Pub. L. 103–208 added par. (12).

1992—Pub. L. 102–325 amended section generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (11) provisions formerly contained in pars. (1) to (9).

Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries

Effective Date of 2022 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 117–103 effective as if included in title VII of div. FF of Pub. L. 116–260 and subject to the effective date of section 701(b) of title VII (July 1, 2024), see section 103(d) of div. R of Pub. L. 117–103, set out as a note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2020 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 effective July 1, 2024, except as otherwise expressly provided, and applicable with respect to award year 2024–2025 and each subsequent award year, as determined under this chapter, see section 701(b) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. Implementation of amendment by Pub. L. 116–260 allowed on or after July 1, 2023, see section 102(c)(1)(A)(i) of Pub. L. 117–103, set out as an On-Time Effective Date Permitted note under section 1070a of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–315, title IV, §471(b), Aug. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 3269, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 2010."

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective July 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided, see section 8001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a note under section 1002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 7, 1998, see section 480A of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1087kk of this title.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–325 applicable with respect to determinations of need under this part for award years beginning on or after July 1, 1993, see section 471(b) of Pub. L. 102–325, set out as a note under section 1087kk of this title.

§1087mm. Special rules for student aid index

(a) In general

For the purpose of this chapter, the term "student aid index" means, with respect to a student, an index that reflects an evaluation of a student's approximate financial resources to contribute toward the student's postsecondary education for the academic year, as determined in accordance with this part.

(b) Special rule for students eligible for the total maximum Pell Grant

The Secretary shall consider an applicant to automatically have a student aid index equal to zero if the applicant is eligible for the total maximum Federal Pell Grant under section 1070a(b)(1)(A) of this title, except that, if the applicant has a calculated student aid index of less than zero the Secretary shall consider the negative number as the student aid index for the applicant.

(c) Special rule for nonfilers

Notwithstanding subsection (b), for an applicant (or, as applicable, an applicant and spouse, or an applicant's parents) who is not required to file a Federal tax return for the second preceding tax year, the Secretary shall for the purposes of this subchapter consider the student aid index as equal to − $1,500 for the applicant.

(Pub. L. 89–329, title IV, §473, as added Pub. L. 99–498, title IV, §406(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1455; amended Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §471(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 586; Pub. L. 105–244, title IV, §480(b), O